1972_Signetics_Full_Line 1972 Signetics Full Line

User Manual: 1972_Signetics_Full_Line

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 1123

Download1972_Signetics_Full_Line 1972 Signetics Full Line
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
sEctlHNs·
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
NUMERICAL INDEX
FUNCTIONAL INDEX
MILITARY

54/74
, PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
MSI/TTl
8000 PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
BIPOLAR
-MEMORY PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
ECl 1000/10,000
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
LINEAR
PRODUCT'
·SPECIFICATIONS
MOS
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
PACKAGE INFO
RELIABILITY INFO
INDUSTRY
CROSS- REFERENCE
GUIDE

Copyright 1972

SIGNETICS CORPORATION

Signetics Corporation reserves the right to make changes in the products contained in this book in
order to improve design or performance and to supply the best possible product.
Signetics Corporation assumes no responsibility for the use of any circuits described herein and
makes no representations that they are free from patent infringement.

SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS

IIDOliG

NUMERICAL INDEX
FUNCTIONAL INDEX
MILITARY

SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS'
SECTIONS
SECTIONS

Numerical Index and Table of Contents
54/7400
54/7400 Product Information
S5400/N7400
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate
S5401/N7401
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate with Open Collector Output
S5402/N7402
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NOR Gate
S5403/N7403
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate with Open Collector Output
S5404/N7404
Hex Inverter
Hex Inverter with Open Collector Output
S5405/N7405
S5406/N7406
Hex Inverter Buffer/Driver with Open Collector High Voltage Outputs
S5407/N7407
Hex Buffer/Driver with Open Collector High Voltage Outputs
S5408/N7408
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gates
S5409/N7409
Quad 2-lnput AND Gate with Open Collector Outputs
S5410/N7410
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate
S5411/N7411
Dual NAND Schmitt Trigger
S5413/N7413
S5416/N7416
Hex Inverter Buffer/Driver with Open Collector High Voltage Outputs
S5417/N7417
Hex Buffer/Driver with Open Collector High Voltage Outputs
S5420/N7420
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gate
S5421/N7421
Dual 4-lnput Positive ANO Gate
S5426/N7426
Quad 2-lnput High Voltage Interface NAND Gate
S5430/N7430
8-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Buffer
S5437/N7437
S5438/N7438
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Buffer with Open Collector Output
S5439/N7439
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Buffer with Open Collector Output
S5440/N7440
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Buffer
N7441
BCD-To-Decimal Decoder/Driver with Blanking
S5442/N7442
BCD-To-Decimal Decoder
S5443/N7443
Excess 3-To-Decimal Decoder
S5444/N7444
Excess 3-Gray-To-Decimal Decoder
S5445/N7445
BCD-To-Decimal Decoder/Driver with 30V Output
N7446
BCD-To-Seven Segment Decoder/Driver with 30V Output
N7447
BCD-To-Seven ~egment Decoder/Driver with 15V Output
N7448
BCD-To-Seven Segment Decoder/Driver
S5450/N5450
Expandable Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gates
S5451/N7451
Expandable Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gates
S5453/N7453
Expandable 4-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gate
S5454/1\17454
4-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gate
S5460
Dual 4-lnput Expander
N7t1·60
Dual 4-lnput Expander
S5470/N7470
Positive Edge-Triggered J-K Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
S5472/1\17472
J·K Master-Slave Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
S5473/1\17473
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops
S5474/N7474
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
S5475/1\17475
Quadruple Bistable Latches
S5476/1\17476
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flop with Preset and Clear
S5477/N7477
Quadruple Bistable Latch
S5480/N7480
Gated Full Adder
S5483/N7483
4-Bit Binary Full Adder (Look Ahead Carry)
S5485/N7485
4-Bit Magnitude Comparators
S5486/N7486
Quad 2-lnput Exclusive OR Gate
N7lJ88
256-Bit Read-Only Memory
N7l189
64·Bit Read/Write Memory (RAM)
S5490/N7490
Decade Counter
S5491/N7491
8-Bit Shift Register
S5492/N7492
Divide-By-Twelve Counter (Divide-By-Two and Divide-By-Six)
S5493/N7493
4-Bit Binary Counter
S5t194/N7494
4·Bit Shift Register (Parallel·ln, Serial-Out)

2-1
2-2
2·4
2-6
2-8
2-10
2-12
2-14
2-16
2-18
2-20
2-22
2-24
2-26
2-14
2-16
2-28
2-30
2-32
2-34
2-36
2-36
2-36
2·38
2-40
2-42
2-44
2-46
2-48
2-50
2-50
2-54
2-58
2-58
2-60
2-60
2-62
2-64
2-66
2-68
2-70
2-72
2-75
2-77
2-79
2-81
2-85
2-84
2-88
2-90
2-92
2-94
2-96
2-98
2-100
2-102

1-1

54/7400 (Continued)
S5495/N7495
S5496/N7496
S541 00/N741 00
S54107/N74107
S54121/N74121
N74122
S54123/N74123
N74141
S54145/N74145
S54150/N74150
S54151/N74151
S54152
S54153/N74153
S54154/N74154
S54155/56/N 74155/56
S54157/N74157
S54158/N74158
S54160/N 74160
S54 161 /N 74 161
S54162/N 74162
S54163/N74163
S54164/N 74164
S54165/N74165
S54166/N74166
S54170/N74170
S54175/N74175
S54180/N 74180
S54181/N74181
S54182/N74182
S54192/N 74192
S54193/N 74193
S54194/N74194
S54195/N 74195
S54198/N74198
S54199/N 74199
S54HOO/N 74 HOO
S54H01/N74HOl
S54H04/N 74H04
S54H05/N74H05
S54H08/N74H08
S54H 1O/N 74H 10
S54H11/N74Hl1
S54H20/N74H20
S54H21/N74H21
S54H22/N74H22
S54H30/N74H30
S54H40/N 74H40
S54H50/N74H50
S54H51/N74H51
S54H52/N74H52
S54H53/N74H53
S54H54/N74H54
S54H55/N74H55
S54H60
N74H60
S54H61/N74H61
S54H62

'·2

4·Bit Universal Shift Registers (Parallel·ln, Parallel·Out)
5·Bit Shift-Registers (Parallel·ln, Parallel Out)
4·Bit Bistable Latches
Dual J·K Master-Slave Flip-Flops

2-104
2-106
2·108
2-110

Monostable Multivibrator
Retriggerable Monostable Multivibrator with Clear
Dual Retriggerable Monostable Multivibrator with Clear
BCD·To-Decimal Decoder/Driver
BCD·To-Decimal Decoder/Driver with 16V Output
16-Line To l·Line Data Selector /Multiplexer
8·Line To l-Line Data Selector /Multiplexer
8-Line To l·Line Data Selector/Multiplexer
Dual 4-Line To 1-Line Data Selector/Multiplexer
4-Line To 16-Line Decoder/Demultiplexer
Dual 2-Line To 4·Line Decoder/Demultiplexer (with Open Collector Output)
Quadruple 2-1 nput Data Selector/Multiplexer
Quadruple 2-lnput Data Selector/Multiplexer
Synchronous Decade Counter
Synchronous 4-Bit Binary Counter
Fully Synchronous Decade Counter
Fully Synchron~us 4-Bit Binary Counter
8-Bit Parallel-Out Serial Shift Registers
Parallel· Load 8-Bit Shift Register
8-Bit Shift Register
4x4 Register File
Quadruple D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip·Flops
8-Bit Odd/Even Parity Generator/Checker
High-Speed Arithmetic Logic
Look-Ahead Carry Generator
Synchronous Decade Up/Down Counter with Preset Inputs
Synchronous 4-Bit Binary Up/Down Counter with Preset Inputs
4-Bit Bidirectional Universal Shift Registers
4-Bit Parallel-Access Shift Register
8·Bit Parallel-I n, Parallel-Out, Bidirectional Shift Register
8-Bit Parallel-In, Parallel-Out Shift Register (J-K Inputs to First Stage)
Quadruple 2·lnput Positive NAND Gate
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate with Open Collector Output
Hex Inverter
Hex I nverter with Open Collector Output
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Triple 3·lnput Positive AND Gate
Dual 4·lnput Positive NAND Gate
Dual 4-lnput Positive AND Gate
Dual 4-1 nput Positive NAN 0 Gate with Open Collector Output
8-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Buffer
Expandable Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gate
Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gate
Expandable 2-2-2-3·lnput AND-OR Gate
Expandable 2-2-2-3-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gate
4-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gate
Expandable 2-Wide 4-1 nput AND-DR-Invert Gates
,
Dual 4-lnput Expander (for use with S54H50, S54H53, S54H55 Circuits)
Dual 4-lnput Expander (for use with N74H50, N74H53, N74H55 Circuits)
Triple 3-lnput Expander (for use with S54H52, N74H52 Circuits)
3-2-2-3-lnput AND-OR- Expander (for use with S54H50, S54H63,
S54H55 Circuits)

2-112
2-116
2-116
2-119
2-48
2-121
2-123
2-125
2-128
2-130
2-132
2-136
2-136
2-138
2-138
2-138
2-138
2-144
2·147
2-149
2-151
2-155
2-158
2-160
2-164
2-166
2-170
2-174
2-176
2-178
2-180
2-183
2-185
2-187
2·189
2-191
2·193
2-195
2-197
2-199
2-201
2-203
2·205
2-206
2-207
2-209
2-211
2-211
2-213
2-215
2-217
2-219
2-221

54n400 (Continued)
N74H62
S54H71/N74H71
S54H72/N74H72
S54H73/N74H73
S54H74/N74H74
S54H76/N74H76
S54Hl0l/N74Hl0l
S54Hl02/N74Hl02
S54Hl03/N74Hl03
S54H 106/N74H 106
S54Hl08/N74Hl08
S54S00/N 74S00
S54S03/N 74S03
S54SQ4/N 74S04
S54S05/N 74S05
S54S 1O/N 74S 10
S54S11/N74S11
S54S15/N74S15
S54S20/N 74S20
S54S22/N74S22
S54S40/N 74S40
S54S64/N74S64
S54S65/N74S65
S54S74/N74S74
S54S112/N74S112
S54S113/N74S113
S54S114/N74S114
S54S 133/N 74S 133
S54S 134/N 74S 134
S54S 140/N 74S 140
S54S 151 /N 74S151
S54S 153/N 74S 153
S54S 15'l/N 74S 157
S54S 158/N 74S 158
S54S 174/N 74S 174
S54S175/N74S175
S54S 18 'J/N 74S 181
S54S 194/N 74S 194
S54S 195/N 74S 195
S54S25 'liN 74S251
S54S257/N74S257
S54S258/N 74S258
54/74174
MSI 8000/TTL

3-2-2-3-lnput Expander (for use with N74H50, N74H53, N74H55 Circuits)
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flop (AND-OR Inputs)
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flop (AND Inputs)
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flop
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flop with Preset and Clear
J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop with AND-OR Inputs (50MHz)
J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops with AND Inputs (50MHz)
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop (50MHz)
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop (50MHz) with Preset and Clear
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop (50MHz)
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate with Open Collector Output
Hex Inverter
Hex I nverter with Open Collector Output
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate with Open Collector Output
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gate with Open Collector Output
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Buffers
4-2-3-2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gates
4-2-3-2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gates with Open Collector Output
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Trigger,ed Flip-Flops (80M Hz) with Preset
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (80MHz) with Common
Clock and Common Clear
13-lnput NAND Gate
12-1 nput NAN D Gate with Tri-State Outputs
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Line Drivers
8-1 nput Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Dual 4-Line To l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Quadruple 2-Line To 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers (Non-Inverting)
Quadruple 2-Line To l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers (Inverting)
Hex D-Type Flip-Flops with Clear
Quadruple D-Typa Flip-Flops with Clear
Arithmetic Logic Units/Function Generators
4-Bit Bidirectional Universal Shift Registers
4-Bit Parallel-Access Shift Registers
8-1 nput Data Selectors/Multiplexers with Tri-State Outputs
Quadruple 2-Line To l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers with Tri-State
Outputs (Non-Inverting)
Quadruple 2-Line To l-Line Data Selectors/MultiplE1xers with Tri-State
Outputs (I nverting)
Hex D-Type Flip Flop with Clear (Product Available)

MSI 8000/TTL Product And Ordering Information
8200
Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register
Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register with D Complement
8201
8202
10-Bit Buffer Register
8203
10-Bit Buffer Register with D Complement
8230
8-1 nput Digital Multiplexer
8231
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8232
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8233
2-1 nput 4-Bit Digital MUltiplexer
8234
2-lnput 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer

2-223
2-225
2-227
2-229
2-231
2-233
2-235
2-237
2-239
2-241
2-244
2-247
2-247
2-249
2-249
2-251
2-253
2-~53

2-254
2-256
2-258
2-260
2-260
2-262
2-264
2-266
2-266
2-268
2-269
2-258
2-270
2-273
2-276
2-276
2-278
2-278
2,281
2-284
2-287
2-270
2-290
2-290

3-1
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-26
3-26
1-3

MSI 8000ITTL (Continued)
8235
8241
8242
8243
8250
8251
8252
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8266
8267
8268

2-1 nput 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
Quad Exclusive-OR
Quad Exclusive-NOR
8-Bit Position Scaler
Binary-To-Octal Decoder
BCD-To-Decimal Decoder
BCD-To-Decimal Decoder
Arithmetic Logic Element
Fast Carry Extender
9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker
3-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
3-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
Gated Full Adder

3-26
3-31
3-31
3-35
3-39
3-39 '

8269
8270
8271
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8280
8281
8284
8285
8288
8290
8291
8292
8293
8TOl
8T04
8T05
8T06
8T09
8Tl0
8T13
8T14
8T15
8T16
8T20
8T22
8T23
8T24
8T25
8T26

4-Bit Comparator
4-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Register
10-Bit Serial-In, Parallel-Out Shift Register
1O-Bit Parallel-I n, Serial-Out Shift Register
Quad Bistable Latch
8-Bit Shift Register
Dual 8-Bit Shift Register
Presettable Decade Counter
Presettable Binary Counter
Binary Up/Down Counter
Decade Up/Down Counter
Divide-By-Twelve Counter
Presettable High Speed Decade Counter
Presettable High Speed Binary Counter
Presettable Low Power Decade Counter
Presettable Low Power Binary Counter
*Nixie Decoder/Driver
Seven Segment Decoder Display Driver (Active Low Outputs)
Seven Segment Decoder Display Driver (Active High Outputs)
Seven Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active High Outputs)
Quad Bus Driver (Tri-State Outputs)
Quad D-Type Bus Flip-Flop (Tri-State Outputs)
Dual Line Driver
Triple Line Receiver/Schmitt Trigger
Dual Communications EIA/MIL Line Driver
Dual Communications EIA/MIL Line Receiver
Bidirectional Monostable Multivibrator (Differential Input)
Retriggerable Monostable Multivibrator
Dual Line Driver for IBM 360/370 Interface
Triple Line Receiver for IBM 360/370 Interface
Dual MOS Sense Amplifier with Latch (Tri-State Outputs)
Quad Bus Driver/Receiver (Tri-State Outputs)

3-71
3-73
3-73
3-79
3-80
3-82
3-85
3-88
3-90
3-90
3-96
3-96
3-100
3-106
3-106
3-112
3-112
3-118
3-120
3-124
3-128
3-132
3·136
3·140
3-143
3-147
3-150
3-154
3-159
3-161
3-165
3-169
3-173

3-39
3-43
3-49
3-53
3-57
3-57
3-63
3-63
3-67

SCHOTTKY 82S MSI INFORMATION

3-177

82S30
82S31
82S32
82S33
82S34

3-178
3-180
3-180
3-181
3-181

8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2~lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer

* Nixie is a Burroughs Company trademark

1-4

SCHOTTKY 82S MSI INFORMATION (Continued)
82S41
82S42
82S50
82S52
82S62
82S66
82S67
82S70
82S71
82S90
82S91
82S82/83

Quad Exclusive-OR Element
4-Bit Quad Exclusive-NOR
Binary-to-Octal Decoder
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder
9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
4-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Register
Presettable Very High Speed Decade Counter
Presettable Very High Speed Binary Counter
BCD Arithmetic Unit/BCD Adder

3-183
3-185
3-186
3-186
3-188
3-190
3-190
3-192
3-192
3-193
3-193
3-198

BIPOlAB MEMORY
8204
2048-Bit Bipolar ROM (256x8)
8205
4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (512x8)
8220
8-Bit Content Addressable Memory (4x2 CAM)
8223
256-Bit Bipolar Field-Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM)
8224
256-Bit Bipolar ROM (32x8)
8225
64-Bit Bipolar Scratch Pad Memory (16x4 RAM)
8228
4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (1024x4)
82S06
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256xl RAM Tri-State)
82S07
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256xl RAM Open Collector)
82S16
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256xl RAM Tri-State)
82S17
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256xl RAM Open Collector)
82S21
64-Bit Bipolar High Speed Write-While-Read RAM (32x2)
82S23
256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM Open Collector)
82S26
1024-Bit Bipolar PrOgrammable ROM (256x4 PROM Open Collector)
82S29
1024-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (256x4 PROM Tri-State Outputs)
82S123
256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM Tri-State)
Bipolar Memory Ordering Information

4-1
4-1
4-3
4-8
4-11
4-15
4-18
4-20
4-20
4-22
4-22
4-24
4-27
4-30
4-30
4-27
4-34

Eel 1,000/10,000
EC l 1,000/10,000 Product Information
1004
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
with Pulldowns)
1005
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
1006
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
1010
Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns)
1011
Quad 2-lnput Gate (2 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
1012
Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Ol,ltputs without Pulldowns)
1013
AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (85 MHz Typ.)
1014
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Positive Clock)
1015
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Negative Clock)
1016
Dual R-S Flip Flop (Single Rail) (D-Type)
1017
Dual level Translator (TTLlDTl to ECl)
1024
Dual 2-lnput Expandable Gate
Dual 4-5-1 nput Expander
1025
1027
AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (120 MHz Typ.)
1033
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail, Negative Clock)
1039
Quad level Translator (ECl to TTLlDTl)
1068
Quad ECl to TTL Translator
10100
Quad 3-lnput NOR Gate
10101
Quad 2-lnput OR/NOR Gate (Complementary Outputs)

5-1
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-13
5-25
5-26

1-5

Eel 1,000110,000 (Continued)
10102
10105
10106
10107
10109
10110
10111

Quad 2-lnput NOR Gate
Triple 2-3-2 OR/NOR Gate
Triple 4-3-3 NOR Gate
Triple Exclusive OR/NOR Gate
Dual 4-5-lnput OR/NOR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput OR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput NOR Gate

5-28
5-30
5-32
5-34
5-36
5-38
5-40

10112
10113
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10121
10124
10125
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10136
10137
10141
10160
10161
10162
10164
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174

Dual 3-lnput 1 OR/2 NOR Output Gate
Quad Exclusive OR (with Enable)
Quad Differential line Receiver
Triple Differential OR/NOR Line Receiver
2-Wide 2, 3-lnput OR-AND/OR-AND-INVERT Gate
Dual 2-Wide 3, 3-lnput OR-AND Gate
4-Wide 4, 3, 3, 3-lnput OR-AND Gate Dual
4-Wide 3, 3, 3, 3-lnput OR-AND/OR-AND-INVERT Gate
Quad Differential Line Driver/Quad TTL to ECL Translator
Quad Differential Line Receiver/Quad ECL to TTL Translator
Dual D-Type Latch
Dual D-Type Master-Slave Flip-Flop
Dual Multiplexer-Latch (with Reset)
Quad D-Type Latch (with Gated Outputs)
Dual Multiplexer-latch (with Independent Selects)
Universal Hexadecimal Counter
Universal Decimal Counter
4-Bit Universal Shift Register
12-Bit Parity Checker-Generator Circuit
1 of 8 D.emultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is Low)
1 of 8 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is High)
8 Line to 1 Line Multiplexer (with Enable)
9-Bit Parity Circuit (with 2 Carry Inputs)
Dual 1 of 4 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is Low)
Dual 1 of 4 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is High)
Quad 2 to 1 Multiplexer-latch
Dual 4 Line to 1 Line Multiplexer (with Enable)

5-42
5-44
5-46
5-48
5-50
5-52
5-54
5··56
5-58
5-59
5-60
5-63
5-67
5-69
5-71
5-73
5-73
5-74
5-75
5-76
5-78
5-80
5-82
5-83
5-85
5-87
5-89

10181
10210
10211
10212

4-Bit Arithmetic Logic Unit/Function Generator
,Dual 3-lnput Triple OR Output High Performance Gate
Dual 3-lnput Triple NOR Output High Performance Gate
Dual 3-lnput Two NOR/One OR Output High Performance Gate

5-91
5-94
5-94
5-94

LINEAR
Linear Product Information
501
Video Amplifier
510
Dual Differential Amplifier
511
Dual Differential Ampl ifier
515
Differential Ampl ifier
Operational Ampl ifier
516
526
Analog Voltage Comparator
527
High Speed Voltage Comparator
529
High Speed Voltage Comparator
531
High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier
Dual Low Noise Preamplifier
PA239
536
FET Input Operational Amplifier
540
Power Driver
550
Precision Voltage Regulator
555
Timer
560
Phase Locked Loop
561
Phase Lock~d Loop

1-6

6-1
6-3
6-5
6-7
6-9
6-12
6-14
6-16
6-20
6-24
6-30
6-32
6-36
6-44
6-49
6-56
6-61

LINEAR (Continued)

562
565
566
567
592
J.l,A709
J.l,A71 0
J.l,A711
J.l,A723
J.l,A733
J.l,A740
J.l,A741
J.l,A747
J.l,A748
ULN2111
5070171/72
5070
5071

5072
5556
5558
5596
SN7520
SN7521
SN7522
SN7523
SN7524
SN7525
75450
75451
DM8880
LM101A
LM10l
LM107
LM109
LM201A
LM201
LM207
LM209
LM301A
LM307
LM309
Definition of Terms

Phase Locked Loop
Phase Locked Loop
Function Generator
Tone Decoder Phase Locked Loop
Video Ampl ifier
Operational Amplifier
Differential Voltage Comparator
Dual Voltage Comparator
Precision Voltage Regulator
Differential Video Amplifier
FET Input Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
Dual Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
FM Detector and Limiter
Television Chroma System
Chroma Signal Processor
Chroma Amplifier
Chroma Demodulator
I nternally Compensated Operational Ampl ifier
Dual Operational Amplifier
Balanced Modulator-Demodulator
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Peripheral Driver
Dual Peripheral Driver
High Voltage 7-Segment Decoder/Driver
High Performance Operational Amplifier
High Performance Amplifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
Five Volt Regulator
High Performance Operational Amplifier
High Performance Amplifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
Five Volt Regulator
High Performance Operational Amplifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
Five Volt'Regulator

6-66

6-72
6-77
6-81
6-91
6-97
6-99
6-101
6-103
6-108
6-113
6-115
6-119
6-124
6-128
6-134
6-136
6-138
6-140
6-142
6-145
6-147
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-157
6-159
6-161
6-164
6-169
6-175
6-179
6-164
6-169
6-175
6-179
6-164
6-175
6-179
6-183

MOS

MOS Product Information
1103
1103-1
2000
2010
2400
2441
2451
2461
2462
2501

...,.

7-1
Fully Decoded Random Access 1024-Bit Dynamic Memory
(300ns Access Time)
Fully Decoded Random Access 1024-Bit Dynamic Memory
(150ns Access Time)
Dual Static Shift Registers
Dual 100-Bit Static Shift Register DC To 3MHz
Fully Decoded 1024 and 2048 Static Read Only Memories
Fully Decoded 1024 Static Read-Only Memory (256x4)
Fully Decoded 1024 Static Read-Only Memory (128x8) (256x4)
Fully Decoded 2048 Static Read-Only Memory (256x8) (512x4)
Fully Decoded 2048 Static Read-Only Memory (512x4)
Fully Decoded 256x 1 Static Random Access Memory

7-15
7-21
7-26
7-29
7-32
7-39
7-39
7-39
7-39
7-45
1-7

MOS (Continued)
25LOl
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2516
2517
2518
2519
2521
2522
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2532
2533
2535
2536
2548
2580
2602

Fully Decoded 256xl Static Random Access Memory (Low Power)
Quad 256·Bit Capacity Multiplexed Dynamic Shift Register
Dual 512·Bit Capacity Multiplexed Dynamic Shift Register
Single 1024·Bit Capacity Multiplexed Dynamic Shift Register
512·Bit Recirculating Dynamic Shift Registers
Dual 100·Bit Dynamic Shift Register (Bare Drain)
Dual 100·Bit Dynamic Shift Register (7.5K Pulldown Resistor)
Tri·State Output Dual 50·Bit Static Shift Register
Tri·State Output Dual 100·Bit Static Shift Register
Tri·State Output Dual 200·Bit Static Shift Register
1024·Bit Recirculating Dynamic Shift Register
High Speed 64x7x5 Character Generator
High Speed 64x6x8 Static Character Generator
Dual 100·Bit Dynamic Shift Register (20K Pulldown Resistor)
Hex 32·Bit Static Shift Registers
Hex 40·Bit Static Shift Registers
Dual 128·Bit Static Shift Register
Dual 132·Bit Static Shift Register
512·B1t Recirculating Dynamic Shift Registers
1024·Bit Recirculating Dynamic Shift Registers
High Speed 64x9x9 Static Character Generator
Dual 256·Bit Static Shift Registers
Dual 250·Bit Static Shift Registers
Dual 240·Bit Static Sh ift Registers
High Speed 512x8 Static Read·Only Memory
Quad 80·Bit Static Shift Register
1024·Bit Static Shift Register
Universal Asynchronous First·ln, First·Out Buffer Register
Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UAR·T)
Fully Decoded, 2048·Bit Random Access Memory
8192·Bit High Speed Static Read·Only Memory
Fully Decoded 1024·Bit Static Random Access Memory
(lJ.(s Access and Cycle Time)
Fully Decoded 1024·Bit Static Random Access Memory
2602·1
(500ns Access and Cycle Time)
2400 Series Custom Coding Information
2513 Static Character Generator Custom Coding Information
2516 Static Character Generator Custom Coding Information
2430 High Speed 512x8 Static Read·Only Memory Programming Information
2526 High Speed 64x9x9 Character Generator Programming Information
2526 Appl ications Memo
2602 Applications Memo
Standard ROM Codes

7·53
7·57
7·57
7·57
7·62
7·68
7·68
7·73
7·73
7·73
7·62
7·80
7·88
7·68
7·96
7·96
7·102
7·102
7·108
7·108
7·113
7·118
7·118
7·118
7·124
7·127
7·131
7·135
7·139
7·147
7·151
7·158
7·158
7·161
7·172
7·184
7·196
7·197
7·200
7·204
7·208

SIGNETICS PACKAGES
A PACKAGE
B PACKAGE
DA PACKAGE
DB PACKAGE
FPACKAGE
FPACKAGE
FPACKAGE
I PACKAGE
I PACKAGE
I PACKAGE
I PACKAGE
I PACKAGE

1·8

14·Lead Dual In·Line, Molded
16·Lead Dual In·Line, Molded
TO·3 Solid Header
TO·5 Solid Header
14·Lead Dual In·Line Cerdip
16·Lead Dual In·Line Cerdip
24·Lead Dual In·Line Cerdip
14·Lead, Dual In-Line Ceramic
16·Lead, Dual In·Line Ceramic
18·Lead, Dual In·Line Ceramic
22-Lead, Dual In-Line Ceramic
24-Lead, Dual In-Line Ceramic

8·1
8·1
8·2
8-2
8·3
8-3
8·4
8·4
8·5
8·5
8·6
8·6

SIGNETICS PACKAGES (Continued)
I PACKAGE

I PACKAGE
K PACKAGE
LPACKAGE
N PACKAGE
NX PACKAGE
PACKAGE
PACKAGE
PACKAGE
PACKAGE
T PACKAGE
V PACKAGE
WPACKAGE
WPACKAGE
W PACKAGE
XA PACKAGE
XC PACKAGE

o
o

o
o

28-Lead, Dual I n-Line Ceramic
40-Lead, Dual I n-Line Ceramic
10-Lead, TO-5 Header, Short Can
1a-Lead; TO-5 Header, Tall Can
24-Lead, Dual I n-Line, Molded
24-Lead, Dual In-Line, Molded
10-Lead Flat, Ceramic
14-Lead Flat, Ceramic
16-Lead Flat, Ceramic
24-Lead Flat, Ceramic
8-Lead TO-5 Header
8-Lead, Dual In-Line, Molded
10-Lead Flat, Cerpac
14-Lead Flat, Cerpac
16-Lead Flat, Cerpac
18-Lead, Dual In-Line, Molded
22-Lead, Dual In-Line, Molded

8-7
8-7
8-8
8-8
8-9
8-9
8-10
8-10
8-11
8-11
8-12
8-12
8-13
8-13
8-14
8-14
8-15

RELIABILITY INFORMATION
SUPR DIP Program
Digital Sure 883 Program
Linear Sure 883 Program
MOS Sure 883 Program

8-17
8-21
8-23
8-28

INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE

8-31

'-9

1·10

FUNCTIONAL INDEX AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
Product No.

Product Line

Page No.

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
ECl
ECl
ECl
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2-81
2-85
2-84
2-88
3-31
3-31
3-43
3-49
3'53
3-67
3-71
3-188
3-198
5-75
5-82
5-91
2-158
2-160
2-164
2-281

MOS
MOS
MOS

7-80
7-88
7-11Cl

LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR

6-3
6-91
6-108
6-7
6-9
6-5
6-30
6-147
6-157
6-159
6-161

Analog Voltage Comparator
High Speed Voltage Comparator
High Speed Voltage Comparator
Differential Voltage Comparator
Dual Voltage Comparator
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Ampl ifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Ampl ifier
Dual Core Memory Sense Ampl ifier

LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR

6-14
6-16
6-20
6-99
6-101
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149
6-149

Power Driver
Timer

LINEAR
LINEAR

6-36
6-49

Name

ARITHMETIC ELEMENTS
54/7480
54/7483
54/7485
54/7486
8241
8242
8260
8261
8262
8268
8269
82S62
82S82/83
10160
10170
10181
54/74180
54/74181
54/74182
S54S181/N74S181

Gated Full Adders
4-Bit Binary Full Adders
4-Bit Magnitude Comparators
Quadruple 2-lnput Exclusive-OR Gates
Quad Exclusive OR
Quad Exclusive NOR
Arithmetic logic Element
Fast Carry Extender
9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker
Gated Full Adder
4-Bit Comparator
9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker
BCD Arithmetic Unit/BCD Adder
12-Bit Parity Checker-Generator Circuit
9-Bit Parity Circuit (with 2 Carry Inputs)
4-Bit Arithmetic logic Unit/F.unction Generator
8-Bit Odd-Even Parity Generators/Checkers
4-Bit Arithmetic logic Unit (ALU) and Function Generators
look-Ahead Carry Generators (for AlU)
Arithmetic logic Units/Function Generators

CHARACTER GENERATOR
2513
2516
2526

High Speed 64x7x5 Character Generator
High Speed 64x6x8 Character Generator
High Speed 64x9x9 Static Character Generator

COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS
501
592
/lA733
511
515
510
PA239
5596
75450
75451
DM8880

Video Amplifier
Video Amplifier
Differential Video Amplifier
Dual Differential Amplifier
Differential Amplifier
Dual Differential Amplifier
Dual low Noise Preamplifier
Balanced Modulator-Demodulator
Dual Peripheral Driver
Dual Peripheral Driver
High Voltage 7-Segment Decoder/Driver

COMPARATORS and SENSE AMPLIFIERS
526
527
529
/lA710
/lA711
SN7520
SN7521
SN7522
SN1523
SN7524
SN7525
CONSUMER CIRCUITS
540
555

1-11

CONSUMER CIRCUITS (Continued)
5070/71/72
5070
5071
5072
UlN2111

Television Chroma System
Chroma Signal Processor
Chroma Amplifier
Chroma Demodulator
FI\(1 Detector and Limiter

LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR

6-134
6-136
6-138
6-140
6-128

Decade Counters
Divide-by-Twelve Counters
4-Bit Binary Counters
Presettable Decade Counter
Presettable Binary Counter
Binary Up/Down Counter
Decade Up/Down Counter
Divide-by-Twelve Counter
High Speed Presettable Decade Counter
High Speed Presettable Binary Counter
low Power Presettable Decade Counter
low Power Presettable Binary Counter
Presettable Very High Speed Decade Counter
Presettable Very High Speed Binary Counter
Universal Hexadecimal Counter
Universal Decimal Counter
Synchronous Decade Counter
Synchronous 4-Bit Binary Counters
Fully Synchronous Decade Counter
Fully Synchronous 4-Bit Binary Counter
Synchronous Up/Down Decade Counters (Two Clock Lines)
Synchronous UplDown 4-Bit Binary Counters (Two Clock Lines)

54/74
54/74
54/74
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
ECl
ECl
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2-94
2-98
2-100
3-90
3-90
3-96
3-96
3-100
3-106
3-106
3-112
3-112
3-193
3-193
5-73
5-73
2-138
2-138
2-138
2-138
2·166
2-170

BCD-to-Decimal Decoders
Excess-3-to-Decimal Decoders
Excess-3-Gray-to-Decimal Decoders
Binary-to-Octal Decoder
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder
1 of 8 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is low)
1 of 8 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is High)
Dual 1 of 4 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is low)
Dual 1 of 4 DemultiplexerlDecoder (Selected Output is High)
4-Lineto 16-Line (1 of 16) Decoders/Demultiplexers
Dual 2-Line to 4-Line Decoders/Demultiplexers
Dual 2-Line to 4-Line Decoders/Demultiplexers (w/Open
Collector output)

54/74
54/74
54/74
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl8000
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
54/74
54/74

2-42
2-43
2-46
3-186
3-186
5-76
5-78
5-83
5-85
2-130
2-132

54/74

2-132

Binary-to-Octal Decoder
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder
Nixie* Decoder/Driver (68V, 5mA)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active
current sink)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active
current source)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active
BCD-to-Decimal Decoders/Drivers with

MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl 8000

3-39
3-39
3-39
3-118

MSI/TTl 8000

3-120

MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
54/74

3-124
3-128
2-40

COUNTERS
54/7490
54/7492
54/7493
8280
8281
8284
8285
8288
8290
8291
8292
8293
82S90
82S91
10136
10137
54/74160
54/74161
54/74162
54/74163
54/74192
54/74193

DECODE RS/DEMU l TI PlEXE RS
54/7442
54/7443
54/7444
82S50
82S52
10161
10162
10171
10172
54/74154
54/74155
54/74156

DECODERS/DRIVERS
8250
8251
8252
8TOl
8T04
8T05
8T06
7441

1-12

low -40mA
high -2.5mA
high -bare collector)
Blanking

DECODERS/DRIVERS (Continued)

54/7445
54/74145
7446
7447
7448
74141

BCD-to-Decimal Decoders/Drivers with 30V Output
BCD-to-Decimal Decoders/Drivers with 15V Output
BCD-to-Seven-Segment Decoders/Drivers with 30V Output
BCD-to-Seven-Segment Decoders/Drivers with 15V Output
BCD-to-Seven-Segment Decoders
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder/Driver

54/74

2-48

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2-48
2-50
2-50
2-54
2-119

Dual 4-1 nput Expander
Dual 4-1 nput Expander
Dual 4-lnput Expander
Dual 4-lnput Expander
Triple 3-1 nput Expanders
3-2-2-3-lnput AND-OR Expander
3-2-2-3-1 nput Expander

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2-62
2-64
2-215
2-217
2-219
2-221
2-223

AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (85MHz Typ.)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Positive Clock)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Negative Clock)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail) (D-Type)
AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (120MHz Typ.)
Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail, Negative ClocK)
Positive Edge-Triggered J-K Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
Quadruple Bistable Latches
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops w/Preset and Clear
Quadruple Bistable Latches
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flop (AND-OR Inputs)
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops w/Preset and Clear
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip Flops
Quad Bistable Latch
Dual D-Type Latch
Dual D-Type Master-Slave Flip-Flop
Dual Multiplexer-Latch (with Reset)
Quad D-Type Latch (with Gated Outputs)
Dual Multiplexer-Latch (with I ndependent Selects)
Quad 2 to 1 Multiplexer-Latch
8-Bit Bistable Latches
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops (VCC -14, Gnd -7)
Monostable Multivibrators
Retriggerable Monostable Multivibrators w/Clear
Dual Retriggerable Monostable Multivibrators w/Clear
Quadruple OoType Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop with AND-OR
Inputs (50MHz)
J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops with AND Inputs
(50MHz)
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (50MHz)
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (50MHz)
w/Presetand Clear

ECL
ECL
ECL
ECL
ECL
ECL
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
MSI/TTL 8000
ECL
ECL
ECL
ECL
ECl
ECL
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
2-66
2-68
2-70
2-72
2-75
2-50
2-50
2-225
2-227
2-229
2-231
2-233
2-262
3-82
5-60
5-63
5-67
5-69
5-71
5-87
2-108
2-110
2-112
2-116
2-116
2-115

54/74

2-235

54/74
54/74

2-237
2-239

54/74

2-241

EXPANDERS

5460
7460
54H60
74H60
54/74H61
54H62
74H62
FLIP-FLOP/lATCHES

1013
1014
1015
1016
1027
1033
54/7470
54/7472
54/7473
54/7474
54/7475
54/7476
54/7477
54/74H71
54/74H72
54/74H73
54/74H74
54/74H76
N74S74
8275
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10173
54/74100
54/74107
54/7412'1
54/74122
54/7412:3
54/74175
54/74Hl01
54/74Hl02
54/74Hl03
54/74Hl06

1-13

FLIP-FLOP/lATCHES (Continued)
54/74Hl08
S54S 112/N 74S 11 2
S54S113/N74S113
S54S1'14/N74S114
S54S174/N74S174
S54S175/N74S175

Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (50MHz)
(Common Clock)
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (80MHz)
with Preset
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggerd Flip-Flops (80MHz)
w/Common Clock and Common Clear
Hex D-Type Flip-Flops with Clear
Quadruple D-Type Flip-Flops with Clear

54/74
54/74

2-244
2-264

54/74

2-266

54/74
54/74
54/74

2-266
2-278
2-278

ECl

5-11

ECL

5-11

ECL
ECL

5-11
5-11

ECL
ECl
ECL
ECL
54/74

5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
2-2

54/74
54/74

2-4
2-6

54/74
54/74
54/74

2-8
2-10
2-12

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2-14
2-16
2-18
2-20
2-22
2-24
2-26

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2-14
2-16
2-28
2-30
2-32
2·34
2·36

54/74

2·36

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2·36
2-38
2-58
2,58
2·60
2··60
2··183

GATES/BUFFERS
1004
1005
1006
1010
1011
1012
1024
1025
54/7400
54/7401
54/7402
54/7403
54/7404
54/7405
54/7406
54/7407
54/7408
54/7409
54/7410
54/7411
54/7413
54/7416
54/7417
54/7420
54/7421
54/7426
54/7430
54/7437
54/7438
54/7439
54/7440
54/7450
54/7451
54/7453
54/7454
54/74HOO
1·14

Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns12 NOR Outputs
with Pulldowns
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs
without Pulldowns)
Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns)
Quad 2-lnput Gate (2 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR
Outputs without Pulldowns)
Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Outputs without Pulldowns)
Dual 2-lnput Expandable Gate
Dual 4-5-lnput Expander
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Quadruple 2-1 nput Positive NAND Gates (w/OpenCollector Output)
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NOR Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates (w/OpenCollector Output)
Hex Inverters
Hex Inverters (w/Open-Collector Output)
Hex I nverter Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-Collector H ighVoltage Output)
Hex Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-ColI.ector High Voltage Output
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gates
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate
Dual NAND Schrnitt Trigger
Hex Inverter Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-Collector High-Voltage
Output)
Hex Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-Collector High Voltage Output)
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive AND Gate
Quadruple 2-lnput High-Voltage Interface NAND Gates
8-1 nput Positive NAN D Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Buffers
Quadruple 2·lnput Positive NAND Buffers (w/Open
Collector Output)
Quadruple 2·lnput Positive NAND Buffer (w/Open
Collector Output)
Dual 4·lnput Positive NAND Buffers
Expandable Dual 2·Wide 2-lnput AND·OR·INVERT Gates
Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND·OR·INVERT Gates
Expandable 4·Wide 2-lnput AND·OR·INVERT Gates
4·Wide 2·lnput AND·OR·INVERT Gates
Quadruple 2·lnput Positive NAND Gates

GATES/BUFFERS (Continued)
54/74HOl
54/74H04
54/74H05
54/74H08
54/74Hl0
54/74Hll
54/74H20
54/74H21
54/74H22
54/74H30
54/74H40
54/74H50
54/74H51
54/74H52
54/74H53
54/74H54
54/74H55
S54S00/N 74S00
S54S03/N 74S03
S54S04/N74S04
S54S05/N 74S05
S54S 1O/N 74S 10
N74S11
N74S15
S54S20/N 74S20
S54S22/N74S22
S54S40/N 74S40
N74S64
N74S65
S54S 133/N 74S 133
S54S 134/N 74S 134
S54S 140/N 74S 140
82S41
82S42
lO100
10101
10102
10105
10106
10107
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10117
10118
10119
10121
10210
10211
10212

.

Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates (w/Open
Collector Output)
Hex Inverters
Hex Inverters (w/Open Collector Output)
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gate.
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive AND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gates (w/Open Collector Output)
8-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND 8uffers
Expandable Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Expandable 2-2-2-3-lnput AND-OR Gates
Expandable 2-2-2-3-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
4-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Expandable 2-Wide 4-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate (wfOpen
Collector Output)
Hex Inverter
Hex Inverter (w/Open Collector Output)
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND G~te
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate (w/Open Collector Output)
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gate (w/Open Collector Output)
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Buffers
4-2-3-2-lnput AND-OR·lnvert Gates
4-2-3-2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gates (W/Open Collector Output)
13-lnput NAND Gate
12-1 nput NAND Gate (w/Tri-State Outputs)
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Line Drivers
Quad Exclusive-OR Element
4-8it Quad Exclusive-NOR
Quad 3-lnput NOR Gate
Quad 2-lnput OR/NOR Gate (Complementary Outputs)
Quad 2-lnput NOR Gate
Triple 2~3-2 OR/NOR Gate
Triple 4-3-3 NOR Gate
Triple Exclusive OR/NOR Gate
Dual 4-5-lnput OR/NOR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput OR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput NOR Gate
Dual 3-lnput 1 OR/2 NOR Output Gate
Quad Exclusive OR (with Enable)
2-Wide 2, 3-lnput OR-AND/OR-AND-INVERT Gate
Dual 2-Wide 3, 3-lnput OR-AND Gate
4-Wide 4, 3, 3, 3-lnput OR-AND Gate DUl,!l
4-Wide 3, 3, 3, 3-lnput OR-ANb/OR-AND-INVERT Gate
Dual 3-lnput Triple OR Output High Performance Gate
Dual 3-lnput Triple NOR Output High Performance Gate
Dual 3-lnput Two NOR/One OR Output High Performance Gate

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

2-185
2-187
2-189
2-191
2-193
2-195
2-197
2-199
2-201
2-203
2-205
2-206
2-207
2-209
2-211
2-211
2-213
2-247

54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl8000
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl
Eel
Eel
Eel
Eel
Eel
Eel
ECl

2-247
2-249
2-249
2-251
2-253
2-253
2-254
2-256
2-258
2-260
2-260
2-268
2-269
2-258
3-183
3-185
5·25
5-26
5-28
5-30
5-32
5-34
5-36
5-38
5-40
5-42
5-44
5-50
5-52
5-54
5·56
5-94
5-94
5-94

Eel

5-11

INTERFACE ELEMENTS
1017

Dual level Translator (TTl/DTl to ECl)

1-15

INTERFACE ELEMENTS (Continued)
1039
106B
8TOl
8T04
8T05
8T06
8T09
BT10
8T13
BT14
8T15
8T16
8T20
BT22
8T23
BT24
8T25
8T26
10115
10116
10124
10125

Quad level Translator (ECl to TTLlDTl)
Quad ECl to TTL Translator
Nixie* Decoder/Driver (6BV, 5mA)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active low
-40inA current sink)
Seven-Segment Decoder /Display Driver (Active high
-2.5mA current source)
Seven-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active high
-bare collector)
Quad Bus Driver (Tri-State Outputs)
Quad D-Type Bus Flip-Flop (Tri-State Outputs)
Dual Line Driver
Triple Line Receiver/Schmitt Trigger
Dual Communications EIA/MI l Line Driver
Dual Communications EIA/Mll Line Receiver
Bidirectional Monostable Multivibrator (Differential Input)
Retriggerable Monostable Multivibrator
Dual Line Driver for IBM 360/370 Interface
Triple Line Driver for IBM 360/370 Interface
Dual MOS Sense Amplifier with latch (tri-State Outputs)
Quad Bus Driver/Receiver (Tri-State Outputs)
Quad Differential Line Receiver
Triple Differential OR/NOR Line Receiver
Quad Differential Line Driver/Quad TTL to ECl Translator
Quad Differential Line Receiver/Quad ECl to TTL Translator

ECl
ECl
MSI/TTl8000

5-11
5-23
3-11B

MSI/TTl8000

3-120

MSI/TTl BOOO

3-124

MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl BOOO
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl BOOO
MSI/TTl 8000
MSI/TTl BOOO
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl BOOO
MSI/TTl BOOO
MSI/TTl8000
MSI/TTl BOOO
ECl
ECl
ECl
ECl

3-128
3-132
3-136
3-140
3-143
3-147
3-150
3-154
3-159
3-161
3-165
3-169
3-173
5-46
5-4B
5-58
5··59

MOS

7-15

MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS

7-21
7-32
7-39
7-39
7-39
7-39
7-45

MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS

7-53
7-124
7-147
7-151

MOS

7-158

MOS
54/74
54/74
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR
BIPOLAR

7-158
2-90
2-92
4-3
4-1
4-1
4-8
4-11
4-15
4-18
4-20
4-20

MEMORIES
1103
1103-1
2400
2441
2451
2461
2462
2501
25101
2530
2548
2580
2602
2602-1
7488
7489
8220
8204
8205
8223
8224
8225
8228
82S06
82S07

1-16

Fully Decoded Random Access 1024-Bit Dynamic Memory
(300ns Access Time)
Fully Decoded Random Access 1024-Bit Dynamic Memory
(150ns Access Time)
Fully Decoded 1024 and 204B Static Read-Only Memories
Fully Decoded 1024 Static Read-Only Memory (256x4)
Fully Decoded 1024 Static Read-Only Memory (12BxB) (256x4)
Fully Decoded 204B Static Read-Only Memory (256xB) (512x4)
Fully Decoded 204B Static Read-Only Memory (512x4)
Fully Decoded 256x 1 Static Random Access Memory
Fully Decoded 256x 1 Static Random Access Memory (low
Power)
High Speed 512xB Static Read-Only Memory
Fully Decoded, 2048-Bit Random Access Memory
8192-Bit High Speed Static Read-Only Memory
Fully Decoded 1024-Bit Static Random Access Memory
(lMs Access and CyCle Time)
Fully Decoded 1024-Bit Static Random Access Memory
(500ns Access and CyCle Time)
256-Bit Read-Only Memory
64-Bit Read/Write Memory (RAM)
8-Bit Content Addressable Memory (4x2 CAM)
2048-Bit Bipolar ROM (256x8)
4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (512x8)
256-Bit Bipolar Field-Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM)
256-Bit Bipolar ROM (32x8)
64-Bit Bipolar Scratch Pad Memory (16x4 RAM)
4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (1024x4)
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Tri-State)
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x1 RAM Open Collector)

MEM.
MEM.
MEM.
MEM.
MEM.
MEM.
MEM.
MEM.
MEM.

MEMORIES (Continued)

82S16
82S17
82S21
82S23
82S26
82S29
54/74170
82S123

256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Open Collector Tri-State)
256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Open Collector)
64-Bit Bipolar High Speed Write-While-Read RAM (32x2)
256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM Open
Collector)
1024-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (256x4 PROM
Open Collector)
1024-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (256x4 PROM
Tri-State Outputs)
4x4 Register Files
256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM
Tri-State)

BIPOLAR MEM.
BIPOLAR MEM.
BIPOLAR MEM.

4-22
4-22
4-24

BIPOLAR MEM.

4-27

BIPOLAR MEM.

4-30

BIPOLAR MEM.
54/74

4-30
2-151

BIPOLAR

4-27

3-22
3-22
3-22
3-26
3-26
3-26
3-57
3-57
3-63
3-63

MUL TlPL.EXERS

8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8263
8264
8266
8267

8-lnput Digital MUltiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital MUltiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
3-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
3-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer

MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL
MSI/TTL

82S30
82S31
82S32
82S33
82S34
82S66
82S67

8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital Multiplexer
8-lnput Digital MUltiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital MUltiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital MUltiplexer
2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer
8-Line to l-Line Multiplexer (with Enable)
Dual 4 Line to 1 Line Multiplexer (with Enable)
16-Bit Data Selectors/Multiplexers
8-Bit Data Selectors/Multiplexers with Strobe
8-Bit Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Dual 4-Line to 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Quad 2-1 Multiplexer
Quadruple 2-lnput Data Selector/Multiplexer
8-lnput Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Dual 4-Line to 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Quadruple 2-Line to 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
(Non-I nverting)
Quadruple 2-Line to 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
(Inverting)
8-lnput Data Selectors/Multiplexers (w/Tri-State Outputs)
Quad 2-Line to l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers with
Tri-State Outputs (Non-Inverting)

MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000

3-178
3-180
3-180
3-181
3-181
3-190
3-190

ECL
ECL
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

5-80
5-89
2-121
2-123
2-125
2-128
2-136
2-136
2-270
2-273

54/74

2-276

54/74
54/74
54/74

2-276
2-270
2-290

54/74

2-290

LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR

6-12
6-24
6·32
6-164

10164
10174
54/74150
54/74151
54/74152
54/74153
54/74157
54/74158
S54S151/N74S151
S54S 153/N 74S 153
S54S157/N74S157
S54S 158/N 74S 158
S54S251/N74S251
S54S257/N74S257
S54S258/N 74S258

Quadruple 2-Line to l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
(w/Tri-State Outputs) (I nverting)

8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
516
531
536
LM101A

Operational Amplifier
High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier
FET Input Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Ampl ifier

1-17

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS (Continued)
LM10l
LM107
LM201A
LM201
LM207
LM301A
LM307
5556
5558
J.LA709
J.LA740
J.LA741
J.LA747
J.LA748

High Performance Ampl ifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
High Performance Ampl ifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
General Purpose Operational Amplifier
Operational Amplifier
Dual Operational Amplifiers
Operational Amplifier
FET Input Operational Amplifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier
Dual Operational Ampl ifier
High Performance Operational Amplifier

UNEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR

6-169
6-175
6-164
6-169
6-175
6-164
6-175
6-142
6-145
6-97
6-113
6-115
6-119
6-124

Phase Locked Loop
Phase Locked Loop
Phase Locked Loop
Phase Locked Loop
Function Generator
Tone Decoder Phase Locked Loop

LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR

6-56
6-61
6-66
6-72
6-77
6-81

4-Bit Universal Shift Register
Dual Static Shift Registers
Dual 100-Bit Static Shift Register DC to 3 MHz
Quad 256-Bit Capacity Multiplexed Dynamic Shift Register
Dual 512-Bit Capacity Multiplexed Dynamic Shift Register
Single 1024-Bit Capacity Multiplexed Dynamic Shift Register
512-Bit Recirculating Dynamic Shift Registers
Dual 100-Bit Dynamic Shift Register (Bare Drain)
Dual 100-Bit Dynamic Shift Register (7.5K Pulldown
Resistor)
Tri-State Output Dual 50-Bit Static Shift Registers
Tri-State Output Dual 1OO-Bit Static Shift Register
Tri-State Output Dual 200·Bit Static Shift Register
1024-Bit Recirculating Dynamic Shift Register
Dual 100-Bit Dynamic Shift Register (20K Pulldown
Resistor)
Hex 32-Bit Static Shift Registers
Hex 40-Bit Static Shift Registers
Dual '128-Bit Static Shift Register
Dual 132-Bit Static Shift Register
512-Bit Recirculating Dynamic Shift Registers
1024-Bit Recirculating Dynamic Shift Registers
Dual 256-Bit Static Shift Registers
Dual 250-Bit Static Shift Registers
Dual 240-Bit Static Shift Registers
Quad 80-Bit Static Shift Register
1024-Bit Static Shift Register
8-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Registers (Parallel-I n, Serial-Out)
4-Bit Universal Shift Registers (Parallel-I n, Parallel-Out)
5-Bit Shift Registers (Dual Parallel-In, Parallel-Out)
Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register
Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register with D Complement

ECL
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS

5-74
7-26
7-29
7-57
7-57
7-57
7-62
7-68

MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS

7-68
7-73
7-73
7-73
7-62

MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
MOS
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000

7-68
7-96
7-96
7-102
7-102
7-108
7-108
7-118
7-118
7-118
7-127
7·131
2·96
2·,102
2-104
2-106
3-16
3-16

PHASE LOCKED LOOP
560
561
562
565
566
567
REGISTERS
10141
2000
2010
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2509
2510
2511
2512
2517
2518
2519
2521
2522
2524
2525
2527
2528
2529
2532
2533
54/7491
54/7494
54/7495
54/7496
8200
8201
1-18

REGISTERS (Continued)

8202
8203
8243
8270
8271
8273
8274
8276
8277
82S70
82S71
54/74164
54/74165
54/74166
54/74194
54/74195
54/74198
54/74199
S54S 194/N 74S 194
S54S 195/N 74S 195

10-Bit Buffer Register
10-Bit Buffer Register with D Complement
8-Bit Position Scaler
4-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Register
10-Bit Serial-In, Parallel-Out Shift Register
10-Bit ParaHel-1 n, Serial-Out Shift Register
8-Bit Shift Register
Dual 8-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Register
4-Bit Shift Register
8-Bit Parallel-Out Shift Registers
Parallel-Load 8-Bit Shift Registers
Parallel-Load 8-Bit Shift Registers
4-Bit Bidirectional Universal Shift Registers
4-Bit Parallel-In, Parallel-Out Shift Register (J-K Inputs
to First Stage)
8-Bit Parallel-I n, Parallel-Out Bidirectional- Shift Registers
8-Bit Parallel-In, Parallel-Out Shift Registers (J-K Inputs
to First Stage)
4-Bit Bidirectional Universal Shift Registers
4-Bit Parallel-Access Shift Registers

MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
MSI/TTL 8000
54/74
54/74
54/74
54/74

3-16
3-16
3-35
3-73
3-73
3-79
3-80
3-85
3-88
3-192
3-192
2-144
2-147
2-149
2-174

54/74
54/74

2-176
2-178

54/74
54/74
54/74

2-180
2-284
2-287

Universal Asynchronous First-In, First-Out Buffer Register
Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UAR-T)

MOS
MOS

7-135
7-139

Precision Voltage Regulator
Five Volt Regulator
Five Volt Regulator
Five Volt Regulator
Precision Volt Regulator

LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR
LINEAR

6-44
6-179
6-179
6-179
6-103

SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

2535
2536
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
550
LM109
LM209
LM309
IlA723

1-19

1-20

SALES OFFICES
• New England Regional Sales Office: Miller Building, Suite 11
594 Marrett Road, Lexington, Massachusetts 02173
Phone (617) 861·0840 TWX: (710) 326·6711
• Atlantic States Regional Sales Office: 2460 Lemoine Ave., Fort Lee,
New Jersey 07024
Phone: (201) 947·9870 TWX: (710) 991·9794
Florida: 3267 San Mateo, Clearwater 33515
Phone: (813) 726·3469 TWX: (810) 866·0437
Maryland: Silver Springs
Phone: (301) 946-6030
Pennsylvania and Southern New Jersey: P. O. Box 431, Cedar
Brook BldS-, Tauntan Rd., Medford, New Jersey 08055
Phone: (609) 665-5071 TWX: (510) 683·6291
Virginia: 12001 Whip Road, Reston 22070
Phone: (301) 946-6030
• Central Regional Sales Office: 5105 Tollview Dr~.., Suite 209
Rolling Meadows, Illinois 60008
Phone: (312) 259·8300 TWX: (910) 687·0765
Michigan: 725 S. Adams Rd.
Birmingham 48011
Phone: (313) 642-04'20
Minnesota: 7710 Computer Ave., Suite 132, Minneapolis 55435
Phone: (612) 922·2801 TWX: (910) 576·2740
Texas: 12830 Hillcrest, Suite 111, Dallas 75230
Phone: (214) 661·1296
TWX: (910) 860·5451
• Northwest Regional Sales Office: 465 South Mathilda, Suite 301
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Phone (408) 736·7565/6/7 TWX:(91O) 339·9220 (910) 339·9283
• Southwest Regional Sales Office: 2061 Business Center Dr.
Suite 214, Irvine, Ca 92664
Phone: (714) 833-8980, (213) 924·1668 TWX: (910) 595·1506
Arizona: P.O. Box 1607, Scottsdale 85252
Phone: (602) 947·7558
California: P. O. Box 788, Del Mar 92014
Phone: (714) 453·7570

Clearwater 33516: WMM ASSOCiates, Inc.,
Hulmac Building, Suite 115,
3118 Gulf to Bay Boulevard
Phone: (813) 726-8871, (813) 726·8872
Pompano Beach 33060: WMM Associates, Inc.,
721 South East 6th Terrace
Phone: (305) 943·3091

INDIANA
Indianapolis 46250: R. H. Newsom Associates, 6320 Woburn Dr.
Phone: (317) 849·4442

MARYLAND
Silver Springs 20904: MechtronicsSales, Inc., 11700 Old Columbia
Pike, Suite L·6 Phone: (301) 622·2420

MASSACHUSETTS
Newton Highlands 02161: Compar Corp., 88 Needham Street
Phone: (617) 969·7140 TWX: (710) 335·1686

MINNESOTA
Minneapolis 55416: Compar Corp., P. O. Box 16183
Phone: (612) 922'7011

MISSOURI
St. Louis 63141: Compar Corp., 11734 Lackland Industrial Drive
Phone: (314) 567·3399 TWX: (910) 764·0839

NEW MEXICO
Albuquerque 87110: Staley Company Inc., 2925 Charleston N.E.
Phone: (505) 294·2660

UPSTATE NEW YORK
Dewitt 13214: TriTech Electronics, Inc.,
P. O. Box C Phone: (315) 446·2881

NORTH CAROLINA
Wins'ton-Salem 27101: Compar Corp., 1106 Burke Street
Phone: (919) 723·1002 TWX: (510) 931·3101

OHIO
Dayton 45405: Compar Corp., P. O. Box 57, Forest Park Branch
Phone: (415) 435·1301
Fairview Park 44126: Compar Corp., P. O. Box 4791
Phone: (216) 333·4120 TWX: (810) 421·8396

REPRESENTATIVES

TEXAS

ALABAMA

Richardson 75080: Semiconductor Sales ASSOCiates,
312 North Central Expressway, Suite 213
Phone: (214) 231·6181

Huntsville 35801: Compar Corp., 904 Bob Wallace Ave., Suite A
Phone: (205) 539·8476

ARIZONA

WASHrNGTON

Scottsdale 85252: Compar Corp., Box 1607
Phone: (602) 947·4336 TWX: (910) 950·1293

Bellevue 98009: Western Technical Sales, P. O. Box 902
Phone: (206) 454-3906 (503) 224·5107 TWX: (910) 443-2309

CALIFORNIA
San Diego 92123: Celtec Company, Inc., 8799 Balboa Avenue
Phone: (714) 279·7961 TWX: (910) 335·1512

DISTRIBUTORS

CANADA

ARIZONA

13
Ph
M
70

nto 17. Ontario: Corning Glass Works of Canada, Ltd.,
Vanderhoff Ave.
ne: (416) 421·1500 TWX: (610) 491·2155
treal 265, Quebec: Corning Glass Works of Canada,
5 Chester Ave.

ORADO
De ver 80237: Parker Webster Company, 8213 E. Kenyon Dr.
P ne: (303) 770·1972 TWX: (910) 935·0881

C NNECTICUT
den 06518: Compar Corp., P. O. Box 5204
ne: (203) 288·9276 TWX: (710) 465·1540

Phoenix 85009: Hamllton/Avnet ElectroniCS, 1739 N. 28th Ave.
Phone: (602) 269·1391 TELEX: 667·450
Phoenix 85034: Kieroff ElectroniCS, 2633 East Buckeye Road
Phone: (602) 273·7331 TWX: (910) 951·1550

CALIFORNIA
Burlingame 94010: Compar Corp., 820 Airport Blvd.
Phone: (415) 347·5411 TWX: (910) 374·2366
Culver City 90230: Hamliton/Avnet ElectroniCS,
10912 W. Washington
Phone: (213) 870·7171
TELEX: 677-100, 674·381, 674-354

RIDA

EI Monte 91731: G. S. Marshall, 9674 Telstar Avenue
Phone: (213) 686·1500 TWX: (910) 587·1565

monte Springs 32701: WMM Associates, Inc., 515 Tivoli Ct.
ne: (305) 831·4645

Los Angeles 90022: KT/Wesco Electronics, 5650 JJlIson Street
Phone: (213) 685·9525 TWX: (910) 580·1980
1-21

Mountain View 94041: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics,
340 East Middlefield Road
Phone: (415) 961-7000 TELEX: 348-201
Palo Alto 94303: Wesco Electronics, 3973 East Bayshore Road
Phone: (415) 968-3475 TWX: (910) 379-6488

MARYLAND
Hanover 21076: Hamilton/Avnet Electronics, 7255 Standard DrIve,
P. O. Box 8647
Phone: (301) 796-5000 TELEX: 879-68
Rockville 20850: Pioneer Washington Electronics, Inc.,
1037 Taft Street Phone: (301) 424-3300

Redwood City 94063: Cramer Electronics, 695 Veterans Blvd_
Phone: (415) 365-4000
San Diego 92123: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics,
5567 Kearney Villa Rd_
Phone: (714) 279-2421
San Diego 92123: Kierulff/Schley Electronics,
8797 Balboa Avenue
Phone: (714) 278-2112 TWX: (910) 335-1182

MASSACHUSETTS

CANADA

Needham Heights 02194: Kierulff/Schley, 14 Charles Street
Phone: (617) 449-3600 TWX: (710) 326-1179

Downsview 463, Ontario: Cesco Electronics, Ltd.,
24 Martin Ross Avenue
Phone: (416) 661-0220 TELEX: 02-29697
Downsvlew, Ontario: Cramer Electronics, 920 Alness Ave.,
Unit 9
Phone: (416) 661-9222
Montreal, Quebec: Cesco Electronics, Ltd., 4050 Jean Talon West
Phone: (514) 735-5511 TWX: (610) 421-3445
Montreal, Quebec: Hamilton/Avnet, 935 Montee Des Liesses
Phone: (514) 735-2389
Ottawa, Ontario: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics, 880 Lady Ellen Place
Phone: (613) 725-3071
Ottawa, Ontario: Cesco Electronics, Ltd., 1300 Carling Avenue
Phone: (613) 729-5118
Quebec: Cesco Electronics, Ltd., 128 St. Vallier Street
Phone: (418) 524-3518

COLORADO
Denver 80216: Hamiiton/Avnet Electronics, 1400 W. 46th Avenue
Phone: (303) 433-8551 TELEX: 45872
Denver 80222: Cramer Electronics, 5465 E. Evans Place at Hudson
Phone: (303) 758-2100

FLORIDA
Hollywood 33021: Hamiiton/Avnet Electronics, 4020 No. 29th Ave.
Phone: (305) 925-5401 TELEX: 51-4328
Hollywood 33020: Schweber Electronics, 2830 North 28th Terrace
Phone: (305) 927-0511
Orlando 32805: Hammond Electronics, 911 West Central Blvd.
Phone: (305) 241-6601 TWX: (810) 850-4121

GEORGIA
Atlanta 30340: Schweber Electronics,
4126 Pleasantdale Road, Suite 14
Phone: (404) 449-9170
Atlanta 30342: Hamllton/Avnet ElectroniCS,
6700 Interstate 85 Access Road, Suite 2B
Phone: (404) 448-0800 TELEX: 542-127

ILLINOIS
Elk Grove 60007: Schweber ElectroniCS, 1380 Jarvis Avenue
Phone: (312) 593-2740
Elmhurst 60126: Semiconductor Specialists, .Inc.,
195 Spangler Avenue, Elmhurst Industrial Park
Phone: (312) 279-1000 TWX: 254-0169
Schiller Park 60176: Hamllton/Avnet ElectroniCS, 3901 Pace Court
Phone: (312) 678-6310 TELEX: 728-330

Rockville 20852: Schweber Electronics, 5640 Fisher Lane
Phone: (301) 881-2970
Burlington 01803: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics
207 Cambridge Street
Phone: (617) 272-3060 TELEX: 9496-61

MICHIGAN
livonia 48150: Hamilton/Avnet Electronics, 13150 Wayne Rd.
Phone: (313) 522-4700
Detroit 48240: Semiconductor Specialists, Inc.,
25127 W. Six Mile Road
Phone: (313) 255-0300 TWX: (910) 254-0169

MINNESOTA
Minneapolis 55423: Semiconductor Specialists, Inc.,
7742 Morgan Avenue South
Phone: (612) 854-8841
Minneapolis 55420: Hamilton/Avnet ElectroniCS, 2850 Metro Dr.
Phone: (612) 854-4800

MISSOURI
Hazelwood 63042: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics, 400 Brookes Lane
Phone: (314) 731-1144 TELEX: 442348

NEW YORK
Buffalo '.'1.202: Summit Distributors, Inc., 916 Main Street
Phone: (j16) 884-3450 TWX: (710) 522-1692
Farmingdale, L. I., 11735: Arrow Electronics,
900 Broad Hollow Rd.
Phone: (516) 694-6800
Hauppauge, L.I. 11787: Semiconductor Concepts, Inc.,
195 Engineer Road
Phone: (516) 273-1234 TWX: (510) 227-623'2
Rochester 14620: Schweber ElectroniCS, 999 Buffalo Road
Phone: (716) 328-4180
Syracuse 13211: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics, 222 Boss Rd.
Phone: (315) 437-2642
Westbury 11590: Schweber Electronics, Jericho Turnpike
Phone: (516) 334-7474 TWX: (510) 222-3660
Woodbury, L.I. 11797: Harvey RadiO, 60 Crossways Park West
Phone: (516) 921-8700 TWX: (510) 221-2184

NEW MEXICO
Albuquerque 87108: Cramer Electronics, 137 Vermont, N.E.
Phone: (505) 265-5767

NORTH CAROLINA
Greensboro 27406: Hammond Electronics,
2923 Pacific Avenue
Phone: (919) '275-6391

NORTHERN NEW JERSEY
Cedar Grove 07009: Hamilton/Avnet Electronics,
220 Little Falls Road
Phone: (201) '239-0800 TELEX: 138313
Saddlebrook 07662: Arrow Electronics, 285 Midland Avenue
Phone: (201) 256-7331

KANSAS

SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY AND PENNSYLVANIA

Prairie Village 66208: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics,
3500 West 75th Street
Phone: (913) 362-3250

Cherry Hili, N. J. 08034: Hamllton/Avnet Electronics,
1608-10 W. Marlton Pike
Phone: (609) 662-9337 TELEX: 834737

1·22

Cherry Hili, N. J. 08034: MUgray-Delaware Valley,
1165 Marlkress Road
Phone: N.J. (609) 424·1300 Phila. (215) 228'2000
TWX: (710) 896·0405

OHIO
Beechwood 44122: Schweber Electronics,
23880 Commerce Park Road
Phone: (216) 464·2970
Cleveland 44122: Arrow Electronics, 23945 Mercantile Rd.
Phone: (216) 464·2000
Cleveland 44105: Pioneer Standard Electronics,
4800 East 131st Street
Phone: (216) 587·3600 TWX: (810) 421·8238
Kettering 45429: Arrow Electronics, 3100 Plainfield Road
Phone: (513) 253·9176 TWX: (810) 459-1611

OKLAHOMA

BELGIUM
Klaaslng Benelux S.A., 30 Rue Leon Frederic, 1040 Brussels
Phone: (02) 33·62·63, 34·20·30 TELEX: 25003

WEST GERMANY
EBV Elektronik GmbH. Augustenstrasse 79, 0·8 Muenchen 2
Phone: (0811) 52'53·40/48 TELEX: 524535
EBV Elektronik GmbH. Myliusstrasse 54 0·6 Frankfurt/Main 1
Phone: (0611) 72·04·16/18 TELEX: 413590
EBV Elektronik GmbH. Scheurenstrasse 1, 0·4 Duesseldorf
Phone: (0211) 8-48·46/47 TELEX: 8587267
"Muetron" Muller & Co. KG, Postfach 164, Bornstrasse 65,
0·28 Bremen 1
Phone: (0421) 31·04·85 TELEX: 245'325
Omnl-Ray GmbH, Moltkestrasse 8, 67 Ludwigshafen
Phone: (062151) 3055 TELEX:0464557

Tulsa 74112: Cramer Electronics, 6336 East 13th St.
Phone: (918) 836·3371

Distron GmbH, 0'1 Berlin 31, Wilhelmsaue 39·41
Phone: 0311/870144 TELEX: 18·27·58

TEXAS

Signetics GmbH, Eulenkrugstr, 81 E, 0·2 Hamburg 67
Phone: (411) 60·35·242

DaUas 75207: HamUton/Avnet Electronics, 2403 Farrington Ave.
Phone: (214) 638·2850 TELEX: 732359
Dallas 75220: Cramer Electronics, 2970 Blystone Ave.
Phone: (214) 350·1355
Houston 77036: Component Specialties, 7315 Ashcroft, Suite 113
Phone: (713) 771·7237
Houston 77019: Hamilton/Avnet Electronics,
1216 West Clay Street
Phone: (713) 526·4661 TELEX: 762589

UTAH
Salt Lake City 84115: Alta ElectroniCS, 2280 S. Main St.,
Phone: (801) 486·7227 TELEX: (910) 925'5282
Salt Lake City 84119: Hamilton/Avnet Electronics
647 West Billinis Road
Phone: (801) 262·8451

WASHINGTON
Seattle 98121: Hamilton/Avnet Electronics. 2320 Sixth Avenue
Phone: (206) 624·5930 TELEX: 32249

AUSTRIA
Ing. Ernst Steiner, Beckgasse 30, A·1130 Wien
Phone: (222) 82·10·605

SWITZERLAND
Omnl Ray-AG, Dufourstrasse 56, 8008, Zurich
Phone: 01·340766 TELEX: 53239

FRANCE
S. A. Gallec Electronlque, 78, Avenue des Champs·Elysees,.
Paris 8e Phone: 359·58·38/255-67·10/255·67·11
R.T.F., 73, Av. de Neuilly, 92 • Neuilly sur Seine, Paris
Phone: 722.70.40 TELEX: 65.933
Elic 38, Ie Bureau Barlslen S.A.R.L,
8·10 Avenue du Grand Sablon, 38 La Tronche
Phone: (76) 87·67·71 TELEX: 32·739

ITALY
Metroelettronlca S.A.S., Viale Cirene 18, 1·20135 Milano
Phone: 546·26·41 TELEX: 33·168 Metronic

ISRAEL

INTERNATIONAL SALES
EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS
Signetlcs International Corp., Yeoman House, 63 Croydon Road,
Penge, London, S.E. 20, England
Phone: (01)6592111 TELEX:946619

FRANCE
Signetlcs S.A.R.L., 34 Rue de Silly, 92·Boulogne
Phone: 604·2307 TELEX: SIGNEF 26801F

WEST GERMANY
Signetics GmbH, Ernsthaldenstrasse 17,
07 Stuttgart 80, West Germany
Phone: (0711) 73·50·61 TELEX: 7255798

Rapac Electronics Ltd., P. O. Box 18053, 15 Karl Herbst St.,
Tel·Baruch, Tel·Aviv Phone: 77 71 15,6,7 TELEX: TV 528

UNITED KINGDOM
Quarndon Electronics Ltd., Slack Lane, Derby, Derbyshire
Phone: (0332) 3 26 51 TELEX: 37163
S.O.S. (Portsmouth) Ltd., Hilsea Industrial Estate
Portsmouth, Hampshire
Phone: 6 53 11 TELEX: 86114
Semlcomps Ltd., 5 Northfield Industrial Estate,
Beresford Ave., Wembley, Middlesex
Phone: (01) 903·3161 TELEX: 935243
A. M. Lock & Co. Ltd., 79 Union St., Oldham, Lanes, England
Phone: 061·624·6832

SCOTLAND

STOCKING DISTRIBUTORS
AUSTRALIA
Pye Industries, Ltd., Technico Electronics Division.
53 Carrington Rd., Marrickville, Sydney, N.S.W.
Phone: 55·0411 TELEX: 790'21490
Pye Industries, Ltd., Technico Electronics Divslon,
2·18 Normanby Road, South Melbourne, Vic.
Phone 69·60·61 TELEX: 31240

Semlcomps Northern Ltd., 44, The Square, Kelso, Roxburghshll'E
Phone:2366 TELEX:72692

SWEDEN, NORWAY, FINLAND
A. B. Kuno Kallman, Jarntorget 7, S-413 04 Goteberg SV,
Phone: 17-01·20 TELEX: 21072

DENMARK
E. Frils·Mlkkelsen A/S, Krogshojvej 51, DK·2880 Bagsvaerd
Phone: (01) 986333 TELEX:2350

'·23

THE NETHERLANDS
Mulder·Hardenberg, P. O. Box 5059, Westerhoutpark I·A, Haarlem
Phone: (023) 3191 84 TELEX: 41431

JAPAN
Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., 1·2 Marunouchi, 2 Chome Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo
Phone:218-5536 TELEX:4616

AFRICA
Allied Electronic (PTY) Ltd., P. O. Box 6090,
Dunswart, Transvaal, South Africa
Phone: 54·4341 TELEX: 43·7823

REPRESENTATIVES
SWEDEN, NORWAY, FINLAND
A. B. Kuno Kallman, Jarntorget 7, S-413 04 Goteborg SV, Sweden
Phone 17-01-20 TELEX: 21072

ISRAEL
Rapac Electronics Ltd., P. O. Box 18053, 15 Karl Herbst St.,
Tel-Baruch, Tel-Aviv Phone: 77 71 15,6,7 TELEX: TV 528

JAPAN
Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., 1-2 Marunouchi, 2 Chome,
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo Phone 218-5536 TELEX: 4616

INDIA
Semiconductors Limited, Radia House, 6, Rampart Row,
Fort, Bombay - 1
Phone: 293667 TELEX: Transducer, Bombay

1·24

MI LITARY PRODUCTS

MIL-STD-883. A detailed listing is in Section 8. These
parts are distinguished from standard product as follows:

MIL-STD-883 FAMILY
Class A, Band C of MIL-STD-883 are available on a standard basis from Signetics. This standardization
1 Simplifies or eliminates the need for customer spec
generation,
2 Reduces cost with economies of scale,
3 Greatly reduces lead times with distributor inventories,
4 Reduces the need for minimum purchase orders due to
distributor inventories.
Signetics designation for these classes are:
MIL-STD-883, Level A
MI L-STD-883, Level B
MIL-STD-883, Level C

= RA
= RB
= RC

The RA, RB and RC flow are identical to that specified by

1. Individual serial number on each circuit (class A only)
2. The first letters of a part number are either RA (class A),
RB (class B) or RC (class C); (Le., RA 5400W)
3. Individual' device variable parametic test data is supplied
with each shipment. (class A only)
4. Generic data from GP Band C testing is available.
RA, RB, RC flow is available on all parts· in the following
product families:
5400
54HOO
54S00
8000
8200
linears
10100 (-30°C to +85°C only)

MILITARY PRODUCTS
JAN 38510 FAMILY
JAN 38510 PART NUMBERS - WHAT THEY MEAN
,M3851 0
Calls out

XXX
Refers to detail

XX
Refers to one of

X
Device class.

X
CASE OUTLINE

X
LEAD MATERIAL
A- Kovar or alloy 42

MIL-M-

spec. 001, 002,

the devices on the

Refers to level

A-1/4"X1/4" Flat Pack

38510 JAN

003

detail spec. 01,02,

A, B, or C of

B-1/4"X1/8" Flat Pack

03

MIL-STD-883

C-Dual-In-line 14 pin

I.C.

D-1/4"X3/8" Flat Pack
E-Dual-In-line, 16 pin
F-16 pin Flat Pack

with hot solder dip
B-Kovar or alloy 42
with tin plate
C-Kovar or alloy 42
with gold plate

G-8 lead metal can
H-1/4"X14" lead Flat Pack
1-10 lead metal can
J-3/8"X5/8", 24 pin Flat

_.

Pack
K-Dual-ln-Line, 24 pin

1-25

Slash
Sheet
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
002
002
002
002
002
002
003
003
003
004
005
005
005
005
006
007
008
008
008
008
009
009
009
010
010
010
010
010
011
012
012
013
013
013
013
013
013
022
022
022
023
023
023
023
023

CD

Not available in DB

@

Not available in JB

Device
Type

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
01
02
03
04
05
06
01
02
03
01
01
02
03
04
02
01
01
02
03
04
01
02
03
01
02
03
04
05
01
01
03
01
02
03
04
05
06
01
02
03
01
02
03
04
05

Class
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,C
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e

(JAN 38510 FAMILY)
Case
Outline
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
e
D,e
D,e
e
E

D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
E

D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
e
E

0, eCD
E
E
E
E
E

J,K~
D,e
E

D,e
D,e
E
E
E
E

D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e
D,e

Lead Material
& Finish
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e
B,e

Basic
Product
5430
5420
5410
5400
5404
5401
5405
5403
5472
5473
54107
5476
5474
5470
5440
5437
5438
5402
5450
5451
5453
5454
5483
5486
5406
5416
5407
54'17
5495
5496
54164
5442
5443
5444
5445
54145
54181
54121
54123
5492
5493
54160
54161
54162
54163
54H72
54H73
54H74
54H30
541-120
54H10
541-100
541-104

sEctioNs

SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS

liagnl!tiD

54/74 PRODUCT
SPECI FICATIONS

SEC'TIONS
SEC'TIONS
SEC'TIONS
SEC'TIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SE'CTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
SECTIONS
~l=rTlnN,

54/74 Functional Index
ARITHMETIC ELEMENTS
54/7480
54/7483
54/7485
54/74S6
54/74180
54/74181
54/74182

Gated Full Adders
4-Bit Binary Full Adders
4-Bit Magnitude Comparators
Quadruple 2-lnput Exclusive-OR Gates
8-Bit Odd-Even parity Generators/Checkers
4-Bit Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) and Function Generators
Look-Ahead Carry Generators (for ALU)

2-81
2-85
2-84
2-88
2-158
2-160
2-164

Synchronous Decade Counters
Sv.nchronous 4-Bit Binary Counters
Fully Synchronous Decade Counter
Fully Synchronous 4-Bit Binary Counter
Synchronous Up/Down Decade Counters (Two Clock Lines)
Synchronous Up/Down 4-Bit Binary Counters (Two Clock Lines)
Decade Counters
Divide-by-Twelve Counters
4-Bit Binary Counters

2-138
2-138
2-138
2-138
2-166
2-170
2-94
2-98
2-100

COUNTERS
54/74160
54/74161
54/74162
54/74163
54/74192
54/74193
54/7490
54/7492
54/7493

DATA SELECTORS/MULTIPLEXERS
54/74150
54/74151
54/74152
54/74153
54/74157
54/74158

16-Bit Data Selectors/Multiplexers
8-Bit Data Selectors/Multiplexers with Strobe
8-Bit Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Dual 4-Line to l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Quad 2-1 Multiplexer
Quadruple 2-1 nput Data Selector/Multiplexer

2-121
2-123
2-125
2-128
2-136
2-136

BCD-to-Decimal Decoders
Excess-3-to-Decimal Decoders
Excess-3-Gray-to-Decimal Decoders
4~Line to 16-Line (1 of 16) Decoders/Demultiplexers
Dual 2-Line to 4-Line Decoders/Demultiplexers
Dual 2-Line to 4-Line Decoders/Demultiplexers (w/Open Collector Output)
BCD-to-Decimal Decoders/Drivers with Blanking
BCD-to-Decimal Decoders/Drivers with 30V Output
BCD-to-Decimal Decoders/Drivers with 15V Output
BCD-to-Seven-Segment Decoders/Drivers with 30V Output
BCD-to-Seven-Segment Decoders/Drivers with 15V Output
BCD-to-Seven ..Segment Decoders
BCD-to-Decimal Decoder/Driver

2-42
2-44
2-46
2-130
2-132
2-132
2-40
2-48
2-48
2-50
2-50
2-54
2-119

Dual 4-lnput Expander
Dual 4-1 nput Expander
Triple 3-lnput Expanders
3-2-2-3-lnput AND-OR Expander
3-2-2-3-1 nput Expander

2-62
2-217
2-219
2-221
2-223

Positive Edge-Triggered J-K Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops

2-66
2-68
2-70

DECODERS
54/7442
54/7443
54/7444
54/74154
54/74155
54/74156
7441
54/7445
54/74145
7446
7447
7448
74141
EXPANDERS
54/7460
54/74H60
54/74H61
54H62
74H62
FLIP-FLOPS
54/7470
54/7472
54/7473

FLIP-FLOPS (Continued)
54/7474
54/7476
54/74107
54/74121
54/74122
54/74123
54/74175
54/74H71
54/74H72
54/74H73
54/74H74
54/74H76
54/74H101
54/74H102
54/74H103
54/74H106
54/74H108

Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops w/Preset and Clear
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops (VCC -14, Gnd -7)
Monostable Multivibrators
Retriggerable Monostable Muttivibrators w/Clear
Dual Retriggerable Monostable Multivibrators w/Clear
Quadruple D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flop (AND-OR Inputs)
J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops (AND Inputs)
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip-Flops w/Preset and Clear
J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop with AND-OR Inputs (50MHz)
J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops with AND Inputs (50MHz)
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (50MHz)
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (50MHzO) w/Preset and Clear
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (50MHz) (Common Clock)

2-72
2-77
2-110
2-112
2-116
2-116
2-155
2-225
2-227
2-229
2-231
2-233
2-235
2-237
2-239
2-241
2-244

NAND/NOR/AND/OR GATES AND BUFFERS
54/7400
54/7401
54/7402
54/7403
54/7404
54/7405
54/7406
54/7407
54/7408
54/7409
54/7410
54/7411
54/7413
54/7416
54/7417
54/7420
54/7421
54/7426
54/7430
54/7437
54/7438
54/7440
54/74HOO
54/74H01
54/74H04
54/74H05
54/74H08
54/74H10
54/74H11
54/74H20
54/74H21
54/74H22
54/74H30

Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates (w/Open-Collector Output)
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NOR Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates (w/Open-Collector Output)
Hex Inverters
Hex Inverters (w/Open-Collector Output)
Hex I nverter Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-Collector High-Voltage Output)
Hex Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-Collector High Voltage Output)
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gates
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate
Dual NAN D Schmitt Trigger
Hex Inverter Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-Collector High-Voltage Output)
Hex Buffers/Drivers (w/Open-Collector High Voltage Output)
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive AND Gate
Quadruple 2-lnput High-Voltage Interface NAND Gates
8-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Buffers
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Buffers (w/Open Collector Output)
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Buffers
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gates (w/Open-Collector Output)
Hex Inverters
Hex Inverters (w/Open-Collector Output)
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive AND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gates
Dual 4-lnput Positive AND Gates
Dua-I 4-lnput Positive NAND Gates (w/Open-Collector Output)
8-lnput Positive NAND Gates

2-2
2-4
2-6
2-8
2-10
2-12
2-14
2-16
2-18
2-20
2-22
2-24
2-26
2-14
2-16
2-28
2-30
2-32
2-34
2-36
2-36
2-38
2-183
2-185
2-187
2-189
2-191
2-193
2-195
2-197
2-199
2-201
2-203

AND-OR/AND-OR-I NVERT GATES
54/7450
54/7451
54/7453

Expandable Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Expandable 4-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates

2-58
2-58'
2-60

AND-ORIAND-OR-INVERT GATES (Continued)
54/7454
54/741-150
54/74H51
54/741-152
54/741-153
54/74H54
54/74H55

4-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERTGates
Expandable Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Dual 2-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Expandable 2-2-2-3-lnput AND~OR-INVERT Gates
Expandable 2-2-2-3-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
4-Wide 2-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates
Expandable 2-Wide 4-lnput AND-OR-INVERT Gates

2-60
2-206
2-207
2-209
2-211
2-211
2-213

Quadruple Bistable Latches
Quadruple Bistable Latches
8-Bit Bistable Latches

2-75
2-79
2-108

256-Bit Read-Only Memory
64-Bit Read/Write Memory (RAM)
4x4 Register Files

2-90
2-92
2-151

8-Bit Shift Registers
4-Bit Shift Registers (Parallel-In, Serial-Out)
4-Bit Universal Shift Registers (Parallel-I n, Parallel-Out)
5-Bit Shift Registers (Dual Parallel-In, Parallel-Out)
8-Bit Parallel-Out Shift Registers
Parallel-Load 8-Bit Shift Registers
Parallel-Load 8-Bit Shift Registers
4-Bit Bidirectional Universal Shift Registers
4-Bit Parallel-In, Parallel-Out Shift Register (J-K Inputs to First Stage)
8-Bit Parallel-I n, Parallel-Out Bidirectional Shift Registers
8-Bit Parallel-In, Parallel-Out Shift Registers (J-K Inputs to First Stage)

2-96
2-102
2-104
2-106
2-144
2-147
2-149
2-174
2-176
2-178
2-180

Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Quadruple 2-lnput Positive NAND Gate (w/Open-Collector Output)
Hex Inverter
Hex Inverter (w/Open-Collector Output)
Triple 3-lnput Positive NAND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate
Triple 3-lnput Positive AND Gate (w/Open-Collector Output)
Dual 4-1 nput Positive NAND Gate
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Gate (w/Open-Collector Output)
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Buffers
4-2-3-2 Input AND-OR-Invert Gates
4-2-3-2-lnput AND-OR-Invert Gates (w/Open-Collector Output)
Dual D-Type Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flop
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (80M Hz) with Preset
Dual J-K Negative Edge-Triggered Flip-Flops (80MHz) with Common
Clock and Common Clear
13-lnput NAND Gate
l?-Input NAND Gate with Tri-State Outputs
Dual 4-lnput Positive NAND Line Drivers
8-lnput Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Dual 4-Line to l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers
Quadruple 2-Line to l-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers (Non-Inverting)
Qu'adruple 2-Line to 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers (Inverting)

2-247
2-247
2-249
2-249
2-251
2-253
2-253
2-254
2-256
2-258
2-260
2-260
2-262
2-264
2-266

LATCHES
54/7475
54/7477
54/74100
MEMORIES
7488
7489
54/74170
REGISTERS
54/7491
54/7494
54/7495
54/7496
54/74164
54/74165
54/74166
54/74194
54/74195
54/74198
54/74199
SCHOTTKY
S54S00/N74S00
S!?4S03/N74S03
S54S04/N74S04
S54S05/1 4S05
S54S1 0/N74S1 0
N74S11
N74S15
S54S20/N74S20
S54S22/N74S22
S54S40/N74S40
N74S64
N74S65
N74S74
S54S112/N74S112
S54S113/N74S113
S54S114/N74S114
S54S 133/N 74S 133
S54S134/N74S134
S54S 140/N 74S 140
S54S151/N74S151
S54S 153/N 74S 153
S54S157/N14S157
S54S 158/N 74S 158

2-266
2-268
2-269
2-258
2-270
2-273
2-276
2-276

SCHOTTKY (Continued)
S54S174/N74S174
S54S175/N74S175
S54S 181 /N 74S 181
S54S194/N74S194
S54S 195/N 74S 195
S54S251/N74S251 '
S54S257/N74S257
S54S258/N 74S258

Hex D·Type Flip-Flops with Clear
Quadruple D·Type Flip·Flops with Clear
Arithmetic Logic Units/Function Generators
4-Bit Bidirectional Universal Shift Registers
4-Bit Parallel·Access Shift Registers
8-lnput Data Selectors/Multiplexers with Tri·State Outputs
Quadruple 2-Line to 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers with
Tri·State Outputs (Non·lnverting)
Quadruple 2-Line to 1-Line Data Selectors/Multiplexers with
Tri·State Outputs (Inverting)

2-278
2-278
2-281
·2-284
2-287
2-270
2-290
2-290

DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5400, N7400
54/7400 PRODUCT INFORMATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
Supply Voltage VCC (See Note 1)
7V
5.5V
Input Voltage, Vin (See Note 1
Interemitter Voltage (See Note 2)·
5.5V
Resistor Node Voltage, 54121, 74121 .
-5.5V to 7V
(See Note 1)
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range:
_55°C to 125°C
Series 54 Circuits
O°C to 70°C
Series 74 Circuits
-65°C to 150°C
Storage Temperature Range
NOTES:
1. Voltage values, exceprlnteremitterlvoltage, are with respect to
network ground terminal.
2. This Is the voltage between two emitters of a multipleemitter transistor.
3. Output sink current tests 1 output at a time.
Series 54/74 Logic Family
The 54/74XX logic family is medium speed TTL, and high speed
TTL integrated circuits. The family includes a multiple number of
functions in a variety of packages. The 54XX devices are characterized for the full military temperature range of _55° C to + 125° C.
The 74XX devices are characterized for the limited temperature
range of O°C to. +70°C.
INPUT CLAMPING DIODES
Although not shown on all schematic diagrams, all of these SSI
circuits incorporate input diode.s. Each clamping diode is capable
of limiting negatilie excursions at the input to a maximum of 1.5
volts below ground, even if -12mA of current is drawn.
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Logic Definition
Series 54/74 logic is defined in terms of ~tandard POSITIVE
LOGIC using the following definitions:
LOW VOLTAGE = LOGICAL "O~'
HIGH VOLTAGE = LOGICAL "1"
Unused Inputs
For optimum switching times and minimum noise susceptibility
unused inputs should be maintained at a positive voltage greater
than 2.4V but not to exceed the absolute maximum rating of 5.5V.
This eliminates the distributed capacitance associated with the floating-input-transistor emitter, bond wire, and package load, and ensures that no degradation will occur in the propagation delay times.
Some possible ways of handling input emitters are:
a. Connect unused inputs to a supply voltage. Preferably, this
voltage should be between 2.4V and 5.5V.
b. Connect unused inputs to a used input if maximum fanout Of
the driving output will not be exceeded. Each input presents a
full load in the logical "1" state to the driving output.
Input-Current Requirements
Input-current requirements reflect worst-case VCC and temperature
condition. Currents into the input terminals are specified as positive values.
54/74 Logic
Each input of the multiple-emitter input transistor that utilizes a 4
Kn resistor requires no more than -1.6 mA flow out of the input
at a logical "0" voltage level; therefore, one load (N = 1) for 54/74
logic is -1.6 rnA maximum. Each input requires current into the
input at a logical "1" voltage level. This current is 40J,lA maximum
for each emitter input.
Fanout Capability
Fanout reflects the ability of an output to sink current from a number of loads (N) at a logical "0" voltage level and to supply current
at a logical "1" voltage level. Each standard 54/74 output is capable
of sinking current or supplying current to 10 loads (N = 10). The
buffer gate (54/7440) is capable of sinking current or supplying
current to 30 loads ( N = 30).
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
These are guaranteed over the applicable operating free-air temperature range, unless otherwise noted, as shown in Section 2 of the
handbook.

cp
TEMPERATURE RANGE*

[

554

=

-55°C to +125°C (Military Range)

N74

=

O°C to +70°C (Industrial Range)

~

PART IDENTIFICATION

[

Must contain two to four characters.
Examples:
00
H2O
107

7

PACKAGE*

=
=
"F" =
"N" =
"a" =
"W" =
"F" =
"A"

14-pin dual in-line silicone package (TO-116)

"6"

16-pin dual in-line silicone package
14-16 pin cerdip
24-lead dual in-line silicone package
24-pin ceramic flat-pak
14-16 pin flat cerpac
24-pin ceramic dual in-line package

* Availability of a circuit device in a particular package and temperature range is indicated on the appropriate device. Electrical
Characteristics Data Sheet is shown in Section 2 of this handbook.
NOTE
Any product available in an A or B package can also be supplied in
the F ,cerdlp package.

Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes
and improvements.

2·1

S5400
N7400

QUADRUPLE 2·INPUT POSITIVE
NAND GATE

SmDOliCS

S5400-A,F,W. N7400-A,F

DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)

PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE

A,F PACKAGE

NOTE: Component values shown are nominal.

RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS

55400 Circuits
N7400 Circuits
Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N
Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A:

Supply Voltage V cc:

55400 Circuits
N7400 Circuits

MIN

NOM

MAX

UNIT

4.5
4.75

5
5

V
V

-55
0

25
25

5.5
5.25
10
125
70

°c
°c

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER

2·2

TEST CONDITIONS*

Vin(l)

Logical 1 input voltage
required at both input
terminals to ensure
logical 0 level at output

VCC= MIN

Vin(O)

Logical 0 input voltage
required at either input
term inal to ensure
logical 1 level at output

VCC= MIN

V out (l)

Logical 1 output voltage

VCC= MIN,
Iload = -400J.lA

Vin = 0.8V,

Vout(O)

Logical 0 output voltage

VCC = MIN,
Isink = l6mA

Vin = 2V,

lin(O)

Logical 0 level input
current (each input)

VCC= MAX,

lin(H

Logical 1 level input
current (each input)

Vce= MAX,
VCC = MAX,

lOS

Short circuit output
current t •

VCC =MAX

MIN

TVP**

MAX

2

V

0.8

2.4

UNIT

3.3
0.22

V

V
0.4

V

Vin = OAV

-1.6

mA

Vin = 2.4V
Vin = 5.5V

40
1

J.lA
mA

-55
-55

mA

S5400
N7400

-20
-18

DIGITAL 54/14 TTL SERIES. S5400, N7400
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd)
TEST CONDITIONS *

PARAMETER

MIN

TVP**

MAX

UNIT

--ICC(O)

Logical 0 level supply

VCC = MAX,

V in = 5V

VCC = MAX,

V in =0

12

22

rnA

4

8

rnA

current
I CC (1)

Logical 1 level supply
current

SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A" 25°C, N '"' 10
TEST CONDITIONS

PARAMETER

*

MIN

TVP

MAX

UNIT

tpd(O)

Propagation delay time
to logical 0 level

CL = 15pF,

RL

=4000-

7

15

ns

t p d(1)

Propagation delay time
to logical 1 level

CL

= 15pF,

RL

= 4000-

11

22

ns

For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable
device type.
All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e
Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.

2·3

Smnotics

QUADRUPLE 2·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE
WITH OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT
S5401-A,F,W. N7401-A,F

S5401
N7401

DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES
SCHEMATIC (each gate)

PIN CONFIGURATIONS
WPACKAGE

tffi:
41111

V
"

UII
  • network ground terminal. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ~----------~-o~ 2·81 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5480, N7480 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS 55480 Circuits N7480 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from Outputs~ C n+1, N 1:: or E, N A* or B*, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: 55480 Circuits N7480 Circuits Supply Voltage VCC: MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 UNIT V V MAX 5.25 5.25 5 10 3 125 70 °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended oparating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted): PARAMETER MIN TEST CONDITIONS* = MIN TVP** MAX UNIT V 2 Vin(1) Logical 1 input voltage Vee Vin(Q) Logical 0 input voltage Vee = MIN V out (1) Logical 1 output voltage Vee = MIN Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage Vec lin(O) Logical 0 level input current at A1, A2, 81, B2, Ac or 8 c Vee = MAX, Vin = Oo4V -1.6 rnA lin(O) 0 level input at A* or B* 0 level input at Cn Logical 1 level input current at A1, A2. 81, B2, Ac or Bc Logical 1 level input current at C n Short circuit oU!put current at 1:: or 1::t Short circuit output current at C n+1 t Vee = MAX, Vin = Oo4V -2.6 rnA = MAX, Vn, = Oo4V -8 rnA Vec = MAX, Vee = MAX Vin Vin = 204V = 5.5V 15 1 /LA rnA Vee = MAX, Vee = MAX, Vin Vin = 204V = 5.5V 200 1 /LA rnA -57 -57 -70 -70 rnA rnA rnA rnA 31 35 rnA rnA lin(O) lin(1) lin(1) lOS lOS ICC Logical current Logical current Supply current Vee 0.8 204 Vee = MAX, Vec = MAX, 55480 N7480 55480 N7480 -20 -18 -20 -18 21 21 55480 N7480 Vce = MAX, V 3.5 0.22 = MIN V 004 V SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. VCC - 5V. TA - 26°C PARAMETER~ tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO FROM TO INPUT OUTPUT en -c n+ 1 BC C + AC I: BC ~ A1 A* 81 B* n 1 TEST CONDITIONS CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL = 15pF, = 15pF, = 15pF, = 15pF, = 15pF, = 15pF, = = = = = = 15pF, 15pF, 15pF 15pF 15pF 15pF RL = 780n RL = 780n RL = 780n RL = 780n RL = 400n RL = 4000 RL = 400n RL = 4000 MIN TVP MAX UNIT 13 8 18 38 52 62 38 56 48 17 48 17 17 12 25 55 70 80 55 75 65 25 65 25 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at Vee= 5V, T A - 25°C t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. ~ tpd1 is propagation delay time to logical 1 level. tpdO is propagation delay time to logical 0 level. 2-82 Si!lnOliCS S5483 N7483 4·BIT BINARY FULL ADDER (LOOK AHEAD CARRY) S5483-B,F,W. N7483-B,.F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION The 54/7483 is a 4-Bit Binary Full Adder for adding two four bit binary numbers. A Carry Look Ahead circuit is included to provide minimum carry propagation delays. PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE Propagation delays of carry-in to carry-out is typically 12 nsec. TRUTH TABLE INPUT OUTPUT Co· Co·' i~ , ~ WHEN C2 - 0 WHEN ~. I~ ~ I~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r£ ~ A3 B3 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 B4 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C4 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 O· 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 :E3 1i4 C4 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 .., 2 t. . ... . . .. . 7 Vee A• Az t2 B,F PACKAGE ~; ~: ~: ~~ OND '2 ~~ ,. A, );~ 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ·NOTE5: Input conditions at A 1 • A 2 • 8 1 , 8 2 , and Co are used to determine outputs 1i 1 and 1i 2 • and the value of the Internal carry C 2 • The 1 2 3 4 6 e 7 8 A4 :k:3 A3 83 Vee l:2 82 A2 values. at C 2 • A 3 • 8 3 , A 4 • and 8 4 , are then used to determine outputs 1i 3 • 1i 4 • and C 4 • LOGIC DIAGRAM Co A, ., ", "2 A3Ii ..... A2 A1+lr, ", ·2 A2i2 JI3fi", A4I4 A2+lf2 AiiTJ A. ., eo AlIi A2I2 C, "48". ~4 AJ+DJ A, 2·83 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5483, N7483 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN 4.5 4.75 Supply Voltage V CC: (See Note 1) 55483 Circuits N7483 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out From Outputs: C4 UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 5 10 NOM 5 5 ~1' ~2' ~3 or ~4 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted)' PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS'" MIN TVP** MAX UNIT Input voltage required to Vin(l) ensure logical 1 at any input 2 VCC = MIN V terminal Input voltage required to Vin(O) ensure logical 1 at any input 0.8 VCC= MIN V terminal V out (l) Logical 1 output voltage VCC = MIN Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC = MIN V 2.4 0.4 V VCC'"' MAX, Vm = O.4V -3.2 mA VCC = MAX, V in = 0.4V -1.6 mA 80 IJA Logical 0 level input current lin(O) at Al' A3' 8 1, 8 3 , or Co Logical 0 level input current lin(O) lin(l) lin(l) lOS at A2' A 4 , 8 2 , or 8 4 Logical 1 level input current VCC= MAX, Vin= 2.4V Al,A3,81,83, orC O VCC 5.5V 1 mA Logical 1 level input current VCC'" MAX, V in = 2.4V 40 IJA A 2 , A4' 8 2 , or 84 Short-circuit output current VCC@MAX, Vin at ~1' ~2' ~3, or ~4 VCC'"' MAX t = MAX, V in - Short-circuit output current lOS ICC at C4 t Supply current 1 mA 55483 -20 -55 mA N7483 -18 -55 mA 55483 -20 -70 mA N7483 -18 -70 mA 58 79 mA tvp MAX UNIT = 5.5V VCC = MAX i VCC'"' MAX, SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V. T A - 25°C. unless otherwise noted N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER :j: = 50pF, = 50pF, MIN tpdl From Co to 1 tpdO From Co to 1 CL CL tpd1 From Co to 2 C L = 50pF. RL tpdO From Co to 2 CL RL = 400,11 22 35 ns tpd1 From Co to 3 CL RL = 400,11 RL = 400,11 30 50 ns 24 40 ns RL '"' 400,11 30 50 ns RL = 400,11 28 50 ns RL = 780,11 12 20 ns RL = 780,11 12 20 ns RL = 400,11 40 ns RL = 400,11 35 ns RL =400,11 40 ns RL = 400,11 35 ns tpdO From Co to 3 tpd1 From Co to 4 tpdO From Co to 4 tpdl tpdO From Co to C4 From Co to C4 tpd1 From A2 or 8 2 to 2 tpdO tpdl From A2 or 8 2 to 2 From A4 of 8 4 to 4 = 50pF, = 50pF. C L = 50pF, C L = 50pF. C L = 50pF, C L = 50pF. C L = 50pF, C L = 50pF. C L = 50pF. C L = 60pF. tpdO From A4 of 8 4 to 4 C L = 50pF, RL '"' 400,11 23 20 34 34 ns RL '"' 400,11 = 400,11 24 35 ns ns t T pdl IS propagation delay time to logical 1 level. tpdO i8 propagation delay time to logical 0 level . • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value Ipecified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type. •• All typical values are at VCC = 6V, T A ~ 26°C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. NOTE 1: These voltage values are with respect to n:etwork ground terminal. 2·84 4·81T MAGNITUDE COMPARATORS S5485 !ii!lDotiC!i -------------tN7485 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION The S5485 and N7485 perform magnitude comparison of straight binary and straight BCD (8421) codes. Three fully decoded decisions about two 4-bit words (A, B) are made and are externally available at three outputs. These devices are fully expandable to any number of bits without external gates. When cascaded, the total time for comparison is the function of the word length; however, only a two-gate-Ievel delay (12 ns) is added for each four-bit expansion. These circuits are completely compatible with most TTL and DTL families. Typical average power dissipation is 275 milliwatts. The S5485 is characterized for operation over the 'full military 0 0 temperature range of _55 C to 125 C; The N7485 is characterized 0 0 for operation from 0 C to 70 C. PIN CONFIGURATION DATA INPUT Positive logic: See truth table TRUTH TABLE COMPARING CASCADING INPUTS INPUTS OUTPUTS A3,B3 A2,B2 A1, B1 AO,BO A> B AB A B3 X X X X X X H L L A3< 83 X X X X X X L H L A"B = B3 A2> B2 X X X X X H L L A3 = B3 A2 < B2 X X X X X L H L A3= B3 A2'" B2 A1 > B1 X X X X H L L A3 = B3 A2 = B2 A1 < B1 X X X X L H L A3 = B3 A2 = B2 A1 = B1 AO> BO X X X H L L A3 = B3 A2 = B2 Al '" B1 AO < BO X X X L H L A3= B3 A2 = B2 Al = B1 AO = BO H L L H L L A3= B3 A2 = B2 A1 = B1 AO = BO L H L L H L A3 = B3 A2 = B2 A1 = B1 AO = BO L L H L L H A3 NOT E: H =. High level, L = Low level, X = Irrelevant. 2·85 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5485, N7485 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS N7485 S5485 MIN Supply voltage, Vee NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 4.5 Normalized fan·out from each output, N Operating free-air temperature, T A V 10 10 125 -55 UNIT °e 70 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER V,H High-level input voltage V,L Low-level input voltage V, Input clamp voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL TEST CONDITIONS* TYP** MAX UNIT V 2 0.8 Low-level output voltage Input current at maximum " MIN A < B, A > B inputs Vee - MIN, " = -12 mA Vee = MIN, V'H=2V, V,L = 0.8 V, 'OH, = -400 J.l.A Vee - MIN, V'H-2V, V,L = 0.8 V, 10L = 16 mA Vee - MAX, V, - 5.5 V Vee = MAX, V, = 2.4 V Vee = MAX, V,=O.4V ',L Low-level input current lOS Short-circuit output current:j: Vee = MAX, Va = 0 lee Supply current Vee = MAX, See Note 1 A < B, A > B inputs I I V V 0.4 V 1 "H all other inputs -1.5 2.4 mA 40 High-level input current all other inputs V J.l.A 120 -1.6 mA -4.8 S5485 N7485 -20 -55 -18 mA -55 55 mA 88 'For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . • 'All typical values are at Vcc = 5 V, T A = 25°C. :j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. NOTE1: ICC is measured with outputs open, A = B grounded, and all other inputs at 4.5 V. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee = 5 V, TA = 25°e, N = 10 PARAMETER tpLH FROM TO NUMBER OF INPUT OUTPUT GATE LEVELS 1 7 A> B, A < B 2 12, 3 17 26 4 23 35 1 11 Any A or B data input A=B tPHL tpLH tPH L 2-86 Any A or B data input A < B, A > B 2 3 A=B 4 TEST CONDITIONS eL=15pF, RL=400n: See Figure 1 MIN TYP MAX 15 20 30 20 30 UNIT ns ns ns tPLH A < B or A = B A>B 1 7 11 tPHL A < B or A - B A> B 1 11 17 ns tPLH A=B A=B 2 13 20 ns tPHL A=B A=B 2 11 17 ns tPLH A> B or A = B A< B 1 7 11 ns tPHL A> B or A - B A< B 1 11 17 ns == Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output. == Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output. DIGITAL 54/'14 TTL SERIES. S5485, N7485 PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION LOAD CIRCUIT OUTPUT ( VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS 1_~10ns_1 I INPUT 10%Yi . -. ---- 1_~10ns_1 --:::::::---::;:-r--------------'" ~~90% "uv~10% OV I l-tPlH-1 1---tPLH-1 6-~-~-~-~-NG------------------------~~, I___________J~_'--_--_-_--_---_:~ ___ y. ~----tPHL-------1 NON·INVERTING OUTPUT 1------tPLH-----1 --------~---------------------------'. NOTES: ~----"" .._. ~VOL A. Input pulses are supplied by a pulse generator having the following characteristics: PRR = 1 MHz, duty cycle = 50%, Zout "" 50 U. B. CL includes probe and jig capacitance C. All diodes are 1N3064 FIGURE 1. PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES 2·87 QUAD 2·INPUT EXCLUSIVE OR GATE SjgDotiCS S5486-A,F,W • N7486-A,F S5486 N7486 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 54/7486 Quad 2-lnput Exclusive OR Gate is a TTL element providing the function AS + AS at the output. WPACKAGE TRUTH TABLE INPUTS OUTPUT A B V 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 A,F PACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S5486 Circuits N7486 Circuits Logical 0 Normalized Fan-Out from each output, N: Logical 1 Supply Voltage V ce MIN NOM MAX UNIT 4.5 4.75 5 5 5.5 5.25 10 20 V V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS· PARAMETER MIN TVp·· MAX UNIT Input voltage required to V in (1) ensure logical 1 at any input 2 Vee - MIN V terminal Input voltage required to Vin(O) ensure logical 0 at any input 0.8 Vee = MIN V terminal V out (1) Logical 1 output voltage Vee = MIN, V in (1) = 2V, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage Vee'" MIN, V in (1) = 2V, 'in(1) current (each input) Logical 1 level input Logical 0 level input current lin(O) (each input) lOS Short circuit output current t ICC 2·88 Vin(O) = 0.8V, I load = -800 J.l.A V Vin(O) 0.8V, I sink = 16mA Vce = MAX, Vin - 2.4V Vee = MAX, V in '" 5.5V Vec = MAX, Vin = 0.4V Vee = MAX, V in (l) '" 4.5V, Vin(O) Supply current 2.4 Vee z 0 = MAX, V in = 4.5V 0.4 V 40 1 /.LA mA -1.6 mA S5486 -20 -55 mA N7486 -18 -55 mA S5486 30 43 mA N7486 30 50 mA DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5486, N7486 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. vcc" 5V. T A '" 25°C. N = 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level (other input C L = 15pF. RL =400 11 17 ns C L = 15pF. RL =400 15 23 ns CL = 15pF. RL = 400 13 22 ns RL = 400 18 30 ns low) Propagation delay time to tpd1 logical 1 level (other input low) Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level (Other input high) Propagation delay time to lpd1 logical 1 level (other input CL = 15pF. high) • For conditlQn~ shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type • •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C. + Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·89 !ii!lDotiC!i N7488 256·811 READ·ONLY MEMORY N7448-B,W DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 7488 is a TTL 256-8it Read Only Memory organized as 32 word with 8 bits per word. The words are selected by five binary address lines with full word decoding incorporated on the chip. A Chip Select input is provided for additional decoding flexibility, which will cause all eight outputs to go to the high state when the Chip Select input is taken high. 8,WPACKAGE This device is fully TTL or DTl compatible. The outputs are uncommitted collectors, which allows wired-OR operation with the outputs of other TTL or DTl devices. These outputs are capable of sinking twelve standard DCl loads. Propagation delay time is 50ns maximum. Power dissipation is 310 milliwatts with 400 milliwatts maximum. _, ~ 2 _3 _4 ~ _ ~ ~o Customer may specify patterns for the 256-8it Read Only Memory by completing the truth table/order blank. LOGIC DIAGRAM A. " '2 " AD ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP See 8223 or 8224 Data Sheet for Pin-for-Pin Replacement 2·90 MAX UNIT DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N7488 256-BIT READ ONLY MEMORIES TRUTH TABLE/ORDER BLANK CUSTOMER: THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS P.O. NO.: PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: OUTPUTS INPUTS A4 A3 A2 A1 AO ENABLE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 l' 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 WORD 3, 0 0 0 1 1 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 5 0 0 1 0 1 0 6 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 10 0 1 0 1 0 11 0 1 1 1 0 12 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 13 0 1 1 0 1 0 14 0 1 1 1 0 0 15 0 1 1 1 1 0 16 1 0 0 0 0 0 17 1 0 0 0 1 0 18 1 0 0 1 0 0 19 1 0 0 1 1 0 20 1 0 1 0 0 0 21 1 0 1 0 1 0 22 1 0 1 1 0 0 23 1 0 1 1 1 0 24 1 1 0 0 0 0 25 1 1 0 0 1 0 26 1 1 0 1 0 27 1 1 1 28 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 B7 B6 B.5 B4 1 1 1 1 B3 B2 B1 BO 0 29 1 1 1 30 1 1 1 31 1 1 1 1 1 0 ALL X X X X X 1 1 1 1 1 2·91 Si!lnotics 64·81T READ/WRITE MEMORY (RAM) N7489-B DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The 7489 is a TTL 64-Bit Read-Write Random Access Memory organized as 16-words of 4 bits each. The 7489 is ideally suited for application in scratch pads and high speed buffer memories. BPACKAGE Words are selected through a 4-input binary decoder when the chip select input (CE) is at logic "0". Data is written into the memory when Read Enable (RE) is at logic "0" and read from the memory when RE is at logic "1". LOGIC DIAGRAM ADORESS .... DECODING AI A2 A, CHIP ENABLE! 2·92 I 2 , AO Ce Re N7489 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N7489 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature rang., unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP MAX UNIT See 8225 Data Sheet for Pin-for-Pin Replacement 2-83 Smnotics DECADE COUNTER S5490' N7490 S5490-A,F ,W • N7490-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The S5490/N7490 is a high-speed, monolithic decade counter consisting of four dual-rank, master-slave flip-flops internally interconnected to provide a divide-by-two counter and a divide-by-five counter. Gated direct reset lines are provided to inhibit count inputs and return all outputs to a logical "0" or to a binary coded decimal (BCD) count of 9. As the output from flip-flop A is not internally connected to the succeeding stages, the count may be separated in three independent count modes: 1. When used as a binary coded decimal decade counter, the BD input must be externally connected to the A output. The A input receives the incoming count, and a count sequence is obtained in accordance with the BCD count sequence truth table shown above. In addition to a conventional "0" reset, inputs are provided to reset a BCD 9 count for nine's complement deci mal applications. 2. If a symmetrical divide-by-ten count is desired for frequpncy synthesizers or other applications requiring division of a binary count by a power of ten, the 0 output must be externally connected to the A input. The input count is then applied at the BD input and a divide-by-ten square wave is obtained at output WPACKAGE INPUT A NC A 14 13 12 1 INB~T 2 3 R0l11 ROl21 A,FPACKAGE INPUT A GND 10 NC 13 A. 3. For operation as a divide-by-two counter and divide-by-five counter, no external interconnections are required. Flip-flop A is used as a binary element for the divide-by-two function. The BD input is used to obtain binary divide-by-five operation at the B, C, and 0 outputs. In this mode, the two counters operate independently; however, all four flip-flops are reset simultaneously. The 549017490 is completely compatible with Series 54 and Series 74 logic familes. Average power dissipation is 160mW. 1 2 3 4 • 1 INB'ci'T Rom ROl21 NC R9(1) R91Z1 LOGIC TRUTH TABLES BCD COUNT SEQUENCE (See Note 1) RESET/COUNT (See Note 2) RESET INPUTS OUTPUT COUNT 0 C B A 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 8 9 1 1 0 0 2 3 4 5 6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 2-94 RO(l) RO(2) Rg (l) OUTPUT Rg(2) 0 C B A 1 1 0 X 0 0 0 0 1 1 X 0 0 0 0 0 1 X X 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 X 0 X 0 COUNT 1 0 1 0 0 X 0 X COUNT 0 X X 0 COUNT 1 X 0 0 X COUNT 1 0 0 1 NOTES: 1. Output A connected to input Bo for BCD count. 2. X indicates that either a logicall of a logical 0 may be present. 3. Fanout from output A to input Bo and to 10 additional Series 54174 loads is permitted DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5490, N7490 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S5490 Circuits N7490 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Width of I nput Count Pulse, tp(in) Width of Reset Pulse, tp(reset) Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 Supply Voltage Vee: 50 50 -55 0 S5490 Circuits N7490 Circuits NOM 5 5 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 25 25 UNIT V V ns ns °e °e 125 70 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) V out (1) Vout(O) lin(1) lin(1) lin(1) lin(O) lin(O) lin(O) lOS ICC I nput voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal I nput voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 1 level input current at RO( 1), RO(2), R9(1), or R9(2) Logical 1 level input current at input A Logical 1 level input current at input SO Logical 0 level input current at RO(1), RO(2), R9(1), or R9(2) Logical 0 level input current at input A Logical 0 level input current at input SO Short circuit output current t Supply current TEST eONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX 2 Vee = MIN UNIT V 0.8 Vee = MIN 204 V V Vee = MIN, I load = -400J.LA Vee = MIN, Isink = 16mA Vee = MAX, Vee = MAX, Vin = 2AV Vin = 5.5V 40 11 J.LA mA Vee = MAX, Vee = MAX, Vce ",'MAX, Vee = MAX, Vee = MAX, Vin = 2AV Vin = 5.5V Vin = 2AV Vin = 5.5V Vin = OAV 80 1 160 1 -1.6 J.LA mA = MAX, Vin = OAV -3.2 mA = O.4V -604 mA Vee Vee = MAX, Vin Vee = MAX, V out = OV Vee = MAX, Vin = 4.5V 004 S5490 N7490 S5490 N7490 -20 -18 32 32 -57 -57 46 53 V J.LA mA mA mA mA mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee= 5V, TA = 2SoC, N = 10 PARAMETER f max tpd1 tpdO Maximum frequency of input count pulses Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from input count pulse to output e Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from input count pulse to output e TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP 10 18 MAX UNIT eL = 15pF, RL = 400n eL=15pF, RL =400.11 60 100 ns eL = 15pF, RL =400.11 60 100 ns MHz • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type. All typical values are at Vec= 5V, T A = 25°C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2-95 Smnotics 8·BIT SHIFT REGISTER S5491-A,F,W • N7491-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The S5491/N7491 is a monolithic serial-in, serial-out 8-bit shift register utilizing high-speed transistor-transistor logic (TTL) circuits. The shift register, composed of eight R-S master-slave flip-flops, includes input gating and a clock driver. The register is capable of storing and transferring data at clock rates up to 18 MHz while maintaining a typical noise-immunity level of 1 volt. Power dissipation is typiCally 175 milliwatts, and full fan-out of 10 is available from the outputs. Single-rail data and input control are gated through inputs A and B and an internal inverter to form the complementary inputs to the first bit of the shift register. Drive for the Internal common clock line is provided by an inverting clock driver. Each of the inputs (A, B, and CP) appear as only one TTL input load. WPACKAGE , 2 NC NO The cloCk pulse inverter/driver causes the S5491/N7491 to shift information to the output on the positive edge of an input cloCk pulse, thus enabling the shift-register to be fully compatible with the S5470/N7470 flip-flop and the S5474/N7474 dual Ootype flip-flop. TRUTH TABLE A,F PACKAGE o a A 0 14 13 12 11 1 NC 2 NC 3 NC Nt .. CP NO LOGIC tn tn+8 A B a 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 NOTES: 1. tn = bit time before clock pulse. 2. t n + 8 = bit time after 8 clock .. II Vee pulse. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ". 2-96 e Ne 7 NC S5491 N7491 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5491, N7491 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Vcltage V CC: 55491 Circuits N7491 Circuits Ncrmalized Fan-Out frcm each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: 55491 Circuits N7491 Circuits Width cf Clcck Pulse, tp(clcck) Input Setup Time, tsetup Input Hold Time, thold MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °c °c ns ns ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended cperating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) V cu t(1) Vout(O) lin(O) lin(1) lOS ICC Input vcltage required to. ensure Icgical 1 at any input terminal Input vcltage required to. ensure Icgical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current Logical 1 level input current Shcrt circuit output current t Supply current MIN MAX 2 VCC" MIN VCC TVP*" V = MIN 0.8 = -400iJA VCC = MIN, Iload VCC" MIN, Isink" 16mA VCC" MA){, Vin VCC" MAX, VCC" MAX, Vce" MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin" 5.5V V out " 0 VCC" MAX, Vin 204 = OAV = 4.5V 0.4 -1.6 -20 -18 35 35 V V 3.5 0.22 55491 N7491 55491 N7491 UNIT V mA 40 1 -57 -57 50 58 iJA mA mA mA mA MAX UNIT rnA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. Vee = 5V. TA" 25°C. N = 10 PARAMETER f max tpd1 tpdO Maximum shift frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock to. output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level frcm clock to output TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP 10 18 MHz CL" 15pF, RL" 4000 CL" 15pF, RL" 4000 24 40 ns CL" 15pF, RL = 4000 27 40 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. •• All typicall values are at V C = 5V, T A .. 25° C. t Not more than one output ~ould be shorted at a time. 2·97 Smnotics S5492 N7492 DIVIDE-BY -TWELVE COUNTER (DIVIDE-BY-TWO AND DIVIDE-BY-SIX) S5492-A,F,W. N7492-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES DESCRIPTioN PIN CONFIGURATIONS The S5492/N7492 is a high-speed monolithic 4-bit binary counter consisting of four master-slave flip-flops which are internally interconnected to provide a divide-by-two counter and a divide-by-six counter. A gated direct reset line is provided which inhibits the count inputs and simultaneously returns the four flip-flops outputs to a logical O. As the output from flip-flop A is not internally connected to the succeeding flip-flops the counter may be operated in two independent modes: WPACKAGE INPUT A 1. When. used as a divide-by-twelve counter, output A must be externally connected to input BC. The input count pulses are applied to input A. Simultaneous division of 2, 6, and 12 are performed at the A, C, and 0 outputs as shown in the truth table. NC 14 " 1 2 NC INPUT BC A 12 3 NC GND 10 4 , NC v~ . RollI 7 Ro(2) A,F PACKAGE ,. INPUT 2. When used as a divide-by-six counter, the input count pulses are applied to input BC. Simultaneously, frequency division of 3 and 6 are available at the C and 0 outputs. Independent use of flip-flop A is available if the reset function coincides with reset of the divide-by-six counter. A " 1 The S5492/N7492 is completely compatible with Series 54 and Series 74 logic famil ies. Average power dissipation is 155mW. IN~T NO 13 12 2 Ne 3 He GND A 4 Ne 5 Vt::e 6 RoW 7 Rol21 TRUTH TABLE (See Notes 1 and 2) OUTPUT OUTPUT COUNT 2·98 0 C B A B A 0 0 0 6 1 0 0 1 7 1 0 0 1 1 0 8 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 9 1 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 0 10 1 1 0 0 5 0 1 0 1 11 1 1 0 1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM MIIETO INPUT COUNT C 0 0 0 NOTES: 1. Output A connected to input 6. 2. To reset all outputs to logical 0, both RO(l) and RO(2) inputs must be at logical 1. DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERfES. S5492, N7492 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 I 55492 Circuits N7492 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range. T A: Supply Voltage vee: 55492 Circuits N7492 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output. N Width of Input Count Pulse. tp(in) Width of Reset Pulse. tp(reset) NOM 5 5 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 ; UNIT V V °e °e i i 50 50 ns ns ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operathig free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS * PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) V out (1) Vout(O) lin(1) lin(1) lin(1) lin(O) lin(O) lin(O) lOS ICC Input voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal I nput voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 1 level input current at RO(1) or RO(2) inputs Logical 1 level input current at input A Logical 1 level input current at input Be Logical 0 level input current at R O( 1) or RO(2) inputs Logical 0 level input current input A Logical O'level input current at input Be Short circuit output current t Supply current MIN TVP** MAX UNIT Vee = MIN Vee = MIN Vee = MIN. Iload = -400/JA Vee'" MIN. Isink = 16mA Vee'" MAX. Vee = MAX. Vin· 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 40 1 /JA mA Vee = MAX. Vee'" MAX. Vee = MAX. Vee = MAX. Vee = MAX. Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V Vin =O.4V 80 1 160 1 /JA mA 2 '! 0.8 2.4 V V 0.4 V -1.6 /JA mA mA = MAX. Vin =O.4V -3.2 mA Vee'" MAX. Vin =O.4V -6.4 mA Vee Vee = MAX. Vout Vin Vee = MAX. =0 =4.5V 55492 N7492 55492 N7492 -20 -18 31 31 -57 -57 44 51 mA mA rnA rnA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee - 5V, TA - 25°C, N -10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER f max tpd1 tpdO Maximum frequency of input count pulses Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from input count pulse to output 0 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from input count pulse to output 0 eL = 15pF. eL = 15pF, eL = 15pF, RL = 4000 MIN TVP 10 18 MAX UNIT MHz = 4000 60 100 ns RL·4oo0 60 100 ns RL • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value, specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. All typical values are at VCC= 5V. T A = 25°C. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·98 Si!lDotiCS S5493 N7493 4·BIT BINARY COUNTER S5493-A,F,W. N7493-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The S5493/N7493 is a high-speed, monolithic 4-bit binary counter consisting of four master-slave flip-flops which are internally interconnected to provide a divide-by-two counter and a divide-byeight counter. A gated direct reset line is provided which inhibits the count inputs and simultaneously returns the four flip-flop outputs to a logical O. As the output from flip-flop A is not internally connected to the succeeding flip-flops the counter may be operated in two independent modes: WPACKAGE INPUT ,. NC INPUT . Ro(1) INPUT A NC A 1. When used as a 4-bit ripple-through counter output A must be externally connected to input B. The input count pulses are applied to input A. Simultaneous divisions of 2,4,8, and 16 are performed at the A. B, C, and D outputs as shown in the truth table. 13 1 2 A 12 3 Ro(21 GND 10 5 NC V" . NC 7 NC A,F PACKAGE I. 2. When used as a 3-bit ripple-through counter, the input count pulses are applied to input B. Simultaneous frequency divisions of 2, 4, and 8 are available at theB, C, and D outputs. Independent use of flip-flop A is available if the reset function coincides with reset of the 3-bit ripple-through counter. 13 A 12 0 11 GN' 10 The S5493/N7493 is completely compatible with Series 54 and Series 74 logic families. Average power dissipation is 32mW per flip-flop (128mW total). TRUTH TABLE (See Notes 1 and 2) LOGIC OUTPUT COUNT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 2-100 B 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 OUTPUT A 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 COUNT D C B A 9 1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 0 11 1 0 1 1 12 1 1 0 0 13 1 1 0 1 14 1 1 1 0 15 1 1 1 1 NOTES: 1. Output A connected to input B. 2. To reset all outputs to logical 0, both ROil) and RO(2) inputs must be at logical 1. DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 86493, N7493 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S5493 Circuits N7493 Circuits Operating rree-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage Vec: 55493 Circuits N7493 Circuits NOM 5 5 25 25 Normali~ed Fan-Out from each Output, N Width of Input Count Pulse, tp(in) Width of Reset Pulse, tp(reset) UNIT V V 'oC MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 °c 50 ns 50 ns ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unl8$S otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS* TVP** MAX 2 VCC=MIN V out (1) I"put voltl'!ge required to ensure logical 1 at any inPut terminal Input voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage VCC" MIN, Iload" -400/JA Vout(O) Logical Ooutputvoltage Vce = MIN, lin(1) Logical 1 level input current at RO( 1) or RO(2) inputs Iln(1) Vin(1) MIN Vce" MIN UNIT V 0.8 V Isink" 16mA 0.4 V VCC" MAX, VCC"MAX, Vin" 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 40 1 /JA mA Logical 1 level input current at A or B inputs VCC = MAX, VCC" MAX, Vin" 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 80 1 /JA mA lin(O) Logical 0 level input current at RO( 1) or RO(2) inputs VCC MAX, Vin = O.4V -1.6 mA lil1(O) Logical 0 level input current at A or B inputs Short circuit output current t VCC" MAX, Vin = O.4V -3.2 mA 32 32 -57 -57 46 63 mA mA mA mA MIN TVP MAX 10 18 Vin(O) lOS ICC Supply current VCC =; = MAX, VCC" MAX, Vout = 0 Vin '" 4.5V V 2.4 S5493 N7493 S5493 N7493 -20 -18 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A" 25°C, N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER f max tpd1 tpdO Maximum frequency of input count pulses Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from Input count pulse to output 0 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from input count pulse to output 0 UNIT MHz CL" 15pF, RL" 4000 CL = 15pF, RL,. 4000 75 135 ns CL=15pF, RL =4000 75 135 ns =; • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device typ.e. , 0 •• All typic2l1 value$ are at VCC" 5V, T A" 26 C. t Not more than one output should be shorted I;It a time. 2·101 S5494 N7494 4-81T SHIFT REGISTER (PARALLEL-IN, SERIAL-OUT) !ii!JDDtiC!i S5494-B,F,W. N7494-B,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS This monolithic shift register, utilizing transistor-transistor logic (TTL) circuits in the familiar Series 74 configuration, is composed of four R-S master-slave flip-flops, four AND-OR-INVERT gates, and four inverter-drivers. I nternal interconnections of these functions provide a versatile register which performs right-shift operations as a serial-in, serial-out register or as a dual-source, parallel-toserial converter. A number of these registers may be connected in series to form an n-bit register. All flip-flops are simultaneously set to the logical 0 state by applying a logical 1 voltage to the clear input. This condition may be applied independent of the state of the clock input, but not independent of state of the preset input. Preset input is independent of the clock and clear states. 2A 2 28 2C .. 111 16 14 13 11 WPACKAGE ~-PRESETS The flip-flops are simultaneously set to the logical 1 state from either of two preset input sources. Preset inputs 1A through 1Dare activated during the time that a positive pulse is applied to preset 1 if preset 2 is at a logical 0 level. When the logic levels at preset 1 and preset 2 are reversed, preset inputs 2A through 2D are active. --, zo . I., , 'R CLEAR 10 7 SER OUT~T • • CLOCK IN B,F PACKAGE Transfer of information to the outputs occurs when the clock input goes from a logical 0 to a logical 1. Since the flip-flops are R-S master-slave circuits, the proper information must appear at the R-S inputs of each flip-flop prior to the rising edge of the clock input waveform. The serial input provides this information for the first flip-flop. The output of the subsequent flip-flops provide information for the remaining R-S inputs. The clear input, preset 1, and preset 2 must be at a logical 0 when clocking occurs. .R , . - - - PRUETS--, 2,., 2 21 2C This register is completely compatible for use with TTL and DTL logic circuits and when used with other TTL circuits, noise margins are typically one volt. Typical average power dissipation is 175 mill iwatts, and propagation delay times from clock to output are typically 25 nanoseconds. 1 lA 2 18 3 lC '" 4 10 ~PRESETS-"'" • 7 ", , SER IN • CLOCK lOGIC DIAGRAM PRESET ......~-+--..-+-----+---, 2 o-~>o----+-...-+-~- RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage V CC MIN TYP MAX S5494 Circuits 4.5 5 5.5 V N7494 Circuits 4.75 5 5.25 V UNIT 10 Normalized Fan-Out From Each Output Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) 35 Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear) 30 ns Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) Serial Input Setup Time: tsetup(l ) 30 ns 35 ns tsetup(OI Serial Input Hold.Time, thold 25 ns 2·102 0 ns DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5494, N7494 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS· MIN TVp·· MAX UNIT Input voltage required to V in (1) ensure logical 1 at any input 2 Vee= MIN V terminal I nput voltage required to Vin(O) ensure logical 0 at any input 0.8 Vee = MIN V terminal V out (1) Vout(O) Logical 1 output voltage Vee = MIN, Iload = -400 ",A Logical 0 output voltage Vee = MIN, I sink = 16mA Logical 1 level input current lin(1) lin(1) 2.4 3.5 0.22 V V 0.4 =2.4V 40 ",A and preset 2 Vee = MAX, V in = 5.5V 1 mA Logical 1 level input current Vee" MAX, Vin = 2.4V 160 ",'A at preset 1 and preset 2 Vee = MAX, V in '" 5.5V 1 mA Vte = MAX, V in = O.4V -1.6 mA at preset 1 and preset 2 Vee = MAX, V in = O.4V -6.4 mA Short-circuit input current t Vee = MAX, V out = 0 mA at any input except preset 1 Vee = MAX, V in Logical 0 level input current lin(O) at any input except preset 1 and preset 2 Logical 0 level input current lin(O) lOS ICC Supply current Vee = MAX 55494 -20 -57 N7494 -18 -57 mA 55494 35 50 mA N7494 35 58 mA TVP MAX UNIT SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vec" 5V, T A - 25°C, N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS MIN eL = 15pF, RL = 4000 10 eL = 15pF, RL = 4000 25 40 ns e L = 15pF, RL = 4000 25 40 ns e L = 15pF, RL = 4000 35 ns e L = 15pF, RL = 4000 40 ns PARAMETER f max Maximum clock frequency MHz Propagation delay time to tpd1 logical 1 level from clock to output to output Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from clock to output Propagation delay time to tpd1 lo"gical 1 level from preset to output Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from clear to output • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type . •• All typical values are at Vee t = 5V, T A = 25°e. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2-103 4-81T RIGHT-SHIFT LEFT-SHIFT REGISTER Si!lDotiCS S5495-A,F- N7496-A,F S5495 N7495 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS DESCRIPTION The 54/7495 is a monolithic universal 4-Bit Shift Register designed with standard TTL techniques. The circuit layout consists of 4 R-S master-slave flip-flops, 4 AND-OR-INVERT gates, and 6 inverters configured to form a versatile register which will perform right-shift, left-shift, or parallel-in, parallel-out operations depending on the logical input level to the mode control. A,F PACKAGE ,....--.-- OUTPUTS ----, ABC 0 13 12 11 10 CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 R.SHIFT'I.,SHIFT 9 IJ Right-shift operations are performed when a logical 0 level is applied to the mode control. Serial data i~ entered at the serial input Os and shifted one position right on each clock 1 pulse. In this mode, clock 2 and parallel inputs 0A thru DO are inhibited. Parallel-in, parallel-out operations are performed when a logical 1 level is applied to the mode control. Parallel data is entered at parallel inputs OA thru DO and is transferred to the data output!; AO thru DO on each clock 2 pulse. In this mode, shift-left operations may be implemented by externally tying the output of each flipflop to the parallel input of the previous flip-flop (DO to DC and etc.), with serial data entry at input DO' 1 2 IJ£AIAl INPUT 3 4 5 4 BCD ~ INNJTS -.....,.....I 5 MOOIi COJiTAOI. Information must be present at the R-S inputs prior to clocking and transfer of data occurs on the falling edge of the clock pulse. lOGIC DIAGRAM RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN NOM MAX UNIT S5495 Circuits N7496 Circuits 4.5 4.75 6 5 5.6 5.25 10 V V S6495 Circuits N7496 Circuits Setup Time Required at Serial, A, B, C, or 0 Inputs tsetup Hold Time Required at Serial, A, B, C, or 0 Inputs thold Logical 0 Level Setup Time Required at Mode-Control (With Respect to Clock 1 inputs) Logical 1 IElvel Setup Time Required at Mode Control (With Respect to Clock 2 input) Logical 0 Level Setup Time Required at Mode Control (With Respect to Clock 2 input) Logical 1 Level Setup Time Required at Mode Control (With Respect to Clock 1 input) 20 15 10 0 10 10 10 10 Supply Voltage V CC Normalized Fan-Out From Each Output Width of Clock Pulse tp(cJock) 2-104 ns ns ns ns 15 ns 15 ns 5' ns ·5' ns DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S5495, N'l495 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX UNIT -~ Input voltage required to V in (1) ensure logical 1 at any input V 2 Vee = MIN terminal Input voltage required to Vin(O) 0.8 V 0.4 V Vee = MAX, Vin = 0.4V -1.6 mA Vee" MAX, Vin = O.4V -3.2 mA 40 IJ.A 1 mA control Vee" MAX, V in = 2.4V Vee = MAX, V in " 5.5V ensure logical 0 at anY input Vee = MIN terminal V out (1) Logical 1 output voltage Vee" MIN, Iload'" -800/JA Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage Vee" MIN, I sink = 16mA lin(O) at any input except mode V 2.4 Logical 0 level input current control Logical 0 level input current lin(O) at mode control Logical 1 level input current lin(1 ) at any input except mode Logical 1 leval input current Vee = MAX, Vin '" 2.4V 80 IJ.A at mode control Vee'" MAX, V in = 5.5V 1 mA lOS Short-circuit output current t Vee" MAX -57 mA ICC Supply current Vee = MAX 63 mA lin(1) -18 N7495 39 50 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5V, TA" 25°C, N '" 10 TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP e L = 15pF, RL = 4000 25 36 e L .. 15pF, RL = 4000 18 27 ns C L = 15pF, RL = 4000 21 32 ns PARAMETER f max Maximum shift frequency MAX UNIT MHz Propagation delay time to tpd1 logical 1 level from clock 1 or clock 2 to outputs Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from clock 1 or clock 2 to outputs "For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type. ""All typical values are at Vee = 5V. T A = 25°e. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·105 !i~nlltiC!i S5496 N7496 5·81T SHIFT REGISTER S5496-B,F,W. N7496-B,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION This shift register consists of five R-S master-slave flip-flops connected to perform parallel-to-serial or serial-to-parallel conversion of binary data. Since both inputs and outputs to all flip-flops are accessible, parallel-in/parallel-out or serial-in/serial-out operation may be performed. PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE ,. r--- OUTPUTS - - , CLEAR ABC 16 14 13 OND ,... ~UTPUT:" ~~~~L 1, 12 10 , All flip-flops are simultaneously set to the logical 0 state by applying a logical 0 voltage to the clear input. This condition may be applied independent of the state of the clock input. The flip-flops may be independently set to the logical 1 state by applying a logical 1 to both the preset input of the specific flip-flop and the common preset input. The common preset input is provided to allow flexibility of either setting each flip-flop independently or setting two or more flip-flops simultaneously. Preset is also independent of the state of the clock input or clear input. Transfer of information to the output pins occurs when the clock input goes from a logical 0 to a logical 1. Since the flip-flops are R-S master-slave circuits, the proper information must appear at the R-S inputs of each flip-flop prior to the rising edge of the clock input voltage waveform. The serial input provides this information to the first flip-flop, while the outputs of the subsequent flip-flops provide information for the remaining R-S inputs. The clear input must be at a logical 1 and the preset input must be at a logical 0 when clocking occurs. 1 CLOCK 2 3 • A • C . Vee ~PRESET~ L. • 7 o • PRUETS . PRESET ~ B,F PACKAGE . ~L::R rOUT~TS, r-0UTPUTS-, A C 15 13 °l~D a Vee " 1 CLOCK L-pRESETS--I 1~ . SERIAL INPUT ,EO • PRESET L.PRES£TS...I LOGIC DIAGRAM RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage V CC MIN TVP MAX UNIT S5496 Circuits 4.5 5 5.5 V N7496 Circuits 4.75 5 5.25 V Normalized Fan-Out from Output 10 Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) 35 ns Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clearl Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) Serial Input Setup Time, tsetup 30 ns ns Serial Input Hold Time, thold 2·106 30 30 ns 0 ns DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES -S5496, N7496 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER MIN TVP MAX UNIT Input voltage required to V in (1) ensure logical 1 at any input V 2 Vee" MIN terminal Input voltage required·to 0.8 Vin(O) ensure logical 0 at any input Vee" MIN V out (1) terminal Logical 1 output voltage Vee - MIN, Iload" -400"A Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage 2.4 3.5 0.22 Vee" MIN, I sink " 16mA V V 0.4 V Logical 1 level input current lin(1) at any input except preset (pin ® ) Logical 1 level input current lin(1) at preset (pin lin(O) at any input except preset ® ) Vee" MAX, V in " 2.4V Vee = MAX, V in " 5.5V = 40 Jl.A 1 mA Vee MAX, V in • 2.4V Vee - MAX, Vin" 5.5V 200 Jl.A 1 mA Vee" MAX, V in = O.4V -1.6 mA Vee" MAX, V in = 0.4V -8 mA Logical 0 level input current (pin ® ) Lc.gical 0 level input current lin(O) at preset (pin ® ) lOS Short-.::ircult output cumint t ICC Supply current Vee~ MAX, V out - 0 Vee" MAX 55496 -20 -57 mA N7496 -18 -57 mA 55496 48 68 mA N7496 48 79 mA TVP MAX UNIT SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. SV, T A - 2SoC, N .. 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER f max Maximum clock frequency MIN MHz 10 eL = 15pF, RL = 40Qn e L .. 15pF, RL = 4000 25 40 ns = 15pF, RL .. 4000 25 40 ns CL " 15pF, RL =4000 35 ns e L = 15pF, RL = 4000 40 ns CL = 15pF, RL = 400 55 ns Propagation delay time to tpd1 logical 1 level from clock to output Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from clock to eL output Propagation delay time to tpd1 logical 1 level from preset to output Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from preset 28 to output Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from clear to output • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type . •• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A" 25°e. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·107 S54100 N74100 4·BIT BISTABLE LATCH !ii!lDotiC!i S54100-N,Q,F • N74100-F DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS These latches are ideally suited for uSe as temporary storage for binary information between processing units and input/output or indicator units. Information present at a data (0) input is transferred to the Q output when the clock is high, and the Q output will follow the data input as long as the clock remains high. When the clock goes low, the information (that was present at the data input at the time the transition occurred) is retained at the Q output until the clock is permitted to go high. The S54100/N74100 features two independent quadruple latches in a single 24-pindual in-line package. These circuits are completely compatible with all popular TTL or DTL families. Typical power dissipation is 40 milliwatts per latch. The Series 54 circuits are characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of _55° C to 125° C and Series 74 circu its are characterized for operation from O°C to 70°C. ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (over operating temperature range unless otherwise noted) Supply Voltage, V CC (See Note 3) Input Voltage, Vin (See Notes 3 and 4) Operating Free-Air Temperature Range: S54100.Circuits N74100 Circuits Storage Temperature Range N.Q.F PACKAGE , Hun CLOCK ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ g 1 2 3 4 6 • 1 Ne 101 102 102 101 NC OND LOGIC DIAGRAM (each latch) 7V 5.5V _55° C to 1 25° C O°C to 70°C -65°C to 150°C NOTES: TRUTH TABLE LOGIC 1 1 NOTES: 1. tn = bit time before clock negative-going transition. 2. tn+1 = bit time after clock negative-going transition. 0 0 NC - No internal connection. tn D tn+1 Q SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (each latch) ~-+-------4------+-~---+----~~----~~------+--+-r~aND NOTE: Component values shown are 2·108 no~lnal. D a m1 -a = ~ ~ u ~ ~ 9 10 11 12 2Q2 202 201 CLOCK 2 3. These voltage values are with respect to network ground terminal. 4. Input signals must be zero or positive with respect to network ground terminal. (Each Latch) ~ DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 554100, N74100 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage VCC ISee Note 3): MIN 4.5 4.75 554100 N74100 NOM 5 5 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 Normalized Fan-Out from Output UNIT V V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (olier recommended operllting free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS * PARAMETER linlO) Input voltage requited to ensure logical 1 level at any input terminal Input yoltage required to ensute logical 0 level at any input terminal Logical 1 output yoltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current at 0 Logical 0 level iriput current at clock linl1 ) Logical 1 level input current at 0 lin(1) Logical 1 level input current at clock lOS Short-circuit output current ICC Supply current V in (1) VinlO) V out (1) Vout (()) linlO) MIN TVP** MAX V 2 VCC =MIN, VCC· MIN , VCC " MAX , Iload" -4ool-iA I sink = 16mA S541oo, N74100 VCC" MAX, VCC'" MAX, VeC· MAX , V in " 204V, VCC-MAX, Vce = MAX, V out " 0 V in " 2.4V Vin = 6.5V Vcc'" MAX, SM100,N741oo V in " 5.5V 554100 N74100 554100 N74100 0.8 V 004 -3.2 V V mA -12.8 mA 80 1 160 320 1 -57 -57 92 106 I-IA mA 2.4 Yin "0.4V Vec=MAX, UNIT -20 -18 64 64 I-IA I-IA mA mA mA mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, TA = 25°C, N = 10 TEST CONDITIONS NOTE A PARAMETER tsetup1 tsetupO thold1 tholdO t pd1l0-Q) tpdOIO-Q) t pd1IC-Q) tpdOIC-Q) Minimum logical 1 level input setup time at 0 input Minimum logical 0 level input setup time at 0 input Maximum logioal .1 level input hold time required at 0 input Maximum logical 0 level input hold tillie required at 0 ,'nput Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from 0 input to Q output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from 0 input to Q output PrQgagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock input to Q output Propagation delay time to lOgical 0 level from clock input to Q output C L = 16pF, RL = 4000 C L " 15pF, RL = 400n MIN TVP MAX UNIT 7 20 ns 14 20 ns 1511 ns 611 ns CL" 15pF, RL '" 4000 0 CL = 15pF, RL .. 4000 0 = 15pF, RL = 4000 16 30 ns C L .. 15pF, i'lL = 4000 14 25 ns CL" 15pF, RL " 400n 16 30 ns CL " 15pF, RL " 400n 7 15. ns CL • For conditions shown as MIN or' MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. ** All typical values are at Vee" 5V, i A" 2Soc. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a tlma. 11 These typical times Indicate that period occurring prior to the fall of clock pulse (to) below 1.5V when data at the 0 input will still be recognized and stored. NOiE A: AC Test Circuit, voltage waveforms and switching tlmas are given on p. 2-76. 2·108 !ii!lDotiC!i DUAL J·K·MASTER·SLAVE FUp·FLOP S54107-A,F • N74107-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The S54107A1N74107A J-K flip-flop is based on the master-slave principle. Inputs to the master section are controlled by the clock pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the state of the coupling transistors which connect the master and slave sections. The sequence of operation is as follows: See S6473/N7473 waveform. 1. Isolate slave from master 2. Enter information from J and K inputs to master 3. Disable J and K inputs 4. Transfer information from master to .slsYII. TRUTH TABLE LOGIC (Each Flip-Flop) tn tn+1 J K a 0 0 an 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 an NOTES: 1. tn '" bit time before clock pulse. 2. tn+1 - bit time after clock pulse. SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop) NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. 2·110 A,F PACKAGE S54107 N74107 DIGITAL 54/14 TTL SERIES. S54107, N74107 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54107 Circuits N74107 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage Vcc: S54107 Circuits N74107 Circuits UNIT V V °c °c MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 NOM 5 5 25 25 Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N ns ns 20 25 ;;'tp(clock) 0 Width of Clock Pulse, p(clock) Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear) Input Setup Time, tsetup Input Hold Time, thold ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER V in (1) Vin(O) V out (1) Vou't(O) lin(O) lin(O) lin(1 ) lin(1 ) lOS ICC Input voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level, input current at J or K Logical 0 level input current at clear or clock Logical 1 level input current at J or K Logical 1 level input current at clear or clock Short circuit output current t Supply current MIN TEST CONDITIONS* VCC = MIN VCC = MIN VCC = MIN, Iload VCC VCC = MIN, = MAX, I sink = 16mA V in = OAV VCC = MAX, Vin VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC = MAX, = MAX, = MAX, = MAX, = MAX, VCC = MAX, TYP** MAX UNIT 2 V 0.8 V = -400",A 2.4 3.5 0.22 V 0.4 -1.6 V mA = O.4V -3.2 mA V in V in V in V in V in = 2.4V ",A mA V in = 5V 40 1 80 1 -57 -57 40 = 5.5V = 2.4V = 5.5V =0 -20 -18 554107 N74107 20 ",A mA mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC • 5V, T A • 26°C, N - 10 PARAMETER tclock tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO Maximum clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clHar to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clHar to output Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clock to output TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP 15 20 MAX UNIT = 15pF, RL = 400.11 C L = 15pF, RL = 400.11 16 25 ns CL = 15pF, RL = 400.11 25 40 ns CL = 15pF, RL = 400.11 10 16 25 ns CL = 15pF, RL = 400.11 10 25 40 ns CL MHz • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the appl'icable device type. All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2-111 !ii!lDDtiC!i MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR N74121/S54121 A, F, W N74121 S54121 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION This monolithic TTL monostable multivibrator features doc triggering from positive or gated negative-going inputs with inhibit facility. Both positive and negative-golng output pulses are provided with full fan-out to 10 normalized loads. Pulse triggering occurs at a particular voltage level and is not directly related to the transition time of the input pulse. Schmitt-trigger input circuitry for the B input allows jitter-free triggering from inputs with transition times as slow as 1 volt/second, providing the circuit with an excellent noise immunity of typically 1.2 volts. A high immunity to VCC noise of typically 1.5 volts is also provided by internal latching circuitry. Circuit performance is achieved with a nominal power dissipation of 90 milliwatts at 5 volts (50% duty cycle) and a quiescent diSSipation of typically 65 milliwatts. Duty cycles as high as 90% are achieved when using RT - 40kn. Higher duty cycles are'8chievable if a certain amount of pulse-width jitter is allowed. PIN CONFIGURATIONS A, F, W PACKAGE Once fired, the outputs are independent of further transitions on the inputs and are a function only of the timing components. Input pulses may be of any duration relative to the output pulse. Output pulse lengths may be varied from 40 nanoseconds to 40 seconds by choosing appropriate timing components. With ~ external t~ng c~onents (i.e., pin connected to pin Q1I ' pins ®, QY open) an output pulse of typically 30 nanoseconds is achieved which may be used as a dc triggered reset Signal. Output rise and fall times are TTL compatible and independent of pulse length. ® Pulse width is achieved through internal compensation and is virtually independent of VCC and temperature. In most applications, pulse stability will only be limited by the accuracy of external timing components. TtMINGPINI He NC~ 13 12 11 Z 3 • He Ai A2 10 • Jitter-free operation is maintained over the full temperature and VCC range for more than six decades of timing capacitance (10 pF to 1OJ,tF) and more than one decade of timing resistance (2kn to 40kn). Throughout these ranges, pulse width is defined by the relationship tp(outl = CT RT loge 2. TRUTH TABLE tn INPUT tn+l INPUT OUTPUT B Al A2 B Al A2 1 1 0 1 1 1 Inhibit 0 X 1 0 X 0 Inhibit X 0 1 X 0 0 Inhibit 0 X 0 0 X 1 One Shot X 0 0 X 0 1 Olle Shot 1 1 1 X 0 1 One Shot 1 1 1 0 X I One Shot X 0 0 X 1 0 Inhib;t 0 X 0 1 X 0 Inhibit X 0 1 1 1 1 Inhibit 0 X 1 1 1 1 Inhibit 1 1 0 X 0 0 Inhibit 1 1 0 0 X 0 Inhibit 1 = Vin(1 );;'2V 2-112 0= V in (0)<;0.8V 1. A 1 and A2 are negativ9'-edge-triggered logic inputs, and will trigger the one shot when either or both go to logical o with B at logical 1. 2. B is a positive Schmitt-trigger input for slow edges or level detection, and will trigger the one shot when -S goes to logical 1 with either A 1 or A2 at logical O. (See TrlJth Table) . 3. External timing capacitor m~ be connected between pin (positive) and pin 11 . With no external capacitance, an output pulse widt of 30ns is obtained typically. 4. To use the internal timing resistOr (2kn nominal), connect pin to pin 5. To obtain variable pulse width connect external variable resistance between pin and pin' @ . No external current limiting is needed. . 6. For accurate repeatable p~e widths con~ an external re*tor between pin Qj) and pin Q1I with pin ® open-circuit. 7. tn = time before input transition. S. tn+1 = time after input transition. 9. x indicates that either a logical 0 or 1. may be present. @ ® @ . ® DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54121, N74121 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN NOM MAX 4.75 5 5.25 UNIT Supply Voltage V CC: V N74121 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Input Pulse Rise/Fali Time: Schmitt Input (B) 1 VIs Logic Inputs (A 1, A2) 1 V//As Input Pulse Width External Tirning Resistance Between Pins External Tirning Resistance: @ and @ (Pin' (~).open) 50 ns 1.4 kn 554121 30 kn N74121 40 kn 1000 /A F 40 s Timing Capacitance 0 Output Pulse Width Duty Cycle: = 2kn RT = 30kn RT = 40kn V 10 RT 67% (S54121) or 90% (N74121) IElECTRICALCHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS * PARAMETeR MIN TVP** MAX UNIT Positive-going threshold V,. + VCC = MIN VCC = MIN voltage at A input Negative-going threshold VT - voltage at A Input 1.4 0.8 2 1.4 V V Positive-going threshold VT + voltage at B input 1.55 VCC '" MIN 2 V Negative-going threshold VT - voltage at B input VCC = MIN = MIN, = MIN, V out (0) Logical 0 output voltage Vce V out (1) Logical 1 output voltage Vee 0.8 I sink = 16mA 1.35 0.22 2.4 Iload '" -400/AA V 0.4 3.3 V V Logical 0 level input lin (0) VCC = MAX, V in = 0.4V -1 -1.6 mA VCC= MAX, V in = O.4V -2 -3.2 mA Logical 1 level input V CC " MAX, V ln '" 2.4V 2 40 /AA current at A1 of A2 Vec = MAX, V in '" 5.5V 0.05 1 mA Logical 1 level input Vee = MAX, V in =2.4V 4 80 /AA current at B Vee" MAX, V in '" 5.5V 0.05 1 mA current at A1 of A2 Logical 0 level input lin (0) lin (1) lin (1) current at B S54121 -20 -25 -55 mA N74121 -18 -25 -55 mA = MAX 13 25 mA Vce'" MAX 23 40 mA Short circuit output lOS current at Q or ot Vee = MAX .power supply current in ICC Vce quiescent (unfired) state Power supply current in ·ce fired state· 2·113 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54121, N74121 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee - 6V, TA - 25"C TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT 15 35 55 ns Propagation delay time to tpd1 logical 1 level from B input to CL - 15pF, CT" 80pF a output Propagation delay time to tpd1 C L - 15pF, CT - 80pF 25 45 70 ns C L .. 15pF, CT '" 80pF 20 40 65 ns CL .. 15pF, CT" 80pF 30 50 80 ns Pulse width obtain8cJ using C L - 15pF, internal timing resistor RT"' Open, CT .. 80pF Pin ® to VCC 70 110 150 ns 20 30 50 ns 600 700 800 ns 6 7 8 ms 30 50 ns logical 1 level from A1/A2 inputs to a output Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from B input to Qoutput Propagation delay time to tpdO logical 0 level from A 1/ A2 inputs to Q output tp(out) Pulse width obtained with CL = 15pF, CT-O. tp(out) zero timing capacitance Pin ® tp(out) RT " Open, CL .. 15pF, externel timing resistor Pin Pulse width obteined using Pulse width obtained using tp(out) RT " 10kn CL = 15pF, external timing resistor RT = 10kn Minimum duration of thold CL .. 15pF, trigger pulse RT" Open, toV CC ~"1oopF, ® Open CT =1JJF, pin®Open CT .. Pin 80pF~ ® to VCC • • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type. ~. All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. TYPICAL CHARAC'tERISTICS VARIATION IN OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE ---- :r c ~ +0,5 f---~--+--. ---- +--- VARIATION IN OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH VERSUS FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE - -~----I --- ~ - I---~-----+---+------I ~ ~ ~ 5 /' W·"~ dI& z ~ ~ 4:~'> aL 1.7 ~ §1 9 1.6 i 1.5 ffi g ~ ~ 1.4 1---+--+ ~ t¥ 1.3 I---t---+--+--t---+--f=-'r-~ 1.2 L---L_-1._......L..._....L_..l.-_.L----JL.---I -76 -25 100 126 50 Rt - TIMING RESISTOR VALUE -kil TA - FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE - "C PROPAGATION DELAY TIME TO LOGICAL 1 LEVEL (8 INPUT TO Q OUTPUTI VERSUS FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE PROPAGATION DELAY TIME TO LOGICAL 0 LEVEL (8 INPUT TO Q OUTPUTI VERSUS FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE Vcc- 6V CT"'80pF I- RT-Internal i-- "I"-CL -50pF l::r.::: ....... ~~ ct.-16pF -- ct.-l00pF I r-ct. -100pF f-ct..~ Vcc- 6V CT-8OpF RT • Internal -- ..- ....... r--.. -..... ~c~t;: .--;. - """--- ~~ r-- ~V -- - -~ ....... ~- 1--5417412120 1--~4174121- o -76 100 76 -78 100 128 VARIATION IN INTERNAL TIMING RESISTOR VALUE VERSUS FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE / /V l-- ./ / l-j4/74121 1 TA-free-Air Tempk8ture·-oC 2-115 N74122 S54123 N74123 RETRIGGERABLE MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR WITH CLEAR SI!IDotiCS N74122-~,F • S54123-B,F,IW • N74123-,B,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION These monostables are designed to provide the system designer with complete flexibility in controlling the pulse width, either to lengthen the pulse by retriggering, or to shorten by clearing. N74122 has an internal timing resistor which allows the circuit to be operated with only an external capacitor, if so desired. Applications requiring more precise pulse widths and not requiring the clear feature can best be satisfied with N 74121. PIN CONFIGURATIONS 64n4123 B,F,W PACKAGE Vee A'~I/ClNt 14 13 NC CUI NC Rml 12 9 The output pulse is primarily a function of the external capacitor and resistor. For Cext > 1000pF, the output pulse width (tw) is defined as: 1 2 3 4 ij AI A2 al 82 ClI!AR L....--OATA INPUTS ~ aND 74122 A,F PACKAGE where RT is in kfl (either internal or external timing resistor) Cext is in pF tw is in ns For pulse widths when Cext a;;;; 1000pF, see Figure B. These circuits are fully compatible with most TTL or DTL families. Inputs are diode-clamped to minimize reflections due to transmissionline effects, which simplifies design. Typical power dissipation per one shot is 115 milliwatts; typical average propagation delay time to the Q output is 21 nanoseconds. The N74122 and N74123 are characterized for operation from 0 0 C to 700 C. , 2 ,,., 18 oil ,0 S 8 2Q 2 C.. t 1 8 2 OND A",tlC.. , tPln assignments for. these circuits are the same for all packages. TRUTH TABLE (See Note A) N74122 INPUTS A1 ~ B1 OUTPUTS B2 Q H H X X L H X X L X L H INPUTS X X X L L H A B Q IT L X H H L H X L H L X t H ...n.. H V X L L L X H t H H L t U L 1.S H Il. X Il. L X L t H Il. 1.S t H J"L lS X L H t Il. H .j. H H n. 1.S 1.S .j. H H Il. 1J H H H n. 1J .j. NOTES: A. H = high level (steady-state), L = low level (steady-state), t = transition from low to high level, -I- = transition from high to low level, I t = one high-level pulse, L..J"= one low-level pulse, X = irrelevant (any input, including transitions). 2·116 S54123,N74123 Q OUTPUTS H B. NC = No internal connection. C. To use the Internal timing resistor of N74122 (10kfl nominal), connect Rint to Vcc. D. An external timing capacitor may be connected between Cext and Rext/Cext (positive). DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74122, S54123, N74123 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54123,N74122,N74123 Supply Voltage VCC Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N MIN NOM MAX 4.75 5 5.25 20 10 High Logic Level Low-Logic Level 40t 40t 40t 5 Input data setup time, tsetup (See Note 3) Input data hold time, thold (See Note 4) Width of Claar Pulse, tw(clear) External Timing Resistance External Capacitance Wiring Capacitance at Rext/Cext Terminal Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A tThese conditions are recommended for use at V CC NOTES: UNIT V 50 ns ns ns kn 50 70 pF °c No Restriction 0 = 5V, TA I 25 I = 26° C. 1. Voltage values, except intermitter voltage, are with respect to network ground terminal. 2. This is the voltage between two emitters of a multiple-emitter transistor. For the N74122 circuit, this rating applies to each A input with respect to the other and to each B fnput with respect to the other. 3. Setup time for a dynamic input Is the Interval Immediately preceding the transition which 'constitutes the dynamic input, during which Interval a steady-state logic level must be maintained at the input to ensure recognition of the transition. 4. !-Iold time for a dynamic Input is the interval immediately following the transition which constitutes the dynamic input, during which interval a steady-state logic level must be maintained at the input to ensure continued recognition of the transition. 5. Ground C ext to measure VOH at Q, VOL at or 10s'at Q. C ext is open to measure VOH at Q, VOlat Q, or lOS at'c:i'. 6. Quiescent ICC is measured (after clearing) with 2.4V applied to all clear and A inputs, B inputs grounded, all outputs open. C ext = O.02/olF, and R ext = 25kn. Rint of S54122/N74122 is open. 7. ICC is measured in the triggered .state with 2.4V applied to all clear and B Inputs, A inputs grounded, all outputs open. C ext = O.02/olF, and R ext = 25kn., AintofS54122/N74122 is open. c:r, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over oparating free-air tempereture range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH VIL VI High-level input voltage Low-level input voltage I nput clamp voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage II Input current at maximum input voltage lOS data inputs clear input data inputs Low-level input current clear input Short-circu it output current t ICC Supply current (quiescent or triggered) IIH IlL High-level input current TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TYP** MAX UNIT 0.8 -1.5 V V V 2 VCC = MIN, VCC= MIN, See Note 5 VCC= MIN, See Note 5 II = -12mA 10H = -800/olA 10L 2.4 = 16mA, Vce= MAX, VI ,= 5.5V VCC = MAX, VI "'2.4V VCC='MAX, VI'" O.4V VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, See Notes 6 and 7 See Note 5 N74122 N74123 V 0.22 0.4 V 1 mA 23 46 40 80 -1.6 -3.2 -40 28 66 TYP MAX UNIT 22 33 ns 19 28 ns 30 40 ns 27 36 ns 18 27 ns 30 40 ns -10 lolA mA mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC'" 5V, TA'" 25°C, N" 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tw(min) Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level Q output, from either A input Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level Q output, from either Binput Propagati~n delay time, high-tolow-level Q output, from either A input Propagati~n delay time, high-tolow-level Q olltput, from either B input Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level Q output, from clear input Propagatio~ delay time, low-tohigh-level Q output, from clear input Minimum width of Q output pulse tw Width of Q output pulse tPLH tpLH tp,HL tPHL tpHL tPLH Cext = 0, CL = 15pF, Cext = 1000pF, CL = 15pF, MIN = 5kn, = 4oon, Re)(t RL Rext = 10kn RL = 400n 3.08 45 65 ns 3.42 3.76 Io'S 2·117 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74122, S54123, N74123 • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e. t Not more than one output should be shorted at e time. DESCRIPTION TYPICAL INPUT/OUTPUT PULSES (Figure A) These monolithic TTL retriggerable monostable multivibrators feature dc triggering from gated low-level-active (A) and h igh-Ievelactive (B) inputs, and also provide overriding direct clear inputs. Complementary outputs are provided. A full fan-out to 10 normalized Series 54/74 loads is available from each of the outputs at the low logic level, and in the high-level state, a fan-out of 20 is available. The retrigger capability simplifies the generation of output pulses of extremely long duration. By triggering the input before the output pulse is terminated, the output pulse may be extended. The overriding clear capability permits any output pulse to be terminated at a predetermined time independently of the timing components Rand C. RETRIGOER P1A.SE IS.Nottl :--'w. . .H---: ruTPUTQ I --1 L ____ L - " - - '-' -----I OUTPUTWIlHOUT RETRIOOER OUTPUT PUlSE CONTROL USING RETRIOOER"-I.se BINP'UT Jl________________ o OUTPUTWfmOUra.EAR ru~TQ ~~---'~_ _ -_-_'~I Figure A illustrates triggering the one-shot with the high-level-active (B) inputs. ________ OUTPUT P\l.SE CONTRCl. USlMO a.EAR INPUT TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Figure B) OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH VS EXTERNAL TIMING CAPACITANCE r- Vcc- 5V TA-ZSOC- -- 1/" - / --_. -- - i' ii - / V ' "" 9-' 71£ -t ~~~ ~~. 1.<1'-9- ~ - ~ . t Ii ii il .7 lL C'"'n " ; t;.4"" -:+i Thes'i' values of resistance exceed the maximums recommended for use over the full temperature range of the 554122 and 554123. "1-, M ~~. _,II'-y. '/ /~-~Z .1 ; t 11 1~t j +t! 1 : iili 100 CexcExtemlll Timing Capecitanc&-pF 2-118 ~ V Vtl :t:;.----' 10 A 8 WRITE READ 10 20 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS 54170 Supply voltage VCC MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 V 16 mA 16 Width of write-enable or read-enable pulse, tw Hold times, high- or low-level data (See Note 2)· 25 25 ns data input with respect to write enable, tsetup(D) 10 10 ns write select with respect to write enable, tsetup(W) 15 15 ns read select with respect to read enable, tsetup(R) 5 5 ns data input with respect to write enable, thold(D) 0 0 ns write select with respect to write enable, thold(W) 5 5 ns read select with respect to read enable, thold(R) 5 5 ns 25 25 ns Latch time for new data, tlatch (See Note 3) Operating free-air temperature ranga, T A UNIT· NOM Low-level output current, IOL Setup times, high- or low-level data (See Note 1) 74170 MIN -55 25 125 0 25 70 °c NOTES: 1. Setup time Is the Interval Immediately preceding the negative-going edge of the enable pulse during which interval the data or address to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition. 2. Hold time is the Interval immediately following the positive-going edge of the enable pulse during which interval the data or address to be recognized must be maintained at the Input to ensure its continued recognition. 3. Latch time is the time required for the internal output of the latch to assume the state of new data. See Figure 1. This is important only when attempting to read from a location immediately after that location has received new data. 2-152 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54170,N74170 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage IOH High-level output current TEST CONDITIONSt MIN TVP+ MAX UNIT V 2 0.8 V VCC'" MIN, II = -12 mA -1.5 V VCC = MIN, Vo = 5.5V 30 J.iA VCC= MIN, VIL = 0.8 V, 0.4 V VOL Low-level output voltage II Input current at maximum input voltage VCC" MAX, VI = 5.5 V 1 mA IIH High-level input current VCC· MAX, VI'" 2.4 V 40 /LA IlL LOw-level input current VCC" MAX, VI = 0.4 V -1.6 mA VCC" MAX, 54170 125:j: 140 mA see Note 6 74170 125:j: 150 mA IOL - 16 mA Supply current ICC tFor conditions shown a8 MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. :j:Typical power dissipation shown is an average for 50% duty cycle at Vee - 5 V, T A - 25°e. NOTE 6: Maximum lee is guarantaed for the following worst-case conditions: 4.5 V is applied to all data inputs and both enable inputs, all address Inputs are grounded, and all outputs are open. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC =- 5 V, TA = 25"C Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from read enable to any a tPLH MIN TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER TVP MAX UNIT CL=15pF, RL=400n 10 15 ns CL=15pF, RL=400n 20 30 ns Propagation delay time, high-totPHLq low-level output, from read (Inable to any a LOGIC READ FUNCTION TABLE (SEE NOTES A AND D) WRITE FUNCTION TABLE (SEE NOTES A, B, AND C) WRITE INIPUTS WA GW WB WORD 0 READ. INPUTS RB RA GR 1Q OUTPUTS 2Q 3Q 4Q 1 2 3 an an L L. L WOB1 WOB2 WOB3 WOB4 an L H L W1B1 W1B2 W1B3 W1B4 L L L 0=0 an L H L an 0=0 an H L L an an 0=0 an H L. L W2B1 W2B2 W2B3 W2B4 H H L W3B1 W3B2 W3B3 W3B4 X X H H H H H H H L an an an 0=0 x X H an an an an NOTES: A. H = high level, L '" low level, X = irrelevant B. (Q .. 0) m The four selected internal flip-flop outputs will assume the stetes applied to the four external data inputs. e. Qn" N() change. O. WOB1 = The first bit of word 0, etc. 2·153 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54170, N74170 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Vee I 4::t eL -'.. "L-40011 OUTPUT F LOAD FOR OUTPUT UNDER TEST VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS WRIT~~:~;~~INPUT Y.r----~~(N~ I tSETUPIWI ----.: I ,.W ~ '.5V -------------------------- 'N ~ ~--------------------- I ---..: : . . - - 'HOLDfWI I I ~---------------------------'N I I I I I I WR'~E_Er-JABLE I INPUT /: 1 5V UiV I I I READ·SELECT INPUT RA OR RS (HOTEA) ~-------------------------- - . ,I ~_tHOLDIDI _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 'N ~ I ' : tSETUPfOI - . , : I :------tLATCH --..: (NOTECI I -----------------------------w r - - - - - - - - " " ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ... "5j 3V X_V ---------'-SE-TU-P(-RI-~JI ~ ~ :~~-'H-OL-O(-"I----------- .\ i--"HL --l I- ::;:'~L~:':: I - - - -- -- --- ov VOH 10,20,30, OR 4Q ,.\ l::--------VOL NOTES: A. Hign-I.evel inputs are illustrated; however, low-level setup and hold times are the same. B. Waveforms are supplied by generators with the following characteristics: PR R .;;; 1 MHz, ZOUT "" 50.n, duty cycle';;; 50%, tr';;; 10ns, tf = 10ns. C. This applies only when reading from a lOCation immediately after that location has received new data. 2-154 Smnotics QUADRUPLE D· TYPE EDGE· TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS S54175-B,F,W • N74175-B,F S54175 N74175 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATION DESCRIPTION These monolithic, positive-edge-triggered flip-flops utilize TTL circuits to implement the D-type flip-flop logic. Information at input D is transferred to the Q output on the positive-going edge of the clock pulse. Clock triggering occurs at a voltage level of the clock pulse and is not directly related to the transition time of the positive-going pulse. When the clock input is at either the high or low level, the D-input signal has no effect. These circuits are fully compatible for use with most TTL or DTL circuits. A 'full fan-out to 10 low logic-level loads and 20 highlogic-level loads is available from each of the outputs. This simplifies system design by allowing unused inputs to be tied to driven inputs. Maximum clock frequency is typically 25 megahertz, with a typical power dissipation of 38 milliwatts per flip-flop. B,F ,W PACKAGE OUTPUTS INPUTS OUTPUTS ~~~CLOCK TRUTH TABLE INPUT tn tn OUTPUT tn +1 D a H H L L = Bit time before clock pulse transition. = Bit time after clock pulse transition. tn + 1 LOGIC DIAGRAM PIN (16) '" Vee. PIN (8) • OND. 2-155 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54175, N74175 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS 74175 54175 Supply voltage, Vce Normalized fan-out from each output, N MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX UNIT 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 V High Logic Level 20 20 Low Logic Level 10 10 25 0 Width of clock or clear pulse, tw (See Figure 1) 20 20 ns Data setup time, tsetup (See Figure 1 ) 20 20 ns Hold time thold (See Figure 1) 0 0 ns Operating free-air temperature, T A -55 elear release setup, trelease (See Figure 1) 25 0 MHz I nput clock frequency, fclock 25 25 125 0 °e 70 25 ns 25 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) 54175 PARAMETER VIH High-level input voltage TEST CONDITIONSt MIN TVP:j: 74175 MAX 2 MIN TVP:j: MAX 2 UNIT V VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage Vee = MAX, II = -12 mA VOH High-level output voltage Vee = MIN, VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2 V, 10H =-800 J.lA VOL Low-level output voltage Vee = MiN, VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2V, 10L = 16 mA 0.4 0.4 V II Input current at maximum input voltage Vee= MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 1 mA IIH High-level input current Vee= MAX, VI = 2.4 V 40 40 J.lA IlL Low-level input current Vee = MAX, VI =O.4V -1_6 -1.6 mA lOS Short-circuit output current § Vee= MAX -57 mA lee Supply current 45 mA 0.8 0.8 V -1.5 -1.5 V 2.4 2.4 -20' -57 -18 Vee = MAX Note 1 30 45 Not more than one output should be started at a time. NOTE 1: With all outputs open and 4.5V applied to all data and clear inputs, ICC Is measured after a momentary ground, then 4.5V, is applied to clock. 2·156 V 30 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54175, N74175 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5 V, TA" 25°C, N = 10 PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS f max Maximum input clock frequency tpHL Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output Q from clear tPLH CL = 15 pF MIN TVP 25 35 = 400 MAX UNIT MHz 23 35 ns Propagation delay time low-tohigh-level output Q from clear (54175, 74175) 16 25 ns tpHL Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output from clock 21 30 ns tPLH Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output from clock 20 30 ns RL SWITCHING TIMES QUADRUPLE D-TVPE EDGE-TRIGGERED FLIP-FLOPS CLEAR CLOCK OATA OUTPUT OOUTPUTS 54175,74176 NOTES: A, The input pulses are supplied by a generator having the following characteristics: tr .;; 10 ns, tf .;; 10 ns, PRR .;; 1 MHz, duty cycle';; 50%, Zout = 50.n, Vary PR R to measure f max .. FIGURE 1 2·157 8·BIT ODD/EVEN PARITY GENERATOIR/CHECKER SillDotiCS S54180 N74180 S541BO-A.F.W. N741BO-A.F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 54/74180 8-Bit Odd/Even Parity Generator/Checker is a TTL monolithic array featuring gating logic arranged to generate or check odd or even parity. WPACKAGE ~--INPUTS LOGIC DIAGRAM 5 4 13 12 3 " ------, 2 1 0 10 9 B ~-EVEN OUTPUT E;EN ~o '-- INPUTS - J l.-ODD OUTPUT l.-:VEN L...- l.~OOD OUTPUTS --' A.F PACKAGE ~5--'-3INPUTS2--'-~O 13 12 11 10 3 .. 5 EVEN 000 ~-EVEN 9 8 8 ~-ODD L...-INPUTS -''-- OUTPUTS---' TRUTH TABLE INPUTS ~OF1'sAT o THRU 7 EVEN ODD EVEN ODD X X OUTPUTS EVEN 1 1 0 0 1 0 ODD 0 0 1 1 1 0 ~ ~ EVEN ODD 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 x = irrelevant RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS 554180 N74180 Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: Logical 0 Logical 1 Supply Voltage V CC 2·158 MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 20 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54180, N74180 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommend~ operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise"noted) TEST CONDITIONS * PARAMETER MIN TVP** MAX UNIT r-----" Inp.ut voltage required to V in (1) ensure logical 1 at any input V 2 Vee = MIN terminal Input voltage required to Vin(O) ensure logical 0 at any input 0.8 Vee = MIN V terminal V out (1) Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage Vee = MIN, V in (1) = 2V, V 2.4 Vin(O) = 0.8V, Iload = -800J.LA Logical 1 lwei input current Vee = MIN, V in (1) = 2V Vin(O) = 0.8V, I sink = 16mA Vee = MAX, V in = 2.4V at each data input Vee = MAX, V in = 5.5V 1 J.LA mA Vee = MAX, V in = O.4V -1.6 mA Logical 1 level input current Vee = MAX, Vin = 2.4V 80 J.LA at even or odd input Vee = MAX, V in = 5.5V 1 mA Vee = MAX, V in = 0.4V -3.2 mA at even or odd input Short-circuit output current t mA lOS Vee = MAX lee Supply current lin(1) Logical 0 level input current lin(O) lin(1 ) at each data input Logical 0 level input current lin(O) Vee= MAX 0.4 V 40 S54180 -20 -55 N74180 -18 -55 mA S54180 34 49 mA N74180 34 56 mA TVP MAX UNIT SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A" 25°C, N = 10 TO (OUTPUT) PARAMETER FROM (INPUT) tpd1 Data 1: Even e L = 15pF, RL = 4000 40 60 ns tpdO Data 1: Even e L = 15pF, RL =4000 25 38 ns tpd1 Data 1: Odd eL = 15pF, RL =4000 32 48 ns ~dO Data 1: Odd e L = 15pF, RL =4000 45 68 ns tpd1 Data 1: Even eL = 15pF, RL =4000 32 48 ns tpdO Data 1: Even eL = 15pF, RL = 4000 45 68 ns tpd1 Data 1: Odd e L = 15pF, RL =4000 40 60 ns 1: Odd C L = 15pF, RL = 4000 25 38 ns TEST CONDITIONS MIN tpdO Data tpd1 Even or Odd 1: Even or 1: Odd C L = 15pF, RL =4000 13 20 ns tpdO Even or Odd 1: Even or 1: Odd C L = 15pF, RL = 4000 7 10 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions of the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, TA = 25° c. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·159 Sjgnotics IIGH-SPEED ARITHMETIC LOGIC S54181 N74181 S54181"':'N,F,a • N74181-N,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION The 54181 and 74181 are high-speed arithmetic logic units (ALU)/ function generators which have a complexity of 75 equivalent gates on a monolithic chip. This circuit performs 16 binary arithmetic operations on two 4-bit words as shown in the function table. These operations are selected by the four function-select lines (SO, 51, 52, 53) and include addition, subtraction, decrement, a'nd straight transfer. When performing arithmetic manipulations, the internal carries must be enabled by applying a low-level voltage to the mode control input (M). A .full carry look-ahead scheme is made available in the 54181/74181 for fast, simultaneous carry generation with a group carry propagate (P) and carry generate (G) for the 4 bits in the package. When used in conjunction with the 54182 or 74182 full carry look-ahead circuits, high-speed arithmetic operations can be performed. For example, the typical addition time for the 54181/74181 is 24 nanoseconds for 4 bits. When expanding to Hi-bit addition with the 54182/74182, only 13 nanoseconds, further delay is added so that the total addition time is 35 nanoseconds, or 2.2 nanoseconds per bit. One 54182/74182 is needed for every 16 bits (four 54181/74181 circuits). These circuits have been designed to not only incorporate all of the designer's requirements for arithmetic operations, but also to provide 16 possible functions of two Boolean variables without the use of external circuitry _These logic functions are selected by use of the four function-select inputs (SO, 51, 52, 53) with the mode control input (M) at a high level to disable the internal carry. The 16 logic functions are detailed in the function table and include exclusiveOR, NAND, AND, NOR and OR functions. The 54181/74181 is designed with a Darlington output configuration (54H/74H type) to reduce the high-logic-level output impedance and thereby improve the turn-off propagation delay time. All outputs are rated at a normalized fan-out of ten at the low logic level and increased to a fan-out of 20 at the high logic level. The increased high-logic-level fan-out allows the system designer more freedom in tying unused inputs to driven inputs. PIN CONFIGURATION N,F,a PACKAGE If high speed is not of importance, a ripple-carry input (C n ) and a ripple-carry output (C n+4) are available. However, the ripple-carry delay has also been minimized so that arithmetic manipulations for small word lengths can be performed without external circuitry. The typical delay for the ripple carry is 12 nanoseconds for four bits, addition of two 8-bit words is accomplished typically in 36 nanoseconds when employing the ripple carry. 1 2 ~ ~ 3 u 4 u 5 • 7 II 10 11 12 ~ ~ ~ '0 " i '2 OND The 54181/74181 will accommodate active-high or active-low data if the pin-designations are reinterpreted as follows: PIN NUMBER Active-high data Active-low data 2 AO AO 1 BO BO 23 Al Al 22 Bl Bl 21 A2 A2 Subtraction is accomplished by l's complement addition where the l's complement of the subtrahend is generated internally. The resultant output is A-B-l which requires an end-around or forced carry to provide A-B. 20 19 B2 B2 A3 A3 18 B3 B3 9 FO FO 10 Fl Fl 11 F2 F2 13 7 Cn F3 Cn F3 16 15 Cn+4 X y Cn+4 P "G The 54181 is characterized .for operation over the full military tam perature renge of -55°C to 125°C; the 74181 is characterized for operation from O°C to 70°C. TRUTH TABLE FOR COMPARATOR APPLICATIQN The 54181/74181 can also be utilized as a comparator. The A = B output is internally decoded from the function outputs (FO, Fl, F2, F3) so that when two words of equal magnitude are applied at the A and B inputs, it will assume a high-level state to indicate equality (A = B). The 54181/74181 should be in the subtract mode when performing this comparison. The A = B output is opencollector so that it can be wire-AND connected to give a comparison for more than four bits. The carry output (C n +4) can also be used to supply relative magnitude information. Again, the ALU should be placed in the subtract mode by placing the control I ines at LHH L. 2-160 17 Input C n Active~h igh Data Output C n +4 Indicotes H A<;B H AB A>B A<;B Active-low Data • AB A;.B DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181, N74181 FUNCTION TABLES ACTIVE-LOW !;lATA ACTIVE-HIGH· DATA M-H SELECTION LOGIC S:!li2 S1So FUNCTIONS M - L; ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS en -, Cn-O !!;;- a- C;;'1- H SELEcnON L S:!li2 S1 So M-H M - L; ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS LOGIC en -0 FUNCTIONS Cn - , Cn-'-H Cn • a· L L L L L F=A F-A F - A PLUS 1 L L L L F- A L L L L F=A+B F=A+B F - (A +B) PLUS 1 L L L H F- L L H L F = AB F-A+B F • (A +ii) PLUS 1 L L H L F - A+ B L L H H F F = MINUS 1 (2', COMPL) F - ZERO 'L L H H F- 1 F-A+B' F - MINUS 1 (2', COMP) F - A PLUS IA + F - A PLUS (A + F-B F- F - AB PLUS (A + S) PLUS 1 =0 AS F - A MINUS 1 F-A F - AB MINUS 1 F - AB F - AS MINUS 1 F - AS F - ZERO ii) AB PLUS (A + ii) 8) L H L L F = AB F - A PLUS AB F - A PLUS Aii PLUS 1 L H L L L H L H F=B F - (A + B) PLUS AB F • (A + B) PLUS AS PLUS 1 L H L H L H H L F= A F • A MINUS B MINUS 1 F' A MINUS B F-A(i)B F - A MINUS B MINUS 1 F - A MINUS B L H H H, F = A8 F = ABMINUS1 F - AB L H H H F-A+ii F-A+ii F • (A + iil PLUS 1 H L L L F=A+B F = A PLUS AB F - A PLUS.AB PLUS 1 H L L L F' AB F • A PLUS (A + B) F - A PLUS (A + B) PLUS 1 H L L H F = A (i) B F - A PLUS B F - A PLUS B PLUS 1 H L L H F-A(i)B F· A PLUS B F • A PLUS B PLUS 1 H L H L F=B F-B F - AB PLUS IA + B) G.> B L H H L PLUS 1 F = (A + iil PLUS AB F • (A + B) PLUS AB PLUS 1 F' AB F' AB MINUS 1 F· AB H L H H F-A+B F-A+B F - (A + B) PLUS 1 F=1 F = A PLUS A F - A PLUS A PLUS 1 H H L L F-a F - A PLUS A F - A PLUS A PLUS 1 H H L H F=A+S F • (A + B) PLUS A F • IA + 8) PLUS A PLUS 1 H H L H F - AS F - AB PLUS A H H H L F=A+B F F • (A + B) PLUS A PLUS 1 H H H L F - AB F - AS PLUS A F - AS PLUS A PLUS 1 H H H H F=A F F-A H H H H F' A F-A F, A PLUS 1 H L H H = IA + ii) PLUS A = A MINUS·1 H L H L F - Aii PLUS IA + B) PLUS 1 F - AB PLUS A PLUS 1 LOGIC DIAGRAM RECOMMENDED OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS 854181 Supply Voltage Vee Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 High logic level 20 Low logic level Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A N74181 MIN 25 125 V 20 10 -55 UNIT ..... _-,- 10 0 25 70 °c --'--.'---2-161 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181,N74181 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER V IH V IL TEST CONDITIONS * High-level input voltage Low-level input voltage VCC = MIN, V IL = 0.8V, VCC = MIN, V IL =0.8V, V IH = 2V, 10H" -800J,lA V IH = 2V, VCC = MIN VIL = 0.80, VIN = 2V VOH = 5.5V Vee= MAX, VI=2.4V Vec = MAX, VI" 5.5V Vee= MAX, VI = O.4V IIH IIH IIH IIH IIH IlL IlL IlL IlL Low-level output voltage any output except A=B High-level output current A=B only High-level input current (mode input) High-level input current (any A or B input) High-leveLinput current (any 5 input) High-level input current (carry input) High-level input current (any input) Low-level input current (mode input) Low-level input current (any A or B input) Low-level input current (any 5 input) Low-level input current (carry input) lOS Short-circuit output current § Vee = MAX lee Supply current Vee = MAX lee Supply current Vee = MAX 'IOH TVP** MAX UNIT 0.8 V V 2 V OH High-level output voltage VOL MIN 2.4 V 10L = 16mA 554181 N74181 554181 N74181 554181 N74181 -20 -18 88 0.4 V 250 J,lA 40 120 160 200 1 -1.6 -4.8 -6.4 -8 -55 -57 J,lA J,lA J,lA J,lA mA mA mA mA mA 88 94 94 127 140 135 150 TVP MAX mA mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. VCC· 5V, T A • 25"C. N· 10 (C L - 15pF, RL ·400.n) PARAMETER· FROM (INPUT) TO (OUTPUT) en e n+4 en Any F TEST CONDITIONS tpLH tpHL tpLH tpHL tpLH Any Aor B G tpHL tpLH Any A or B G tpHL tpLH Any A or B tpLH Any A or B tpLH Any A or B Any F tpHL tpLH Any Aor B Any F tpHL tpLH Any Aor B Any F 19 12 18 M = OV, SO" 53 = 4.5V, 13 19 51 = 52 = OV (5UM mode) 13 19 M = OV, SO = 53 = OV, 17 25 51 = 52" 4.5V (DIFF mode) 17 25 sO = 53 = 4.5V. av, Any A or B 19 17 25 17 25 17 25 M = OV, 50 = 53" 4.5V, 28 42 51 = 52 = OV (5UM model) 21 32 M = OV, SO = 53 = OV, 32 48 51 =52=4.5V (DIFF mode) 23 34 M = 4.5V (logic mode ) 32 48 23 34 M = OV, 50 ,. 53 = OV, 35 50 51 = 52 =4.5V (DIFF mode) 32 48 A=B tpHL 13 51 = 52 = 4.5V (DIFF mode) tpHL tpLH 19 13 M = OV, 50 = 53 = P 18 13 M=OV 51 = 52" OV (5UM mode) tpHL 12 (SUM or DIFF mode) M = OV, P tpHL MIN UNIT • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type • •• All typical values are at V CC = 6V, T A" 25°C. lItpLH § = propagation delay time, low-to-hlgh-Ievel output Not more than one output should be shorted at a time 2·162 tPHL z propagation on delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181, N74181 TYPICAL APPLICATION DATA Typical addition times for various configurations are given in the table below. Subtraction times are in the same range as summation times. TYPICAL ADDITION TIMES NO. OF TOTAL ADD TIME BITS ADDITION TIME PER BIT. 564181orN74181 , c' c".Hc, -L3-1_ c".Hc, 1&-81T ALU, TWO·LEVEL LooK·AHEAD c".~ 4 8 12 12 16 16 32 32 32 32 48 48 48 48 48 64 64 64 64 64 (ns) (ns) 24 36 48 36 60 36 120 96 72 60 165 148 132 108 60 220 192 172 144 60 6.0 4.5 4.0 3.0 3.8 2.2 3.8 3.0 2.2 1.9 3.4 3.1 2.7 2.2 1.25 3.5 3.0 2.7 2.2 0.94 PACKAGE COUNT S54181/ S54182 N74181 N74182 1 2 3 3 4 4 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 5 32·81T ALU, TWO·l.EVEL LooK·AHEAD OVER 16·BIT OROUPS 6IJ..BIT ALU, FULL·CARRY LooK·AHEAD IN THREe If!VElS 2·163 Smnotics LOOK·AHEAD CARRY GENERATOR S54182 N74182 S54182-B,F,W • N74182.,..B"F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 554182, N74182 is a high-speed, look-ahead carry generator capable of anticipating a carry across four binary adders or group of adders. It is cascadable to perform full look-ahead across n-bit adders, with only 13 nanoseconds delay for each level of look-ahead. Carry, generate-carry, and propagate-carry functions are provided as enumerated in the pin designation table above. 'B,F,W PACKAGE ,. ,. The 554182 or N74182, when used in conjunction with the 564181 or N74181 arithmetic logic unit (ALU), provides full high-speed carry look-ahead capability for up to n-bit words. Each 564182/ N74182 generates the look-ahead (anticipated carry) across a group of four ALUs and, in addition, other carry look-ahead circuits may be employed to anticipate carry across sections of four look-ahead packages up to n-bits. Applications data for the 554181/N74181 illustrates cascading of 554182/N74182 circuits to perform multi-level look-ahead. Vcc P2 0' c. tl " Ii c"" 12 0 Cni-y I. 11 en+1 0 c. en+.! 1 01 2 P1 3 GO 4 PO 5 03 a 7 P P3 L -_ _ _--.._ _ _---"QUTPUT 8 GND LOGIC DIAGRAM RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS 554182 Supply Voltage V CC NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.5 5 5.6 4.75 5 6.25 Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level 20 Low logic level Operating fOree-Air Temperature Range, T A 2-164 N74182 MIN 25 125 V 20 10 -55 UNIT 10 0 25 70 QC DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54182, N74182 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER V IH High-level input voltage V IL Low-level input voltage V OH High-level output voltage VOL TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX 0.8 VCC = MIN, Low-level output voltage V IH = 2V, V IL = 0.8V, 10H = -800/JA VCC = MIN, V IH =2V, V IL = 0.8V, 10L = 16mA UNIT V 2 2.4 V V 0.4 V IIH High-level input current (C n input) 80 /JA IIH High-level input current (P3 input) 120 /JA IIH High-level input current (P2 input) 160 /JA 200 /JA 360 /JA IIH IIH High-level input current (PO, P1, or High-level input current (GO.or G2 input) IIH High-level input current (G1 input) High-level input current (any input) IlL IlL IlL IlL VI = 2.4V G3 input) IIH IlL VCC = MAX, 400 /JA 1 mA Low-level input current (C n input) -3.2 mA Low-level input current (P3 input) -4.8 mA Low-level input current (P2 input) -6.4 mA -8 mA -14.4 mA Low-level input current (PO, P1, or VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5V VI = 0.4V G3'input) Low-level input current (GO or G2 input) IlL Low-level input current (G1 input) lOS Short-circuit output current ICCH Supply current, all outputs high ICCL Supply current, all outputs low t -40 VCC = MAX VCC = MAX VCC = MAX -16 mA -100 mA 554182 27 N74182 27 554182 45 65 N74182 45 72 TVP MAX UNIT 11 17 ns 15 22 ns mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C, N = 10 TEST PARAMETER CONDITIO~S MIN Propagation delay time, low-totpLH high-level output Propagation delay time, high-to- tpHL C L = 15pF, RL = 400n low-level output • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable deVice type . •• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. 2-165 !imnotiC!i SYNCHRONOUS DECADE UP IDOWN COUNTER WITH PRESET INPUTS S54192 N74192 S54192-B,F,W • N74192-B, F DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS This is a synchronous reversible (up/down) counter having a complexity of 55 equivalent gates. The S54192 and N74192 are BCD counters. Synchronous operation is provided by having all flip-flops clocked simultaneously so that the outputs change coincidently with each other when so instructed by the steering logic. This mode of operation eliminates the output counting spikes which are normally associated with asynchronous (ripple-clock) counters. B,F PACKAGE r--INPUT8 .....,;R~~PUTS .., ~ INPUTS - - - , DATA CLEAR CARRY LOAD DATA DATA ~ U ro 9 tl" The outputs of the master-slave flip-flops are triggered by a low-tohigh-level transition of either count (clock) input. The direction of counting is determined by which count input is pulsed while the other count input is high. These counters are fully programmable; that is, the outputs may be present to any state by entering the desired data at the data inputs while the load input is low. The output will change to agree with the data inputs independently of the count pulses. This feature allows the counters to be used as modulo-N dividers by simply modifying the count length with the preset inputs. .. 6 e 7 COUNT COUNT Oc 00 DOWN UP ... OUTPUTS -I t 2 3 08 QA DATA 8 INI'1JT L. OUTPUTS ~ '--INPUTS ---I A clear input has been provided which forces all outputs to the low level when a high level is applied. The clear function is Independent of the count and load inputs. An input buffer has been placed on the clear, count, and load inputs to lower the drive requirements to one normalized Series 54/74 load. This is important when the output of the driving circuitry is somewhat limited. WPACKAGE OUTPUTS These counters were designed to be cascaded without the need for external circuitry. Both borrow and carry outputs are available to cascade both the up-and down-counting functions. The borrow output produces a pulse equal in width to the count-down input when the counter underflows. Similarly, the carry output produces a pulse equal in width to the count-up input when an overflow condition exists. The counters can then be easily cascaded by feeding the borrow and carry outputs to the count-down and count-up inputs respectively of the succeeding counter. 1 DATA B INftUT ~~RR~ --~~~ DATA CLEAR 18 14 LOAD DATA DATA 11 10 0 2 Ora 3 GAo ~ Power dissipation is typically 325 milliwatts for either the decade or binary version. Maximum input count frequency is typically 32 megahertz and is guaranteed to be 25M Hz minimum. CARRV 12 .. 6 COUNT COUNT e 1 Oc 00 DOWN UP '---r--I ~ OUTPUTS INNTS LOGIC DIAGRAM DATA INPUT 0 DATA INPUTS ~ ~7 II III ~ ~ 6 OUTPUT 00 UP DOWN '" COUNT COUNT DATA INPUT A vt R) }~ARTpA:+_ L--.....J 2-166 DATA INPUTC 1r ~() 9. c ~ ( ill ( ( ~ "c "c 6 OUTPUTOc ~C='AR~ 0" -----..J PAESET 0" 1 0 OUTPUTOa ~C=EARTpAESET QA QA L---...J 6 CARRY BORROW OUTPUT OUTPUT DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 854192, N74192 DECA~E COUNTER (typical clear, load, and count sequences) Illustrated below is the following sequence: 1. Clear outputs to zero. 2. Load (preset) to BCD seven. 3. Count up to eight, nine, carry, zero, one, and two. 4. Count down to one, zero, borrow, nine, eight, and seven. CLEAR ---Il w-------------------------· ! ! LOAD ~,{ .J ~r-i-_--i-Ii -i!L:========================~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -'- - - -- -- ---. L.... -'__________ ._____ - - .J ...-i--;-.--:--:I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _. __ _ ..J ~------------------------L ________________________ . ~ ~- --:--:---:----1- ______ . __________________ . COUNT UP COUNTDOWN ! r Os OUTPUTS 1 ~-=-_li..-.J I 1 1 I I ___ ~ I 1 I: ! ____ • 00 --l I ! I I 1 I 1 I aORROW ILLUSTRA TEO I 1i \ LL 1 U I 1 1 I CARR.Y SE~UENCE fT ! _ Oc I ..! I 1 1 171 0 '---r---' CLEAR c....,--' PRESET U 1_ 8 9 21 0 1 UP-" -'-- - - ~COUNT 1 11 1 0 9 8 _ _ _ --'- COUNT DOWN-- __ NOTES: A. Clear overrides load, data, and count inputs. 8. When counting up, count-down input must be high; when counting down, count-up Input must be high. 2·167 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54192, N74192 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54192 NOM 5 MIN 4.5 Supply Voltage V CC Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Input Count Frequency, fcount Width of Any Input Pulse, tw 0 20* 20* 0 -55 Data Setup Time, tsetup (See Note 2) Data Hold Time, thold (See Note 3) Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A 25 MAX 5.5 10 25* 125 MIN 4.75 0 20* 20* 0 0 N74192 NOM 5 25 MAX 5.25 10 25* UNIT V MHz ns ns ns °c 70 NOTES: 1. Voltage values are with respect to network ground terminal. 2. Setup time is the interval immediately preceding the positive-going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition. 3. Hold time is the interval immediately following the positive-going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition. "These conditions are recommended for use at Vee = 5V, TA = 25°e. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER S54192 V IH High-level input voltage V IL Low-level input voltage V OH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage IIH High-level input current TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TYP** MAX UNIT 0.8 V 2 = 2V, = O.8V, 10H = -400/-LA Vce = MIN, V IH V IL V 2.4 V Vee = MIN, V IH = 2V, V IL = 0.8V, 10L = 16mA = MAX, 0.4 V VI = 2.4V 40 /-LA Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 mA Vec = MAX, IlL Low-level input current Vee lOS Short-circuit output current't Vee= MAX ICC Supply current Vee = 0.4V VI -20 = MAX 65 - 1.6 mA -65 mA 89 rnA 0.8 V N74192 V IH High-level input voltage V IL Low-level input voltage V OH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage IIH High-level input current 2 Vce V IL Vee V IL = MIN, VIH = 2V. = 0.8V, 10H = -400/-LA ~ MIN, V IH = 0.8V, = 2.4V = 5.5V = O.4V VI IlL Low-level input current Vee= MAX, VI lOS Short-circuit output current t Vce = MAX ICC Supply current Vee = MAX 2-168 2.4 V = 2V = 16mA Vee = MAX, VI Vee = MAX, 10L V -18 65 0.4 V 40 /-LA 1 rnA -1.6 mA -65 mA 102 rnA DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54192, N74192 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = SV, T A .. 2SoC, N = 10 (See Note) f max tsetup MIN TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Maximum input count 25 TVP MAX UNIT MHz 32 frequency Minimum input setup time 14 20 ns 17 26 ns 16 24 ns 16 24 ns 15 24 ns 25 38 ns 31 47 ns Propagation delay time, lowtpLH to-high-Ievel carry output from count-up input Propagation delay time, high- tpHL to-Iow-Ijlvel carry output from count-up input Propagation delay time, low- tpLH to-high-Ievel borrow output C L = 15pF, RL = 400n from count-down input Propagation delay time, hightpHL to low-level borrow output from count-down input Propagation delay time, low- tpLH to-high-Ievel Q output from either count input Propagation delay time, high- tpHL to-low-level Q output from either count input tPLH LOAD 27 tPLH LOAD 29 40 tpHL CLEAFl 22 25 NOTE: Above Switching Table Applies to (S54192 & N74192) • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit. type. ° •• All tYPical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25 C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. CASCADING TO NEXT STAGE Circuitry is provided internally for cascading these counters. The mode of cascading shown is ripple borrow/carry. No external components are required. 2·169 smnotiC!i SYNCHRONOUS 4·BIT BINARY UPJDOWN COUNTER WITH PRESET INPUTS S54193 N74193 S64193-B,F,W • N74193-B~F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION The 554193 and N74193 ara 4-bit binary counters. Synchronous operation is provided by having all flip-flops clocked simultaneously so that the outputs change coincidently with each other when so instructed by the staering logic. This mode of operation eliminates the output counting spikes which are normally associated with asynchronous (ripple-clock) counters. buffered and represent only one normalized Series 54/74 load. Input clamping diodes are provided to minimize transmission-line affects and thereby Simplify system design. PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE ,..-INJlUT8 The oututs of the four master-slave flip-flops are triggered by a low-to·high-Ievel transition of either count (clock) input. The direction of counting is determined by which count input is pulsed while the other count Input is high. -'~RO:~PUTS DATA CLeAR 15 14 .,,...-- INPUTS - - - , 13 CARRY 12 4 & L.OAD 11 DATA 10 DATA g Ail four counters are fully programmable; that is, the outputs may be preset to any state by entering the desired data at the data inputs while the load input is low. The output will change to agree with the data inputs independently of the count pulses. This feature allows the counters to be used as modulo-N dividers by simplv modifying the count length with the preset inputs. 1 DATA B A clear Input has been provided which forces all outputs to the low level when a high level is applied. The clear function is Independent of the count and load inputs. An Input buffer has been placed on the clear, count, and load inputs to lower the drive requirements to Qne normalized Series 54/74 load. This is important when the output of the driving circuitry is somewhat limited. INPUT 2 3 Os QA L.. e COUNT COU~T • Oc OUTPUTS"'" DOWN UP L". 1 QD OUTPUTS ..J L..-INPUTS - - ' B,F PACKAGE INPUTS .. ~~ DATA CLEAR These counters were designed to be cascaded without the need for external circuitry. Both borrow and carry outputs are available to cascade bOth the up- and down-counting functions. The borrow output produces a pulse equal in width to the count-down input when the counter underflows. Similarly, the carry output producas a pulse equal in width to the count-up input when an overflow condition exists. The counters can then be easily cascaded by feeding the borrow and carry outputs to the count-down and count-up inputs respectively of the succeeding counter. 18 OUTPUTS ~ CARRY 14 12 ~~~~ LOAD 11 DATA DATA 10 9 Power dissipation is typically 325 milliwatts for either the decade or binary version. Maximum input count frequency is typically 32 megahertz and is guaranteed to be 25M Hz minimum. All inputs are LOGIC DIAGRAM OUTPUT 00 2-170 OUTPUTOc OUTPUTQa OUTPUTQA CARRV BORROW OUTPUT OUTPUT DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54193, N74193 BINARY COUNTER (typical clear, load, and count sequences) Illustrated below is the following sequence: 1. Clear outputs to zero. 2. Load (preset) to BCD seven. 3. Count up to eight, nine, carry, zero, onlll, and two. 4. Count down to one, zero, borrow, nine, eight, and seven. CLEAR ----{l~----------------------------------II I I LOAD U I I ~:,!= ~=i'~ ~;;; ~;;;; ~;;;~;;;;; l;;l~ DATA lD:-.-J---.J--.J--r-:! r - .- : . . . . - : - - - ; - - I - - - - - - - - - - - .- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -----------~------------- COUNT UP COUNT DOWN Qa OUTPUTS - Oc === := = === I ~ IL-"':'---"':"-"':"'_..:.....J I I I I I I I =~,.....:...-...:....I----: 00 : CARRV BORROW SE~UENCE ILLUSTRATED ___. . :----,. ___ ....J I .....L..-_ _ _ I~r-....:....---!.I--I I I I I I I I I I I I I I U I t! til. . . _14_ _ 15 CLEAR _ _ _......J u I I I I I .l.-~ COUN~ UP ~I PRESET I I 1 13 1 0 15 14 --COUNT DOWN- I NOTES: A. Clear overrides load, data, and count Inputs. B. When counting up, oount-down input must be high; when counting down, count-up input must be high. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS . N74193 864193 Supply Voltage V CC MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.6 6 6.6 10 26* 4.76 6 6.26 10 '26* Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Input Count Frequency, fcount Width of Any Input Pulse, tw Data Setup Tima, tsetup (Sae Note 1) Data Hold Time, thold (See Note 2) Operating IFrea-Air Temparature Range, T A 0 20* 20* 0 -66 26 126 0 20* 20* 0 0 UNIT V MHz ns ns ns 26 70 °c 2·171 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54193, N74193 NOTES: 1. Setup time is the interval immediately preceding the positive'going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition. 2. Hold time is the interval immediately following the positlve·going edge of the load pulse during which interval the data to be recognize~ must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition . 0 • These conditions are recommended for use at V CC = 5V, T A = 25 C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP MAX UNIT 854193 V IH High-level input voltage V IL Low-level input voltage V OH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage 2 V 0.8 Vee = MIN, V IH = 2V, V IL = 0.8V, 10H = -400!J.A Vee = MIN, V IH = 2V, V IL = 0.8V, 10L = 16rnA Vee = MAX, VI = 2.4V 2.4 V V 0.4 V 40 !J.A IIH High-level input current Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 rnA IlL Low-level input current Vee = MAX, VI; O.4V -1.6 rnA lOS Short-circuit output current t Vee= MAX -65 rnA lee Supply current Vee; MAX 89 rnA -20 65 N74193 V IH High-level input voltage V IL Low-level input voltage V OH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage IIH 2 V 0.8 V Vee= MIN, VIH; 2V, V IL = 0.8V, 10H = -400!J. A Vee = MIN, VIH = 2V V IL ; 0.8V, 10L = 16rnA Vee = MAX, VI=2.4V 40 !J.A Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 rnA VI = O.4V -1.6 rnA -65 rnA 102 rnA 2.4 V 0.4 V High-level input current IlL Low-level input current Vee = MAX, lOS Short-circu it output current t Vee = MAX lee Supply current Vee = MAX -18 65 • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit :ype. 0 •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25 C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·172 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 554193, N74193 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. Vee • 5V. T A • 25°C~ N - 10 (See Note) -. -PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS Maximum input count f max frequency MIN TVP 25 32 MAX UNIT MHz 14 20 ns 17 26 ns 16 24 ns 16 24 ns 16 24 ns 25 38 ns 31 47 ns tPLH LOAD 27 40 tPLH LOAD 29 40 tPHL CLEAR. 22 25 1Setup Minimum input setup time Propagation delay time, low- tpLH to-high-Ievel carry output from count-up input Propagation delay time, high- tpHL to-low-level carry output from count-up input Propagation delay time, low- tpLH C L = 15pF, to-high·level borrow output RL = 400n from count-down input Propagation delay time, hightpHL 'to-low-level borrow output from count-down input Propagation delay time, low- tpLH to-high-Ievel Q output from either count input Propagation delay time, high- tpHL to-low-level Q outpu.t from either count input • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable circuit type, •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, CASCADING TO NEXT STAGE OOWN CLOCK CLEA~ o--........-------~-- Circuitry is provided internally for cascading these counters, The mode of cascading shown is ripple borrow/carry, No external components are required, 2·173 Smnotics 4·BI1 BIDIRECTIONAL UNIVERSAL SHIFT REGISTERS S54194 N74194 S54194-B,F,W. N74194-B"F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION These bidirectional shift registers are designed to incorporate virtually all of the features a system designer may want in II shift register. The circuit contains 46 equivalent gates and features parallel inputs, parallel outputs, right-shift and left-shift serial inputs, operating-mode-control inputs, and a direct overriding clear line. The register has four distinct modes of operation, namely: :MODE CONTROL S1 SO Parallel (Broadside) Load Shift Right (In the direction Q A toward QD) Shift Left (In the direction Q D toward QA) Inhibit Clock (Hold) H L H L ing diodes minimize switching transients to simplify system design. Maximum input clock frequency is typically 36 megahertz and power dissipation is typically 195mW. The S54194 is characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of -55°C to 125°C; the N74194 is characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C. PIN CONFIGURATIONS B,F,W PACKAGE H H L L In the parallel-load mode, data is loaded into the associated flip-flop and appears at the outputs after the positive transition of the clock input. During loading, serial data flow is inhibited. Shift right is accomplished synchronously with the rising edge of the clock pulse when SO is high and S1 is low. Serial data for this mode is entered at the shift-right data input. When SO is low and S1 is high, data shifts left synchronously and new data is entered at the shift-left serial input. Clocking of the flip-flops is inhibited when both modecontrol inputs are low. The mode controls should be changed only whiie the clock input is high., CLEAR SHIFT RUlHT i PARALLEL INPUTS These 4-bit shift registers are compatible with most other TTL and DTL logic families. All inputs are buffered to lower the drive requirements to one normalized Series 54/74 load, and input clamp- LOGIC DIAGRAM PARALLEL OUTPUTS I Os S1 MOOE CONTROl { SO 2-174 <>c SHIFT LEFT SERIAL DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES- S54194, N74194 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage V CC Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level Low logic level Input Clock Frequency, fclock Width of Clock or Clear Pulse, tw Mode control Setup Time, tsetup : Serial and parallel data Clear inactive-state Hold Time at any Input, thold Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A MIN 4.5 S54194 NOM 5 MAX 5.5 20 10 25 0 20 30 20 25 0 -55 MIN 4.75 N74194 NOM 5 0 20 UNIT MAX 5.25 20 10 25 V MHz ns ns ns ns ns 30 125 20 25 0 0 °c 70 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER V IH High-level input voltage V IL Low-level input voltage II I nput clamp voltage V OH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage II TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX V 2 VCC = MIN, II = -12mA VCC = MIN, V IH ='2V, V IL = O.BV, 10H = -BOO~A VCC = MIN, V IH = 2V, V IL = O.BV, 10L = 16mA Input current at maximum input voltage VCC = MAX, IIH High-level input current VCC = MAX, IlL Low-level input current VCC = MAX, lOS Short-circuit output current t VCC = MAX ICC Supply current VCC = MAX, UNIT O.B V -1.5 V 2.4 V 0.4 V VI = 5.5V 1 mA VI = 2.4V 40 JJ.A VI = 0.4V -1.6 mA 554194 -20 -57 N74194 -1B -57 See Note 2 mA 39 63 mA MIN TVP MAX UNIT 25 36 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 6V, T A - 26°C, N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER -'- f max Maximum input clock frequency MHz Propagation delay time, high-totpHL low-level output from clear C L = 15pF, 19 30 ns 7 14 22 ns 7 17 26 ns RL = 400n Propagation delay time, low-totpLH high-level output from clock Propagation delay time, high-to- tpHL low-level output from clock • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. •• A" typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·175 4·811 PARALLEL ·ACCESS SHIFT REGISTER SmDotiCS S54195 N7419-5 S54195-B,F,W. N74195-8,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION These 4-bit registers feature parallel inputs, parallel outputs, J-K serial inputs, shift/load control input, and a direct overriding clear. The registers have two modes of operation: Parallel (Broadside) Loacj Shift (In direction aA toward aD) Parallel loading is accomplished by applying the 4 bits of data and taking the shift/load control input low. The data are loaded into the associated flip-flop and appears at the outputs after the positive transition of the clock input. During loading, serial data flow is inhibited. Shifting is accomplished synchronously when the shift/load control input is high. Serial data for this mode are entered at the J-K inputs. These inputs permit the first stage to perform as a J-K, 0-, or T-type flip-flop as shown in the truth table. These shift registers are fully'compatible with most other TTL and DTL families. All inputs ar'e buffered to lower the drive requirements to one normalized Series 54114 load, including the clock input. Maximum input clock frequency is typically 39 megahertz and power dissipation is typically 195 milliwatts. The 554195 is characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of -55° C to 125° C; the N74195 is characterized for operation from O°C to 70°C. PIN CONFIGURATIONS B,F,W PACKAGE , DlmUTI Vee QAo Os 00 1Io " 15 14 12 11 1 2 3 CLOCK 10 4 CLEA.R.~ .L...A_ _'"T,_ _--' SERIAL INPUTS ~~I • B' OND PARALLEL INPUTS TRUTH TABLE Inputs at tn J K L L H H H L H L Outputs at tn+1 °A °B Oc °D aD aAn L H aAn aAn aAn aAn a Bn a Sn a Bn a Bn 0V S2 CLOSED C. Waveform 1 is for an output with internal conditions such that the output is low except when disabled by the output control. Waveform 2 is for an output with internal conditions such that the output is high except when disabled by the output control. D. In the examples above, the phase relationships between inputs and outputs have been chosen arbitrarily. E. All input pulses are supplied by generators having the following characteristics: tr ;;;;2.5 ns, tf ;;;; 2.5 ns, PRR ;;;; 1 MHz, and Zout"" 50 n. !ii!ln~liC!i S54HOO N74HOO QUADRUPLE 2·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE S54HOO-A,F ,w • N74HOO-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTl SERIES SCHEMATIC leach gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54HOO Circuits N74HOO Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: Supply Voltage VCC: S54HOO Circuits N74HOO Circuits MIN NOM MAX UNIT 4.5 4.75 5 5 V V -55 25 25 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 0 °c °e ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS lover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS* Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical 0 level at output Logical 0 input voltage required of any input terminal to ensure logical 1 level at output Logical 1 output voltage Vee = MIN, Vee = MIN, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC Isink linlO) Logical current Logical current Vinll) VinlO) V out (1) linll) lOS leClor lee(1) 0 level input leach input) 1 level input leach input) Short circuit output current t Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current MIN TYP** MAX 2 V 0.8 Vee = MIN, I load = -500",A Vin = 0.8V, = MIN, = 20m A Vee = MAX, Vin = 2V, UNIT 204 V V 0.4 V Vin" OAV -2 mA = 2AV = 5.5V 50 1 ",A mA -100 mA = MAX, = MAX, Vee = MAX, Vin Vin Vee = MAX, Vin = 4.5V 26 40 mA Vee = MAX, Vin =0 10 16.8 mA Vee Vee -40 2·183 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54HOO, N74HOO SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS ,Vee - BV, T A • 26°C, N -10 MIN UNI TVP MAX tpdO Propagation delay time to logical 0 level CL = 25pF, RL = 280&1 6.2 10 n tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 1 level C L = 25pF, RL = 280&1 5.9 10 n TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, usa the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at V CC - 5V, T A-25° c. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration Of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2·184 !ii!lDotiCS S54HOl N74HOl QUADRUPLE 2·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE WITH OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT S54H01-A,F,W. N74H01-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE -" INPUTS [~--+I--' A,F PACKAGE IRECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage V CC: S54H01 Circuits N74H01 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: S54H01 Circuits N74H01 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX UNIT Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical O(on) level at output Logical 0 input voltage required at any input terminal to ensure logical 1(off) level at output Output reverse current VCC -MIN, VCC - MIN, V out (1) - 5.5V Vin - O.BV, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage (on levell Vce-MIN, fsink - 20mA Vin· 2V , lin(O) Logical current Logical current Vee-MAX, Vin -O.4V -2 mA VCC-MAX, Vec-MAX, VCC· MAX , Vin· 2 •4V Vin - 5.5V 50 1 ,.,.A mA 40 mA Vce·MAX' V in - 0 10.0 rnA Vin(1) Vin(O) lout(1) lin(1) ICC(O) ICC (1) 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply wrrent. 2 VCC - MIN, V O.B Vin -4.5V 250 0.4 26 6.B V ",A V 2·185 DIGITAL 64/74 TTL SERIES- S64H01, N14H01 T 2&"C N 'CC· IVIIA· SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICSI V, . 10 PARAMETER tpdO tpdl Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONSt MIN TVP** MAX U IT ~ CL" 25pF, RL" 2800 7.5 12.0 I15 CL=25pF, RL = 2800 10.0 15.0 Ins • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at Vcc = 5V, T A - 25°C. t Load resl,stor RL il coi'mected from Vcc to tha output, and loed capacitor CL is 'connected from the output to ground. 2-186 HEX INVERTER lil!lDotiCIi S54H04 N'74H04 S&4H04-A,F,W • N74H04-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 nL SERIES ISCHEMATIC (each inverter) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage VCC: S54H04 Circuits N74H04 Circuits Normalized! Fan·Ouffrom each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: S54H04 Circuits N74H04 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER MIN TYP** MAX UNIT V 2 Logical 1 input voltage required at iuput terminal to ensure logical 0 level at output Logical 0 input voltage required at input terminal to ensure logical 1 level at output Logical 1 output voltage VCC =MIN. "CC" M1N , I load '" -500~A Vin = 0.8V, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC = MIN, Isink = 20mA Vin '" 2V, lin(O) Logical 0 level input current Logical 1 level input current VCC" MAX, Vin = O.4V -2 mA VCC" MAX, Vcc = MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 mA Short circuit output currentt Logical 0 level supply current VCC .. MAX, -100 mA Vin(1) Vin(O) V ou t(1) lin(1) lOS ICC(O) ICC(ll Logical 1 level supply current VCC - MiN, 0.8 V V 2.4 0.4 -40 V ~A Vcc = MAX, Vin = 4.5\1, 40.0 58.0 mA VCC ",MAX, Vin =0, ' • .0 26.0 mA 2·18.7 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H04, N74H04 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. Vee" SV. T A'" 2SoC. N" 10 PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX ur CL" 25pF. RL - 28011 6.5 10 n CL - 25pF. RL·28011 9.0 13.0 n • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for theappli':able device type. 0 •• All typical values are at Vee = 5V. T A - 25 C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2-188 !ijgOotiC!i HEX INVERTER WITH OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT S54H05 N74H05 S54H06-A,F,W. N74H05-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS SCHEMATIC (each inverter) WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGES RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H05 Circuits N74H05 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: Supply Voltage V CC: S54H05 Circuits N74H05 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °e °e ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) lout(1) Logical 1 input voltage required at input terminal to ensure logical O(on) level at output Logical 0 input voltage required at input terminal to ensure logical 1 (off) level at output Output reverse cu rrent TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVp·· MAX V 2 Vee - MIN, 0.8 Vee = MIN, Vee - MIN, V out (1)" 5.5V Vin = O.SV, UNIT 250 V ",A Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage (on level) Vee "MIN, Isink - 20mA Vin =2V, lin(O) Logical 0 level input current Logical 1 level input current Vee=MAX, Vin = O.4V -2 mA Vee -MAX, Vee "'MAX, Vin - 2.4V Vin -5.5V 50 1 ",A mA Vee-MAX, Vin = 4.5V 40.0 58.0 mA Vee - MAX, Vin =0 16.0 26.0 mA lin(1) leC(O} .leC(1) Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current 0.4 V 2-189 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H05, N74H05 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A -25°C, N - 10 PARAMETER TYP MAX UNIT = 280n 10 15 ns = 280n 13 18 ns TEST CONDITIONS tpdO Propagation delay time to logical 0 level CL = 25pF, RL tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 1 level CL = 25pF, RL MIN • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable dfyice type. All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C. t Load resistOr RL is conntcted from V CC to the output, and load capacitor C L Is connected from the output to ground. 2-190 !ii!lnotiC!i S54H08 N74H08 QUADRUPLE 2-INPUT POSITIVE AND GATE S54HOS-A,F ,W • N74H08-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAG,E A,F PACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN Supply Voltage VCC: S54HOB Circuits N74HOB Circuits Normalized f=an-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: S54HOB Circuits N74HOB Circuits NOM 4.5 4.75 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX UNIT 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 V V °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS' MIN TYP** MAX UNIT --1---- Vin('I) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical 1 level at output VCC = MIN, V out (1) ~ .4V Vin(O) Logical 0 input voltage required of any input terminal to ensure logical o level at output VCC = MIN, Vout(O)';; 2.4V V out (1) Logical 1 output voltage VCC = MIN, Iload = 500llA Vin = 2.0V Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC = MIN, Isink = 20m A Vin = lin(O) Logical 0 level input current (each input) VCC = MAX, Vin lin(1) Logical 1 level input current (each input) VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, lOS Short-circuit output current t VCC = MAX, ICC(O) Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current VCC = MAX, Vin = 4.5V 40 VCC = MAX, Vin =0 24 fCCI'Il 2 V O.B V V 204 004 V = Oo4V -2 mA Vin = 204V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 Il A mA -100 mA 64 mA O.BV -40 40 mA 2·191 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H08, N74H08 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER VCI Input negative clamp VCC-bV voltage TA - 25°C MIN TYP MAX ur -1.b lin - -12.0mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 6V, TA - 26°C, N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level MIN TYP** MAX UI RL = 2800 8.8 12 n CL" 26pF, RL" 2800 7.6 12 r • For conditions shown a8 MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . ... All typical velues at: Vee - 6V, T A - 26°e. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit telt should not exceed 1 second. 2·192 ~ CL = 25pF, :J SjgnDtics TRIPLE 3·INPUT posmYE NAND GATE S&4H10-A,F,W. N74H10-A,F S54Hl0 N74Hl0 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS SCHEMATIC (each gate) WPACKAGE A,FPACKAGE ,. ,," MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H10 Circuits N74H10 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: Supply Voltage V cc: S54H10 Circuits N74H10 Circuits MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER MIN TVP** MAX UNIT VCC"'MIN, V out (1) Logical 1 Input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logic'll 0 level at output Logical 0 input voltage required of any input terminal to ensure logical 1 level at output Logical 1 output voltage VCC - MIN, I load = -500/JA Yin =0.8V, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC - MIN, Isink= 20m A Yin = 2V, 'in(O) Logical current Logical current 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) VCC=MAX, Yin = 0.4V - 2 mA Vec-MAX, VCC-=MAX, Yin = 2.4V Yin = 5.5V 50 1 /JA mA Short circuit output current t "CC";MAX -100 mA Vin(1) Vin(O) lin(1) lOS V 2 O.S VCC = MIN, 2.4 V 0.4 -40 V V 2·193 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H10, N74H10 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER ICC(O) Logical 0 level supply VCC = MAX, V in = 4.5V VCC = MAX, V in = 0 MIN TYP MAX UNIT 19.5 30 mA 7.5 12.6 mA TYP MAX current ICC (1) Logical 1 level supply current SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· SV, TA. 2SoC, N - 10 PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONS MIN UI\I CL = 25pF. RL = 280n 6.3 10 n CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 5.9 10 n • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the appli(:able device type . •• All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A a 2Soe. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2·194 TRIPLE 3·INPUT POSITIVE AND GATE Si!lDotiCS S54Hl1 N74Hll S54H11-A,F,W • N74H11-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC {each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,FPACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H11 Circuits N74H11 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output. N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range. T A: Supply Voltage vcc: S54H11 Circuits N74H11 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER V ou t(1) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical 1 level at output Logical 0 input voltage required of any input terminal to ensure logical O,level at output Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage lin(O) Logical current Logical current Vin(1) Vin(O) lin(1) lOS ICC(O) ICG(1~ 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) Short circuit output current t Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply currem TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX V 2 VCC· MIN, UNIT 0.8 VCC - MIN. 2.4 V V VCC = MIl'll Iload = -500j,tA Vin(1) = 2\1, VCC = MIl'll. Isink = 20mA Vin(O) = O.8V, 0.4 V VCC· MAX. Vin = O.4V -2 mA VCC· MAX. VCC-MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin =5.5V 50 1 j,tA mA VCC· MAX • Vin = 4.5V -100 mA VCC· MA)(. Vin = 0 30 48 mA Vcc = MAX. Vin = 4.5V 18 30 mA -40 2·195 DIG.ITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H11, N74H11 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C, N PARAMETER = 10 TVP MAX tpdO Propagation delay time to logical 0 level CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 8.8 12 ns tpd1 Propagation delay time CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 7.6 12 ns TEST CONDITIONS MIN UNIT • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° c. tNot more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2-196 Si!lDHtiCS S54H20 N74H20 DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE S54H20-A,F,W. N14H20-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE _2 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltag!!V CC: S54H20 Circuits N74H20 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Fr!!!!-Air T!!mp!!ratur!! Rang!!, T A: S54H20 Circuits N74H20 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER V ou t(l) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical 0 level at output Logical 0 input voltage required of any input terminal to ensure logical 1 level at output Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical lin(O) Vin(l) Vin(O) lin(l) lOS ICC(o) ICC(I<) MIN TVP** MAX 2 VCC=M1N UNIT V 0.8 VCC-MIN, 2.4 V V VCC'" MIN, I load = -5001tA Vin =,O.8V, VCC .. MIN, Isink = 20mA Vin = 2V. Logical level input current (each input) Logical 1 level input current (each input) VCC= MAX, Vin = OAV -2 mA XCC= MAX, VCC" MAX, Vin =2.4V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 itA mA Short circuit output current t Logical level supply current Logical 1 level supply current VCC=MAX, -100 rnA 13 20 mA 5 8.4 mA ° ° output voltage ° 0.4 -40 VCC=MAX, Vin =4.5V VCC .. MAX, Vin =0 V 2-187 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H20. N74H20 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vce" 5V, T A - 25°C, N = 10 . PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 7 10 ns CL = 25pF, RL" 280n 6 10 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate velue specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable. device type . •• Ali typical values are at Vee - 5V, T A - 25°e. , t Not more than one output should be shorted lit a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2·198 stgnotics DUAL 4·INPUT POSmVE AND GATE S54H21 N74H21 S&4H21-A,F,W. N74H21-A,F DlGITAL"54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H21 Circuits N74H21 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: Supply Voltage VCC: S54H21 Circuits N74H21 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER V out (l) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical 1 level at output Logical 0 input voltage required of any input terminal to ensure logical 0 level at output Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage Vec Isink lin(O) Logical current Logical current VCC Vin(l) Vin(O) lin(l) lOS ICC(o) Iccm 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) Short circuit output current t Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current MIN TYP** 0.8 VCC" MIN, = MIN, = 20mA = MAX, Vin(l) = 2V, UNIT V 2 VCC = MIN, VCC" MIN, Iload = -500~A MAX V V 2.4 0.4 Vin(O) = O.SV, V Vin = 0.4V -2 mA VCC = MAX VCC = MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 ~A VCC = MAX, Vin = 4.5V Vee = MAX, Vin =0 VCC = MAX, Vin = 4.5V -40 mA -100 mA 20 32 mA 12 20 mA 2·199 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H21, N74H21 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS,VCC" SV, TA = 2SoC, N" 10 PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP ** MAX UNIT CL = 25pF, RL = 280.11 8.8 12 ns CL = 25pF, RL = 280.11 7.6 12 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriete value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2·200 smDotiCS S54H22 N74H22 DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE WITH OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT S54H22-A,F ,w • N74H22-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS SCHEMATIC (oach gate) WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage V CC: S54H22 Circuits N74H22 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating F:ree-Air Temperature Range: S54H22 Circuits N74H22 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER MIN TVP** MAX UNIT Vin(1) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical O(on) level at output Vec = MIN, Vin(O) Logical 0 input voltage required at any input terminal to ensure logical 1 (off) level at output Vec = MIN, lout(1) Output reverse current Vout(O) Logical voltage Logical current Logical current Vce = MIN, V out (1) = 5.5V VCC = MIN, {sink = 20mA Vec = MAX, Vin = Oo4V -2 mA VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, Vin = 204V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 p,A mA VCC = MAX, Vin = 4.5V 13 20 mA VCC = MAX, Vin =0 304 5.0 mA lin(O) lin(1) leC(O) ICC(1) 0 output (on level) 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current 2 V 0.8 V Vin = 0.8V, 250 p,A Vin = 2V, 004 V 2-201 DIGITAL 54174 TTL SERIES. S54H22. N74H22 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A ... 26°C, N - 10 PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONSt CL = 25pF. CL = 25pF. MIN TVP** MAX UNIT = 280.11 7.5 12.0 ns RL = 280.11 10.0 15.0 ns RL • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at VCC = 6V. T A" 26°C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2·202 S!!IDOliCS I S54H30 N74H30 8·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE S64H30-A,F,W. N74H30A,F,W DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage V CC: S54H30 Circuits N74H30 Circuits Normalized 'Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: S54H30 Circuits N74H30 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical 0 level at output Logical input voltage requ ired of any input terminal to ensure logical 1 ,level at output o MIN TYP** MAX V 2 Vce '" MIN, UNIT O.S VCC" MIN, V V out (1) Logical 1 output voltage Vec = MIN, I load = -500j.£A Vin '" O.SV, Vout(O) L.ogical 0 output voltage Vce = MIN, Isink = 20mA Vin "'2V. lin(O) Logical current L.ogical current VCC '" MAX, Vin = 0.4V -2 mA Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 /JA mA -100 mA 6.5 10 mA 2.5 4.2 mA lin(1) lOS lec(O) leC!l) 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) Short circuit output current t Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current Vec - MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, V 0.4 -40 VCC" MAX Vce" MAX, 2.4 'Vin = 4.5V Vin =0 V 2-203 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H30~ N74H30 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS:VCC - 5V, T A - 26°C, N - 10 PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP** MAX UNIT CL=25pF, RL = 280n 8.9 12 ns CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 6.8 10 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values at: VCC = SV, T A = 2So,C. t Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2·204 SfgnOliCS S54H40 N74H40 DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND BUFFER S54H40-A,F,W. N74H40-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE' A,F PACKAGE NOTES: 1. Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H40 Circuits N74H40 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: Supply Voltage V cc: S54H40 Circuits N74H40 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 30 125 70 °e °e ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating fr. .air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER MIN TYpt MAX UNIT VCC = MIN, V out (1) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure logical 0 level at output Logical 0 input voltage required at any input terminal to ensure logical 1 level at output Logical 1 output voltage Vce ~Mlr-.), I load = -1.5mA Vin = O.BV, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage Vce,= MIN, Isink = 60mA Vin = 2V, 0.4 lin(O) Logical current Logical current Vee = MAX, Vin =0.4V -4 mA Vee'" MAX, Vee = MAX, Vin =2.4V Vin = 5.5V 100 1 !LA mA -125 mA 25 40 mA 10.4 16 mA Vin(1) Vin(O) lin('ll lOS lee(O) lee(1) 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) Short c~;uit output current Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current 2 V O.B Vee = MIN, 2.4 V -40 Vee! = MAX Vee = MAX, Vin = 4.5V Vee = MAX, Vln =0 V V 2-205 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H40, N74H40 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vec - 5V, T A - 25"c, N - 30 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level MIN TYP MAX UNIT CL = 25pF, RL =93n 6.5 12 ns CL = 25pF, RL =93n 8.5 12 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate valu'e specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable davice type . •• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second, t All typical values are at V cc - 5V, T A = 25° C. 2-206 DUAL 2·WIDE 2·INPUT S54H50 AND·DR·INVERT GATES S54H51 N74H50 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74H51 SjgDotiCS S54H50-A.F.W • S54H51-A.F.W • N74H50-A.F. • N74H51-A.F SCHEMATIC (each gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS W PACKAGE r---~~----1>------"--OV~ A.F PACKAGE NOTES: 1. Component values are nominal. 2. Both expander inputs are used simultaneously for expanding. 3. If expandur is not used leave X and X pins open. 4. Expander inputs X and X are functional on the S54H50 and N74H50 c:ircuits only. Make no external connection to X and X pins of the S54H51 and N74H51. 5. A total of four S54H60/N74H60 expander gates or one S54H62/N74H62 expander gate may be connected to the expander inputs. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H50, S54H51 Circuits N74H50, N74H51 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: S54H50, S54H51 Circuits N74H50, N74H51 Circuits Supply Voltage VCC: MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 25 25 ° UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER V out (1) Logical 1 input voltage required at both input terminals of either AND section to ensure logical o at output Logical 0 input voltage required at one input terminal of each AND section to ensure logical 1 at output Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC Isink lin(O) Logical 0 level input current (each input) lin(lI Logical 1 level input current (each input) Vin(1) Vin(O) = MIN VCC = MIN, Iload = -500/JA TvPt MAX 2 VCC = MIN VCC MIN V 0.8 Vin = 0.8V, Vin = 2V, VCC = MIN, = 20mA = MAX, VCC VCC = MAX = MA~<' UNIT 2.4 V V 0.4 V Vin = O.4V -2 mA Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 /JA mA 2·207 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES -S54H50, S54H51, N74H50, N74H51 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) lOS Short circuit output MIN TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER I TYP MAX UNIT -100 mA 15.2 24 mA 8.2 12.8 mA TYP MAX UNIT -5.85 mA -40 VCC = MAX current ** ICC(O) Logical 0 level supply VCC = MAX, V in = 4.5V VCC = MAX, V in =0 current ICC (1) Logical 1 level supply current ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S54H50 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC" 4.5V, TA - -55°C PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS Isink = 20mA, '1 = 700J,J.A, V out (1) Expander-node input current Base-emitter voltage of output transistor Q Logical 1 output voltage Iload = -500J,J.A, '2 = -320J,J.A 11 = 320J,J.A, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage 'sink = 20mA, 11 = 470J,J.A, 'inX VBE(Q) MIN Vx = lAV R1 =0 1 V 2.4 V R1 = 68n. 0.4 V MAX UNIT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74H60 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC" 4.5V, T A - O°C PARAMETER linX V out (l) Expander-node input current Base-emitter voltage of output transistor Q Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VBE(Q) TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP Vx = 1.4V -6.3 Isink = 20mA, 11 = l.lmA, "oad = -500J,J.A, '2 = -570J,J.A 11 'sink = 20mA, R1=0 = 570J,J.A, 11 = 600J,J.A, mA 1 V 2A V R1 = 63n. 0.4 V TYP MAX UNIT = 280n. 6.2 11 ns RL = 280n. 6.8 11 ns TYP MAX UNIT SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vec· 5V, T A· 25°C, N - 10, expander pins are open PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level TEST CONDITIONS CL = 25pF, CL = 25pF, RL MIN SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, (S54H50/N74H50 circuits only), Vee. 6V, T A - 26°C, N - 10, CX" 16 pF TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level CL = 25pF, CL = 25pF, RL = 280n. RL = 280n. MIN 7.4 ns 11 ns • For conditions shown ... MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. Expander pins are open • •• Not more than one output should. be. shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typical values are at V Cc - 5V, T A = 25° c. 2-208 !ii!lDotiC!i 4·WIDE 2·2·2·3·INPUT AND·OR GATE S54H52-A,F,W. N74H52-A,F S54H52 N74H52 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES "IN CONFIGURATIONS A,F. PACKAGE WPACKAGE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM EXPANDER IHrUT INPUT'[~~ NOTE: 1. A total of six expander gates may be connected to the expander input. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H52 Circuits N74H52 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: Supply Voltage VCC: S54H52 Circuits N74H52 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) V out (1) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals of one AND section to ensure logical 1 at output Logical 0 input voltage required at one input terminal of each AND section to ensure logical 0 at output Logical 1 output voltage TEST CONDITIONS* MIN °c °c -MAX 0.8 Vec = MIN Vin "'2V, 2.4 --UNIT V 2 Vcc = MIN Vce = MIN, lload = -500/JA Typt UNIT V V V V 2-209 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H52, N74H52 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Vout(O) lin(O) lin(1) lOS ICC(o) I CC (1) Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current (each input) Logical 1 level input current (each input) Short circuit output current*· Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current MIN TVP MAX UNIT 0.4 V V in '" 0.4V -2 mA V in ... 2.4V V in '" 5.5V 50 1 ",A mA -100 mA 15.2 24 mA 20 31 mA TVP MAX UNIT VCC = MIN, I sink '" 20mA VCC'" MAX, V in '" 0.8V, VCC'" MAX, VCC'" MAX, VCC'" MAX, -40 V in '" 4.5V VCC" MAX, Yin -0 VCC'" MAX, V in '" 4.5V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S64H52 circuits only) using expander input, Vee - 4.5V MIN TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER linX Expander-node input current Vx -1V, TA" -55°C I load .. -500",A, -2.7 V ou t(1) Logical 1 output voltage V x "1V, TA" -55°C Iload" -500",A, 2.4 Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage linX - -300",.60, TA - 125°C Isink - 20mA, -4.5 mA V 0.4 V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74H52 circuits only) using expender input, Vee - 4.75V PARAMETER V out (1) Expander·node input current Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage linX TEST CONDITIONS "'V x = 1V, MIN Iload - -500",A, TA = OoC -2.9 V x '" 1V, I load .. -500",A, TA" OoC 2.4 linX '" -300",A, Isink - 20mA, TA'" 70°C TVP MAX UNIT -5.35 mA V 0.4 V TVP MAX UNIT SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, Vee - 5V, T A - 25"C, N - 10, expender pin is open TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level CL" 25pF, RL'" 2800 9.2 15 ns CL'" 25pF, RL'" 2800 10.6 15 ns TVP MAX SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 25"c, N - 10, C PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level MIN x- 16pF TEST CONDITIONS MIN UNIT CL = 25pF, RL'" 2800 9.8 ns CL" 25pF, RL = 2800 14.8 ns • For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate values specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. Expander pin is open . •• Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typical values are at Vee'" 6V, T A ... 25° c: 2·210 EXPANDABLE 2·2·2·3·INPUT S54H53 AND·DR·INVERT GATE S54H54 SmDotiCS . S64H53-A,F,W. S64H54-A,F,W. N74H63-A,F. N74H54-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM N74H53 N74H54 PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE N74H53 circuits only. Make no external connection to X and X pins of the S54H54 and N74H64. 5. A total of four S54H60/N74H60 expander gates or one S54H62/N74H62 expander gate may be connected to the expander inputs. NOTES: 1. Component values shown are nominal. 2. Both expander inputs are used simultaneously for expanding. 3. If expander is not used leave X and X pins open. 4. Expander inputs X and X are functional on the S54H63 and RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H53, S54H54 Circuits N74H53, N74H54 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N S54H53, S54H54 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: N74H53, N74H54 Circuits Supply Voltage V CC: MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °c °e ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) V out (1) Logical 1 input voltage requ ired at all input terminals of one AND section to ensure logical 0 at output Logical 0 input voltage required at one input terminal of each AND section to ensure logical 1 at output Logical 1 output voltage TEST CONDITIONS* VCC = MIN, MIN TVPt MAX 2 VCC';' MIN, V 0.8 Vec = MIN Iload = -500J,tA Vin = 0.8V, Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC = MIN Isink = 20mA Vin =2V. lin(O) Logical 0 level input current (each input) Vec = MAX, Vin =O.4V UNIT 2.4 V V 0.4 -2 V rnA 2·211 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. ~54H54, N74H53, S54H54, N74H54 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) PARAMETER lin(1) lOS ICC(O) I CC (1) Logical 1 level input current (each input) Short circuit output current ** Logical 0 level supply current Logical 1 level supply current MIN TEST CONDITIONS VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX V in V in = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC TYP = 2.4V = 5.5V -40 MAX UNIT 50 1 -100 j.l.A mA mA V in " 4.5V 9.4 14 mA V in " 0 7.1 11 mA TYP MAX UNIT -5.85 mA ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S54HS3 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC'" 4.SV, T A - -SSoC PARAMETER linX VBE(Q) V out (1) Vout(O) TEST CONDITIONS MIN = l.4V Expander-node input current Base·emitter voltage of output transistor Q Logical 1 output voltage Vx Logical 0 output voltage Isink Isink = 20mA, 11 Iload = -500j.l.A, 12 - -320j.l.A = 20mA = 700j.l.A, 11'" 320j.l.A, 11 = 470j.l.A, 1 R1=0 2.4 V V R1 = 68n 0.4 V MAX UNIT -6.3 mA 1 V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74HS3 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC· 4.7SV, TA - O°C linX VBE(Q) V out (1) Vout(O) MIN TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Expander-node input current Base·emitter voltage of output transistor Q Logical 1 output voltage Vx = 1.4V Logical 0 output voltage Isink ... 20mA, 11 = 1.1mA, I load = -500j.l.A, 12 = -570j.l.A 11 = 570j.l.A, Isink = 20mA, 11 = 600j.l.A, TYP R1 =0 2.4 V 0.4 R1 '" 63n V SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· SV, T A - 2SoC, N'" 10, expander pins are open TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level MIN TYP MAX UNIT CL=25pF, RL = 280n 6.2 11 ns CL'" 25pF, RL = 280n 7 11 ns MAX UNIT SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, (S54HS3/N74HS3 circuits only) VCC· SV, T A - 2SoC, N - 10, Cx - 1S pF TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpdO tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level MIN TYP CL '" 25pF, RL = 280n 7.4 ns CL '" 25pF, RL'" 280n 11.4 ns • For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. Expander pins are open . •• Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typical values are at Vee'" 5V, T A - 25°e. 2·212 Sjgnotics S54H55 N74H55 EXPANDABLE 4·INPUT AND·DR·INVERT GATES S54H66-A,F,W • N74H55-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE NOTES: 1. Component values shown are nominal. 2. Both expander inputs are used simultaneously for expanding. 3. If expander is not used, leave X and X pins open. 4. A total of four S54H60/N74H60 expander gates or one S54H62/ N74H62 expander gate may be connected to the expander inputs. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage VCC: S54H55 Circuits N74H55 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: S54H55 Circuits N74H55 Circuits MIN 4.5 4.75 NOM 5 5 -55 0 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 10 125 70 UNIT V V °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS* V out (1) Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals of either AND section to ensure logical o at output Logical 0 input voltage required at one input terminal of each AND section to ensure logical 1 at output Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC Isink lin(Q) Logical current Logical current VCC Vin(1) Vin(O) lin(1) lOS ICC(O) ICC(1) 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) VCC = MIN TVPt MAX 2 MIN UNIT V 0.8 VCC= MIN V VCC = MIN, Iload =-500/.LA Vin = O.SV, = MIN, = 20mA = MAX, Vin = 2V, 0.4 V Vin = O.4V -2 mA Vin Vin = 2.4V = 5.5V 50 1 /.LA mA -100 mA Vin = 4.5V 7.5 12 mA Vin =0 4.5 6.4 mA Short circuit output current** Logical 0 level supply current VCC = MAX, = MAX, = MAX, VCC = MAX, Logical 1 level supply current VCC = MAX, VCC VCC V 2.4 -40 2·213 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H55, N74H55 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S54H55 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC PARAMETER V out (l) Expander-node input current Base-emitter voltage of output transistor Q Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage linX VBE(Q) =4.5V, T A'"' -55"C TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP VX= l.4V Isink = 20mA, 11 =700J.l,A, Iload = -500J.l,A, 12 = -320J.l,A 11 = 320J.l,A, Isink = 20mA, 11 = 470J.l,A, MAX UNIT -5.85 mA 1 R1=0 V V 2.4 R1 = 68n 0.4 V MAX UNIT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (N74H55 circuits only) using expander inputs, VCC ... 4.75V, T A'"' O°C TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Vx = 1.4V V out (l) Expander-node input current Base-em itter voltage of output transistor Q Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage linX VBE(Q) tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level Iload = -500J.l,A 12 = -570J.l,A 11 = 570J.l,A, Isink = 20mA, 11 =600J.l,A, tpd1 1 R1=0 V V 2.4 0.4 V TYP MAX UNIT R1 = 63n MIN CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 6.5 11 ns Cl:. = 25pF, RL = 280n 7 11 ns TYP MAX UNIT = 10, Cx - 15pF TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Propagation delay time to logical 0 level Propagation delay time to logical 1 level mA = 10, expander pins are open TEST CONDITIONS SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A'"' 2!i"C, N tpdO = 1.1mA, 11 PARAMETER tpdO TYP -6.3 Isink = 20mA, SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A .. 25~C, N MIN MIN CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 7.7 ns CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 11.4 ns • For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. Expander pins are open . •• Duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typical values are at Vee= 5V, T A = 25°C. 2·214 SillDOlies S54H60 DUAL 4·INPUT EXPANDER (FOR USE WITH S54H50,S54H53, S54H55 CIRCUITS) S54H60-A,F ,Iiv DIGITAL 54/74 TTl SERIES SCHEMATIC (each expander) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE F PACKAGE NOTES: 1. Connect to X input of S54H50, S54H53, or S54H55 circuit. 2. Connect to X input of S54H50, S54H53, or S54H55 circuit. 3. Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage Vee Maximum number of expanders that may be fanned-in to one S54H50, S54H53, or S54H55 circuit 4.5V to 5.5: ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A" _55°C to 125°C) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Vin(l) Vin(O) Von Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure output is in the on state Logical 0 input voltage required at any input terminal to ensure output is in the off state On-state output voltage MIN MAX 2 Vee =4.5V Vee Typt V = 4.5V 0.8 Vee =4.5V, Ion = 5.85mA, Vee = 5.5V Ion = 7.85mA, Vin = 2V, TA = _55° Vin = 2V, TA = l25°e UNIT V Vl = lV, 0.4 V Vl = 0.6V, 0.4 V 320 I off Off-state output current Vee'" 4.5V, R '" 5750, Vin = 0.8V, TA"'-55°e Vl = 4.5V, Ion On-state output current Vee= 4.5V, TA =-55°e Vin = 2V, Vl '" lV, lin(O) Logical current Logical current Vee = 5.SV Vin = O.4V -2 mA Vee'" 5.5V, Vee'" 5.5V, Vin '" 2.4V Vin = 5.SV 50 1 JJ.A mA 1.9 3.5 mA 3 4.5 mA lin(l) 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) lee(on) On-state supply current Vee'" S.5V, Vl = 0.85V Vin = 4.5V, lee(off) Off-state supply current Vee= 5.5V, Vl = 0.85V Vin =0, -470 JJ.A JJ.A t All typical values are at VCC - 6V, T A - 26°C. 2·215 I DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H60 OUTPUT CAPACITANCE VCC and GND terminals open, T A - 2ftC. eX 2-216 fARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS Effective capacitance of output transistor 01 f = 1 MHz MIN TYP 1.3 MAX UNIT pF GinooliCG DUAL 4·INPUT EXPANDER (FOR USE WITH N74H60 =.!I N74H50, N74H53, N74H55 CIRCUITS) N74H60-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each expander) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE 12' 10 ...-------0 v.. A,FPACKAGE lQ NOTES: 1. Connect to X Input of N74H50, N74H63, or N74H66 circuit. 2. Connect to X Input of N74H60, N74H63, or N74H66 circuit. 3, Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage Vee 4.76V to 5.25V Maximum number of expanders that may be fanned-in to one N74H60, N74H53, or N74H55 circuit 4 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A - O°C to 70°C) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Vin(l) Vin(O) Vas Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure output is in the on state Logical 0 input voltage required at any input terminal to ensure output is in the off state On-state output voltage MIN TVPt MAX V 2 Vee" 4.75V UNIT 0.8 Vee = 4.75V V Vee = 4.75V, Ion = 6.3mA, Vee = 5.25V, Ion = 7.4mA, Vin = 2V, TA = O°C Vin = 2V, 0 TA = 70 e Vl = lV, 0.4 V Vl = 0.6V, 0.4 V 570 ,.,.A loff Off-state output current Vee" 4.75V, R = 57511 Vin = 0.8V, TA = OoC Vl =4.5V, Ion On-state output current Vee'" 4.75V, TA = oOe Vin = 2V, Vl =lV, lin(O) Logical current Logical current Vee = 5.25V, Vin = OAV -2 mA Vee = 5.25V, Vee = 5.25V, Vin" 2AV Vin = 5.5V 50 1 ,.,.A lee(on) On-state supply current Vee = 5.25V, Vl = 0.85V Vin =4.5V, 1.9 3.5 mA lee(off) Off-state supply current Vee = 5.25V, Vl = 0.85V Vin =0, 3 4.5 mA lin(l) 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) ,.,.A -600 mA 2·217 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74H60 D OUTPUT CAPACITANCE VCC and GND terminals open, T A .. 25 C PARAMETER ex t f Effective capacitance of output transistor Q1 A" typical values are at Vee 2-218 TEST CONDITIONS = 5V, TA = 25 D e = 1 MHz MIN TYP 1.3 MAX UNIT pF Smnotics S54H61 N74H61 TRIPLE 3·INPUT EXPANDER (FOR USE WITH S54H52, N74H52 CIRCUITS) S54H61-A,F,W. N74H61-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each expander) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE " NOTES: 1. Component values shown are nominal. 2. A total of six expander gates may be connected to the S54H52/N74H52 expander input. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H61 Circuits N74H61 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 Supply Voltage V CC: S54H61 Circuits N74H61 Circuits '0 MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 NOM 5 5 25 25 UNIT V V °c °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER Vin(O) loff lin(O) lin(1) Logical 0 input voltage required at any input terminal to ensure output is in the off state Off-state reverse current Logical current Logical current 0 level input (each input) 1 level input (each input) ICG(on) On-state supply current ICG(off) Off-state supply current TEST CONDITIONS* VCC MIN Typt = MIN MAX UNIT 0.8 V = MIN, = 2.2V, VCC = MAX, Vin(O) = 0.8V, TA = MAX 50 IJ-A Vin = OAV -2 mA = MAX, = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, Vin Vin = 2AV = 5.5V = 4.5V =0 50 1 IJ-A mA VCC Voff VCC VCC Vin Vin 11 16 mA 5 7 mA 2·219 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H61, N74H61 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS S64H61 circuits only PARAMETER Vin(1) Von Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure output is in the on state On-state output voltage TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT V 2 VCC = 4.5V VCC =4.5V, Ion = 4.5mA, Vin(1) = 2V, TA=-55°C V 1 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS N74H61 circuits only PARAMETER Vin(l) Von Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals to ensure output is in the on state On-state output voltage TEST CONDITIONS VCC = 4.75V, Ion =5.35mA, Effective capacitance of output transistor 01 MAX UNIT V Vin(1) = 2V, TA = OoC 1 V MAX UNIT = 25"C PARAMETER Cx TYP 2 VCC = 4.75V OUTPUT CAPACITANCE, VCC and GND terminals open, TA MIN TEST CONDITIONS f = 1 MHz MIN TYP 1.3 • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. t All typical value. are at Vee = SV, T A - 2Soe 2-220 pF Sjgnotics 3·2·2·3·INPUTAND·OR EXPANDER (FOR USE WITH S54H50, S54H53, S54H55 CIRCUITS) S54H62 S54H62-A,F,W DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC leach gate) PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE '~TB[ ]'NM' ,--[ ]_. A,F PACKAGE v" 14 7 GND NOTES: 1. Connect to X Input of S64H60. S64H63. or S64H66 clrcl,llt 2. Connect to X input of S64H60. S64H63. or S64H66 circuit 3. Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage Vee Maximum number of expanders that may be fanned-in to one S54H50. S54H53. or S54H55 circuit 4,5V to 5'5~ I ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A - _65°C to 125°C) PARAMETER Vin(1) VinlO) 'Von Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals of one AND section to ensure output is in the on state Logical 0 input voltage required at one input terminal of each AND section to ensure output is in the off state On-state output voltage TEST CONDITIONS MIN Typt MAX 2 Vec =4;6V VCC =4.6V, UNIT V 0.8 V Vec =4.6V, Ion = 6.86mA, VCC" 6.5V, Ion ·7.85mA, Vin - 2V, TA - _65°C Vin =2V, TA" 125°C V1-'V, 0.4 V V,-O.6V, 0.4 V I off Off-state output current VC~=4.5V, R .. 760, Vin -o.av, TA" -55°C V,-4.6V, Ion On-state output current Vee =4.~V, , TA--56 e Vin- 2V, V, - 1V, 320 -470 ~A ~A 2·221 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H62 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT lin(O) Logical 0 level input current (each input) VCC = 5.5V, Yin = O.4V -2 mA lin(1) Logical 1 level input current (each input) Yin Yin JjA mA On-state supply current Yin = 2.4V = 5.5V = 4.5V, 50 1 ICC(on) = 5.5V, = 5.5V, VCC = 5.5V, V 1 = 0.85V VCC = 5.5V, V 1 = 0.85V 3.8 7 mA Yin = 0, 6 9 mA VCC VCC ICC(offl Off-state supply current OUTPUT CAPACITANCE, VCC and GND terminals open, T A" 25"C PARAMETER Cx Effective capaitance of output transistor Q 1 t All typical values are at Vee 2-222 TEST CONDITIONS = 5V, TA f = 25° c. = 1 MHz MIN TYP 1.3 MAX UNIT pF !iinnotiC!i 3·2·2·3·INPUT AND·OR EXPANDER (FOR USE N74H62 :!I WITH N74H50, N74H53, N74H55 CIRCUITS) N74H62-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS SCHEMATIC (each gate) A,F PACKAGE ] INPUTS [ INPUTS V~ ]_. ,~[ 7 OND NOTES: 1. Connect to X input of N74H50, N74H53, or N74H55 circuit. 2. Connect to X input of N74H50, N74H53, or N74H55 circuit. 3. Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage Vee Maximum number of expanders that may be fanned-in to one N74H50, N74H53, or N74H55 circuit 4.75V to 5.25V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted T A - O°C to 70°C) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Vin(lI Vin(O) Von Logical 1 input voltage required at all input terminals of one AND section to ensure output is in the on state Logical 0 input voltage required at one input terminal of each AND section to ensure output is in the off state On-state output voltage MIN Typt MAX 2 Vee = 4.75V Vee = 4.75V Vee = 4.75V, Ion - 6.3mA, Vce = 5.25V, Ion = 7 AmA, Vin = 2V, TA =OoC Vin =2V, 0 TA = 70 e V1 = 1V, V1 .O;/tJ";. loff Off-state output current Vee = 4.75V, R = 5750, Vin = 0.8'l, TA = oOe V1 - 4.5V, Ion On-state output current VCC = 4.75V, TA = oOe Vin =2V, V1 '" tV, V O.S V 004 V 0.4· V 57() -600 UNIT p.A }IA 2·223 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. N74H62 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) PARAMETER lin(O) Logical 0 level input current (each input) 'inI1) Logical 1 level input current (each input) 'Ce(on) TEST CONDITIONS ICC (off) Off-state supply current TYP MAX UNIT Vce = 5.25V, -2 mA vee = 5.25V, V in = 2.4V V in '" 5.5V 50 1 mA 3.8 7 mA 6 9 mA TYP MAX UNIT Vec" 5.25V, On-state supply current MIN V in = O.4V Vec = 5.25V, V 1 .. 0.85V V in = 4.5V, Vec" 5.25V, V 1 = 0.85V V in =0, p.A OUTPUT CAPACITANCE Vee and GND terminals open, T A - 25°C PARAMETER ex Effective capacitance of output transistor Q1 tAli tvpical values are at Vcc" 6V, T A 2·224 TEST CONDITIONS f = 1 MHz = 26°C. MIN 1.3 pF J·K MASTER·SLAVE FLlp·FLOP S!!IDlltiCS S54H71 N74H71 S54H71-A,F,W. N74H71-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS These J-K flip-flops are based on the master-slave principle. The AND-OR gatH inputs for entry into the master section are controlled by thH clock pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the circuitry which connects the master and slave sections. The sequence of operation is as follows: 1. Isolate slave from master 2. Enter information from AND-OR gate inputs to master 3. Disable AND-OR gate inputs 4. Transfer information from master to slave. Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state. WPACKAGE K2I K2A Q OND Q 'AESI!T J28 ,. 13 12 11 10 • II • Jt. J2A TRUTH TABLE , 2 3 • I KtA K18 CLOCK Vee J1A 1 A,F,PACKAGE Vee 14 CLOCK 13 K28 12 K2A 11 K18 10 K1A • t n +1 tn J K Q 0 0 0 On 1 0 1 1 0 an ' 1 1 NOTES: 1. J = (J1A. J1B) + (J2A. J2B) 2. K = (K1A. K1B) + (K2A. K2B) 3. tn = Bit time before clock pulse. 4. tn + 1 = Bit time efter clock pulse. 1 2 3 4 B 7 J1A J1. J2A .128 'RESET QND SCHEMATIC r-------~--.-----------.---~------~------~~------~v~ NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. 2·225 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H71, N74H71 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage V cc: S54H71 Circuits N74H71 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: S54H71 Circuits N74H71 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) I nput Setup Time, tsetup (See Above) MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 NOM 5 5 25 25 UNIT V V °c °c ns ns 12 16 ;;.tp(clock) Input Hold Time, thold 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS * PARAMETER V in (1) Vin(O) V out (1) Vout(O) lin(O) lin(O) lin(O) Input voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure logical o at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current at J1 A, J1B, J2A, J2B, K1A, K1 B, K2A, or K2B l.ogical 0 level input current at preset Logical 0 level input current at clock Logical 1 level input current at J1A, lin(1) J1 B, J2A, J2B, K1 A, K1 B, K2A, or K2B lin(1 ) Logical 1 level input current at preset lin(1 ) Logical 1 level input current at clock lOS ICC Short-circuit output current • * Supply cur~ent MIN Typt MAX UNIT V 2 0.4 V V V V in =0.4V -2 mA VCC" MAX, VCC=MAX, V in "0.4V V in = 0.4V -6 -4 mA mA VCC·MAX, VCC= MAX, V in = 2.4V 50 1 itA mA VCC" MAX, VCC" MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC" MAX, VCC=MAX, VCC = MAX V in V in V in V in V in 150 1 100 1 itA mA 0.8 VCC= MIN, VCC = MIN, Iload .. -500ItA I sink '" 20mA VCC '" MAX, 2.4 V in " 5.5V " 2.4V = 5.5V = 2.4V '" 5.5V =0 19 -100 30 itA mA mA mA MAX UNIT -40 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5V, TA" 25°C, N - 10 PARAMETER fclock Maximum clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 tpd1 level from preset to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 tpdO level from preset to output Propagation delay time to logical 1 tpd1 tpdO level from clock to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level'from clock to output C L "'25pF, TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP RL = 2800 25 30 MHz C L .. 25pF, RL = 2800 6 13 C L = 25 pF, R L " 2800 12 24 ns CL'" 25 pF, RL = 2800 6 14 21 ns CL = 25 pF, RL = 280n 10 22 27 ns ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type • •• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° C. 2-228 stgnotics S54H72 N74H72 J·K MASTER·SLAVE FUp·FLOP S64H72-A,F,W • N74H72-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTioN These J-K flip-flops are based on the master.-slave principle~ The AN D gate inputs for entry into the master section are controlled by the clock pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the circuitry which connects the master and slave .ections. The sequence of operation is as follows: 1. Isolate slave from master 2. Enter information from AN D gate inputs to master 3. Disable AND gate inputs 4. Transfer information from master to slave. Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state PIN CONFIGURATIONS . WPACKAGE TRUTH TABLE 2 3 4 6 CLOCK PRESET VGoCI CLEAR A,FPACKAGE LOGIC Vee '(Each Flip-Flop) tn PRESIIT CLOCK 1<3 14 Kl! 1(1 10 8 tn+1 J K a 0 0 an NOTES: 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 ~ 1. 2. 3. 4. J = J1 • J2 • J3 K = K 1 • K2 • K3 tn - bit time before clock pulse tn+1 = bit time after clock pulse. 1 2 7 NC CLEAR GND CLOCK WAVEFORM POSITIVE LOGIC Low Input to preset sets a to logical 1 Low input to clear sets a to logical 0 Preset and clear are independent of clock SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM L -~ : fo--- MINIMUM '- : ---I - - - - - - - J NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. 2·227 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H72, N74H72 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H72 Circuits N74H72 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage V CC: S54H72 Circuits N74H72 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear) Input Setup Time, tsetup (See above) Input Hold Time, thold NOM 5 5 25 25 UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 °c °c ns ns ns 12 16 16 ;;<>tp(clock) 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER Vin(1) Vin(O) V out (1) Vout(O) lin(O) lin(O) lin(1) lin(1) lin(1) lOS ICC Input voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current at J1, J2, J3, K 1, K2, K3, or clock Logical 0 level input current at preset or clear Logical 1 level input current at J1, J2, J3, K1, K2, or K3 Logical 1 level input current at clock Logical 1 level input current at preset or clear Short circuit output current** Supply current MIN Typt MAX V 2 VCC = MIN UNIT 0.8 VCC = MIN, 2.4 V V VCC = MIN, lload = -500.uA VCC = MIN Isink = 20mA VCC = MAX, Vin:: O.4V -2 mA VCC = MAX, Vin = O.4V -4 mA VCC =MAX, VCC = MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin =5.5V 50 1 .uA mA VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 .uA mA VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 100 1 .uA mA VCC = MAX, Vin -100 mA 16 25 mA MIN TYP MAX 25 30 =0 0.4 -40 VCC = MAX, V SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A • 25°C, N ~ 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER fclock tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO Maximum clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clear or preset to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clear or preset to output Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock to output Propagation delay time to 10gicarO level from clock to output CL = 25pF, RL = 280n UNIT MHz CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 6 13 ns CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 12 24 ns CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 16 21 ns RL = 280n 22 27 ns CL = 25pF, • For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typlcel values are at Vee = 6V, T A = 26°e. 2-228 SmnOliCS S54H73 N74H73 DUAL J·K MASTER·SLAVE FLlp·FLOP S54H73-A,F,W. N74H73-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION These J-K flip-flops are based on the master-slave principle. The AND gate inputs for entry into the master section are controlled by the clock pulse. The clock pulse also regulates the circuitry which connects the master and slave sections. The sequence of operatiqn is as follows: 1. Isolate slave from master 2. Enter information from AND gate inputs to master 3. Disable AN D gate inputs 4. Transfer information from master to slave. Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state. PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE TRUTH TABLE v" A,F PACKAGE LOGIC (Each Flip-Flop) tn tn+1 J K a 0 0 an 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 an NOTES: 1. tn = bit time before clock pulse 2. tn+1 = bit time after clock pulse CLOCK WAVEFORM HIOH~ 2 3 POSITIVE LOGIC Low input to clear sets to logical 0 Clear is independent of clock a ,,&V I 1 I I LOW: : :I - - - 1.5V 4 MINIMUM _ . ---04: SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop) NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. 2-229 DIGITAL 54174 TTL SERIES. S54H73, N74H73 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H73 Circuits N74H73 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage Vcc: S54H73 Circuits N74H73 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N. Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear) Input Setup Time, tsetup (See above) Input Hold Time, thold MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 NOM 5 5 25 25 UNIT V V °c °c 12 16 ns ns ;;"tp(clock) 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER V ou t(1) I nput voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage lin(O) Logical current Logical current Logical current Vin(1) Vin(O) lin(O) lin(1) 0 level input at J, K, or clock 0 level input at clear 1 level input at J or K . TEST CONDITIONS** MIN Typt MAX V 2 VCC = MIN UNIT VCC = MIN 0.8 V V 2.4 VCC = MIN, VCC = MIN, Iload = -500/JA Isink = 20mA 0.4 V VCC = MAX, Vin = O.4V -2 mA VCC = MAX, Vin = O.4V -4 mA VCC = MAX, VCC .. MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin" 5.5V 50 1 /JA mA lin(1) Logical 1 level input current at clock VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 50 1 /JA mA lin(1) Logical 1 level input current at clear Vin = 2.4V Vin = 5.5V 100 1 /JA mA lOS Short circuit output current** Supply current VCC .. MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, -100 mA 32 50 mA MIN TYP MAX UNIT 25 30 ICC Vin =0 -40 VCC = MAX SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, TA - 25°C, N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER fclock tpd1 tpdO tpd1 tpdO Maximum clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clear to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clear to output Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clock to output MHz CL = 25pF, RL = 280n CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 6 13 ns CL=25pF, RL = 280n 12 24 ns = 25pF, RL = 280n 16 21 ns CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 22 27 ns CL • For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typical values are at Vee" 5V, T A .. 25° C 2-230 !ii!lnotiC!i DUAL D·TYPE EDGE· TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOP S54H74-A,F,W. N74H74-A,F S54H74 N74H74 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS These monolithic, high-speed, dual, edge-triggerec! flip-flops ut,lize TTL circuitry to perform D-type flip-flop logic. Each flip-flop: has individual clear and preset inputs, and also complementary·Q a~d outputs. i Information at input 0 is transferred to the Q output on! the positive-going edge of the clock pulse. Clock triggering occurs iat a voltage level of the clock pulse and is not directly related to! the transition time of the positive-going pulse. When the clock inpljlt is at either the high or low level, the D-input signal has no effect. These circuits are fully compatible for use with most TTL or QTL circuits. Input clamping diodes are provided to minimize t~ans­ mission line effects and thereby simplify systems design. A: full fan-out to 10 normalized Series 54HI74H loads is available from each of the outputs in the low-level condition. In the high-I,evel state, a fan-out of 20 is available to facilitate tying unused inpu1s to used inputs. Maximum clock frequency is 35 megahertz, with a typical power dissipation of 75 milliwatts per flip-flop. a WPACKAGE PRES6T a GNP 11 3 CLEAR Vee 6 CLEAR 7 CLOCI{ A, F PACKAGE TRUTH TABLE LOGIC (Each Flip-Flop) tn Input 0 tn+1 Output Q Output Q L L H H H L NOTES: 1. t n .. bit time befo(e clock pulse 2. tn+1 - bit time after clock pulse H ,., High Level, L .. Low Level 1 CLEAR 3 0 CLOCK ASYNCHRONOUS INPUTS Low input to preset sets Q to high Ieile I Low input to clear sets Q to low level Preset and clear are independent of clock SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop) NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. 2·231 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H74, N74H74 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN Supply Voltage Vee Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Low Logic Level High Logic Level Clock Frequency, fclock Width of Clock Pulse, tw(clock) Width of Preset Pulse, tw(preset) Width of Clear Pulse, tw(clear) Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Note 3): High-level data Low-level data Input Hold Time, thold (See Note 4) Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A 4.5 S54H74 NOM MAX MIN 5.5 4.75 5 10 20 35 t 0 15t 25 t 25 t 10t 15 t 0 -55 25 125 N74H74 NOM 5 UNIT 5.25 V 10 20 35 0 15t 25 t 25 t 10t 15 t 0 0 MAX 25 70 MHz ns ns ns ns ns ns °e NOTES: 3. Setup time is the interval immediately preceding the positive-going edge of the clock pulse during which interval the data to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure Its recognition. 4. Hold time is the Interval immediately following the positive-going edge of the clock pulse during which intervai the data to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure Its continued recognition. t These conditions are recommended for use at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH VIL VOH VOL High-level input voltage Low-level input voltage High-level output voltage Low-level output voltage IIH High-level input current into D IIH IIH IlL IlL lOS ICC High-level input current into preset or clock High-level input current into clear Low-level input current into preset or D Low-level input current into clear or clock Short circuit output current t Supply current TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX 2 50 1 100 1 150 1 V V V V p,A mA p,A mA p,A mA -2 mA -4 mA 0.8 Vee'" MIN, Vee'" MIN, Vee'" MAX, Vee = MAX, Vee'" MAX, Vee'" MAX, Vee'" MAX, Vee'" MAX, 10H '" -1mA IOl = 20mA VI = 2AV VI'" 5.5V VI'" 2.4V VI'" 5.5V VI = 2.4V VI'" 5.5V Vee'" MAX, VI'" 0.4V Vee'" MAX, VI'" OAV Vee'" MAX, Vee'" MAX, 204 3.5 0.22 -40 004 30 30 -100 42 50 MIN TVP MAX 35 43 S54H74 N74H74 UNIT mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 25"C, N - 10 PARAMETER f max tPLH tPHL tPLH tPHL Maximum clock frequency Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from clear or preset inputs Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output, from clear or preset inputs Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output from clock input Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output, from clock input TEST CONDITIONS el '" 25pF, RL '" 280n UNIT MHz 20 ns 30 ns 4 8.5 15 ns 7 13 20 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device ~ype. ° •• All typical values are at Vee'" 5V, TA = 25 e. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short circuit test should not exceed 1 second. 2-232 Sjgnotics DUAL J·K MASTER·SLAVE FLlp·FLOP S54H76 N74H76 S64H76-B • N74H76-B DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS These dual J·K flip-flops are based on the master-slave princi~le. Inputs to the master section are controlled by the clock pulse. The clock pulse a~so regulates the circuitry which connects the master and slave sections. The sequence of operation is as follows: 1. Isolate slave from master 2. Enter information from J and K inputs to master 3. Disable J and K inputs 4. Transfer information from master to slave. Logical state of J and K inputs must not be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state. BPACKAGE TRUTH TABLE 1 LOGIC 2 3 • tn tn+1 J K a 0 0 an 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 an 7 • CLOCI( PRESET CLOCK CLOCK PRESET CLEAR CLOCK WAVEFORM NOTES: 1. tn = bit time before clock pulse 2. tn+1 = bit time after clock pulse L HIGH,,:v~I,~v ~ LOW...Y4 : MINIMUM : ._>-------_- -------l ---0\ POSITIVE LOGIC Low input to preset sets a to logical 1 Low input to clear sets a·to logical 0 Clear and preset are independent of clock SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop) TO OTHER fLIP-FLOP NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. 2-233 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H76, N74H76 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage VCC: MIN NOM MAX S54H76 Circuits 4.5 5 5.5 V N74H76 Circuits 4.75 5 5.25 V S54H76 Circuits -55 25 125 N74H76 Circuits 0 25 70 °c °c Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N UNIT 10 Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) 12 ns Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) 16 ns Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear) ;;'tp(clock) Input Setup Time, tsetup (See above) Input Hold Time, thold 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVpt MAX UNIT VCC = MIN V out (l) I nput voltage requ ired to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage VCC" MIN, Iload .. -500/JA Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC "MIN, Isink" 20mA 0.4 V lin(O) Logical current Logical current Logical current 0 level input at J, K, or clock 0 level input at clear or preset 1 level input at J.K. or clock VCC = MAX, Vin" 0.4\1 -2 mA VCC"MAX, Vin = O.4V -4 mA VCC" MAX, VCC - MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin" 5.5V 50 1 /JA mA lin(l) Logical 1 level input current at clear or preset VCC" MAX, VCC·MAX, Vin = 2.4V Vin" 5.5V 100 1 Jl.A mA lOS Short circu it .output current** Supply current VCC "'MAX, Vin =0 -100 mA VCC" MAX, Vin = 4.5V 32 50 mA MIN TVP MAX UNIT 25 30 Vin(l) Vin(O) lin(O) lin(l) ICC V 2 0.8 VCC=MIN 2.4 V V -40 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS,Vee .. 5V, TA - 25°C, N -10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER fclock tpdl tpdO tpdl tpdO Maximum clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clear or preset to output Propagation delay time to logical .0 level from clear or preset to output Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clock to output CL =25pF, RL = 280n MHz CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 6 13 ns CL" 25pF, RL = 280n 12 24 ns CL = 25pF, RL = 280n 16 21 ns = 25pF, RL = 280n 22 27 ns CL • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. t All typical values are at VCC = 5V, T A - 25°C • •• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 2·234 J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED Smnl!tiCS S54H101 N74H101 FLlp·FLOP S64H101-A,F,We N74H.101-A,F DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS These monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative-edge-triggered. The AND-OR gate inputs are inhibited while the clock input is low; when the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state and bistable-will perform according to the truth table as long as minimum setup times are observed. I nput data are transferred to the outputs on the negative edge of the clock pulse. WPACKAGE Ka KlA Q OND U " " " .,., .,a2 Q MESeTni w • • TRUTH TABLE tn tn+1 J K 0 () NOTES: a an 0 'I 1 1 () 0 1 'I On 1. J=(J1 AeJ1 B)+(J2AeJ2B) 2, K=( K1 AeK 1 B)+( K2AeK2B) 3, tn-Bit time before clock pulse 4, tn+ 1=Blt time after clock pulse 3 CLOCK ,. Vee .., ". JIB ,.. A,F PACKAGE ,. Vee CLOCK K28 13 12 '2. " .,.,. .'AI CLOCK WAVEFORM MINIMUM '-. --l JoK INPUTS INHIBITEO --.J I-- LJ.K,N. . . T. INHIBITED 1 2 3 4 6 , J1A J18 J2A J2B PRESET GND LOGIC DIAGRAM 2-235 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H101, N74H101 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H101 Circuits N74H101 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage Vcc: S54H101 Circuits N74H101 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Above): Logical 1 ~ogical 0 Input Hold Time, thold Clock Pulse Transition Time, to NOM 5 5 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 UNIT V V °c QC 10 16 10 13 0 ns ns ns ns ns ns 150 ELECTRICAL, CHARACTERISTICS lover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS· I nput voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure Vinl O) logical 0 at any input terminal V out(1) Logical 1 output voltage Voutl O) Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current at lin(O) J1A. J1 B, J2A, J2B, K1 A. K1 B, K2A, K2B, or preset Logical 0 level input current at l'in(O) clock Logical 1 level input current at lin(1) J or K Logical 1 level input current at lin(1 ) preset Logical 1 level input current at lin(1) clock Short-circuit output current** lOS Supply current ICC MIN Typt MAX 2 V in ("/) 2.4 UNIT V 0.8 V 3.2 0.25 0.4 V V VCC = MIN, VCC = MIN, Iload = -5001otA Isink = 20 mA VCC = MAX, V in = 0.4 V -1 -2 mA = MAX, Vin = 0.4 V -3 -4.8 mA 20 50 1 100 1 -1 1 -100 38 iotA mA iotA mA mA mA mA mA MIN TYP MAX UNIT 40 50 VCC VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC= MAX, VCC = MAX V in V in V in V in Vin Vin Vin = 2.4 V = = = = = = 5.5 2.4 5.5 2.4 5.5 0 V V V V V 0 -40 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A'"' 25°C. N ... 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER f clock tpd1 tpdO tpdO tpd1 tpdO Maximum input clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical level from preset to output Propagation delay time to logical level from preset to output (clock low) Propagation delay time to logical level from preset to output (clock high) Propagation delay time to logical level from clock to output Propagation delay time to logical level from clock to output 1 MHz C L = 25 pF, C L = 25 pF. RL = 280.n RL = 280.n 8 12 ns C L =25pF, RL = 280.n 23 35 ns C L = 25 pF, RL = 280.n 15 20 ns C L =25pF, RL = 280.n 5 10 15 ns C L = 25 pF, RL = 280.n 8 16 20 ns 0 0 1 0 • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t Ail typical values are at VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C. 2-236 Si!lDotiCS J·K EDGE· TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS WITH AND INPUTS S54Hl02 N74H,l02 S54H102-A,F,W. N74H102-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS These monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative edge-triggered. They feature gated J-K inputs and an asynchronous clear input. The AND gate inputs are inhibited while the clock input is low; when the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state and bistable-will perform according to the truth table as long as minimum setup times are observed. I nput data are transferred to the outputs on the negative edge of the clock pulse. WPACKAGE K3 K2 aONDi:i a » n " 2 3 4 J3 J2 • • w TRUTH TABLE LOGIC tn J K tn+1 a 0 0 0 an 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 On NOTES: 1. J = J 1 • J2 • J3 2. K = K 1 • K2 • K3 3. tn = Bit time before clock pulse. 4. tn+1 = Bit time after clock pulse. 5. NC-No Internal Connection. K1 CLOCK PRESET Vee A,F 6 e 7 CLEAR Nt Jt PACKAGE Vee PRESET CLOCK 14 13 12 k3 K2 K1 10. .. J2 6 J3 CLOCK WAVEFORM , He 2 3 CLEAR J1 7 GND LOGIC DIAGRAM 2-237 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H102. N74H102 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H102 Circuits N74H102 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage VCC: S54H102 Circuits N74H102 Circuits 25 25 Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Width o~ Clock Pulse, tp(clock) Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear) Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Above): UNIT V V MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 NOM 5 5 °c °c ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 10 15 15 10 13 0 Logical 1 Logical 0 Input Hold Time, thold Clock Pulse Transition Time, to 150 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Cover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS .. PARAMETER V in (1) VinCO) V out (1) Vout(O) linCO) lin(O) lin(1) lin(1) lin(1) lOS ICC Input voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any input terminal Logical 1 output voltage Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current at J1, J2, J3, K1, K2, K3, preset, or clear Logical 0 level input current clock Logical 1 level input current et J1, J2, J3, K1, K2, or K3 Logical 1 level input current at clock Logical 1 level input current at preset or clear Short-circuit output current"" Supply current MIN Typt MAX UNIT 0.8 V 0.4 V V 2 2.4 V 3.2 0.25 VCC = MIN, VCC = MIN, Iload = -500MA I sink = 20mA VCC = MAX, Vin = 0.4V -1 -2 mA VCC '" MAX, VCC '" MAX, VCC-MAX, VCC - MAX, VCC=MAX, VCC=MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VCC '" MAX Vin = 0.4V Vin = 2.4V Vin '" 5.5V Vin = 2.4V V in .. 5.5V Vin '" 2.4V Vin" 5.5V Vin" 0 -3 20 -4.8 50 1 -1 1 100 1 -100 38 mA MA mA mA mA IJ.A mA mA mA MIN TYP MAX UNIT 40 50 0 -40 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - SV, T A - 2SoC, N .. 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER f clock tpd1 tpdO tpdO tpd1 tpdO Maximum input clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from preset to output Propagation dalay time to logical 0 leval from clear or preset to output Cclock low) Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clear or preset to output (clock high) Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock to output Propagation delay ti me to logical 0 leval from clock to output = 25pF, RL C L = 25pF, RL = 280n. = 280n. CL = 25pF, RL CL = 25pF, CL = 25pF, CL C L '" 25pF, MHz 8 12 ns = 280n. 23 35 ns RL = 280n. 15 20 ns RL = 280n. 5 10 15 ns RL = 280n. 8 16 20 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the approprlata value spaclfied under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• Not m·ore than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e. 2-238 DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOP !ii!lDotiC!i S54H103-A,F,W • N74H103-AiF S54Hl03 N74Hl03 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS DESCRIPTION These dual monol ithic J-K flip-flops are negative-edge-triggered. They feature individual J, K, clock, and asynchronous clear inputs to each flip-flop. When the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state and bistable-will perform according to the truth table as long as minimum setup times are observed. I nput data are transferred to the outputs on the negative edge of the clock pulse. WPACKAGE TRUTH TABLE n tn+1 - - - -Q( K E J NOTES: o 0 an 010 1 1 0 1 1. t n ; Bit time before clock pulse 2. t n + 1 ; Bit time after clock pulse ..1... an 1 2 CLOCK CLEAR ... Vee CLOCK ClEA" A,F PACKAGE CLOCK WAVEFORM J 14 MINIMUM T. ... --I lIOONOk 13 12 11 10 I-- 1 2 CLOCK CLEAR ... Vee CLOCK CLEAR LOGIC DIAGRAM (each flip-flop) 2·239 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H103, N74H103 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54Hl03 Circuits N74Hl03 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage V CC: S54Hl03 Circuits N74H103 Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) Width of Clea~ Pulse, tp(cle r) . Input Setup TIme, tsetup: ~oglcal 1 LogIcal 0 Input Hold Time, tbol~ Clock Pulse TransitIon ime, to MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 NOM 5 5 25 25 UNIT V V °c °c 10 16 10 13 0 ns ns ns ns ns ns 150 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS * PARAMETER Input voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required to ensure Vin(O) logical 0 at any input terminal V out (1 ) Logical 1 output voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage Logical 0 level input current at lin(O) .J, K, or clear Logical 0 level input current at lin(O) clock Logical 1 level input current at lin(1 ) Jor'K Logical 1 level input current at lin(l) clock Logical 1 level input current lin(l) at clear Short-circuit output current •• lOS Supply current ICC MIN TVpt MAX V 2 V in (l) VCC = MIN, VCC= MIN, Iload = -5001otA I sink = 20mA UNIT 2.4 0.8 V 3.2 0.25 0.4 V V VCC=MAX, V in " 0.4V -1 -2 mA VCC-MAX, V in " 0.4V -3 -4.8 mA VCC = MAX, VCC=MAX, V in .. 2.4V iotA mA mA mA 40 50 1 -1 1 100 1 -100 76 MIN TVP MAX UNIT 40 50 V in V in V in V in V in V in VCC=MAX, VCC= MAX, VCC" MAX , VCC=MAX, V CC • MAX, VCC = MAX " 5.5V " 2.4V " 5.5V '" 2.4V = 5.5V =0 0 -40 iotA mA mA mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. VCC .. 5V. T A - 25°C, N .. 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER fclock Maximum input clock frequency tpdl Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clear to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 tpdO tpdO tpdl tpdO level from clear to output (clock low) Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clear to output, (clock high) Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from clock to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clock to output C L = 25pF, RL '" 2800 C L = 25pF, RL .. 2800 8 12 ns C L = 25pF, RL = 2800 23 35 ns C L .. 25pF, RL .. 2800 15 20 ns C L .. 25pF, RL = 2800 5 10 15 ns C L = 25pF, RI- = 2800 8 16 20 ns MHz • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate velue specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type • •• Not more than one output should be shorted et a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed one second. t All typical values are at Vee = 5V, T A = 25°e. 2-240 !imDotiC!i DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlP·FLOP -------------------------S-54-H-1-0-S'---B-,F-,W-.-N-5-4-H-1-06-_-B-,-F-i S54Hl06 N74Hl 06 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION These dual monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative edge-triggered. They feature individual J, K, clock, and asynchronous preset and clear inputs to each flip-flop. When the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state and ,bistable will perform according to the truth table as long as minimum set-up times are observed. Input data is transferred to the outputs on the negative edge of the clock pulse. B,F,W PACKAGE 2Q TRUTH TABLE 1 CLOCK tn 1 1 PRESET CLEAR tn+1 J K Q 0 0 Qn 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 On CLOCK WAVEFORM tSETUP--j NOTES: 1. tn = Bit time before clock pulse. 2. tn+1 ; Bit time after clock pulse. BLOCK DIAGRAM (each flip-flop) 2·241 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54H106, N74H106 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Cach flip-flop) RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage VCC: S54H 106 Circuits NOM MAX UNIT 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 V S54H106 Circuits -55 25 125 N74H106 Circuits 0 25 70 °c °c N74H106 Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN Normalized Fan-Out From Each Output, N V 10 Width of Clock Pulse, tp(clock) 10 Width of Preset Pulse, tp(preset) 16 ns Width of Clear Pulse, tp(clear) 16 ns Logical 1 10 ns Logical 0 13 ns Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Above): Input Hold Time, thold Clock Pulse Transition Time, to 2·242 ns 0 ns 150 ns DIGITAL 54/74 TLL SERIES. S54H106, N74H106 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature rangttuoless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONSt MIN Vin(1) Input voltage required to ensure logical 1 at any input terminal Vin(O) Input voltage required to ensure logical 0 at any'input terminal V ou t(1) Logical 1 output voltage VCC= MIN, Iload = 500 J.lA Vout(O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC= MIN, Isink lin(O) J, K, preset, or clear VCC· MAX, lin(O) Logical 0 level input current at clock TYP§ MAX V 2 O.S 2.4 = 20 mA UNIT V V 3.2 0.25 0.4 V Vin = 0.4 V -1 -2 mA VCC" MAX, Vin" 0.4 V -3 -4,S mA Logical 1 level input current at VCC'" MAX, Vin = 2.4 V 50 J.lA J or K VCC= MAX, Vin" 5.5 V 1 mA Logical 1 level input current at VCC= MAX, Vin = 2.4 V 100 J.lA present or clear VCC" MAX, Vin = 5.5 V 1 mA Logical 1 level input current at VCC = MAX, Vin = 2.4 V -1 mA clock VCC=MAX, Vin'" 5.5 V 1 mA lOS Short-circuit output current:j: VCC = MAX, Vin =0 -100 mA ICC Supply current VCC= MAX 76 mA Logical 0 level input current at lin(1 ) lin(1) 0 lin(1) -40 40 tFor conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. :j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second. §AII typical values are at VCC = 6 V, T A ... 26°C. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5 V, T A - 25°C, N - 10 PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP 40 50 MAX UNIT fclock Maximum input clock frequency CL = 25 pF, RL = 2S0 n. tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 1 ievel from preset or clear to output CL = 25 pF, RL = 2S0 n. S 12 ns tpdO Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from preset or clear to output (clock low) CL = 25 pF, RL = 2S0 n. 23 35 ns tpdO Propagation delay time to logical 0 leveHrom preset or clear to output (clock high) CL=25pF, RL = 2S0 n. 15 20 ns tpd1 Propagation delay time to logical 1 Level from clock to output CL = 25 pF, RL = 2S0 n. 5 10 15 ns tpdO Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from clock to output CL=25pF, RL = 2S0 n. S 16 20 ns MHz 2·243 !imnotiC!i S54H l08 N74Hl08 DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOP i S54H108-A,F,W • N74H108-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS These dual monolithic J-K flip-flops are negative-edge-triggered. They feature individual J, K, and asynchronous preset inputs to each flip-flop as ~ell as common clock and asynchronous clear inputs. When the clock goes high, the inputs are enabled and data is accepted. Logical state of J and K inputs may be allowed to change when the clock pulse is in a high state and bistable performs according to the truth ,table as long as minimum !set~up times are observed. Data input is transferred to the outputs on the negative edge of the clock pulse. . W PACKAGE 2J 11 PREIET CLOCK 2K 10 •• TRUTH TABLE LOGIC 1 .2 3 1K 10 1ft 4 1J Ii' • 7 2G 20 OND A,F PACKAGE tn Vee 14 tn+1 J K Q 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Qn NOTES: 0 1 1. tn Cln 2. tn+ 1· = bit time 1 PRESn CLEAR 13 12 2J " • PRESET CLOCK 2K 10 •• = bit time before clock pulse aftar clock pu Isa , 2 3 4 I t 1K 10 10 1J Xi 2Q 7 GND RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54H10S Circuits N74H10S Circuits Operating Free-Air Temperature Range, T A: MIN 4.5 4.75 -55 0 Supply Voltage VCC: S54H10S Circuits N74H10S Circuits Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N Width of Clock Pulse, tplclock) W~dth of Preset Pulse, tplpreset) Width of Clear Pulse, tplcl e r) Input Setup Time, tsetup: 'rog!Cal 1 Logical 0 Input Hold Time, thol~ Clock Pulse Transition ime.. to NOM 5 5 25 25 MAX 5.5 5.25 125 70 10 UNIT V V °c °c 10 15 16 10 13 0 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 150 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature renge unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Input voltage required to ensure V in ( 1 ) * MIN Typt UNIT V 2 logical 1 at any input terminal Input voltage required"to ensure Vinl O) MAX O.S V 0.25 0.4 V logical 0 at any input terminal 2.4 3.2 V out l1 ) Logical 1 output voltage VCC = MIN, Iload .. -500J.lA Voutl O) Logical 0 output voltage VCC" MIN, I sink = 20mA VCC-MAX, V in = 0.4V -1 -2 mA Logical 0 level input current'at linlO) J,K, or preset V lin(O) Logical 0 level input current at clock VCC = MAX, Vin = 0.4V -6 -9.6 mA linlO) Logical 0 level input current at clear VCC = MAX, Vin = 0.4V -2 -4 mA Logical 1 level input current at VCC = MAX, Vin = 2.4V 50 J.lA J or K VCC = MAX, Vin" 5.5V 1 mA Logical 1 level input current at VCC = MAX, Vin" 2.4V -1 mA clock VCC" MAX, Vin = 5.5V 1 mA lin(1) lin(1) 2·244 0 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S43H108, N74H108 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER lin(1) lin(1) MI'N TYP MAX UNIT Logical 1 level input current at VCC-MAX, Vin· 2 .4V 100 ",A preset VCC = MAX, V in = 5.5V 1 mA Logical 1 level input current at VCC-MAX, Vin· 2 •4V 200 ",A clear VCC = MAX, Vin = 6.6V 1 mA V in - 0 lOS Short-circuit output current "," VCC = MAX, ICC Supply current VCC-MAX -40 -100 mA 40 76 mA MIN TYP MAX UNIT 40 50 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 25°C, N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER ft:lock tpd1 tpdO ,tpdO tpd1 tpdO Maximum input clock frequency Propagation delay time to logical 1 level from preset or clear to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 level from preset or clear to output (clock low) Propagation delay time to logical 0 lev,el from preset or clear to output (clock high) Propagation delay time to logical 1 levol from clock to output Propagation delay time to logical 0 levol from clock to output C L - 25pF. C L = 25pF. RL = 2800 CL - 25pF. RL CL = 25pF. MHz RL = 2800 8 12 ns =2800 23 35 ns RL - 2800 15 20 ns C L = 25pF. RL - 2800 5 10 15 ns CL = 25pF. RL =2800 8 16 20 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX. use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. and duration of short-circuit test should not exceed 1 second. t 'All typical values are at V CC - 6V. T A '"' 26°C. 2·245 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 548/748 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION Series 54S/74S Schottky TTL circuits are implemented with full Schottky-barrier-diode clamping to achieve ultra-high speeds previously obtainable only with emitter-coupled logic, yet they retain the desirable features of, and are completely compatible with, most of the popular saturated logic circuits. Schottky TTL circuits currently offer the best speed-power product of any high-speed logic family. Schottky-barrier-diode clamping prevents transistors from achieving classic saturation and thereby effectively eliminates excess charge storage and subsequent recovery times. These recovery times contribllte significantly to overall propagation delays experienced with saturated digital-logic circuits. Series 54S/74S circuits are completely compatible with the Series 54/74, Series 54H174H, and Series 54L174L TTL logic families. Ease of use and compatibility with other TTL families result in flexibility of choice within the four speed-power ranges offered (Series 54/74, 54H174H, 54L174L, 54S/74S) to achieve highly efficient system grading to specific performance requirements. Definitive specifications are provided for operating characteristics over the full military temperature range of -55°C to 125°C for Series 54S circuits and over the temperature range of O°C to 70°C for Series 74S circuits. FEATURES VERY-HIGH-SPEED, LOW-POWER OPERATION • 3-ns typical gate propagation delay time • 19-mW-per-gate power dissipation at 50% duty cyclespeed-power product = 57pJ • 125-MHz typical J-K flip-flop maximum input clock frequency (d-c coupled) ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) Supply Voltage VCC Input Voltage Intermitter Voltage Output Voltage Operating Free-Air Temperature Range: Series 54S Circuits Series 74S Circuits Storage Temperature Range 7V 5.5V 5.5V 7V -55°C to 125°C O°C to 70°C -65"C to 150°C NOTES: 1. Voltage values, except intermitter voltage, are with respect to 2. network ground terminal. This is the voltage between two emitters of a mUltiple-emitter 3. transistor. This is the maximum voltage which should be applied to any open-collector output when it is in the off state. UNUSED INPUTS OF POSITIVE-AND/NAND GATES For optimum switching times and minimum noise susceptibility, unused inputs of AND or NAND gates should be maintained at a voltage greater than 2.7V, but not to exceed the absolute maximum rating of 5.5V. This eliminates the distributed capacitance associated with the floating input emitter, bond wire, and package lead, and ensures that no degradation will occur in the propagation delay times. Some possible ways of handling input emitters are: a. Connect unused inputs to an independent supply voltage. Preferably, this voltage should be between 2.7V and 3.5V. b. Connect unused inputs to a used input if maximum fan-out of the driving output will not be exceeded. Each additional input presents a full load to the driving output at a high-level voltage but adds no loading at a low-level voltage. c. Connect unused inputs to V CC through a 1-kn resistor so that if a transient which exceeds the 5.5-V maximum rating should occur, the impedance will be high enough to protect the input. One to 25 unused inputs may be connected to each 1-kn resistor. INPUT-CURRENT REQUI REMENTS EASE OF SYSTEM DESIGN • fully compatible with Series 54174, 54H/74H, and 54L/74L TTL (including MSI/LSI), and most DTL • Schottky-diode-clamped inputs simplify system design • terminated, controlled-impedance lines not normally required • low output impedance: provides low AC noise susceptability drives highly capacitive loads Input-current requirements reflect worst-case Vec and temperature conditions. Each input of the multiple-emitter input transistors requires a maximum of 2mA out of the input at a low logic level which is defined as 1 normalized load. Each input requires current into the input at a high logic level. This current is 50MA maximum for each emitter. Currents into the input terminals are specified as positive values. IMPROVED CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE • switching times virtually insensitive to power supply and/or temperature variations • power dissipation remains relatively low at operating frequencies up to 100 MHz • high-fan-out: 20 54S/74S loads at the high logic level 10 54S/74S loads at the low logic level • high DC noise margin--typically 1 volt Fan-out (N) reflects the ability of an output to supply current to a number of normalized loads at a high logic level and to sink current at the low logic level. At the high logic level, each standard output is capable of supplying current to drive 20 Series 54H, 74H, 54S, or 74S loads (N H = 20). Currents out of the output are specified as negative values. At the low logic level, each standard output is capable of sinking current from 10 Series 54H, 74H, 54S, or 748 loads (N L ~ 10). FAN-OUT CAPABILITY RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS MIN Supply Voltage VCC Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A 2-246 4.5 -55 SERIES 54S CIRCUITS MAX NOM MIN 5.5 125 4.75 0 5 SERIES 74S CIRCUITS NOM MAX 5 5.25 70 UNIT V °c QUADRUPLE 2-INPUT S54SOO POSITIVE NAND GATE S54S03 N74S00 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S03 !ii!lDotiC!i S54S00/503-A,F,W • N,74S00/503-A,F PIN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGE YCC484A4V.3AW U " n " ~ • • VCC48 14 , 1Ao :t 2 ,. 1Y 4 2A I 211 • 2V 7 OND 13 4A 4~' 38 3A 12 11 10 •• 'JV 1 2 3 4 5 II 7 '''' 18 lY 2A 28 2V OND SCHEMATIC (each gate) . S54/N74S00 S54/N74S03 r---4r----------Ov~ NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage Vee Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level Low logic level Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A MIN 4.5 S54SOO NOM 5 MAX 5.5 20 10 125 -55 N74S00 NOM 5 MIN 4.75 0 UNIT MAX 5.25 20 10 70 V ·e ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS· PARAMETER V IH V IL High-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage V OH High-level output voltage MIN TYp·· MAX UNIT 0.8 V -t.2 V 2 V Low-level input voltage Vee = MIN, II = -18mA Vee = MIN, V IL = 0.8V, 10H = -1mA Series 54S 2.5 3.4 Series 745 2.7 3.4 V V II Input current at maximum input voltage = MIN, 10L = 20m A Vee = MAX, IIH High-level input current (each input) Vee = MAX, VI = 2.7V 50 j.lA IlL Low-level input current (each input) Vee VI =0.5V -2 mA lOS Short-circuit output current t = MAX, Vee = MAX -100 mA Vee = MAX, All inputs at OV 2.5 4 mA = MAX, All inputs at 5V 5 9 mA VOL Low-level output voltage Supply current, high-level output leeH V IH = 2V, 0.5 V VI = 5.5V 1 mA -40 (average per gate) Supply current, low-level output leeL Vee (everage per gate) Vee 2·247 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54800, N74800, S54803, N74803 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A = 25°C, N - 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Propagation delay time, low-to- C L - 15pF, RL - 280n high-level output C L - 5OpF, RL = 280n Pr!)pagation delay time, high-to-Iow- C L = 15pF, RL = 280n level output C L = 5OpF, RL .. 280n tpLH tpHL MIN TVP MAX 2 3 4.5 UNIT ns 4.5 NOTE 1 3 2 5 ns 5 S54/N74S03 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH VIL VI High-level input voltage Low-level input voltage Input clamp voltage IOH High-level output current VOL Low-level output voltage II IIH IlL ICCH ICCL Input current at maximum input voltage High-level input current (each input) Low-level input current (each input) Supply current, high-level output (average per gate) Supply current, low-level output (average per gate) TEST CONDITIONS* VCC = MIN, VCC= MIN, VOH = 5.5V . VCC = MIN, IOL = 20mA tPHL MAX UNIT 0.8 -1.2 V V V II = -18mA VIL = 0.8V, VIH" 2V, 250 p.A 0.5 V Vce= MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 mA VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VI = 2.7V VI = 0.5V 50 -2 p.A mA VCC" MAX, All inputs at OV 1.5 3.3 mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at 5V 5 9 mA MIN TVP MAX UNIT 2 5 7.5 4.5 7 7.5 = 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tPLH TVP** 2 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5V, T A - 26"C, N Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output MIN CL = 15pF, CL" 50pF, CL-15pF, CL=50pF, RL" 280n RL = 280n RL = 280n RL = 280n NOTE 1 2 7 ns ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type • •• All typical values are at Vee - SV, T A - 2Soe. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTE 1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·248 Smnotics HEX INVERTER S54S04 S54S05 "N74S04 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S05 s&4s04-A,F,W • S54S06-A,F,W. "N74S04-A,F,W • N74S06-A,F- P'IN CONFIGURATIONS WPACKAGE 1 2 'AW 3 2A A,F PACKAGE 1 2 3 4 6 e 7 1A 1Y 2A tv 3A 3Y GND 4 6 tI 7 2V3A3VGND SCHEMATIC (each gate) S54/N74S04 L ! "_ _____________________ I~ECOMMENDED S54/N74S05 ~ shown are nominal.______________________________________ (Open Collector) N_O_T_E_:__ C_o_m_p_o_n_e_nt_v_a_lu_e_s _______ ~ OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage Vee Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: MIN 4.5 S54S04 NOM 5 High logic level low logic level Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A MAX 5.5 MIN 4.75 N74S04 NOM 5 20 10 125 -56 0 MAX 5.25 20 10 70 UNIT V °e ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH Vil VI High,level input voltage low-level input voltage I nput clamp voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL II IIH III lOS leeH leel low-level output voltage Input current at maximum input voltage High-level input current (each input) L.ow-Ievel input current (each input) Short-circuit output current t Supply current, high-level outpUt (average per gate) Supply current, low-level output (average Der gate) TEST eONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX 2 Vee= MIN, Vee'" MIN, 10H = -1mA Vee = MIN, 10l = 20mA II = -18mA Vil = O.SV, VIH 0.8 -1.2 Series 54S Series 74S 2.6 2.7 3.4 3.4 = 2V, UNIT V V V V V 0.5 V Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 mA Vee = MAX, VI = 2.7V 50 p.A Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5V -40 Vee = MAX -2 mA -100 mA = MAX, All inputs at OV 2.5 4 mA Vee = MAX, All inputs at 5V 5 9 mA Vee 2-249 DIGITAL 54174 TTL 8ERIE8. 854804, 854805, N74S04, N74S05 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC '"' 5V, T A = 25°C, N .. 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpLH Propagation delay time, low-to.highlevel output C L = 15pF, RL = 280 n C L =50pF, RL = 280 n CL = 15 pF, RL = 280 n C L = 50 pF, RL = 280 n MIN TVP MAX 2 3 4.5 UNIT ns 4.5 NOTE 1 tpHL Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output 3 2 5 ns 5" S54/N74S05 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH VIL VI High-level input voltage Low-level input voltage Input clamp voltage IOH High-level output current VOL II IIH IlL ICCH ICCL Low-level output voltage Input current at maximum input voltage High-level input current (each input) Low-level input current (each input) Supply current, high-level output (average per gate) Supply current, low-level output (average per gate) TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX UNIT 0.8 -1.2 V V V 250 J.lA 0.5 V 2 II = -18mA VIL = 0.8V, VCC= MIN, VCC = MIN, VOH = 5.5V VCC= MIN, IOL = 20mA VIH = 2V, VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 mA VCC = MAX, VCC = MAX, VI = 2.7V VI = 0.5V 50 -2 J.lA mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at OV 1.5 3.3 mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at 5V 5 9 mA MIN TVP MAX UNIT 2 5 7.5 4.5 7 7.5 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A = 25"C, N = 10 PARAMETER tpLH tPHL Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output TEST CONDITIONS CL = 15pF, CL = 50pF, CL = 15pF, CL = 50pF, RL = 280n RL = 280n RL = 280n RL = 280n NOTE 1 2 ns 7 ns • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25° c. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTES: A. The pulse generator has the following characteristics: V in (1) Zout"" 50n. B. Inputs not under test are at 2.7V. C. C L includes probe and jig capacitance. NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2-250 = 3V, Vin(O) = OV, t1 = to = 2.5n5, PRR = 1 MHz, duty cycle = 50%, and !ii!lDotiC!i TRIPLE 3·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE S54 S10 N74S10 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .----_ _.....-_ _-.-<> Vee 2.Bkn 900n 50 11 OUTPUT V Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54S1 0 Supply voltage, Vee Normalized fan-out from each output, N Operating free-air, T A I I S74S10 MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX UNIT 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 V 20 10 High logic level Low logic level -55 125 20 10 0 70 DC 2·251 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL, • N54S10, 874810 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input Clamp Voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage MIN TEST CONDITIONS* TVP** MAX UNIT V 2 VCC = MIN, II = -18 mA VCC = MIN, VIL = 0.8 V, 10H = -1 mA VCC = MIN, I Series 54S I Series 74S 2.5 3.4 2.7 3.4 VIH=2V, 0.8 V -1.2 V V V 0.5 10L = 20 mA V II I nput current at maximum input voltage VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5 V 1 IIH High-level input current (each input) VCC = MAX, VI = 2.7 V 50 J.lA IlL Low-level input current (each input) VCC = MAX, VI=0.5V -2 mA lOS Short-circuit output current:!: VCC = MAX -100 mA Supply current, high-level output ICCH (average per gate) Supply current, low-level output ICCL (average per gate) -40 mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at 0 V 2.5 4 mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at 5 V 5 9 mA • F or conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. * 'AII typical values are at VCC = 5 V, T A = 25°C. :j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5 V, T A = 25°C, N = 10 PARAMETER tPLH Propagqtion delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output tpHL Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·252 TEST CONDITIONS n RL = 280 n RL = 280 n RL = 280 n CL = 15 pF, RL = 280 CL = 50 pF, CL = 15 pF, CL=50pF, MIN N 0 T E 1 2 TVP 3 MAX 4.5 4.5 2 3 5 5 UNIT ns ns !ii!)DotiC!i N74S11 TRIPLE 3-INPUT ____________________ PO_SIT_IV_E_AN_D_GA~TEN74S15 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES FEATURES N74S11 • • SCHEMATIC (each gate) ...--__.._-_-----..,....-<> vcc r------, ACTIVE PULL-UP 5 ns at CL = pF 32 mW PER GATE TYPICAL PROPAGATION TIME TYPICAL POWER DISSIPATION AT 50% DUTY CYCLE 2.8 kl! 900n 2 kH N74S11 ONLY 50 n I N74S15 OPEN-COLLECTOR • • 6 ns at CL = 15 pF 29 mW PER GATE TYPICAL PROPAGATION TIME TYPICAL POWER DISSIPATION AT 50% DUTY CYCLE VCC lC lY 3C 38 3A 3Y NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM fAN-OUT FROM EACH OUTPUT 18 28 2C 2Y GND N74S11 N74S15 20 10 10 Loads at a high logic level Loads at a low logic level Positive Logic: Y = ABC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage N74S11 TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER MIN TYP** N74S15 MAX II = -18 mA VCC = MIN, VIH = 2 V, VOH High-level output voltage 10H High-level output current VOL Low-level output voltage II Input current at maximum input voltage VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5 V 2.7 10H = -1 mA VCC = MIN, TYP** V 0.8 V -1..2 -1.2 V V 3.4 VIH = 2 V, 250 VIL = 0.8 V, 10L = 20 mA 1 mA !-LA High-level input current (each input) VCC = MAX, VI=2.7V 50 50 Low-level input current (each input) VCC = MAX, VI = 0.5 V -2 -2 lOS Short-circuit output current:j: VCC = MAX Supply current, high-level output (average per gate) Supply current, low-level output ICCL (Average per gate) V 0.5 1 IIH -40 !-LA 0.5 IlL ICCH UNIT 0.8 VOH = 5.5 V VCC = MIN, MAX 2 2 VCC = MIN, MIN mA -100 mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at 5 V 4.5 8 3.5 6.5 mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at 0 V 8 14 8 14 mA "For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable series on the second page of this section . • • All typical values are at V CC = 5 v, T A = 25° C. :j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-cir~uit test should not exceed one second. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5 V, T A = 25"C, N = 10 PARAMETER tPLH Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output tPHL Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output N74S11 TEST CONDITIONS NOTE 1 MIN CL=15pF, RL = 280 n CL=50pF, RL = 280 n CL = 15 pF, RL = 280 CL = 50 pF, RL = 280 n n NOTE 1: Load circuits and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2.5 TYP 4.5 N74S15 MAX 7 MIN 2.5 6 2.5 5 7.5 TYP MAX 5.5 8.5 8.5 7.5 2.5 6 8 9 UNITS ns ns 2-253 Smnotics S54S20 N74S20 DUAL 4-INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE S64S20-A,F,W • N74S20-A,F DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC (each gete): PIN CONFIGURATIONS ; WPACKAGE , . - - . - - - - r - O Vee OUTPUT '-H V 1 lA ,. 2 3 .. . 10 NC IV 7 GND A,F PACKAGE NOTE: Component v Ilues shown ere nominal. v~c 20 13 1 lA 2 18 3 NC NC 11 28 I. 4 lC 6 10 2A 2V 8 e 7 GND 1V RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Supply Voltage Vee. Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level Low logic level Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A S54S20 NOM 5 MIN 4.5 -55 MAX 5.5 20 10 125 N74S20 NOM 5 MIN 4.75 0 UNIT MAX 5.25 20 10 70 V °e ELECTRICAL CHARACtERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS· PARAMETER V IH High-level in~ut voltage V IL Low-level VI Input clamp yoltage VO H High-level ouiput voltage MIN TYp·· MAX 2 UNIT V in~ut voltage 0.8 V -1.2 V ! VCC = MIN, II VCC = MIN, V IL = 0.8V, z -18mA 10H = -lmA VCC = MIN, Series 54S 2.5 3.4 V Series 745 2.7 3.4 V V IH = 2V, VOL Low-level output voltage II Input current'at maximum input voltage VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5V IIH High-level in~ut current (each input) VCC = MAX, VI =2.7V 50 j.tA VCC= MAX, VI =0.5V -2 mA I 10L = 20mA 0.5 V 1 mA i ',L Low-level inp~t current (each input) lOS Short-circuit but put current t ICCH Supply curre~t, high-level output i -40 -100 mA VCC = MA)(, All inputs at OV 2.5 4 mA VCC = MAX, All inputs at 5V 5 9 mA VCC· MAX i ; (average per ~te) ; leCL Supply currerit, low-level output (average per g~te) 2·254 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54S20, N74S20 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC '" 5V, T A - 25°C, N '" 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpLH tpHL Propagation delay time, low-to-highlevel output Propagation delay time, high-to-Iowlevel output C L = 15pF, RL = 280n C L = 50pF, RL = 280n C L = 15pF, RL = 280n "C L = 50pF, RL = 280n MIN TYP MAX 2 3 4.5 UNIT ns 4.5 NOTE 1 "2 3 5 ns 5 • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at VCC = 5V, T A = 25°C. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTE1: Load circuits and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2-255 S54S22 N74S22 DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND GATE WITH OPEN·COLLECTOR OUTPUTS S54S22-A,F,W. N74S22-A,P DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS SCHEMATIC (each gate) W PACKiAGE 1 lA 2 18 3 NC 4 lC 5 10 6 lY 7 OND A,F PACKAGE 1 lA NOTE: 2 18 3 NC 4 lC 5 10 8 lY 7 OND Component values shown are nominal. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS N74S22 854S22 Supply Voltage Vee MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 Normalized Fan-Out f~om any Output, N -55 125 V 10 10 Operating Free-Air Terperature, T A UNIT 0 70 °e MAX UNIT 0.8 V -1.2 V 250 iJ.A 0.5 V rnA ELECTRICAL CHARAC.... ERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) : TEST CONDITIONS '" PARA-METER MIN TYP ** I V IH High-level inp~t voltage V IL low-level inppt voltage VI Input clamp ~oltage IOH High-level ou~put current 2 Vee = MIN, II = -18mA Vee = MIN, V i l = 0.8V, V OH = 5.5V Vee = MIN, VOL low-level output voltage V V IH =2V, IOl = 20mA II Input current!at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 IIH High-Ievelinp~t current (each input) Vee = MAX, VI = 2.7V 50 p.A IlL low-level inp~t current (each input) Vee= MAX, VI = 0.5V -2 rnA Vee = MAX, All inputs at OV 1.5 3.3 rnA Vee = MAX, All inputs at 5V 5 9 Supply leeH curre~t, high-level output (average per grte) Supply curre~t, low-level output leel (average per ~te) rnA '--- 2-256 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54822. N74S22 SWITCHlNG CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5V, T A '-.- = 25°C, N TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER tpLH tpHL 10 Propagation delay time, low-to-high- C L = 16pF, RL "2800 level output C L .. 5OpF, R L " 2800 Propagation delay time, high-to- C L = 16pF, RL = 2800 low-level output CL - 50pF, RL " 2800 MIN 2 TYP MAX 5 7.5 UNI"F ns 7.5 NOTE 1 2 4.5 7 nS; 7 • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified undor recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. ° •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25 C. NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·257 DUAL 4·INPUT POSITIVE NAND S54S40 BUFFERS /LINE DRIVERS S54S14O N74540 DIGITAL 54/74 TTl SERIES N74S14O S54S40-A,F,W. S54S140-A,F,W. N74S40-A,F .• N74S140-A,F SCHEMATIC (each gate) I PIN CONFIGURATIONS A,F PACKAGE, Vee 20 2C He 28 2A '4 13 12 11 to 9 oil lC 6 • 7 1D f'( GND , 2 3 fA 18 NC rt 8 RECOMMENDED MAXI~UM FAN-OUT FROM EACH OUTPUT loads at a high logic level load at a low logic le~el 60 30 NC - No internal connection ! ELECTRICAL CHARACtERISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) I PARA~ETER VIH Vil VI High-level i~put voltage low-level in~ut voltage Input ciampi voltage ! I VOH High-level o~tPut voltage i Val II IIH III lOS leeH leel 2·258 low-level o4tput voltage Input curre~t at maximum input voltag High-level ir",put current (each input): low-level inrut current (each input)j Short-circui~ output current t Supply curr nt, high-level output (average per Igate) Supply curr1nt, low-level output (average per ,gate) TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TVP** MAX UNIT 0.8 -1.2 V V V 2 II = -18mA Vee = MIN, VIL = 0.8V, Vee = MIN, 10H = -3mA VI = 0.5V, Vee = MIN, RO = 50n To GND Vee = MIN, VIH = 2V, 10l = 60mA Series 54S Series 74S S54S140 N74S140 2.5 2.7 3.4 3.4 V V 2 0.5 V Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V 1 mA Vee = MAX, VI = 2.7V 100 JJ.A = MAX, = MAX Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5V Vee -50 Vee Vee = MAX, -4 mA -225 mA All inputs at OV 5 9 mA All inputs at 5V 12.5 22 mA DIGITAL 54/74 TTL 8ERIE8. 854840, N74S40, 8548140, N74S140 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. vcc" 6V. TA .. 26°C. N· 30 PARAMETER tPLH tpHL Propagation delay time. low-tohigh-level output Propagation delay time. high-tolow-level output TEST CONDITIONS CL CL CL CL = 50pF. = 150pF. = 50pF. = 150pF. RL RL RL RL = 93n = 93n = 93n = 93n NOTE 1 MIN TVP MAX UNIT 2 4 6 4 6 6.5 ns ns ns ns 2 6.5 • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable series on the second page of this section . •• All typical values are at VCC =. 5V, T A = 2SoC. t Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed 100 milliseconds. NOTE1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2-259 4·2·3·2·INPUT AND- OR GATES. N74S64 N74S65 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS N74S64 ACTIVE PULL-UP • • 3.5 ns at C TYPICAL PROPAGATION TIME TYPICAL POWER DiSsiPATION AT 50% DUTY CYCLE! L - 15 pF 39mW N74S65 OPEN COLLECT()R • • 5 ns at CL = 15 pF TYPICAL PROPAGATI(j)N TIME TYPICAL POWER DiSsiPATION AT 50% DUTY CYCLE 36mW RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM FAN-OUT FROM EACH OUTPUT GND N74S64 Loads at a high logic levdl 20 Loads at a low logic levell 10 N74S65 Positive Logic: ABCD + EF + GHI + JK 10 ELECTRICAL CHARACTE1RISTICS (over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARArv'lETER I inpu~ VIH High-level VIL Low-level input! voltage VI I nput clamp volitage VOH High-level outPUlt voltage 10H TEST CONDITIONS* N74S64 MIN voltage High-level outPlilt current TYP** N74S65 MAX 2 II VIH = 0.8 V, 2.7 10H = -1 mA (N74S64) VCC = MIN, TYP** VOL Low-level OUtp4t voltage UNIT V 0.8 0.8 V -1.2 -1.2 V 3.4 V VIH = 0.8 V, VOH = 5.5 V VCC = MIN, MAX 2 = -18 mA VCC = MIN, VCC = MIN, MIN VIL=2V, 0.5 10L = 20 mA 2!50 IJ.A 00.5 V II Input current a~ maximum input voltage VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5 V 1 1 IIH High-level inputl current (each input) VCC = MAX, VI = 2.7 V 50 !50 IJ.A IlL Low-level inputicurrent (each input) VCC = MAX, VI =0.5 V -2 --2 mA lOS Short-circuit ou~put current :j: VCC = MAX ICCH Supply current,:high-Ievel output VCC = MAX, See Note 1 7 12.5 6 ICCL Supply current,!low-level output VCC = MAX, See Note 2 8.5 16 8.5 -40 -100 mA mA n mA ·16 mA ""All typical values are at V€C = 5 V, T A = 25°C. :j: Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTES: 1. ICCH is mec\sured with all inputs grounded, and the outputs open. 2. ICCL is measured with all inputs of one gate at 5 V, the remaining inputs grounded, and the outputs open. SWITCHING CHARACTER'STICS, Vee = 5 V. T A = 25°e. N = 10 pARAMETER tPLH Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output tPHL Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output NOTE 3: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·280 TEST CONDITIONS NOTE 3 CL = 15 pF, RL = 280 51 N74S64 MIN 2 CL = 50 pF,. RL=28051 CL=15pF, RL=28051 CL=50pF, RL = 280 51 N74S65 TYP MAX MIN 3.5 5.5 2 5 2 3.5 5.5 TYP 5 MAIX 7.5 8 5.5 2 5.5 6.5 3.5 UNIT ns ns DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. N74S64, N74S65 SCHEMATIC r---~----------~--------~----~------------------.-----------1--oVCC r - - - - - - - .-., 2.8 k!! 2.8kll 9000 2.8 kll 2.8 kll 501l r,;_ _ _ _-.N74S64I r-----~--------+-----~----------------._~ ONLY L _______ I I I I I ...J INPUTS INPUTS OUTPUT 250ll 50011 ~ __________________ ~ _____ ~--oGND NOTE: Component values shown are nominal. 2·261 DUAL D·TYPE EDGE· TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS 7~JS 74 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION These monolithic dual edge-~riggered flip-flops utilize Schottky TTL circuitry to produce very hiQh speed D-type flip-flops. Each flip-flop has individual clear and pr~set inputs, and also complementary Q and Q outputs. Information at input 0 is transferred to the Q output on the positive going edge of the ~Iock pulse. Clock triggering occurs at a voltage level of the clock ~ulse and is not directly related to the transition time of the positi~e gOing pulse. When the clock input is at either the high or low lev~l, the D-input signal has no effect. CLEAR These circuits are fully cOmpatible for use with most TTL or DTL circuits. A full fan-out to pO-normalized series 54S/74S loads is available from each of the ejutputs at low logic level. At a high logic level, a fan-out of 20 is avai\lable to facilitate tying unused inputs to used inputs. Maximum cloEk frequency is 75 megahertz, with a typical power dissipation of :75 milliwatts per flip-flop. 1 1 10 CLOCK PRESET 14 GNO Positive Logic: Low input to preset sets Q to high level Low input to clear resets Q to low level Preset and clear are independent of clock FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM (EACH FLIP-FI.OP) The N74S74 is characterizeQ! for operation from 0° C to 70° C. Typical Maximum Input Clcjck Frequency Typical Power Dissipation ' 10 90 MHz 75 mW per Flip-Flop TRUTH TABLE (Each FliPfF1op) tn tn INPUT Q Q L L H H H L D H ~ +1 OUTPUT High level, L NOTES: A. tn ~ ~ Low lev:el bit time lJiefore clock pulse B. tn+ 1 ~ bit tim\! after clock pu Ise RECOMMENDED OPERAtiNG CONDITIONS i Supply voltage, VCC I Normalized fan-out frdm each output, N i MIN NOM MAX UNIT 4.75 5 5.25 V High logic level 20 Low logic level 10 Clock frequency, fclock 70 MHz Width of clock pulse, t~ (clock) 7 ns Width of preset pulse, 1w (preset) 7 ns 7 ns Width of clear pulse, t~ (clear) I Input set-up time, tset~p High level data 10 Low level data 0 Operating free-air tem~erature, T A 0 2-262 ns 12 Input hold time, tholdi ns 70 °c DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. 74874 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS PARAMETER VIH High level input voltage VIL Low level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage VOH High level output voltage VOL Low level output voltage II Input current at maximum input voltage IIH IlL High level input current Low level input current TEST CONDITIONS* MIN TYP** MAX UNIT V 2 VCC - MIN, 11---18mA VCC - MIN, VIH - 2 V VIL = 0.8, 10l = 20 mA VCC - MIN, VIH - 2 V VIL = 0.8, 10l = 20 mA VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5 V VCC - MAX, D input VI = 2.7 V 2.7 0.8 V -1.2 V 3.4 V 0.5 Clock or Preset 100 Clear 150 D input VI = 0.5 V Clock or Preset -4 Clear -6 lOS Short circuit output current:j: VCC = MAX Supply Current VCC = MAX, mA 1 50 VCC = MAX, ICC V p,A -2 -40 See Note 1 mA -100 mA 30 mA 'For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under ·recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. "A" typical values are at VCC = 5 V, TA = 25°C. :j:Nqt more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short circuit test should not exceed one second. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· 6 V, TA· 25°C, N· 10 PARAMETER f max TEST CONDITIONS Maximum clock frequency from clear or preset Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow level output, tPHL from clear or preset CL=15pF,I'lL=280n Propagation delay time, low-to-high level output, tpLH from clock Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow level output, tPHL from clock TYP 90 Propagation delay time, low-to-high level output, tplH MIN MAX UNIT MHz 5 ns 8 ns 7 ns 7 ns NOTE 1 NOTE 1: Load circuit and test waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2-263 S54S112 N74S112 DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLIP ·FLOP S54S112-B,F,W. N74S112-B DIGITAL 54/74 TIL SERIES DESCRIPTION These monolithic dual J-~ flip-flops feature individual J, K, clock, and asynchronous preset j:lnd clear inputs to each flip-flop. When the clock goes high-the inputs are enabled and data will be accepted. The logic level of the J and K inputs may be allowed to change when the clod pulse is hi~h and the bistable will perform according to the truth table as long ias minimum setup and hold times are observed. I nput data are tr,.nsferred to the outputs on the negativegoing edge of the clock p~lse. PIN CONFIGURATIONS B,F,W PACKAGE , Vee ~ 2 2 CLEAR CLEAR CLOCK m «" 2K 2J PRESET 20 "w. TRUTH TABLE , I· I 7 8 1Q 10 :zQ OND CLOCK tn+1 tn J K Q an L L L H L H L H H H an POSITIVE LOGIC NOTES: = bit time before clock pulle n B. tn+1= bit time aftar clock pulse A. t 2-264 Low Input to preset sets Q to high level. Low input to clear resets Q to low level. Clear and preset are independent of clock. SCHEMATIC (each flip-flop) LOGIC DIAGRAM (each rliP-fIO P ) "'~ positive logic: ;." CLOCK DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S548112, N748112 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS N74S112 854S112 MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 Supply Voltage V CC Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N : High logic level 20 Low logic level UNIT V 20 10 10 Input Clock Frequency, fclock 0 Width of Clock Pulse, tw(clock) 6 6 ns Width of Preset Pulse, tw(preset) 8 8 ns Width of Clear Pulse, tw(clear) 8 8 ns Input Setup Time, tsetup (See Note 1) 3 3 ns Input Hold Time, thold (See Note 2) 0 0 Operating Free-Air Temperature, T A -55 80 0 125 80 MHz ns 0 70 °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Qver recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST CONDITIONS * . PARAMETER VIH High-level input voltage VIL L0'j"-Ievel input voltage VI I nput clamp voltage V OH High-level output MIN TVP ** MAX UNIT 2 V 0.8 V -1.2 V VCC = MIN, II = -18mA volt~ge VCC = MIN, V IL = 0.8V, V IH = 2V, 10H = -1mA VOL Low-level output voltage VCC = MIN, V IL = 0.8V, V IH = 2V, 10L = 20 mA II Input current at maximum input voltage VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5V IIH High-level input current VCC = MAX, VI = 2.7V J or K input Clock, preset, or clear Low-level input current VCC = MAX, VI = 0.5V J or K input Clock Preset or clear -1.6 IlL lOS Short-circuit output current t VCC = MAX, ICC Supply current VCC = MAX, S54S112 N74S112 2.5 2.7 3.4 3.4 V V 0.5 V 1 mA 50 100 j.l.A -4 -7 -40 mA -100 mA 30 50 mA MIN TVP MAX UNIT 80 125 2 4 7 ns 2 5 7 ns 2 4 7 ns 2 5 7 ns See Note 3 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC .. 5V, T A = 25°C, N = 10 PARAMETER f max Maximum clock frequency tpLH Propagation delay time, low-to-highlevel output, from clear or preset tpHL Propagation delay time, high-to-Iowlevel output, from clear or preset tpLH Propagation delay time, low-to-highlevel output, from clock tpHL Propagation delay time, high-to-Iowlevel output, from clock TEST CONDITIONS Cl, = 15pF, RL NOTE 4 = 280n MHz • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• Ail typical values are at Vee" 5V, T A ~ 25°C. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTES: 1. Setup time is the interval immedlatelv preceding the negative-going edge of the clock pulse during which interval the data to be recognized must be maintained at the input to ensure its recognition. 2. Hold time is the Interval immedlatelv following the negative-going edge of the clock pulse during which interval the data to be recognized must be maintained at the Input to ensure Its continued recognition. 3. ICC is measured with outputs open; clock grounded, and J-K preset and clear at 4.5V. 4. Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2-265 DUAL J·K EDGE·TRIGGERED FLlp·FLOPS S54S113 S54S114 N74S113 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S114 !imnDtiC!i S54S113-A,F,W eS54S114-A,F,W e N74S113-A,Fe N74S114-A,F PIN CONFIGURATIONS PIN CONFIGURATIONSi A,'F, W PACKAGE ,. Vee 2 2k 12 2J 11 A, F, W PACKAGE PREseT 2Q 20' Yee 10 I • ,. CLOCK ~ 1 CLEAR 2 1K 2K 2J u " 2 MEan 20 2«:1 WI' 1 PREIET .. tiS 1Q , GND ~54S113, N74S113 DESCRIPTION The 5545113 and N74S1 ~3 offer individual J, K, preset, and clock inputs. The 554S114 an~ N74S114 offer common clock and common clear inputs and indi1idual J, K, and preset inputs. These monolithic dual ~Iip-flops are designed so that when the clock goes high, the inp~ts are enabled and data will be accepted. The logic level of the J land K inputs may be allowed to change when the clock pulse is high and the bistable will perform according to the truth table as lo~g as minimum setup times are observed. Input data are transferreq to the outputs on the negative-going edge of the clock pulse. . LOGIC DIAGRAM (each flip-flop) 2-266 TRUTH TABLE tn tn+1 J K a L L I., H H H an L L H H an NOTES: A. tn = bit time before clock pulse B. tn+1 pulse = bit time after clock DIGITAL 54/74 TTL 8ERIE8. 8548113, N748113, 8548114, N748114 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS N74S113, N74S114 MAX MIN NOM 4.75 5.25 5 20 10 80 0 S54S113,S54S114 MAX NOM 5.5 5 20 10 0 1:30 6 8 8 MIN 4.5 Supply Voltage V CC Normalized Fan-Out from each Output, N: High logic level Low logic level Input Clock Frequency, fclock Width of Clock Pulse, tw(clock) Width of Preset Pulse, tw(preset) S54S114, N74S114 Width of Clear Pulse, tw(clearl: Input Setup Time, tsetup Input Hold Time, thold . Operating. Free-Air Temperature, T A 13 8 8 3 0 0 3 0 -55 125 70 UNIT V MHz ns ns ns ns ns °c ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER S545113 N745113 TEST CONDITIONS* MIN V IH V IL VI V OH High-level input voltage Low-level input voltage Input clamp voltage High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage II Input current at maximum input voltage TYP** S545114 N745114 MAX II 0.8 -1.2 = -18mA 2.5 3.4 2.5 3.4 Series 74S 2.7 3.4 2.7 3.4 VI = 2V, = 20mA VCC = MAX, VI = 2.7V IlL Low-level input current VCC = MAX, VI = 0.5V lOS Short circuit output current t Supply current VCC ICC VCC V V V = 5.5V Clock Preset Clear J or K input Clock Preset Clear = MAX = MAX, 0.5 V 1 1 mA 50 100 100 50 200 100 200 -1.6 -8 -7 -14 0.5 J or K input High-level input current 0.8 -1.2 Series 54S V IH 10L = MAX, IIH UNIT MAX V V IL = 0.8V, IOH = -1mA VCC = MIN, V IL = 0.8V, VCC TYP** 2 2 VCC = MIN, VCC = MIN, V IH = 2V, MIN -1.6 -4 -7 -100 -40 See Note 1 30 -40 !-LA mA -100 mA 30 50 mA MIN TYP MAX UNIT 80 125 2 4 7 ns 2 5 7 ns 2 4 7 ns 2 5 7 ns 50 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· 5V, T A • 26°C, N - 10 PARAMETER f max tpLH tpHL tpLH tpHL Maximum clock frequ~ncy Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from clear or preset Propagation delay time, highto-low-level output, from clear or preset Propagation delay time, low-tohigh-level output, from clock Propagation delay time, high-tolow-level output, from clock TEST CONDITIONS CL = 15pF, RL = 280n NOTE 2 MHz • For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. See Figures 64 through 69 of the Series 54H!74H section for test circuits . •• All typical values are at V CC = 5V, T A = 25' C . . t Not morEl than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTE 1: ICC is measured with outputs open, clock grounded, and J, K, preset, and clear at 4.5V. 2. L.oad circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·267 SmDot.CS S54S133 N74S133 l3·INPUT NAND GATE DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES SCHEMATIC PIN CONFIGURATION Vee . :g:: e r0 INPUTS 900 50 28kf 1111'11111111 - OUTPUT 3.5k ~~ ":' E F G H 500 I I V 250 I J K L I M J.:J.:. GND ; Resistor values shown are !nominal in ohms. RECOMMENDED ~ GND Positive Logic: Y - ABCDEFGHIJKLM OPERATI~G CONDITIONS : S54S133 \ I Supply voltage, VCC NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 I Normalized fan-out from rach output, N I I N74S133 MIN High logic level 20 Low logic level -55 125 V 20 10 Operating free-air temper~ture, T A UNIT 10 0 70 °c MAX UNIT : ELECTRICAL CHARACTERlisTICS lover recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) ! PARA~ETER VIH High-level input !voltage VIL Low-level input yoltage TEST CONDITIONS* Input clamp vol~age VOH High-level VOL i Low-level output voltage I outpu~ TYP** V 2 VI . MIN voltage VCC = MIN, II = -18 mA VCC = MIN, VIL = 0.8 V, I I 10H = -1 mA VCC = MIN, VIH=2V, S54S133 2.5 3.4 N74S133 2.7 3.4 0.8 V -1.2 V V V 0.5 10L = 20 mA V II Input current at imaximum input voltage VCC = MAX, VI = 5.5 V 1 IIH High-level input ~urrent (each input) VCC = MAX, VI = 2.7 V 50 J.1.A IlL Low-level input furrent (each input) VCC = MAX, VI=0.5V -2 mA -40 mA lOS Short-circuit output currentt VCC = MAX -100 mA ICCH Supply current, ~igh-Ievel output VCC = MAX, All inputs at 0 V 3 5 mA ICCL Supply current, ~ow-Ievel output VCC = MAX, All inputs at 5 V 5.5 10 mA 'For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. . • 'AII typical values are at VCc!= 5 V, T A = 25°C. :j:The duration of the short-cirbuit test should not exceed one second. SWITCHING CHARACTERIS1ICS. VCC = 5 V, TA = 25°C, N = 10 TEST CONDITIONS PARtMETER tpLH tpHL Propagation delayl time, low-to-high-Ievel output Propagation delay, time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output I NOTE 1: Load circuit and 2·268 wav~forms are shown on page 2-293 = 15 pF, RL = 280.11 CL = 50 pF, RL = 280.11 CL CL = 15 pF, RL CL=50pF, RL = 280.11 = 280.11 MIN 2 See Note 1 TYP 4 MAX 6 5.5 2 4.5 6.5 7 UNIT ns ns S54S134 N74S134 12-INPUT NAND GATE WITH TRI-STATE OUTPUTS !ii!lDotiC!i DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES FUNCTION TABLE PIN CONFIGURATION OUTPUT OUTPUT CONTROL Y INPUTS A B C D E F G H I J K L H H H H H H H H H H H H L L ANY NUMBER OF INPUTS LOW L H X X X X X X X X X X X X H Z J OR N DUAL IN-LINE OR W FLAT PACKAGE (TOP VIEW) OUTPUT VCC CONTROL L H = high logic level, L = low logic level, X = irrelevant Z = high-impedance (output off) BCD E F G Logic: See function table RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54S134 MIN MAX MIN NOM MAX 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 4.5 Supply voltage, VCC Normalized fan-out from each output, N I High logic level 1 Low logic level Operating free-air temperature, T A N74S134 NOM 40 V 130 10 -55 UNIT 10 125 DC 70 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage Off-state (high-impedance10(oft) state) output current N74S134 Vee = MIN, 11= -18 mA Vee = MIN, VIL =0.8 V,IOH = -2 rnA Vee = Min, VIL = 0.8 V, IOH = -6.5 mA Vee = MIN, VIH = 2 V, 2.4 V 2 0.8 0.8 V -1.2 -1.2 V 3.4 2.4 V 3.2 0.5 0.5 Vee = MAX, Vo = 2.4 V 50 50 Vee = MAX, Vo = 0.5 V -50 -50 Input current at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5V IIH High-level input current 10L = 20 mA Vee = MAX, VI = 2.7 V IlL Low-level input current Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5 V lOS Short-circuit output current:j: Vee = MAX ICC Supply current Vee = MAX Output off Output control at 0 V, Other inputs at 5 V All inputs at 5 V V }.LA 1 1 mA 50 50 }.LA -2 -40 All inputs at 0 V Output high UNIT MIN TYP** MAX MIN TYP** MAX 2 II Output low S54S134 TEST CONDITIONS* PARAMETER -2 mA -100 -40 -100 mA 7 13 7 13 9 16 9 16 mA 14 25 14 25 • For conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. D ""All typical values are at VCC = 5 V, T A = 25 C. :j:Duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC = 5 V, T A = 25 D C, N = 10 PARAMETER tPLH tPHL Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output tZH Output enable time to high level tZL Output enable time to low level tHZ Output disable time from high level tLZ Output disable time from low level TEST CONDITIONS = 280 n n = 280 n = 280 n eL=15pF, filL eL=50pF, RL = 280 eL=15pF, RL eL=50pF, RL eL=50pF, RL = 280 eL = 5 pF n MIN 2 TYP 4 MAX 6 5.5 2 See Note 1 5 7.5 7 UNIT ns ns 13 19.5 ns 14 21 ns 5.5 8.5 ns 9 14 ns NOTE 1: Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·269 SmDotiCS 8·INPUT DATA S54S151 SELECTORS/!MULTIPLEXERS S54S251 N74S151 N74S251 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The S54S151, S54S251, ~74S151, and N74S251 Schottkyclamped, high-performance, €light-input data selectors/multiplexers are designed for use in very:high-speed data routing applications. These multiplexers select one ;of eight data sources when so directed by the binary address inputs. Both true and complementary data are presented when the strobe inp~t goes low. The S54S151 and N74S151\ are functionally and mechanically interchangeable with the S5411 51 and N74151 respectively, and in most TTL systems can be utilized to upgrade the performance of existing designs as delay time~ are typically half that of the S54151 orN74151. ~~ DATA INPUTS ~STROBEGND OUTPUTS Positive Logic: See function table. The S54S251 and N74S251 have three-state outputs which permit the outputs to be connected :to a common bus. When the strobe input is high, both outputs a~e in a high-impedance state in which both the upper and lower tra~sistors of each totem-pole output are off, and the output can neitHer drive nor load the bus. When the strobe is low, the outputs are dctivated and operate as standard TTL totem-pole outputs. . FEATURES Typical power dissipation is '225 milliwatts for the S54S151 or N74S151 and 275 milliwatts: for the S54S251 and N74S251, or approximately 14 and 17 milliwatts respectively per equivalent gate. The S54S151 and S54S251 a~e characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of _55° C to 125° C; the N74S151 and N74S251 are characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C. • 854S151/N74S151 INTERCHANGEABLE WITH S54151/N74151 IN MOST SYSTEMS • SCHOTTKY CLAMPED FOR SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION IN DELAY TIMES ..• 4.5 ns TYPICAL, DATA INPUT TO W OUTPUT • HIGH-SPEED SELECTION SOURCES FOR ONE OF EIGHT DATA • PERMITS MULTIPLEXING FROM N LINES TO ONE LINE • S54S251 AND N74S251 HAVE TRI-STATE OUTPUTS • FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH SERIES 54/74 AND OTHER TTL MSI CIRCUITS RECOMMENDED OPERATIN~ CONDITIONS S54S251 S54S151 MIN Supply Voltage, VCC 4.5 Normalized fan-out from erCh output, N (at a low logic level) 2·270 N74S251 MAX MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 5 5.5 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 4.75 5 5.25 UNIT V 10 10 10 10 -1 -2 -1 -6.5 mA 70 °c I High-level output current, IOH Operating free-air N74S151 NOM tempera~ure, TA -55 125 -55 125 0 70 0 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. 8548151,8548251, N748151, N748251 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS* S54S151 S54S251 N74S151 N74S251 UNIT MIN TYP** MAX MIN TYP** MAX VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage Vee = MIN, 11= -18 mA Vee = MIN, VIH=2V, VIL =0.8 V, 10H = MAX Vee = MIN, I Series 54S I Series 74S 0.8 0.8 V -1.2 -1.2 V 2.5 3.4 2.4 3.2 2.7 3.4 2.4 3.2 VIH=2V, V V 0.5 0.5 VIL=0.8V, 10L = 20 mA Off-state (high-impedance10(off) state) output current V 2 2 Vee = MAX, Va = 2.7 V 50 Vee = MAX, Va = 0.4 V -50 J.LA 1 mA 1 II I nput current at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5 V IIH High-level input current Vee = MAX, VI ~ 2.7 V 50 50 IlL Low-level input current Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5 V -2 -2 mA lOS Short-circuit output current* Vee = MAX ICC Supply current 45 All outputs open -100 mA -100 -40 -40 Vee = MAX, All inputs at 4.5 V, 70 J.LA 55 85 mA • F or conditions shown as MI N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . • 'All typical values are at Vee = 5 V, T A = 25°e. *Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC· 5 V, T A" 25°C PARAMETER FROM TO TEST (INPUT) (OUTPUT) CONDITIONS tPLH A, B,or e tpHL (4 levels) tPLH A, B,ore tpHL (3 levels) tPLH Any D y W y tPHL tPLH eL=15pF, RL = 280 fl, Any D W Strobe y Strobe W Strobe Y See Note 1 tPHL tPLH tPHL tPLH tPHL tZH tZL 'tZH eL = 50 pF, RL = 280 fl, Strobe W See Note 1 S54S251, N74S251 S54S151, N74S151 MIN TYP MAX 12 18 12 18 12 18 13 19.5 10 15 10 15 9 13.5 9 13.5 8 12 8 12 8 12 8 12 4.5 7 4.5 7 4.5 7 4.5 7 11 16.5 12 18 9 13 8.5 12 MIN TYP MAX 13 19.5 14 21 13 19.5 21 tHZ 5.5 8.5 9 14 5.5 8.5 9 14 Y tHZ eL = 5 pF, RL = 280 fl, Strobe W See Note 1 tLZ tpLH Propatation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output tpH L Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output tZH Output enable time to high level tZL Output enable time to low level tHZ Output disable time from high level tLZ Output disable time from low level ns ns ns ns 14 Strobe ns ns tZL tLZ UNIT ns ns ns ns NOTE 1: See load circuits and waveforms on page 2-293 2-271 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. 8548151, 8548251, N748151, N748251. FUNCTION TABLE INPUTS SELECT H OUTPUTS S54S251, N74S251 DO 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Y W y W ~ X X X X X X X X L H Z Z L L L X X X X X X X L H L H L L L H X X X X X X X H L H L L H iL X L X X X X X X L H L H L L H iL X H X X X X X X H L H L L H L ',- X X L X X X X X L H L H '''~ X X H X X X X X H L H L X X X L X X X X L H L H C B A X X X L L L L L H L L H H L H H H L L DATA S54S151, N74S151 X X X H X X X X H L H L X X X X L X X X L H L H H L L L X X X X H X X X H L H L H L H l- X X X X X L X X L H L H H L H H H L H H L H H H H H H = high 2·272 ST~OBE ~ logic level, L ~ ~ ~ ~ l= low Ibgic X X X X X H X X H L H L X X X X X X L X L H L H X X X X X X H X H L H L X X X X X X X L L H H X X X X X X X H H L L H le'vel, Z = high impedance, X = Irrelevant L Si!l00liCS DUAL 4·LlNE TO l·LlNE DATA SELECTORS/MULTIPLEXERS S54S153 N74S153 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION These monolithic Schottky-barrier-diode-clamped TTL circuits are high-performance multiplexers which are significantly faster than the S54153/N74153. As an example, the two-gate-Ievel delay from the data inputs to the output is only 8.5 nanoseconds maximum compared to 18 or 23 nanoseconds maximum for the standard-speed part. Overall, the guaranteed delay times for the S54S153/N74S153 represent approximately a 100% improvement over standard TTL with only a 12% increase in maximum d-c power consumption. In many cases, the S54S153 or N74S153 can plug into existing systems designed for S54153 or N74153. J OR N DUAL-IN-LiNE OR W FLAT PACKAGE (TOP VIEW) STROBE These data selectors/multiplexers are fully compatible for use with most standard, high-speed, and low-power TTL and DTL circuits. Each diode-clamped input represents only one normalized Series 54S/74S load, and full fan-out to 10 normalized Series 54S/74S loads is available from each of the outputs at low logic levels. A fan-out to 20 normalized Series 54S/74S loads is provided at high logic levels to facilitate connection of unused inputs to used inputs. Typical power dissipation is 225 milliwatts. VCC 2G A DATA INPUTS OUTPUT SELECT~ 3 4 5 7 2Y 8 STROBE B '--~OUTPUTGND lG SELECT DATA INPUTS IV The S54S153 is characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of _55° C to 125° C; the N74S153 is characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C. FEATURES LOGIC: SEE FUNCTION TABLE • FULL SCHOTTKY-BARRIER-DIODE CLAMPING FOR VERY HIGH SPEEDS • PERMITS MULTIPLEXING FROM N LINES TO 1 LINE FUNCTION TABLE • SAME PIN ASSIGNMENTS AS S54153 AND N74153 SELECT DATA INPUTS INPUTS • • STROBE (ENABLE) LINE PROVIDED FOR CASCADING (N LINES TO n LINES) TYPICAL AVERAGE PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES: 6 ns DATA INPUT TO OUTPUT (2 GATE LEVELS) 9.5 ns STROBE INPUT TO OUPUT (3 GATE LEVELS) 12 ns SELECT INPUT TO OUTPUT (4 GATE LEVELS) • HIGH FAN-OUT LOW-IMPEDANCE TOTEM-POLE OUTPUTS • FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH MOST TTL AND DTL CIRCUITS STROBE OUTPUT B A CO C1 C2 C3 G Y X X X X X X H L L L L X X X L L L L H X X X L H L H X L X X L L L H X H X X L H H L X X L X L L H L X X H X L H H H X X X L L L H H X X X H L H Address inputs A and B are common to both sections. H = High level, L = Low level, X = Irrelevant 2·273 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL:8ERIE8. 8548153, N74S153 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS i N74S153 S54S153 ! MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 UNIT ! ; Supply voltage, Vee I 4.5 l High logic level I Normalized fan-out frofil each output, N 20 I Low logic level , 10 -55 Operating free-air temp1rature range, T A V 20 10 125 0 70 °e MAX UNIT ELECTRICAL CHARACTE~ISTICS (over recommended operating free·air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PAR~METER VIH High-level inp~t voltage VIL Low-level inp~t voltage VI I nput clamp \(oltage VOH High-level output voltage TEST CONDITIONS* TYP** V 2 I ! VOL MIN Low-level outhut voltage Vee = MIN, II = -18 rnA Vee = MIN, VIH=2V, VIL = 0.8 V, 10H = -1 rnA Vee - MIN, VIH-2V, VIL =0.8 V, 10L = 20 rnA I Series 54S I Series 74S 2.5 3.4 2.7 3.4 0.8 V -1.2 V V 0.5 V II Input current jat maximum input voltage Vee - MAX, VI - 5.5 V 1 IIH High-level inp~t current Vee = MAX, VI - 2.7 V 50 p,A IlL Low-level Vee = MAX, VI=0.5V -2 rnA lOS Short-circuit qutput current:j: Vee - MAX -100 rnA leeL Supply curren~, low level output Vee = MAX, 70 rnA inp~t current -40 See Note 1 45 rnA • F or conditions shown as 1M I N or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. : • 'AII typical values are at Vct = 5 V, T A = 25°C. :j:Not more than one output ~hould be shorted at a time. NOTE: 1: ICCL is measur~d with the outputs open and all inputs grounded. SWITCHING CHARACTERI$TICS, VCC· 5 V, TA· 25°C, N'" 10 ; PARAMETER TO (I~PUT) (OUTPUT) 1 TEST CONDITIONS TYP MAX UNIT pata Y 6 9 ns :Data Y 6 9 ns tPLH Select Y eL = 15 pF, RL = 280.n, tpHL $elect Y See Note 2 tPLH ~trobe Y tPHL ~trobe Y == Propagation == Propagation delay tim~, low·to·high-Ievel output. delay timr, high-to-Jow-JeveJ output. NOTE 2: Load circuit and tes~ waveforms ere shown on page 2-293 2·274 MIN tpHL tpLH tPLH tPH L ~ROM 11.5 18 ns 12 18 ns 10 15 ns 9 13.5 ns DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54153, N74S153 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM STROBE lG (ENABLE) DATAl 1: : OUTPUT 1Y lC2 o-------------~_+--~~~~L_J lC3 SELECT o--------------t:::t=t=$~~L) {: r 2Cl DATA 2 OUTPUT 2V 2C2. 2C3 STROBE 2G (ENABLE) ~==:i~====:!~~~~~[) TEST TABLE FOR NOTE 2 INPUTS -C2 C3 G OUTPUT Y WAVEFORM A CO GND GND INPUT X X X GND A GND 4.5 V X INPUT X X GND A 4.5 V GND X X INPUT X 4.5 V 4.5 V X X X INPUT GND GND A A B C1 GND INPUT GND 4.5 V X X GND A INPUT GND GND X 4.5 V X GND A GND GND 4.5 V X X X INPUT B x= Irrelevant A=IN-PHASE OUTPUT B=OUT -OF-PHASE 2-275 QUADRUPLE 2·LlNE TO l·LlNE S54S157 DATA SELECTORS/MULTIPLEXERS S54S158 N74S157 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S158 DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The Schottky-clamped S54SJ 57, S54S158, N74S157, and N74S158 are ultra-high-speed data selectors/multiplexers which can be employed in high-performance! designs. These circuits select a 4-bit word from one of two sourc~s and route it to the four outputs. The S54S157/N74S157 present tr1ue data whereas the S54S158/N74S158 present inverted data to minitnize propagation delay time. S54S157,N74S157 INPUTS VCCSTROBE~ OUTPUT INPUTS OUTPUT 4Y ~ 3Y 12 The S54S157/N74S157 can be used to replace the S54157/N74157 in existing designs to upgrade performance substantially. The S54S157 and S54S158 are characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of -55°C to 125°C. The N74S157 and N74S158 are characterized for operation from 0° C to 70° C. FEATURES • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPING; REDUCES DELAY TIME TO 4 ns TYPICAL (S54S158, N7fS158 DATA-TO-OUTPUT) 1 7 SELECT~ INPUTS 1Y ~ 2Y GNO OUTPUT INPUTS OUTPUT • S54S157, N74S157 C4N UPGRADE EXISTING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AS "'1HEY ARE PIN-FOR-PIN REPLACEMENTS FOR S54157, Nr4157 POSITIVE LOGIC: Low logic level at S selects A inputs. High logic level at S selects B inputs. • S54S157, S54S158 OPERATE THROUGHOUT -55°C TO 125°C FREE-AIR TEMPr=RATURE RANGE S54S158,N74S158 • FULLY COMPATIBLE· WITH MOST TTL AND TTL MSI CIRCUITS FUNCTION TABLE INPUTS OUTPUTY STROBE SELECT H X L L S54S157 S54S158 N74S157 N74S158 A B X X L H X H X X L X H L H I H L L L H L H = high level, L = low ; L leve;I, X 7 SELECT ~ OU~~UT ~ OU~~UT GND INPUTS H L L H H L INPUTS POSITIVE LOGIC: Low logic level at S selects A inputs. High logic level at S selects B inputs. = Irrelevant S54S157,N74S157 S54S158, N74S158 1A 1B~~--+---~--+-'-~ o...::"---;=:===::::fl 1B 0..:.:"----+----+-.,-, 2A 1Y o..::::""----1====::f=:f=r"') 2Y 2B D - ' " ' ' ' - - - - + - - - I - - I - - . _ , 4B~~--~-- SELECT STROBE O--:'.;.;.:....----QI 2-276 __+-+-;-~ 4BO--:'~-+_~-I--I--._"'" SELECT STROBE ~':":':""--'OI DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIE8. 854157,854158, N74157, N74S158 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54S157,S54S158 Supply voltage, Vee Normalized fan-out from each output, N I I N74S157, N74S158 MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 High logic level 20 Low logic level -55 V 20 10 Operating free-air temperature, T A UNIT 10 125 0 °e 70 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITlONS* S54S157 S54S158 N74S157 N74S158 UNIT MIN TVP** MAX MIN TVP** MAX VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI I nput clamp voltage 2 VOH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage Vee = MIN 11= -18 mA Vee = MIN, VIH = 2 V I Series 54S 2.5 3.4 VIL = 0.8 V, 10H = -1 mA Series 74S 2.7 3.4 Vee = MIN, VIH=2V, VIL = 0.8 V, 10L = 20 mA = 5.5 V Vee'" MAX, VI = 2.7 V Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5 V Short-circuit output currentt Vee Supply current Vce = MAX = MAX, See Note 1 II Input current at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI IIH High-level input current IlL Low-level input current lOS lee S or G input A or B input S or G input A or B input I V 2 0.8 0.8 -1.2 -1.2 2.5 3.4 2.7 3.4 V V V 0.5 0.5 V .1 mA 1 100 100 50 50 -4 -4 -2 -2 -100 -40 -40 50 mA -100 mA 61 mA 39 78 J.lA "For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. • "All typical values are at Vee = 5 V, T A'" 25°e. tNot more than ona output should be shorted at a time and duration of the short-circuit test should not axceed one second. NOTE1: lee is measured with 4.5 V applied to all inputs and all outputs open. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS PARAMETER tPLH FROM (INPUT) ,VCC = 5 V, TA = 25°C, N = 10 TEST CONDITIONS Data tPHL tPLli Strobe eL=15pF, RL = 280 fl, tPHL tPLli Select tPHL See Note 2 S54S157, N74S157 MIN TVP MAX S54S158,N74S158 MIN TVP MAX 5 7.5 4 6 4.5 6.5 4 6 8.5 12.5 6.5 7.5 12 7 9.5 15 8 12 9.5 15 8 12 UNIT ns ns ns tPLH == Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output tPHL == Propagation dalay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output NOTE 2: Load circuits and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·277 smnotics HEX QUADRUPLE D· TYPE. S54S174 FLIp· FLOPS WITH CLEAR S54S175 N74S174 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES N74S175 OEseR IPTION PIN CONFIGURATION These high-performance m~nolithic, positive-edge-triggered flipflops utilize Schottky TT~ technology to implement D-type flip-flop logic. All have a di~ect clear input, and the S54S175 and N74S175 feature complemerltary outputs from each flip-flop. Pin assignments for these Schqttky flip-flops are identical to the standard TTL versions meanirg that these Schottky versions can be utilized to upgrade existing s~stem performance in most cases. S54S174, N74S174 Information at the D inputs (neeting the setup time requirements is transferred to the Q outputs Ibn the positive-going edge of the clock pulse. When the clock input s at either the high or low level, the D input signal has no effect at tije output. FEATURES CLEAR • FULL SCHOTTKY CLA¥PING TO ACHIEVE TYPICAL MAXIMUM TOGGLE RATES iF 110 MHz • FUNCTIONALLY AND MECHANICALLY IDENTICAL TO THE SERIES 54/74 C01~NTERPARTS AND CAN BE USED TO UPGRADE EXISTII'IG SYSTEMS WITH SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT IN SPE~D • FULLY COMPATIBLE wJlTH OTHER TTL CIRCUITS • S54S174 AND S54S175 iOPERATE OVER FULL MILITARY TEMPERATURE RANG OF _55°C TO 125°C • FOR USE IN HIGH-PER ORMANCE: BUFFER/STORAGE EGISTERS SHIFT REGISTERS ' COUNTERS PATTERN GENERA1tORS t 10 1D 2D 20 3D 30 GND Positive Logic: See function table PIN CONFIGURATION 8548175, N748175 vcc 40 CLEAR 10 40 4D 30 30 CLDCK 20 20 GND FUNCTION TABLE (EACH! FLlP·FLOP) INPUTS CLEAR H = L X t QO= t = 2·278 OUTPUTS ! CLOCKi i i 0 Q Q H L X X L H H H L H t t L L H H L X 00 ao High level (steady stat~) Low level (steady stat~) Irrelevant Transition from low t~ high level The level of Q before the indicated steady-state input conditions were!established 5548175 and N74817:5 only t 1D 20 Positive Logic: See function table DIGITAL 54/74 TTL 8ERIE8. 8548174, 8548175, N748174, N748175 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS 5545174,5545175 MIN Supply voltage, Vee MAX MIN NOM MAX 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 4.5 Normalized fan-out from each output, N I I High logic level 20 Low logic level Width of clock or clear pulse, tw Setup time, tsetup I Data input elear inactive-state V 10 75 12 12 8 8 15 15 MHz 75 0 2 Data hold time, thold Operating free-air temperature, T A UNIT 20 10 0 Input clock frequency, fclock I N745174, N74S175 NOM ns ns ns 2 -55 125 °e 70 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output vpltage II MIN TE5T CONDITlON5* TYP** MAX UNIT 2 Vee = MIN, 11= -18 rnA Vee = MIN, VIH=2V, VIL = 0.8 V, 10H = -1 rnA Vee = MIN, VIH = 2 V, VIL = 0.8 V, 10L = 20 rnA Input current at maximum input voltage Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5 V I Series 54S I Series 74S V 2.5 3.4 2.7 3.4 0.8 V -1.2 V V 0.5 V 1 rnA IIH High-level input current Vee - MAX, VI - 2.7 V 50 J.l.A IlL Low-level input current Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5 V -2 rnA lOS Short-circuit output current:j: Vee = MAX lee Supply current Vee = MAX, -40 See Note 1 l I -- -100 S54S174, N74S174 90 S54S175, N74S175 60 rnA rnA • F or conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type . •• All typical values are at V CC = 5 V, T A = 25° C. :j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit should not exceed one second. NOTE1: With all outputs open and 4.5 V applied to all data and clear inputs, ICC is measured after a momentary ground, then 4.5 V, is applied to clock. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC" 5 V, T A - 25°C, N = 10 PARAMETER f max Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel Q output from clear tPLH TEST CONDITIONS Maximum input clock frequency (S54S175,N74S175 only) tPHL Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel Q output from clear tPLH Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output from clock tPHL Propagation time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output from clock CL = 15 pF, RL = 280 n, See Note 2 MIN TYP 75 110 MAX UNIT ---- MHz 13 ns 13 ns 9 ns 11 ns NOTE 2: See load circuit and waveforms shown on page 2-293 2-279 DIGITAL 54/74 TTLiSERIES. S54S174, S54S175, N74S174, N74S175 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAMS S54S175.N74S175 S54S174. N74S174 10\ 10 (3) 10 0 (41 (21 10 10 CLEAR 20: 20 (41 (51 CLEAR 3Dj 0 (6) (71 30 3D 30 (121 30 CLEAR CLEAR (101 (111 40 >CK 40 CLOCK (91 CLEAR 0 (13) (121 50 CLEAR 60 0 (141 CLOCK~ (15) 60 >CK CLEAR CLEAIiI _-cf>- - _. . . 2·280 >CK CLEAR CLEAR 50 0 (13) Dynamic input activated by a transition from a high level to a low level. IT (151 (141 40 4Q ARITHMETIC LOGIC UNITS/FUNCTION GENERATORS Si!lDotiCS S54S181 N74S181 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES PIN CONFIGURATION DESCRIPTION These Schottky-clamped high-speed arithmetic/logic units, functionally identical to the S54181 and N74181, perform 16 binary arithmetic operations on two 4-bit words with a full look-ahead carry scheme as propagate and generate terms are available at the P and G outputs. Typical performance is 19 nanoseconds add time for a 16-bit word when used with the S54S182 or N74S182 carry look-ahead. J OR N DUAL IN-lINE OR W FLAT PACKAGE (TOP VIEW) Typical addition times are shown in Table III. The S54S181/ N74S181 can replace the S54181/N74181 in most existing systems for significant performance upgrading as they are functionally and mechanically interchangeable. The S54S181 and N74S181 will aJso perform the 16 possible functions on two Boolean variables without the use of external circuitry. The carry circuit is inhibited for logic functions. The S54S181 and N74S181 will accommodate active-high or active-low data if the pin designations are interpreted as shown below: Subtraction is accomplished by 1 's complement addition where the 1 's complement of the subtrahend is generated internally. The resultant output is A-B-1 which requires an end-around or forced carry to provide A·-B. Logic: See function tables Mode of operation (arithmetic or logic) is controlled by the mode-control (M) input. Complete functions for active-high and active-lOw data are shown in Tables I and II. FEATURES Typical average power dissipation is 600 milliwatts, or approximately 8 milliwatts per equivalent gate. The S54S181 is characterized for operation over the full military temperature range of _55° G to 125° C; the N74S181 is characterized for operation from 0° C to 70°C. For additional descriptive information and typical connection schemes, see the S54181 /N 74181 data sheet • SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT S54181/N74181 IN • TYPICAL ADD TIME FOR 16 BITS OF 19 ns USING S54S182, N74S182 lOOK-AHEAD • S54S181 IS GUARANTEED FOR OPERATION OVER THE FUll MILITARY TEMPERATURE RANGE OF -55°C TO 125°C • FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH MOST TTL FUNCTIONS INCLUDING MSI PIN NUMBER 2 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 9 10 11 13 7 Active-high data (Table I) AO BO A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 FO F1 F2 F3 Cn Active-low data (Table II) AO BO A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 FO F1 F2 F3 Cn ADD 16 TIMES OVER 8±d 1 17 Cn+4 X Y Cn+4 p G 2·281 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54181, N74181 TABLE I ACTIVE-HIGH DATA SELEOTION I ~1 So M=H M = L: ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS LOGIC Cn = 0 = H FUNCTIONS (no carry) Cn = 1 = L (with carry) S3 S2 L L ~L L F=A F=A L L :L H F=A+B F=A+B F = (A + B) plus 1 L L ;H L F = AB F=A+B F = (A + B) plus 1 L L H H F =0 F = minus 1 (2's complement) F = zero L H :L L F = AB F = A plus AS F = A plus AS plus 1 L H :L H F=S F = (A + B) plus AB F = (A + B) plus AB plus 1 L H H L F = A EE> B F = A minus B minus 1 F = A minusB L H H H F = AB F = AS minus 1 F = AB H L L L F=A+B F = A plus AB F = A plus AB plus 1 - - F = A plus 1 - - H L L H F = A EE> B F = A plus B F = A pi us B pi us 1 H L H L F=B F = (A + S) pi us A B F = (A + B)'PluS AB plus 1 H L H H F = AB F = AB minus 1 F = AB H H L L F =1 F = A plus A* F = A plus A plus 1 H H L H F=A+B F = (A + B) plus A F = (A + B) plus A plus 1 H H H L F=A+B F = (A + S) plus A F = (A + S) plus A plus 1 H H iH H F=A F = A minus 1 F=A • Each bit is shifted to the ne;> B F = A minus B minus 1 F = A minus B L H H H F=A+B F=A+S F = (A + H L L L F=AB F = A plus (A + B) F = A plus (A + B) plus 1 H L L H F=A EE> B F H L H L F=B F H L jH H F=A+B F=A+B = A plus B = ABplus (A + B) S) plus 1 F = A plus B plus 1 = AS plus (A + B) plus 1 = (A + B) plus 1 F = A plus A plus 1 F F * H H ,L L F=O F = A plus A H H ;L H F = AS H H iH L F = AB F = AB plus A F = AB plus A F H H iH H F=A F=A F F = AB plus A plus 1 = AS plus A plus 1 = A plus 1 ; *Each bit is shifted to the ~ext more significant position. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54S181 MIN Supply voltage, VCC Normalized fan-out i Operating free-air temqerature, T A 2·282 4.5 I fr~m each output, N I I High logic level N74S181 NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 20 Low logic level 125 V 20 10 -55 UNIT 10 0 70 °c DIGITAL 54/74 TTL SERIES. S54S181, N74S181 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER MIN TEST CONDITIONS* TYP** VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage Vee = MIN, II "'-18mA High-level output voltage, Vee = MIN, VIH=2V, N54S181 2.5 3.4 any output except A = B VIL=0.8V, 10H =-1 mA S74S181 2.7 3.4 Vee = MIN, VIH=2V, VIL = 0.8 V, VOH = 5.5 V Vee = MIN, VIH=2V, VIL = 0.8 V, 10L = 20 mA Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5 V VOH 10H High-level output current, A = B output only VOL Low-level output voltage II Input current at maximum input voltage IlL any A or B input High-level input current any S input V V 250 J.l.A 0.5 V 1 Vee = MAX, 150 VI = 2.4 V 200 250 mode input -2 any S input Vec = MAX, -6 VI=O.4V mA -8 J.l.A mA -10 Short-circuit output current, -40 Vee = MAX any output except A = B Vee = MAX, lee V -1.2 carry input any A or B input Low-level input current 0.8 50 carry input lOS UNIT V mode input IIH MAX 2 TA = 125°e See Note 1 Supply current Vee = MAX, -100 N54S181 135 N pkg only See Note 1 mA N54S181 120 160 S74S181 120 220 mA "F or conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. ""All typical values are at Vee = 5 V, T A = 25°e. :j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. NOTE1: ICC is measured for the following conditions: a. 50 through 53, M, and A inputs are at 4.5 V, all other inputs are grounded, and all outputs are open. b. 50 through 53 and M are at 4.5 V, all other inputs are grounded, and all outputs are open. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS. vec = 5 V. TA' 25'C, N - 10 ICL - 15 pF, RL' 280!l see note 21 FROM UNPUTI tPLH Cn TO (OUTPUT) TEST CONOITIONS Cn +4 tpLH Any Aor B tpHL tPLH AnyAorB Cn+4 tPHL tPLH Cn Any F tPHL tPLH 10.5 M - OV, 50= 53 ·4.5V, 12.5 18.5 51 - 52·0 V (SUM model 12.5 18.5 M - OV, 50- 53 -OV, 16.6 23 ,suM' or DiF'F mode J 51" S2-4,6v AnyAorB AnvAorB tPHL tpLH AnvAorB 12 ('i5iFF model 7.6 12 10.5 15 10.5 15 10.5 15 M - 0 V, 50- 53 -4.5 V, 51 • 52 • 0 V (SUM mode) tpHL tPLH 23 51 - 52 - 4.6 V IDIFF model M-OV 51 - 52' 0 V (SUM Model M-OV,50-53-0V, Any Aor B tpLH MAX UNIT M - 0 V, SO - 53 =4.5V, AnyAorB tpHL tPLH tpHL TYP 7 tpHL M-OV,SO-53-0V, 12 12 51" S2""4,5v 1i5'i'F'F model Any F tpHL tPLH Any AOrS AnyF 11 16.5 51· S2-0V . .. Dynm each output, N I I N74S195 NOM High logic level 20 Low logic level V 20 10 0 Input clock frequency!, fclock UNIT 10 75 0 MHz 75 Width of clock input ~ulse, tw(clock) 12 12 ns Width of clear input pulse, tw(clear) 12 12 ns 12 12 Serial and parallel data 10 10 Clear inactive-state 15 15 l l Setup time, tsetup I Shift/load Shift/load release tim~, trelease ns 7 Serial and parallel dat~ hold time, thold 2 Operating free-air temperature, T A 7 ns 70 °e MAX UNIT ns 2 -55 125 0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) PAR~METER inpu~ VIH High·level VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voitage VOH High-level outP,ut voltage VOL Low-level outp!.!t voltage II Input current a~ maximum input voltage IIH High-level input current IlL Low-level lOS Short-circuit ICC inpu~ TEST CONDITIONS* MIN voltage current o~tput current:j: Supply current TYP** 2 Vee = MIN, 11= -18 mA Vee = MIN, VIH = 2 V, VIL = 0.8 V, IOH = -1 mA Vee - MIN, VIH - 2 V, VIL =0.8 V, 10L = 20 mA Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5 I S54S195 I N74S195 V 2.5 3.4 2.7 3.4 0.8 V -1.2 V V 0.5 V 1 V mA Vee = MAX, VI = 2.7 V 50 J.l.A Vee = MAX, VI = 0.5 V -2 mA -100 mA -40 Vee = MAX Vee = MAX, See Note 1 I S54S195 I N74S195 75 99 75 109 mA SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC'" 5 V, TA· 25°C, N = 10 PARAMETER f max Propagation tPHL tPLH ~elay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel output from iclear eL=15pF, Propagation I:lelay time, low-to-high-Ievel RL output from jclock Propagation delay time, high-to-Iow-Ievel tPHL TEST CONDITIONS Maximum input clock frequency output from iclock = 280 fl, See Note 2 MIN TYP 75 110 MHz 11 ns 9 ns 10 ns MAX "For conditions shown as. MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable device type. ""All typical values are at Vec = 5 V, T A = 25°C. :j:Not more than one outputjshould be shorted at a time, and duration of the short-circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTES: 1. With all outPut~ open, shift/load grounded, and 4.5 V applied to the J, K, and data inputs, ICC is measured by applying a momentary gro(,lnd, followed by 4.5 V, to clear and then applying a momentary ground, followed by 4.5 V, to clock. 2. Load circuit an~ waveforms are shown on pege 2-293 with the following additions: tW(clock);;o12ns. tw(clear) ;;;o12n5. 2-288 UNIT DIGITAL.: 54/74 TTL, M818ERIE8. 8548195, N74S195 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM PARAllEL OUTPUTS ~~--------------~~---~----------~~~ ~ ~ ~ (15) (14) (13) (5) (10) (6) ~~~6 ~ \~A____________________________~~____________________________- J CONTROL SERIAL INPUT PARAllEL INPUTS CLEAR CLOCK TYPICAL CLEAR. SHIFT. AND LOAD SEQUENCES SERIAL {J--.:...._-.. I I ~i.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.....:..1- - . . : . . . . - - - - - - - - - - INPUTS 'T"""'i..-----------.....:..: --~---------4-J K SHIFT/lOAD: A - - ' - _ " " : " " - '------IrHf'~--EI PARAllEL I~~J:S L : rH"T'L.-~---------- c { l OUTPUTS I {::~ ~j=========:r __-li..r----,---:--...--------'G ~ r----'I C_ _ o -!'_ _ _ _.....:.._ _ _ _-J" ---l1 [)-: CLEAR ....J I '----' I I 'r----1~1 L....- I SERIAL S H I F T - - - - - ~-----SERIAL S H I F T - - - LOAD 2·289 DESCRIPTION These Schottky-clamped high-performance multiplexers feature three-state outputs which can !interface directly with and drive data lines of bus-organized systems. With all but one of the common outputs disabled (at a high-impedance state) the low impedance of the single enabled output will drive the bus line to a high or low logic level. ' PIN CONFIGURATION J OR N DUAL IN-LINE OR W FLAT PACKAGE (TOP VIEW) S54S257, N74S257 This three-state output feature means that n-bit (paralleled) data selectors with up to 258 sourc~s can be implemented for data buses. It also permits the use of stanklard TTL registers for data retention throughout the system. The typical propagation delav times from data input to output average only 4.8 nanoseconds ifor the S54S257, N74S157 and only 4 nanoseconds for the S54S~8' N74S258. Also, to minimize the possibility that two outputs ill attempt to take a common bus to opposite logic levels, the out ut-enable circuitry is designed such that the output disable time are shorter than the output enable times. SELECT ~ OU~~'UT~ OU~~UT GND INPUTS INPUTS FEATURES • TRI-STATE OUTPUTS SYSTEM BUS INTERFACE DIRECTLY WITH • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED FOR SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT IN A-C PERFORMANCE • FULLY COMPATIBLE vf/ITH MOST TTL FUNCTIONS INCLUDING MSI • SAME PIN ASSIGNME~TS AS S54S157, N74S157 AND S54S158,N74S158 ' • PROVIDES BUS INTER~ACE FROM MULTIPLE SOURCES IN HIGH-PERFORMANCe SYSTEMS • N54S257 AND N54S2581ARE GUARANTEED FOR OPERATION OVER THE FULL ~ILITARY TEMPERATURE RANGE OF _55°C TO 125°C Positive Logic: See function table S54S258, N74S258 OUTPUT INPUTS VCCCONTROL~ OUTPUT 4V INPUTS OUTPUT ~ 3V FUNCTION TABLE INPUTS OUTPUT Y SELECT~ IV INPUTS OUTPUT N54S258 SELECT iA i B S74S257 S74S258 H X Ix x z Z L L iL X L H L L X H L L H H iX L L H L H 'x H H L CONTROL H ; High level, L; Low level, 2·290 N54S257 ?<; Irrelevant, Z; High impedance (off) ~ OUWUT INPUTS 2V GND OUTPUT Positive Logic: See function table DIGITAL 54/74 TTL. S54S257, S54S258, N74S257, N74S258 RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS S54S257,S54S258 MIN 4.5 Supply voltage, Vee Normalized fan-out from each output, N I I N74S257,N74S258 NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX 5 5.5 4.75 5 5.25 UNIT V High logic level 40 Low logic level 10 10 2 6.5 mA 70 °e High-level output current, 10H Operating free-air temperature, T A -55 130 0 125 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (over recommended operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) TEST eONDITIONS* PARAMETER VIH High-level input voltage VIL Low-level input voltage VI Input clamp voltage VOH High-level output voltage VOL Low-level output voltage 10(off) lOS Vee = MIN, 11= -18 mA Vee = MIN, VIH = 2 V, Series 54S 2.5 3.4 2.5 3.4 VIL = 0.8 V, 10H = MAX, Series 74S 2.4 3.2 2.4 3.2 -1.2 0.8 V -1.2 V V VIH - 2 V, VIL = 0.8 V, 10L = 20 mA Off-state (hJgh-impedance Vee = MAX, Vo = 2.4 V 50 50 state) output current Vee = MAX, Vo = 0.4 V -50 -50 Vee = MAX, VI = 5.5 V S input input current Any other LOW-level S input input current Any other Vee = MAX, Vee = MAX, Short circuit output current:j: 0.5 VI = 2.7 V VI = 0.5 V -40 VCC = MAX I Supply current All outputs low VCC = MAX, See Note 1 I All outputs off 0.5 1 1 100 100 50 50 -4 -4 -2 -2 -100 UNIT V 2 IAII outputs high ICC MAX TYP** Vee - MIN, High-level IlL MAX 0.8 input voltage IIH N74S257, N74S258 MIN TYP** 2 Input current at maximum II S54S257, S54S258 MIN -100 -40 44 68 36 60 93 52 81 64 99 56 87 V JJ.A mA JJ.A mA mA 56 mA -For conditions shown as MIN or MAX, use the appropriate value specified under recommended operating conditions for the applicable deVice type. - • All typical values are at V CC = 5 V, T A = 25° C. :j:Not more than one output should be shorted at a time and duration of the short circuit test should not exceed one second. NOTE1: ICC is measured with all outputs open and all possible Inputs grounded while achieving the stated output conditions. SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS, VCC - 5 V, TA - 2S"C PARAMETER tPLH FROM TO TEST (INPUT) (OUTPUT) CONDITIONS Data Any tpHL eL = 15 pF, tpLH Select Any tpHL tpLH tPHL tZH tZL tHZ tLZ NOTE 2: tZH Output tZL Control tHZ Output tLZ Control RL = 280.11, See Note 4 TYP MAX 854S258,N74S258 MIN TYP MAX 5 7.5 4 6 4.5 6.5 4 6 8.5 8 12 8.5 7.5 12 13 19.5 13 19.5 14 21 14 21 eL = 5 pF 5.5 8.5 5.5 8.5 See Note 2 9 14 9 14 Any Any 854S257, N74S257 MIN UNIT ns ns ns ns Propagation delay time, low-to-high-Ievel output Propagation delay time,-high-to-Iow-Ievel output Output enable time to high level Output enable time to low level Output disable time from high level Output disable time from low level Load circuit and waveforms are shown on page 2-293 2·291 DIGITAL 54/74 TTL '.8548257,8548258, N748257, N748258 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAMS 854S257, N74S257 OUTPUT CONTROL S54S258,N74S258 1151 lA 13) lV 18 16) 2V lV 15) 16) 2B Ill) 3A (10) 38 38 114) (13) 2-292 121 13) 2A 28 4A 0 lB 15) 3A (lSI OUTPUT CONTROL (21 4A 4V 4B 4B SELECT SELECT Ill) 110) (14) 113) 4V DIGITAL 64/74 TTL SERIES 54/74S Typical A.C. Loads And Waveforms PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION LOAD CIRCUIT FOR BI·STATE TOTEM·POLE OUTPUTS LOAD CI RCUIT FOR OPEN·COLLECTOR OUTPUTS FROM OUTPUT UNDER TEST TEST POINT ---Kt-. ...........--o o-..... o-~ NOTES: LOAD CIRCUIT FOR TRI·STATE OUTPUTS (SEE NOTE BI A. CL includes probe and jig cepacitance. 13. All diodes are 1N3064. TYPICAL AC WAVEFORMS VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS PULSE WIDTHS VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS SETUP AND HOLD TIMES ~_________________ ~.5V i~~~~G -------I_-t-..l.JU~_l=_~ol;-__j =: =: - DATA INPUT 3V =: =: =: =: =::~ 1.6V _ _ _ _ _ _ oV ~ LOW·LEVEL PULSE VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS ENABLE AND DISABLE TIMES, TRI·STATE OUTPUTS VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES INPUT HIGH·1.EVEL PULSE ~6-:--- _ _ -03: (LOW·LEVEL l IN·PHASE OUTPUT -tPHL-1 !-tPHL-I ..L _ _ - I I l-tPHL-1 l_tPHL~ ENABLING 1 ! WAVEFORM 1 (SEE NOTECI I .-...- tLZ -VOH 1.5 V ______ v v:: 1-,-- OUTPlJT~~3V CONTROL 1.5 V 1.5 V --':l __ ~ S1 CLOSED. 82 OPEN 1.5V -tZH-1 l ~~~~~:eMcf ~~~~~~ED _ 4.5 V ,.tLZ I -ov 81 AND S2 CLOSED ~~1.5V l~tHz_l;;;- V II o.SV VOL ~=-VOH ~6~ ~ov ~~1.5V 82 CLOSED NOTES: C. Waveform 1 is for an output with internal conditions such that the output is low except when disabled by the output control. Waveform 2 is for an output with internal conditions such that the Output is high except when disabled by the output control. D. I n the examples above, the phase relationships between inputs and outputs have been chosen arbitrarily. E. All input pulses are supplied by generators having the following characteristics: tr ';;;2.5 ns, tf .;;; 2.5 ns, PR R .,;; 1 MHz, and Zout"" 50 U. 2·293 SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS Iilnl!liD MSIjTTL 8000 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SFr,TIONS MSI Functional Index ARITHMETIC ELEMENTS 8260 8261 8268 Arithmetic Logic Element Fast Carry Extender Gate Full Adder 3-43 3-49 3-67 Presettable Decade Counter i>resettable Binary Counter Binary Up/Down Counter Dec:ade Up/Down Counter Divide-by-12 Counter High Speed Presettable Decade Counter High Speed Presettable Binary Counter Low Power Presettable Decade Counter Low Power Presettable Binary Counter 3-90 3-90 3-96 3-96 3-100 3-106 3-106 3-112 3-112 COUNTERS 8280 8281 8284 8285 8288 8290 8291 8292 8293 DECODIERS/DISPLAY DRIVER,S 8250 8251 8252 8TOl 8T04 8T05 8T06 Binary-to-Octal Decoder· BCD-to-Decimal Decoder BCD-to-Decimal Decoder Nilde * Decoder/Driver (68V, 5mA) Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active low -40mA current sink) Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active high -2.5mA current source) Seven-Segment Decoder/Driver (Active high -bare collector) 3-39 3-39 3-39 3-118 3-120 3-124 3-128 Nilde* Decoded/Driver (68V, 5mA) Sellen-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active low -40mA current sink) Sellen-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active high -2.5mA current source) Seven-Segment Decoder/Display Driver (Active hgih -bare collector) Quad Bus Driver (Tri-State Outputs) Quad D-Type Bus Flip-Flop· (Tri-State Outputs) Dual Line Driver Triple Line Receiver/Schmitt Trigger Dual Communications EIA/MIL Line Driver Dual Communications EIA/MI L Line Receiver Bidirectional Monostable Multivibrator (Differential Input) REltriggerable Monostable Multivibrator Dual Line Driver for IBM 360/370 Interface Triple Line Driver for IBM 360/370 Interface Dual MOS Sense Amplifier with Latch (Tri-State Outputs) Quad Bus Driver/Receiver (Tri-State Outputs) 3-118 3-124 3-128 3-132 3-136 3-140 3-143 3-147 3-150 3-154 3-159 3-161 3-165 3-169 3-173 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer 2·lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 2·lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 2·lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 3··1 nput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 3.. lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 2.. lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 2··1 nput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 3-22 3-22 3-22 3-26 3-26 3-26 3-57 3-57 3-63 3-63 INTERFACE ELEMENTS 8TOl 8T04 8T05 8T06 8T09 ST10 8T13 8T14 8T15 8T16 8T20 8T22 8T23 8T24 8T25 8T26 3-120 MULTIPLEXERS 8230 8231 8232 8233 8234 8235 8263 8264 8266 8267 PARITY FUNCTIONS 8241 8242 8262 8269 Quad Exclusive OR Quad Exclusive NOR 9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker 4-Bit Comparator 3-31 3-31 3-53 3-71 Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register Dual 5-Bit Buffer Register with D Complement 10·Bit Buffer Register 10·Bit Buffer Register with D Complement 4-Bit Shift Register 4-Bit Shift Register 10·Bit Serial·ln, Parallel·Out Shift Register lO·Bit Parallel·ln, Serial·Out Shift Register Quad Bistable Latch 8-Bit Shift Register Dual 8-Bit Shift Register 3-16 3-16 3-16 3-16 3-73 3-73 3-79 3-80 3-82 3-85 3-88 REGISTERS/LATCHES 8200 8201 8202 8203 8270 8271 8273 8274 8275 8276 8277 SCALER (Asynchronous Shift Register) 8243 8-Bit Position Scaler 3-35 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer Quad Exciusive·OR Element 4-Bit Quad Exciusive·NOR Binary·to·Octal Decoder BCD·to·Decill1al Decoder 9-Bit Parity Generator and Checker 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer 4-Bit Shift Register 4-Bit Shift Register BCD Arithmetic Unit/BCD Adder Presettable Very High Speed Decade Counter Presettable Very High Speed Binary Counter.. 3-178 3-180 3-180 3-181 3-181 3-183 3-185 3-186 3-186 3-188 3-190 3-190 3-192 3-192 3-198 3-193 3-193 SCHOTTKY 82S MSI 82S30 82S31 82S32 82S33 82S34 82S41 82S42 82S50 82S52 82S62 82S66 82S67 82S70 82S71 82S82/83 82S90 82S91 *Trademark of Burroughs Corporation INTRODUCTION AND ORDERING INFORMATION INTRODUCTION The 8200 Series MSI, 82S Schottky MSI and 8T interface circ~its are described in this secti9n. These devices are directly compatible with other' TTL circuits such as the bipolar memories covered in Section 4 and the 54/74 series described in Section 2. Reliability information that details production screens, acceptance tests and qualification tests is given in Section 8 as well. The users attention is also directed to the optional high reliability programs described in Section 8. These are the Signetics SUPR DIP Program for plastic packages and the Signetics SURE 883 program. Other 8000 Series circuits such as gates, binaries and several interface elements are described in Volume 1 of the 8000 l)eries that may be obtained from your nearest Signetics representative. Application ideas are provided with the product electrical specifications. Additional applications information may be obtained from the nearest Signetics representative or local Signetics field applications engineer. The user may also find the general systems design considerations helpful which are given on pages 3-2 through 3-7. The electrical specifications given for the IC's in this section are designed to serve as an exact guide for procurement documents. Detailed test conditions and test limits are given for each integrated circuit. Whenever possible, worst case limits 'for the electrical parameters have been provided. ORDERING INFORMATION Unless otherwise' ,specified all devices are available in the "S" and "N" temperature rang~s: Ordering information for the circuits described in this section can be found below. For the designers convenience, package outlines for each device are given on pages 3-8 through 3-'-'15. This information should be reveiwed in conjunction with detailed package descriptions given in Section 8 where physical dimensions as well as thermal impedance data are given. "S" -55°C to +125°C "N" O°C to + 75°C The package type designators below, in conjunction with detailed package information given in section 8, may be used for procurement purposes. PART IDENTIFICATION Y8XXXZ Y "S" = Temperature Range = -55°C to +125°C (Military) liN" NOTE: 82XX = Standard MSI 82SXX = Schottky MSI 8TXX = Interface Circuit Package Type Designator Z = V A B N F W I = 8-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package = 14-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package = 16-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package Q 24-pin Dual-in-line Plastic Package 14, 16, 24-pin Dual-in-line Ceramic Package (Cerdip) 14, 16-pin Ceramic Flat Package (Cerpac) = 14, 16, 24-pin Ceramic Dual-in-line Package = 14, 16, 24-pin Ceramic Flat Package = = = 3·1 SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS included in this section. The numbers are easily generated for individual cases as shown below. The lower of the two numbers is the DC fan-out. Over Operating Free-Air Temperature Range (unless otherwise noted) The absolute maximum ratings constitute limiting values above which serviceability of the device may be impaired. Provisions should be made in system design-and testing to limit voltages in accordance with Table 1. These ratings apply to both 82XX and 8TXX -MSI devices unless otherwise specified. DC FAN OUT ("0" Output Condition) "0'" maximum output current of driving element "0" maximum input current requirement of driven element DC FAN OUT ("1" Output Conditionl "1" maximum output current of driving element TABLE 1 Input Voltage Output' Voltage VCC (Note 2t Storage Temperature Range A,B, N packages F,I,Q,W packages +5.5V +7.0V +7.0V "1" maximum input current requirement of driven element DC Noise Margin ("0" state) is obtained by subtracting the maximum "0" level output voltage for the driving gate from the minimum "0" threshold for the driven gate. -65°C to +175°C -65° C to +200° C NOTES: 1. All devices must be derated at elevated temperatures based on maximum allowable Junction temperature. (See maximum storage temperature above and the thermal resistance of the package, given In section 8). 2. Operating Vee for the 8200 Series Is specified at +5V ± 5%. None of the Signetics MSI elements will be damaged by supply voltages of 7 volts or less; however, In some of the more complex functions, power dissipation at such voltages could become excessive. It Is recommended therefore, that such overvoltages be limited to a maximum of 1 second duration. DC Noise Margin ("1" state) is obtained by subtracting the maximum "1" level input threshold of the driven gate from the minimum "1" output voltage level of the driving gate. OUTPUT STRUCTURES Certain guidelines should be observed to ensure optimum system performance. Systems incorporating TTL elements such as gates, binaries and MSI circuits have inherent VCC and GROUND transients attributable to the current spike produced by "totem pole" output structures. SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DC Fan-Out and Noise Margin Figure 1 shows totem pole structures commonly used in MSI designs as output buffers to increase fan-out and provide'adequate switching speeds. Because of the growing complexity of new MSI and memory products, loading and noise margin tables are not COMMON TOTEM POLE OUTPUT STRUCTURES vee vee va va va FIGURE 1 3-2 SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS DECOUPLI NG MSI large ground plane to minimize DC offsets and to provide an extremely low impedance path to reduce transient voltage signals on the printed circuit board. The power supply should be +5V ±5% with R-F (1GHz) bypassing. Catastrophic damage can occur if Vee is not properly regulated. The current spike produced by the totem pole output :structure during switching transitions can cause MSI subsystems to malfunction if Vee is not adequately decoupled to GROUND. With the large number of 551 and MSI devices available it is almost impossible to establish a general rule for decoupling. When in doubt, a capacitor of 2000pF or more, for each totem pole structure should be connected from Vee to GROUND. The non-inductive capacitor (cl~ramic disc, tantalum slug, etc.) should be mounted wi.1th leads as short as possible and should be placed in c~ose proximity to the MSI package to minimize lead length inductance. A properly designed printed circuit board should have the total required capacitance evenly distributed throughout the board. Example: A printed circuit board contains 25 packages averaging four totem pole structures per package. The total capacitance required is 25 packagEis x 4 totem pole structures x 2000pF or O.2~F ceramic disc capacitors evenly distributed, satisfy the Vee to GROUND decoupling requirements. Power distributed from the main supply must, by necessity, come through a path which displays finite resistance (R ps ), inductance (Lps) and capacitance (Cps), as illustrated in Figure 2. The resistive component of the power lines is small, producing very little DC voltage drop at the Vee and GROUND inputs to the printed circuit board. However, the inductance in the· power lines can cause the noise generated by current spiking to be transmitted throughout the system on the Vee and GROUND lines. If the printed circuit boards are adequately decoupled, the power line noise will be reduced significantly. In order to repel power line noise transmitted to a printed circuit board, ferrite beads may be placed on the incoming Vee and GROUND lines as shown in Figure 3. A 10~f tantalum capacitor, per 25 packages, connected from Vee to GROUND should be placed on the printed circuit board in the position shown. In conjunction with the distributed ceramic disc capacitors, this approach will prevent most system malfunctions attributable to internally generated noise. POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS High-frequency distribution techniques should be used for Vee and GROUND. These techniques should include a POWER CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE r - - - - - - - ., Rps I I I CPS CpS CPS I I L _ !9!!.E!!, S~P!.L!. ...J Rps 'NOISE SPIKES GENERATED BY TOTEM-POLE STRUCTURES WHEN NOT PROPERLY BYPASSED' {m" . FIGURE 2 3-3 SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FERRITE BEAD ISOLATION OF GENERATED NOISE More than one unused input can be tied to. Vee through a single resistor. r-------- Vee I PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD r-~__- - - - - - NOISE -..----.----' I~2"~ I GROUND The current limiting resistor is required if power supply transients can exceed 5.5V for longer than 1J.Lsec; since the power dissipated in the emitter junction under these conditions can destroy the junction. i ~'R; CERAMIC DICS ±I -- I _______ _ L INPUT CLAMP DIODES MSI circuits contain input clamp diodes as shown in Figure 4. At the input, these diodes limit negative excursions which exceed -lV by providing a low impedance current source from GROUND through the forward biased diode clamp. The clamps are designed to minimize ringing which may result from interconnect wires in excess of six inches in length. FIGURE 3 ISOLATION DIODES INPUT CLAMP DIODES r-------- I NEVER REVERSE THE Vee AND GROUND POTENTIALS. Catastrophic failure can occur if more than 100mA is conducted through a forward biased substrate (isolation) diode. DIFFUSED INPUT Vcc I I I D-..L-__- J CLAMP DIODES ISOLATION DIODE DISPOSITION OF UNUSED INPUTS Electrically open inputs degrade Ae noise immunity as well as the switching speed of an MSI circuit. To optimize performance, each input must be connected to a low impedance source. Depending on their logical activating level, unused inputs should be tied to Vee, GROUND or a driving source. When paralleling an unused input with a driven input of the same multiple emitter transistor (MET), care should be taken to remain within the "1" level fan-out specifications for the driving source. The AND or NAND structures do not affect the "0" level fan-out of the driving source. When an unused input of an OR or NOR structure is commoned with a driven input, both the "1" and "0" level fan-out of the driving source are affected. If fan-out of the driving source will be exceeded or if there is no convenient connection to an appropriate driven input, a second method of avoiding open inputs is useful. Inputs which activate on "0" (AND and NAND) may be tied directly to Vee or tied to Vee through a 'current limiting resistor of 1 Kn or more. 3·4 DIFFUSED INPUT CLAMP DIODES FIGURE 4 SIGNAL PROCESSING The rise and fall times of all incoming data signals should be less than 200ns. The amplitude of incoming data signals should be 2.4V or greater. Figure 5 shows the transfer characteristi'c of the classic TTL gate. In the input threshold region, from point one to point two, the gate has approximately 25dB of gain. In this region, any discontinuity of the input waveform will be amplified more than 10 times at the output of the gate. SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS TTL TRANSFER CHARACTERISTIC POTENTIAL OSCILLATORY FEEDBACK PATHS 4.0 3.0 Vee· 5.OV F.O. =MAX ~~ '\ 2.0 ~ R \~ \\-~ ~:-~ 1.0 POINT 2 • 0.4 .,. ~ f-~ \ \ . . ··l . ·······t··· .. ..... ~ 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 INPUT VOLTAGE (VI FIGURE 6 GND Should the input voltage remain in the threshold region (approximately 200mV wide) for more than 15ns, a typical TTL gate tends to oscillate as shown in Figure 6. The equivalent circuit in Figure 7 illustrates the potential oscillatory feed-back paths. The primary contributor to oscillation is the changing power supply voltage with the chip, caused by the current spiking which occurs during switching transitions. Since output voltage is directly proportional to Vee and threshold voltage tends also to drop with lower supply voltage, the net effect is a positive feedback loop from output to input. FIGURE 7 WIRED-AND APPLICATIONS OF OPEN-COLLECTOR MSI TYPICAL TTL GATE OSCILLATION WITH SLOW INPUT TRANSITIONS FIGURE 6 Open-collector MSI, when supplied with a proper load resistor (RU can be paralleled with other similar MSI or open collector TTL gates to perform the WIRED-AND function, and simultaneously, will drive several TTL loads. For any of these conditions an appropriate load resistor value must be determined for the desired circuit configuration. The user may choose a load resistor that must be between the following limits: A maximum resistor value must be determined which will ensure that sufficient load current to the TTL loads to be driven, as well as leakage current to the paralleled outputs, is available during the logical "1" state at the output. A minimum resistor value must be determined which will ensure that current through this resistor and sink current from the TTL loads will not cause the output voltage to rise above the logiCal "0" level even if one of the paralleled outputs is sinking all the current. 3-5 SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS LOGICAL "1" (off level) CALCULATIONS FOR RL MAX The maximum value of load resistance RL MAX) is determined by the maximum voltage drop across R L caused by the total leakage current which will still ensure a minimum logical "1" at the common collector node. As shown in Figure 8: Total leakage current I (1 hotal = n I (1 )off + m I (1 )in n = Number of commoned collectors (driving gates) m = Number of fan-outs (driven gates) Vcc TIL LOADS Vcc I I~ TIL LOAOS V(lloUTMIN nHl10FF ~ I I HOIIN ~ R Vee - V(OIOUTMAX L MIN· HOIOUTMAX _ ml(OliN • CURRENT INTO THE OFF OUTPUTS IS NEGLIGIBLE AT A LOGICAL '0', WHERE: V(0IOUr"'O,4V 1(1IIN RL MAX. Vee - V(110UTMIN n1(110FF+ ml(lllN WHERE: V(110UT<;2,4V FIGURE 9 FIGURE 8 LOGICAL "0" (on level) CALCULATIONS FOR RL MIN The minimum value of load resistance (RL MIN) is determined from the worst case maximum logical "0" state in which only one element is sinking current. This condition is illustrated in Figure 9: 3·6 PROPAGATION DELAY Propagation delay for the 8000 Series elements is specified in terms of ton and toff switching times which provides a figure of merit by which comparison can be made with similar products. The guaranteed delay times given in the electrical characteristics section take into consideration the logical "1" and logical "0" input current and load capacitance as shown in the AC test figures. Inverting and non-inverting paths are measured as shown in Figure 10. SYSTEMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS INVERTING PATHS NON-INVERTING PATHS IN 1.5V~ ---.j ton t*- ~ FIGURE 10 3·7 PIN CONFIGURATIONS 8200 8201 18 3-8 N,F,O PACKAGES N,F,O PACKAGES 8202 8203 N,F,O PACKAGES N,F,O PACKAGES 8230/31/32 8233/34/35 8,F,W PACKAGES 8,F,W PACKAGES IfllN CONFIGURATIONS (Cont'd) 8243 8241/42 23 14 13 11 10 10 N,F,a PACKAGES W PACKAGE A,F PACKAGES 8251/52 8250 14 12 10 A,F PACKAGES B,F,W PACKAGES WPACKAGE 8260 8261 24 21 13 17 N,F,a PACKAGES A,F PACKAGES WPACKAGE 3·9 PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cont'd) 8262 8263/64 24 22 21, 20 10 16 11 12 13 N,F,a PACKAGES WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGES 12 8268 8266/67 12 10 B,F,W PACKAGES A,F PACKAGES 8269 A,F,W PACKAGES' 3·10 WPACKAGE 8270 A,F PACKAGES WPACKAGE PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cont'd) 8271 8273 8274 Vee Clo o. Vee 0, 0,; Os 0, Oe a.. Oe 03 °'0 0, CLOCK, 0, o. d. De 03 0'0 e, s, So 0, CLOCK2 Iilm' 8,F,W PACKAGES 8,F,W PACKAGES 8,F,W PACKAGES 8276 8277 A,F PACKAGES B,F PACKAGES 8275 °2 1 18 Vee °' 2 16 E',2 0'3 14 °4 0, • 02 13 °3 03 6 12 02 8 11 a, 10 a. 9 ~ E3,. GN08 8,F,W PACKAGES 8280/81 8284/85 14 14 12 10 A,F PACKAGES WPACKAGE A,F PACKAGES WPACKAGE 3·11 PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cant'd) 8290/91 8288 A,F PACKAGES A,F PACKAGES WPACKAGE W PACKAGE 8292/93 A,F PACKAGES 3·12 WPACKAGE PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Cant'd) 82S30/31/32 2 4 . 5 7 8 [ [ [ [ [ [ [ T '3 82S33/34 82S41/42 B,F PACKAGES A,F PACKAGES ,4 A2 '. A, '5 Ao '. '7 B,F PACKAGES 82S50 82S52 82S62 A,F PACKAGES B,F PACKAGES A,F PACKAGES 82S66/67 82S70 82S71 A,F PACKAGES B,F PACKAGES I '8 '4 B,I PACKAGES 3·13 PIN CONFIGURATIONS( Cont'd) ST01 S2S90/91 10 A,F PACKAGES B,F PACKAGES ST04/05/06 ST09 B,F,W PACKAGES A,F PACKAGES W PACKAGE ST10 S1'13 ST14 QUT D1S1 Vee QUTDI52 ·3 03 ., 0, ., .. 0, D• INOIS2 10 IN OIS1 B,F,W PACKAGE 3-14 B,F,W PACKAGES B,F,W PACKAGES PIN CONFIGURATION (Cont'd) 8T15 8T16 8T20 12 A,F PACKAGES A,F PACKAGES 8T22 I B,F PACKAGES 8T23 • Pins for External Timing Components A,F PACKAGES B,W PACKAGES 8T24 8T25 B,W PACKAGES V PACKAGE 8T26 B,F PACKAGES 3·15 SillOOlies BUFFER REGISTERS N,F,O PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI 8200 8201 8202 8203 DESCRIPTION The 8200/8201/8202/8203 MSI Buffer Registers are arrays of ten clocked "0" flip-flops especially suited for parallelin parallel-out register applications. They are also suitable for general purpose applications as para lie 1- in serial- out, serial-in parallel-out registers. The 8200 and 8202 feature true "0" inputs. The logic state presented at these "0" inputs will appear at the Q outputs after a negative transition of the clock. The 8201 and 8203 feature complementing "0" inputs ("0"). The logic state presented at these "0" inputs will invert and appear at the Q outputs after a negative going transition of the clock. This complementing input feature ("0") permits the use of standard AND-OR-INVERT "gates to achieve the AND-OR function without additional gate delays. The" flip-flops are arranged as dual 5 arrays, (8200 & 8201) and single 10 arrays with reset, (8202 & 8203). The true output of each bit is made available to the user. LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER-INVERTED INPUTS (1) (1) CLOCK 1 0 - - 1 >--+--......-+-.....-+____----1f--~+---' CLOCK 1 0 - - 1 >--+--......-+-.....-+____----1f----<~+---' (23) (23) CLOCK 2 0 - - 1 > - - + - -......-+-.....-+____----1f----<~+---' On 1 0 CLOCK 2 0----1L>--=-+=-~-+.:.,....,-t-,....,..._=:_1r-:-:-~+_:__:_' °n+1 1 0 Vee - (24) GND = (12) () Denotes Pin Numbers Vee GND = ( = ) (24) (12) Denotes Pin Numbers 8201 8200 10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER On RESET 1 1 1 0 Vee GND () = RESET = 0 ... Q = 0 (OVERRIDES CLOCK) n IS TIME PRIOR TO CLOCK n+1 IS TIME FOLLOWING CLOCK °n+1 1 0 (24) (12) Denotes Pin Numbers 8202 3-16 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03 LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES (Cont'd) 10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER-INVERTED INPUTS Dn RESET Q n+1 0 1 1 1 1 0 VCC GND (24) (12) ( D'enotes Pin Numbers ) RESET = 0" Q = 0 (OVERRIDES CLOCK) n IS TIME PRIOR TO CLOCK n+1 IS TIME FOLLOWING CLOCK 8203 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. "1" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage "0" Input Current D n (8200, 8202) °n(8201,8203) Clock Reset (8202, 8203) "1" Input Current Dn (8200, 8202) On (8201, 8203) Clock Reset (8202, 8203) Input Voltage Rating (All inputs) Power/Current Consumption TA 2.6 TYP. Dn 8202 V V 2.0V 0.8V 0.8V 2.0V Pulse Pulse -1.6 -1.6 -1.6 -1.6 mA mA mA mA OAV 40 40 40 40 /.LA /.LA /.LA /.LA 4.5V V mW/mA 10mA OV 0.4 5.5 409/77.7 580/110 NOTES RESET CLOCK UNITS 3.5 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 Dn 8200 8201 8203 MAX. 8202 8203 OUTPUTS -800/.LA 9.6mA 6 7 OAV OAV OAV 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 10mA OV 10mA OV 10mA 11,13 = 25°C and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS 'tEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Propagation Delay ton Clock to Q toff Clock to Q ton Reset to Q Set Up Time Hold Time Minimum Clock Pulse Width Transfer Rate Output Short Circuit Current 15 -20 TYP. MAX. 30 26 30 6 0 12 35 45 40 45 15 5 17 , -70 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are tied to V CC. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied -to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0 ': 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings _should the isolation diodes become forward biased. NOTES UNITS ns ns ns ns ns ns MHz mA 8 8 8 10 12 8 9,13 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. Refer to AC Test Figure. Not more than one output should be, shorted at a time. - Set Up Time defined es data presence before clock. Outputs are In the low state for this test. Hold time defined as data presence after clock. V CC = 5.25 volts. 3-17 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER INVERTED INPUTS 8201 DUAL 5-BIT BUFFER REGISTER 8200 SINGLE 10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER 8202 SINGLE 10-BIT BUFFER REGISTER INVERTED INPUTS 8203 1----------, 1---------, I I I I I I 2." 3.7k 24.k 3.7k 700. 700. I I I I I I I I I I a a IiiI I I L I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I II I~~ ___ I ____-__-_.:..J ~~ 3.7k 3.1k o 3-18 ____--__--_.:-l DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS . tpd FROM CLOCK TO Q 6.0V DATA _ _ _ _..J!INVERT FOR i5 01 610 " Vee 02 0.3 Oa 04 D& 1 1 1 1 -+j toN 0& 0& 01 Ck7 08 0& 09 Os 010 OUTPUT~. : 1.6V 1.6V I 1 --J t--- 1 t--- toFF 04 8202" 08 ":' eLOCK~ 2.8V 01 02 '-- TO OUTPUTS INPUT PULSE: Data = P.R.R. ~ 7.5 MHz Clock - P.R.R. a 16 MHz PW = 17 ns (at 60% point) tr ~ tf = 5 ns Max. Amplitude = 2.6V . 010 GNO • Refer to the Pin-Outs for the 8200/01/03 AC Testing. ton FROM RESET TO Q 6.0V CLOCK~ RESET - - - - - - - . r.:-:':":'--1.6VL..../1.6V Vee 01 01 02 02 03 Oa 04 04 06 8202" 0& 08 0& D7 Ck7 08 0& 09 09 2.8V 16IID I 1.6V~1.6V 1 1'------ OUTPUT - - - - - ' _ I toN'-- TO OUTPUTS 010 INPUT PULSE: Amplitude ='2.6V Clock: P.R.R. = 6 MHz Aeset: P.R.R. = 5 MHz PW = 30 ns (at 50% point) t r =tf=5ns' • Refer to the Pin·Outs for the 8200/01/02/03 AC Testing. 3·19 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 20 BIT (4 WORDS X 5 BITS EACH) MEMORY CELL I----------------------~--------I i' ~ o- I - b_ _ ~ ---+-r=:J~~~~~~001 ~ ~ 004 Total Package Count ~ 2-8200'5 ONE OUT OF TEN - COUNTER/DISPLAY (SELF-CORRECTING) I I I I I I CLOCK~~~--i>--~-+--+-~~--+---~~--~----+---~----~--~~--~ ____________________________________ JI 8202 Total Package Count 3-20 = 1-8202; 1-8880 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8200/01/02/03 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (Cont'd) MULTIPLICATION AT 10MHz OF A 20·BIT BINARY WORD nllllllllllllllllll~ 0 0 0 1 01 1 1 8202 1 ( 8202 I 1 Ro CL 1 CL Ro I: I 1 Cl:n l 1 I I I I: I il 1l' 'i 1l' 'f 'i ) Tl TTTI I r I ! IXl Xo X16 X 16 X 17 X 18 X 19 I I I 1 I 8260 8260 8260 8260 Jr- 8260 1 1 1 U U J U WU 1:0 1:1 1:2 1:3 1: 4 I:5 J 1:6 0 W J ~ J ..J U 1:7 1:8 1: 10 9 0 I: 11 OUTPUT BUFFER J1: ~ J1: I:14 16 13 0 8202 CL 1:12 W U LJ 1: 16 1:17 1: 18 U 1: 19 0 8202 RO Q OUTPUT BUFFER RO I Pn CLEAR P n ,= (Xn)M WHERE Xn M == MULTIPLICAND == MULTIPLIER TO"TAL PACKAGE COUNT =9 PACKAGES (4-8202'S AND 6-8260'S) 3·21 8·INPUT DIGITAL MULTIPLEXER !i!!lDotiC!i 8230 8231 8232 B,F ,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI DESCRIPTION TRUTH TABLE The 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer is the logical equivalent of a single-pole, 8 position switch whose position is specified by a 3-bit input address. The 8230 incorporates an INHIBIT input which, when low, allows the one-of-eight inputs selected by the address to appear on the f output and, in complement, on the f output. With the INHIBIT input high, the f output is unconditionally low and the output is unconditionally high. The 8230 is a functional and pin-for-pin replacement for the 9312. r The 8231 is a variation of the 8230 that provides open collector output f for expansion of input terms. The 8232 is similar to the 8230 except 'in the effect of the INHIBIT input on the f output. With the INHIBIT low, the selected input appears at the f output and, in complement, on the f output. With the INH IBIT input high, both the f and the f output are unconditionally low. DATA INPUTS ADDRESS 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 INH A2 A1 Ao 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 x x x x 1 1 1 1 x 1 0 1 x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x 0 x x x x x x x x x 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 x x x x x x x x x x 1 0 x x 1 x 0 x 1 x x 0 0 1 x x x x x x x 0 x x x x '0 x x x x 0 x x x x 0 x x x 0 0 x x 0 x 0 x 0 x x 0 0 x x x 0 x x x x 0 x x x x 0 x x x x 0 x x x x 0 x x x x 1 x = don't care LOGIC DIAGRAMS 8230 AND 8231 8232 (9) (9) 17 17 Is IS 16 16 14 14 13 13 12 12 ("I) (61 I, 3·22 T I, 10 10 Vee = (16) GND (8) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers Vee GND () ~ (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OUTPUT 8230 8231 8232 f r 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MS'- 8230/31/32 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS A1 Az Aa INH DATA INPUT In NOTES OUTPUTS --.- "1" Output Voltage, Output f Output f (8230, 8232) 2.6 3.5 V * * * 0.8V 2.0V -800IlA 6,9 2.6 3.5 V * * * 2.0V * -800",A 6,9 16mA "1" Output leakage Current, r (8231) 150 ",A 0.8V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 0.6V 11 "0" Output Voltage 0.4 V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8~ 0.8V 0.8V 7,9 Inputs An, In 40 ",A 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V Input INH, 8230 & 8231 80 ",A 4.5V Input INH, 8232 80 ",A 4.5V Output "1" Input Current 4.5V "0" I nput Current TA An. In. INH (8230 & 8231) -0.1 -1.6 rnA INH, (8232) -0.1 -3.2 rnA 0.4V 0.4V O.~V 0.4V O.4V = 25°C and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS A A A INH DATA INPUT In ., OUTPUTS f NOTES Propagation Delay T (.8230.8232) T (8231) to T (8230,8232) An to 19 30 ns 8 An to 17 30 ns 8 In 11 20 ns 8 10 15 ns 8 f to f T (8231) T (8230.8231) to f or T (8232) In to 13 24 ns 8 INH to 18 30 ns 8 INH 11 20 ns 8 8230.8231 184/ 35 250/ 47.7 mW/mA 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V OV 10 8232 173/ 33 262/ 50.0 mW/mA 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V OV 10 -20 -70 rnA OV OV OV OV 4.5V OV 10.12 -20 -70 rnA OV OV OV OV OV OV 10.12 V 10mA lOrnA 10mA 10mA Power Consumption/Supply Current Output Short Circuit Current Output f Output f (8230.8232) Input Voltage Rating 5.5 10mA *See Truth Table for Logical Conditions NOTES: 1. All voltaga maasurements are referenced to the ground terminal.. Terminels not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All meesurements ere taken with ground'pin tied to zero volts. 3. 4. 5. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1". "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should· the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. 7. 8. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. Refer to AC Test Figures. 9. By DC tests per the truth table. all Inputs have guaranteed thresholds of 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1". All 1n data Inputs are at OV. VCC = 5.25V. 10. 11. 12. Connect an external 1 k resistor from V CC to the output terminal for this test. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 3·23 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8230/31/32 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 8230 AND 8231 8232 ""--+-.-I-o'GND ,.-.,.-~-+-ovcc ·600 Resl.tor on 8231 only. Note: All Inputl have diode clamping. All outputl have . IlOlatlon diodes. 3-24 Note: All Inputs have diode clamping. All outputs have Isolation diodes • DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI -8230/31/32 AC TEST CONDITIONS AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS INPUTS STEP TYPE/S NO. --~26V lOP'y5K 1 2 3 4 5 6 ALL ALL ALL 8230 8231 8232 8232 WAVEFORM TYPE DELAY FROM·TO 10 Ao INH AO to_f ~O to f to f* INH to T OV Vce P.G. OV P.G. OV Vce OV P.G. OV OV OV OV OV OV P.G. C,D C,D C,D INH to T INH to f OV Vee OV OV P. G. P.G. C,D C,D 11 OV OV A, B NOTE: 1. P. G. = Pulse Generator ·Both f and fare simultaneously loaded. "2 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS EXPANSION OF 8231 TO MULTIPLEXER 64 LINES 8320/32 l 360n 84.5n R2 1 8231 00 R1 440n NOTES: 1. 5K, 30pF load includes test Jigs and scope Impedance. 2. Scope terminals to be ..;;; 1 Yo" from package pins. 3. See truth table for logical conditions. 20~-------.4 2'<>---------...-H 22o---------1>--f-H NON·INVERTING PATHS INPUT I\T BNC ~ --Pw-.Ir- 2.6V 50%-JL-fi. tf tr OV t r - tf ~3n. A IN ~.5V -I ":t-o-n~I"--- OUT *.5V INVERTING PATHS t----------<>----o 'n INVERTED OUTPUT !!L-.../i,- .1"- 1.5V~ --- OUT ton ~V I • ·f n = fo + f 1 + f2 ..... f7 True Output . All Outputs may be tied together to drive 8x16mA (eight' 1.6mA F.O.) or each Output may drive separately ten 1.6mA F.O. Note: Each 8231 has 8 data inputs which are not shown. 3·25 Smnotics 2-INPUT 4-81T DIGITAL MUL TIPLEXER B,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI 8233 8234 8235 DESCRIPTION These devices are 2-input, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexers designed for general purpose data-selection applications. The 8233 features non-inverting data paths; and, the 8234 features inverting data paths. The 8235 is designed for input to adders, registers and general paralleled data handling due to its capability to perform CONDITIONAL COMPLEMENTING (TRUE/ COMPLEMENT). When the two inputs for each bit position (Ai, Bi) are connected together, the·f output will provide either the True or Complement of the input data. This capability is especially useful for transferring data into parallel adders where both true data for adding or multiplying and also complemented data for subtracting or dividing are needed. The 8234 and 8235 designs have open collector outputs which permit direct wiring to other open collector outputs (collector logic) to yield "free" four-bit words. As many as one hundred four-bit ~ords can be multiplexed by using fifty 8234/8235s in the WI RED-AND mode. The inhibit state So = S1 = 1 can be used to facilitate transfer operations in an arithmetic section. LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLES 8233 (ACTIVE PULL-UP) Vee GND 50 51 0 0 B 1 0 A 0 1 B 1 1 0 = ( ) = fn (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers 8234 (OPEN COLLECTOR) 50 51 0 0 B 1 0 A 0 1 B 1 1 1 Vee GND ( ) = fn (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers 8235 (OPEN COLLECTOR) So 51 0 0 0 1 Bn 1 0 An 1 1 1 Vee GND = = ( ) = 3·26 fn AnBn (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers DIGITAL.8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8233/34/35 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) i TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage (B233) INPUTS MIN. TYP. 2.6 . 3.5 MAX. OUTPUTS UNITS An Bn So S, V 2.0V 2.0V O.BV O.BV -BOO/.LA NOTES 6 "0" Output Voltage (B233) 0.4 V O.BV 2.0V 2.0V O.BV 16mA 7 "0" Output Voltage (B234) 0.4 V OV 2.0V O.BV O.BV 16mA 7 "0" Output Voltage (B235) 0.4 V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V O.BV 16mA 7 100 /.LA 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 5.0V B 100 /.LA 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 5.0V B O.4V 4.5V 4.5V O.4V "1" Output Leakage Current (B234) I "1" Outpu t Leakage Cu rrent (B235) "0" Input Current An -0.1' -1.6 mA Bn -0.1 -1.6 mA So -0.1 -1.6 mA S1 -0.1 -1.6 rnA 40 /.LA 4.5V OV OV 4.5V OV OV OV O.4V O.4V "1" Input Current An Bn 40 /.LA So 40 /.LA S1 40 /.LA 4.5V 4.5V Input Voltage Rating An 5.5 V 10mA OV OV 10mA Bn 5.5 V So 5.5 V S1 5.5 V 10mA 10mA Output Short Circuit Current (B233) -20 -70 mA An -1.5 V Bn -1.5 V So -1.5 V S1 -1.5 V 5V 5V OV OV OV 10,11 Input Clamp Voltage -12mA -12mA -12mA -12mA 3·27 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8233/34/35 TA = 25°e and Vee = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS OUTPUTS iNPUTS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS An Bn So NOTES S, Power/Current Consumption: 8233 200/38 252/48 mW/mA OV OV 10 8234 160/31 210/40 mW/mA OV OV 10 8235 230/44 310/59 mW/mA 4.5V 4.5V 10 An' Bn to fn 16 25 ns 9 So to fn 27 38 ns 9 S1 to fn 27 38 ns 9 8233 Turn-On Times, ton '. 8233 Turn-Off Times, toff An. Bn to fn 16 25 ns 9 So to fn 27 38 ns 9 S1 to fn 27 38 ns 9 8234 Turn-On Times. ton An. Bn to fn 16 25 ns 9 So to fn 27 38 ns 9 S, to fn 27 38 ns 9 8234 Turn-Off Times. toff An' Bn to fn '6 25 ns 9 So to fn 27 38 ns 9 S1 to fn 27 38 ns 9 An to fn 16 25 ns 9 9 8235 Turn-On Times. ton Bn to fn 24 35 ns So to fn 27 38 ns 9 S1 to fn 27 38 ns 9 An to fn 16 25 ns 9 8235 Turn-Off Times, toff Bn to tn 24 35 ns 9 So to fn 27 38 ns 9 S1 to fn 27 38 ns 9 'NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements ere referenced to the ground termi· nel. Terminels not specifically referenced ere left electrically open. 2. All measurements are teken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. 4. 5. Positive current is defined as Into the terminal referenced. Positive logic: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level ~ "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. 6. 3·28 7. Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to VCC' 8. Connect an externel1k ±1% resistor from VCC to the output for th i, telt. Reference AC Test Circuit, Waveforms and Test Tables. VCC - 6.25V. Not more then one output should be shorted at a time. 9. 10. 11. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8233/34/35 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 8233 (ACTIVE PULL-UP) 8234 (OPEN COLLECTOR) Vee <;> 3·29 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8233/34/35 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (Cont'd) 8235 PROPAGATION DELAY TEST TABLE PATH PARAMETER 81 82 83 54 AO to fO ~ a b b c c a c b b b a b b c a c PRODUCT ALL toft 8233 8234 8233 8234 8233 8234 80 to fO ~ So to fO ~ So to fO ~ 8235 80 to fO ton toff c a c b 8235 80 to fO ton toff b c a b 8235 S, to fO ~ b b c a 8233 8234 51 to fO b c b a toff toff toft S, So o--..-_r toft· ~ toff AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS ., ., AOo-~---~~~-+-+-Tr SWITCH POSITIONS '0 B~ CO 8, INPUT PULSE: Rl 8233 8234 8235 Amplitude = 2.6V PW = 200n5 PRR = 1 MHz tr = tf = 5ns R2 84.5n 00 360n 440n PULSE REQUIREMENTS -I -I foe-tf INPUT 1.5V - I-- tf I I 1 I --- I I 1.6V I I I I--PW-I '-itoll I-:t()n ~ 1.5V - - - OUTPUT I-- -I INPUT 1.5V - - - 1.5V ---I tf I: : I I I I I-I I t r --- 1-1-OUTPUT I 1.5V - - - 3·30 1.6V I I_PW_I ton I-f-I toll I - 1.5V !ii!lnotics QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR QUAD EXCLUSIVE -NOR 8241 8242 A,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION The 8241 contains four independent gating structures to perform the Exclusive-OR function on two input variables. The output of the 8241 employs the totem-pole structure characteristic of TTL devices. The 8242 contains four independent Exclusive-NOR gates which may be used to implement digital comparison functions. The 8242 outputs are bare collector to facilitate imp lementation of mu Itiple-bit comparisons; a 4-bit comparison is made by connecting the outputs of the four independent gates together. LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES 8241 QUAD EXCLUSIVE - OR AO BO (1) ,- (2) Vee GND ( ) A B f 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 = (14) = (7) = Denotes Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package 10 8242 4-81T DIGITAL COMPARATOR (OPEN COLLECTOR) r I Vee GND ( ) L f A B 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 = (14) = (7) =DenotesPinNumbersfor 14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package 3-31 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8241/42 (8241) ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS INPUTS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. OUTPUTS UNITS A Output "1" Voltage 2.6 3.5 Output "0" Voltage 0.4 Input "1" Current Input "0" Current -0.1 Power/Current Consumption Output Short Circuit Current 225/42.4 NOTES B V 2.0 O.S -SOO/-IA 7 V 2.0 2.0 16mA S SO /-IA 4.5 4.5V 11 -3.2 mA 0.4 0.4 12 13 300/57.1 -20 -70 mW/mA mA OV 6,13 Input Voltage Rating TA A Input 5.5 V B Input 5.5 V OV 10mA OV 10mA = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V (8241) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS INPUTS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. A Propagation Delay NOTES OUTPUTS UNITS ton 17 23 ns toff 11 17 ns B 9 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS (8242) TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTER1S"r.cs NOTES INPUTS MIN. TYP. MAX. OUTPUT UNITS A B Output "1" Leakage Current 25 /-I A 2.0 2.0 Output "0" Voltage 0.4 V 2.0 O.S Input "1" Current SO /-IA 4.5 4.5V 11 mA 0.4 0.4 12 mW/mA 0.4 0.4 13 Inpute "0" Current -0.1 -3.2 170/32 Power/Current Consumption 260/47.5 10 25m A S Input Voltage Rating TA A Input 5.5 V 10mA OV B Input 5.5 V OV 10mA = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V (8242) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS 12 14 14 20 20 ns ns ns ns OUTPUTS A Inverting Path ton toff Propagation Delay Non-Inverting Path ton toff INPUTS INPUTS CHARACTERISTICS 3·32 10 23 21 2S B 9 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8241/42 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive cUI'rent flow Is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND logic definition: "UP" I.evel - "1", "DOWN" I.evel = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to en8ure current.llmlting In accol'dance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Not more than one output should be 8!1orted at a time. 7. Output source current is 8upplled through a resistor to ground. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC. Refer to AC Test Figure and waveforms. Connect an external 1 K :t 1 % resistor from V CC to the output terminal for this test. A and B are tested separately. When A is 4.5V, B Is OV, and vice versa. A and B are tested saparately. When A Is 0.4V, B is 5.25V, and vice versa. Vee = 5.25V. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ·8241 r-~~~------~--------~--------~-----ovcc son A 0----.---.. . . ., I I I "1Il" 4 .. ~ I I I -l 8242 (OPEN COLLECTOR) r------1--------------------~----~----_4r_--------~vcc Ao-_......___.......r 3·33 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8241/42 AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS OUTPUT INPUT () ) C NOTE' PULSE GENERATOR A UNIT UNDER TEST '~'I 6W NOTE: 1. 530n re slstor connected for 8242 only. 2. 5kn and 30pF Includes Jig and scope. -'- 84.2U '"" 2.6V I~ 5kU -::.... PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS NON-INVERTING PATHS INVERTING PATHS A D IN ,~ --.jlon r ~ TYPICAL APPLICATIONS EQUALITY GATE USED FOR COMPARISON PARITY GENERATOR/TESTER +5V AO~ BO ) :~~ ) ~~~ A2~ $ A3 "'''. WORDS ARE EOUAL An.'~ Bn · 1 ) A6~ $ An~ A7 Bn '/4 8242', 3-34 ::~~ '/4 8241', smnlltics 8·BIT POSITION SCALER 8243 N,F,O PACKAGES .DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI DESCRIPTION The 8243 8-Bit Position Scaler is an MSI array of approximately 70 gate complexity. The primary function of the 13243 is to scale (or shift) data bit positions by a selection of a 3-bit binary selector code. The 8243's advantages over shift registers are the speed of operation and lower complexity of external logic required to effect a scale function. The speed of the 8243 Scaler is a function of gate propogation delavs-the speed of equivalent shift registers is the time for clock periods plus the props!Jation delay to effect a scale function. The most significant bit input (17) may be shifted 8 positions to the least significant bit output (00). At zero shift, or scale select, all eight input data bits are transferred ;and inverted to their respective outputs, (10 to 00, 11 to 01, 12 to 02. etc.) At a shift, or scale select, of one, each input bit (In) will shift to the next lower output bit (On-1). See truth table for other shift codes. The 8243 is provided with open collector outputs to provide expansion to larger scaling functions. Data input logic zero loading is reduced to less than -100J,tA when the unit is disabled. LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE Vee - GND - ( ) = (24) (12) Denotes Pin Numbers NOTE: All inputs have diode clamps. ENABLE 1&2 So 5, 52 00 0, 0 1 0 0 0 TO 0 1 1 0 0 1, 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 X 0 INHIBIT X O2 03 04 05 06 07 G 12 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 14 15 16 T4 T5 T6 T7 17 1 T2 T3 1 0 T3 1 T4 14 T5 T6 1 1 T6 T7 T7 1 1 T5 1 1 1 0 1 T5 1 1 '6 T7 '7 1 1 1 1 1 ., 1 T6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 T7 1 1 1 1 1 1 X X X X 1 X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ,. 1 X Indicate8 either logic "1" or logic "0" may be present. 3·35 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8243 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. "1" Output Leakage Current "0" Output Voltage MAX. UNITS In So S1 * * * * 150 /LA O.SV 0.4 V 2.0V NOTES S2 ENABLE 1&2 * 2.0V O.SV * 2.0V O.SV INHIBIT OUTPUTS 7 7 12.SmA "0" Input Current Data In (Disabled) O.SV 2.0V 2.0V O.SV -100 /LA O.4V Data In (Enabled) -0.1 -1.6 mA O.4V Select Sn -0.1 -1.6 mA Inhibit -0.1 -1.6 mA O.4V O.4V Enable 1 & 2 -0.1 -1.6 mA O.4V 4.5V O.SV O.4V 0.4V 0.4V 11 "1" Input Current TA 4.5V 2.0V Data In SO /LA Select Sn 40 IJ.A 2.0V 'Inhibit 40 IJ.A 2.0V Enable 1 & 2 40 IJ.A 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 12 = 25° C and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS In S1 So S2 NOTES ENABLE 1&2 INHIBIT OUTPUTS Propagation Delay Data In 20 32 ns Select Sn 30 40 ns 25 35 ns 30 45 ns Inhibit Enable 1 &2 Power/Current 315/ (~nsumption 60 Input Voltage Rating 9,10 13 500/ mW/ 75.2 5.5 mA 10mA 10mA NOTES: 1. I~II voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left Ellectrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero vOlts. 3. Positive current is defined as Into the terminal refarenced. 4. Positive NAND logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level'" "0". 5. Precautionary measures should ba taken to ansure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should tha isolation diodes become forward biased. 10mA 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 10mA 10mA 10mA Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee' Connect an external 1 k resistor from Vee to the output terminal for this test. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. Refer to Ae Test figures. In "0" threshold 0.7 volts for 58243. Input under test at 0.4V, o,ther Enable Input tied to Vee' Input under test at 4.5V, other Enable Input, 0 volts. Vee = 5.25V. AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS PROPAGATION DELAY, ENABLE TO OUTPUT S.OV 10 I, INPUT ... { Vcc S.OV ENA~ 2.eV I 00 12 0, 13 °2 14 °3 16 °4 16 Os 500n 460n 17 De EN1 ~ IN 916 I -~'I OUTPUT I 1.SV I 1.6V I I I -ton~ I I ~ ~lo" I I INPUT PULSE: Amplitude - 2.6V PW '" 1 OOne @ 50% Points PAR - 5MHz tr - tf - 5n8 (1 OO/c, to 90% Points) SID FIGURE 1 3·36 NOTE: Enable1 with Enable2 at Vee or Enable2 with Enable1 at Vee. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL7MSI .8243 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont/d) PROPAGATION DELAY, DATA INPUT TO DATA OUTPUT s.OV '.5V '.6V ~ I 8o s.OV EN, I I OO~II I EN2 IN 916 _ '.6V I I I ton I\4- I I _ I '.5V I \4toft 10 I, 00 t--_.-_-- 2.6V 0 24pF 51< 8, 82 INPUT PULSE: Amplitude - 2.6V PRR - 5MHz PW - 1 OOns (II 50% Points tr - tf - I5ns (10% to 90% points) FIGURE 4 3·37 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8243 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS ONE TO EIGHT LINE DEMULTIPLEXER VCC yy.yyyyyy ) 17 08 Os 04 03 02 0, 00 f--o "~} ~ ENABLE' 8243 "--- ENABLE 2 *" DATA S, INHIBIT So 17 18 IS 1 14 13 12 SELECT LINES r-o. I, 10 111 I OUTPUTS 3 BIT BINARY CODE SCALE SELECT S2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 So 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 S1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 00 Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data 01 Data Data Data Data Data Data Data 1 03 Data Data Data Data Data 1 1 1 02 Data Data Data Data Data Data 1 1 04 Data Data Data Data 1 1 1 1 06 Data Data 1 1 1 1 1 1 05 Data Data Data 1 1 1 1 1 07 Data 1 1 1 1 1 ~ BI-DIRECTIONAL a-POSITION SHIFTER SCALE FACTOR 0 1 : 2 , 2 OUTPUTS 3 4 S 8 ~ 3 4 7 5 6 7 17 06 Os 04 03 Oz 0, 00 ENABLE' ENABLE 2 1 {-l 17 I 06 S21--- _ ""'''' ,!, s, f--17 16 IS 14 13 12 I, ~ Sol- Os 04 03 O2 0, 00 ENABLE' ENABLE 2 1 S21--- _ """" ,!, s, r-17 18 15 14 13 12 I, 10 So r- ( ) SCALE· FACTOR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I OUTPUTS 3 4 5 6 C D E F B C o E ABC 0 1 A B C 1 1 A B 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A B C 0 E F G 1 OUTPUTS 2 3 4 5 BCD E C 0 E F o E F G E F G 1 F G 1 1 G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B A 1 -. 7 G F E 0 C· B A' 1 6 F G 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OUl'PUTS 3 4 5 6 B C o E F ABC 0 E GAB C 0 F GAB C E F GAB o E F G A C o E F G B C o E F 7 G F E 0 C B A G SCALE RIGHT SCALE = 0 AROUND =0 SCALE LEFT SCALE = 1 AROUND =0 ~I SCALE FACTOR 0 1 2 ~ Ii ~ ~ E" J! INPUTS ~ SC~LE ~I~ I~! ...... ~~~ I 3 4 5 6 7 1 A G F E 0 C B A 2 1 A B C 0 E F G A 2 3 4 SCALE RIGHT & AROUND SCALE = 0 AROUND = 1 RIGHT/LEFT 20 2' 22 SCALE FACTOR ~~ AROUND SCALE FACTOR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3-38 OUTPUTS 5 6 B C o E F C o E F G o E F G A E F GAB F GAB C GAB C 0 ABC o E B C o E F 7 G A B C 0 E F G SCALE LEFT &AROUND SCALE = 1 AROUND = 1 smDlItiCS BINARY -TO-OCTAL DECODER BCD-TO-OECIMAL DECODER A,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8250 B,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8251 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI 8250 8251 8252 DESCRIPTION The 8250, 8251 and 8252 are gate arrays for decoding and logic conversion applications. 1-2-4-8 weighting) to a one-of-ten output as shown in the Truth Table. The 8250 converts 3 lines of input to a one-of-eight output. The fourth input line (0) is utilized as an inhibit to allow use in larger decoding networks. The 8252 is a direct replacement for the 9301 with all outputs being forced high when a binary code greater than nine is applied to the inputs. The 8251 and 8252 convert a 4 line input code (with The selected output is a logic "0" LOGIC DIAGRAMS 8251/8252 8250 11) (2) Vcc = (14) GND = (7) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-In-Line Package Vcc = (16) GND = (8) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers for 16 Pin Dual-In-Line Package 'Connections made on 8262 only TRUTH TABLE OUTPUT STATES INPUT STATE 8250 A B C 0 0 1 2· 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IQ 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8252 8251 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 3-39 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8250/51/52 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS A CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage MIN. TYP. 2.6 3.5 MAX. B 0 C NOTES V -800J.LA 6,10 16mA 7, 10 "0" Output Voltage 0.4 V "1" I nput Current A,B,C,O 40 J.LA 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V -0.1 -1.2 mA 0.4V OAV OAV A, B, C, 0 (8252) -0.1 -1.6 mA OAV OAV OAV o (8251 Only) -0.1 -1.2 mA 0.4V o (8250 Only) -0.1 -1.0 mA 0.4V "0" Input Current A, B, C (8250, 8251 ) OUTPUTS UNITS 4.5V OAV LIMITS MIN. Turn-on Delay ton Turn-off Delay toff Power/Current Consumption (8251 Only) (8250 Only) Input Voltage Rating Output Short Circuit Current Outputs 1 thru 9 Output 0 B A CHARACTERISTICS TYP. MAX. UNITS 20 20 35 ns ns 35 OUTPUTS NOTES 8 8 135/25.7 mW/mA 5.25V 5.25V 5.25V OV 11 125/23.8 mW/mA 5.25V 5.25V 5.25V OV 11 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA OV OV OV OV V 5.5 -10 -10 0 C -55 -55 mA mA OV 5.0V OV OV OV OV 9,11 9,11 NOTES: All vol tage measu rements are referenced to the grou nd terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 6. 7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 8. 9. Refer to AC Test Figures and wllveforms. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 10. 1. 4. 5. 3·40 Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1". "DOWN" Level Output source current changes and improvements. Inputs for "1" and "0" output voltage test is per TRUTH table = "0" Precautionary measu~es should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Is supplied through a resistor to ground. with threshold levels of 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1". 11. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 12. VCC = 5.25 volts. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8250/51/52 :SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS TURN-ON DELAY (ton) 2.6V B4.Ss} Vee AI 511. INPUT OUTPUT FIGURE 1 TURN-OFF DELAY (toff) 2.6V B4.5U INPUT A D --:-' CD .G). Non-selected inputs ere connected to ground. INPUT _ : toff L __ ~. __ • __________ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ • • __ • _ . ___ • _____ • _ _ _ : . ____ • __ " _ _ _ _ _ • :- ,---..,. .J X's CONNECTED ON 8252 ONLY OUTPUT FIGURE 2 3-41 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8250/51/52 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS ONE-Of-10 DECODER RESET ~-----1 VCC 0---_01 ST~BE CLOCK 0----01 C, DECADE COUNTER 8280 BCD-TO-DECIMAL DECODER 826' CONTROL LINES ONE-Of-S4 DECODER BINARY NUMBER fAIN BIN CIN "DIN EIN FIN) 20 2' z2 :z3 z4 2 6 INHIBIT 3-42 smnotics ,ARITHMETIC LOGIC ELEMENT 8260 N,F,Q PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI IDESCRIPTION The 8260 Arithmetic Logic Element is a monolithic gate array incorporating four full-adders structured in a lookahead mode. Tlie device may be used as four mutually independent exclusive NOR or AND gates by proper addressing of the inhibit lines. As a four-bit adder, the 8260 permits high speed parallel addition of four sets of data and features both simultaneous addition on a character to character and on a bit to bit basis within the package. When true input variables are used, the true sum is formed at the f output. Inverted input variables produce the complement of the sum of the true variables. The carry-outs available are: Internally Generated (CG); Propagated (C p ); and Ripple (CRI. This gives the 8260 complete flexibility when used in Ripple Carry or Anticipated Carry Adder Systems. LOGIC DIAGRAM (2) (3)1 (4)1 (5) CIN 0---_._..... ! CINH 1 (6) • (7)1 Vee = (14) GND = (12) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers A and B refer to Functional Block Diagram on page 54. 3-43 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8260 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS OUTPUT INPUT TERMINALS TERMINALS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage MIN. TYP. 2.6 3.5 MAX. Xn Yn CIN V 2.0 2.0 V V 0.8 2.0 0.8 2.0 UNITS CINH EINH 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.8 2.0 0.8 2.0 0.8 2.0 Cp CG CR NOTES fn -800 -800 -800 IJ-A IJ-A IJ-A 1 9.6 rnA 2 2 "0" Output Voltage fn. CG and C R "0" 'nput Current 0.4 0.4 cp Xn and C INH -0.1 -3.2 mA 0.4 5.25 Yn -0.1 -3.2 mA 5.25 0.4 EINH & C IN1 • through C IN5 -0.1 -1.6 mA 80 IJ-A 4.5 OV Yn 80 IJ-A OV 4.5 EINH & C IN1 • through C IN5 40 IJ-A 1-6 mA 9.6 mA 9.6 mA 0.4 0.4 0.4 3 4.5 4 10mA 4 "1" Input Current Xn and C INH 4.5 4.5 Input Voltage Rating 5.5 V 10mA OV Yn 5.5 V OV 10mA EINH & C IN1 , through C IN5 5.5 V Xn and C INH 400/ 76.2 Power/Current Consumption 600/ 114.1 10mA 10mA mW/ mA 11 TEST CONDITIONS OUTPUT TERMINALS UMITS CHARACTERISTICS INPUT TERMINALS MIN. Yn TYP. MAX. X n , Y nand C'N to C R 14 20 ns 12 Xn and Y n to Cp and C G 14 20 ns 12 Xn and Y n to fn 24 33 ns 12 C'N to fn 14 22 ns 12 UNITS Xn C IN C 1NH NOTES EINH Cp CG CR fn Propagation Delay Output Short Circuit Current fn' CG and C R -20 -70 mA 5.0 Cp -30 -90 mA OV NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 3-44 Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through e resistor to V CC. When testing for separate C I N inputs, tie the remaining C IN Inputs to VCC' When testing for separate C I N inputs, tie the remaining C I N inputs to grou nd. Keep unused inputs tied to V CC unless otherwise specified. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 OV OV 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. OV OV 10,11 10,11 Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measure's should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. V CC =5.25V. Refer to AC test figure and waveforms. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8260 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM IINH(,....'---..( C IN5 8260 - 4 BIT ADDER VCC 0= Pin 24 • C IN4 GND 0= Pin 12 All inputs have clamp diodes. • • C IN3 C IN2 C INt 3-45 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8260 MODE OF OPERATION Least Significant INPUTS CONTROLS f CIN Inputs to be * Xn' Y n I Xn' Yn I CINH EINH 0 0 0 ~n Add 0 0 0 1 1 0 -- Not Used XnY n Coincidence +XnY n AND 0 1 1 XnY n 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 Add ~n Not Used XnY n Coincidence +XnY n AND XnY n -- - • Least significant of a "Multiple Package" adder system. FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM IIII LOOK-AHEAD CARRVTERM r-- -@-- - - I-@-An '" Bn TRANSFER TERM r- -- Xn,"VnORXn'Yn TRUTH TABLES CINH = 1 - - " " A n = 1 CINH=O--..A n = - . CIN A1 A1 O 1 0 -0- r01 0 0 1 1 1 1 I 3-46 X1 0 0 1 1 Y1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 A2 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 -1 A2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 X2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Y2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A3 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 -1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 X3 0 0 1 1 Y3 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 I , A4 0 EINH 0 0 0 An 0 0 fn 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 () 1 1 1 - 1 1 Bn 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Xn 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Yn 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Bn 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8260 AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS VCC '1 '2 '3 '4 CR CG CP EINH VCC ~ 02 I NOTE: Scope terminals to be .;;; Yo" from Package Pins. n~PUT AT BNC D A 1.5~--1>_lr:-2.6V (;Y;-0--It~ OV ~ OUT t,·tf ~3n. \::.. PW·50n. '-lMHz SWITCH "OSITION STEP NO. DELAV FROM·TO DRIVEN INPUTS WAVEFORM TVPE OTHER INPUTS Xl V 2 1 1 X 2 V 2 X3 V3 X4 2 1 2 V 1 4 CIN EINH CINH Xn to CR 1 0' A. B 2 2 1 2 2 2 Xn to Cp C. D Vn to CR or Vn to Cp A. B 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 Xn,Y n to fn 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. B 4 CIN to CR 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 A. B 5 CIN tof n 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 C. D C. D 2 3·47 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8260 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS The 8260 contains the control logic necessary to allow operation as a general purpose arithmetic logic device. Below, the internal carries are inhibited to effect Exclusive-NO R or coincidence operation. The 8260 may also be operated as four Independent AND gates to implement masking and similar requirements of micro-programming. The Ripple Adder System is the simplest but also the slowest application of the 8260. The typical total addition time (input to sum output for 12-bit ripple adder is 42ns). FOUR-BIT COMPARATOR RIPPLE ADDER SYSTEM *Tied to The Fast Adder System provides complete carry look-ahead addition for words to 24 bits in length and is the fastest application of Vee if Not-True Inputs Are Used, Otherwise to Ground. the 8260 units. The typical total addition time for a 24 bit fast adder is 42ns. 24-BIT FAST ADDER SYSTEM X, *Tied to 3-48 Vee if Not-True Inputs Are Used, Otherwise to Ground. X2 X3 X4 Y, Y2 Y 3 Y 4 SillOOlies FAST CARRY EXTENDER 8261 A,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 8261 Fast Carry Extender is a monolithic gate array designed specifically to be used in conjunction with the 8260 Arithmetic Logic element. A 8260/8261 combination facilitates the implementation of the look-ahead technique in adder systems, thus considerably improving propagation times. The circuit structure of this array is of the familiar TTL type. (14) (7) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers for ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage "1'" Input Current G Input A and B Inputs P, Input P2 Input P:i Input P4 and P5 Inputs "0" Input Current G, Aand B P1 Input P2 Input P3 Input P4 and P5 Inputs Power/Current Consumption Input Voltage Rating TA DRIVEN INPUTS MIN. TYP. 2.6 3.5 115/22 MAX. UNITS G,A,a 0.4 V V 40 40 40 BO 120 160 -1.6 -1.6 -3.2 -4.B -6.4 15B/30 5.5 P OTHER INPUTS G,A,B P 2.0V O.BV 4.75V 4.75V J..IA J..IA J..IA J..IA J..IA iJ.A 4.5V 4.5V A=OV G, =OV mA mA mA mA mA mW/mA V O.4V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V O.4V 0.4V O.4V O.4V 10mA 10mA- OUTPUTS -BOOJ..l(\ 9.6mA NOTES 6 7 OV OV OV OV 0\1, OV OV ov 5.25V OV 5.25V 5.25V 5.25V 5.25V 5.25V OV OV 10 = 25°C and VCC = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS DRIVEN INPUTS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Turn-on Delay. ton GtoCE Pto CE Turn-off Delay. toff GtoCE . Pto CE Output Short Circuit Current -20 OTHER INPUTS G,A,a OUTPUTS NOTES p TYP. MAX. 16 13 25 25 ns ns B B 16 9 23 15 ns ns B B -70 UNITS mA G,A,B 5.0V P OV OV 10 3-49 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8261 NOTES: 1. All voltage and current measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Input terminals not specifically referenced are tied to V cc. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow Is defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level - "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limltihg In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the Isolation diodes become forward biased. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM A 02 Q---O----1--I---.-+---1--I---.-+----I-I---.-+---f-t---, COMPLEMENT Vee GND () _ _----OATAOUTPUTS - - - _ 8264 (OPEN COLLECTOR) a (24) (12) Denotes Pin Numbers . - - - - - DATA INPUTS C, E=~---.,.,.;..o j OUTPUT ENABLE DATA COMPLEMENT fO '2 f3 ----DATAOUTPUTS--_ Vee GND ( ) (24) (12) Denotes Pin Numbers 3·57 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8263/64 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage (8263) MIN. TYP. 2.6 3.5 TEST CONDITIONS MAX. UNITS V An 2.0V Bn Cn So S1 DATA COMP 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V OUTPUT ENABLE OUTPUTS -8001tA NOTES 6 "1" Output Leakage Current (8264) 200 itA 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V "0" Output Voltage (8263) 0.4 V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V "0" Output Voltage (8264) 0.4 V 0.8V O.4V 8 2.0V 9.6rnA 16.0rnA 7 7 "0" Input Current An -0.1 -1.6 rnA Bn Cn -0.1 -1.6 rnA -0.1 -1.6 rnA OE, DC -0.1 -1.6 rnA -0.1 -3.2 rnA An 40 /.LA Bn Cn 40 /.LA 40 /.LA OE,DC 40 itA SO,Sl 80 /.LA SO,Sl "1" Input Current O.4V O.4V O.4V 0.4V OAV 4.5V OV 4.5V O.4V O.4V 4.5V 4.5V OAV OV OV 4.5V OV 4.5V 4.5V = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V TA LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. TEST CONDITIONS MAX. UNITS An Bn Cn So S1 DATA COMP OUTPUT ENABLE OUTPUTS NOTES Propagation Delay (8263) An to fn 17 26 ns 10 SO, Sl to 'f n DC to fn 25 36 ns 10 17 26 ns 10 10 Propagation Delay (8264) An to fn 25 36 ns SO, Sl to fn 25 36 ns 10 DC to fn 20 30 ns 10 OE to fn 20 30 ns 10 Input Voltage Rating An 5.5 V Bn Cn 5.5 V 5.5 V So 5.5 V Sl DC 5.5 V 5.5 V 5.5 V OE Output Short Circuit Current (82S63) Power/Current Consumption (8263) (8264) -20 -70 10mA 378/ 420/ mW/ 72 80 mA 400/ 475/ mW/ 76 90.4 mA 7. OV OV 10mA OV 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA mA NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic Definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures shou Id be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 3·58 OV 10mA OV 9,11 9 OV OV 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. Connect an external 1 k ±1 % resistor from V CC to the output for th is test. VCC = 5.25V. Refer to AC test figure. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL!MSI .8263/64 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 8263 3-59 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8263/64 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (Cant'd) 8264 3·60 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8263/64 AC TESTING Step No. Delay From-To 1 An to fn 2 2 3 So to fn 4 S1 to fn 5 DC to fn 6 OEn to fn 2 2 2 2 2 So to fn Switching Positions Other Inputs Driven Inputs A2 B2 C2 A3 B3 C3 OE OE OE So S1 Ao BO Co A1 B1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 3'" 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C1 DC Waveform Types 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A,B 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 C,D 1 3 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 C,D 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 * * * 1 1 1 C,D C,D C,D • Test one input at a time - others remain et "1". NOTE: Step number 6 is for 8264 only. AC TEST IFIGURE AND WAVEFORMS Vcc AO BO Co A, B, C1 A2 B2 C2 A3 B3 c3 fO Vcc f1 OUTPUT IN 916 380n 4400 1500 - -...........: FIGURE 2 2·INPUT, 4·81T DIGITAL MUL TIPLEXER Si!lDotiCS B,F ,W PACKAGES 8266 8267 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM The 8266/8267 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer is a monolithic array utilizing familiar TTL circuit structures. The 8267 features a bare-collector output to allow expansion with other devices. Vee The multiplexer is intended for use at the inputs to adders, registers and in other parallel data handling applications. The multiplexer is able to choose from two different input sources, each containing 4 bits: A = (AO, A1, A2, A3), B = (BO, B1, B2, B3). The selection is controlled by the input So, while the second control input, Sl, is held at zero. For conditional complementing, the two inputs (An, Bn) are tied together to form the function TRUE/COMPLEMENT, which is needed in conjunction with added elements to perform ADDITION/SUBTRACTION. Further, the inhibit state So = Sl = 1 can be used to facilitate transfer operations in an arithmetic section. LOGIC DIAGRAM Vee = (}4) (7) = Denotes Pin Numbers GND ( ) TRUTH TABLE SELECT LINES So -0 0 1 1 Sl 0 1 0 1 OUTPUTS fn (0,1,2,3) Bn Bn An 1 3·83 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8266/67 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage (8266) MIN. TYP. 2.6 3.5 "0" Output Voltage "1" Output Leakage Current (8267) MAX. UNITS An Bn So S, OUTPUTS V O.8V 2.0V 0.8V 0.8V -800/JA 7 0.40 V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V 16mA 8 25 /JA 0.6V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V O.4V O.4V 10 "0" I nput Current An·Bn -0.1 -1.6 rnA SO, S1 -0.1 -1.6 rnA OV OV O.4V O.4V 4.5V 4.5V "1" I nput Current An. Bn 40 /JA SO, S1 40 /JA 4.5V 4.5V 2.0V I nput Voltage Rating SO, An. Bn 5.5 V S1 5.5 V 10mA 10mA 10mA 2.0V 2.0V 10mA Output Short Circuit Current (8266) -70 -20 OV rnA 11.12 T A = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS An Bn So S, OUTPUTS Propagation Delay (8266) So to fn (short path) 18 28 ns 9 So to f n (long path) 20 30 ns 9 An to fn 13 20 ns 9 Bn. S'I to fn 14 25 ns 9 So to fn 27 36 ns 9 An to fn 15 20 ns 9 Bn. S1 to fn 21 28 ns 9 Propagation Delay (8267) 18 28 ns 9 200/ 38.1 275/ 52.4 mW/ rnA 12 NOTES: 1. All voltage measuremen1;s are referenced to the ground termlnal.Termlnals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = 110". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. 7. So to f n (short path) Power/Current Consumption 3·64 S. 9. 10. 11. 12. 4.5V OV 4.5V OV Measurements apply to each gate elemant independently. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. Refer to AC Test Figure. Connect an external1k ;t1% resistor from VCC to the output for this test. , Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. V CC " 6.26 volt•• DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8266/67 AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS ~ 8266/67 Vee An. an. So or S, PER WAVE F()RM Ano----+---t So s, 8266 8267 3300 00 R1 84.50 R2 4700 NON·INVERTING PATHS A INPUTATBNC '.6~ --pw-.!c- I IN '~II ~'.6V 2.8V -.I-lon---:--I--- (;Y-;:0-I~ OUT IN loft-- _ I J,C::1.6v 2!a..-...,/--- \-,.6V tr - tf " 6ns Amplitude - 2.6V . PW" 200ns PRR - 1MHz INVERTING PATHS D ~I --...1 ~ ton -- OUT 3·65 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8266/67 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS AlS The 8266 can be used in conjunction with the 8260 (Look-Ahead Carry Adder) to form an adder-subtractor. 3·66 !imn~tiC!i GATED FUll ADDER 8-268 A,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI IDESCRIPTION TRUTH TABLE (See Notes 1,2 and 3) The 8268 is a single-bit full adder with gated true and complementary inputs, complementary sum (~ and ~) outputs and an inverted carry output. By taking advantage of the unique true or inverted inputs and true or inverted outputs, parallel addition speed is greatly enhanced (by eliminating unnecessary inversions). CIN 0 0 0 0 'The device is designed for medium speed parallel and serial adder systems. 1 1 1 LOGIC DIAGRAM 1 Y X 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 CoUT 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 ~ ~ 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 '2(61 NOTESi....-1. X = Xc; y .. X. V1 121 COuT(41 ~2~ - (14) Vc (21 CIN ( 3 ) - - - - - - - ' ( ) = .. -y:yc where X=X1' Y 2; V=Y1'Y2 2. When X or Yare used as Inputs, X 1 and X2 or Y 1 and Y 2 respectively must be tied to GND. 3. When X 1 and X2 or Y 1 and Y 2 are used as Inputs, X or Y respectively must be left open or used to perform the WI REDAND function. (7) Denotes Pin Numbers for a 14-Pin Dual-in'~Llne Package ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TVP. MAX. ~ITS "'" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage "0" Input Current X, ~2 X Xc Y, Y2 Y Yc CIN ","Input Current X1 X2 Xc 2.6 -0.1 -0.1 -0.' -0.1 -0.' -0.1 -0.1 -0.' -0.1 Yc CIN V V -1.6 -'.6 -2.6 -1.6 -1.6 -1.6 -2.6 -'.6 -8.0 40 40 40 40 40 40 160 Y, Y2 Yc CIN Input Voltage Rating X, X2 Xc Y1 Y2 0.4 3.5 X, X2 X Xc 0.8V 0.8V 2.0V 0.8V 0.8V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA O.4V 4.5V O.OV O.OV 4.5V 0.4V /.LA /.LA /.LA /.LA /.LA /.LA /.LA 4.5V O.OV 4.5V O.4V O.OV 0.4 V O.OV V, V2 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 0.4V 4.5V O.OV O.OV 4.5V 0.4V O.OV O.OV V Vc C IN 0.8V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V 2.0V 0.8V O.4V 4.5V O.4V OUTPUTS -500/.LA 16mA 6 7 O.4V O.OV 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V O.OV O.4V O.OV O.OV O.OV 4.5V O.OV O.OV 4.5V 12 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 V V V V V V V 10mA O.OV O.OV ~OmA O.OV 10mA 10mA O.OV O.OV 10mA O.OV 'OmA 10mA 3·67 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 8268 TA = 25°e and Vee = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. TYP. MAX. ~MTS Power / Cu rrent Consumption Output Short Circuit Current (~) Output Short Circuit Current (~) Output Short Circuit Curre~t (Cout ) tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd tpd 152/ 29 X, X2 X Xc V, Y2 V OUTPUTS C IN Vc 11 185/ 35 mW/ mA -18 -57 mA O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV 2.0V O.OV 10,11 -18 -57 mA O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV 10,11 -70 13 13 25 25 45 45 35 35 40 20 40 20 mA ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV 10,11 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8,9 8,9 8,9 8,9 -18 1 Cin to ~out 0 Cin to ~out 1·Yc to Cout 0 Y c to ~out 1 Xc to ~ 0 Xc to ~ 1 Y c to ~ 0 Y c to I: _ X l' X 2 to X _ 0 X 1, X2' to ~ 1 Y l' Y 2' to Y 0 Y l' Y 2, to Y 8 8 20 20 35 35 25 25 30 15 30 15 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements ere referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limitIng in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. 7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vcc 8. Refer to AC Test Figure. 9. This test Is a r:neasure of the required worst-case data set-up time. 10. Not more then one output shou Id be shorted at a time. 11. V CC "5.25 volts. 12. The total time required to perform the ADD function may be ; ~termined by summing the delays from ~1, X2 to· X or V, V 2to V with the delay from Xc or Vc to ~ or~. Ae TEST FIGURE AND WAVE FORMS +60V CIN Xc SEE TEST TABLE OUTPUT """"'C)--I-+---+--+-~>-I<::I-''NI.-o 2.6V I ~ :: ~ X, I INPUT B X2 I '.6V I V2 INPUT A Vc '.5V I I I V, '.5V '.6V I I I I tpd1~,--.j ;__ ~ :__ tpdO '---..----.--f(]--'INI.-o2.8V I I OUTPUT '.6V '.6V NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 3·68 Perform test in accordance with test table. Each output il tested separately. Voltage values ere with respect to network GND terminal. The generator has the following characteristics: V gen - 2.6V, tr - tf :t;;;;;; 15ns. PW" 0.5nl, PRR = 1MHz. 5. Inputs and outputs not otherwise spaclfied are open. 6. Capacltence shown InClude probe and jig capacitance. 7. All realatances are In ohms. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8268 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM C1N 0-------------. y 1k ! Vc GND TEST TABLE (See Note 5) TEST NO. 1 2 3 4 OUTPUTS UNDER TEST 'Cout C"out C"out C"out APPLY INPUT ATO APPLY INPUT BTO APPLY +2.6V TO APPLY GNDTO APPLY OUTPUT lOADING TO None None Yc Yc Cin Cin None None None None Cin Cin Y1 Y1 X1,Y1 X1, Y1 C"out C"out C"out C"out Xc None Cin X1,Y1 ~ Xc None l; 5 l; 6 l; C"out l; Cin ~ X1, Y1 C"out 7 ~ 8 ~ 9 10 11 12 ~ ~ ? ? Yc Yc None None None None None None X1 X1 Y1 Y1 Cin Cin X2 X2 Y2 Y2 Y1 Y1 None None None None ~ ~ (Cl = 15 pF) ~ (Cl = 15 pF) ?(Cl=15pF) ?(Cl=15pF) ~ 3-69 DIGITAL 8000 SER.IES TTL/MSI .8268 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 4-BIT SERIAL ADD/SUBTRACTOR SUM/DI FFERENCE INHIBIT/ENABLE SUM CONTROL SERIAL DATA INPUT SUM CARRY F/F 8268 SERIAL DATA INPUT 8825 Ai5l'i/SUB CONTROL ADD "0" SUB"'" CLOCK N-BIT PARALLEL ADDER PARALLEL DATA OUTPUTS SERIAL DATA INPUT REGISTER X SERIAL DATA INPUT MODE CONTROL MODE CONTROL I 1:, 1:2 CIN Xc Xc X, X, X2 8268 Y, Y2 YC NC Y2 YC 8268 Co V 1:3 NC i" CO Y Xc X, X2 8268 Y, NC Y 2 YC 1: NC 8268 1:1--------' ~ - - - - - } TO NEXT STAGE OR cr--+-~_______~________t---+--4-_ _BIT _3_ _ _ _4 -_ _"~_-_B~I-T~4_-_""_ _ BIT' (LSB) INPUT CONTROL 'OUTPUT REGISTER CIN CIN X2 Y, I CLOCK CLOCK .".NC ,..---'---'--1--'--..., OUTPUT BIT 2 _ _ __ NO CONNECTION CLOCK MODE CONTROL i SERIAL DATA INPUT INPUT REGISTER· Y ~ PARALLEL DATA INPUTS NOTES: To expand storage register for serial/parallel operation, connect DO to Os of next stage and common the mode control lines and the clock line of the first stage to their respective second stage equivalents. °NOTE: To expand output register for parallel outputs common clock, shift and load lines with their respective counterparts. For serial data output, also connect DO of first register to Os of next register. 3-70 !ii!lnotiC!i 4·81T COMPARATOR 8269 A,F ,W PACKAGE DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION TRUTH TABLE The 8269, a 4 BIT COMPARATOR, is an array of gates designed to perform the numerical comparison of two four-bit binary numbers. The outputs indicate whether the two numbers are equal in value, or which number is the greater. The 8269 is a functional and pin-for-pin replacement for the DM8200. OUTPUT INPUT An > < A A A A = ~ Bn STRO.BE X Y B B B B 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 LOGIC DIAGRAM ('0) I I !111 (12) -D- ~ I r-LJ (131 L_.r ('I ~oo," II T 84 -:rr.--r- ,tJ'~~ ~ 1 ~~(91 I (21 L..../ I B2 (31 -t::::I r- (14) Vee (7) GND ( ) Denotes Pin Numbers 8, (41 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage "1" Input Current "0" I nput Current Power Consumption Short Circuit Output Curre.nt Input Voltage Rating "TA MIN. TYP. 2.6 3.5 0.2 MAX. 0.4 80 -3.2 278/53 -55 -0.1 -18 5.5 NOTES UNITS V V J.lA mA mW/mA mA V 6 7 lout ~800J.lA lout = 16mA V in = 4.5V V in = O.4V VCC = 5.25V V out = OV, VCC lin = 10mA = 5.25V 8 = 25° C and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Propagation Delay tpd1 (Data I nput to Output) tpdO (Data I nput to Output) tpd1 (Strobe to Output) tpdO (Strobe to Output) TYP. MAX. 40 30 27 18 UNITS ns ns ns ns Test Test Test Test Figure Figure Figure Figure 1 1 2 2 3-71 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8269 5. NOTES: 1. All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0" Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. OUtput source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. 7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. 8. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS vce 39011 DIODES IN 916 INPUT PU1.SE: f~1MHz = 100ns = tf = 10ns ±1ns AMP. = 3.0V PW tr FIGURE 1 vee INPUT A 39011 STROBE DIODES x OUTPUT---.-ft. IN 916 Y OUTPUT·---....;." INPUT PU1.SE: INPUT A f-1MHz PW = 100nl tr = tf .. 1 Ona ± 1 ns AMP. = 3.0V FIGURE 2 3-72 STROBE INPUT f-1MHz thold = Ons t set_u p - 10ns tr .. tf = 1 Ons ± 1 ns 4-81T SHIFT REGISTERS !imnDtiC!i A,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8270 8,F,W PACKAGES FOR 8271 8270 8271 OIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI IDESCRIPTION The 8270 is a 4-bit Shift Register with both serial and parallel data entry capability. 'The truth table for the control modes is shown below. For applications not requiring the hold mode, the load input may be tied high and the shift input used as the mode control. The data input lines are single-ended true input data lines which condition their specific register· bit location after an enabled clocking transition. Since data transfer is synchronous with clock, data may be transferred in any serial/parallel input/output relationship. The 8271 provides a direct reset (RD), and a Dout line in addition to the available outputs of the 8270 element. The fan-out specification for this output is the same as the true outputs of the 8270 element. The internal design uses level sensitive binaries which respond to the negative-going clock transition. A buffer clock driver has been included to minimize input clock loading. TRUTH TABLE LOAD CONTROL STATE 0 1 0 1 Hold Parallel Entry Shift Right Shift Right Mode control logic is available to determine three possible control states. These register states are serial shift right mode, parallel enter mode, and no change or hold mo~e. These states accomplish logical decoding for system control. .SHIFT 0 0 1 1 LOGIC DIAGRAM (8270) A, Vee GND ( ) Co (8) '" (14) (7) = Donotes Pin Numbers for 14 pin Dual-In-Line Package DA '" 00 (10! D, (8271) Vee GND ( ) = Co '91 DO'II Ao(6) 0°011 (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers D, 131 DA D. 121 i1~1 DC no 1121 3·73 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS 2.6 3.5 "0" Output Voltage LOAD SHIFT DATA INPUT RESET 8271 CLOCK V 2.0V 0.8V 2.0V Pulse 2.0V 0.4 V 2.0V 0.8V 0.8V Pulse 2.0V O.4V O.4V O.4V OUTPUTS -800~A 11.2mA 6 7 "0" Input Current Load -0.1 -1.2 mA Shift -0.1 -1.2 mA Data Input -0.1 -1.2 mA Clock -0.1 -1.2 mA Reset (8271 only) -0.1 -1.2 mA O.4V O.4V OV "1" Input Current Load 40 /.LA Shift 40 /.LA Data Input 40 /.LA Clock 40 /.LA Reset (8271 only) 40 /.LA 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V Input Voltage Rating (All Inputs) 0 T A = 25 C and V CC V 5.5 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS. LOAD SHIFT DATA INPUT CLOCK RESET 8271 OUTPUTS Power/Current Consumption 8270 Only 168/32 247/47 mW/mA 9 8271 Only ~71/52 344/65 mW/mA 9 Turn-On Delay ton All Binaries 25 40 ns 25 40 ns 8 Turn-Off Delay toff All Binaries Clock "1" Interval 20 Transfer Rate 15 Shift Load Set-Up Time Data Set-Up Time ns MHz 22 20 30 ns 7 15 ns NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current 3-74 8 2.0V 6. 7. 8. 9. limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Rating should the Isolation diodes become forward biased. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. Refer to AC Test Figure. V CC = 6.26 volts. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM >co o c r----,------+-----------------------~ ~~----~-------+-+ ~~-----T-------4--~------~~-------4~~ ..... N ~ 3·75 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS TURN ON/OFF AND TRANSFER RATE NOTES: 1. toni toff r-\1.5vr-U tr =tf '" 6nl CLOCK INPUJ..J 2.6V OUT loon LOAD RESET ~I---+-I SHIFT MOMENTARILY PUSH TO STAAT -.J I ~ 12711 IN916 ~ 2--1PF TYPICAL LOAD CIRCUIT 2. Transfer rate & min clock "1" level: check that binary outputs are changing. 20n'~45n' -2.0V CLOCK 1.0V. INPUT FIGURE 1 DATA SET-UP TIME S.OV Load see Figure 1 above. ~1.6V ~1.6V' CLOCK~--./ ~l: ~ DATA INPUT OR PARALLEL ~ DATA INPUT 1.6V . ~ r- RELATED~ OUTPUT "-----/ NOTES: 1. Switch in position 1 to test serial data Input. 2. Switch in position 2 to test parallel data input. Adjust data input or parallel input delays to test condition and verify output operation. FIGURE 2 3-76 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8270/71 AC TEST fiGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cant'd) S.HIFT/LOAD SET-UP TIME Vcc-6.OV CLO~"------J/ GHIFT i ----, : I t-- 1.81(0) LOA~'-- ~~ _ _/ 1..--1'81(0)----\ I T t--1'81(1)--l ~~-----+:---------~ - -....I I 14-- IS81(1) --J/'--------""'- ___ OUT~ / ",--,- - - - -FIGURE - - -3 ' NOTES: 1. All resistor values are in ohms. 2. All capacitance values are In picofarads and Include Jig and probe capacitance. Capacitance as measured on Boonton Electronic Corporation Model 75A-S8 Capacitance Bridge or equivalent. f .. 1 MHz, V AC = mV rms. 3. All diodes are 1N916. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS SHIFT-RIGHT/SHIFT-LEFT/PARALLEL ENTRY SHIFT REGISTER DATA TO RIGHT DATA TO LEFT CLCICK 0------------1 X o----4I""""+-t yo------I DATA FROM RIGHT DATA FROM LE.FT ~,--------------~v~-------------~; PARALLEL DATA IN ~ o o ::!.. Function 0 Hold Shift Left Parallel Load Shift Right 1 o 1 Package Count: 1-8270 1·8233 Yo-8H90 Yo -8H80 3·77 !ijgDlItiC!i 10-BIT SERIAL-IN, PARALLEL-OUT SHIFT REGISTER 8273 B,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION TRUTH TABLE The 8273, 10-Bit Shift Register is an array of binary elements interconnected to perform the serial-in, parallel-out shift function. This device utilizes a common buffered reset and operates from either a positive or negative edge clock pulse. Clock 1 is triggered by a negative going clock pulse and Clock 2 is triggered by a positive going clock pulse. The unused clock input performs the inhibit function. The circuit configuration is arranged as a single serial input register with ten true parallel outputs. INPUT RESET CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Pulse Pulse 1 1 Pulse Pulse 0 0 0 0 Pulse Pulse 1 1 Pulse Pulse 1 1 1 1 1 1 an + 1 1 0 1 0 a Q Q Q NOTE: The unused clock input performs the INHIBIT function. RESET =0 ~ Q =0 LOGIC DIAGRAM a, (11) 0, Cl.4 OJ (12) (13) (14) ot; (15) 0, 06 (1) (2) Og (4) 08 (3) °10 (5) Denotes Pin Numbers ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS OUTPUTS MIN • •~ 1" Output Voltage 2.6 "0" Output Voltage TYP. MAX. 3.4 0.2 0.4 UNITS "D"INPUT CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 V 2.0V Pulse 0.8V -5001LA 6 V 0.8V Pulse 0.8V 9.6mA 7 O.4V "0" I nput Current "D" Input -0.1 -1.6 mA Clock 1 -0.1 -1.6 mA Clock 2 -0.1 -1.6 rnA Reset -0.1 -1.6 rnA O.4V O.4V O.4V "1" Input Current "D" Input 40 ILA Clock 1 40 ILA Clock 2 40 ILA 40 ILA V Reset Input Voltage Rating (All Inputs) 3·78 5.5 NOTES RESET 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 10rnA 10rnA 10rnA 4.5V 10rnA DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8273 TA = 25°e and Vee = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS OUTPUTS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Max. Data Transfer Rate TYP. 25 MAX. 32 40 ns Clock 2 to Output 28 40 ns Reset to Output 35 50 ns 25 40 ns 19 40 ns Clock 1 16 12 25 20 ns Clock 2 15 ns 10 ns 15 ns 10 540/ 103 -70 ns Clock 2 to Output Clock Pulse Width Set-Up Time (tset-up) Clock 1 Clock 2 Hold Time (thold) Clock 1 Clock 2 Power Consumption/Supply Current Short Circuit Output Current 341/ 65 -20 NOTES RESET MHz 35 Turn-On Delay ton Clock 1 to Output Turn-Off Delay toff Clock 1 to Output CLOCK 2 UNITS "0" INPUT CLOCK 1 O.OV 4.5V 10 4.5V 10 10 4.5V O.OV 10 10 O.OV 10 10 4.5V ns 4.5V 10 O.OV 10 4.5V 10 O.OV 10 4.5V mW 8 8,9 mA Input Voltage Rating (All Inputs) 5.5 V NOTES: 1. All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All meallurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow Is defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = .. 1"... ·OOWN" Level ~ "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA 7. limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Rating. should the Isolation diodes become forward biased. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC: 8. VCC 9. Not more than one output should be shorted at one time. 6. 10. = 5.25V. See AC Test Figure. Ae TEST FIGURE:AND WAVEFORMS I 160n IN 916 C100kl --In -lr 1-J L...Jr -L-1 I I I I Clook2~ I 5K ....., r--Iootup I fT1. 50%: I lL .J:~ "O"'NPUT ~ NOTES: 1. Unused clock 2 input must be grounded. 2. Input pulse characteristics OoUI ...... ""'.d I r1----1 ~'on --0 'ofli 60 % I I CL.OCK Amplitude - 3.0V tr = 1t ... 5nl. 3·79 !imnotiC!i 10-81T PARALLEL-IN, SERIAL-OUT SHIFT REGISTER 8274 B,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCR IPTION The 8274 1O-Bit Shift Register is an array of binary elements interconnected to perform the parallel-in, serial-out shift function. The circuit has ten parallel inputs and a single true serial output. The D1 input can also be used for serial entry. Two control inputs, So and S1, determine the operating mode of the shift register as shown in the Truth Table. A single buffered clock line connects all ten flip-flops which are activated on the high-to-Iow transition of the clock pulse. Guaranteed input clock frequency is 25MHz. With the exception of the Hold Mode, the control inputs may be changed when the clock is in either the high or low state without causing false triggering. The Hold Mode can be entered only when the clock is low. Applications for the 8274 Shift Register include Parallel-to-Serial conversion, Modem Data Transmission, Pseudo-Random Code generation and Modulo-N Frequency Division. TRUTH TABLE OPERATING MODE So S1 0 0 Hold 0 1 Clear 1 0 Load 1 1 Shift LOGIC DIAGRAM 6~~~~N~~R~Al 01 02 010 -------.-~.------ PARALLEL DATA INPUTS -----------<.~ Refer to Page3-11 for Pin Configuration ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. "1" Output Voltage 2.6 "0" Output Voltage TYP. UNITS Dn So S1 CLOCK OUTPUTS. V 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V Pulse -SOO/-LA 6 004 V O.SV 2.0V 2.0V Pulse 16rnA 7 Oo4V Oo4V Oo4V MAX. 304 0.2 "0" Input Current On -0.2 -1.2 rnA 8 0 and 8 1 -0.2 -1.2 rnA Clock 10.2 -'.6 rnA On 40 /-LA 8 0 and 8 1 40 /-LA Clock 40 /-LA Oo4V "'" Input Current 3-80 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8274 TA = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. Data Transfer Rate 26MHz TYP. MAX. 30 UNITS Dn So CLOCK S1 OUTPUT MHz 10 10 Turn-On Delay (Clock to Output) 27 40 ns Turn-Off Delay (Clock to Output) 21 40 ns 10 Clock Pulse Width 16 20 ns 10 10 Set-Up Time (tsetup) Dn 16 10 ns 50,5 1 16 26 ns 2 16 ns Hold Time (thold) Dn 5 0 ,5 1 16 380/72 Power Consumption/Supply Current Short Circuit Output Current -20 Input Voltage Rating 5.5 26 ns 567/108 mW 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V OV -70 mA 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V Pulse V 10mA NOTES: 1. All voltllge and capacitance measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow isdefined as into tl1e terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current 6. 7. S. 9. 10. 8 8,9 O.OV limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC. VCC = 5.25V. Not more than one output should be shorted at one time. See AC Test Figure. .AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS 2.6V CLOCK 64.5f). ~ -l 1 PW a I-- 1 I I I So So 1 1 I 51 5, lBpF ~: --I I-- \ 'se.uP _I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - I 'on 1 00% --=t I 1 -I ill 1 1 r-- I-- 'se,up-I 1 I ~'hold 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 Clock Pulse Characteristics Pulse Amplitude = 3.0V t , t f .;;; 10ns r PW .;;; 50ns 1 1 1 0 10 1 'off r-- J 1 -l I--'hold L 3-81 !ii!lDotiC!i 8275 QUAD BISTABLE LATCH 8,F,W PACKAGE DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI DESCRIPTION pair of latches. Initially, data is transferred on the rising edge of the enable pulse. While the enable is high, output Q follows the data input. When the enable falls, the input data present at fall time is retained at the Q output. Both Q and 0 are accessible. The 8275 is a QUAD LATCH circuit designed to provide temporary storage of four bits of information. A common application is as a holding register between a counter and a display driver (such as the 8280 and 8T01.) Separate enable lines to latches 1-2 and 3-4 allow individual control of each LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE (Each Latch) o~. ENABLE ENABLE DATA Q Q 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 * * * * 1 1 0 0 OTH: LATCH DATA Refer to Page 3-11 for Pin Configuration 1 °No Change. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS "1" "0" "0" "0" "1" "1" TA Output Voltage (0, <:I) Output Voltage (0, 0) Input Current (Data) Input Current (Enable) Input Current (Data) Input Current (Enable) MIN. TVP. 2.6 3.5 -0.1 -0.1 MAX. UNITS 0.4 -3.2 -6.4 80 160 V V mA mA JJA JJA DATA INPUT ENABLE INPUT OUTPUTS -800JJA 16mA O.4V 5.25V 4.5V O.OV 5.25V O.4V O;OV 4.5V = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. UNITS DATA INPUT ENABLE INPUT OUTPUTS TVP. MAX. tsetup (1) at D input 12 20 ns 8,12 tsetup (0) at D input 14 20 ns 8,12 thold (1) at D input 0 15 ns 8, 13 thold (0) at D input 0 6 ns 8,13 tpd (1) DtoO 16 30 ns 8 tpd (0) D to 0 14 25 ns 8 tpd (1) D to Q 24 40 ns 8 tpd (0) D to 0: 7 15 ns 8 tpd (1) E to 0 - 16 30 ns 8 tpcl (0) E to 0 12 20 ns 8 0: 16 30 ns, tpcl (1) E to tpcl (0) E to Q Power Consumption/Supply Current Input Voltage Rating (Data) Input Voltage Rating (Enable) Output Short Circuit Current 3-82 6,11 7, 11 12 205/39 5.5 5.5 -20 20 265/50 -70 ns mW/mA V V mA 8 8 11 10mA O.OV O.OV O.OV 10mA O.OV 9 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8275 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground termInal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow Isdeflned as into the terminal referenced. 4. Posi~lve NAND Logic Definition: "UP" Level - "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. 7. 8. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. Refer to AC Test Figure. 9. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 10. Inputs for output voltage test is per TRUTH TABLE with threshold levels of 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical 11. V CC 12. 13. tsetup is defined as the time prior to the fall of the clock. t hold is defined as the time after the fall of the clock. "1". = 5.25 volts. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ~-~------------'----'--+--~r---------'-----'----~-+---'---~-'---------~--+-_oVcc a 0---"-+-""""" ·t· t L-------------~------------+-~--~--------++----~~-------------~----_oGND ENABLEOr-----------------~--------------~---------------------~1 ~-------------------------------------_oD TO OTHER LATCH AC TEST FIGURE Vee IN 916 S4.6n IN 916 Bun 'SEE NOTE 1 3·83 DIGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8275 AC TEST WAVEFORMS i -'1>1 o ~ 90% INPU~O% I ~tsETUP 1-------1 I I I I --.t114- ---I---t...J 110% ENABLE INPUT (SEE NOTE 6) ~1(D.Q) : : I :':OUTPUT O ! I OUTPUTa : 1.6V I I 10% 1.6V I I I: 10% tp2 I .... tpd1(E.Q} : :. I: 1 ~O(D.Q)--, " j ~.6V i, 1.6V I I tP2.=:l 14- I4-~O(D.Q)-1 :: ~1 : : r E.Q I _~1(E.0'-i--------_.J 1 I :---~1(D.Q17.6V VOUT (1) VOUT(O) V , , - - - OUTlOt . LVOUT(OI :--~O(E.O) NOTES: 1. The pulse generators'have the following characteristics: V gen = 3V, t1 1~s and PRR = 500kHz. For pulse generator B, tp2 = 600ns and Prr varied with respect to each other to verify setup and hold times. 2. Each latch is tested saparately. 3. C L includes probe and Jig capacitance. 4. ~O( ~6V : : --I ~-----VGEN II -'ttl I .'---------'. I ~~==--------tsETUPO,---.+--O+- :--t ! -v. f1.fN _I :r-to ~i--+---- 1.6V I 10% 'l>1---~ 'I" :~t1 1190% = to';; 1 Ons, and Zout ""50n. For pulse generator A, tp1 = = 1MHz. Positions of O-input and enable input pulses are When mealurlng tpd1 ([).Q), tpdO (O-Q), tpci0 (0-0), endtpd'1'(O.0), enable Input mUlt be held et loglcel 1. TYPICAL APPLICATION OUTPUT STROBING OF RIPPLE COUNTER TO ACHIEVE SYNCHRONOUS OUTPUT CHANGES CLOCK I DATA STROBE I " I ONESHOT 8T22 (t-1OOn.) ,I I a 1 I Os C1'fll DA ~ ~ RIPPLE AoUT COUNTER 8280 DB BOUT 8281 8288 8290 DC 8291 COUT 8292 82113 DO DOUT AD 1 3·84 EN1 01 02 03 I EN2 DO OUAD LATCH 8276 00 DA 01 DB O2 DC 03 DO 8260/61 8230/31/32 8-BIT SHIFT REGISTER Gi!lDotiCG PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN O°C TO 75°C TEMP RANGE ONLY. 8276 A,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTIION The 8276 is a serial-in, serial-out 8-Bit Shift Register wmposed of eight R-S master slave flip-flops. This shift register has input gating and an internal clock driver. In addition, a data transfer inhibit input is provided. Data Input and Data Enable are gated through inputs A and B. An internal inverter provides the complimentary inputs to the first bit of the shift register. All inputs are fully buffered. Complementary Q and Q outputs are provided. The internal clock driver/inverter causes the 8276 to shift data to the output on the positive edge of the input clock pulse, making the shift register compatible with the 8825 J-K Binary and the 8828 Dual D type Binary. The register is inhibited from shifting data when the Transfer Inhibit line is high. The inhibit function is achieved by preventing data transfer from master to slave sections of the register elements when the inhibit line is used. LOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES BIT NUMBER ONE r - - - - - - - - - - - - ----, I I I I BIT NUMBER TWO r-------------, I I I ~ ~----------, I I I I I I I : I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J I I I I L _____________ -' I I I I I I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -' L ___________ ....! MASTER FLIP-FLOP NO.1 SLAVE FLIP-FLOP NO.1 I I I TRANSFER INHIBIT IX ( (9) CLOCK CPc (5) I I Vce: (14) (7) GND ( ) MASTER FLIP-FLOP NO.2 SLAVE FLIP-FLOP NO.2 Denotes Pin Numbers DATA ENABLE" (810- Q 1111 (610- Q 1101 ( ) Denotes Pin Numbers 'NOTE: These functions are interchangeable. tn A (Data Enable) B (Data Input) 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 t n +8 Q 0 0 0 1 • 'NOTE: Transfer Inhibit prevents transfer of data from master to slave. NOTES: tn t n +8 = Bit time before clock pulse. = Bit time after 8 clock pulses. 3-85 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8276 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS DATA INPUTS CLOCK TRANS. INHIBIT NOTES OUTPUTS "1" Output Voltage Q 2.6 V 2.0V 0.8V -800",A 6, 10 "1" Output Voltage Q 2.6 V 0.8V 0.8V -BOO",A 6,10 "0" Output Voltage Q 0.4 V 0.8V O.BV 16mA 7,10 "0" Output Voltage Q 0.4 V 2.0V O.BV 16mA 7,10 0.4V "0" Input Current Data Input -0.1 -1.6 mA CI.ock Input -0.1 -1.6 mA Inhibit Input -0.1 -1.6 mA O.4V O.4V "1" Input Current Data Inputs 40 ",A Clock Input 40 ",A Inhibit Input 40 j.l.A Input Voltage Rating TA 5.5 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V V 10mA 10mA 10mA = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Power/Current Consumption Transfer Rate 15 TYP. MAX. 205/39 340/65 UNITS DATA INPUTS CLOCK TRANS. INHIBIT NOTES OUTPUTS 11 mW/mA MHz 20 Turn-on Delay (Clock to Output) 22 33 ns 8 22 33 ns 8 Turn-off Delay (Clock to Output) Clock Pulse Width 25 ns 25 ns 8 25 ns 8 Set Up Time (Logical) "0" at A or B Input Set Up Time (Logical) "1" at A or B Input Output Short Circuit Current -18 -55 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground termi· nal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings 3-86 mA OV 6. 7. 8. 9. 9.11 should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Output source current is supplied through e resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. Refer to AC Test Figure. Not more than one output should be shorted at one time. 10. Clock Input Is driven by a 1kHz square wave for at least 8 cycles prior to measurements. 11. VCC = 5.25V. DIGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8276 AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS Vee -6.0V Vee OUTPUT 1N918 ep 84.50 A 0-- BO-- +2.8V &kG CPo-DATA 'Xl 1N918 84.50 +2.8V 90% &kG 50% 10% toFF 60% toN Q a NOTES: 1. Unused Input connected to 2.6V 2. Input pulse characteristics: 3. Setup time - 25ns Hold time - Ons CLOCK: Amplitude = 3.0V tr - t1' - 5ns max PRR - 15 MHz, Pulse width - 26n8 at 60% points INPUT: Amplitude - 3.0V tr - tf - 6ns max PRR - 7.6 MHz Pulse width - 26ns at 60% points TYPICAL INPUT/OUTPUT WAVEFORMS rur:: JUlf[:: TI.f1.fUUl::: I1J1l1.flIl 1 ft1-~f PULSE INPUT A OUTPUTQ 2 thru 7 8 9 thru 16 18 17 18 19 thru 23 24 26 28 27 L .... __ .... ~._ .. _____ _.51.... .... ~ ____ •• NOTE: Input B Is connected to 2.6V. Transfer Inhibit Connected to OV 3-87 8277 DUAL 8·BIT SHIFT REGISTER Si!lDotiCS D PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN ODC TO +75 C TEMP RANGE ONLY. B,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION TRUTH TABLE The 8277 is a dual 8-Bit Shift Register which provides the designer with sixteen (16) bits of serial storage operating at a typical shift rate of 20MHz. Features of the 8277 are: 1. TRUE and COMPLEMENT outputs are provided on each 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. register's eighth bit. Positive edge triggering on clock input. SEPARATE CLOCK lines (pins 7 and 10) for each 8-bit register are provided as well as a COMMON CLOCK line (pin 9) for all sixteen storage bits. Common RESET (pin 1). AND-OR gating to the input of each 8-bit register is provided to accomplish the mUltiplex function. Direct replacement for 9328. Function DS DO D1 Reset 0 0 x 1 Shift in "0" 0 1 x 1 Shift in "1" 1 x 0 1 Shift in "0" 1 x 1 1 Shift in "1" x x x 0 Reset "Q" to "0" LOGIC DIAGRAM 0, (5) DS (4) DOC>-;:::----"'---LJ RESET (14) CLOCK Vee GND () (16) SEPARATE '----------lr-.>-_----4I---__+-_ __+_-_----+_ _~I___ _......_ _ _+__ ___J (8) (10J Denotes Pin Numbers ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS liMITS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS DATA 0 1,00 DATA SELECT ClK COMMON ClK SEP RESET OUTPUTS "1" Output Voltage (Q) 2.6 3.5 V 2.0V 2.0V Pulse O.SV -SOOJ.lA 6 "1" Output Voltage (Q) 2.6 3.5 V 0.8 V 2.0V O.SV Pulse -SOOJ.lA 6 2.0V "0" Output Voltage (Q) 0.4 V O.SV O.SV Pulse O.SV 16mA 7 "0" Output Voltage (Q) 0.4 V 2.0V O.SV Pulse O.SV 16mA 7 -1.6 -3.2 -1.6 ·-3.2 mA mA OAV mA 40 SO SO J.lA IlA J.lA 540/ 103 mW/mA "0" I nput Current Data, Reset Data Select Clock Separate Clock Common -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 "1" I nput Current Data, Reset, Clock Separate Data Select Clock Common Power/Current Consumption OAV OAV OAV 0.4V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V S Input Voltage Rating All Inputs 3-88 5.5 V 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8277 T A = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. Turn-on Delay Clock To Output Reset To Output Turn-off Delay Clock To Output Reset To Output Clock Puhle Width Shift Rate Data Set-up Time Data Hold Time 15 15 TYP. MAX. UNITS DATA 0 1,00 DATA SELECT CLK COMMON CLK SEP RESET OUTPUTS 25 25 40 40 ns ns 10 10 25 25 40 40 ns ns ns MHz ns ns 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 30 5 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurments are referenced to the ground terminal. Termir:lals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive Logic Definitions: . "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. 7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to VCC' 8. VCC" 5.25V 9.. Clock input is driven by a 1 kHz square wave for at least 8 cycles prior to measurement. 10. Refer to AC Test Figure. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS CLOCK PULSE: P.A. = 3.0V P.R.R. = 15 MHz P.W. = 15 ns Tr = T f = 5ns t-....,..;--tI a.. I::> -66"C II /;W I!J o 10 15 20 25 0.4V 30 O.SV VCE(VOLTS) Isource (rnA) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .--------------:--r--oOUTPUT Vee~--~--+_-T_-.-----.----.------- 4.8K eLOCK~-----~I_+-~---+-~-~ Vee ~---.--.---, DATA ,~ 3·92 G +25 C /) ..-- > ,S... G ___+---o INPUT 1.0V DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8280/81 AC TEST FIGURESAND WAVEFORMS NOTE: Input pulse notations apply unless otherwise specified. TOGGLE RATE 8280 OUTPUTS ------------ VCC ABC D tB IA INPUT ~_r- 11nJlJU1.fUuu-um n:3 IN 916 BOUTI------'-+~ -)-~~ --~24PF ... COUTI---4~'" 5K -- LOAO CIRCUITS 84.5.11 A OUTPUT 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ..JULSL..rLJL BOUTPUT~ 2.6V L- COUTPUT _ _ _---J -= IL 'DOUTPUT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...... °OUTI----~· 8281 GND :: ~. '" """'''''''' lliUUUUUU1J1fU1 CIRCUIT UNDER TEST .. INPUT A OUTPUT BOUTPUT INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V tA m 25n5, tB = 25n5, tr = t = 5ns max. f J-uu1.nIlJlJlJl JL.JULJL COUTPUT~ L DOUTPUT _ _ _ _~ CLOCK MODE ton/toff DELAY VCC ~ NPUT 1.5V I I I RD --.: loff DSTROBE IN 916 BOUT 51U DA - - - TO OUTPUTS COUT DB DOUT DC ... 1.5V OUTPUT: AbuT Cpl } 84.511 ~.' 2.6V ySK OUTPU~l : 1.5V ~ ton DD TO VCCL-----......I 1. 2. ton and toff are measured from the cLock iI,put of each binary to the Q output of that binary. Each Q output will be loaded with a load circuit as shown. INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V P.W. = 30n8 \ = t f = 5ns. 3·93 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8280/8281 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) DATA/STROBE ton/toff Vee • IN916 • B4.sn - - - TO OUTPUTS ~ 2.BV e OUT y5K } DB DOUT DC Do 51n NOTES: 1. All resistor values are in ohms. 2. All capacitance values are in picofarads and include jig and probe capacitance. Strobe, P.A. P.W. PRR t r Data, P.A. P.W. PRR t r = = 2.6V 300n5 1 MHz t = 5ns -l6V = 500ns 500 KHz t = 5n5. f MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH )-- v· B4 5n OUTPUTS TO 24pF 5K · DA,B,e,D 2.6V OUTPUTS A,B,e,D 3 i I I I I +,----- 1 '-1-1 1.SV I I 1 1.5V I INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2,6V tr = t f = 5ns. MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH Vee --I I I RESET~ PW~ 1 r-:-::-I 1.5V-U- 1.6V AoUT BOUT eO UT DOUT I TO ---OUTfUTS • B4.5n ~2.6V OUTPUTS A.B,e'D~ 24pF y 5 K INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V tr = tf = 5ns max. Note: Outputs must be previously brought high by placing a "0" on the D strobe input, A pulse generator may be SUbstituted for the switch. 3·94 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8280/81 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME VCC IN 916 84.511 1-----......-_--tICl--Joyy.,..-o2.6V 5K STROBE/RESET ~.5V I I I CLOCK I I I ~.5V 1 ......- - - - I RELEASE 1 -: TIME :-- r- _"o_ _ _ _ _ _ NOTES: 1. All resistor values are in ohms. 2. All capacitance values are in picofarads and include jig and probe capacitance. Clock, Strobe/Reset: Ampl = 2.6V tr '" tf = 5 ns max. PRR =.1 MHz 50% Duty Cycle. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS VARIABLE MODULUS COUNTER TIMING DIAGRAM ~~ ~s-LJL ~ D, A, ~~~ I 1/ L-S ~ L- ____________________r--U-3·95 smBlllies BINARY HEXADECIMAL AND BCD DECADE, SYNCHRONOUS UP/DOWN COUNTERS A,F ,W PACKAGES 8284 8285 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION The Up/Down Counter is a monolithic MSI circuit containing gates and binaries interconnected to provide a bidirectional divide-by-ten (decade) or divide-by-sixteen (hexadecimal) result as a function of the clock input. Entry and propagation of data is performed in a synchronous manner with the clock line, which is active on its negative going excursion. The input from a previous stage or other source is channeled through "Carry In" and its propagation can be inhibited by the "Count Enable" line. "Carry In" and "Count Enable'" input duality gives' added flexibility in multiple package cascading applications. The output code of the decade up/down counter is the commonly used BCD (8421) code, and the output sequence generated is the binary equivalent of the decimal numbers through 9. o The hexadecimal up/down counter provides the output sequence 0 through 15 which is presented in a weighted binary code (8421). Direction of the counter is steered from a single line (Up/Down), where a "0" level will cause a "down" count and a "1" level will accomplish an "up" count. Set and Reset on the binary elements provide asynchronous entry with respect to the clock line, causing a count of "0" or "15" (8284) or of "0" or "9" (8285), and also inhibit propagation of count enable data. In addition to all 0 outputs of the four binaries the output of the most significant binary (04) and the Carry Out term are available. a LOGIC DIAGRAM CARRY IN (21 RESET (3) SET ('21 1 COUNT ENABLE CLOCK UP/DOWN ... ~ r--(') ::: ~~ S~d a Q T (81 ~~ T J ~~~ - ':: a T T - ' a Q LV~; ~"~ °4 ('" Vee GND v (61 (31 CARRY OUT ,..-- ( ) - = (14) (7) Denotes Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-In-Line Package CARRYIN~(~21~----------------~------------------------------------------------~ SET 1121 RESET~'~31Prf===~==~=l==~========~3:==~::======~=E====:;========i=1____~ COUNT <>--_ _ __ ENABLE Vee GND ( 3·96 ) (11 (14) (7) = Denote$ Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-In-Line Package CARRY (31 OUT DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8284/85 !ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) "rEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. TYP. MAX •. IUNITS SET RESET UP/DOWN 2.0V COUNT ENABLE CLOCK CARRY OUTPUTS IN "1" Output Voltage ° ° ,° 1 , 04' Carry Out 2 3 , (8284) 02' 03 (8285) 0.4 "0" Output Voltage 2.6 V 0.8V 2.0V 2.6 2.6 V V Pulse 2.0V 0.8V 0.4 V V 2.0V 0.8V 0.8V 2.0V 120 200 40 40 40 .uA ,uA .uA ,uA ,uA Pulse 4.5V Pulse Pulse 4.5V rnA rnA rnA rnA rnA rnA Pulse OAV ° ,° ,° ,° 1 2 3 Carry Out 4 and 004 ° 4 "'" Input Current Carry In Set Reset Count Enable Clock and Up/Down "0" Input Current Carry In Set Reset Count Enable Clock Up/Down Input Voltage Rating Carry In Reset Set Count Enable Up/Down Output Short Circuit Current T A = 25° C and VCC -3.2 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -604 -1.6 -1.6 -1.6 -1.6 0.8V -800,uA 5 -800,uA -800,uA 5,9 5 9.6mA 9.6mA 6 6 4.5V 5.0V 4.5V 4.5V OAV OV OAV OAV OAV OAV OV 10mA OV OV OV 10mA 5.0V 10mA OV 10mA OV OV OV 10mA OV rnA -70 -20 0.8V 4.5V V V V V V 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 2.0V 8,10 = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARA.CTERISTICS MIN. Power/Current Consumption TYP. MAX. UNITS SET . 315/ 60 Propagation Delay 420/ 80 mW/ rnA RESET UP/DOWN COUNT CARRY OUTPUTS ENABLE CLOCK IN 10 ton Clock to 04 & 04 32 45 ns 7 1, 02' 03 toff Clock to On. an 28 40 ns 7 25 35 ns 7 ton Reset to On 24 35 ns 7 t off Set to On ton REiset to On 15 25 ns 7 32 45 ns 7 ton Clock to ° ton Carry I n to Carry Out 15 25 ns 7 toff CElrry In to Carry Out Clock Min. "1" Interval 20 30 ns 7 20' 15 ns 7 Count Rate 20 30 MHz Carry In, Count Enable, &Up/Down Set-Up Time 15 25 ns 0 2 ns 20 25 ns Carry I n, Count Enable & Up/Down Hold Time Set/Reset Pulse Width 3-97 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8284/85 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements ere referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic Definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. 6. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. 7. S. 9. 10. Refer to AC Test Figure. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. Connect 04 to count enable, set the counter (1001), and count down. The counter will halt at BCD-7 (0111). V ce = 5.26 volts. [ AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS MODE OF OPERATION 8284 Binary Synchronous Up/Down Counter 8285 BCD Synchronous Up/Down Counter SET RESET CARRY IN COUNT ENABLE UP/DOWN FUNCTION A. Asynchronous 8284 Only 8285 Only 1 0 0 0 1 1 X X X X X X X X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 X 1 1 X 0 1 1 X X 0 1 "0" "15" "9" (0000) (1111) (1001) B. Synchronous Hold * Hold * "Down" Count * "Up" Count * *Function is synchronous with NEGATIVE going transition of the Clock pin. X = don't care. CARRY OUT Carry Out8284 ;: Carry In (01 °2°3°4 UP + 01 0203~ DOWN Carry Out8285 = Carry In (01°4 UP + 01 0203~ DOWN CLOCK MODE (ton AND toft) Vcc -5.0V Vcc CARRY IN Q, COUNT ENABLE RESET Q2 SET Q3 PULSE A 1600 2.6V 18pF Q4 PULSE B CLOCK UP/DOi'iN Reset Tied To Vec 5,' Position' 52' Position 1 PULSE A Pulse Amplitude = 2.6V Pulse Width(O) = 26n& at 1.5V Frequency = 6 MHz t r = t1 .. 5ns at 1 0% to 90% Points 3·98 TYPICAL LOAD EACH OUTPUT 04 ....., 25n'i-PULSEA~ Set Tied To VCC 51' Position 2 52' Position 2 PULSE B Pulse Amplitude = 2.6V Pulse Width = 25n8 at 1.5V Frequency = 5 MHz t r = tf = 5ns at 10% to 90% Points DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8284/85 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) SET/RESET MODE (ton and toff) Vcc CARRV IN QI COUNT ENABLE Q, 2.6V Pulse A and B Pulse amplitude = 2.6V Pulse width (0) =25ns Frequency = 5MHz tr = tf =5ns at 10% to 90% points CARRY IN/CARRY OUT (ton and toff) VCC COUNT ENABLE CARRVIN~ CARRV OUT CLOCK SET CARRV OUT t-~p-"""'-Kt-l"Y60Y!\r-!-o2.8V CARBV IN CARRV OUT 18pF 'ON 'OFF Carry in-pulse Pulse amplitude = 2.6V Pulse width (0) = 50ns Frequency =10MHz tr = tf =5ns at 10% to 90% points TYPICAL APPLICATIONS SYNCHRONOUS EXPANSION UP/DOWN COUNTERS OUTPUTS ~ Vcc COUNT CONTROL .... UP/DOWNCCINTROL O-.....------+---_4....------_t_---4~-----_t_---4~-----_+_--- CLOCKo--------~--------------~-------------~-------------~----.... 3·99 Smnotics DIVIDE ·BY· TWELVE COUNTER/STORAGE ELEMENT 8288 A,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION TRUTH TABLE* The 8288 Divide by Twelve Counter is a four-bit subsystem consisting of divide by two and divide by six counters in a 14 pin package. For Divide-by-Twelve operation, output A is connected externally to the clock 2 input. OUTPUT Count 0 1 2 The 8288 has strobed paralleled data entry capability so that the counter may be preset to any desired output state. A "1" or "0" at a data input will -be transferred to the associated output when the strobe input is put at a "0" level. For additional flexibility, the 8288 is provided with a common reset. A "0" on the reset line produces "0" at all four outputs. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 The counting operation is performed on the falling (negative going) edge of the input clock pulse, however, there is no restriction on transition time since the individual binaries are level sensitive. The data strobe and reset functions are asynchronous with respect to the clock. D C B A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 ·Connected for Divide-by-Twelve operation (output A connected to CP2) LOGIC DIAGRAM (10) DB (II) (3) DC DO VCC GND ( 3-100 ) = (14) (7) A,F PACKAGES '" Denotes Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8288 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage NOTES MIN. TYP. 2.6 3.5 MAX. "0" Output Voltage OAV UNITS DATA DATA RESET CLOCK CLOCK 1 OUTPUTS STROBE INPUTS V O.SV 2.OV 2.OV Output A -SOO#LA 6, 7 V O.SV 0.8V O.SV Output A 16mA 6,S O.4V 2 "0" I nput Current Data Strebel -0.1 -1.6 mA Data Inputs -0.1 -1.2 mA Reset -0.1 -3.2 mA Cleek 1 Cleek 2 -0.1 -0.1 -3.2 -1.6 mA 5.25V OAV 5.25V OAV OAV mA OAV "1" Input Current Data Strebe 40 J.lA Data Input 40 J.lA Reset SO J.lA Cleek 1 SO J.lA Cleek 2 SO J.lA 236/45 mW/mA Pewer/Current Censumptien 1S4/35 4.5V OV 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V OV OV OV 11 Input Veltage Rating Data Strebe 5.5 V Data Inputs 5.5 V Reset 5.5 V Output Shert' Circuit Current -10 -60 mA 10mA 10mA 10mA OV OV LIMITS 10,11 TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. DATA DATA STROBE INPUTS CLOCK CLOCK 1 2 TYP. MAX. UNITS 15 25 ns 9 15 25 ns 9 20 35 ns 9 25 40 ns 9 9 RESET OUTPUTS Cleek Mede ten Delay Bit A, B, C, 0 Cleek Mede teff Delay Bit A, B, C, 0 Data/Strebe ten Delay Bit A, B, C, 0 Data/Strebe teff Delay Bit A, B, C, 0 Teggle Rate 20 25 MHz Strebe Held Time 25 35 ns Reset Held Time 20 35 ns Strebe Release Time 30 40 Reset Release Ti me 50 75 O.SV 2.OV O.SV 2.OV 2.OV Output A 2.OV Output A ns 3·101 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8288 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Measurements apply to each output and the associated data input independently. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. Refer to AC Test Figures. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. V CC = 5.25 volts. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 8288 BASIC BINARY , . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - < > DUTPUT DATA INPUT AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS NOTE: I nput pulse notations apply unless otherwise specified. 3·102 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8288 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cant'd) TOGGLE RATE ::=-IIt= INPUT 1 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 f1J1IlJ1J1J1.fL A OUTPUT nnsLrL..rLfL INPUT ')~~~~~D'~24PF D,S ,5k BOUT Cp1 COUT I----~-+-... 84.611 2.6V CIRCUITS BOUTPUT~ COUTPUT~ DOU~UT ____________ L ~ DOUT 1-----.:-.... GND CIRCUIT UNDER TeST INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 3.4V tA = 100ns tr = 20ns ts = 300ns CLOCK MODE tonltoff DELAY RD Os Cp1 AOUT BoUT S1fl DA COUT DB DOUT DC DO TOV CC 1-- - .000""" v,·ov 24 pF M.'O 5k ~."" ~ I -----~ toff OUTPUT! OUT~UTi , 1.5V ----.1 1. ton sind toff are measured from the clock input of each binary to the Q output of that binary. 2. Each Q output will be loaded with the following load circuit: ton I INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V P.W. = 30n5 tr = t f = 5ns 3-103 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8288 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) DATA/STROBE ton toff =" 0 L-J ,6V 1.6V ~,"ug~D , : jr--:----=---': INVERT FOR \ ' l ---TDDUTPUTS y : toif L t_:~--'B--'C~'D"";-\~.,,,_. t /_'5V- iN 916 84.511 ~.' 2.6V 24 PF / I o 5K OUTPUT : I INPUT PULSE AMPLITUDE=2.6V t r =t =5ns f STROBE HOLD TIME Vcc A J...'HOLO.j I STROBE RD DS Cpl DA D. ~ AOUT BOUT CaUl Dour l iN 916 84.511 - - -TDOUT'UTS ~2.6V I-'HOLO-.j I ~ ~1.5V I v:-:- ~1,5V OA,B,C,O-----~\...._ _ _ _ _ __ y5K OUTPUTSJ A,B,C,O INPUT PULSE AMPLITUDE=2.6V \=tf =5ns 3·104 I \'---- DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8288 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH Vcc ------t pw ......I I I r-:-=-I RESET=i 1.5V.~'.6V /\oUT BoUT COUT DOUT I TO ---OUTPUTS 14.IW ~2.8V OUTPUTS 24 y5K A.B.C.D~ pf ' INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V tr = t f = 5ns max. Note: Outputs must be previously brought high by placing a "0" on the D strobe input. A pulse ganerator may be substituted for the switch. STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME Vee STROBE/RESET /.5V : I I IN 916 84.5\! .......~---~-_-1K1-~2.6V 5K CLOCK I I I I -: R~~~~SE ~.5V I ~.--------I :- Clock, Strobe/Reset Amplitude = 2.6V tr = tf·= 5ns max. PRR = 1MHz 50% Duty Cycle. NOTES: 1. All resistor values are in ohms. 2. All capacitance values are in picofarads and include Jig and probe capacitance. 3-105 Smnotics PRESETTABLE HIGH SPEED DECADE/BINARY COUNTER A,F ,W PACKAGES 829-0 8291 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION or "0" at a data input will be transferred to the associated. output when the strobe input is put at the "0" level. For additional flexibility, both units are provided with a reset input which is common to all four bits. A "0" on the reset lines produces "0" at all four outputs. The 8290 Decade Counter and 8291 Binary Counter are high speed devices providing a wide variety of counter/storage register applications with a minimum number of packages. The 8290 Decade Counter can be connected in the familiar BCD counting mode, in a divide-by-two and divide-by-five configuration or in the Bi-Quinary mode. The Bi-Quinary mode produces a square wave output which is particularly useful in frequency synthesizer applications. The counting operation is performed on the falling (negative going) edge of the input clock pulse. Triggering requirements are compatible with any of the 8000 Series elements. The 8291 Binary Counter may be connected as a divide-bytwo, four, eight, or sixteen counter. Both devices have strobed parallel-entry capability so that the counter may be set to any desired output state. A "1" lOGIC DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES 8290 Bi-Quinary (5-2) Decade (BCD) Input BO 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 Co DO AO 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 CLOCK 1 (8) Input AO BO Co DO 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 A 2 CLOCK 2 3 (6) 4 5 6 7 8 9 (10) (11) (3) DC DS DD 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Vee - (14) GND - (7) ( ) - Denotes Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package 8291 Binary Input AO BO 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 8 0 9 1 10 0 11 12 13 14 15 1 3·106 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 Co DO 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ao Co So DO (2) (9) (6) (12) Vee GND ) = (3) (10) Ds DC D (11) lJ ~ ~ (14) (7) Denotes PI,.. Numbers for 14 Pin Dual-in-Line Package DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8290/91 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage "0" Input Current Data Strbe Data Inputs Reset Clock 1 Clock 2 (8290) Clock 2 (8291) "1" Input Current Data Strobe Data Inputs Reset Clock 1 Clock 2 (8290) Clock 2 (8291) Output Short Circuit Current A B,C,D Input Voltage Rating Data Strobe Clock 1 & 2 Data Inputs Reset T A = 25° C and V CC MIN. TYP. MAX. 2.6 3.5 UNITS 0.4 V V -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 -1.6 -1.2 -2.8 -4.8 -4.8 -2.4 mA mA mA mA mA mA -20 -10 40 40 80 80 120 80 -70 -60 iJA iJA iJA iJ A iJA iJA mA mA V V V V 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 DATA DATA RESET STROBE INPUTS 0.8V 0.8V 2.0V O.8V CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 2.0V 0.8V OUTPUTS -200iJA 9.6mA 6, 7 6,8 5.25V 0.4 0.4 5.25V 5.25V 5.25V 5.25V 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 4.5V O.OV 4.5V 4.5V O.OV O.OV O.OV O.OV 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V O.OV O.OV O.OV 10,12 10,12 10mA 10mA 10mA 'IOmA 10mA = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. Power Consumption/ Supply Current Strobe Pulse Width Reset P.ulse Width Strobe/Reset Release Time Clock Mode ton Delay Bit A Bits B, C, 0 Clock Modet off Delay Bit A Bits B, C, 0 Strobed Data t on Delay (All Bits) Strobed Data t off Delay (All Bits) TogglEI Rate Clock Moc;le Switching Test 40 TYP. DATA DATA STROSE INPUTS CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 OUTPUTS MAX. UNITS 190/ ~6.5 15 25 20 255/ 48.5 mW/ mA ns ns ns 12 15 25 30 ns ns 9 9 12 15 23 25 ns ns 9 9 31 42 ns 9 33 60 42 ns MHz ns 9 9 9,11 75 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Ter.minals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the Isolation diodes become forward biased. RESET O.OV 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. O.OV O.OV 12 AOUT AOUT AOUT 9 9 9 Measurements apply to each output and the associated data input In'dependently. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee. Refer to Ae Test Figures. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. This test guarantees the device will reliably trigger on a pulse with 75n5 fall-time. Vee = 5.25V. 3-107 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8290/91 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Vee 4k 6k ep RESISTOR VALUES BITA BIT B,C,D R1 2.Sk Sk R2 3.2k S.Sk R3 2k 5k R4 BOOn 3.Sk RS 4sn 3ssn R6 200n 1.1Sk AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS CLOCK MODE ton/toff DELAY NPUT ~ Vee 1.5V I I I I -...: toft OUTPUT I TO --- OUTPUTS I Note: ton and toff are measured from the clock input of each binary to the Q output of that binary. 3·108 INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V PW '" 30ns, 50% to 50% tr = t = 5ns f PRR = 1MHz DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8290/91 .~c TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) STROBED DATA ton/toff DELAY 5T~OBE 1.5V 1.5V I I I I I _....1..----. I 1-- TO OUTPUT I I DA,B,e,DI ton OUTPUT = 2.6V = 300ns, 50% to 50% PRR = 1MHz tr =, 'tf = 5ns = 2.6V = 500n8, 50% to PRR = 500kHz t = t = 5ns r f STFWBE, PA DATA, PA PW PW 50% CLOCK MODE SWITCHING TEST 8290 INPUT Vee 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 rtflIl1UUUU1.Il AOUTPUT rLr1..1LJL1L INPUT 1-------1--;0- e~2.6V y . OUTPUTS' BOUTPUT~ eOUTPUT~ 1""1.. DOUTPUT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DOUTI----- 8291 1 2 3 4 5 6 78 910111213141616 INPUT PULSE: = 3.4V = 100n8, 50% to PRR = 2.5MHz INPUT Amplitude PW \ - 20n8, t = 75n8 f A OUTPUT 50% . nnnJUUUUUUUUUUU nrtI1.n..fUl.Jl BOUTPUT~ eOUTPUT~ o OUTPUT I l 3·109 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8290/91 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH Vee TO OUTPUTS 1-- R2 ~2.6V e'yR, INPUT PULSE: Amplitude tr - ~ a = 2.6V 5nl MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH Vee ----t pw I--I I I I r-:-::--- RESET:-:::-t ,.6V -U-,.6V I TO ---OUTPUTS INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V tr = tf = 5n5. Note: Outputs mUlt be previously brought high by placing a "0" on the 0 strobe input. A pulse generator may be substituted for the switch. 3·110 OUTPUTS A.B.e.D~ DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8290/91 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) TOGGLE RATE INPUT B290 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 rLrLrL.flIlfU11 A OUTPUT ..rL..rL.rLJLfL INPUT ~~ ~ oSTROBEAoUTt----_I--T-OBOUT C OUT ~C1 R1 2.6V BOUTPUT~ COUTPUT~ o OUTPUT r-1.. OUTPUTS DOUT ! - - - -.. 8291 1 2 3456 78910111213141516 nnnnnnruuuu1IlI INPUT A OUTPUT 1l.fLfl.Jl.J1Il BOUTPUT~ INPUT PULSE: Amplitude 2.6V tr = 'tf = 5:ns max. PRR = 40MHz, 50% duty cycle. E COUTPUT o OUTPUT -IL-JL I L STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME VCC STROBE/RESET 1-----.....- . . . ~.5V. I I --iICl---''II¥----.. BOUT C OUT 'j---TO 8293 OUTPUTS 1 2 34 56 7 8 910111213141516 I1IU1I11lJ1IUUU A OUTPUT nruuLI1J1.fU1. DOUTI------ INPUT BOUTPUT~ COUTPUT~ CIRCUIT UNDER TEST L DOUTPUT INPUT PUI.SE: Amplitude = 3,4V P.W. - 100n8, 600A. to 50% PAA - 2.6MHz tr = 20n8 tf - 76n8 MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH 1-- TO OUTPUTS I I I :~."" !~ OUTPUTS....J.T 1•5V A,B,C,D I I INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V tr = tf = 6n& max. 3·115 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8292/93 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) MINIMUM RESET PULSE WIDTH ---t PW 14-- I I I I r-::-:-- REhT~ 1.5V-U-1.5V I TO ---OUTPUTS 440 ~2.6V 12pF y26k INPUT PULSE: Amplitude .2.6V tr = tf = 5ns mex. NOTE: Outputs must be previously brought high by placing a "a" on the D strobe Input. A pulse generator may be substituted for the switch. TOGGLE RATE 82921''l.IlfUlJ1.I1Jl. 2. 3 INPUT 4 6 6 1 8 9 10 AOUTPU'~ INPUT DOUTPUT~ Vee eOUTPU~ rL.. o OUTPUT RESET DSTROBE "oUT"'-'~--"I---BOUT e OUT TO OUTPUTS 8293 2 346 6 7 8 910111213141616 D O U T I - - - - -.. INPUT n.nnnnnnnruuu1J A OUTPU Ln.n...n..nIU1J BOUTPU~ 1 eOUTPU~ CIRCUIT UNDER TEST DOUTPU~ INPUT PULSE: Amplitude - 2.6V PRR - 6MHz, 50% duty cycle tr m tf - 5n8 max. 3-116 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8292/93 AC TESt FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) STROBE/RESET RELEASE TIME 5V A ~ LOAD CIRCUIT 1 STROBE .,f.6V I I -=- CLOCK ,I I ~.6V I , "----_ : RELEASE : _ I TIME , _ _---J;CLOCK, STROBE/RESET: Amplitude - 2.6V PRR = 1MHz, 50% duty cycle tr = tf = 6ns max. NOTES: 1. All resistor values are in ohms. 2. All capacitance values are in picofarads and Include Jig and probe capacitance. 3. All diodes are 1 N916. 3-117 NIXIE DECODER/~IRIVER !ii!lDotiC!i B,F 8101 P~~CKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES lTL/MSI DESCRIPTION TTL techniques and is therffore completely compatible with DTL and TTL elements, The 8T01 Nixie* Decoder/Driver is a one-out-of-ten decoder which has been designed to provide the necessary high voltage characteristics required for driving gas-filled coldcathode indicator tubes. It may also be utilized in driving relays or other high voltage interface circuitry. The element is designed using The specially designed outPu~drivers provide the necessary stable output state. There a,~ no input codes where all outputs are "off" or where lore than one output can be turned "on." LOGIC DIAGRAM TRUTH TABLE DECIMAL # A "2"OUT "rOUT D INPUT C B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 k-- 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 I 'I I 'I I 'I I 'I I I ) 'I ) 'I ) 'I OUTPUT ON 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 9 (12) "O"OUT Vee (16) GND () (8) Denotes Pin Numbers ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And VOltl_g_el_ _ _ _ _ _ _---, TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS "1" "0" "1" "0" "0" Power/Current Output Voltage Output Voltage Input Current Input Current (Aand 01 Input Current (BandCI Consumpt!on (Vr.r. = 5.25V) MIN. MAX, 63/12 2.75 40 -0.9 -1.8 147/28 68 NOTES: 1. All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with Pin 8 tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic definition: 3-118 TYP. 5. 6. UNITS V V p.A mA mA mW/mA INP O. 2. 4. O. O. OUTPUTS 1.0mA 5.0mA "UP" Level = "1", "DowN1Level = "0". Precautionary measures sh Llld be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance w' h Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes' ,ecome forward biased. 0 SST01 B operating temper 1'ure range is _20 e to +B5° e. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T01 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM TYPICAL APPLICATIONS STORE COUNT 8T01 is used to decode output 'of 8280 or 8281 counter and drive NIXIE* indicator tubes. An 8275 Quad-Latch is used as an intermediate storage register. °A trademark of the Burrough, Corporation. 3·119 !ii!)notiC!i SEVEN SrGMENT DECOD~.~~ ~~~~~~ 8104 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION The 8T04 consists of the necessary logic to decode a 4-bit BCD code to seven segment (0 through 9) readout, as well as some selected signs and letters. Incorporated in this device is a blanking circuit which turns all segments off when activated. The blanking circuit allows suppression of all numerically insignificant zeros, thereby presenting an easily read display. Also included is the nec1,;sar y circuitry to implement suppression of leading and/ 'r trailing zeros. A Lamp Test control is provided to turn II segments on. The Lamp Test allows the viewer to chec. the validity of the display lamps. High performance bare collet tor output transistors are used in the 8T04 for directly driv~,g incandescent lamps or common anode LED displays. lOGIC DIAGRAM - A (3 ) rL-" ~r I PjD r-r- r-r=t-J ~ (2) 15) 14) RBI (7) Vee GND () 3-120 ~r ~ .". r-F =~ >-L....J' (1) r-~ I 1T (4) .". ~ (5) .". - o (6) t=r r I -- ~~' f-:--f"""'\. >----L..F ~ )-+- :::::::::t...J> :0 ~~t~JBI/RBO (10) (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers ''-- ~ ~ ~1 G ""- (12 ) t:::=:I .". 6 13- DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T04 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS MIN. "1" Output Voltage RBO "0" Output Voltage RBO A-G "1" Output Leakage Current (A-G) "1" Input Current RBI LT All Other Inputs "0" I nput Current RBI BI LT All Other Inputs Input Voltage Rating Power/Current Consumption: "S" Temperature Range "N" TElmperature Range TYP. MAX. 3.1 -.1 -.1 -.1 -.1 5.5 UNITS LT RB1 V 0.4 0.50 V V 100 /.LA 40 160 80 /.LA /.LA /.LA -1.2 -2.2 -10 -1.6 394n5 446/85 NOTES: 1. All voltagel measurements are referenced to the grou nd terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined a8 Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic Definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limitIng in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Measurements apply to each gate element independently. mA mA mA mA V RBO B1 DRIVEN INPUTS OUTPUTS 7,9 -160/.LA 0.4V 0.8V O.4V 4.8mA 0.4V O.SV 40mA 0.8V 6.0V 8,9 8,9 9,10 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V O.4V O.4V O.4V O.4V O.4V 10mA 11 11 mW/mA mW/mA 11 7. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. S. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. 9. See truth table: "1" Threshold = 2.0V for a,b,c,d. "0" Threshold = O.SV for a,b,c,d. 10. Connect an external1k ±1% resistor to the output for this test. 11. VCC = 5.25V. TEST FIGURE FOR "0" OUTPUT VOLTAGE vcco-----------~ OUTPUT Each output is tested separately In the ON state. 3·121 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T04 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 3·122 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T04 TRUTH TABLE INPUTS INPUT CODE lAMP TEST b a IT X X X 0 X X X 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 d c X X 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OUTPUTS BI/RBO DISPLAY CHARACTER OUTPUT STATE RBI NOTE A B C D E F G X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X (Note 1 & 2) (N,te 2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 () u BlK BlK ,-, '-' ,, :::J 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U 0 0 C ',...) 0 '- -, ~ 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 -,, 0 , -, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 CI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 BlK 0 0 0 0 0 0 CI 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 , - " ," 1_ BlK *COMMA X = Don't care, either "1" or "0". BI/RBO is an internally wired OR output. NOTE: 1. BI/R BO used as input. 2. BI/RBO should not be forced high when a,b,c,d, RBI terminals are low, or damage may occur to the unit. 3·123 Si!lDotiCS 8T05 SEVEN SEGMENT DECODER/TRANSISTOR DRIVER B,F ,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION A Lamp Test input is provided which, when grounded forces all segment outputs high. This allows the viewer to check the validity of the display presentation by testing the integrity of the lamps. The 8T05 consists of the necessary logic to decode a 4-Bit BCD code to seven segment (0 through 9) readout as well as some selected signs and letters. A Ripple Blanking input is provided to implement suppression of leading a'1d/or trailing zeros. The suppression of all numerically insignificant zeros provides an easily read display. The 8T05 has resistor pullups on the outputs to provide source current sufficient to drive interfacing elements. This allows the unit to drive high voltage transiistors for neon displays. The 8T05 can also be used to drive common cathode LED displays at moderate light intensity levels. Incorporated in the Ripple Blanking output (BI/RBO) is the facility to ground all the outputs. Blanking of the outputs allows for intensity modulation. LOGIC DIAGRAM rL-J . ( 1) ~ - DjD 15) 14) RBI (7) ~~ ~ - 3·124 . I - I }O--oB ( 4) ~ p-(-oe 5) I=r r -00 ( 6) ~~,-oe (9) ~~ ~ flD r-r-~ -OF ( 11) ~ ;:D ~["ffiM (10) ~ (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers '-~ ~ ~ bLT (13) Vee GND () ~ - F r-FI ~. ~ (2) -oA r-~-( 3) JO;-OG 12) DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T05 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS LT MIN TVP MAX UNITS 0.3 0.4 V mA V V V 40 160 80 J,tA J,tA J,tA -1.2 -2.2 -1.0 -1.6 mA mA mA mA V \ A-G "1 " Output Voltage A-G Output Source Current A-G "0" Output Voltage R BO "1" Output Voltage RBO "0" Output Voltage "1" Input Current RBI LT All other Inputs "0" Input Current RBI BI LT All Other Inputs Input Voltage Rating Power/Current Consumption: "S" Temperature Range "N" Temperature Range 3.9 -2.3 3.1 -.1 -.1 -.1 -.1 5.5 O.4V O.4V 4.5V 0.4V 0.8V OUTPUTS NOTES -500J,tA 1.0V 7,9 +500/JA 8,9 7,9 8,9 DRIVEN INPUTS RBO BI RBI 0.4V -160J,tA 4.8mA 0.8V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V O.4V OAV OAV 0.4V 10mA 10 394/75 mW/mA 110/85 mW/mA NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic.Definitlon: "UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Measurements apply to each element independently. 10 7. 8. 9. 10. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V Cc. See truth table: "1" Threshold = 2.0V for a,b,c,d. "0" Threshold = O.BV for a,b,c,d. VCC - 5.25V. TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES TYPICAL CURRENT SINK CAPABILITY VERSUS VCE(SAT) (OUTPUTS A-G) TYPICAL OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS OUTPUT VOLTAGE (OUTPUTS A-G) 20 B.OV vee· 5.OV TA·26°e /' 16 / / -- ---- ~ ---- - .t--. ---- 6.0V ~ 6.0V ~ ... / ~ iL / Vee· 6.OV TA·26°e 7.0V 4.0V 3.0V / I'--- ~ I'--- ~ "'" 2.0V 1.0V / O.6V 1.0V 1.5V VeelVOLTSI 2.0V 2.5V 1.0mA 2.0mA """'""" 3.OmA IOUTlmAI "'""" 4.OmA 6.OmA 3·125 DIGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8TOS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM v•• o----,-----,.--,--------r--y----------,--,.-, BIIRBQ 3-126 <>+1++--+-1 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T05 TRUTH TABLE INPUTS OUTPUTS BI/RBO INPUT CODE d c X X X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 b lAMP TEST a IT X X 0 X X X X 1 X 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 X Note (NO~ 1 & 2) (Nfte 2) 1 DISPLAY CHARACTER OUTPUT STATE RBI A B C D E F G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 'I 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 X 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 X 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 X 1 1 0 0 1 1 X 1 1 0 1 X 1 1 1 1 X 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 CI ·u BlK BlK ,-, u , I ::J 1 1:1 1 _I uI 1 1 1 1 C 1 1 1U 0 0 -I I _I 0 0 0 1 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 1 1 1 1 D 0 1 X 1 1 1 X 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 BlK 1 1 0 1 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 X 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 D U 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 I - II , I' 1- BlK "COMMA X = Don't care, either "1" or "0". BI/RBO is an internally wired OR output. NOTE: 1. BI/RBO used as input. 2. BI/RBO should not be forced high when a, b, c, d, RBI terminals are low, or damage may occur to the unit. 3·127 !i!!lDotiC!i SEVEN SEGMENT DECODER/DISPLAY DRIVER 8106 8,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION The 8T06 is a monolithic MSI circuit consisting of the necessary logic to decode a 4-bit BCD code to drive 7-segment indicators directly. Open-collector outputs are used for high current source applications, such as driving common cathode LED displays and discrete active components. The 8T06 seven segment decoder/driver accepts a 4-bitbinary code and decodes all possible inputs as decimals 0-9 or selected signs and letters. Auxiliary inputs are provided for maximum versatility. The ripple blanking inputs (RBI) and the ripple blanking output (RBO) may be used for automatic leading and/or trailing-edge zero suppression. The RBO output also acts as. an overriding blanking input (BI) which may be used for intensity modulation or strobing of the display. A lamp test (L T) input is provid~~d to check the integrity of the display by activating all outputs indepen" dent of the input code. LOGIC DIAGRAM (3) --I...J" ~ PJD f1D 15) J I - (10) 3-128 = ~) ~ ~) D III .". ~ (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers :D G '-f...----L (ll ) -t=::::::J ~ ~ .". b (13) LT Vee GND () ~ r-I---=r- ~~::>T~:~:~JBI/RBO (7) ~) >-~~' --' ~f.--f'"-\. ~ ~ 14i I-p=L.J ~ ~H (2) RBI .-l-- .". -'-- - I -I-R ~ (1) r- DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T06 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. "1" Output Voltage RBO "0" Output Voltage (A-G) RBO "1" Output Leakage Current (A-G) "1" Input Current RBI LT All Other Inputs "0" Input Current RBI BI LT All Other Inputs I nput Voltage Rating Power/Curl'ent Consumption: ':S" Temperature Range "N" Temperature Range TYP. MAX. UNITS 3.1 -.1 -.1 -.1 -.1 5.5 LT V V V 4.5V 100 J..IA O.4V 40 160 BO J..IA J..IA J..IA 4.5V mA mA mA mA V O.4V O.BV 0.4V 4.BmA NOTES OUTPUTS 7,9 40mA B,9 B.9 6.0V 9, 10 O.8V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 0.4V O.4V 0.4V O.4V O.4V 10mA 0.4V 394n5 mW/mA O.4V 10mA 11 11 446/85 mW/mA NOTES: 'I. All voltage measurements are referenced' to the ground terminal. Terminals nlot specifically referenced are left electrically open. :2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. :3. Positive curl'ent is defined a8 into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic Definitions: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 6. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Aatingll should the isolation diodes become forward biased. S. Measurements apply to each gate element independently. DRIVEN INPUTS -160J..lA 0.5 0.4 -1.2 -2.2 -10 -1.6 RBO B1 RB1 7. Output source current Is supplied through a.reslstor to ground. 8. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. 9. See truth table: "1" Threshold = 2.0V for a,b,c,d. "0" Threshold = 0.8V for a,b,c,d. 10. Connect an external 1 k ± 1 % resistor to the output for this test. 11. VCC - 5.25V. TEST FIGURE FOR "0" OUTPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT Each output Is tested separately In the ON state. 3·129 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T06 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 3·130 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T06 TRUTH TABLE INPUTS OUTPUTS BI/RBO INPUT CODE d c b X X X- X 0 R!!I a X X 0 X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 '..J X X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BLK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BLK 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 X 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 '-', 0 0 1 0 1 X 0 0 1 1 1 X 0 1 0 0 1 X 0 1 1 1 0 1 X 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 (Not& 1 & 2) (Nfte 2) A OUTPUT STATE C B D E DISPLAY CHARACTER LAMP TEST LT 0 'J. 0 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 X 1 0 0 1 1 X 0 1 0 1 X 0 0 0 1 1 1 X 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 X 0 X 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 X G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F 0 1 U ,-, 1 2 :3 , u '::, b -, 1 D , 1...1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 BLK 0 1 1 1 II 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1- 0 0 0 0 0 0 BLK n~I CI I' 1 *COMMA ,X = Don't care, either "1" or "0". I:UlRBO is an internally wired OR output. NOTE: 1. BI/RBO used as input. :2. BI/RBO should not be forced high when a, b, c, d, RBI terminals are low, or damage may occur to the unit. 3·131 Smnotics QUAD BUS DRIVER 8T09 A,F ,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION The tri-state outputs present a high impedance to the bus when disabled, (control input "1") and active drive when enabled (control input "0"). This el iminates the resistor pullup requirement while providing performance superior to open collector schemes. Each output can sink 40mA and drive 300pF loading with guaranteed propagation delay less than 22 nanoseconds. LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM The 8T09 is a high speed quad bus driver device for applications requiring up to 25 loads interconnected on a single bus. DATA DISABLE DATA DISABLE DATA DISABLE 10 DATA 13 2.8K 12 DISABLE Data Disable 0 0 1 1 0 0 Output 0 1 Hi- Z 1 1 Hi- Z Vee GND ( ) = (14) (7) Denotes Pin Numbers for 14 Pin Oual-in-Line Package ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. "1" Output Voltage 2.4 "0" Output Voltage Output Leakage Current TYP. 3.0 0.2 -40 "1" Input Current "0" Input Current Input Voltage Rating 3·132 236/45 -40 UNITS DATA DISABLE OUTPUTS V 0.8V 0.8V -5.2mA 7 0.4 V 2.0V 0.8V 40mA 8 +40 JJ.A 2.0V 0.4V or :2.4V 3 40 JJ.A 4.5V -2.0 rnA 0.4V O.4V V 10mA 10mA OV OV OV 10,11 5.5 Power/Current Consumption Output Short Circuit Current MAX. 340/65 -120 mW/mA mA 11 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T09 T A = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS DATA OUTPUTS DISABLE Propagation Delay Data to Output ton' toff 10 ns 30pF load 20 ns 300pF load 9 9 Disable to Output High Z to 0, 0 to High Z High Z to 1, 1 to High Z 14 ns 30pF load 22 ns 300pF load 14 ns 30pF load 22 ns 300pF load 9 9 9 9 NOTES: ,. 2. 3. 4. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive c:urrent flow Is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive NAND Logic definition: "UP" Level = ",", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings 6. 7. 8. 9. , 0.' 11. should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Measurements apply to each output and the associated data Input Independently. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC. Refer to AC Test Figures. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. V CC - 6.26 volts. .AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS PROPAGATION DELAY (DATA TO OUTPUT) vee· 5.OV 2.IV DATA { } DISABLE DATA DISABLE DATA DISABLE DATA DISABLE 33n TO OUTPUTS IN 916 ~'.5V .... ~ DATA INPUT-..Ij OUTPUT • I 1\,·5V I I Ion I IF I I --I I-+-- ----I I I INPUT PULSE: tr =. t f = 5ns (10% TO 90%) FREQ. = 1MHz (50% DUTY CYCLE) AMP. = 2.6V 1---'1011 I I FIGURE 1. 3·133 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T09 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) PROPAGATION DELAY ("0" TO HIGH Z, tpLz; HIGH Z TO 0, tpzL) 2.6V Vee' 5.0V 5.0V DATA DISABLE { 2.4k } DATA DISABLE DAT~ DISABLE DATA 12011 IDIODES INgle DISABLE ~~~~~LE OUTPUT ~'.5V i\...-- ----.Ii I II II/ = t f a 5ns( 1 0% TO 90%) FREQ. = 200kHz tr I _ ________~IJ,~,~ j I 'plz INPUT PULSE: I I AMP = 2.6V I ----'1 1- FIGURE 2. PROPAGATION DE LAY ("1" TO HIGH Z, tpHz; HIGH Z to "1", tpzH) Vee' 5.0V DATA DISABLE DATA ) DISABLE 1 f1.5V I ?~~~Le _ _ _...J OUTPUT DATA DISABLE DATA 1.2k \,.GV 'pzh ---...J 14-- INPUT PU LSE : \96% FIGURE 3-134 eL DISABLE :~ I I "-----r'1 I 'phz~ t-I I : my OUTPUT = t f = 6n5(10% TO 90%) FREO. = 200kHz tr AMP 3. = 2.6V DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T09 TYPICAL APPLICATION I Lb-CLOCK~-----' The above figure illustrates usage of the 8T09 in data processing logic. For example, FF1 thru FFn may represent bit X in each of several functions in a minicomputer (accumulators, MQ register, index registers, indirect address registers, etc.). Transfer from any source to any load, including transfers from one register to another, can take place along the single path labeled "BUS". 3·135 !imnlltiC!i TRI-STATE QUAD D·TVPE BUS FLlp·FlOP 8110 B,F ,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 8Tl0 is a high speed Quad 0 flip-flop with tri-state outputs for use in bus-organized systems. The high current sink capability permits up to 20 standard loads to be interconnected on a single bus. The outputs present a high impedance to the bus when disabled (Control Input "1") and active drive when enabled (Control Inputs "0"). All four D-type flip-flops operate from a common clock with data being transferred on the low-to-high transition of the pulse. 10 A common clear input resets all flip-flops upon application of a logic "1" level. 11 12 Data will be stored if either one or both inputs to the Input Disable NOR gate is a logic "1". 13 TRUTH TABLE 14 Dn IN DIS OUT DIS °n+1 15 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 X X 1 0 X 1 On High Z 16 V CC ·16 GND=8 on refers to the output state before a~clock pulse. On + 1 refers to the output state after a clock pulse. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage MIN. TYP. 204 3.0 "0" Output Voltage Output Leakage Current -40 MAX. UNITS Dn IN IN OUT DIS 1 DIS2 DIS 1 DI82 OUT NOTES CLEAR CLOCK OUTPUT V 2.0V O.8V 0.8V 0.8V O.8V 0.8V Pulse -fi.2mA 6 0.4 V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V Pulse :l2mA 7 +40 J.l-A 0.8 0.8V +2.0V +2.0V 0.8V Pulse +Oo4V/ +204V (High Impedance State) "1" I nput Current Dn Inputs 40 J.l-A All Other Inputs 50 J.l-A 4.5V Oo4V O.4V Oo4V Oo4V 0.4V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V Oo4V Oo4V Oo4V Oo4V 4.5V "0" Input Current 3·136 Dn Inputs -.100 -3.2 mA All Other Inputs -.100 -2.0 mA Input Voltage Rating +5.5V 0.4V Oo4V 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA 0.4V 10mA DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T10 T A = 25° C and Vee = 5.0V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS Propagation Delay (ton' toff) Clock to Output C L = 30pf C L = 300pf Disalble to Output High Z to Logic 0, tpZL State (C L = 300pf) Logic 0 to High Z, trLZ High Z (C L = 300pf Clear to Output C L = 30pf C L = 300pf Set Up Time, tsetup Data Input Disable Hold Time, thol d Data Reset Pulse Width Clock Frequency Clock Pulse Width Positive Negative Power/Current Consumption Output Short Circuit Current +5 15 35 IN IN DIS 1 DIS2 NOTES OUT OUT CLEAR CLOCK OUTPUT DIS 1 DIS2 18 24 25 35 ns ns 12 12 20 30 ns 10,12 20 30 ns 11,Q 15 21 22 30 ns ns 12 12 -1 -6 0 ns ns 12 12 -1 +5 ns ns MHz 12 12 12 50 8 8 -40 Dn 12 ns 12 ns 619/ mW/mA 0.4V 118 mA 4.5V -120 NOTES: 1. All voltage and capacitance measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All mea!;urements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings O.4V 0.4V 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. O.4V O.4V 4.5V O.4V 0.4V 0.4V 0.4V 0.4V 4.5V O.OV 12 12 8 8,9 should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. VCC = 5.25V. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. Measured to 1.5V level of output waveform. Measured to 10% level of output waveform. Refer to AC Test Circuits. AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS PROPAGATION DELAY ton' toff (CLOCK TO OUTPUT) DATA SETUP TIME, tsetup Vee 5V OUTPUTS r - - - - - - I I 2.6V I I I I I I I I I I I L.0A.£.e,!!!,~'...I r Lo~3c;:;UlTSl SAME AS LOAD I OUTPUTS °0,°,,°2,°3 --I L--~I!!£U.!!.1_.J CL ·30pF 300pF FIGURE 1 3-137 DIGITAL 8000 SER-IES TTL/MSI .8T10 AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) PROPAGATION DELAY (CLEAR TO OUTPUT) OUTPUTS I" - l -2:BV - I I I I I I I I I I CL -30pF lOOpF FIGURE 2 PROPAGATION DELAY (DATA HOLD TIME) Vee 6V OUTPUTS I - - 2-:Bv-l I I I I ~~~ ~~~ __ I CLOCK I L~~.o.f.!R~,!..!J 10% -I~r- J CL -30pF lOOpF FIGURE 3 PROPAGATION DELAY (DISABLE TO OUTPUT) OUTPUTS I" - - 6V- l I I I I I OUTPUT DISABLE .-LOA~"I~~iTS I tplz OUTPUTSJ,O%r---""""" L:~~~~O~J °0.0 ,.°2.°3 CL -300pF FIGURE4 3~138 _11_ °v - 1.5V 10% I S!t~~~A~ 1.6V ~ DATA r LOADcIRCUITS - , L- 10% _~V '\ I "'oldlOI I 2.31<4 I ~ 1l~tholdll1 -I I:: 90% I 1.BV I --2.BV 1.6V I 10% -Itfl~ ------OV ~IGITAL 8000 SERI ES TTL/MSI • 8T10 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS TO TTL LOADS & BUS TERMINATION IF NEEDED TO TTL LOADS '20~A OUTPUT IN LOGICAL "'" STATE i - "'''OUTPUT CURRENT -S.2mA OUTPUT IN HIGH ZSTATE OUTPUT IN HIGH Z STATE MAX (') " O"OUTPUT CURRENT aT10 ~ (2) I 8T10 OUTPUT IN HIGH ZSTATE OUTPUT IN HIGH Z STATE - 8T10 OUTPUT IN LOGICAL "0" STATE I 28.98mA + 32mA ('28) DRIVER IN LOGICAL "0" STATE DRIVER IN LOGICAL "'" STATE MULTIPLE~ING EIGHT LED DISPLAYS. r--- .. ~. ~._===n I I I I I I "" ..., --- y cc - - .. ~, I ·DISPL .... V IIII 'OlSPLAY 'OISPl"V 4~- I ~ I H ~ lAO' 0'" I no, -- III ....,. ""'' 'co" '""" I~o"'o" " I =rt0"'"o" OUTo., I " cCJwJW~ll '" [+ "" ITIO DISI' R-IOOt! _. __.- ITIO L~O .-f-J .- II OUTOI' I 'OISPLAY 11113 I III 0" .,,, I 3-139 Si!lnotics DUAL LINE DRIVER 8113 B,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION g. Short Circuit Protection: Incorporates a latch~back short circuit protection feature which protects the device by limiting the current it may source when operating under conditions of zero load resistance. The BT13 is a monolithic Dual Line Driver designed to drive 50 ohm or 75 ohm coaxial transmission lines. TTL multiple emitter inputs allow this line driver to interface with standand TTL or DTL systems. The outputs are designed to drive long lengths of coaxial cable, strip line, or twisted pair transmission lines with impedances of 50nto 500n. LOGIC DIAGRAM Key Design Benefits: a. High-Power Drive Capability: Specified at -75mA source current rating at 2.4 volts. l~' ~~~ b. Party-Line Operation: Emitter-follower outputs enable two or more drivers to drive the same line. This permits multiple timeshared terminal connections since these drivers have no effect upon the transmission line unless activated. c. Input gating structure allows employment of the "OR" as well as the "AND" function. 12 13 9 14 15 d. High Speed: ton = toff = 20ns (max). e. Input CICjmp Diodes: Protects inputs from line ringing. f. Single 5 Volt power, supply. Vee GND () = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS AND GATE #1 CHARACTERISTICS MIN. "1" Output Voltage TYP. MAX. -0.1 OUTPI,JTS NOTES 2.0V 0.8V -75mA 6 OV OV OV 3.0V 7 -300 /.LA 0.8V 4.5V OV OAV -1.6 mA OAV 4:5V /.LA 4.5V OV "1" I nput Current TA INPUTS OF #2 AND GATE 2.0V V 80 "0" Output Leakage Current OTHER INPUTS }.LA 2.4 "1" Output Leakage Current "0" Input Current UNITS INPUT UNDER TEST 40 = 25°C and VCC = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS AND GATE NO.1 CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. Turn-On Delay, ton OTHER INPUTS INPUTS OF NO.2 AND GATE OUTPUTS NOTES MAX. UNITS 20 ns 8,11 ns 9,11 32 20 Turn-Off Delay, toff INPUT UNDER TEST 22 ns 8,11 ns 9,11 Power/Current Consumption: 10,13 10,13 Output at "0" 315/60 mW/mA 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V Output at "1" 150/28 mW/mA 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V V 10mA OV OV -250 mA 4.5V 4.5V OV 2.0V 12 -30 mA 4.5V 4.5V OV OV 12 Input Voltage Rating "1" Output Current Output Short Circuit Current I nput Clamp Voltage 3·140 5.5 -100 -1.5 V -12mA · DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T13 NOTES: 1. All voltage· measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic defl nltlon: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. . 7. With forced output voltage of 3 volts no more than 500 IlA 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. will enter the driver when output is in "0" state. VCC = OV. A L m 37n to ground. LO/ld is 37n In parallel with 1000pF. ICC is dependent upon loading. ICC limit specified is for no-load test condition. Reference AC Test Figure and Pulse Requirements. Reference "Typical Output Current vs Output Voltage Curve." VCC = 5.25 volts. Power Consumption specified for both drivers in package. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM VCCo-------------------~_,--------------~--~-------.--------------~--~ 1k 4k 360n 1.4k 35U 15U V IN o-~_--------.J '----+--.....--0 vOUT GNDo-~~----------_*--~~--------~~--~--~-------~--~~~------~ AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS PULSE REQUIREMENTS INPUT OUTPUT PW ~ I I 1V INPUT 3m INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 3.0V PW = 40n8 (50% Duty Cycle) tr = t f ";;5n5 (10% and 90% measurement points) OUTPUT - - " " " " ' , - - - - - ' 1 1 ~tonl 1 3·141 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T13 TYPICAL OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS OUTPUT VOL TAGE CURVE 2IiO r-..... 200 i:3 !. ~ 160 TA.~·C "I\. r\ " ~ ~ B i--. o o 1.0 - 1.5 OUTPUT 3.0 VOlTA~E \ I 3.& (VOllS) TYPICAL APPLICATIONS line, the line may be terminated with 50 ohms on the receiving end only. See Figure 2. A typical application for the 8T13 is shown in Figure 1. If only one line driver is to be used for each transmission FIGURE 1 50 ohm C08X FIGURE 2 3-142 Gi!lDlltiCG TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER WIT H HYSTERESIS 8T14 B,F,W PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 8T14 is a Triple Line Receiver designed for applications requiring digital information to be transmitted over long lengths of coaxial cable, strip line, or twisted pair transmission lines. The Receiver's high impedance input structure (~30k.n) presents a minimal load to the driver circuit and allows the transmission line to be terminated in its characteristic impedance to minimize 'Iine reflections. • • • The built-in hysteresis characteristic of the 8T14 also makes it ideal for such applications as Schmitt triggers, one-shots and oscillators. • • • BUILT-IN INPUT THRESHOLD HYSTERESIS* HIGH SPEED: ton =toff =20ns (Typical) EACH CHANNEL CAN BE STROBED INDEPENDENTL Y FANOUT OF TEN (10) WITH STANDARD TTL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS INPUT GATING IS INCLUDED WITH EACH LINE RECEIVER FOR INCREASED APPLICATION FLEXIBILITY OPERATION FROM A SINGLE +5 VOLT LOGIC SUPPLY • Hysteresis is defined as the difference between the input thresholds for the "1" and "0" output statE!s. Hysteresis is specified at 0.5 volts typically and 0.3 volts minimum over the operating temperature range. LOGIC DIAGRAMS A30=----1 830---1---' Vee - (16) GND (8) ( ) ~ Denotes Pin Numbers ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS R S A B OUTPUTS ..--"1" Output Voltage 2.6 3.5 V 2.0V 4.5V OV OV -SOO/-LA. 6,11 2.6 3.5 V OV O.SV OV OV -SOO/-LA 6,11 "0" Output Voltage 0.4 V O.SV 2.0V OV OV 16mA 7, 10 004 V OV OV 2.0V 2.0V 16rnA 7,10 0.4V "0" I nput Current: Sn -0.1 -1.6 mA OV An -0.1 -1.6 rnA OV Bn -0.1 -1.6 rnA Rn 0.17 rnA 3.8V Sn 40 /-LA 3.8V An 40 /-LA 40 /-LA Oo4V Oo4V "1" I nput Current Bn Hysteresis 0.30 0.50 V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V OV OV 4.5V OV OV 8,9 8,,9 3-143 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T14 TA = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Turn-On Delay, ton Turn·Off Delay, toff Power/Current Consumption Input Voltage Rating S A B Output Short Circuit Current Input Clamp Voltage: S A B TYP. MAX. UNITS 20 20 315/60 30 30 380172 ns ns mW/mA -100 V V V mA -1.5 -1.5 -1.5 V V V 5.5 5.5 5.5 -50 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 3. 4. 5. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive Logic Definition: "UP" Level = "1 ", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. R S A B OUTPUTS 12 3.8V OV OV 3.8V 10mA OV OV OV OV 10mA OV OV OV OV 10mA OV 12,13 OV -12mA -12mA -12mA 6. Output source ,:urrent is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to VCC. Hysteresis is defiined as voltage difference between R input level at which output begins to go from "0" to "1" state and level at which output begins to go from "1" to "0". Refer to Hysteresis Test Circuit. VCC = 5.0V. Previous condition is a "1" output state. Previous condition is a "0" output state. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. V CC = 5.25 volts. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. Refer to AC Test Circuit and waveforms. 12. 13. 14. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Vee 680n 620n 41c soon 56 lk R Vee lk 1.4k 3k 50n 67Sn 345n Ao---_...J B o--.._-t-.... soon 3·144 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T14 AC TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORMS 50V SWITCH 2 B4.5r2 2.6V 10 3 Receivers In the package. Test each Receiver using switch positions as shown in Table I. TABL.E I ~ pw-I -~-15V INPUT~'"' ~ 15V 1 I .~ 'off Amplitude = 2.6V Pulse width = 200nS (50% Duty Cycle) tr = tf = 5nS (10% to 90%) Receiver 1 Receiver 2 Receiver 3 Position Switch 1 I Switch 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 I 15V 1 I f4-- I --'1 I I Receiver no. 1 1 OUTPUT Input Pulse: I 'un I----I I HYSTERESIS TEST CIRCUIT Vee = 5.0V VOUT CURVE TRACER TEK.575 t----+ RINPUT ~----------------~C .--------<..------16 1.0V 2.0V VIN FIGURE 2 OUTPUT FIGURE 1 Verify in each of three (3) positions of 51 (Figure 1) that the following occurs per Figure 2. 1. V 1 and V 2 must be between 0.8V minimum and 2.0V l1')ax. 2. Hysteresis = V 1- V 2 ;;;' 0.3V. 3-145 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T14 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS COAXIAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM BT14 RECEIVER PARTY-LINE APPLICATION If more than one driver/receiver is to be used for each transmission line, the line should be terminated at both ends as shown in Fig. 2. SCHMITT TRIGGER APPLICATION '·~oo, 8.T14 RECEIVER 3-146 smnDtics DUAL COMMUNICATIONS EIA/MIL LINE DRIVER A.F PACKAGES PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN 8115 aOc TO +75°C TEMPERATURE RANGE ONLY DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 8T15 Dual Communications Line Driver provides line driving capability for data transmission between Data Communication and Terminal Equipment. The device meets or exceeds the requirements of EIA Standard RS-232B and C. MIL STD-188B and CCITT V 24. This dual 4-input NAND driver will accept standard TTL logic level inpu~ and will drive interface lines with nominal data levels of +6V and -6V. Output slew rate may be adjusted by attaching an external capacitor from the output terminal to ground. The outputs are protected against damage caused by accidental shorting to as high as ±25V. (1)~ (2) (6) (3) (4) (10)~ ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS * Input Voltage (11) +5.5V Output Voltage ±25V VCC +15V (9) (12) (13) -15V VEE Storage Temperature Operating Temperature veE Vee GND -65°C to +150°C O°C to +75°C = ( ) = (8) (14) (7) Denotes Pin Numbers • Limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. DRIVEN "1" "0" "0" "1" Output Voltage Output Voltage Input Current Input Current +5.0 -5.0 -0.1 +6.0 -6.0 -0.8 +7.0 -7.0 -1.6 40 V V rnA J.lA NOTES INPUTS UNITS 0.8V 2.0V 0.4V 4.5V OUTPUTS OTHER -4.01l) A 4.0mA O.OV 3·147 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8TT5 TA = 25°C, VCC = +12.0V, VEE = -12.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN. Output Rise Time Output Fall Time Output Rise Time Output Fall Time Power Consumption (per driver) Current from Positive Supply Current from Negative Supply Input Voltage Rating: TVP. MAX. UNITS 4 4 ns ns mW 275 16 28 -25 +25 mA mA V mA mA -1.5 ohms ohms ohms V 5.5 Output Impedance (Power on) (Power on) (Power off) Input Clamp Voltage 300 95 95 2.5M NOTES: 1. All vOltaga measurements are referenced to the ground terml· nal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. OUTPUTS Load Load Load Load J..IS J..IS 200 200 Output Short Circuit Current INPUTS OTHER DRIVEN A B C D 10 10 10 10mA O.OV O.OV -25V +25V O.OV 2.0V -12.0mA limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. Refer to AC Telt Circuits and waveforms. Rise and fall times are measured between the +3V and -3V points on the output waveform. Test each driver separat~ly. VCC - +12.6V, VEE = -12.6V 14 10k 8k 50n vcc 10k 1.73 ~------+--,.--Cl 5,9 2,12 10k 3,11 0 - - - . - - - ' 51< 2k 3.5k 4,10 0---.-----' Bk 2k 3·148 9, 10 9, 10 -3.5±1mA +3.5±1mA ±2V SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 10k 7,8 7,8 7,8 7,8 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES. TTL/MSI. 8T1!) .AC TEST FIGURES & WAVEFORMS LOAD A LOADC '"1---1_------JC h ::-----1600.,,"..ACI..T,..O" LOADD ,.1---1_------JCAPAClTo'" h :.~ -----1 500 , +6 +3 - --- I ----- --- O~----~~----~--- pF SHAPING. ~ -:.~~-H~:;~ TYPICAL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC CURVE +IOUT +1OmA +6mA I I I 8T16 Vee = +12V Vee" -12V TA'"'+26°C OmA -SmA ~~ .... .,.... ~ I I -VOUT +VOUT .. ..:~;...--"i i..oooo' ~ -1OmA -lOUT -26V 10"'" -16V -6V +6V +16V +26V TYPICAL APPLICATIONS HIGH DIFFERENTIAL NOISE IMMUNITY (EIA + INPUT) HIGH COMMON MODE NOISE IMMUNITY (MIL + INPUT) 3-149 !iinnotiC!i DUAL COMMUNICATIONSEIA/MllllNE RECEIVER I!I 8116 WITH HYSTERESIS A,F PACKAGES PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN 0° TO +7SoC TEMP. RANGE ONLY. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 8T16 Dual Communications Line Receiver provides receiving capability for data lines between Data Communication and Terminal Equipment. The device· meets or exceeds the requirements of EIA Standard RS-232B and C, MIL-STD-188B and CCITT V24 and operates from a single 5 volt power supply_ The receivers accept single (EIA) or double ended (MI L) inputs and are provided with an output strobing control. Both EIA and MIL input standards are accommodated. HYST. STROBE MIL+ EIA' MIL- When using the EIA input terminal (with the Hysteresis terminal open), input voltage threshold levels are typically +2V and -2V with a guaranteed minimum Hysteresis of 2.4V. By grounding the "Hysteresis" terminal, the EIA input voltage threshold levels may be shifted to typically +1.0V and +2.1V with a minimum guaranteed Hysteresis of 0.75V. (Note that when using the EIA inputs, the MIL inputs-both positive and negative-must be grounded). (5)~(4)(3) (2) (Q) ( (1) :II~- :::~(13) ~ MIL+ ( 1 0 ) c J ! (11) (12) HYST. STROBE The MIL input voltage threshold levels are typically +0.6V and -0.6V with a minimum guaranteed Hysteresis of 0.7V. A MIL negative terminal is provided on each receiver per specification MIL-STD-188B to provide for common mode noise rejection_ Vee (14) GND () (7) Denotes Pin Numbers ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS* ±25V +7.0V -65°C to +175"C O°C to +75°C Input Voltage (EIA and MIL) VCC Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Each receiver includes a strobe input so that: a. A "1" on the strobe input allows data transfer. b. A "0" on the strobe input holds the output high_ • Limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS INPUTS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. OUTPUTS NOTES UNITS EIA MIL(+) MILH HYS STROBE "1" Output Voltage (EIA) ("Hysteresis" Open) "1" Output Voltage (EIA) ("Hysteresis" grounded) "1" Output Voltage (Mill "1" Output Voltage (Strobe) "0" Output Voltage (EIA) ("Hysteresis" Ope"n) "0" Output Voltage (EIA) ("Hysteresis" grounded) "0" Output Voltage (MI Ll 3·150 2.6 3.5 V -3.0V 2.6 3.5 V +0.3V 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 V V V +3.0V 0.4 V +3.0V 0.4 0.4 V V +3.0V 0.4 V OV OV OV OV OV -O.1mA -0.9V OV OV OV +0.1mA +0.9V OV 2.0V -800",A 8,12 2.0V -800",A -800", A 8,10 OV OV 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V -800",A -800",A OV 2.0V 9.6mA 9,12 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 9.6mA. 9.6mA 9.6mA 9, 12 9, 13 9, 13 OV OV OV OV 8,11 8,11 8 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T16 lr A = 25° C and V CC = 5.0V (Cant'd) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTER ISTICS INPUTS MIN. TYP. MAX. EIA "1" Output Voltage (EIA) 2.8 3.5 2.8 3.5 OUTPUTS NOTES UNITS V MILI+I +1.2V OV MIL(-I HYS STROBE OV 2.0V -800,uA 8,12 OV 2.0V -800,uA 8,13 OV 2.0V 9.6mA 9,10 OV 2.0V 9.6mA 9,11 ("Hysteresis" open) "1" Output Voltage ~MIL) "0" Output Voltage (EIA) V V +0.35V 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.4 5 7 kn kn O.OV ±25V 75 mW 3,OV OV OV -70 mA -3.0V O.OV O.OV -1.2V OV ("Hysteresis" open) "0" Output Voltage (MI L) I nput Resistance (E I A) 3 Input R?sistance (MIL) 7.5 Power Consumption (per receiver) Output Short Circuit Current -10 Propagation Delay Signal Switching Acceptance 11.4 44 100 20 150 V -0.35V !25V O.OV O.OV O.OV 17 5.00V O,OV 16,17 ns 5,00V 14 kHz 5.00V 15 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level", "''', "DOWN" Level ~ "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. This test guarantees operation free of latch-up over the specified input voltage range. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. Previous E I A input: +3V (See hysteresis curve). Previous MIL input: +0.9V (See hYsteresis curve). Previous EIA input: -3V (See hysteresis curve). Previous MI L input: -0.9V (See hysteresis curve). Reference AC Test Figure. This test guarantees transfer of signals of up to 20kHz. Connect 1000pF between the output terminal and ground. Each 'receiver to be tested separately. VCC ~ 5.25V. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM r----t--t----t~--+----~--___t-~--___t____;~ -0 vee OUT 3-151 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T16 HYSTERESIS CURVES EIA- "HYSTERESIS" OPEN EIA - "HYSTERESIS" GROUNDED r l...---.±---~ I GUARANTEED HYSTERESIS I ---t~ GUARANTEED rSTERESIS _ : TYPICAL HyJTERESIS--i-! I I I -1.2V +1.0V +3.0V +1.7V +2.1V MIL - HYSTERESIS tVOU! t...----L---J I GUARANTEED HYSTERESIS I I I f.---t TYPICAL HYSTERESIS ~.36V I I -+-----I ~.36V ~.9V ·Vin IS REFERENCED TO THE MIl. I-I INPUT TERMINAl. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS PROPAGATION DELAY SIGNAL SWITCHING ACCEPTANCE +.9 +.9 +3 +3 PRF· 20 kHz, 50% DUTY CYCLE -.9 -.9 -3 vourLn MIL EIA n- 2 SV ~-----------------U L 3-152 . O.4V DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T16 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS HIGH DIFFERENTIAL NOISE IMMUNITY HIGH COMMON MODE NOISE IMMUNITY (EIA + INPUT) (MIL + INPUT) EIA FAIL·SAFE OPERATION INPUT OPEN OR INPUT SHORTED OR TRANSMITTER POWER OFF SCHMITT TRIGGER , AC COUPLED OPERATIONS ~I 3V-r---\. ov--J '-- -evU SINE TO SQUARE WAVE CONVERTER 3·153 !ii!lDOliC!i 812,0 BIDIRECTIONAL ONE SHOT B,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI DESCRIPTION APPLICATIONS The Bidirectional One Shot is intended for applications where high speed low level signal processing is required. DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVERS DISC, TAPE AND DRUM READERS SIGNAL CONDITIONERS The BT20 is a Monolithic Building Block, consisting of a high speed analog comparator, digital control circuitry, and a precision monostable multivibrator. The differential input threshold voltage is between ±4mV with respect to the input reference level wh ich may range from -3.2V to +4.2V. For input frequencies up to BMHz, the device may be conditioned to act as a frequency doubler since it can trigger on both positive and negative input transitions. TRANSITION DETECTORS INPUT/OUTPUT WAVEFORMS --'~t..-_~_ _~L--~---'- INPUT 'J\7 C]_r.....-.....CJ'--_____ A ......... Timing pins permit using this device in a variety of applications where external control over pulse width is desirable. Pulse width (tw) is defined by the relationship tw = CXR'X Loge2. Pulse width stability is internally compensated and virtually independent of temperature and V CC variations, thus only limited by the accuracy of external timing components. An internal resistive divider is available on the chip to provide a voltage of l.4V (typ.). This output can be connected directly, to either of the comparator inputs as a reference voltage when interfacing with TTL outputs. ABSOLUTE MAX RATINGS A Q -I r==L C] I-'w ~~~:6 _JJ...L......L___...JOL-J-_ _ __ Q = PEe -1 NEe-1 0 0 PEe & 0 NEe 1 Q n n on FEATURES = ±4mV = TYPICALLY <3ns • DIFFERENTIAL INPUT THRESHOLD • PULSE POSITION ERROR Input Voltage • MAX. INPUT FREQUENCY = 8 MHz VCC: VEE: • +7V -7V TRIGGERS ON TRANSITIONS POSITIVE AND/OR NEGATIVE MAX DIFF. INPUT VOLTAGE ± 5V LOGIC DIAGRAM INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO +Vcc PIN 16 Vec SkU VREF 7 5Ic1l 11 OIS CLEAR (ACTIVE HIGH) 3-154 Vee Vee GND () = = (4) (-5V ±5%) (16) (+5V ±5%) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Temperature Range and Voltage) CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage (All Outputs) MIN. TYP. LIMITS MAX. 2.6 "0" Output Voltage (All Outputs) 0.4 'UNITS TEST CONDITIONS NOTES V lout = -800uA 7 V lout = +16mA 8 DIFFERENTIAL INPUTS Input Threshold Voltage (VT) Input J3ias Current Input Offset Current Common Mode Input Volt, Range ±4 mV 125 uA 2 10 Figure 5 uA +4.2 V 40 uA Yin = 4.5V -0.1 -2.4 mA Yin -0.1 5.5 -1.6 mA Yin = O.4V -3.2 12 DIGITAl. INPUTS "1" Input Current "0" I nput Current PEC. NEC Clear Input Voltage Rating (Logic Inputs) Reference Voltage (VREF) 0.8 1.4 2.0 =O.4V V lin = 10mA V Pin 7 tied to Pin 6 Output Pulse Width, Fig. 1 10 40 ns Rx = 10K, Cx = Open 11 Output Pulse Width, Fig. 3 600 800 ns Rx = 10K, Cx = 100pf 11 Power Supply Current ICC lEE Short Circuit Current (Iso) 37 55 mA Vcc = +5.25V -12 -20 mA Vce = -5.25V -70 mA -20 9 T A = 25°C, VCC = +5.00V, VEE = -5.00V CHARACTERISTICS Output Frequency MIN. TYP. LIMITS MAX. 16 UNITS TEST CONDITIONS NOTES MHz Fig. 1, fin = 8 MHz 11 Propagation Delay (ton, toff) Input to Q, Q 30 50 ns Fig.2 11 Input to A, A 30 50 ns Fig.4 11 Clear to Q, Q 20 30 ns NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. All Voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to ;zero volts. Positivo current Is defined as into the terminal referenced. PositivEllogic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward based. Manufflcturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. Output source current is applied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vcc. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. The differential input threshold voltage (V T ) is defined as the maximum DC voltage deviation from the reference level necessary to trigger the one-shot. Refer to AC test circuits. Common mode voltages that are confined within the dynamic range as specified will not cause false triggering of the one-shot. 3·155 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20 AC TEST CIRCUITS MINIMUM OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH INPUT 2.6V (ex = OPEN) OUTPUTS +VCC r------, I 10k OPEN 14 I 2.6V I I I Cx 12 I I I ..--I---.--Kt-.....I\{\I""""" 1 1 ~-t---.... !E~II1~ 101-T"-'+---' I I __ J r------...,I I 111-~---: ....._ .........,._....... L_ SAME AS LOAD ..£I~I.!.2 I __ J INPUT PULSE: PULSE IN F-SMHz/6O% DUTY CYCLE tR - tf -1On, -VCC CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG CAPACITANCC' j-- - j I - - t f !~90% 9O%lkl 10% PULSE IN (S)--:;IC;O% .~,.;,;,;;;_ __ tR-J ;:=::=. I +2OOmV _ _ _ _ OV " ' _ _ _J. \. _ _ _-200mV a(11) FIGURE 1 PROPAGATION DELAY (INPUT TO INPUT 2.6V a, a OUTPUTS) OUTPUTS +VCC 10k 14 Cx OPEN r------, I I I I ,2,1-+----t-+-......K}_~W~ ' - - - t - - -....... I I I I 1 I I 10 111-......- - - - : INPUT PULSE: PULSE IN ; F-5MHz/6O% DUTY CYCLE tR - tf - 10ns CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG CAPACITANCE FIGURE 2 3·156 DIGITAL 8006 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20. AC TEST CIRCUITS (Cont'd) a, a) PROPAGATION DELAY (CLEAR TO +Vcc INPUT 2.6V OUTPUTS Cx ~ loopf r-----, 10 13 _.,.-....._ _ 11.-+__-----1 _ _ SAME AS LOAD __ ~R~I:!:.!. I ...J INPUT PULSE: PULSE IN F-2ooKHz (50% DUTY CYCLE) tR~lf-1Ons ---J 1 PULSE 250n, IN(s)d~ IR--, CLEAR (3) iI 1-r-- CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG CAPACITANCE L 1f 1 90%,10% / 1 10%' 1.SV'~9O% - I 'on 1 O(ll)~l.SV .,1 \ ~ II_IR =::;::j 14- If 90%\:1\-10% ..._ _ _ / ~- ',------,/ ~ ov 0"'_______ 1\"'_______ FIGURE 3 PROPAGATION DELAY (INPUT TO A, INPUT 2.6V +VCC OUTPUTS A OUTPUTS) r - - - - - -, I Cx 10k lS 14 OPEN 2.6V I I I 121 t-+---.-...+-....-Kl-~W........, I I I I I I SOO ~~~-"""I J ,...------ -, ~~I!.2 ~ __ 10 1 13 11 , L_ SAME AS LOAD I ~R~I!2 _ _ J INPUT PULSE: PULSE IN F-SMHz/SO% DUTY CYCLE IR - If - 10ns CL INCLUDES PROBE AND JIG CAPACITANCE FIGURE 4 3·157 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T20 INPUT BIAS CURRENT tEST CIRCUIT +5V 16 FIGURE 5 3·158 RETRIGGERABlE ONE -SHOT Si!lD8tiCS PRODUCT AVAILABLE IN oOe TO +75°e TEMP. 8T22 RANGE ONLY. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MSI DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The Signetics N8T22A is a direct pin-for-pin replacement for the 9601 retriggerable one-shot. Triggering can be performed on either the leading or falling edge of the input signal through selection of the proper input terminal. Vee GND vee (14) (7) PiOn Number Denotes Pin Numbers ) ( The inputs are level-sensitive making triggering independent of signal transition times. Output pulse width is determined by external timing components (Rx and ex) with each trigger pulse initiating a complete new timing cycle. = = = 2 3 4 H~L H H H H H-~L H H L X L-+H H X L L->H H L X H L-+H X L H L-+H *External Components ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage MIN. TYP. 2.4 3.4 "0" Output Voltage Input HIGH Voltage MAX. 0.2 0.45 UNITS = -960J.LA V ,lout V lout = 12.8mA V 1.9 Input LOW Voltage 0.9 V "0" Input Current 1.6 mA Vin = 0.45V "1" Input Current 60 J.LA Vin = 4.5V 50 kS"! 50 pF Timing Resistor 5.0 CStray - Maximum allowable P13 to Ground wiring capacitance TA = 25°Cand VCC = 5.0V LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS TEST CONDITIONS MIN. TYP. MAX. 25 40 UNITS Propagation Delay Negative Trigger Input ns to True Output (tpd +) Negative Trigger Input 25 40 ns to False Output (tpd-) Min. True Output Pulse Width 45 65 ns Rx = 5.0kS"!, C x = 0 CL = 15pf Rx = 5.0kS"!, C x = 0 CL = 15pF Rx = 5.0kS"!, Cx =0 C L = 15pF PUISEI Width Variation 3.08 Short Circuit Current -10 Power Supply Current 3.42 3.76 J.LS Rx = 1Oks"!, C x = 1000pF -40 mA Vout=OV 25 rnA VCC = 5.25V 3·159 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T22 NOTES: 1. Positive current is defined as into the pin referenced. 2. Unless otherwise noted, 10kil resistor placed between Pin 13 and VCC (R x )' AC TEST FIGUREAND WAVEFORMS TRIGGER INPUT/OUTPUT AND PULSE WIDTH B.OV RL CL \lOUT [ SOH VOUT NOTES: 1. Pulse Generator has the following characteristics: tr = t f = 10ns (10% to 90%), AMP. = 3V. 2. C includes probe and jig capacitance. L 3. For tpd+, tpd- and tpw (min.) RX = 5kil ± 1%, CX = OPEN, PRR = 1MHz. 4. For Atpw: RX = 10kil ± 1%, Cx = 1000pF PRR = 200kHz. I VIN 1.5V 1%, I r----\i. 1.SV (B1ANOB21~40n._~ ..... tpd +--1 ,.-_ _ _"\ I I : ~ f·5V (COMPLE(::~~:~:~::::::::~I::::~I--- ~5V ! r -----l tpw ..... tpd- . . . WAVEFORMA. WAVEFORM B. OPERATION RULES 1. An external resistor (R X ) and external capacitor (C X ) are required as shown in the Logic Diagram. 2. The value of RX may vary from 5.0 to 50 kil (0 to 75°). 3. Cxmay vary from 0 to any necessary value available. If however, the capacitor has leakages approaching 3.0 JJ,A or if stray capacitance from either terminal to ground is more than 50 pF, the timing equations may not represent the pulse width obtained. 4. If electrolytic capacitors are to be used, the following configurations are recomvcc ~ PIN 13 mended: AX Cx A. For use with low leakage electrolytic capacitors. + f-:-o PIN 11 The normal RC configuration. can be used predicably only if the forward capacitor leakage at 5.0 volts is less than 3 JJ,A, and the inverse capacitor leakage at 1.0 volt is less than 5 JJ,A over the operational temperature range, and Rule 3 above is satisfied. A <0.6 AX (MAX) VCC~PIN13 B. Use with high inverse leakage current electrolytic capacitors. Cx The diode in this configuration prevents high inverse leakage currents through the capacitor by preventing an inverse voltage across the capacitor. + 1-:-0 PIN 11 t""0.3 RC X The output pulse with (t) is defined as follOWS t = 0.3~ RXCx E~'J + Where RX is in kil, Cx is in pF, t is in ns; for Cx 103 < pF. 10 2 ~~---t~~r-~~~~~~---+--~-r~ 80 60 L--~_-r 40 IS SHOWN IN THE OPPOSITE GRAPH. 20 4 6 8 1'.1 C TIMING CAPACITANCEpF x 3-160 TYPICAL OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH VERSUS TIMING RESISTANCE AND CAPACITANCE FOR Cx < 103 pF DUAL LINE DRIVER lii!lDotiC!i 8T23 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL MSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 8T23 is a Dual Line Driver designed to meet all of the requirementsofthe IBM System/360, System/370 I/O interface specifications (IBM Specification GA 22-6974-0). • • • • • The low impedance emitter follower output will drive terminated lines such as coaxial cable or twisted pair. The output is protected against accidental shorting by an internal clamping network which turns on once the output voltage drops below approximately 1.5 volts. The uncommited emitter output structure allows Dot-OR logic tb be perf.ormed as in "Party-Line" operations. lOUT = 59.3mA AT 3.11 VOLTS UNCOMMITTED EMITTER OUTPUT STRUCTURE FOR PARTY-LINE OPERATION SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION SINGLE 5 VOLT POWER SUPPLY AND-OR LOGIC CONFIGURATION LOGIC DIAGRAM WITH PIN LAYOUT Multiple emitter inputs allow the 8T23 to interface with standard TTL or DTL systems. and the circuit operates from a single +5 volt power supply. 10 11 "------.r-_ _~_..--..... 12 13 Additional logic incorporated in the 8T23 Dual Line Driver can be used during the power-up and power-down sequence· to ensure that no spurious noise is generated on the line. 14"------.r--15.....--~_ = (16) (8) = Denotes Pin Numbers CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC VCCO---------~~~----~----------~~~----------------1_~ VIN O-+-------+-J '-----+--~-oVOUT GNDo-+-------.-_4----------~~~--_4---_4--~~_+------__1 3·181 DIGITAL. 8000 SERIES TTL./MSI .8T23 EL.ECTRICAL. CHARACTERISTICS (VCC = 5.0V ± 5%, TA =bOc TO +75°C) LIMITS CHARACTERISITCS MIN TYP MAX UNITS "0" Output Voltage +0.15 V "1" Output Leakage Current 40 J,LA "0" Input Current -0.1 "1" Input Current ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC MIN "1" Output Voltage 3.11 TYP o.av ' OV 4.5V OV -24 OJ,L A OV OV 3.0V -1.6 mA O.4V 4.5V 40 J,LA 4.5V OV NOTES 7 1, 13 = 5.0V, T A = 25°C) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS TEST CONDITIONS INPUTS AND GATE #1 INPUT OTHER OF#2 OUTPUT AND UNDER INPUT TEST GATE MAX UNITS V TEST CONDITIONS AND GATE # 1 INPUTS OUTPUT INPUT OTHER OF #2 INPUT AND UNDER TEST GATE 2.0V 2.0V o.av NOTES -59.3mA Turn-On Delay, ton 12 15 20 25 nS nS a, 11 9, 11 Turn-Off Delay, toft 12 20 20 35 nS nS a, 11 9, 11 315/ 60 150/ 2a mW/ mA mW/ mA Power/Current Consumption Output at "0" Output at "1" Input Voltage Rating "1" Output Current Input Clamp Voltage V 5.5 -100 o.av o.av o.av 10, 14 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 10, 14 OV OV 4.5V OV 10mA -250 mA 4.5V -1.5 V -12mA 2.0V 12,14 NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased'. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. With forced output current of 240J,LA the output voltage must not exceed 0.15V. RL = 50n to ground. Load is 50n in parallel with 1OOpF. ICC is dependent upon loading. ICC limit specified is for no-load test condition for both drivers. Reference AC Test Circuit and Pulse Requirements. Reference "Typical Output Current vs. Output Voltage Curve". VCC = O.OOV. VCC = 5.25V. 3-162 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T23 AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS AC TEST CIRCUIT PULSE REQUIREMENTS I--- pw---I ~!!"tr INPUT~: - I 1.1'-1, .. -1 OUTPUT . 1.IIV . I ---I ~t: :T~.,...:..--t'_1 I I--- toff I I I I --I ~I 1.IIV I ton r--- INPUT PULSE: AMPLITUDE = 3.0V PW.- BOn. (50"DUTY CYCLEI t, - t, .. 00. (10% AND 90% MEASUREMENT POINTSI TYPICAL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS Vee ~I.OV TA-··C "\ 100rnA - '""!'\ ~ r1V 2V 3V \ 4V IV OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOL Til 3·163 DIG1TA.l8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T23 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 1I2(ST23) 1I3(ST24) 1------1 I ,---------, I I I 95r! COAX I I ~I~C=~~~~4 I 96n 95!! I I I I I I I l ______ .J 3-164 ':" I ':" "L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .J !ii!lDotiC!i TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER WITH HYSTERESIS 8T24 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION The 8T24 is a Triple Line Receiver designed specifically to meet the IBM System/360, System/370 I/O Interface Specification (IBM Specification GA 22-6974-0). Each receiver incorporates hysteresis to provide high noise immunity and high input impedance to minimize loading on the driver ci~cuit. An input voltage of 1.7 volts or more is interpreted as a logical one; an input of 0.70 volts or less is interpreted as a logical zero as is an open circuited input. FEATURES • • • • • • The receiver input (R) of the 8T24 will not be damaged by a DC input of +7.0 volts with power on or by a DC input of +E;l.0 volts with power off in the receiver. The 8T24 will also withstand an input of -0.15V with power on or off. • The 8T24 is fully compatible with TTL and DTL systems and operates from a single 5 volt power supply. BUILT-IN INPUT THRESHOLD HYSTERESIS* HIGH SPEED: TON = TOFF = 20ns (TYPICAL) EACH CHANNEL CAN BE STROBED INDEPENDENTL Y FANOUT OF TEN (10) WITH STANDARD TTL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS INPUT GATING IS INCLUDED WITH EACH LINE RECEIVER FOR INCREASED APPLICATION FLEXIBILITY OPERATION FROM A SINGLE +5V POWER SUPPLY Hysteresis is defined as the difference between the input thresholds for the "1" and "0" output states. Hysteresis is specified at 0.4V typically and 0.2V minimum over the operating temperature' range. LOGIC DIAGRAM WITH PIN LAYOUT Vee GND ( ) = = = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers 3·165 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T24 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (VCC = 5.0V±5%, TA= O°C TO +75°C) CHARACTERISTICS MIN. LIMITS TYP. MAX. 2.6 2.6 3.4 3.4 "1" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage R S V V 1.70V OV 4.5V 0.7V 0.4 0.4 V V 0.70V OV 1.7V OV OV OV 1.7V 1.7V -1.6 -1.6 -1.6 mA mA mA OV OV 0.17 5.0 5.0 40 40 40 mA mA mA p.A p.A p.A 3.11V 7.0V 6.0V 3.11V 0.2 0.2 "0" Input Current SI) An Bn -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 "1" Input.current Rn Rn Rn Sn An Bn TEST CONDITIONS OUTPUTS B A UNITS OV OV OV OV NOTES -800p.A -800p.A 7 7 16mA 16mA 8 8 O.4V O.4V O.4V 9 4.5V 4.5V OV OV 4.5V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (AT VCC= 5.0v AND T A = 25°C) CHARACTER ISTICS MIN. Turn-On Delay, ton Turn-Off Delay, toff Hysteresis 0.2 PowerICu rrent Consumption Input Voltage Rating S A B Output Short Circuit Current Input Voltage Rating S A B LIMITS TYP. MAX. ' R S TEST CONDITIONS A B OUTPUTS 30 nS 13 20 30 nS 13 0.4 V 380 72 5.5 5.5 5.5 4.5V OV OV mW mA 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. V V V 3:11V OV OV 10mA OV OV OV 10mA OV OV OV 10mA -100 mA 3.11V OV OV OV -1.5 -1.5 -1.5 V V V -12mA -12mA -12mA All voltage measurments are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current is defined as into the terminel referenced. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0", Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Malfimum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward blasad. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. Output source current is applied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee. Vee = O.OOV Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. H.ysteresis is defined as the voltage difference between the A input level at which thel output begins to go from "0" to "1" state and the level at which the output begins to go from "1" to "0". See Hysteresis test circuit. Aefer to Ae test circuits. Vee = 5.25V. 3-166 11, 12 14 NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. NOTES 20 315 60 -50 UNITS 10, 14 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T24 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC Vee AC TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORMS 5.0V 84.511 2.6V 3 Receivers in the package. Test each Receiver using switch positions as shown in Table I. TABLoE I I---- PW -I ·~'.5V INPUT~"u, ~ :~'.5V ,.~. I ~ Input Pulse: Receiver no. Amplitude - 2.6V Pulse width = 200nS (60% Duty Cycle) tr" tf" 6nS (10% to 90%) Receiver 1 Receiver 2 Receiver 3 Position Switch 1 I Switch 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 I OUTPUT-f-/! ~ loff f4I ---., Ion \4-I 3·167 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T24 HYSTERESIS TEST CIRCUIT Verify In each of three (3) positions of 5, (Figure') that the following occurs per Figure 2. ,. V,xand V 2 must be between 0.7V minimum and 1.7 maximum. 2. Hysteresis = V, -V 2 VCC= 5.0V CURVE TRACER TEK.575 16 11 1 4 1 - - - -... R INPUT 15 1 0 1 - - - -... VOUT 12 V1 TYPICAL APPLICATION ,------, 1/2(8T231 1/3(8T241 ,---------, I I I >+:~~c:~-=~CS~O=AX;J~~I~ : 96n I 950 : I I I I l ______ 3-168 I ":' ~ : _ I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .J 1.7V !ii!lDotiC!i DUAL SENSE AMPLIFIER V PACKAGE 8T25 N8T25 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTLjMSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 8T25 is a Dual MOS-to-TTL Sense Amplifier designed to accept low level MOS signals from the output of Random Access Memories and store the information in a latch in response to an external Strobe signal. A tristate buffer pre,sents the data to the output using conventional TTL logic levels. The 8T25 operates from a single +5 volt supply. • MOS-TO-TTL CONVERTER • INTERNAL LATCH • TRISTATE OUTPUTS • SINGLE +5V SUPPLY PIN CONFIGURATION CIRCUIT OPERATION A logic "1" level on the Disable line will effectively disconnect the outputs of the Sense Amplifier from a common bus by turning both totem-pole transistors off. When the Disable line returns to a logic "0" level, the outputs will be preset to a logic "1" state. A low-going Strobe pulse will then transfer the data at Inputs A and B to their respective outputs non-inverted. STROBE OUTPUT A 0 2 8 VCC 7 OUTPUT B INPUT A 3 6 DISABLE GND 4 5 INPUT B Due to the internal latch, output data will remain stable regardless of any change in input levels until a Disable signal again forces both outputs to the high impedance state. The data inputs are current sensitive with a threshold of 300JlA, although the driving source voltage must be greater than 1.6 volts in the high level. LOGIC DIAGRAM AMPLIFIER INPUTA LATCH BUFFER 0--(3) ><>-----.~-__I >0------ OUTPUT A (2) INPUTB 0--(5) .>Oo---t--t--I ><>------4.- OUTPUT B (7) STROBE 0--(1) V CC -8 GND-4 PRESElI"iDISABLE o-----D------------------------I (6) 3·169 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T25 i ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A 5V ± 5%) LIMITS PARAMETER "1" Output Voltage MIN. 2.8 TYP. MAX. 3.5 INPUTS UNITS B A V 400J,lA 400J,l A DISABLE STROBE ! i OUTPUTS NOTES 0.8V 0.8V -1.5mA 7 8 "0" Output Voltage 0.40 V 200J,lA 200J,lA 0.8V 0.8V 16mA Output "1" Leakage Current Output "A" 100 J,lA 200J,lA 1.5mA 2.0V 0.8V 3.9V 100 J,lA 1.5mA 200J,lA 2.0V 0.8V 3.9V Output "0" Leakage Current 100 J,lA 1.5mA 1.5mA 2.0V 0.8V OV Input Clamp Voltage -1.5 V -12mA -12mA 4.5V OV Output "B" Power /Current Consumption "0" Input Current (Strobe, Disable) 210/40 mW/mA 400J,lA 400J,lA -1.6 mA OV OV "1" Input Current (Strobe, Disable) 40 J,lA 4.5V 4.5V Input Voltage Rating (Strobe, Disable) 5.5 V 1.0mA 1.0mA Output Short Circuit Current -0.1 -70 -20 2.0V mA 11 OV 10, 11 L..--. NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive logic: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limit· ing in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. Refer to AC jest Figure. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. V CC ·B.25V. 5.0V) LIMITS PARAMETER Propagation Delay Strobe to Output (t ) ds Disable to "0" Output (tpZL) "0" Output to Disable (t pLZ ) Disable to "1" Output (t pZH ) "1" Output to Disable (t pHZ ) 3·170 MIN. INPUTS TYP. MAX. UNITS 15 25 ns Fig. 1 15 25 ns Fig. 2 8 15 ns Fig. 2 A B DISABLE STROBE OUTPUTS NOTES 15 25 ns Fig.3 9 20 ns Fig. 3 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI- 8T25 AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS PROPAGATION DELAY (STROBE TO OUTPUT) ~.A +3OO~A I I t .-----------t I-tsw-l_-----10 r ts-J : ------""'\ • 1oons---_y_ I __-, _ST_R_O_B_E_ _ _ +3_.0_v_ _ PULSE CHARACTERISTICS: 1-: tpw:-l :::U~. r-'i 5K +3.0V DISA;J - 1MHz :~w ~: ~ ~~ ~ \""'--_ _ _ to ns MAX. = 20 n. MAX. ~r-_t_d.__1_._ _ _ _ __ ~L.--_ DIODES IN916 d ov Fig. 1 PROPAGATION DELAY (DISABLE TO OUTPUT) PULSE CHARACTERISTICS = 1 MHz t, = ~<5ns PULSE WIDTH = 200 ns (MAX.) 240n INPUT 1.5V OV OUTPUT 50n OV 10% DIODES IN916 ':" ':" ':" NOTE: t p1z " "0" OUTPUT TO HIGH-Z tpzl = HIGH-Z TO "0" OUTPUT Fig. 2 PROPAGATION DELAY (DISABLE TO OUTPUT) +5V ~ 50n 3.0V ;II: INPUT PULSE CHARACTERISTICS = 1 MHz = ~<5ns PULSE WIDTH = 200 f AOUT 1.5V DISABLE t, n. (MAX.) STROBE BOUT ,---""" NOTE: tphz Fig. 3 tpzl = "1" OUTPUT TO = HIGH-Z TO HIGH-Z "0" OUTPUT 3-171 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T25 TYPICAL APPLICATION 4K X 16 BIT MEMORY BIT 1 BIT 2 ,--I DISABLE I I I I (BT25) (254B) DISABLE INPUTS { ADDRESS 3·172 I (2548) ~------------~---- BIT 16 ·Smnotils TRI-STATE QUAD BUS DRIVER/RECEIVER 8126 B,F PACKAGES .DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION lOGIC DIAGRAM The 8T26 Bus Driver/Receiver contains four pair of inverting logic gates along with two buffered common enable lines. Both the Driver and Receiver gates have tri-state outputs aAd PNP inputs. Ti'i-state outputs provide the high switching speeds of totem-pole TTL circuits while offering the bus capability of open collector gates. PNP inputs reduce input loading to 200MA maximum. A logic "1" on the Data Enable (D/E) input allows input data to be transferred to the outputs of the Drivers while a logic "0" will force the outputs to a high impedance state and will also disable the PNP resulting in negligible input load current. The Driver gate will sink 40mA of current with a maximum VeE of 0.5V. The Receiver gates are enabled by a logic "0" on the Receiver Enable (R/E) pin and provide 16mA current sink capability. A logic "1" forces the Receiver outputs to a high impedance state and disables the PNP inputs. FEATURES • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL • PROPAGATION DELAY = 17n5 (MAX.) • TRI-STATE OUTPUTS • PNP INPUTS • 40mA CURRENT SINK CAPABILITY • SBD* INPUT CLAMPS *SCHOTTKY-BARRIER-DIODE APPLICATIONS • HALF-DUPLEX DATA TRANSMISSION • ROUTING DATA IN BUS-ORIENTED SYSTEMS • HIGH CURRENT DRIVERS • MOS-TO-TTL INTERFACE Vee GND = - ( ). = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers 3-173 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 8T26 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = 5.0V ±5%, T A = -O°C TO +75°C) PARAMETER MIN. TYP. Input "0" current (All inputs) MAX. CONDITION -200 JJA V in = 0.4 25 JJA V in = 5.25 Input "1" current Din' DE' RE Input (0) Threshold Voltage UNITS 0.85 NOTES volts Input (1) Threshold Voltage 2 volts DOut (1) Voltage Pins 3,6,10,13 2.6 3.1 volts ROut (1) Voltage Pins2,5,11,14 2.6 3.1 volts = -10mA lout = -2.0mA 7 lout 7 DOut (0) Voltage Pins 3,6,10,13 0.50 volts lout = 40mA 8 ROut(O) Voltage Pins 2,5,11,14 0.50 volts lout = 16mA 8 100 JJA OutP~t (1) off leakage current Input clamp voltage V out = 2.6V -1.0 volts 'in = -5mA DOut short circuit current Pins 3,6,10,13 -50 -150 mA Vo = 0 volts 11, 12 ROut short circuit current Pins 2,5,11,14 -30 -75 mA Vo = 0 volts 11, 12 mW/mA V cc = 5.25 11 457/87 Power/Current Consumption ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (VCC = 5.00V, T A = 25°C) PARAMETER MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS DOut to ROut (ton) 6 10 nsec 9 DOut to ROut (toft) 13 18 nsec 9 Din to DOut (ton) 16 20 nsec 9 Din to DOut (tof f ) 16 20 nsec 9 High Z to 0 (tpZL) 29 38 nsec 9 o to High Z 35 43 nsec 9 High Z to 0 (tpZL) 20 30 nsec 9 o to High Z (tpLZ) 10 17 nsec 9 CONDITION NOTES Propagation Delay Data Enable to Data Output (tpLZ) Receiver Enable to Receiver Output NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. 2. 3. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zlIro volts. Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND Logic definition: "up" Level ~ "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 6. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings 6. should the Isolation diodes become forward biased. Measurements apply to each output and the associated data Input Independently. 7. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. S. Output sink current Is supplied through .. resistor to V CC. 9. Refer to AC Test Circuits. 10. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and procest changes and improvements. 11. 12. V CC = 5.25 volts. Do not ground more than one output at a time. 3-174 DIGITAL HUUU ::it:HIt:::i I I L/M~I • U 1""0 AC TEST CIRCUITS AND WAVEFORMS PROPAGATION DELAY (DOUTTO ROUT) Vee -6.0V -FL- DDUTI DE DOUT2 RE DOUT3 DINI DOUT4 DIN2 ROUT! DIN3 ROUT2 DIN4 ROUT 3 ROUT 4 1 1 ~ 2.6V 1 1 1 1 1 -I·onl---- - I '011 1- 92U INPUT PULSE: tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%) 1.3K freq = 10MHz (50% duty cycle) Amplitude·= 2.6V PROPAGATION DELAY (DIN TO DOUT) 2.6V 2.6V Vee -5.0V 30U DOUTI 1 DE DOUT2 RE DOUT3 DIN 1 DOUT4 DIN2 ROUT 1 DIN3 ROUT 2 DIN4 ROUT 3 1 -FL~ 1 1 260U 1 1 -I'onl- -1'0111- INPUT PULSE: tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%) freq = 10MHz (50% Duty Cycle) ROUT4 Amplitude = 2.6V PROPAGATION DELAY (DATA ENASLE TO DATA OUTPUT) 6.0V 2.6V DE DOUT2 RE DOUT3 DINI DOUT4 DIN2 ROUT1 DIN3 ROUT2 DIN4 ROUT3 } 2.4K 70U 5K (PROBE) INPUT PULSE: tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%) ROUT 4 freq = 5MHz (50% Duty Cycle) Aplplitude = 2.6V PROPAGATION DELAY (RECEIVE ENABLE TO RECEIVE OUTPUT) Vee DE DOUT1 RE DOUT2 2.6V ~ I - _I tplz __ 1 DIN1 DOUT3 DIN2 DOUT4 DIN3 ROUT 1 DIN4 ROUT 2 ROUT3 ROUT4 OUT } 2.4K tpzll_ ~ 6.0V 1 10% 1.5V 2400 INPUT PULSE: 5K (PROBE) tr = tf = 5ns (10% to 90%) freq = 5MHz (50% Duty Cycle) Amplitude = 2.6V 3-175 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .8T26 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS r--------.., BIDIRECTIONAL DATA BUS I r--------, ) 0 - - - ' - - - 0 ~~~. B~~ e>--+-+--I 1--+-+--0 ~,;'s B~~ e>--I..-+--\ I I I I Jo--t-"----o ~EJT B~~ CONTROL LINES MAY BE TIED TOGETHER, SUCH THAT LOGICAL '" TRANSMIT, LOGICAL '0' RECEIVE 3-176 1---+--+---0 ~s 0-+-+--1 LOGICAL "0" '" ACTIVE LOGICAL "," .. HI-z LOGICAL "1" '" ACTIVE LOGICAL "0 .... HI-z !imnotiC!i SCHOTTKY 82S MSI DESCRIPTION Series 82S Schottky TTL circuits are implemented with Schottky-barrier-diode clamping to achieve ultra-high speeds previously obtainable only with emitter-coupled logic, yet they retain the desirable features of, and are completely compatible with, most of the popular saturated logic circuits. Schottky-barrier-diode clamping prevents transistors from achieving classic saturation and thereby effectively eliminates excess charge storage and subsequent recovery times. These recovery times contribute significantly to overall propagation delays experienced with saturated digital-logic circuits. The Schottky-clamped transistors are formed by using Schottky-barrier-diodes in parallel with the base-collector junctions. This is realized physically be depositing metal over the base and N region of the collector forming a metal-silicon diode. The effect of this diode, which has a lower forward voltage than the collector-base function is to hold the transistor out of saturation by diverting most of . the excess base current. The reduction in stored-charge plus the use of smaller geometries results in a major improvement of switching characteristics. By eliminating gold-doping normally employed in conventional TTL processing to reduce storage time, PNP transistors can be used to advantage by the circuit designers. Vee I NPUT O----<~--E=----Klf------ LOW CURRENT PNP INPUT STRUCTURE In 82S MS I, PN P transistors are used to reduce input loading as illustrated in Fig. 1. Maximum low level input current is specified at 400 MA which allows the systems designer to upgrade existing designs without encountering fanout limitations. -FEATURES I. 3ns TYPICAL GATE PROPAGATION DELAY • 20mW PER-GATE TYPICAL POWER DISSIPATION • LOW LEVEL INPUT CURRENT (PER UNIT LOAD = 0.4mAMAX. EASE OF SYSTEM DESIGN • FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH SERIES 8000, 54/74 TTL, AND MOST DTL • SCHOTTKY-DIODE-CLAMPED SYSTEM DESIGN • TERMINATED, CONTROLLED-IMPEDANCE LINES NOT NORMALLY REQUIRED • LOW OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: PROVIDES LOW AC NOISE SUSCEPTABILITY AND DRIVES HIGHLY CAPACITIVE LOADS INPUTS SIMPLIFY Figure 1 ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (Over operating free-air temperature range unless otherwise noted) SUPPLY VOLTAGE VCC INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT VOLTAGE OPERATING FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE RANGE +7V +6V +7V O°C to 15°C 3·177 SillnOlies 8·INPUT DIGITAL MULTIPLEXER 82S30 B,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI TRUTH TABLE DESCRIPTION The 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer is the logical equivalent of a single-pole, 8 position switch whose position is specified by a 3-bit input address. ADDRESS A, AO 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 x x x x The 82S30 incorporates an INHIBIT input which, when low, allows the one-of-eight inputs selected by the address to appear on the f output and, in complement, on the f output. With the INHIBIT input high, the f output is unconditionally low and the f output is unconditionally high. FEATURES • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE • PNP INPUTS • DIRECT OUTPUT INHIBIT • 82S80 REPLACES 9312 FOR HIGHER SPEED DATA INPUT 17 16 15 A2 x = x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 1 x x x x x x x 0 x x x x x 0 don't care LOGIC DIAGRAM 82S30 191 11 16 15 14 13 12 T 11 10 Vee GND () 3·178 = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers 14 13 12 I, 10 x x x x x x x x x 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 x x x x 0 x x x x x 1 0 x x x x x x x 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x OUTPUT INH f f 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ,DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S30 IELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN "1" Output Voltage TYP "0" Input Current An, In, INH TA UNITS A1 A2 * * -1.0mA 6 * * * * 20mA 7 0.5 V * 10 p.A 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V -400 p.A 0.5V O.5V 0.5V 0.5V MIN Propagation Delay An to f A~toT In to f INH to f ,Power Consumption/Supply Current Output Short Circuit Current Output f Output T I nput Clamp Voltage TEST CONDITIONS DATA INPUT TYP MAX UNITS ns' 20 17 ns 12 ns 16 ns 325/62 mW/mA -40 -40 -1.2 -100 -100 *See Truth Table for Logical Conditions NOTES: 2. 4. 5. 0.5V and V CC = 5.0V LIMITS 3. NOTES * V CHARACTERISTICS 1. OUTPUTS * * 2.7 "0" Output Voltage "1" I nput Current Inputs An, In, Inh 250 C MAX TEST CONDITIONS DATA INPUT INH A3 In mA mA V A INH A 4.5V 4.5V OV OV OV OV OV -18 -18 mA mA OV OV OV OV -18 -18 mA mA 4.5V OV 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. OUTPUTS NOTES f f In 4.5V 4.5V 6. All voltag~ m~asur~m~nts are referenced to the grourid terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level .. "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. A 8 8 8 8 9,11 OV OV Output sourc~ curr~nt is suppli~d through a r~sistor to ground. Output sink curr~nt is suppli~d through a r~sistor to V cc. R~f~r to AC T~st F.lgur~s. Vcc = 5.25V By DC t~sts p~r th~ truth tabl~, all inputs hav~ guarant~~d thr~sholds at 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1". All In data inputs ar~ at OV, VCC = 5.25V. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS Vee SEE TEST TEST NO. AO A, INPUTPU\..SE': PRR·,MHz PG ;~.t~~::'nI ALL DIODES ARE lN3064 CL INCLUDes PROBE & JIG CAPACITANCE 90% 10% INPUT\PG) ~~--- I \t'-----3V 90% - - PW _ _ _',_5V_ 0 PG 0 0 PG OV INVEiRTINGOUTPUT~1 ITOFFI v'o ~ I I 1.6V . " , " . 2,7V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 0 0 a 0 0 a a a 0 a a a a -PG- 0 OUTPUTS 1! F T T -~- 0 0 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 - -- 0 T -~- "0"· GROUND I 1.5V NOTE: 1. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES. 2, A.C. TeST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD LENGTHS FROM PACKAGE PINS. I I ~I TONI-'- - -voo ~ ---v'o 1.6V NON-INVERTING OUTPUT F , 1 0 0 '0% I TON 0 INPUTS A2 INH 10 I, 12 13 14 16 16 17 0 0 :{ ----- TEST TABLE TABI-E 1.6V voo 3-179 !iillnOlie!i 82S31 82S32 8·INPUT DIGITAL MULTIPLEXER B,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The 8-lnput Digital Multiplexer is the logical equivalent of a single-pole, 8 position switch whose position is specified by a 3-bit input address. Propagation Delay (Typ) The 82S31 is a variation of the 82S30 that provides open collector output f for expansion of input terms. The 82S32 is similar to the 82S30 except in the effect of the INHIBIT input on the f output. With the INHIBIT low, the selected input appears at the f output and, in complement, on the T output. With the INHIBIT input high, both the f and the T output are unconditionally low. An to f In to f Input Load Current (Max) 82532 12ns 7ns Iln"O" lin"'" Output Current 20mA@0.5V 'mA @ 2.7V for 82S31 f output only 10ut"O" lout"'" FEATURES e SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE e PNP INPUTS e.OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUT (82S31) e DIRECT OUTPUT INHIBIT (82S32) LOGIC DIAGRAMS 82831 17~19_1r===;===:r}.------, 82832 (9) 17 (7) 18 1& 14 13 12 I, 10 Ao A, A2 Vee GND INHIBIT - = ( ) = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers * (1 Output Has Open Collector) 3·180 82S31 '4ns 9ns Vee = (16) GND = (8) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers !ii!lDotiC!i 2·INPUT 4·81T DIGITAL MULTIPLEXER B,F PACKAGES 82S33 82S34 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE These devices are 2-input, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexers designed for general purpose data-selection applications. • • PNP INPUTS OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS (82S34) • INHIBIT STATE The 82S33 features non-inverting data paths; and, the 82S34 features inverting data paths. The 82S34 has open collector outputs which permit direct wiring to other open collector outputs (collector logic) to yield "free" four-bit words. As many as forty four-bit words can be multiplexed by using twenty 82S34's in the WIRED-AND mode. The inhibit state So = Sl = 1 can be used to facilitate transfer operations in an arithmetic section. LOGIC DIAGRAM 82S33 Vee GND fn 50 51 0 0 B 1 0 A 0 1 B 1 1 0 = ( ) = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers 82S34 (OPEN COLLECTOR) Vee GND fn 50 51 0 0 B 1 0 A 0 1 B 1 1 1 = ( ) = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers 3-181 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI .82S33/34 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS LIMITS INPUTS MIN TVP MAX UNITS "1" Output Voltage (82533) "0" Output Voltage (82533) "0" Output Voltage (82534) "1" Output Leakage Current (82534) "0" Input Current (ALL) "1" Input Current (ALL) Output Short Circuit Current (82533) Input Clamp Voltage (ALL) 2.7 0.5 0.5 250 400 -10 -100 -1.2V -40 An 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V OV 2.0V 2.0V 2.0V 0.5V 0.5V 4.5V 4.5Y 5V 5V -18mA -18mA V V V p,A p,A p,A mA V So S1 0.8V 2.0V 0.8V 2.0V 0.5V 4.5V OV -18mA 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 2.0V 0.5V 4.5V OV -18mA Bn OUTPUTS NOTES -1mA 20mA 20mA 5.5V 6 7 7 0\/ 10,11 OUTPUTS NOTES 9 TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS INPUTS LIMITS MIN MAX UNITS 305/58 265/50 mW/mA mW/mA TVP Power/Current Consumption: 82533 82534 82533/34 Turn-On/Turn-Off Times An, Bn to fn 50 to fn 51 to fn 12 20 18 An Bn So OV OV S1 OV OV 10 10 ns ns ns 8,1 8,1 8,1 6. Output source current i3 supplied through a resistor to ground. 7. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. 8. Refer to AC Test Figures and Test Table. 9. Connect an external 1 K ± 1 % resistor to V CC for this test. 10. VCC = 5.25V. 11. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Preceutlonary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS ~ 'NPUT -AO -0, PULSE ENEAATOR -:::~ r TABLE - -= TEST NO. 81 -A. -0. -A, 60ll IN~~~ p.u~s~~z TEST TABLE ':isET _ A , I..-_-:!:-'"T'-=-_..... - ~.. t!·6~·~lfli ALL DIODES ARE 1N3064 CL INCLUDES PROBE" JIG CAPACITANCE -+"S 10% ~~.- at-=-----,v PW _ _ -'_~-~, 10%0% I I "-"-'---_ov INVERTINGOUTPUT~~ I~ ! I INPUT IPG) TON VIO I 1.'V !~} 1.6V NON~INViATING 3-182 OUTPUT AO BO Al Bl A2 B2 A3 B3 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 PG 0 1 0 1 1 0 PG 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 PG 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 PG 1 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 PG 0 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 1 0 0 SI 0 -0, L- INPUTS Sa 1.'V '''t~===: 1.6V VOO "I" ~ 2.7V OUTPUTS FO Fl T T T F2 F3 T T T "0" -GROUND NOTE: 1. A,C. TEST JIG'S MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES. 2. A.C. TEST JIG'S MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS. QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR ELEMENT SmnOliCS 82S41 A,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 82S41 contains four independent gating structures to perform the Exclusive-OR function on two input variables. The output of the 82S41 employs the totem-pole structure characteristic: of TTL devices. • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE • PNPINPUTS LOGIC DIAGRAMS 82S41 QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR AO \1\ I- Bo \2\ \6\ ------ I I I I I I I I I I Vee GND A B f 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 = (14) = (7) ( ) = Denotes Pin Number" for 14-pin dual in-line package '1 3-183 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S41 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS INPUTS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Output "1" Voltage Output "0" Voltage Input "1 " Current Input "0" Current Power/Current Consumption Output Short Circuit Current Input Clamp Voltage TA TYP MAX UNITS 0.5 10 -SOO 290/55 -100 V V p.A p.A mW/mA mA V 2.7 -40 -1.2 OUTPUTS A B 2.0V 2.0V 4.5V 0.5V O.SV 2.0V 4.5V 0.5V -lmA 20mA -lSmA OV NOTES 7 S 11 12 13 13,10 -18mA = 250 C and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS INPUTS CHARACTERISTICS 1 I MIN Turn-On/Turn-Off Times I I TYP NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. TEST CONDITIONS All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminel. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive NAN D logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limitIng in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. MAX 1 I A UNITS NOTES OUTPUTS B 1 10 J 6. 7. S. 9. 10. 11. Measurements apply to each gate element independently. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee. Refer to Ae Test Figure. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time_ 12. 13. ns 9 A and B are tested separately. When A is 4.5V, B is OV, and vice versa. A and B are tested separately. When A is 0.4V, B is 5.25V, and vice versa. Vee = 5.25V. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS TEST TABLE TEST NO. Ao BO A1 B1 INPUTS A2 B2 A3 B3 Fa OUTPUTS F1 F2 F3 o 0 0 PG 0 0 OPGOOOO OOOPGOOOO 0000 PGOO OOOOOOPG PGO 00000 T OOOOOPGO •• ,,, • 2.7V ':=:1't-- -l'RL.. -I r=-- ~ I lNVERTlNGOUTPUT~-I 1;;-1 -----3V 90% 1.8V ~ PW - - - - - - - 90% - 10% INPUT {POI 1.6V - ~o.!" I I 1.5V I TOFF 1 3·184 OV VI' 1,5V TONI--I - - -voo ~ 1.SV NON .. INVERTING OUTPUT I - I- ..- 1. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES. 10% 7 I "0" - GROUND NOTE: _--VI' 1.5V veo 2. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS. 82S42 S!!IDotiCS 4·81T QUAD EXCLUSIVE-NOR A,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The 82542 contains four independent Exclusive-NOR gates which may be used to implement digital comparison functions. The 82542 outputs are bare collector to facilitate implementation of multiple-bit comparisons; a 4~bit comparison is made by connecting the outputs of the four independent: gates together. Propagation Delay (Typ) An' Bn to fn Input Load Current (Max) Iln"O" Iln"l" Output Current (Min) 10ut"O" FEATURES 9ns (82542) 30m A @ O.5V (82542) • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE • PNP INPUTS • OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS LOGIC DIAGRAM 82S42 QUAD EXCLUSIVE-NOR I I L f A B 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 Vee = (14) GND = (7) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers 3·185 !ii!lDlltiC!i BINARY· TO-OCTAL DECODER BCD· TO- DECIMAL DECODER A,F PACKAGES 82S50 B,F PACKAGES 82S52 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI 82S50 82S52 DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 82S50 and 82S52 are gate arrays for decoding and logic conversion applications. • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE The 82S50 converts 3 lines of input to a one-of-eight output. The 'fourth input line (D) is utilized as an inhibit to allow use in larger decoding networks. • • PNPINPUTS INHIBIT INPUT FORCES ALL OUTPUTS HIGH (82S50) • 82S52 REPLACES 9301 FOR HIGHER SPEED The 82S52 converts a 4 line input code (with 1-2-4-8 weighting) to a one-of-ten output as shown in the Truth Table. The 82S52 is a direct replacement for the 9301 with all outputs being forced high when a binary code greater than nine is applied to the inputs. The selected output is a logic "0". LOGIC DIAGRAMS 82S52 82S50 (15\ '(1)' (14) ~ 131 Vcc GND () = Vcc GND (14) (7) Denotes Pin Numbers (16) (8) ) ( °NOTE: PIN-OUTFOA DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGE ONLY TRUTH TABLE OUTPUT STATES INPUT STATE 82S50 B C D 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 3·186 82S52 A 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL!MSI .82S50/52 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over' Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS A MIN 2.7 "1" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage TYP MAX 0.5 "1" I nput Current "0" Input Current (ALL) TA B 0 C OUTPUTS NOTES -1mA 20mA 6,10 7,10 OUTPUTS NOTES UNITS V V 10 -400j.LA j.LA rnA 4.5V 0.5V 4.5V 0.5V 4.5V 0.5V 4.5V 0.5V = 250 C and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS A MIN Turn-on Delay ton Turn-off Delay toft Power/Current Consumption (82550 Only) (82S52 Only) Input Clamp Voltage Output Short Circuit Current (ALL) TYP MAX UNITS 16 16 ns ns 380/72 mW/mA 450/85 mW/mA -1.2 V -100 rnA -40 B C 0 8 8 5.25V -18mA 4.0V 5.25V -18mA 4.0V 11 11 5.25V OV -18mA 4.0V -18mA 4.0V OV 9,11 NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All mE,asurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal referenced. Positive logic definition: "UP" ILevel = "1". "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V cc. Refer to AC Test Figure. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. Inputs for "1" and "0" output voltage test is per TRUTH table with threshold levels of 0.8V for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1". VCC = 5.25V. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS 82850 Vee TEST TABLE TEST INPUTS NO. A B C D r-------...., SEE tesT TABLE LOAD CIRCUITS PAR·,MHz 1 1 1 o PG 0 0 1 0 3 I I 4 5 SA~E 3A:'L~!'; ~~gSIT 1 I _______ ...1I INPUT PULSE: 1 1 PG 1 2 6 ~.t!"~'~,nl AI~L 0 0 0 0 0 o PG T PG 0 1 2 PG PG 0 1 "1" = 2.7V OUTPUTS 3 4 5 T 5 7 T T T T T T T -f-T "0" = GROUND DIODES ARE lN3064 Ct. INCLUDES PROBE & JIG CAPACITANCE 82852 TEST TABLE TEST NO. SeE TEST 1 2 TABLE 3 4 5 6 ~ 't-- 90% 1.6V 90% 1.BV I TON I I~I 1 1.GV 1 o OUTPUTS 0 1 2 3 PG 0 PG 1 0 0 0 o 1 o PG 1 PG 0 PG 1 1 5 6 7 8 9 T 0 PG 0 1 0 4 T T T T T T T "0" = GROUND NOTE: I 1. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES. 10% OV 2. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/8 INCH LEAD V,o LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS. ',BV TONI-I- - -voo ---v'o ~ 1,BV NON-INVERTING OUTPUT 0 -----3V ----"--PW---~ 10% INPUT (PGI INPUTS B C D "1"· 2.7V ~ I INveATINGOUTPUT~1 1Ta;;j -I 'R I=-......J L--. A 1.BV voo 3-187 Si!)notics 9·81T PARITY GENERATOR AND CHECKER 82S62 A,F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE The 82S62 9-lnput Parity Generator/Parity Checker is a versatile MSI device commonly used to detect errors in data transmission or in data retrieval. Two outputs (EVEN and ODD) are provided for versatility. An INHIBIT input is provided to disable both outputs of the 82S62. (A logic 1 on the ,INHIBIT input forces both outputs to a logic 0.) • EVEN/ODD PARITY OUTPUTS • INHIBIT INPUT • PNP INPUTS When used as a Parity Generator, the 82S62 supplies a parity bit which is transmitted together with the data word. At the receiving end, the 82S62 acts as a Parity Checker and indicates that data has been received correctly or that an error has been detected. LOGIC DIAGRAM 82S62 INHIBIT (1) (8) P1o---t'\ P2 o - - - H (2) r--------o~~~~UT (3) P3O----H (9) -.... P4 o---'"/"L..../ (4) t::::::r;:;;;;;;:-I-----'I'\n----OgB~PUT (S) D ~O_-------------------------------~ (5) Vcc GND = ( ) = (14) (7) Denotes Pin Numbers LOGIC EQUATIONS: EVEN OUTPUT = P 1 !9 P2 !9 P3!9 P4!9 P5!9 Ps!9 P7 !9 Pa !9 P9 NOTE: Pin-Outs shown for Dual In-Line package only 3·188 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S62 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS TVP MIN "1" Output Voltage Even Odd "0" Output Voltage Even Odd "0" I nput Current Data Inputs P1-PS Data Input P9 Inhibit "1" I nput Current Data Inputs Inhibit Power/Current Consumption Output Short Circuit Current Even Odd TA = 250 C and VCC MAX UNITS DATA INPUT UNDER "[EST OUTPUTS INHIBIT NOTES UNDER TEST V V OV 2.0V .SV .SV -1mA -1mA 6 0.50 0.50 V V 2.0V OV .SV .SV 20mA 20mA 7 -SOO -1.2 -SOO JJ.A mA JJ.A 0.5V 0.5V JJ.A JJ.A mW/mA 4.5V mA mA OV 4.0V 2.7 2.7 10 10 355/67 -40 -40 -100 -100 6 7 0.5V 4.5V 11 OV OV OV OV 11,12 11,12 =5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS OUTPUTS UNDER TEST INHIBIT MIN TVP MAX UNITS 23 2S 12 1S 9 9 ns ns ns ns ns ns Turn-on/Turn-off Times P1 - Ps to Even P1 - Ps to Odd P9 to Even P9 to Odd I nhibit to Even Inhibit to Odd UNDER TEST NOTES Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse S S S S S S Pulse Pulse NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced. Positive logic: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. Output source current is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee. Refer to Ae Test Figure. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the specified operating power supply voltage range. Vee = 5.25V. 12. Not more than one output should be shorted at a tlma. 10. TEST TABLE TEST NO. P, PG PG o ~'r---- -+f:=O% -.:. 1::---~ 90% 1.5V INPUT IPGI 0 0 o 1.6V ,.% PW - - - - - - , INVIiAT1NOOUTPUT~1 ITOFFI I I 1.5V I I~I I VI. P2 P3 P4 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 0 0 0 0 0 "1"·2.7V OV 0 0 0 0 0 Ps 0 PG 0 0 0 Pe P7 PB Pg 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 INH OUTPUTS EVEN ODD -- T T T 0 PG T_ -1'- f---~ -T- f----~I_ T_ "0" - GROUND NOTE: 1. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES. 1,6V TONI----I- - 0 -3V 10% INPUTS 2. A.C. TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN l/B INCH LEAD -voo ~ LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS. ---Vl. 1.5V NON-INVERTINO OUTPUT 1.SV vao 3·189 Smnotics 2·INPUT, 4·811 DIGITAL 82S66 --------------------M-U~~,~~~~~82S67 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 82S66/82S67 2-lnput, 4-Bit Digital Multiplexer is a monolithic array utilizing Schottky TTL circuit structures. The 82S67 features a bare-collector output to allow expansion with other devices. • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE • PNP INPUTS • OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS (82S67) • INHIBIT STATE The multiplexer is intended for use at the inputs to adders, registers and in other parallel data handling applications. The mUltiplexer is able to choose from two different input sources, each containing 4 bits: A = (AO, A1, A2, A3), B = (BO, B 1, B2, B3). The selection is controlled by the input SO, while the second control input, S1, is held at zero. For conditional complementing, the two inputs (An' Bn) are tied together to form the function TRUE/COMPLEMENT, which is needed in conjunction with adder elements to perform ADDITION/SUBTRACTION. Further, the inhibit state So = S1 = 1 can be used to facilitate transfer operations in an arithmetic section. LOGIC DIAGRAM AND TRUTH TABLE 82S66/82S67 SELECT LINES So 0 0 1 1 3-190 S1 0 1 0 1 OUTPUTS fn (0,1,2,3) Bn Bn An 1 Vee GND = = ( = Denotes Pin Numbers ) (16) (8) DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI. 82S66/67 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature and Voltage) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES "1" Output Voltage (82S66) "0" Output Voltage "1" Output Leakage Current (82567) "0" I nput Current An,Bn 50,51 "1" I nput Current An,Bn 50,51 Output Short Circuit Current (82566) TA MIN 'rVP 2.7 3.5 -40 MAX UNITS An Bn So S1 OUTPUTS 0.5 250 V V iJ-A 0.8V 2.OV 0.8V 2.OV 2.OV 2.0V 0.8V 2.0V 2.OV 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V -1mA 20mA 5.5V -400 -400 iJ-A iJ-A 0.5V 0.5V OV 0.5V OV 0.5V 10 10 iJ-A p.A 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V 2.OV 4.5V -100 mA 7 8 12 = 25°C and VCC = 5.0V 'LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES MIN TVP Turn-on/Turn-off Times (82566) 51 to fn So to fn An to fn Bn to fn Propagation Delay (82567) 51 to fn So to fn An to fn Bn to fn Power/Current Consumption MAX UNITS 15 18 10 12 ns ns ns ns 9 9 9 9 ns 9 ns ns mW/mA 9 9 12 18 20 12 15 365/69 An Bn 4.5V OV OUTPUTS S1 So 4.5V OV NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current flow Is defined as Into the terminal referenced. Positive NAND logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limit· ing in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the Isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. 7. S. 9. 10. 11. 12. Measurements apply to each gate element independently. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to Vee. Refer to Ae Test Figure. This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the specified operating power supply voltage range. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and Improvements. Vee = 5.25 V. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS Vee '0 " Fa Aa ·0A, ., 'EE TEST TABLe TEST TABLE F, ., TEST NO. F, A, A3 1 2 F3 ·3 INPUT PUL~iE: PAR· , MHz 3 4 ~~.. t~ ·6~;~5n5 5 6 CL INCLUDES PROBE & JIG CAPACITANCE =--l ---.I --I 'R L-. I=--- 90% 1.5V 7 'j- - 1.5V -·pw---- --. ___ I TO~ I INVEAT1NGOUTPUT~--1 ITo,,1 _ I I I - - - -vao ~1---1 I 10% INPUT (PG) 1.5V 1 ,, ,, INPUTS OUTPUTS B, A2 B2 A3 B3 FO F, F2 F3 , , ,, ,, ,, , , , , , Ao BO A, PG PG 1 PG 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PG 0 0 "''': 2,7V ~----3V 90% ___ - -- 10% So S, 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 PG 0 0 0 0 0 ,, ,, ,, , , , 0 PG ,, 0 0 0 PG T T T 0 0 ,, T TI-T T T T T~ f.--fT "0" = OUTPUT NOTE: OV 1. A,C, TEST JIGS MUST NOT HAVE ANY SWITCHES, V10 2, A,C, TEST JIGS MUST HAVE LESS THAN '/8 INCH LEAD LENGTH FROM PACKAGE PINS, 1.BV 1 TOFF TON ---V1O ~ 1.6V NON-INVERTING OUTPUT 1.6V vao 3·191 4·81T SHIFT REGISTERS !i!!lDotiC!i A,F PACKAGES 82S70 82S71 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 82S70 is a 4-bit Shift Register with both serial and parallel data entry capability. • SCHOTTKY-CLAMPED TTL STRUCTURE • PNPINPUTS • SYNCHRONOUS LOAD The data input lines are single-ended true input data lines which condition their specific register bit location after an enabled clocking transition. Since data transfer is synchronous with clock, data may be transferred in any serial/ parallel input/output relqtionship. • SHIFT RIGHT/LEFT CAPABILITY • HOLD MODE ELECTRICAL CHARACiERISTICS Transfer Rate Input Load Current (Max) Mode control logic is available to determine three possible control states. These register states are serial sh ift right mode, parallel enter mode, and no change or hold mode. These states accomplish logical decoding for system control. 400J,tA 25J,tA Iln"O" lin"'" Output Current 20mA@0.5V 'mA@ 2.7V 'out"O" 'out"'" The 82S7' provides a direct reset (RD). and a Dout line in addition to the available outputs of the 82S70 element. LOGIC DIAGRAM 82870 B0 0°(101 101 ( = (14) = (7) ) = Denotes Pin Numbers for Vee GND 14·pin dual in·llne package only 82871 ROlli Vee GND = = ( ) = (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers DS D. 3·192 D, DC 60 MHz (Typ) !ij!lDotiC!i PRESETTABLE HIGH SPEED DECADE/BINARY COUNTER A.F PACKAGES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI 82S90 82S91 LOGIC SYMBOL DESCRIPTION The 82S90 Decade Counter and 82S91 Binary Counter are very high speed versions of the popular 8290 Decade and 8291 Binary Counters. They are multifunctional MSI building blocks capable of being used in counting frequency synthesis. digital integration where high speed is essential. A, F PACKAGES 13 1 4 10 3 11 5 9 2 12 FEATURES • 100 MHz TYPICAL COUNT FREQUENCY • HIGH IMPEDANCE PNP INPUTS • VARIABLE MODULUS, +2, 4, 5, 8,10, and 16 • STROBED PARALLEL ENTRY • PIN REPLACEABLE for the 8290/8291, 74196/74197 Vee = PIN 14 GND=PIN 7 PIN DESIGNATIONS Clock input to counter first stage (active low going edge) Clock input to counter last three stages (active low going edge) DS Data Strobe Input for enabling data entry RS Reset I nput for resetting all stages and outputs to zero D A. DB. DC. DD Data Inputs AO. BO. CO. DO Data Outputs LOGIC DtAGRAMS 82S91 82S90 g;E~ 181 b 1101 Os 131 DC (11) DO 3-193 ........... "" .. uuuu ~ .. nlL.~ I I L./IYI~I - OLi)~U, OLi)~ I D.C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Over Recommended Operating Temperature And Voltage) TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS "1" Output Voltage MIN TYP 2.6 3.5 MAX UNITS DATA DATA RESET STROBE INPUTS CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 OUTPUTS V 0.8V 2.0V 2.0V -1mA 6,8 0.5 V 0.8V 0.8V 0.8V 20m A 6,9 Data Strobe -0.4 mA Data Inputs -0.4 mA "0" Output Voltage "0" Input Current 5.25V Reset -0.4 mA Clock 1 -6.0 mA 5.25V Clock 2 (8290) -6.0 mA 5.25V Clock 2 (8291) -3.0 mA 5.25V Data Strobe 10 JJ.A 4.5V Data Inputs 10 JJ.A Reset Clock 1 10 100 JJ.A JJ.A O.OV O.OV Clock 2 (8290) 100 JJ.A O.OV 4.5V Clock 2 (8291) 50 JJ.A mA O.OV 4.5V 10mA 5.25V "1" Input Current Output Short Circuit Current Input Voltage Rating -40 -100 Data Strobe 5.5 V Clock 1 & 2 5.5 V Data Inputs 5.5 V Reset 5.5 Power Consumption/ Supply Current 308 461 62 88 O.OV 4.5V 4.5V 4.5V O.OV O.OV 4.5V 10mA 10mA O.OV O.OV 11,12 10mA V 10mA mW/ O.OV 12 mA A.C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°e and Vee = 5.0V TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS NOTES CHARACTERISTICS MIN TVP MAX UNITS DATA DATA RESET STROBE INPUTS CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 OUTPUTS Strobe Pulse Width 5 ns AOUT 9 Reset Pulse Width 7 ns AOUT 9 10 ns AOUT 9 Strobe/Reset Release Time Clock Mode ton Delay Bit A Clock Mode toff Delay Bit A Bits B, C, 0 ns 9 ns 9 8 10 ns 9 6 ns 9 15 22 ns 9 13 20 ns MHz 9 5 Strobed Data ton Delay (All Bits) Strobed Data toft Delay (All Bits) Toggle Rate 12 13 9 10 Bits B, C, 0 85 100 9 NOTES: 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 3·194 All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. Positive current flow is defined as Into the terminal referenced. Positive NAND Logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current 7. S. 9. 10. 11. 12. limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the Isolation diodes become forward biased. Measurements apply to each output and the associated data input Independently. Output source current Is supplied through a resistor to ground. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to Vee. Refer to Ae Test Figures_ Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. Not more than one output should be shorted at a time. Vee = 5.25V. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/M81 • 82890,82891 INPUT AND OUTPUT STRUCTURES CLOCK INPUTS DATA, STROBE and RESET INPUTS OUTPUTS Vee 900 Vee 2.5K 50 1K AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS CLOCK MODE ton/toff DELAY ~ NPUT Vee . 1.5V I OUTP~T' . 1.5V t ton INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V Note: PW ton and toff are measured from the' clock input of each binary to the Q \ = 30n5,50% to = t f 50% = 5ns STROBED DATA ton/1toffDELAY ST~ W TO~"280" OUTPUTS J. Strobe, P.A. = P.W. = PRR = tr = tf 2.6V 300ns, 50% to 50% 1MHz = 5n5 C L "!;pF LOADCIRcun 1 -=- Data, P.A. = P.W. = PRR = tr = tf 2.6V 500ns, 50% to 50% 500KHz = 5ns 3·195 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82S90, 82S91 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) MINIMUM STROBE PULSE WIDTH 'v 1-- TO OUTPUTS "280" ~ '* CL ~ 15 pf lOAD CIRCUIT 1 I I, ~'+- I I -=- _________ OUTPUTS~ A.B.C.O I I INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V = tf = 5ns max. tr TOGGLE RATE INPUT vce ~l eOUTt-------/ ° O U T I - - - -.... :', , h "',,,, OU+~UTS J 82S90 1 2 3 4 5 6 , 8 9 10 INPUT~ AOUTPUT~ OOUTPUT~L­ eOUTPUT~ r--t.. o OUTPUT -= 82S91 123456"/8910111213141516 INPUT IUUUlIlIU1IU1Il A OUTPUTJUUUUU1J1Il CIRCl;IT UNDER TEST BOUTPUT~ eOUTPUT~ I NPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 2.6V PRR = 5MHz. 50% duty cycle t, = tf = 5ns max. L I o OUTPUT STROBE/RESETRELEASE TIME STROBE /1.5V I I CLOCK I I i ~,-.5_V_ _ __ I RELEASE ------l CLOCK, STROBE/RESET: Amplitude = 2.6V PRR = lMHz, 50% duty cycle tr = tf = 5ns max. NOTES: 1. All resistor values are in ohms. 2. All capacitance values are in picofarads and include jig and probe capacitance. 3. All diodes~are 1N916. 3·196 AO TIME I ;. r- ------' DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MSI • 82590, 82S91 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 1., 82S90 Decade Counter 2. 82S91 Binary Counter The 82S90 can be used in three basic count modes as follows: The 82S90 can be used in two basic count modes as follows: a. BCD Counter. The CP2 input must be connected to the AO output and CP1 receives the count input. The count s,equence obtained is BCD in accordance with the truth table. a. Binary Counter-For this mode of operation AO output must be connected to CP2 input and the count input connected to CP1. Subdivisions of the count input frequency then appear at AO = ';-2, BO = ';-4, Co = ';-8, DO = ';-16 as shown in the truth table. b. Bi·Quinary Counter. If a symmetrical output is reo quired for divide by 10 operation, the DO output must be connected to the CP1 input and the count input applied to CP2. A symmetrical square wave is then obtained at AO of one-tenth the input frequency present at CP2 in accordance with the truth table. c. Separate Divide by Two and Five Counters. Because the inherent structure of the counter is that of two separate divide by two and divide by five sections, no other connections are required for this mode of operation. An input presented to CP1 will appear at AO output at halfthe input frequency. An input presented to CP2 will appear at outputs BO, Co and DO as a binary divide by five count (i.e., from 0 = 000 to 4 = 100). Operation of the DS and RS inputs remain common to all four flip flops as with any other count mode. TRUTH TABLES b. Separate Divide by Two and Divide by Eight 'Counters-In similar manner to the 82S90 the 82S91 inherent str'ucture allows separate use of the first and last three stages. In the first stage the input count frequency presented to CP2 appears at outputs BO = ';-2, Co = .;-4 and DO = ';-8 simultaneously. Operation of the DS and RS inputs remains common to all stages. TRUTH TABLE Binary Input AO BO Co DO 0 1 2 3 0 1 0 0 0 1 4 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 15 1 5 6 Decade (BCD) Input AO BO Co 7 DO 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 3 4 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 5 6 '7 0 1 0 1 8 9 0 0 1 1 a 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Bi-Quinary (5-2) Input AO 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8, 9 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 BO Co DO 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3., Operation of the DS Data Strobe and RS Reset Inputs: a. Data Strobe DS Input-When DS = 0 the four stages of the 82S90/91 can be used as four separate latches with the outputs AO' - DO following the data presented to the inputs D A - DD regardless of clock inputs. With DS = 1 the four stages remain unchanged until the next clock inputs, which activate counting in accordance with the various modes described previously. The Reset RS inputs when low overrides DS as described below. b. Reset Rslnput-With RS = 0 the clock inputs CP11 CP2 and DS input are overriddeo, all stages of the 82S90/91 are cleared and zeros appear at the counter outputs AO - DO. When RS = 1, operation is controlled by DS or CP1/CP2 clock inputs as described. , 3·197 82S82 82S83 4·BIT BCD ARITHMETIC UNIT 4·BIT BCD ADDER !ii!lDOliC!i PRELIMINARY INFORMATION DIGITAL 8000 SERIES SCHOTTKY TTL/MSI DESCRIPTION 82S82 BCD ARITHMETIC UNIT The 82S82 Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) Arithmetic unit and the 82S83 Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) Adder are Schottky MSI circuits that have been designed for easy systems usage. Each unit provides a single IC solution to perform BCD Arithmetic that previously had to be implemented with s"everal Binary Adders, Exclusive OR's, ROM's and Gates High Speed operation is achieved with Schottky TTL technology and use of PNP high impedance inputs results in reduced input loading compared with conventional TTL. 82S82 BCD Arithmetic Unit FEATURES • • • • • • • Adds and Subtracts BCD Numbers Converts Binary to BCD Comparison Output (Open Collector) Internal Look-Ahead Carry/Borrow Fast Look-Ahead Carry/Borrow Outputs Ripple Carry/Borrow Output Easy Array Expansion A8,"A4, A2, A1 Pin Nos. 4,21,20,19 B8,B4,B2,B1 3,1,22,18 S8,S4,S2,S1 14,13,16,17 Add/Subtract 2 Cin/Bin CO/BO G 5 8 6 P 7 A=B 10 VCC GND 24 12 Pin Designation PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View) B, F PACKAGES N, F PACKAGES 24 82S83 BCD Adder FEATURES • • • • • 23 Adds BCD Numbers Converts Binary to BCD I nternal Look-Ahead Carry Ripple Carry Output Easy Array Expansion 22 21 20 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Propagation Delay (Typ.) An to Sn Bn to Sn An to Co/Bo Bn to Co/Bo An to G or P Bn to G or P 82S82 29ns 32ns 22ns 29ns 20ns 23ns 82583 29ns 29ns 22ns 22ns Input "0" Current (Max.) An, Cin, B4, B8 B1 B2 Add/Subtract 82S82 O.4mA 0.8mA 0.8mA 82S83 0.4mA O.4mA Input "1" Current (Max.) (All Inputs) "0" Output Current "1" Output Current (Except A=B Output) 16mA @0.5V 800/.lA @2.7V 3·198 Function BCD Inputs Word A Weighted (8-4-2-1) BCD Inputs Word B Weighted (8-4-2-1) BCD Sum Outputs Weighted (8-4-2-1) Add=Logic "0" Subtract=Logic "1" Carry/Borrow Input Carry/Borrow Output Carry Generate Output (Active Low) Carry Propagate Output (Active Low) Compare Output (Open Collector) Supply Voltage Ground - 40/.lA 16 15 14 19 13 18 12 17 11 16 10 10 15 11 14 12 13 82S83 BCD ADDER A8, A4, A2, A1 Pin Nos. 4,15,14,13 B8, B4, B2 B1 3, 2, 1, 12 S8,S4,S2,S1 9,7,10,11 Cin Co VCC GND 5 6 16 8 Pin Designation Function BCD Inputs Word A Weighted (8-4-2-1) BCD Inputs Word B Weighted (8-4-2-1) BCD Sum Outputs Weighted (8-4-2-1) Carry Input Carry Output Supply Voltage Ground sEctioNs SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS \ / L.. BIPOLAR MEMORY PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS S.ECTIONS SECTIONS SECTI8NS SECTI NS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS ~t:rTI()N~ Bipolar Memory Functional Index CAM 8220 8-Bit Content Addressable Memory (4x2 CAM) 4-3 64-Bit Bipolar 8cratch Pad Memory (16x4 RAM) 256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Tri-8tate) 256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Open Collector) 256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Tri-8tate) 256-Bit Bipolar RAM (256x 1 RAM Open Collector) 64-Bit Bipolar High 8peed Write-While-Read RAM (32x2) 4-15 4-20 4-20 4-22 4-22 4-24 2048-Bit Bipolar ROM (256x8) 4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (512x8) 256-Bit Bipolar Field-Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM) 256-Bit Bipolar ROM (32x8) 4096-Bit Bipolar ROM (1024x4) 256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM Open Collector) 1024-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (256x4 PROM Open Collector) 1024-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (256x4 PROM Tri-8tate Outputs) 256-Bit Bipolar Programmable ROM (32x8 PROM Tri-8tate) 4-1 4-1 4-8 4-11 4-18 4-27 4-30 4-30 4-27 RAM 8225 82806 82807 82816 8281.7 82821 ROM 8204 8205 8223 8224 8228 82823 82826 82829 828123 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY PiN CONFIGURATIONS 8220 8205 8204 Vec .. .. Vec At C" A, eE, A, eE, At el, A3 A. A, Ao A. .. .. .. A, 16 A, 15 Ao 14 13 ., . . .. OJ .. . ., 12 . . . 11 10 OJ .. Do Os Os I PACKAGE I PACKAGE B, F PACKAGES 8223/24 82S23 82S123 8225 8228 Vee At '6 16 .. A, A8 Ao A3 ., Ao .. A, . A, .. B, F PACKAGES 82S06/07/16/17 I PACKAGE B, F PACKAGES I PACKAGE 82S21 82S26/29 L PACKAGE I PACKAGE !ii!)DotiC!i 2048 BIT BIPOLAR ROM (256x8 ROM) 4096 BIT BIPOLAR ROM (512x8 ROM) 8204 8205 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY DESCRIPTION The 8205 and 8204 are high performance bipolar ROM's incorporating the storage output or memory data register into the chip. Data is addressed by applying address information to the address lines. After valid data appears at the output of the memory array, (typically 35ns after the address is applied) and if the circuit is enabled, the strobe pulse will enter data into the 8 bit output latch register. A D-type latch (L) is used to enable the tri-state output drivers. If the circuit enable signals are valid, the strobe will set the latch. This turns on the output stage. The latch will remain set and keep the output enabled until the chip is disabled and the next strobe pulse occurs. If the strobe line is held high, the ROM will function in a conventional mode!. The output will be controlled solely by the chip enable and the output latches will be bypassed. See page 4.34 for ASCII (ADDRESS) to EBCDIC (DATA) and EBCDIC (ADDRESS) to ASCII (DATA) and 4-35/ for 4-53 for ORDERING BLANKS. APPLICATIONS • MICROPROGRAMMING • HARDWIRE ALGORITHMS • CHARACTER GENERATION • CONTROL STORE FEATURES BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES ON THE CHIP DECODING ON THE CHIP STORAGE LATCHES TRI-STATE OUTPUT PROTECTED INPUTS BLOCK DIAGRAM 8204 (256x8) AND 8205 (512x8) MEMORY ORGANIZATION Address Pins Ao 0 - - - - 1 8204 8205 /IDDRESS LINES An STROBE AO A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 0----1 0 - - - -.......- - - -... 01~OJ040&08~0e Chip ill enabled when Ce1 '" "0" and CE2 - "1" (21) (22) (23) (1 ) (2) (4) (6) (6) - (20) (21) (23) (1 ) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) VCC '" (24) GND '" (12) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers OUTPUT LINES ELEGTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°C OS;; TAOS;;; 75°C; 4.75V OS;; VCC OS;; 5.25V) CHARACTE RISTICS Input "'0" Current Input "1" Current Input (0) Threshold Voltage Input (1) Threshold Voltage Input Clamp Voltage Output (0) Current Output (1) Current Output (1) Short Circuit Current Input Capacitance Output Capacitance Power Supply Current Output (1) off Leakage Current (Chip Disabled) Output (0) off Leakage Current (Chip Disabled) LIMITS MIN. TYP. MAX. -100 25 .85 170 lin = -5.0mA lout =9.6 mA lout = -2.0rnA Vout '" OV. VCC = 5.0V VIH ~ 2.0V. VCC = 5.0V Vout = 2.0V:VCC '" 5.0V VCC = 5.0V 100 IJ.A Vin = 2.7V -100 J.lA Vin = 0.5V 0.2 3.3 0.5 -35 -70 5 8 135 TEST CONDITIONS IJ.A IJ.A V V V V V rnA pF pF rnA 2 -1.0 2.7 -20 UNIT NOTES Vin = 0.5V Vin = 5.25V 2 5 4·1 blGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY -8204/05 LIMITS CHARACTE RISTICS MIN. Address Access Time T A Address Hold Time T ADS Chip Enable Access Time TeE Chip Enable Hold Time TCDS Output Disable Time TO Strobe Pulse Width TSW Strobe Set-Up Time TS Output Disable Ti'meTR 0 12 33 TYP. MAX. 35 -10 20 5 20 20 30 18 60 UNIT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 45 45 60 32 TEST CONDITIONS Read Read Read Read Read Read Reed Read Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode NOTES 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 I or Reed Mode II 2 Only I or Read Mode II II Only I or Reed Mode II II Only II Only I Only NOTES: 1. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 2. No more than one output should be grounded at the Mme time and strob" should be disabled. StrQbe Is In "1· state. 3. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and proce.s changes and Improvements. 4. Applied voltages must not exceed 5.5V. Input currents must not exceed ±30 mAo Output currents must not exceed ±100 m~. 0 Storage temperature must be between -60 C to + 150 C. 5. Chip disabled. 6. R lsa and fall times for tests must be less than 5ns. Input amplitudes are 2.SV and all measurements are made at 1.5V. MEMORY TIMING READ MOPE I (OUTPUT LATCHES NOT USED) READ MODE II (OUTPUT LATCHES USED) ~~r--------I--i-,", S~ .A ! I-TAOSj(."" _ _ - ,:_ _ _ _ I _-... n Au···· ~~TA---l: : ___ J ~~~----+----------- CE, CHIP ENABLE CE, ce, AO" .. An , , , , , , = = T A - - - - - I _ _ _ .J I I _ _ _....J>ETCE-1 CE, I ~'-_TO__ ---+-!__ : :---~--------_.J~-----l I ~TCE-i 1_ _- ;'-TCOS*TO~! l-TswH 1 '---+-1- - - 1 I 1 Tsi '-----' : TRl 1 O-'-'-"~'O-B---------~~'------------~j NOTE: Outputs are undefined during the strobe setup time, Ts v1c300 !! f If the strobe is high, the device functions in a manner identical to conventional bipolar ROM's. The timing diagram shows valid data will appear T A nanosaconds after the address has changed and T CE nanoseconds after the output circuit is enabled. TO is the time required to disable the output and switch it to an 'off' or high impedance state after it has been enabled. 4-2 300n In Read Mode II, the address is applied to the memory element TAns before output dotails desired. Applying the chip enable does not directly enable the outputs. When the strobe is applied T S nanoseconds before the output, data from the memory array Is copied Into the output latches and the chip anable signal is copied into the delay latch L. The latch L in turn anables the output. After the strobe reaches the strobe level,. both the chip enable. and address lines may be altered but the output data stored in the latches will remain unchanged and the output of the circuit will remain enabled. The output will stay enabled until another strobe copies a Not chip enable signal into the latch L. The switching of the output to the "off" or high impedance state occurs T R nanoseconds after the strobe. !ijgnotiC!i :8220 I·BIT CONTENT ADDRESSABLE MEMORY (412 CAM) DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY DESCRIPTION The 8220 CAM Element is a high speed monolithic array, incorporating the necessary addressing logic and eight identical memory cells organized as four words, each being two bits long. In reference to data-in/data-stored, the 8220 can be conditioned to perform the following functions: associate, write-in only, and read-out only. When addressed into the "ASSOCIATE" mode, this element loffers the novel capability of data association, where each !cell' J~n') will respond with a "Match" or "Mismatch" :answer n) to each bit presented to the data inputs (I j), :depending on presence or absence of an alike bit stored 'within the cell. -('V Write-in can be simultaneously done to all bits, or one bit at a time .. Read-out of stored information. is performed on one word at a time. Cell-selection for read and write is performed by proper addressing of Y n and An lines. The element's output structures (Y n and OJ) are of the o "bare collector" variety and can be mutually connected, thus allowing direct expansion when multiple packages are employed. Expansion of the CAM may be implemented in both directions, i.e., in the word length and in the number of words. The CAM circuit structure is the familiar TTL type (OCl Family) and fully compatible with TTL and OTl input/ output structures. FEATURES • • • • • • • WRITE ENABLE CONTROL LINES ASSOCIATE CONTROL LINES ADDRESS SELECT CONTROL LINES ASSOCIATES IN 20nsec TYP. 16 PIN PACKAGE (1/3 SIZE OF 24 PIN PACKAGE) OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS APPLICATIONS DATA·TO·MEMORY COMPARISON PATTERN RECOGNITION HIGH SPEED INFORMATION RETRIEVAL CACHE MEMORY AUTO CORRELATION VIRTUAL MEMORY lEARNING MEMORY lOGIC DIAGRAM ....---....;...-....;...---, Vee GND ( I--------~ - (16) (8) ) MnJ - WORD n. bit J D, 4·3 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (aoe ~ TA '" 75°e; 4.75V ~ Vee ~ 5.25VI) LIMITS WJ Ai Ij Yi V 2.0V 0.8V 2.0V 30mA V 2.0V 0.8V 2.0V SOmA CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS 0.4 O.S Yk OJ NOTES "0" Output Voltage Vn 8,9 0.4 V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V 20mA O.S V 2.0V 2.0V 0.8V 40mA Vn 125 IJ,A Oi 100 J,tA OJ 8,9 "1" Output Leakage Current 10 2.0V OV 10 OV "1" Input Current Ij and Aj WI 40 IJ,A 80 IJ,A -1.2 -2.4 mA mA 4.5V 4.5V O.4V 0.4V 0.4V Tj Yi 4.5V "0" Input Current Ii, Vn and Ai -0.1 Wi TA = 25°C.and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS Wj MIN. TYP. MAX. Aj Yk OJ NOTES UNITS Delay Time (Ai to Vn) 20 30 ns 8,11 Associate (lj to Vn) 35 45 ns 8,11 Read-Out (Vn to OJ) 30 40 ns 8,11 Write-I n to Read-Out (Wi to OJ) 45 60 ns 20 35 ns 590/ 118 mW/mA Associate Write Pulse Width Power Consumption NOTES: 1. All voltage and capacitance measurement, are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically refarencad are left electrically open. 2. All meesurements ere taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current Is defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive NAND logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary mea&ures should be taken to ensure current limiting In accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings 4-4 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Measurements apply to each gate element independently. Manufacturer reserves the right to make delilgn and process changas and Improvements. Prior to this test write in a "0" in all or desired Memory cellI as follows: WI = II = OV, AI = Vee' Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC. Connect an external 1 K ohm + 1 % resistor from Vee to the output terminal for this test. See Ae test Figures on the following pages. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220 MODE OF OPERATION FUNCTION HOLD WO W1 AO A.j 10 11 1 1 1 1 REMARKS (Ref. Definitions & Glossary) FUNCTION NO OPERATION HOLD x x Question Answer 1 1 1 0 x x 1 x x 1 1 0 10 11 REMARKS (Ref. Definitions & Glossary) x x 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 x x NO OPERATION r--fE~ Output State BVES - V,", Vk•• 11=Mi1 NO -Yi=Yk~O ASSOCIATE VVo W1 AD A, 1 0 WRITE 10 into M iO 1 1 x x 1 0 WRITE 11 and 10 into Mi1 and M iO 1 1 1 1 x x 1 0 °0= O-IF MiO=O 1-IF M· 1=1 °1= I 0 0 BVES-VI."Vk-. WRITE 11 into Mi1 1 1 1 x x 0 WRITE-IN ~~ 10=MiO NO -Yi=Yk=O 1 1 0 0 x x ~ and ? 10=MiO YES -Y i =1. Yk=O READ-OUT 1 1 1 1 x x 1 0 1 1 1 1 x x 0 0 1·IF M· 0 =1 I O· IF Mi1=0 NO -Yi=Yk=O 00=01 = 1 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS ASSOCIATE DELAY AND INPUT DELAY ASSOCIATE DELAY INPUT DELAY INPUT A 4 INPUT I l·6V OUTPUT V I II i I I -----1 NOTES: I I:r-- \1.6 V !,.6Vt I 1 1·1 I 1 I :r,;;--- !'.6V~.6V OUTPUTVi --I 'on t--- - . 'off .----- 1. W/len checking AD let A1 when checking A1 let 2. Wo - W 1 ... "1". I ~ ..-."L-....l .._. - "1" and Ao - "1". ~---- 'on :.... -: 'ott :-~ NOTES: 1. When checking 11. A1 .. "0" and AO - "1" and when checking 10. Ao"- "0" and A1 - "1" 2. WO" W1 = "1". 4-5 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS (Cont'd) WRITE DELAY INPUT 1i'~OV 2.8: 1i.0V 1 100 3800 INPUT INPUT DO }-- OUTPUT I$PF tSI tso thi tho PW = .. .. PW 1 1.liVl..: INe18 01 "0 tt.j---j4---'"i "j~ OUTPUT 1 .!.--...J : . ; ° 1.5 vi : Pv I 1r;;;;... - ~ .... ... -L.T, ~ t1.5 I _I "1" set-up time. "0" set-up time. "'" hold time. "0" hold time. Pulse width \ 1 w---;:&V"t .... I--- l1 -I1 PW 1t-r-tt.o I 1 1 TOFF V I tv 1 I 14-- :--TON_I I NOTES: 1. Ao = A 1 = "1". 2. Let all non-selected V's = "0". 3. W's pulse width is 40ns @50% points. READ DELAY INPUT 1i.0V 6'~OV 2.8: vee 100 DO --I 0, liUl GNO Vv~..._ _ _-,T: v INPUT y - - - - " " " ' \ 1 1.6 1-- ... ,.." 1.6 OUTPUT 0 - - - - 1 "---,.1 i \1.6 V 1 I~PF 1 I- i ~ j,1.6V I-I - : TON:- -lTOFFi-- NOTES: ,. A tested bit must store a "0". 2. ~O = ~1 = ",". 3. AO = A1 = "1". 4. All non-tested V's = "0". data (logical "1" GENERAL NOTES FOR AC TESTING: 1. Use 5k Probes for all AC tests TEK 169 or equivalent. 2. The Pulse Generator signal should consist of the following Frequency: '0 MHz ±5 MHz Amplitude: OV to 3V Rise & Fall Times: 5 ns ±2ns 3. bit number (i = 0, 1). I - word number (I = 0, " 2, 3). 3 INPUT/OUTPUT DEFINITIONS Data Inputs Data entering these terminals are either compared with storad information at the cell(s) in the "associate" mode or stored in the cell(s) in the "write-in" mode. Associate Controls A logical "0" at this pin enables Data-Cell association to result into a definad logical level at the V n lines (e.g. V n .. "'" = Match, V n - "0" Mismatch). A logical "'" at this pin forces all V n to a "1". Write Enable A logical "0" at this control pin opens the gates of the selected word, allowing date-in to be stored. A logical "1" locks the gates such that data-in can no longer disturb the ceIHs). "Associate" Output and Address Selection Control During" Associate" mode these "bara collector" lines provide output results of match or mismatch between input and stored 4-6 = Match, logical "0" = Mismatch). In the read and write modes these tarminals act as input controle and word-select lines V lines (V,) associatad with words deslrad to accept writing of data or read-out are to be kept in the logical "1" state and the remaining V lines (V k) to be forcad to a logical "0" state. (Note that A = 1 forces all V n .. 1). Data Output These are "bare collector" output lines indicating the state of one or more selec.ted cells. Cell-Selection is accomplishad as definad under "V n" above. GLOSSARY OF TERMS - SUBSCRIPTS A. n = Word number" 0, ',2 and 3 Bit number = 0 or 1 Input/Output number(s) associated with cell(s) upon which a "Write-in", "Read-out" or other function is being performad. k - Input/Output number(s) other than "i" above. M = Designation of Memory Cell (word) = eight Identical celli in each package. Examples 1. Ij for bit "'" equals '1 . .. B. 2. Mnl = M 10 .. word "'" bit "0". 3. Vi" 0, V k .. 1: for i .. words' and 3; then k = words 0 and 2: V'.3 .. 0 and V O,2 - , . DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8220 APPLICATION: LEARNING MEMORY This system is a CAM array with peripheral IC circuitry designed to operate as a learning memory. It is organized in two sections of equal capacity, the total memory size (both sections) being 8 ten bit words. Either section can be selected through the section SELECT line, and the memory is easily expandable in the number of words and in word length. By activating the COMPARE line, a new word is loaded into the buffer and is presented to the memory. Through the novel feature of data'association, which is unique with CAM elements, thE~ buffer's content is compared with the words stored in memory. If the input word, with which the memory was presented, is already contained in storage, no need for "Iearning" i.e. data acquisition, exists. This fact is indicated by a match from one of the Y n lines (Yi = 1) and thus no write command is initiated. Before a WRITE operation is initiated, a location select has to be made such that the word to be written into the memory will go to the proper place. For this reason, a tag CAM is employed to keep track of memory locations, both empty and full. When a word is written into memory, a "1" is simultaneously written into the tag CAM. Thus, it is possible to keep track of the filled memory locations. By monitoring the Y n lines of the tag CAM, a convenient way of decoding an available address exists. Here exclusive OR circuitry is used which ensures that memory locations are filled successively when the need for "Iearning" exists. The quad latch is enabled before the write command is available to the CAM array. Thus the Y lines of unavailable memory locations are forced low (Yk = 0). Vee Er 4-7 Smnotics 756-81T BIPOLAR FIELD·PROGRAMMABLE HOM [32x8 PROM) 8223 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY n:SCRIPTION APPLICATIONS PROTOTYPING VOLUME PRODUCTION MICROPROGRAMMING HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS CONTROL STORE The 8223 is a TTL 256-Bit Read Only Memory organized as 32 words with 8 bits per word. The words are selected by five binary address lines; full word decoding is incorporated on the chip. A chip enable input is provided for additional decoding flexibility, which causes all eight outputs to go to the high state when the chip enable input is high. This device is fully TTL or DTl compatible. The outputs are uncommitted collectors, which permits wired AND operation with the outputs of other TTL or DTl devices. These outputs are capable of sinking twelve standard Del loads. Propagation delay time is 50ns maximum. Power dissipation is 310 milliwatts with 400 milliwatts maximum. The 8223 may be programmed to any desired pattern by the user. (See fusing procedure.) This feature is ideal for prototype hardware and systems requiring propriety codes. A Truth Table/Order Blank is included on page 4-43 for ordering custom patterns. InGle DIAGRAM Vcc = (16) GND = (8) ( ) = lOlenotes Pin Numbers j:l::.p.TURES BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES • ON CHIP DECODING • CHIPTHEENABLE CONTROL LINE • OPEN COLLECTOR • DIODE PROTECTEDOUTPUTS INPUTS • NO SEPARATE FUSING PINS • BOARD LEVEL PROGRAMMABLE - ~ ~ ~ Chip is Enebled when CE • LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. "1" Output Leakage Current "0" Output Voltage (NB223-) TYP. ~ ~ = "0" "0" "1" CHIP An An ENAiIi UNITS (NB223-) 100 IlA (5B223-) 250 IJ.A (SB223-) 0.4 V O.BV 2.0V O.BV 9.6mA 6,10 (NB223-) 0.5 V O.BV 2.0V O.BV 16mA 6,10 40 IlA 2.0V "1" Input Current An, Address Chip Enable Input BO IlA -1.6 mA 4.5V 4.5V "0" I nput Current An, Chip Enable 4-8 OUTPUTS NOTES MAX. -0.1 0.4V O.4V 13 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8223 TA = 25°C and VCC = 5.0V LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. "0" ."" An An TYP. MAX. UNITS An to Bn 35 50 ns Chip Enable to Bn 35 50 ns 4.5V 400/77 mW/mA 4.5V CHIP ,ENABLE; OUTPUTS NOTES Propagation Delay Power Consumption 310/62 Input Latch Voltage 5.5 V NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1" "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absotute' Maximum Ratings should'the Isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS 7. S. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. DC F.O.=12 7,12 DC F.O.=12 7,12 4.5V 14 10mA 11 One DC fan-out is defined as O.SmA. One A'C fan-out is defined as 50pF. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. By DC 'tests per the truth table, all inputs have guaranteed thresholds of O.SV for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1". This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the specified operating power supply voltage range. For detailed test conditions, see AC testing. Connect an external 1 k resistor from V CC to the output terminal for this test. VCC = 5.26V. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INPUT PULSE: AMPLITUDE -3.0V tr-tt-6nl PW - 200n. (50% DUTY CYCLE) OUTPUT OUTPUT I I I :I I I - - + t ,TON I -I I I I I 6V INPUT 6V AO A, A2 A3 A4 L NA L -=- } 4700 OUTPI,JT 30pF -=- Ground Pin 15 When Testing Address-Output Delays VCC - (16) GND - (S) (S) denotes pin number ( ) 4-9 DIGITAL 8000,SERIESITTL/MEMORY. 8223 H223 PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE The 8223 may be programmed by using Curtis Electro Devices, Spectrum Dynamics or Data I/O Programmers. The 8223 Standard part is shipped with all outputs at logical "0". To write a logical "1" proceed as follows: Programming Proced.ure A Simple Programming Procedure using "bench" Equipment 1. Start with pin 8 grounded and VCC removed from pin 16. 2. Remove any load from the outputs. 3. Ground the Chip Enable. 4. Address the desired location by applying ground (i.e., O.4V maximum) for a "0", and +5.0V (i.e., +2.8V minimum) for a "1" at the address input lines. 5. Apply +12.5\1 ± 0.5V to the output to be programmed through a 390 ohm ± 10% resistor. Program one output at a time. 6. Apply +12.5V to VCC (pin 16) for 50 msec to 1sec (max.) with a VCC rise time of 50J,Lsec or less. If 1.0 second is exceeded, the duty cycle should be limited to a maximum of 25%. The VCC overshoot should be limited to 1.0V maximum. If necessary, a clamping circuit should be used. The VCC current requirement is 40 rnA maximum at +12.5V. Several fuses can be programmed in sequence until 1.0 sec of high VCC time is accumulated before imposing the duty cycle reo striction. NOTE: Normal practice in test fixture layout should be followed. Lead lengths, particularly to the power supply, should be as short as possible. A capacitor of 10 microfarads minimum, connected from the +12.5V to ground, should be located close to the unit being programmed. 7. Remove the programming voltage from pin 16. 8. Open the output. 9. Proceed to the next output and repeat, or change address and repeat procedure. 10. Continue until the entire bit pattern is programmed into your custom 8223. 4. Address the word to be programmed by applying 5 volts of a "1" and ground for a "0" to the address lines. (Solid TTL logic levels are ok, but we suggest buffer drivers or Utilogic OR/NOR gates for the addressing). 5. Apply +12.SV ± O.SV to the output to be prograi'nmed through a 390 ohm ± 1Q% resistor. Program one output at a ti me. 6. Apply +12.SV to VCC (pin 16) for 25-S0mS. The Vee rise time must be SOJ,Lsec or less. Limit the VCC over-! shoot to 1.0 volts max. 7. Reduce VCC to ground « 0.5V) and remove the load from the output. 8. Immediately repeat steps'S and 6 for other outputs of the same word, or repeat 4 through 6 for a different word. Continue programming for a max of 1 second. Then remove power for 4 seconds' and continue until the entire bit pattern is programmed. After programming the 8223, the unit should be checked to insure the code is correct. If addition~1 fuses must be opened, they may be programmed during verification. Fast Programming Procedure - Programming Procedure C Steps 1 through 5 are the same as in Procedure B. 6. Apply a SmS pulse to Vee (pin 16). Limit the VCC overshoot. 7. Reduce VCC toS volts for 10;JSuS and verify the fuse opened (output is now a "1 " .. If the bit programmed go on to the next bit to be programmed. If ,the bit. did not program, then reduce VCC to ground (or open) for 1-OOS and repeat step 6 apd 7 until the fuse programs' (1 second total time max). 8. Continue programming at this rate for 1 second. Remove all power from the device for 4 seconds then continue programming procedure. +12.S~ V CC Waveform +SVOV_ BOARD LEVEL PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE FOR THE 8223 Fast Programming Procedure - Programming Procedure B The chip select .controls which 8223 is being programmed when several PROMS are collector O'R'd. To program in this manner, the only changes required are: 1. The 390 ohm resistor is reduced to 200 hm where N 1. Remove VCC (open or ground pin 16). 2. Remove any load from the output. 3. Ground CE (pin 15). is the number of outputs tied together (2 ~ N ~ 12). 2. Reduce max fuse pulse' width from 1 second max to 0.92 sec max. N ;'I,lANUAL PROGRAMMER DIAGRAM 51 = Single pole 9 position switch 52 through 56 - single pole 2 position switch 57 - Two pole 3 position switch with ground connected to the middle position of the sectlol:\ connected to Vec... pin 16 to go from: 6 volts to 12.6V the .wltch will momenterlly ground Vee) and position, 1 and 2 of the other section connected to 5.0V to provide the needed 6 volts to the output for verification. NOTE: 1. The 10lo'f capacitor acrOBS pin 16 to ground Is required to eliminate noise from V CC. 2. During programming switch 57 must be in position 2 long enough for the 1.01o'f capecitor to discharge to leI. than 0.6 volts. 4·10 !imnotiC!i :25&·BIT BIPOLAR ROM (32x8 ROM) 8224 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 8224 is a TTL 256 Bit Read Only Memory organized as 32 words with 8 bits per word. The words are selected by five binary address lines with full word decoding incorporated on the chip. A Chip Enable input is provided for additional decoding flexibility, which will cause all eight outputs to go to the high state when the Chip Enable input is taken high. This device is fully TTL or DTL compatible. The outputs are uncommitted collectors, which allows wired-AND operation with the outputs of other TTL or OTL devices. These outputs are capable of sinking twelve standard· DCL loads. Propagation delay time is 50ns maximum. Power dissipation is 310 milliwatts with 400 milliwatts maximum. The 8224-CB180 has been programmed to convert the seven bit ASC II alphabet code to the 8 bit EBCDIC Alphabet code. The conversion includes the letters A through Z. With the addition of gating circuitry, the 8224-CB180 will convert both upper case and lower case letters. Customer specified patterns are also available· as custom products. Refer to page 4-43 for Truth Table/Order Blank. '~EATURES • • • • • BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES ON THE. CHIP DECODING CHIP ENABLE CONTROL LINE OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS B, BO vee GND ( ) B2 B3 B, a (16) (8) = Denotes Pin Numbers a B!) Bu ", APPLICATIONS MICROPROGRAMMING HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS CHARACTER RECOGNITION CHARACTER GENERATOR CONTROL STORE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (S8224- 55°C ~ TA ~ 125°C, N8224 oOe ~ TA ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~ Vee ~ 5.25V LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS OUTPUTS NOTES O.SV 9.6mA 6,10 2.0V O.SV 9.6mA 6,10 2.0V O.SV 9.6rnA 6,10 4.5V 4.5V CHARACTERISTICS MIN. An"O" An "1" CHIP ENABLE O.SV 2.0V 5.00 O.SV 4.75 O.SV MAX. UNITS "1" Output Leakage Current 100 J.lA 5.00 "0" Output Voltage 0.4 V 4.75 004 V 0.4 V An, Address 40 J.lA 5.25 Chip Enable Input SO J.lA 5.25 -1.6 rnA 5.25 VCC 2.0V 13 "1" Input Current 4.5V "0" I nput Current An, Chip Enable -0.1 Oo4V Oo4V 4·11 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8224 LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. VCC A., "0" An "1" MAX. UNITS An to Bn 50 ns 5.00 Chip Enable to Bn 50 ns 5.00 4.5V Power Consumption 400 mW 5.25 4.5V V 5.00 OUTPUTS NOTES DC F.0.=12 7,12 DC F.0.=12 7,12 CHIP ENABLE Propagation Delay Input Latch Voltage 5.5 NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground termInal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measur\ements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current flow I.defined as Into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level - "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Preceutionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. ;T~H:MATIC 10mA 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. DIAGRAM A10f ~E :S-A~~E-~Lr-------A-LA2 o-r SAME AS ABOVE A2-i-_-+~~ 2J _________ J L ________ 4-12 4.5V 10mA 11 Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. One DC fan-out is defined as O.SmA. One AC fan-out Is defined as 60pF. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. By DC tests per the truth table, ell inputs have guarenteed thresholds of O.BV for loglcel "0" end 2.0V for logical "1". This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the specified operating power supply voltage range. For detailed test conditions, see AC testing. Connect an external 1 k resistor from V CC to the output terminal for this test. DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8224 CODE CONVERSION ASCII TO EBCDIC (UPPER & LOWE~RCASE LETTERS ONLY) ,8224-CB180 ASC II CODE CHARACTER EBCDIC CODE TRUTH TABLES FOR 8224-CB180 INPUT PINS 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 OUTPUT PINS 65432 1 CE A4 A3 A2 A1 AO B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO B7 B6 B5 B4 B3' B2 B1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ·1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X X X X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X X X .. X X X X X 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 X X X X 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 01234567 .. -~ --- -A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 0 P Q R S T U V W X y Z -----~ -~ a b c d e f 9 h i j k I m n 0 p q r s t u v w x y z ~- ~. ~- -. -- Not Decoded Not Decoded Not Decoded Not Decoded Not Decoded 11000001 1 1000010 1 1 0000 1 1 11000100 1 1 000 1 0 1 1 1 000 1 1 0 1 1 000 1 1 1 11001000 1 1 00 1 00 1 1 1 0 1 000 1 1 1 0 1 00 1 0 1 1 0 1 00 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 00 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 000 1 1 0 1 1 00 1 1 1 1 000 1 0 1 1 1 000 1 1 1 1 1 00 1 00 1 1 1 00 1 0 1 1 1 1 00 1 1 0 1 1 1 00 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 000 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 . Not Decoded 1 Not Decoded 1 Not Decoded 1 Not Decoded 1 Not Decoded 1 Not Decoded 10000001 10000010 10000011 10000100 10000101 10000110 1 00 00 1 1 1 10001000 10001001 10010001 10010010 1 00 1 00 1 1 10010100 1 00 1 0 1 0 1 1 00 1.0 1 1 0 1 00 1 0 1 1 1 10011000 1 00 1 1 00 1 10100010 1 0 1 000 1 1 10100100 1 0 1 00 1 0 1 1 0 1 00 1 1 0 1 0 1 00 1 1 1 10101000 1 0 1 0 1 00 1 Not Decoded Not Decoded Not Decoded Not Decoded Not Decoded 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 X X X X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1. 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS To select the ROM only when addressed by an upper or lower case alphabet character, the following truth table applies: CI) en a CI) ~ ~0 ~ ASCII ASCII CHIP ENABLE=B7 __ EBCDIC #1 OU I PUT = B6' B7 c. ::> o0 0 1 1 1 1 1 ....I 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 Thus, the ASCII to EBCDIC ROM standard product plus gating as shown performs the complete conversion. 4·13 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8224 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (Cont'd) EBCDIC GROUND PIN 15 WHEN TESTING ADDRESSOUTPUT DELAYS i1.C TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS 5V INPUT { 5V INPUT OR CHIP ENABLE 4700 I ........-o OUTPUT ~~ I I 30pF OUTPUT OUTPUT~ INPUT PULSE: Amplitude = 3.0V tr = tf = 6ns PW - 200n, (60% DUTY CYCLE) 4·14 I , 1.4V ! 1.4VV- i~_... : _ : Tdon , ; _ OUTPUT PULSE _ : Tdoff :..- Tdoff· Tdon • 60n. Max 64·81T BIPOLAR SCRATCH PAD MEMORY (16x4 RAM) SmDOliCS 8225 DIGITAL BODO SERIES TTL/MEMORY DESCRIPTION BLOCK DIAGRAM The 8225 is a TTL 64-bit Read-Write Random Access Memory organized as 16-words of 4 bits each. The 8225 is ideally suited for application in scratch pads and high-speed buffer memories. Words are selected through a 4-input binary decoder when the chip enable input (CE) is at logic "0". Data is written into the memory when Read Enable (RE) isat logic "0" and read from the memory when RE is at logic "1". . The outputs. of the 8225 are logical "1" during write operation, therefore, inputs and outputs can be commoned in busses to reduce the number of I/O leads. Output collectors are uncommitted. FEATURES • • • • • CHIP ENABLE LINE FOR EXPANSION OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS FOR EXPANSION ON THE CHIP DECODING ALL OUTPUTS "1" DURING WRITING DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS READ ENABLE APPLICA TlONS SCRATCH PAD MEMORY BUFFER MEMORY PUSH DaWN STACKS (First in-first out) CONTROL STORE - CE (Chip Enable) 0 1 0 0 X 1 x = Either BIT2 BIT4 BIT3 VCC ~ (16) GND m (8) ( ) ~ Denotes Pin Numbers TRUTH TABLE RE BIT1 MODE OUTPUTS Write Read Chip Disable "1" Information "1" "ONE" LEVEL IN OR DATA INPUT APPEARS AS "ZERO" LEVEL OUT. Chip Is enabled when CE - "0" State o ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°c ~ TA 7S C ; 4.7SV ~ VCC ~ S.2SV) LIMITS INPUTS CHIP ENABLE CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. DATA INPUTS WRITE UNITS V .BV Pulse 100 }.LA .BV Pulse -1.6 rnA .4V .4V Chip Enable BO }.LA 4.5V Write, Address, Data 40 }.LA 4.5V "0" Output Voltage .4 "1" Output Leak. . Current "0" Input Current -.1 OUTPUTS NOTES ADDRESS .BV 16mA B. 11, 12 5.25V 11,12 .4V .4V 16 4.5V 4.5V 16 "1" Input Currant 4.5V 4·15 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8225 TA = 25°e and Vee =5.0V LIMITS CHARACTERISTI~ TYP. MAX. Minimum Write Pulse Width (W pW ) 18 30 ns Input Setup Time (ISU) 18 20 ns Input Hold Time (I HO) 0 5 ns 5 ns 5 ns MIN. Address Setup Time (ASU) Address Hold Time (A HO ) Access Time (TA ) Data Pulse Width (DPW) 20 Write Recovery Time (TWR) 10 20 35 50 INPUTS CHIP ENABLE UNITS WRITE DATA INPUTS ns 25 40 ns 25 40 ns Chip Enable Recovery Time IT CR) 20 30 ns Chip Enable Access Time (T CAl 20 30 ns 17 Input Clamp Voltage -1.5 V -12mA -12mA -12mA Input Latch Voltage - except Data 5.5 V 10mA 10mA 10mA 5.5 V 5V 5V 552 mW OV 5V NOTES: 1. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1", "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. Precautionary measures should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. 6. Capacitance is measured on Boonton Electronic Corporation Modal 75A-53 Capacitance Bridge or equivalent. f = 1 MHz, V.ae = 25m V rms' 7. Data 400 S. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. OV -12mA 16 16 10mA 16 OV 14 All pins not specifically referenced are tied to ground for capacitance tests. Output pins are left open. Output sink current is supplied through a resistor to V CC. One DC fan-out is defined as O.SmA. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. By DC tests per the truth table, all inputs have guaranteed thresholds of O.SV for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1". For any given binary code on the Address Inputs the Write input must be momentarily brought to a logical "0" level. See AC test circuits on following pages. All sense outputs in "0" state. This test guarantees operation free of input latch-up over the specified operating power supply voltage range. Test each input one at a time. Address Pulse Width (ApWI is 40ns for this test. FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM ONE LEVEL IN ON DATA INPUT APPEARS AS "ZERO" LEVEL OUT. 4-16 NOTES ns Write Access Time (TWA) Power Consumption OUTPUTS ADDRESS DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8225 AC TEST FIGURES AND WAVEFORMS NOTE: NEGATIVE TRANSITION DOES NOT GO BE LOW 2.6 VOLTS AND GENERALLY IS NOT MEASURABLE. 4·17 J~096 Si!lDOliCS BIT BIPOLAR ROM (1024x4 ROM). 8228 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY Dt:SCRIPTION The 8228 is a 4096 Bit Bipolar Read Only Memory organized as 1024 words by 4 bits per word. Available in a 16 pin dual in·line . package, the 8228 can provide very high bit packing density by replacing four standard 256X4 ROMS. See page 4-35 for CD162 Pattern and USASCII Row Character Generator. FEATURES • • • • BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES ON THE CHIP DECODING TOTEM POLE OUTPUTS DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS • 16 PIN PACKAGE (1/3 SIZE OF 24 PIN PACKAGE) The 8228 is fully TTL compatible and includes on-the-chip decoding. Typical access time is 50ns with a power consumption of only .125mW per bit. The standard 8228 ROM pattern is the USASCII Row Character Generator code; however, custom patterns are also available. The standard pattern is specified as the N82281 - CD162, while custom circuits are identified as APPLICATIONS MICROPROGRAMMING HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS CHARACTER RECOGNITION CHARACTER GENERATION CONTROL STORE N82281 - CXXX. A truth table/order blank is included on page 4-46 for orderi ng custom patterns. r~10CK DIAGRAM INPUT SCHEMATIC WORD SELECT Vcc 1-64 DECODER 64X 641811 OUTPUT STORAGE MATRIX SCHEMATIC Vee ri ADDRESS BITSELECT 1-16 DECODER 64-4 BIT MULTIPLEXER Vee - (16) GND '" (8) ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers OUTPUT DATA i.i ':TRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°C ~ TA ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~ Vce ~ 5.25V) LIMITS TEST CONDITIONS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. "0" Output Voltage "1" Output Voltage "0" I nput Current "1" Input Current Input Tnreshold Voltage "0" Level "1" Level 4·18 TYP. MAX. 0.5 2.7 -10 1 -200 25 _85 2.0 UNITS V V p,A p,A V V lout = 11.2 rnA lout = -LO rnA Vin '" 0.5V V in = 5_25V NOTES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 8228 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) LIMITS C:HARACTE RISTICS MIN. -1.0 Input Clamp Voltage Power Consumption Output Short Circuit Current TYP. MAX. 140 170 -70 -20 TEST CONDITIONS UNITS V rnA rnA NOTES lin = 5.0mA 01 to 03 = "0" ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 25°C and Vce = 5.0V) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS I MIN. I Access Time-Address to Output TYP. 50 1 1 NOTES: 1. Positive current is defined as In1;o the terminal referenced. 2. No mo,re than one output should be grounded at the same time. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process 3. changes and improvements. 1 1 MAX. 75 UNITS ns TEST CONDITIONS NOTES 5 4. Applied voltages must not exceed 5.5V Input currents must not exceed ±30mA Output currents must not exceed ±100mA 0 0 Storage temperature must be between -60 C to + 150 C 5. Rise and fall time for this test must be less than 5n5. Input amplitudes are 2.SV and all measurements are made at 1.5V. AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORM TEST LOAD 360U' o---~----~----~--o ;.: 30pF 470 II READ CYCLE )IE-=-~ ~-- --------- A'li~RES:g - - - - - - - - - -./ I '------r-I- - - - - 0,. 0t03' 04 ° . ~/r-------- TPUT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .../~ 4-19 !ii!ln~tiC!i 256-81T BIPOLAR RAM [256xl RAM) {82S06 TRI·STATE) [82S07 OPEN COLLECTOR) 82S06 82S07 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY BLOCK DIAGRAM ! ~t:S(;RIPTION The 82S06 and 82S07 are ideal devices for use in Control Stores, small buffers, scratch pads, "cache" type buffer stores, memory maps, etc. The typical read time (the time between applying an address and obtaining valid output data) is 45ns. The typical write time (the time between applying one address and storing data) is 20ns. The circuit has 3 chip enable inputs which greatly simplifies the circuit configuration when used in larg~ memories. The 82S06 and 82S07 also feature very low input loadings, 25 microamperes for a "'" state and -'00 microamperes for "0". 256 BIT BIPOLAR RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY OUTPUT INPUT SCHEMATIC SCHEMATIC VCC 82S06 ONLY ri The memories are TTL compatible and operate from single 5 volt supply. ADDRESS i\PPUCATIONS LINES BUFFER MEMORY WRITABLE CONTROL STORE MEMORY MAPPING PUSH DOWN STACK EATURES • 256 X 1 ORGANIZATION • 30 NANOSECOND ACCESS TIME TYPICAL • LOW 1.5 mw/BIT POWER DISSIPATION TYPICAL • LOW 100 IJA INPUT LOADING • TRI-STATE (82S06) OR OPEN COLLECTOR (82S07) OUTPUT • ON CHIP DECODING Vee GND () (16) (8) Denotes Pin Numbers "ONE" LEVEL IN ON DATA INPUT APPEARS AS"ZERO" LEVEL OUT. (J{lJECTiVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 0 to 75°C, VCC = S.OV ±5) Note 1,2,3 LIMITS CHARACTE RISTICS TEST CONDITIONS MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS "0" Input Current -10 -100 p.A Vin "1" I nput Current <1.0 25 p.A Vin "0" Output Voltage = 0.5V = 5.25V lout = 16mA .35 .5 V Output Leakage Current (82S07) <1.0 100 p.A CE1, CE2, CE3 Output "off" Current (82S06) <1.0 ±100 p.A CE1, CE2,CE3 .85 V V 130/683 mA/mW "1" Output Voltage (82506) "0" Input Threshold 2.6 "1" Input Threshold 2.0 Power Consumption Input Clamp Voltage -1.5 -.8 V I nput Capacitance 5 pF Output Capacitance 8 pF 4·20 eE 1 = CE2 lin = "1", V out = 2.7V = "1", 0.5';; V out ';; = CE3 V 110/550 NOTES = -12mA = "0" lout 2.7V = -3.2mA DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S06/07 OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°e, Vee = 5.0V) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. Access Time-Address to Output Address Set-Up Time (read) TYP. MAX. UNITS 45 65 ns TEST CONDITIONS NOTES 4,5 ns t1 10 t2 25 40 ns t3 25 40 ns 4,5 Propagation Delay Chip Enable to Output Enable .4,5 Propagation Delay Chip Enable to Output Disable 4,5 Address to Write Enable Silt-Up Time t4 25 5 ns t5 10 0 ns Set-Up Time t6 0 ns Write Enable Pulse Width t7 10 30 15 ns Address Hold Time t8 10 0 ns Chip Enable Hold Time t9 10 0 ns 4,5 Data Inptut Hold Time t10 10 0 ns Write Enable Propagation Delay t11 ..4,5 4,5 Chip Enable to Write Enable 4,5 Set-Up Time \ 4,5 Data Input to Write Enable 40 ns -100 mA 30 Output Short Circuit Current (82S06) -20 ~OTES: 4,5 4,5 Vout " OV 4,5 Input currents must not exceed ±30mA, Output currents must not exceed ±100mA 0 J Storage temperature must be between -60 C to +150 C. 4. Refer to Timing Diagram for definition of terms and test load. 1. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 2. Manufactt~r.r reserves the right to make design and process c'hangeslmd Improvements. 3. Applied voltages must not exceed 6.0V, 5. Rise and fall times for this test must be less than 5ns. Input amplitudes are 2.BV and all measurements are made at 1.5 volts. riMING DIAGRAM TEST LOAD vCC READ MODE PROPAGATION DELAY FROM CHIP ENABLE A~R~k ~r--'-----------------------· --:~ t, 1 XP ~ f~' ~11-' . ~'---+:------l-!----- ftP Cc,. C"2. ""3 1\ CHIP ENABLE I I II,-----~--~ OU~UT .n .-=1.-~-;rc I t3 ~_. WRITE MODE Ao A7 ADDRESS _ ....... _ I fa _ -------~.-----~-----.-~y;= ::;x •• J I I \on_ ~ 1 CE,. CE 2.CE3 t& DIN' DATA INPUT 1 - set up time for an address input to chip enable for valid data at output t2 .. propagation delay from chip enable to valid data at output 1 1..-..__ CHIP ENABLE t1 t9 t3 .. propagation delay from chip disable to output turn off t4 .. set up time from address to write enable t5 .. set up time from chip enable to write enable ta .. R!W READIWRITE ENABLE DO OUTPUT (ADDRESS AND CHIP ENABLE STABLE) set up time from data input to write enable t7 .. write enable pulse width ta hold time for address from write enable tg hold time for chip enable fr.om write enable t10" hold time for data, input from write enable t11" propagation delay from write enable to valid data at output 4-21 SmDotiCS 256 BIT BIPOLAR RAM (256xl RAM) (82S16 TRI·STATE) 82S17 OPEN COLLECTOR 82S16 82S17 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION The 82S16 and 82S17 are ideal devices for use in Control Stores, small buffers, scratch pads, "cache" type buffer stores, memory maps, etc. The typical read time (the time between applying an address and obtaining valid output data) is 30ns. The typical write time (the time between applying one address and storing data) is 20ns. The circuit has 3 chip enable inputs which greatly simplifies the circuit configuration when used in large memories. The 82S16 and 82S17 also feature very low input loadings, 25 microamperes for a "1" state and -100 microamperes for "0". 256 BIT BIPOLAR RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY INPUT SCHEMATIC VCC OUTPUT SCHEMATIC 82S160NLY ~ The memories are TTL compatible and operate from single 5 volt supply. ADDRESS APPLICATIONS BUFFER MEMORY WRITABLE CONTROL STORE MEMORY MAPPING PUSH DOWN STACK FEATURES • 256 X 1 ORGANIZATION • 30 NANOSECOND ACCESS TIME TYPICAL • LOW 1.5 mw/BIT POWER DISSIPATION TYPICAL • LOW 100 tJA INPUT LOADING • TRI-STATE (82S16) OR OPEN COLLECTOR (82S17) OUTPUT VCC GND () Denotes Pin Numbers "ONE" LEVEL IN ON DATA INPUT APPEARS AS"ZERO" LEVEL OUT. • Chip is enabled when CE l = CE2 = CE3 = "0" ON CHIP DECODING OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (DoC ~ T A ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~ VCC ~ 5.25V) Note 1,2,3 LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS TEST CONDITIONS TYP. MAX. UNITS "0" I nput Current -10 -100 !J.A Yin "1" I nput Current <1.0 25 !J.A Yin MIN. "0"' Output Voltage = 0.5V = 5.25V .35 .45 V Output Leakage Current (82S17) <1.0 40 !J. A CE1, CE2, CE3 Output "off" Current (82S16) <1.0 40 !J.A CE1, CE2, CE3 "1" Output-Voltage (82S16) "0" I n put Th resh 01 d 2.6 "1" Input Threshold 2.0 Power Consumption Input Clamp Voltage V .85 ·1.5 CE 1 = CE2 V 110/550 130/683 -.8 mA/mW V 5 pF Output Capacitance 8 pF = "1", V out = 2.7V = "1", 0.5 < V out "';; 2.7V =CE3 = "0" V Input Capacitance 4-22 lout = 16mA lin=-12mA lout = -3.2mA NOTES DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82St6/17 OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = 25°e, vee = 5.0V) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. Access Time-Address to Output Address Set-Up Time (read) MAX. TEST CONDITIONS UNITS 30 50 ns t1 10 20 ns t2 20 30 ns t3 20 30 ns NOTES 4,5 4,5 Propagation Delay Chip Enable to Output Enable 4,5 Propagation Delay Chip Enable to Output Disable Address to Write Enable 4,5 Set-Up Time t4 20 5 ns t5 5 0 ns Set-Up Time t6 5 0 ns Write Enable Pulse Width t7 25 15 ns 4,5 Address Hold Time t8 5 0 ns 4.5 Chip Enable Hold Time t9 5 0 ns 4,5 Data Input Hold Time tlO 5 0 ns 4,5 Chip Enable to Write Enable 4,5 Set-Up Time 4,5 Data Input to Write Enable Write Enable Propagation Delay Output Short Circuit Current 40 ns -70 mA 30 t11 (82S~ 6) -20 ~OTES: 4,5 Vout =: 4,5 OV Input currents must not exceed ±30mA, Output currents must not exceed ±1 OOmA.; 0 Storage temperature must be between -60 C to +150 C. 4. Refer to Timing Diagram for definition of terms and test load. 1. Positive current is defined as into the terminal referenced. 2. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 3. Applied voltages must not exceed 6.0V, 5. Rise and fall times for this test must be less than 5ns. Input amplitudes are 2.SV and all measurements are made at 1.5 volts. TIMING DIAGRAM TEST LOAD VCC READ MODE PROPAGATION DELAY FROM CHIP ENABLE ~r:'-l,'::--------------------- AI) A7 :rl ADDRE~ ~~~'----+i----------------------------------~ ~ eE" CE2, CE3 CHIP ENABLE I 1 1 I i · 1 ~----+--~ 30pF 1,':"~I '3.fl~ I 1'-----· DO ~'2 OUTPUT ._- _____ , ____ J ~~ 270!l 3OO!l WRITE MODE AI) A7 ADDRE~ :::;x -------,.-----r-------'F I I t---i '4 _ CHIP ENABLE 1 I-- __I +-" ,.____ O\0._--------x.'6 !-.-I" I I·X, DIN DATA INPUT _ _ _1_ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - ___ J . ~II R/W READtWRITE ENABLE '7 ~ ! I 1 I DO OUTPUT (ADDRE~ t1 set up time for an address input to chip enable for valid data at output \on_ 1 CE,,"CE 2, CE3 ta ._J -----~,-;-~~- -- -- -AND CHIP ENABLE STABLE) --- t2 propagation delay from chip enable to vaUd data at output t3 propagation delay from chip disable to output turn off t4 set up time from address to write enable t5 set up time from chip enable to write enable t6 set up time from data input to write enable t7 write enable pulse width t8 hold time for address from write enable tg hold time for chip enable from write enable t10 = hold time for data input from write enable t11 =: propagation delay from write enable to valid data at output 4·23 !i!!lnotiC!i 64-BIT BIPOLAR HIGH SPEED' WRITE-WHILE-READ RAM [32x2 RAM) 82S21 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY 1 Jt:;$C R IPTI ON APPLICATIONS The 82S21 is a TTL 64 bit Write-While-Read Random Access Memory organized in 32 words of 2 bits each. The 82S21 is ideally suited for high speed buffers and as the memory element in high speed accumulators. SCRATCH PAD MEMORY BUFFER MEMORY ACCUMU'LATOR REGISTER CONTROL STORE LOGIC DIAGRAM Words are selected through a 5 input decoder when the Read-Write enable inRut, CE is at logic "1". Wo and Wl are the write inputs for bit 0 and bit'l of the word selected. C is the write cO,ntrol input. When Wx and C are both at logic "0" data on the 10 and 11 data lines are written into the addressed word. The read function is enabled when either Wx or Cis at logic "1';. An internal latch is on the chip to provide the Write-WhileRead capability. When the latch control line, t, is logic "1" and data is being read from the 82S21, the latch is effectively bypassed. The data .at the output will be that of the addressed word. When L goes from a logic "1" to logic "0" the outputs are latched and will remain latched regardless of the state of any other address or control line. When L goes from "0" to "1" the outputs unlatch and the outputs will be that of the present address word. (61 C E - - ' ' - - - - - - - I c r - - EA.TURES • BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES • ON CHIP LATCHES • ON CHIP DECODING • . BIT MASKING CONTROL LINES • ENABLE CONTROL LI NE • OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS WITH 40mA CAPABILITY' • PROTECTED INPUTS • VERY HIGH SPEEDS (25n5 TYP) (61 L--'-------+-,----r--t-r----, Vee GND ( ) = Denotes Pin Numbers TRUTH TABLE Mode CE C Wo W1 L X Data from last addressed word when CE = "1" 1 Read & Write Disabled Disabled logic "1" 1 Data stored in addressed word 0 X X Read 1 X X X 1 Output Hold 1 X X X 1 0 0 X X Read Data stored in addressed word 1 0 0 0 0 Write Data Data from last wprd address when L went from , 0 0 0 , Write Data "'" to "0" Data being written into memory 1 0 0 1 X Write Data into Bit 0 Only 1 0 1 0 X Write Data into Bit 1 Only 4-24 Outputs If '[ = 0: Data from last word address when L went from "1" to "0" If '[ = 1 : . Data being written into the selected bit location and stored in other addressed location DIGITAL 800 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S21 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°C ~ TA ~ 75°C; 4.75V ~----Vce ~ 5.25) -----~--------.---~ ~--------. - LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. TYP. MAX. TEST CONDITIONS UNITS "O!'Output Voltage '.45 V "1" Output Leakage Current 40 p,A V out =40mA V out = 5.5V -1.a mA V in =0.5V 2~ p,A Vin = 2.4V 100 0.85 p,A Vin 130/683 mA/mW "0" I nput Current (All Inputs) "1" Input Current (All Inputs Input "0" Threshold Voltage Input "1" Threshold Voltage =5.5V V 2.0 V Power Consumption I. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A NOTES = 25°C; VCC = 5.0V) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS MIN. 'TYP. MAX.' 'Read Access Time Address to Output t1 25 50 ns Address Set-Up Time t2 8 15 ns Data Set-Up Time t3 15 20 ns Address to Address Hold Time t4 0 0 ns Control or Write Pulse Width t5 Write Access Time ta 20 25 ns Address to Latch Set-Up Time t7 25 50 ns Latch Address to Address Hold Time 7 10 ns Delatch Access Ti me t8 tg 15 25 ns Data Hold Time Earliest t10 0 5 ns 20 TEST CONDITIONS UNITS NOTES ns 15 NOTES: 1. Positive current Is defined as Into the Terminal. 2. No more than one output should be grounded at the same time. 3. Applled,voltages must not exceed 5.6V. Input current must not exceed ±12 mAo 4. Output current muat not exceed ±100 mAo Storage temperature must be within the _60°C to o +150 C range. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and -improvements. AC WAVEFORMS A, .\Jr------- -,--~ - - -II ""-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J 1'__ _ \!r--~ ______ J1L_____ eorv... !-t2-,I-I.--ts----:H t4 l_t1~1 Fig. 1 Read Ac~ss Time 1 \ Fig. 2 , Y' ' - -_ _ _ _ _- ' 1 1 Address Setup and Hold Time 4-25 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTLI MEMORY. 82121 !\C WAVE FORMS Fig. 3 " Data Setup and Hold Time y------- ___ A.. I CorW t'---_____ I--te~ Fig.6 Latch Times \lI"""--:-. _______ Ji\...______ Fig.4 Write Access Time TYPICAL APPLICATION DATA INPUT TO"B" REGISTER BASIC 8 BIT FULLV BUFFERED ACCUI'4ULATOR By use of the control lines So and S1 data is loaded into the "A" register through inputs Ox or from the outputs of the 74181'8 (EX) to the 82S33'5 and stored in the 82S21's organized a5a 32 x 8 RAM register. Data is loaded directly into the "B" register. With this arrangement, the function A+B A (A plus B into A) can be performed In 70ns, typically, starting from data stored In the 82S21'8. 4·26 !iinootiC!i II!I 256-BI1 BIPOLAR PROGRAMMABLE ROM (32 x 8 PROM) [82S23 OPEN COLLECTOR)(82S123 TRI·STATE) DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTl/MEMORY OBJECTIVE SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 82S23 (open Collector Outputs) and the 82S123 (Tristate Outputs) are Bipolar 256 Bit Read Only Memories organiized as 32 words by 8 bits per word. They are Field-Progrclmmable, which means that custom patterns are immediately available by following the simple fusing procedure given in this data sheet. A chip enable line is provided and the outputs are bare collector or Tristate to allow for memory expansion capability. • The 82S23 and 82S123 are fully TTL compatible and include on-the-chip decoding. Typical access time is 25 nS. 82S23 82S123 PNPINPUTS • BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES • ON THE CHIP DECODING • A CHIP ENABLE LINE • OPEN COLLECTOR OR TRISTATE OUTPUTS • DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS • NO SEPARATE "FUSING" PINS • BOARD PROGRAMMABLE APPLICATIONS • PROTOTVPING • VOLUME PRODUCTION The standard 82S23 and 82S123 are supplied with all outputs at a logical "0." If a programmed unit is required the Truth Table/Order Blank on page 4-43 of the TTL MSI/ Memory Handbook may be used. • HARDWIRED ALGORITHMS • CONTROLSTORE LOGIC DIAGRAM INPUT/OUTPUT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS • MICROPROGRAMMING INPUT SCHEMATIC 32 ~ ~ ~ x 8 ARRAY ~ ~ OUTPUT SCHEMATICS ~ ~ ~ Vcc GND = (16) • (8) (N) = Denote. Pin Numbers 4·27 DIGITAL 8000 8ERIE8 TTL/MEMORY. 82823/828123 OBJECTIVE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A CHARACTERISTICS = 25°C and VCC = 5.0V) LIMITS MIN. TYP. "0" Output Voltage V "1" Output Leakage 82S23 82S123 -40 TEST CONDITIONS UNITS MAX. lout = 20mA 40- JJA CE = "1" Vout = 2.6V 100 JJA +40 JJA CE = "O"V =2.6V-After ou:t 'Fusing VOUt = 0.5VNout = 2.4V, CE "1" Output Current 82S123 - 2.0 NOTES = "1" mA Vout = 2.4V, CE = "0" "0" Input Current 250 JJA Yin = 0.5V "1" Input Current 50 JJA Yin = 2.7V After Fusing Input Threshold Voltage "0" Level V .80 "1" Level V 2.0 Pr-opagation Delay Address to Output 25 40 ns Enable to Output 15 35 ns Input Clamp Voltage -1.0 V Power Consumption Vcc = 5.00V 82S23 80/400 100/500 mA/mW 82S123 80/400 100/500 mA/mW NOTES: 1. All voltage meaSurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left elactrically open. 2. All measurements are taken with ground pin tied to zero volts. 3. Positive current Is defined a9 into the terminal referenced. 4. Positive logic definition: "UP" Level = "1" "DOWN" Level = "0". 5. 6. lin = 5.0mA Precautionary measuras should be taken to ensure current limiting in accordance with Absolute Maximum Ratings should the isolation diodes become forward biased. Output sink current Is supplied through a resistor to V CC. 7. S. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. One DC fan-out is defined as O.S mAo One AC fan-out is defined as 50 pF. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and Improvements. By DC tests per the truth table, all inputs have guaranteed thresholds of O.SV for logical "0" and 2.0V for logical "1". This test guarantees operation free of Input latch-up over the specified operating power supply voltage range. For detailed conditions, see AC testing. Connect an external 1 K resistor from V CC to the output terminal for this test. VCC = 5.25V. 'OBJECTIVE FUSING PROCEDURE The 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 82S23/82S123 standard part is shipped with all outputs at Logical "0". To write a Logical "l" proceed as follows: GND Pin 8 and apply 5V to VCC, Pin 16. Remove any load from the outputs. Ground the Chip Enable. Address the desired location by applying ground for a "0" and 5.0 ±0.25V for a "1" at the address input lines. Raise VCC to 10.0V ±0.5V. Apply 65 ±3-mA to the output to be programmed to logic "l". (The voltage will be between 12 to 18V until fused, and must be clamped at 20.0V max.) Release fusing current. Reduce VCC to 5.0V. Proceed to the next output and repeat, or change address aAd repeat procedure. Continue until the entire bit pattern is programmed into your custom 82S23/82S123. NOTE: After 1.0 SEC of programming, a 25% duty cycle on power must be imposed-to avoid over heating. 4·28 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S23/82S123 AC TEST FIGURE AND WAVEFORMS INPUT 5V INPUT PULSE: AMPLITUDE - 3.0V tr=tf=5ns PW - 2oono (50% DUTY CYCLE) 5V INPUT OR 4700 OUTPUT 30pF OUTPUT OUTPUT I I I -=GROUND PIN 16 WHEN TESTING ADDRESS·OUTPUT DELAYS --+ITON I I ~~TOFF~ :-:UNCTIONAL DIAGRAM VCC (11 AO (2) (3) ~L. ~ ~ ~ -,F ___ F F F Vee= (16) GND = (8) ( ) - denotes pin number 4-29 !ii!l0otiC!i 1024 BIT BIPOLAR PROGRAMMABLE ROM (256x4 PROM) 82S26 82S29 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY DESCRIPTION APPLICATIONS The 82S26 (open Collector Outputs) and the 82S29 (tri State Outputs) are Bipolar 1024 Bit Read Only Memories organized as 256 words by 4 bits per word. They are FieldProgrammable, which means that custom patterns are immediately available by following the simple fusing procedure given in this data sheet. Two chip enable lines are provided and the outputs are bussable to allow for memory expansion capability. PROTOTVPING VOLUME PRODUCTION MICROPROGRAMMING HARDWIRE ALGORITHMS CONTROL STORE The 82S26 and 82S29 are fully TTL compatible and include on-the-chip decoding. Typical access time is 35ns. The standard 82S26 and 82S29 are supplied with all outputs at a logical "0". If a programmed unit is required the Truth Table/Order Blank on page 4-44/45 can be used. fEATURES • BUFFERED ADDRESS LINES • ON THE CHIP DECODING • TWO CHIP ENABLE LINES • OPEN COLLECTOR OR TRI STATE OUTPUTS • DIODE PROTECTED INPUTS • NO SEPARATE "FUSING" PINS • UNPROGRAMMED OUTPUTS ARE "0" LEVEL • BOARD LEVEL PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DIAGRAM Vee O (16) .....-_.---..----""----------------......,---t--r------ BO ----..:=----_-0(12) (6)~ (7Y (4Y (3ty t: t: ~ (2~y t=: (1~y ~ (1S)Y 4·30 c: ~ -:;:- GND(B) ( ) DENOTES PIN NUMBER DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S26/29 PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE 82S26 AND 82S29 PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE 1. Connect pin 8 (Grnd) to ground. 2. Disable the device by bringing CE1 and/or CE2 to a logical "1" (greater than 2.6 volts). A Signetics SP380A or equivalent may be used. If only one CE pin is used for the control of programming the " other CE pin should be at logical "0" (0.4 volts or less). 3. Raise VCC (pin 16) to 12.5 ± 0.5 volts. A 10p.F in parallel with a 200pF high frequency capacitor should be connected between pins 16 and 8, as near the device as possible, to minimize noise on the VCC line. 4, Address the word to be programmed, using standard TTL logic levels, and apply 85 ± 5mA into the output to be programmed to a logical "1". The output must be limited to 22 volts ±5% and only one output at a time should be programmed. 5. Wait until the current generator has reached the 22 volt clamp. (The current generator will be supplying about 50mA min.) Then drop both CE1 and CE2 to a logical "0" for 2msec. (If one CE was already at logical "0" it remains at logical "0".) This programming pulse can be longer but a duty cycle of 20% at high VCC must be imposed after 1 second of programming. 6. Return CE 1 and/or cr2 to a logical "1" and wait 10 microseconds (or longer). 7. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until the entire word has been programmed. At this point the VCC can be dropped to 5.0 volts and the chip enabled so that the outputs can be tested to verify that all bits programmed; or programming can be continued until the entire device has been programmed. TO PROGRAM THE ENTIRE DEVICE PRIOR TO VERIFICATION, PROCEED AS FOLLOWS: 8. Address the next word to be programmed. and repeat steps 4, 5, 6, and, 7 until the entire chip has been programmed. Drop VCC to 0 volts. 9. If less than % second has elapsed during this, then apply 5.0 volts VCC, enable the device and check eac:h output to insure all bits have programmed. If more than % second has el~psed :wait for 4 seconds before the verifying cycle. NOTE: Do not apply the high VCC (12.5, volts) for greater than 1.0 seconds continuously. At that poiint use a 20% duty cycle. TO VERIFY THE BITS ARE PROGRAMMED AFTER EACH WORD, PROCEED AS FOLLOWS: 10. Disconnect the current generator from the output and connect 5.0 volts to VCC and a 390 ohm pullup resistor from e~ch output to the 5.0 volts supply. Connect CE1 and CE2 to logical "0". Verify that all bits have programmed using a comparitor such as'the N8242A. NOTE: Do not apply the high VCC (12.5 volts) for greater than 1.0 seconds continuously. At that point use a 20% duty cycle. OPERATION OF THE 82826/82829 PROGRAMMER INTRODUCTION Figure 1 shows the complete programmer schematic. The memory to be programmed is inserted, and by means of seven single-pole, double-throw (SPOT) switches, the binary address is selected. Notice that these switches may easily be replaced by thumbwheel switches. The memory outputs are programmed, one at a time, by means of four double,pole, double-throw (DPDT) switches. This arrangement has the advantage that the switches are normally in the verify mode, indicating the state of the output (logic "0" when not programmed). By switching to the programming position, the outputs may be altered to a logic "1" which will turn on the light emmiting diode (LED) indicator. Upon re~ turn to the verify position the LED indicator will stay lit for a programmed bit position. Once the switch is in the programming position, it may rfi!main there as long as the operator wishes. The total programming cycle is set up to last only for 5lTis and is controlled by one-shots as shown in the timing diagram, Fi,g. 2. The programmer timing follows the recommendation of the Signetics revised programming procedure and is easily adaptible to automatic programming and duplicating equipment. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Activating one of the four programming switches triggers one-shot No. 1 for 5 milliseconds. This activates gate No. 1 of the peripheral driver (75451) and, by releasing zener diode No.1, V CC is raised to 12.5V for 5 milliseconds while the 82S26 or 82S29 chip is disabled. (It should be mentioned that use of the 74121 eliminates contact bounce problems since it is non-retriggerable.) After a time delay of 1 millisecond generated by one-shot . No, 2, one-shot No.3 is turned on. This turns off the output transistor of gate No.2 of the 75451, enabling the programming' current source. The constant curreRt generator consists of LM309 No.3 that is clamped to 22V by zener diode No.2. The programming current is determined by . the 59 ohm resistor and maintained at, a constant 85mA. An additional time delay of 1 millisecond, establisheq by one-shot No.4, guarantees that even slow current sources have reached the required current before the chip is enabled for 2ms to open the NiCr link. One-shot No.5 establishes the chip enable (CE) signal and thus the programming time. 4-31 DIGITAL 8000 SERIES TTL/MEMORY. 82S26/29 Figure 2 shows that vee for the memory is held at 12.SV for an additional 1 millisecond before the output of oneshot No.1 allows the supply to return to SV. The two time delays of 1 millisecond generated by oneshots No.2 and No.4 can be shortened to the microsecond range for automatic programming equipment if fast switching and a fast current source, as the one discussed above, are chosen. Should it be desired to make the programmer self-contained, a power supply suggestion is also shown in Figure 2. :':~OGRAMMER 82826-82829 FIGURE 1 pnWER SUPPLY AND WAVEFORMS FUNCTION ">-........- - 0 +3OV-36V 74121 ~~5T 1 1_6m._1 { ~5T ~ 74123 )I-........--~. ROM. For the 8204 the first card in the deck contains the part number and it is immediately followed by up to 40 alphanumeric characters of customer supplied information used _to identify the part. The 64 customer data cards follow immediately. Figure 3 shows the deck format for the 8205 512 x 8 ROM.- For the 8205 the first card in the deck contains the part number and it is immediately followed by up to 40 alphanumeric characters of customer supplied information used to identify the part. 12f3 data cards follow immediately. The left-most digit in the data word corresponds to output 08 and the right-most digit to output 01. I I I I I I ~I I 12222222222333333333344444444445555555555666666666677777777778 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890 1= a: 4 5 6 7 0 o "' "' a: o a: o -oA A{j)f-~ "' -0 TAIM I- "' f-oAT A II-I- ~~44++++~HH~+++++rrrHFIGURE1. CARDDATAFORMAT~~44~++~HH~~+++++rrH 8 9 10 II pp 12 P 13 I IIPIII P0211001111 ~15 ~ ~1016 I I I P I I I I ~IO 003 7 ~IO 11010101 I I I I 00 I I 64 CARPS 14~~~~++~~++~~++~~t+~~t+~~++~~++~~~~~~~~++~rr++~~+-*~r-r.T.+.~~~~rr~~ 15252· \OOII~\Oh!O 253 \OO~K:lI\OIU!O 254 011 I I II 255 I 110000 16 1 1---+-1~-++++-+---+-1H-+-++++-++-H FI QU R E 2. D ECK FORMAT FOR 8204 ROM (256x8) --+-+--+++-+-++-+-+-f---+---t--+-+-+-+--+--+---t-t---1 tUSTbM R P~R oI III I I I II 1.-119 2 I I I 00 I I I 03 101 I 10 I I 128 CARDS 25~5~O~i~++140~1~1~0~0~1++~~~~5±O+'5~0~~0~pt!O+'IU±~~1-~rr++'5~p~6~~Ir.Ir.I~I~I~I~~~~~5~0~7~1~0~1~1~0~o~o~o~~-rrrt1 6 08 1101 10 1\0 509 I 101 I \0 I I 5 I 0 10 0 I I I I 5 I I 101 I I I 10 ~ I J :"'-_I,L+---H-I-++-++++++-HHf-+ FIGURE 3. DECK FORMAT FOR 8205 ROM (512x8)-+-++++++r+--+-HH-+-+-+-+-++-t--H IIII d---+-1-++-H++-+++1H 11+1+-4 II-+I+IH 11+1+-1 11f-+1+IH11+1+-11f-+1+1+--1 II-+I+IH 11+1+-1 II-+(+IH11+1+++ -I-++-++-t-t--++++++H+-t-I-++i 'I~'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-L~~ PUNCHED CARD PROGrl4M ;I\1PUT FOR 8228 own part identification. These first three cards are then followed by 128 data cards. Immediately following are two cards to terminate the computer run. These should be punched by the customer. ... program can be transmitted directly to Signetics. Data _ program the ROM requires 128 8o-column IBM punched cards per 4096 bit device and 64 punched cards per 256 bit device. Data Cards Input Deck Format Figure 2 shows the layout used in the data cards. Each data card specifies eight addresses and the four bits of data associated with these addresses. Address Ii) tells the computer what position to assign Data (i) to etc. Immediately under this, a typical layout for the first two and the last data cards is shown. For each 4096 bit ROM, the customer should prepare an input card deck as shown in Figure 1. The first two cards should be punched as shown and placed at the start of the deck. The third card should contain "8228" in the first four columns. In the next 40 positions, the customer should fill in his INPUT CARD I I I I I I I I I I 2 22 22 22 22 23 33 33 3 3 33 34 44 44 44 44 45 55 55 55 55 56 66 66 66 66 67 77 77 77 77 7 8 I 2 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 JOB XEQ 51 GRIM III 2// 3 CU 5T OM ER PA RT 82 28 10 4 128 0 TA CA R05 6 7 1* 8 // "'J OB END 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 I 16 17 I I 18 I 20 I 2I I 22 I I i 23 25 : I i i I I I I I I i I I I I I I ! I i I ! FIGURE 1. I I I I I I I I ' i I I I i ! I i I I '! ~~ 30 , , i I I I I I 1 T , ! I I i I ! I ; ; ! I D~C~ iL~~OJT ~bR 822k D1TliNPUT I I I ~ i i ! i I I i I 27 29 I I 24 28 i I I 19 26 i I ! i i I i I I -1-+H-i i i 1 I I DATA CARDS I I I I I I I I I I 22 22 22 22 22 3 3 33 33 33 33 44 44 44 44 44 55 55 55 55 55 66 66 66 66 66 77 77 77 7 7 77 8 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 I 2 34 56 78 90 E 4 Q c 5 ... 0 0 3 . ~ !C C ..I Q . ..I . ... .. E Z Z !C C ..I C '5 Q ..I III E Q I~ .. .. I~ ..I !C C Q ~ z ~ ..I III pvO 10 10 100 01 po 08 I I 01 !C C Q . Z ..I ~ ~ I"' Iz !C 01 I I 00 P3 EX AM PLE 10 10 00 04 I I 10 10 00 IP I I 01 PO I I I I I 10 00 - 5 - I! Iz I~ ..I III po 02 6 7 .. ~ z i!!i I~ ~ ..I III '" I~ il '" OP no 05 I'" Iii! I I I I : I~ Ie . '" I! I~ liil 5..I III I I 01 00 6 IJe ..c: I~ I~ '"~ l:i liil 10 01 00 07 8 9 po I 9 I 10 00 00 13 00 00 00 14 10 I I I ! I 12 I I~ II 01 I 17 I I I I 10 18 00 00 I i 10 19 1010 I 10 20 01 10 10 10 10 22 [0 I 01 i 16 ! I 17 I j 19 ! i 20 I I I I I I I FIGURE 2. DATA DECK LAYOUT I 22 I 23 24 I I ., I j il' 1 i I, J 1 i iii ! I,; I 110 23i II 11·11 ! i : i I ! : : i 18 25 I I 10 21 15 21 1 ! ! t 13 i 00 15 01 10 t 10 II 14 00 12 liil I (8204,8205) rtEAD ONLY MEMORY TRUTH TABLE/ORDERING BLANK THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS ... -. ,",,~ .. PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: Note: For 256 x 8 Use This Page Only OUTPUT Word °8 P7 °6 °5 °4 3 °2 °1 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 i I I ; I ; OUTPUT Word 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 : 84 i 85 86 ! 87 ,88 °8 °7 °6 °5 °4 °3 °2 10 I ; i I OUTPUT Word 1 °8 10 7 °6 °5 4 °3 °2 °1 10 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 I OUTPUT Word 0 8 °7 °6 °5 °4 °3 °2 °1 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 '210 211 212 213 214 215 216 I I 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 r .. .r. 1 ',II " 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 12{? 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 -',i!.! t. 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 {8204,8205} 2048/4096 BIT READ ONLY MEMORY TRUTH TABLE/ORDERING BLANK CUSTOMER: THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS P.O. NO.: PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: Note: For 2S6 x S Use Previous Page Only OUTPUT Word Os P7 °6 Os °4 °3 °2 0, 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 i I 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 .\ OUTPUT Word Os °7 °6 Os 104 °3 °2 0, OUTPUT Word Os °7 06 Os °4 °3 °2 0, OUTPUT Word Os °7 °6 Os °4 °3 °2 °1 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 I I i i I i ~ I i I I i : I I I i i I i I I ; T I I to ""' N 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 :a:JU 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 i----- I---f--- 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 ~ I-- f------- I - - 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 (8223,8224) (82S23,82S123) CB (XXX) 256 BIT READ ONLY MEMORIES TRUTH TABLE/ORDER BLANK CUSTOMER: THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS P.O. NO.: PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: OUTPUTS INPUTS WORD A4 A3 A2 A1 Ao ENABLE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 5 0 0 1 0 1 0 6 0 0 1 1 0 0 7 0 0 1 1 1 0 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 9 0 1 0 0 1 0 10 0 1 0 1 0 0 11 0 1 0 1 0 12 0 1 , 1 0 0 0 13 0 1 1 0 1 0 14 0 1 1 1 0 0 15 0 1 1 1 1 0 16 1 0 0 0 0 0 17 1 0 0 0 1 0 18 1 0 0 1 0 0 19 1 0 0 1 1 0 20 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 21 1 0 1 0 1 22 1 0 1 1 0 0 23 1 0 1 1 1 0 24 1 1 0 0 0 0 25 1 1 0 0 1 0 26 1 1 0 1 0 0 27 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 28 1 1 1 0 0 29 1 1 1 0 1 0 30 1 1 1 1 0 0 31 1 1 1 1 1 0 ALL X X X X X 1 E? Os Os B4 ~ ~ B1 50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4-43 ~----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .L. ~ CUSTOMER: THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS P.O. NO.: PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: ~.. - --- Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 OUTPUT 0 4 0 3 O2 0, Word 64 65 66 67 68 69 10 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 OUTPUT °4 °3 O 2 OUTPUT 0, Word 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 04 °3 °2 OUTPUT 0, Word 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 °4 03 °2 01 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 1()7 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 , 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 ;;:3228) 40913 ~ J=,. m y ;,12rv,OHY TRP-l T?:\BL E'ORDFR Bi,4\IK ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CUSTOMER: __________________________________ THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SfGNETICS P.O. NO.: _________________________________ PART NO.: _____________________________ YOUR PART NO.: ____________________________ S.D. NO.: _________________________________ DATE: DATE RECEIVED: ,_-t:==::==='F0~U.;..T-PrU=-T~_=_~=r--~_=_-,--t=:-=-:::-::;:"~O~U~T~P~U~T:::::;::::::==--~t------ -WOre 04 03 O2 01 o 70 71 2 3 72 6 7 i 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 03 O2 Word 01 73 74 75 76 77 8 10 04 Word I i I ! I I 78 79 80 81 82 83 : 84 85 86 I 87 -I 88 89 90 ! T 91 I 92 93 I 94 95 96 97 98 i I -r I f i i I ! T 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 - - J - - - - - - - ----'--'- f------OOTPUf----04 03 O2 01 Word 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 °4 OUTPUT °3 O 2 01 29 30 31 32 33 I 34 35 36 37 i 38 ! ! i I I i I 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 i i I i ! I I I i 1 ! i I I I i 1 I I I I ! [ . i ! : ! I i j I I i i i [ J J i ! ! ! I ! I i ! j I j I ! I j I 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 "121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 i I , I i I ! I ! i I I ! : l I ! i I I I I j I I ! j I I i 1 I ! I 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 I 165 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 i I 196 197 198 199 : 200 ! 201 i I 202 i 203 204 i 205 206 207 I 208 209 I I I ~ i ! I I I ! I I I I 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 ~ J:,. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CCI CUSTOMER: THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS P.O. NO.: PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: ,1\,..... 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 OUTPUT ~ 4 -9-3 ""2 OUTPUT ""1 --WO-rct-- --0- 4 350 351 352 353 354355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 u3 °2 --Word 0 1- 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 04 OUTPUT 0 3 O2 OllI~III .-_._... _---_._- 01 Word 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 04 03 O2 -- °1 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 , 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 5'19 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 CUSTOMER: THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS P.O. NO.: PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: OUTPUT -Word 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 °4 °3 °2 OUTPUT 0, Word 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 °4 °3 °2 -_. 0, Word 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 ... °4 OUTPUT. °3 °2 OU1'PUT ---_ . 0, Word 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 °4 °3 °2 -- 0, 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 799 800 801 801 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 en~ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- N CUSTOMER: THIS PORTION TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNETICS P.O. NO.: PART NO.: YOUR PART NO.: S.D. NO.: DATE: DATE RECEIVED: OUTPUT OUTPUT Word 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 °4 °3 °2 °1 Word 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 °4 °3 °2 °1 OUTPUT Word 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 OUTPUT °4 °3 °2 °1 Word ! °4 °3 °2 0, 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 I -- - I sECtiONs SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS IilnOliD ECl 1000/10,000 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SFr,TIONS EC L Fu nctional Index COUNTERS 10136 10137 Universal Hexadecimal Counter Universal Declmal Counter 5-1a AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (85 MHz Typ.) Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Positive Clock) Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Negative Clock) Dual R-S Flip-FI'op (Single Rail) (D-Type) AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (120 MHz Typ.) Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail, Negative Clock) Dual D-Type latch Dual OoType Master-Slave Flip-Flop Dual Multiplexer-latch (with Reset) Quad D-Type latch (with Gated Outputs) Dual Multiplexer-latch (with Independent Selects) Quad 2 to 1 Multiplexer-latch 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-60 5-63 5-67 5-69 5-71 5-87 5-73 FLIP-FLOPS 1013 1014 1015 1016 1027 1033 10130 10131 10132 10133 10134 10173 GATES 1004 1005 1006 1010 1011 1012 1024 1025 10100 10101 10102 10105 10106 10107 10109 10110 10111 10112 10113 10117 10118 10119 10121 10210 10211 10212 Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns) Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs without Pulldowns) Dual 4-lnput Gate (2 OR Outputs without Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs without Pulldowns) Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns) Quad 2-lnput Gate (2 NOR Outputs with Pulldowns/2 NOR Outputs without Pulldowns) Quad 2-lnput Gate (4 NOR Outputs without Pulldowns) Dual 2-lnput Expandable Gate Dual 4-5-lnput Expander Quad 3-lnput NOR Gate Quad 2-lnput OR/NOR Gate/Complementary Outputs) Quad 2-lnput NOR Gate Triple 2-3-2 OR/NOR Gate Triple 4-3-3 NOR Gate Triple Exclusive OR/NOR Gate Dual 4-5-lnput OR/NOR Gate Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput OR Gate Dual 3-lnput 3-0utput NOR Gate Dual 3-lnput 1 OR/2 NOR Output Gate Quad Exclusive OR (with Enable) 2-Wide 2,3-lnput OR-AND/OR-AND-Invert Gate Dual 2-Wide 3, 3-lnput OR-AND Gate 4-Wide 4,3,3,3-lnput OR-AND Gate DlJal 4-Wide 3,3,3,3-lnput OR-AND/OR-AND-INVERT Gate Dual 3-lnput Triple OR Output High Performance Gate Dual 3-lnput Triple NOR Output High Performance Gate Dual 3-lnput Two NOR/One OR Output High Performance Gate 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-25 5-26 5-28 5-30 5-32 5-34 5-36 5-38 5-40 5-42 5-44 5-50 5-52 5-54 5-56 5-94 5-94 5-94 INTERFACE 1017 1039 1068 10115 10116 10124 10125 Dual level Translator (TTLlDTl to ECl) Quad level Translator (ECl to TTl/DTl) Quad ECl to TTL Translator Quad Differential Line Receiver Triple Differential OR/NOR Line Receiver Quad Differential Line Driver/Quad TTL to ECl Translator Quad Differentail Line Receiver/Quad ECl to TTL Translator 5-11 5-11 5-23 5-46 5-48 5-58 5-59 MS. 10160 10161 10162 10164 10170 10171 10172 10174 10181 12-Bit Parity Checker-Generator Circuit 1 of 8 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is Low) 1 of a Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is High) 8 Line to 1 Line Multiplexer (with Enable) 9-Bit Parity Circuit (with 2 Carry Inputs) Dual 1 of 4 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is Low) Dual 1 of 4 Demultiplexer/Decoder (Selected Output is High) Dual 4 Line to 1 Line Multiplexer (with Enable) 4-Bit Arithmetic Logic Unit/Function Generator 5-75 5-76 5-78 5-80 5-82 5-83 5-85 5-89 5-91 REGISTERS 10141 4-Bit Universal Shift Register 5-74 ECl11 91!1DOtiC9 EMITTER COUPLED LOGIC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PART NO. REPLACES PART NO. REPLACES N1004A N1005A N1006A N1010A N1011 A N1012A N1013A N1014A MC1004P MC1005P MC1006P MC1010P MC1011P MC1012P MC1013P MC1014P N1015A N1016A N1017A N1024A N1025A N1027A N1033A N1039B MC1015P MC1016P MC1017P MC1024P MC1025P MC1027P MC1033P MC1039P DESCRIPTION FEATURES The ECL II series of monolithic integrated logic circuits presents the system designer with an integrated circuit family designed to permit system implementation with a relatively small number of individual types. This approach offers cost savings, reduced power supply requirements, small physical size and high reliability. • ECL 1\ circuits feature very fast propagation times relative to rise and fall times. This and the constant current feature impose fewer restrictions on system design, layout and fabrication than other high-speed families. • • • • • • • • FULL REPLACEMENTS FOR MOTOROLA MECL II PARTS EXCELLENT NOISE IMMUNITY SIMULTANEOUS OR/NOR OUTPUTS HIGH FAN-IN AND FAN-OUT INTERNAL TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION APPLICATIONS HIGH SPEED DATA PROCESSORS DATA CONCENTRATORS CHARACTER RECOGNITION EQUIPMENT INSTRUMENTATION REFER TO SECTION 8, FOR ECl II PACKAGE DESCRIPTIONS !-1 DIGITAL 1,000110.,000 SERIES ECl (VCC = 0, vEE = -5.2V, T A = 25°C) PART NO. FUNCTION (0 to +75°C) DC OUTPUT PROPAGATION TOTAL POWER LOADING DELAV DISSIPATION FACTOR nsec typo mWtyp. Dual 4 I nput Gate, 2 OR Outputs w/Pulldowns 2 NOR Outputs w/Pulldowns N1004A 25 4.0 95 Dual 4 I nput Gate, 2 OR Outputs w/Pulldowns 2 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns N1005A 25 4.0 65 N1006A 25 4.0 45 115 2 OR Outputs w/o Pulldowns 2 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns Quad 2 Input Gate, 4 NOR Outputs w/Pulldowns Dual 4 Input Gate, Quad 2 Input Gate, 2 NOR Outputs w/Pulldowns 2 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns Quad 2 Input Gate, 4 NOR Outputs w/o Pulldowns AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (85MHz Typ.) Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Positive Clock) Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Negative Clock) Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail) level Translator (Saturated logic to ECL) Dual 2 Input Expandable Gate Dual 4 and 5 Input Expander AC Coupled J-K Flip-Flop (120 MHz Typ.) Dual R-S Flip-Flop (Single Rail, Negative Clock) Quad level Translator (ECl to Saturated logic) N1010A 25 4.5 N1011A 25 4.5 95 N1012A N1013A N1014A N1015A N1016A N1017A N1024A N1025A N1027A N1033A N 1039B 25 25 25 25 25 25 (ECL) 65 125 140 140 140 105 25 4.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 15 4.0 - - 25 25 7 (DTL) DEFINITIONS Current drawn by the input of the test unit when a maximum logic "1" (V I H max) is ap· plied at that input Output current Rev,erse current drawn from a transistor input of the test unit when VEE is applied at that input Bias reference supply voltage (-1.175 V nominal at 25°C) Base-to-emitter voltage drop of a transistor Collector-to-base voltage drop of a transistor Most positive power supply voltage for a circuit Yin VIH max VIH min VIL max VIL min VOH max V OH min VOL max VOL min V out 4.0 6:0 12 95 250 140 200 Most negative power supply voltage for a circuit I nput voltage Maximum input logic "1" level voltage Minimum input logic "1" level (threshold) voltage Maximum input logic "0" level (threshold) voltage Minimum input logic "0" level voltage Maximum output "1" or high-level voltage Minimum output "1" high:"level voltage Maximum output "0" or low-level voltage Minimum output "0" or low-level voltage Output voltage TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES TYPICAL "OR" TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS 'I ~II ~(( I I I III K I IJ) I Il J J ~ -2,3 I-J TT .,..,.... r--- r VeE'" -3.0V , - r-- -3.8V f"- f - - -4.4V J ..... ~ f - - -S.2V "- TYPICAL "NOR" TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS -8.0 _ ..-7.DV -8.0V T A -+2S'C -1.8 V1N,INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTSI 5-2 V 1N • INPUT VOLTAGE (VOL TSI TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd) DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl TYPICAL INPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS INPUT CURRENT TYPICAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS OUTPUT CURRENT o Your 'OISourceJ fan~out of 25 - (lOUT min'" 2.6rnA) 'INms)I-O.1mA 2 -.--,---,---r-.----.--t--r -H--I-Hf-----l Guaranteesmaximum leakage of O.2J.1A 'IN max 0.1 rnA ~~f------'f----II-+---If----I-.I---I,--f--lf----I 'OIS:nk} 1--+--+----1---+-+--+--1 -0.250 V ~-+-+---Ir----+--I---f---i -0.500 V I /.....-4_++--rLJ o 1 G~aranleeld VOH t,'"8X at '?UT '" ~ 2 " Guarantees V OH min at 'OUT'" 2.SmA Vee =-5.2V 'Rmax VEE "'-5.2V TA""jSoC 2 VOL -1.175V max. T A'" 2SOC -1.500 L..-.......J.._...1.-_ _L...--'-_-'-----'_-' -O.2'·~5~.2--4'----L---'-I---L--....I....l----O...J.!iO---O...J.2'-5-...J ..a.7OG VO H max BB -2.6mA ECI:. II TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATION POINTS -5,200 -1.500 -1.760 I -1.000 -1250 I -0.500 -0750 I -0260 I I I TA =1S'C VEE· -6.2Y' - I"-t f----I-1---If----,"'---C"',-----I -0.500 -0.700 VOH max ~!===t:+~~=t====t;:;: 2. \:f 7. -------- - 11\ 6 V OH m;n 1.000 -1.175 Vee -1.250 3. -1.025 -6,200 -1.326 V1L min V1L mal( V1H min V1H ~x ECl II WORST-CASE lEVELS VOL TAGE LEVEL ~= ~VEE 0.015 max 125°C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 75°C 25°C O°C -55"C -0.615 -0.700 -0.740 -0.825 V IH max -0.530 VO H max -0.530 -0.615 -0.700 -0.735 -0.825 V OH min -0.700 -0.775 -0.850 -0.895 -0.990 -1.165 V IH min -0.875 -0.950 -1.025 -1.070 V IL max -1.205 -1.260 -1.325 -1.350 -1.405 -1.580 VOL max -1.380 -1.435 -1.500 -1.525 VOL min VILmin -1.720 -1.760 -1.800 -1.830 -1.890 o - 15 14 tpd - 2.0 n8 TYP. NOTES: VCC1 - 1, VCC2 - 16, VEE - 8 5·16 13 tpd - 2.0 ns TYP. POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL - '1' DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl lOGIC DIAGRAMS: COMPLEX GATES 10107 TRIPLE EXCLUSIVE OR/NOR 10113 QUAD EXCLUSIVE OR (WITH ENABLE) 4~2 6~3 7~11 9~10 14~12 16~13 tpd = 2.0, 2.8 ns TYP. 13 12 15 11 10 14 tpd - 2.5 ns TYP. 10117 DUAL 2-WIDE 2, 3-INPUT OA/OAI GATE 10118 DUAL 2-WIDE 3-INPUT OR-AND 4--~r-~----~~6------Jl~-...... 10 11--:1.....-" 10 12 _ _ _ _...... ........---I~-16 16 13 14-~L--" 12_---Jl_ _....J 13~----:3Ii.,....o-o-----' tpd ~ 2.3 ns TYP. tpd 10119 4-WIDE 4, 3, 3, 3-INPUT OR-AND = 2.3 ns TYP. 10121 4-WIDE 3,3,3, 3-INPUT OA/OAI 10 10 11 12--'--"" 13--~- 14 16 -----,L--" 11 12 13 14 16 tpd - 2.3 ns TYP. NOTES: VCC1 - 1, VCC2 - 16, VEE - 8 tpd - 2.3 ns TYP. POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL - '1' 5-17 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl lOGIC DIAGRAMS: MULTIPLE OUTPUT GATES 10110 DUAL 3·INPUT 3-0UTPUT OR 10210 DUAL 3·INPUT 3~OUTPUT OR ~==Q::! 9 1:==Q::12 11 13 14 tpd = 2.4 ns TYP. 10 11 (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) tpd 10111 DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUT NOR = 1.7 tpd = 2.4 ns 14 10211 DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUT NOR 9 14 TYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) 12 13 ns TYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) 9~;: 10 11 =f2= =f2= 10 11 tpd 10112 DUAL 3-INPUT 2·NOR/1·0R = 1.7 ns TYP. =rS:= : . 14 (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) 10212 DUAL 3·INPUT 2·NOR/1·0R ~~4 7 3 2 1~~12 11 13 14 tpd - 2.4 ns TYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) NOTES: VCC1 5·18 = 1, 15, VCC2 K 16, VEE - 8 tpd = 1.7 ns TYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL - '1' DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl lOGIC DIAGRAMS: INTERFACE CIRCUITS 10115 10116 QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER TRIPLE DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER (OR/NOR) 4~-2 5~-3 9~-6 1(\~-'-7 1 0 = C > - - 14 12-o~-14 11 13~_15 ~~11 = 2.0 ns tpd = 2.0 ns TYP. tpd VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 TYP. 10124 10125 QUAD ECl TO TTL TRANSLATOR QUAD TTL TO·ECl TRANSLATOR (TOTEM·POlE OUTPUTS) 10 ... r-"'r'L~12 _",--~--15 11 - ' - -__ ~-14 tpd = 5.0 ns TYP. tpd = 5.0 ns TYP. VCC = 9 GND = 16 VEE = 8 VCC = 9 GND= 16 VEE = 8 NOTE: POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' 5·19 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl lOGIC DIAGRAMS: DUAL lATCHES AND FLIP-FLOPS 10130 10131 DUAL D·TYPE LATCH DUAL TYPE 0 MASTER·SLAVE FLIP FLOP 81 5 81 °1 7 eEl 6 °1 7 °1 01 1!El 01 01 Rl 4 Rl 4 C C 9 R2 13 9 R2 13 02 'fE2 11 °2 10 14 02 14 °2 15 'EE2 11 °2 15 °2 10 82 12 82 12 tpd (DATA) m 2.6 ns TYP. tpd (CLOCK) = 3.0 ns TYP. f = 170 MHz TYP. 10132 10134 DUAL MULTIPLEXER·LATCH (WITH RESET) DUAL MUL TIPLEXER·LATCH AO 6 All Alll X04 XO 4 2 Z X15 2 Z Xl 5 3 CECilO l Cc 7 3 CEO 10 Cc 7 Z AS eng 15W YO 13 14W CEl 9 15W YO 13 Yl12 14W' Yl12 tpd (DATA) = 2.5 ns TYP. tpd (CLOCK) = 4.0 ns TYP. NOTES: VCC1 5·20 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE tpd (DATA) = 2.5 ns TYP. tpd (CLOCK) = 4.0 ns TYP. =8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '" DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl lOGIC DIAGRAMS: MSI: QUAD lATCH, COUNTERS, SHIFT REGISTER 10133 10136 QUAD LATCH (WITH OUTPUT GATING) UNIVERSAL HEXADECIMAL COUNTER 10 CiiRFiY1N 13 - CLOCK 12 00 11 01 '6 O2 03 51 52 ~ ,.. SYSTEM ~ ,.. tpd = 4.0 ns TYP. 10137 10141 FOUR·BIT SHIFT REGISTER UNIVERSAL DECADE COUNTER 10 CARRY iN 13 gg~;iM 12 00 11 6 13 I I OL - -- 14 °1 15 °2 2 °3 3 ~ ~ - ~ 12 11 00 ~ 10 l - 15 14 Rp Rp Rp VEE 8 All Ap = 50 kil. "4th input on one gate only. TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient = '1' PACKAGE TYPE B: 1I5-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5-32 VCCI 1 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10106 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Temperature -30"C +2SoC +85°C 10106 Toot Limit. Pin Under Characterlltic Symbol Power Supply Drain Current Ie Input Current TOIl 30°C Min Max Min -0.890 0.5 -0.960 +25°C Typ 15 linH linL Logic "1" Output Volta·ge VOH 1.050 -1.050 Logic "0" Output Voltage VOL Logic "1" Thre9hold Voltage VOHA -1.890 -1.890 -1.060 -1.060 Logic "0" Thresh(lld Voltage VOLA -0.890 -1.676 -1.676 V,H max' V,Lmln V,HAmin V,LA_. VEE -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 -1.890 -1.850 -1.825 -1.205 -1.106 -1.035 -1.500 -1.476 -1.440 -5.2 -5.2 -5.2 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +8SoC Ma. Min MI. 21 265 -0.810 -0.810 -0.950 -1.850 -1.860 TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Volts) . @T... -1.660 -1.650 -0.960 -0.890 -0.690 -1.826 -1.825 -0.700 -0.700 -1.616 V,H max VILmin Ris. Time (20% teo 60%) Fall Time (20% 10 60%) V,LA_. 1.16 1.16 1.16 1.16 Vde 1.16 Vde 1.16 Vdc 1,16 -0.910 -1.630 -1.630 -1.655 -1.655 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 3.1 3.1 3.6 3.6 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 (VCC) Gnd /lAde /lAde Vde -1.596 -1.696 Pulse In t4+ 314-3+ 13+ 13_ VEE mAde Switching Times • (50·ohm load) Propagation Delay V,HAmln -1.615 -0.910 -0.980 Unit 2.0 2.9 2.9 3.3 3.3 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 Pulse Out -3.2 V +2.0 V 1,16 3.3 3.3 :1.7 3.7 ~ • Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to gro.und. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2SoC 10106' '--------' -1- - - - 1-1 I-I- r----........,.I I +O.31V I I I Vour NOR -11-+1-- I --11+-1-- NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after tharmal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit' board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 3 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. INPUT PULSE t+ = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch -From TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the sama manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to tha ground terminal. Terminels not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5-33 Si!lBlllies TRIPLE EXCLUSIVE OR/NOR GATE 101 07 10107B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10107 is a triple high speed 2-input Exclusive OR/Exclusive NOR gate. The 10107 is optimized for high speed comparator and parity functions, and has an excellent speed power product for this function. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low. The high impedance inputs and high output fanout are ideal for a transmission line environment. The 10107 contains a temperature tracking intern~1 bias which insures that the threshold point remains in the center of the transition region over temperature. The 10107 has complementary outputs. • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY - 2.0 ns TYP (INPUTS 4, 9, 14) -2.8 ns TYP (INPUTS 5, 7, 15) • LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 115 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • COMPLEMENTARY OR/NOR OUTPUTS • OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC CAPABILITY LOGIC DIAGRAM CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10107 10107 Vee2 '60--~----, REFEAENCE CIRCUIT ( 1 per Ie I 4~2 5~3 7~11 9~10 14~12 15~lJ Jlle( Ie I Vee, VEE B0 - - + - - - - - - - ' 2 NOR o-----~-------f___, VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5-34 • 10107 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST VOLTAGE VALUES IVoltsl @Test (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Symbol Power Supply Drain Current 'E -30"C Tes. Max Min VOL Logic "1" Threshold Voltage VOHA Logic "0" Threshold Voltage VOLA -0.890 -0.890 -0.890 -0.890 -1.675 -1.675 -1.675 -1.675 -'.060 -1.060 -1.060 -1.060 -1.890 -1.890 -1.890 -1.890 -1.080 -1.080 -1.080 -1.080 VOH Logic "0" Output Voltage .++ .+.-+ VIH max -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 Unit VIHmax mAde All Inputs 1.0 Inputs 3.8 Max 0.810 -0.810 -0.810 -0.810 -1.650 -1.650 -1.650 -1.650 Min Typ Max 1.1 2.0 3.7 I Ou.pu. 1.1 2,6 3.6 3,6 1.1 I I VilA mal( VEE -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 -5.2 -5.2 -5.2 VILmin VIHAmin VILA max --.----- VEE r--- 0.890 -0.890 -0.890 -0.890 -1.825 -1.825 -1.825 -1.825 -0.910 -0.910 -0.910 -0.910 0.700 -0.700 -0.700 -0.700 -1.615 -1.616 -1.615 -1.615 Vdc --ra-'4,5 Vdc t 2.6 I :::: 1.16 1,16 1,16 4,5 t IVCCI Gnd +_.- 8 .uAdc ~ ~ 8 1,16 ~ 4,5 4,5 ~ Vdc 1,16 Vdc 1,16 ~ -1.595 -1.596 -1.596 -1.595 ~ Unit 1.1 4.0 +1.1 V 5,7,16 4,9,14 2.8 taeithar '0 -1.205 -1.105 -1.035 J,lAde 6,7, or 15 Ai,. Tim. 120% 80%1 Fall Tim. (20% '0 00%1 VIHAmin I L TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW -1.630 -1.630 -1.630 -1.630 Inputs -1.890 -1.850 -1.825 +85"C Min 4,9,or 14 to either Output .++ Vilmin .uAde 0.5 0.960 -0.960 -0.960 -0.960 -1.850 -1.850 -1.850 -1.850 -0.980 -0.980 -0.980 -0.980 -1.655 -1.655 -1.655 -1.655 Switching Times t 150·ohm loadl Propagation Delay +25°C Max 28 265 220 linL Logic "1" Output Voltage Min 4.9.14 5.7.15 linH +25°C +85°C 10107 Test Limits Pin Under Characteri5ti" Temperature _30°C 3.6 3.5 3.8 3.8 4,9,14 4,9,14 Pulse In PUIHOut Input Corresponding 4,9, or 14 Ex'()A/Ex·NOA Input Corresponding Ex-OA/Ex-NOA Outputs Any Input +2.0 V 1,16 Outputs 6.7, or 16 Any'lnput -3.2 V Corresponding Ex·OA/Ex-NOA Outputs 01 ndividually test each input applying V I H or V I L to input under test, o 'Any Output t Unused outPUts connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT 10107 veel ~ VCC2 VOUT VOUT ~ ,,,:·tTI ~ ~ ,J;,r ,~ "'">'0"' PULSE GENERATOR INPUT PULSE t+ = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) I I '''" TPOUT NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established, The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable, Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input, Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5-35 !imnotiC!i DUAL 4·5 INPUT OR/NOR GATE 10109 10109B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10109 is a high speed 4·input OR/NOR and 5·input OR/NOR dual gate. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low. The gate has an excellent speed·power product of 50 picojoules. The 10109 is optimized for high perform· ance logic applications. The 10109 has complementary outputs. • • • • • • • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =2.0 ns TYP LOW POWER DISSIPATION =50 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 60 kn PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM. POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE =-6.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED COMPLEMENTARY OR/NOR OUTPUTS OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC CAPABILITY CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC LOGIC DIAGRAM 10109 10109 18 VCC2 REPERENCE CIRCUIT (1 perlC')' :§:t-::g3 ~ l!§ 2 8VEE 18VCC2 x:=g~: 13 16 14 GATE (2pe' ICI VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL Rp Rp Rp 8 VEE 9' 10 TEMPERATURE RANGE • 0 -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient = 60 PACKAGE TYPE All Rp B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5-36 • 6th input on one gate only. k.l1. Rp Rp = '1' 11 INPUTS 12 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10109 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (.at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Characteristlo Symbol Power Supply Drain Current Ie Input Current High Output Voltage IlnH linL VOH Low Output Voltage VOL High Thfeshold Voltage VOHA Low Threshold Voltage VOLA @Tes. Temperatura -30'C +2S'C +SS'C TEST VOLTAGE VAL"ES IVoltsl VIHmo. -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 VILmln -1.890 -1.850 -1.825 VIHAmln 1.205 -1.105 -1.035 VEE VILA mo. -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 -5.2 -5.2 -5.2 TES'r VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS BELOW: Pin Under Test Unit 10 1.060 -1.060 -1.890 -1.890 -LOBO -1.0S0 0.890 -0.890 -1.675 -1.676 0.5 0.950 -0.960 -'1.850 -1.S60 -0.980 -O.9S0 14 266 0.810 -0.810 -1.650 -1.650 1.16 1.16 1.16 1.16 mAde -0.890 -0.890 -1.828 -1.826 -0.910 -0.910 -1.630 -1.630 -1.666 -1.656 VIHmax -0.700 -0.700 -1.615 -1.616 -1.595 -1.696 "Ade .Ade Vde Vde Vde Vde Vde Vde Vde Vde .~.--~ 8 1.16 1,16 1.16 ~.-~ ~~~~~~----~r------r----;-----+---~r----r--~----;---~r-'---+----+------r-----r---''''~-~'--~r!.-~ Switching 'rimes" Pul ... In Pul ... Out -3.2 V +2.0 V 150·ohm load) Propagat:on Delay t4+ 2+ 1.0 3.1 1.0 Aise Time 120%'080%1 '4_ 2'4+ 3'4- 3+ '2+ '3+ '2'3_ 1.1 ~ 3.6 ~ ~ 1.1 ~ 3.3 1.1 3.7 ~ ~ ~ ~ Fall Time 120%'080%) ~ 2.0 2.9 1.0 ~ ~ 1,16 3.3 ~ • Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10109 ---Ji_____ . , , ~~50% 1_.----1 VOUT OR I VOUT NOR _----+'1'V 1 VOUT OR 1:w-t'14 VOUT NOR 1 n_ . 13 1 L_ INPUT PULSE t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) 16 _..J 11-: 1J 0.1.F VEE "-32Vdc NOTES: 1. Each ECl 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is In a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 2 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5-37 1011 0 !i~nDtiC!i DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUT OR GATE . 10110B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10110 is a dual high speed 3-input 3-output OR gate. The 10110 is designed to drive up to three transmission lines simultaneously. The multiple outputs of this device also allow the wire-"OR"-ing of several levels of gating for minimization of gate and package count. 10110 The ability to control three parallel lines from a single point makes the 10110 particularly useful in clock distribution applications where minimum clock skew is desired. FEATURES • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) =2.4 ns TYP • POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • VCCl = 1, 15, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10110 VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABI LlTY - CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED VCC2 18 REfERENCE CIRCUIT 11 pe, Ie I Vee 216 • veE 8 OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC CAPABILITY VEE. TEMPERATURE RANGE • 0 -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE All Ap B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5-38 • Vee 1 for other gate is pin 7. = 50 kn. DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10110 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST VOLTAGE VALUES @Te.. (At Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Temperature _30" C I-_ _--.--_ _-...-_(V_o_It._I.,......,,-_ _--.--_-l VIH max Vil min VIHA .,,"in VILA max VEE 1--_-0-.89 -'"0-4-_...:: .-890---1--_""'-'.20"""6""-+-_-,-.600';;';;';;'-1-_-.--1 1 , 1 52 :::: ~ I-=-:~.::::~-:-:~~'-tl-=..:..:::~:~:;:'~_I-I=-,:..:..::~.::.:~:'-t-=...:.::":':::~~-ll-=::':::~=---i 10110 Tes' Limits Pin Under Characteristic Symbol Power Supply Drain Current Ie TOI' Input Current linH 5,6,7 linL 5,~,7 Logic '" " Output Voltage VOH Logic "0" Output Voltage Logic "'" Thresho~d Voltage -JOoC Max Min Switching Times" (50-ohm loadl Propagation Delay +2S"C Typ TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +85°C Max Min Max VOL -1.000 -1.890 -1.890 VOHA -1.890 1.080 -1.080 -0.890 -0.890 -1.675 0.810 -0.810 -0.900 -1.860 -0.810 -1.660 -1.675 -1.675 -1.850 -1.860 -1.660 -1.660 0.980 -0.980 -0.980 0.890 -0.890 -0.890 -1.825 -1.825 -1.825 -0.910 -0.700 VIHAmin 3.5 -1.630 -1.630 -!.ti3O j j '6+ 3+ '6_ 3'5+4+ '6-4- J 1.0 Rise Time (20% 10 80%1 '2+ Fall Time (20% 10 00%1 '213_ 14_ '3+ '4+ 1.4 VEE 8 2.4 j 2.2 1j 3.6 --Gm-1,15,16 1,16,16 1,15,16 -0.700 -1.615 -1.616 Vdc Vdc Vdc 1,15,16 1,15,16 1,15,16 -1.615 Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc 1,15,16 1,15,16 1,15,16 1,15,16 1,16,16 1,15,16 1,16,16' -1.595 -1.595 -1.595 1.5 (VCC I Gnd -0.700 Pulse In 1.4 '5+ 2+ '5- 2- VILA max Vdc Vdc -0.910 -0.910 1.655 -1.665 -1.655 VOLA VIL min JJAdc -0.960 -0.900 0.890 VIH max ",Adc 0,5 -1,060 -1.060 Unit mAde 38 435 -1.0~0 Logic "0" Threshold Voltage Min Pu'seOut -3,2 V +2.0 V 1,15,16 3.8 j 1.2 j ndividually test each input using the pin connections shown, Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 01 00 SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10110 veel E vCC2 _I t++ r--- Your +0.31 v .~. 1012 11 13 I 14 L_rf.-· VeE - ·32Vdc INPUT PULSE = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is In a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other Inputs are tested In the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5-39 Si!lDotiCS 10111 DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUT NOR GATE 10111B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10111 is a dual high speed 3-input 3-output NOR gate. The 10111 is designed to drive up to three transmission lines simultaneously. The multiple outputs of this device also allow the wire-"OR"-ing of several levels of gating for minimization of gate and package count. 10111 :~: The ability to .control three parallel lines from a single point makes the 10111 particularly useful in clock distribution applications where minimum clock skew is desired. 9 10 FEATURES • fAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.4 ns TYP (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) • POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA· TlONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC CAPABILITY ~" 13 14 11 VCC1 = 1,15, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' TEMPERATURE RANGE • 0 -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE B: 16·Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10111 TO OTHER GATE I I I VCC2 100------------. vee1* 15 NOR 14 13 Rp Rp Rp VEE 8 ·VCC1 for other gate is pin 1. 5·40 All Rp = 50 kil- 12 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES Eel. 10111 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Temperatur. -30°C +26°C +86°C 10111 TOI1 Limits Pin Und., Power Supply Drain Current Logic "1" Output Voltage Ie linH linL VOH Min 5.~. Min Typ Logic "0" Output Voltage VOL Logic "1" Threshold Voltage VOHA Logic "0" Threshold Voltage VOLA Max Min Max -0.890 -0.890 -0.890 -1.675 -1.675 1.676 -0.980 -0.980 -0.980 -1.880 -1.850 1.880 -0.980 -0.980 -0.980 mAde 435 "Adc "Aac Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc -0.8'0 -0.810 -0.810 -1.680 -1.680 1.680 -0.890 -0.890 0.890 -1.825 -1.825 1.825 -0.910 -0.910 -0.700 -0.700 -0.700 -1.6'6 -1.616 1.616 -0.9'0 -1.666 -1.666 -1.656 Unit 38 U.D -1.080 -1.080 1.080 -1.890 -1.890 1.890 -1.080 -1.080 -1.080 VILmln -0.890 -1.890 -1.850 -1.826 -0.8'0 -0.700 VIHAmin -1.206 VILA max VeE -'.500 -5.2 -'.'06 -1.036 -'.476 -',440 -5.2 -5.2 +85°C Max 6.6.7 2 VIHllllx TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: -30°C TOI1 Symbol Ch.'lcterlltJc TEIT VOLTAGE VALUES (Voltsl o Test (at· listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). -1.630 -1.630 -1.630 -1.695 -1.696 -1.695 VIH max VILmin VIHAmin VILAmu VeE IVcc) Gnd 1.15.16 1.15.16 II r-~ 8 1.16.16 8 ___ ~ 1,15.16 8 8 1.15.16 1.16.16 1.16.16 1.16.16 :-- Switching Times- t Pulse'" Pul.Out -3.2 V ~5"-"~ 1.15.16 1.15.16 1.16.16 +2.0 V 150·ohm loadl Propagation Deley 1.4 '5+ 2'6+ 3'5_ 3+ Fall Time 120%'080%) 1.4 2.4 3.6 1.5 '.16.16 3.8 I III I I '5- 2+ Rills Time 120% to 80%1 3.6 '5+4'5-4+ '2+ '3+ '4+ '2_ '3_ '4_ 1.0 '.1 2.2 3.6 1.2 3.8 j j j j j j '1 ndivldually test each input using the pin connactions shown . •• Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2So C 10111 +0.31 V COAX COAX VOUT NOR INPUT I'ULSE (~-+-f--. GENERATOR -1 ' -+1-I 9 '0 " I I,. I I I I ~ I 13 12 I ~--~ b lo.M vEE--=3.2Vdc INPUT PULSE = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ : t - - NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm Is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 lirl\Jar fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all Input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one Input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5·41 1 0112 NOR OUTPUT GATE Smnotics DUAL 3·INPUT 1 DR/2 10112B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10112 is a dual high speed 3-input 1 OR/2 NOR output gate. The 10112 is designed to drive up to three transmission. lines simultaneously. The mUltiple outputs of this device also allow the wire-"OR"-ing of several levels of gating for minimization of gate and package count. 10112 :~4 7 The ability to control three parallel lines from a single point makes the 10112 particularly useful in clock distribution applications where minimum clock skew is desired. The 10112 is suitable for use in memory chip select decoding. The 10112 is particularly useful as a clock amplifier on a board using clock signals of both polarities. 3 9~2 1.0 n 11 13 14 FEATURES VCC1 = 1, 15, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.4 ns TYP (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) • POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE SIX 50 n LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA· TIONS: VEE =-5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC CAPABILITY TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10112 VCC2 1 6 0 - - - - - -_ _- - - - - . . . - - - - - - - - - - , REFERENCE CIRCUIT 11 perlC! VEe GATE 12 per IC! VCC2 16 1...-----1---4---0 140R L - . . - - + - - - o 1 3 NOR Rp All Rp = 50 Rp ~---~------+------~--_o8 'VCC1 for other gate is pin 1. 5·42 Rp VEE kil. 12 NOR DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10112 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TeST CONOITIONS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Pin _30°C Under Characteristic: Symbol Power Supply Drain Current IE Input Current linH Logic "1" Output Voltage VOH Test Min Max 1.060 -1.060 0.S90 -0.S90 0.5 -0.960 -0.960 -0.S10 -0.S10 -1.060 -0.S90 -1.675 -0.960 -1.850 -0.S10 -1.650 -1.675 -1.850 -1.S50 -1.650 -1.650 -1.S90 -1.S90 VOL Logic "1" Threshold Voltage -1.S90 -1.0S0 VOHA -1.675 VIHA min VILA max -0.S90 -0.S10 I -1.S90 -1.S50 I -1.206 -1.105 I I -1.500 -1.475 +86°C -0.700 I -1.826 I -1.035 I -1.440 TEST VOLTAGE APPLlEO TO PINS LlSTEO aELOW Max Unit VIHmax mAde ,uAdc -0.S90 -0.700 Vdc -0.S90 -0.890 -0.100 -0.700 Vdc Vdc -1.S26 -1.S25 -1.615 -1.615 Vdc Vdc -1.S26 -1.615 -0.910 -0.910 -0.9S0 -0.9S0 - VOLA VIL min _30°C +25°C +S5°C Min VIH max ,/.JAde -0.980 -1.080 -1.0S0 Logic "0" Threshold Voltage 10112 Tftl Limits +25°C Typ Max 38 420 linL Logic "0" Output Voltage Min Temperature -0.910 -1.650 1.655 -1.656 -1.655 -1.595 -1.595 -1.096 -1.650 -1.650 Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc ~SW~il~Ch~in-g=Ti-me-s--'----~-----+--~-+----~~=-~---+---1~==-+----+-~=-~~~-----+-----1--p-u~~-ln--~-p-ul-~-O-UI--~----~ 150·ohm loadl Propagation Delay 1.4 t5+ 2+ 15- 2t5+ 1_ 12+ 13+ 14+ Fall Time 120% 10 SO%I 121314- 3.5 2.6 j j j t5- 3+ t5+4t5_ 4+ Rise Time (20% to 80%) 2.4 1.1 2.2 3.5 III _. PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT @ o 2S C 10112 VCC1, VCC2 +2.0Vdc VIN VOUT 1· tr--.., ---, ""t COAX TPIN I VOUT COAX I I 5 I I VOUT 13 7 1:~: -+:, I 11 I 13 I L___ ~" b fO. M VEE"-3.2Vdc INPUT PULSE = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ OR NOR NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal aqullibrium has been establishad. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximataly 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground Is located In each scope input. Unusad outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Tast procadures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other Inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left alactrically open. 5. 6. Pin 1 = Pin 15 Pin 1 = Pin 15 = Pin = Pin 16 16 = VCC = 0 V, Pin 8 = VEE = -5.2 V. = VCC = +2.0 V, Pin 8 = VEE = -3.2 V. 5-43 QUAD EXCLUSIVE OR (WITH ENABLE) !ii!lDotiC!i 10113 10113B, F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES EeL DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10113 is a four gate array designed to provide the positive logic Exclusive OR function in high performance applications. This device contains a temperature compensated internal bias. which insures that the threshold point remains in the center of the transition region over temperature. Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused inputs to VEE. • • • • • Open emitter outputs are provided to enable bussing of multiple outputs together. If the four outputs of the 10113 are wire-ORed together the device performs a 4-bit compare function (outputs low for compare). • • • • PERFORMS 4-BIT COMPARE FUNCTION (IF OUTPUTS ARE WIRE- ORed TOGETHER) HIGH FUNCTIONAL DENSITY - FOUR EXCLUSIVE OR GATES/PACKAGE FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR EXCLUSIVE OR: 2.5 ns TYP LOW POWER DISSIPATION: 165 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE FOUR 50 n LINES HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V±5% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY OUTPUT ENABLE GATING MAKES POWERFUL LOGIC FUNCTION The outputs are all gated by the enable input. If this enable input is high all outputs will be forced low. LOGIC DIAGRAM APPLICATIONS 1011,3 • • • QUAD EXCLUSIVE-OR (For parity, error correcting, and other logic functions). FOUR-BIT COMPARATOR (For logic, test equipment, error detection applications). GATED FOUR-BIT COMPARATOR (Enable input permits wire-ORing multiples of four bits) TRUTH TABLE E9 IN 7 IN6 L L L L L L H H L H L H L H H L H rp rp L rp = Don't Care. TEMPERATURE RANGE ~~. -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' 5-44 PACKAGE TYPES • • B: l&Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP OUT3 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES. ECl .10113 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST VOLTAGE VALUES Temperature -30·C +26·C +86·C 10113 Test Limits Pin Symbol Power Supply Omin Current IE Input Current linH Logic "1" Output Vol,tage VOH Logic "0" Output Voltage VOL Logic "'" Threshold Voltage VOHA Min Test Ma. 40 266 720 -1.060 -1.060 -1.890 -1.890 -1.080 -1.060 n -0.890 -0.890 -1.675 -1.675 0.5 -0.960 -0.960 -1.850 VILmin VIHAmin VILA max VEE -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 -1.890 -1.205 -1.105 -1.035 -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 -5.2 -5.2 -5.2 ~1.850 -1.825 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: VOLA Min -1.650 -1.850 -0.980 -0.980 Unit VIHmax VILmln VIHAmin VILA max VEe - IJAdc 6,7 -0.890 -0.890 -1.825 -1.825 -0.910 -0.910 .uAdc 9 Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc 6,7 Vdc ),16 1,16 1,16 1,16 Vdc -1.595 -1.595 -1.630 Typ 0.700 -0.700 -1.616 -1.615 Ma. Vdc Unit Gnd 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 mAde -1.630 Min Ma. /JAde -0.810 -0.810 -1.660 -1.655 -1.655 Switching Times t (50 Ma. Min 6.7 linL Logic "0" Threshold Voltage VIHmsx 30·C Under Characteristic (Volts) @Tast (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). +1.11 V Pulse In Pulse Out -3.2 V +2.0 V load) Propagation Delay 1.16 2.5 2,3,14,15 2.7 ~ 2.7 2.5 2.5 RIse Time (20% to 80%) Fall Time (20% to 80%) 4,7,11,13 2,3,14,15 Any Input Any Input ---'--- -Individuallv tast each input apPlying VIH or VIL to Input under test. ··Any OUtput t Unused outPu~s connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground, SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10113 10113 ----Ii ____ ~"" VCC1 = Vccz" ~,----50% +z.o Vdc ~"' rtJ·,", r--!J-~--, '_t---I I , V OUT I I OR I I I I I I I I I I I I V OUT NOR NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket I I I or mounted on a linear printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift L----h---.J 1 ~ O,I"F approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts, 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50,ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground_ 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input 'or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. VeE· -3,2 Vdc INPUT PULSE = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ 5-45 Smnotics QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER 10115 10115B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10115 is a quad differential amplifier designed for use in sensing differential signals over long lines. The base bias supply (VSS) is made available at pin 9 to make the device useful as a Schmitt trigger, or in other applications where a stable reference voltage is necessary. • • • • • Active current sources provide the 10115 with excellent common mode noise rejection. If any amplifier in a package is not used, one input must be connected to VSS (pin 9) to prevent upsetting the current source bias network. • • • • GOOD COMMON MODE NOISE REJECTION FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.0 ns TYP LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES HIGH SYSTEM DENSITY - FOUR RECEIVERS PER PACKAGE VERY HIGH INPUT Z - NO 50 K PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY VBB VOLTAGE AVAILABLE ON PIN 9 TEMPERATURE RANGE • LOGIC DIAGRAM -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE s: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP 10115 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10115 :~, vee1 vee216 :~, 10~14 9Vaa 11~ ::~---016 ~ _ _",,:vB:::,a09 12 AMPLIFIER (4 pe' Ie) VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL 5-46 = "1" VEE 8 REFE~ENeE (1 pe' Ie) DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10115 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS @Te .. -0.890 '-1.890 +85"C -0.700 -1.825 Unit VIHmax VILmin 7,10,13 4,7,10,13 7,10,13 7,10,13 4 7,10,13 7,10,13 7,10,13 +25" C Symbol Power Supply Drain Current Ie Input Current 30"C Tes. Min Min linH Logic "0" Threshold Voltage Reference Voltage VBB Logic "0" Output Voltage Logic "1" Threshold Voltage -1.060 -1.890 -1.080 -1.500 -1.035 -1.440 'From -5_2 -6.2 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: (Vee) +25"e M •• M •• Min M •• 26 leBO VOH VOL VOHA VOI_A Logic "1" Output Voltage -1.205' 7 1--~0:::.8:'::10-+-\--'1-':.8-=:: 50'--t-_-"1.:::10 5 -+-\_-1:':':.4:::-75:---t-'--:P::-in---t---:5:-;;.2:-1 10115 Test Limits Pin Under Characteristic f-_ _..--_ _...;T:::ES:.:,T,...:v;::O::.;LT:.:::A:;:G=-E.=,:vA:::L:.:U:.::ES::..,--::-:----.,""':7---i Tempe_r3ato~rC. f-V:.::IH~m~••~_=V~IL~m~in~_=V~IH.!::A:..!m!!!Cin~-=V:!:IL~A.:::m::::: ••+-V::.:BB~+V-,Eo.::E-; (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). -0.890 -1.675 -0.960 -1.850 -0.980 -1.655 95 1.0 -0.810 -1.650 mAde ~Adc ~Adc -0.890 -0.700 -1.825 -0,910 -1.615 -1.630 1.420 1.280 -1.350 -1.230 1.295 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 3.1 2.9 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 2.9 2.9 3.3 1.0 1.0 1.1 3.3 1.1 -1.595 -1.150 Switching TimBs * Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc VIHAmin VILAm •• VBB VEE 5,6,11,12 5,6,11,12 5,6,11,12 5,6,11,12 5,6,11,12 5,6,11,12 5,6,11,12 8,4 8 -3.2 V Pulse Out Pulse In Gnd 1,16 5,6,11,12 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 +2.0 V (50-ohm load) Propagation Delay '4_ 2+ Rise Time (20% to BO%) Fall Time (20% to 80%) '2+ '2- '4+ 2- 3.6 3.3 1,16 5,6,11,12 3.3 3.3 3.7 3.7 t t • Unused outputs connected to 8 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10115 VeC1" VCC2 TPIN TPOlJT 'M COAX i·'l"t . " COAX INPUT +0.31 V VOUT NOR -1'-+1-- NOTE(6) INPUT PULSE t+ = t- =. 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) NOTES: 1, Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established, The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 3 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts, 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground, 3, Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner, 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5. One input from du ring testing. each gate must be tied to VBB (Pin 9) 5-47 !imnotiC!i TRIPLE DIFFERENTIAL OR/NOR LINE RECEIVER 10116 10116B,F: -30 to +8SoC DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10116 is a triple differential amplifier designed for use in sensing differential signals over long lines. The base bias supply (VBB) is made available at pin 11 to make the device useful as a Schmitt trigger, or in other applications where a stable reference voltage is necessary. Active current sources provide the 10116 with excellent common mode . noise rejection. If any amplifier in a package is not used, one input of that amplifier must be connected to VBB (pin 11) to prevent upsetting the current source bias network. Complementary· outputs are provided to allow driving twisted pair lines, to enable cascading of several amplifiers in a chain, or simply to provide complemented outputs of the input logic function. . • • • GOOD COMMON MODE NOISE REJECTION FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =2.0 ns TYP LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 83 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES • VERY HIGH INPUT Z - NO 50 K PULLDOWNS • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA· TIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS • OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY • VBB VOLTAGE AVAILABLE ON PIN 11 TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient LOGIC DIAGRAM PACKAGE TYPE 10116 B: 16·Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10116 :=t>-==----:: 14 V CC1 16 V CC2 16 ,: :=:D>""-----:: ::=t>~::: '-----.()OII 8 13 VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16. VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL 5·48 = "1" 12 AMPLIFIER 13 PER ICI VEE REFERENCE 11 PER ICI DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl [ElECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Voltsl (At Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Pin Power Supply Drain Cllrrent Test -30'C Min Min IE High OUlput Volt.go Low Output Voltagfl VOL High Threshold Voltage VOHA Low Threshold Voltage VOLA Reference Voltage VBB -1.060 -1.060 -1.890 -1.B90 -1.080 -1.080 11 VIHmax VILmln VIHAmin VILA max VBB VEE -0.B90 -0.810 -0.700 -1.B90 -1.850 -1.B26 -1.205 -1.106 -1.036 ':',.500 From -1.476 -1.440 Pin ~ 0.B90 -0.890 -1.676 -1.676 Typ Max 16 20 96 1.0 0.Bl0 -0.810 -1.660 -1.650 -0.960 -0.960 -1.850 -1.860 -0.980 -0.9BO -1.4;10 -1.665 -1.666 -1.280 -1.350 3.1 1.0 11 ~ -6.2 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO POINS BELOW: +86'C +26°C Ma. linH ICBO VOH @T ..I Tempograture -30'C +25'C +86'C 10116 Test Limits Unda, Symbol Ch.,acteristic • 10116 Min Ma. Unit VIHmax 0.890 -0.B90 -1.826 -1.826 -0.910 -0.910 0.700 -0.700 -1.615 -1.615 -1.630 -1.630 -1.230 -1.296 -1.696 -1.696 -1.150 2.9 1.0 3.3 1.1 3.7 VIHAmln VILAma. 9,12 9,12 9,12 9,12 9,12 9,12 9,12 Switching Times VBB 6,10,13 6,10,13 5,10,13 6,10,13 6,10,13 6,10,13 6,10,13 5,10,13 5,10,13 5,10,13 6,10,13 6,10,13 4,9,12 9,12 9,12 9,12 mAde !lAde !lAde Vde Vde Vde Vde Vde Vdc Vde Vdc Vdc VILmln Pulse In (Vee l Gnd VEE 1,16 1,16 .1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 B,4 8 1.16 1,16 1,16 1,16 +2.0 V -3.2 V P.ulseOut (50·ohm loadl Propagation Dalay t4+ 2+ 1.0 ~ t ~ Ri •• Time (20% 10 80%1 14-2_ 14+ 314-3+ 12+ t3+ 1213- 1.1 . 3.6 1.1 Fall Time (20% 10 BO%I ~ ~ ~ 2.0 5,10,13 t t 2J) t 3.3 I II t + 1,16 • Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground, o SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2S C 10116 J- I1_1+-_1 : Coax I ~180%50% t----:~:',' I 1 _ 1-+_1 £1 I I I I ~20%_ _ _ I -II-I-I I I - I 1+ I--- -+i_...J¥:- VOUINOR_ _ _ r 151 VEE' -3.2 Vd. :- 1-- _I 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5. One input from each gate must be tied to VBB during testing. INPUT PULSE = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) i ~ NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after therlT,lal equilibrium has been established, The circuit Is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 3 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. Note t+ I++-~ I _11+ 1-----I 1- i--- _...J 1-: (Pin 11) 5-49 !ii!lDotiC!i DUAL 2-WIDE 2,3-INPUT OR·ANDjOR·AND·INVERT GATE 10117 10117B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10117 package contains two 2 input/3 input OR-AND/ OR-AND INVERT complex gates. Pin 9 is common to both gates. This function is particularly useful in data control, multiplexing and distribution. The 10117 is optimized for high performance applications and has an excellent speed power product. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low. The high impedance inputs and high output fanout is ideal for a transmission line environment. 1011jl 10 ~-+---o15 11 FEATURES 12 " - - _ . . r -........... • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR TWO LOGIC LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP • POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - 50 kn PULLDOWNS • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC CAPABILITY • OUTPUTS MAY BE CROSS COUPLED BACK TO INPUTS TO MAKE A LATCH· FUNCTION 13 U---"L.-~-- VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1" TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to+85 PACKAGE TYPE B: 16 Pin Silicone DIP F: 16 Pin CERDIP CI RCUIT SCHEMATIC 10117 15 16 VCC2 14 .1---.---0 13 >-+--_-+--012 ~-t---~-+-+--ol1 '----+---1r--i--I---t---ol0 REFERENCE (1 PER IC) All Rp 5-50 = 50 kn. GATE (2 PER IC) • 10117 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES Eel ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OT... Temperatur. -lO"C (.at Listed Voltage and Ambient Temperatures). +85"C Unit VIH ....x +2S C Chor..,I.,lotl. Symbol Power Supply Ornin Current Ie Input Current linH Logic "1" Output Voltage VOH Logic "0" Out pur. Voitage VOL 10117 Till Limits -lO'C Min linL Logic "1" Threshold Voltage VOHA Logic "0" Threshold Voltege VOLA Switching Times -1.060 -1.060 -2.000 -1.890 -1.080 1.080 -0.890 -0.780 -1.675 1.675 Min Max 20 26 265 370 -0.810 -0.700 -1.650 1.650 Min -0.890 -0.890 -1.920 -1.825 -0.910 -0.910 Max -0.700 -0.690 -1.616 1.615 -1.655 -1.865 '- 1.4 3.9 1.4 0.9 ~ 4.1 ~ 1.1 2.2 4.0 1.1 4.6 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -1.630 -1.630 -1.595 -1.596 mAde #lAde #lAde #lAde #lAde Vde Vde Vde Vde Vde Vile Vde Vde Rise Tim. (20% 10 80%) Fall Time (20% lei 80%) VILmin 2.3 VEE -1.600 -1.476 1.440 -6.2 -6.2 -6,2 3.4 1.4 l l l ! VIHAmln VILA max VEE IVeel G... 1.16 1.16 1,16' 1.16 1.16 1.16 1,16 1,16 1.16' 1.18 1.18 1.18 1,16 4.9 4,9 4,9 9 r--t4+2+ 14- 214+ 314- 3+ 12+ 13+ 1213- VILA_ 4,9 +1.11 V It (50-ohm load) Propagation Delav VIHAmln -1.205 -1.105 1.035 +86°C Typ 0.5 0.6 -0.960 -0.960 -1.990 -1.850 -0.980 -0.980 VIL min 1.890 -1.850 -1.826 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +25°C Max VIHmax -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 P Pin U...... Till TEST VOLTAGE VALUES. IV_I Pulse In Pulse Out -3.2 V +2.0 V 8 1.16 3.8 ~ I • Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10117 V CC1 - V CC2 ~,~.,", r--~-l-~__ V out V OUT Coax OR i I I : I -1.+1I -I'· r---.--__--t-_---l-,. t-I-- I V OUT NOR I *- ---+r---.-_. .-I . 1l I1-1+--1 NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. INPUT PULSE t+ = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) 3. 4. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal' lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch· from TPin-to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5-51 !imnotiC!i DUAL 2-WIDE 3,3-INPUT OR·AND GATE 10118 101188, F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10118 package contains two 3,3-input OR-AND Complex gates. Pin 9 is common to both gates. This function is particularly useful in data control, multiplexing and data distribution. The 10118 is optimized for high performance applications and has an excellent speed power product. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low. The high impedance inputs and high output fanout is ideal for a transmission line environment. This gate meets the ECl 10,000 Series current and rise and fall time specifications. 10118 10C>-____"""'"'"""' 11 16 12 13 0----'---'-1 14 FEATURES • • • • • • VCC1 =1,VCC2=16,VEE=8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR 2 LOGIC LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINE HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VCC = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85° C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10118 r---------o12 r------o13 14 REFERENCE 11 PER IC) All Rp 5-52 = 50 k.!1. GATE 12 PER IC) DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10118 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Temperature -30'e +26'C +86'C Characteristic Symbol Power Supply Draimn Current Ie Input Current 'inH Pin Under TOIl Logic "0" Threshold Voltage VIHmlx -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 10118 TOIl Llmlll -30'C Min MIX Min +2B'C Typ 20 , VOH VOL VOHA VOLA -1.060 -2.000 -1.080 '6+2+ '8_ 2- 1.4 1.4 0.8 0.8 -0.890 -1.675 -0.960 -1.990 -0.9S0 Min Max 26 265 265 370 -0.610 -1.650 -1.656 I I VILmln -1.890 -1.860 -1.826 ,, Unit -0.890 -1.920 -0.910 -1.630 VIH max VILmln Ri •• Time (20% to 60%1 Fall Time (20% to 80%1 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.6 3.4 3.4 4.0 4.0 VILA max -1.600 -1.476 -1.440 I VeE -5.2 -6.2 -6.2 VIHAmln VILA max IVcel Gnd ,, VEE 1,16 1,16 ~Ade 1,16 -0.700 -1.615 -1.595 3,9 Vd" Vdc Vdc Vde 3,9 - +1.11 V 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.5 I ~Ade (50·ohm ioedl 3.9 3.9 4.1 4.1 I VIHAmin -1.206 -1.105 -1.036 mAde Switch!ng Times· Propagation Delay I TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED 8ELOW; +86'C Max 0.5 'inL Logic "1" Output Voltage Logic ..a.. OutPUt Voltage Logic "1 II Threshold Voltage TEST VOLTAGE VALUES IVolll1 @T..t 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.6 Pulse In Pulse Out -3.2 V 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 +2.0 V 1,16 3.8 3.8 4.6 4.6 ~ • Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10118 I Vln ~•. '" ( -I'--j-- r-------, ~~ in - I .++ r-- +0.31 V V OUT OR-AND : O::t::===r. . . Pulse Generator NOTES: 1. Eech ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other Inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All vOltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. INPUT PULSE t+ = t - '" 2.0 ± 0.2 (20% to 80%) ns 5-53 !imDotiC!i 4·WIDE 4,3,3,3·INPUT OR-AND GATE DUAL 10119B,F: -30 to +8SoC DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCR IPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10119 is a 4 wide 4-3-3-3 input OR-AND gate. Pin 10 is common to two of the input gates. This function is particularly useful in data control and mUltiplexing. The 10119 is optimized for high performance applications and has an excellent speed power product. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low. The high impedance inputs and high output fanout is ideal for a transmission line environment. 10119 FEATURES • • • • • • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR 2 LOGIC LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE SO n LINE HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL SO kn PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -S.2 V ±S% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16. VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1" TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 to +85 PACKAGE TYPE B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 10119 e V C2 f6o-~--~------~ 15 O----r--------------------~ 14 O----r--------------~ 13 O----r------~~~ GATES All Rp 5-54 = 50 kn. 12 Shown out of 4) to other gates ClampAnri Reference (1 PER Ie) 10119 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10119 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Symbol Power Supply Drain Current Ie Input Current linH 30°C Logic "1" Output Voltage Logic "0" Output Voltage Logic "1" Threshold Voltage Logic "0" Threshold Voltage Min Tes' Mo. Min Typ Mo. 20 26 266 265 370 Min Max -0.890 1.675 Unl' VIHmax mAde - -0.960 1.990 0.980 -0.810 1.650 1.656 Vil min t t -0.890 -1.920 0.910 1.630 -0.700 1.616 '3_ 2Rise Time (20% to 80%) Fall Time 120% to 80%) '1.5 1.5 VIHAmln VILA max VEE 1.595 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.5 3.4 3.4 4.0 4.0 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5 3.8 3.8 4.6 4.6 IVCC) Gnd 10 t t 3,10,15 1.16 1,16 1.16 3,10,15 10,15 10,15 ~ 1.4 '1.4 3.9 3.9 4.1 4.1 -5.2 -5.2 -6.2 10 Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc 150·ohm load) 1.4 1.4 0.8 0.8 VEE -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 1,16 1,16 +1.11 V t3+ 2+ VILA max -1.205 -1.105 -1.035 ~Adc Switching Times * Propagation Delay VIHAmin /JAde t -1.060 2.000 1.080 VILmin -1.890 -1.860 -1.826 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: 0.6 10 2 VOH VOL VOHA VOLA -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 +8SoC +26°C 10 7 'inL VIHmax 10119 Test Limits Pin Under CharaCteristic TEST VOLTAGE VALUES IVolt.) @Test Temperature _30°C +26°C +8SoC ns 1.16 1,16 Pulse In Pulse Out -3.2 V 1,16 10,13 10,13 ~ +2.0 V ~ • Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10119 Vln VCCl • VCC2 You, To Channel "A" +2.0 Vdc To Channel "B" i ±""' ."'± r---I I 1 I --1'--1- I Input V OUT 1 I I TP Puln8 Generator OR-AND out --1,++ r---- +0.31 V l= £ ..:.-.,--"'----=-~I ,+ 1- 1 I 1 1 I I ~--H"" VEE· -3.2 Vdc INPUT PULSE t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been establiShed. The circuit Is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will . shift approximately 2 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 VOlts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one Input or set of input conditions. Other Inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5·55 !ii!)DotiC!i 4-WIDE 3,3,3,3-INPUT OR·ANDjOR·AND·INVERT GATE 10121 10121B,F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10121 is a 4 wide 3-3-3-input OR-ANDIOR-ANDINVERT gate. Pin 10 is common to two of the input gates. This function is particularly useful in data control and multiplexing. The 10121 is optimized for high performance applications and has an excellent speed power product. All inputs are terminated with a 50 kn resistor to VEE which eliminates the need to tie unused inputs low. The high impedance inputs and high output fanout is ideal for a transmission line environment. 10121 10 FEATURES 11 • 12 • • • • • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY FOR 2 LOGIC LEVELS = 2.3 ns TYP LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 100 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABI LITY - CAN DRIVE TWO 50 n LINES HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY 13 14 15 VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1" TEMPERATURE RANGE 0 • -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient EQUATIONS (Positive Logic) 2 = (4+5+6) • (7+9+10) • (10+11+12) • (13+14+15) PACKAGE TYPE 3 = (4+5+6) + (7+9+10) + (10+11+12) + (13+14+15) B: 16-Pin Silicone DIP F: 16-Pin CERDIP = (4+5+6)· (7+9+10)· (10+11+12)· (13+14+15) CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 18 10121 - I" ~ ~ K~ I ~~ ()--< Rp Rp 5·56 kn. J r- ?- ?Rp Rp Rp ~7 Lf ~ K K >=r= 50 >- N 12 All R P r< Rp ~~ 10 VcCl H ......... VCC2 Rp Rp I 13 14 '7 16 ~?= ?- ~ Rp Rp Rp 8 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10121 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltage and Ambient Temperatures). TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Volts) @Test VIHmax -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 Temperature _30°C +26°C +85°C 10121 Test Limits Pin _30°C Under Characteristic T ..t Svmbol Power Supply Drain Current IE Input Current linH Min TVp 20 10 'inL Logic "1" Output Voltage Logic "0" Output Voltage 7 0.5 9 10 t -1.060 -1.060 VOH -1.890 -2.000 -1.080 -1.080 VOL LogIc "1" Threshold Voltage VOHA Logic "0" Threshold Voltage VOLA -0.780 -0.890 -1.675 -1.675 Min Max Unit 26 265 mAde 265 370 t -0,890 -1.850 -'1.990 -0.980 -0.980 -1.650 -1.650 -1.825 -1.920 -0,910 -0.890 -0.590 -0,700 -1.615 -1.615 -0.910 -1.630 -1.630 '4- 2- Fall Time (20% 'Unuse~ '0 80%) '3+ '2+ '3'2- 0.9 ~ 4.1 ~ 1.1 t ~ ~ -5.2 -5.2 Vil min VIHA min VILA max (VCC) God ,, VEE 1,16 1,16 10 1,16 -1.595 -1.595 10 2.3 3.4 1.4 3.8 ~ 4.6 ~ ~ ~ 1.1 ~ ~ ~ 2.5 4.0 1,16 1,16 4,10,15 Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc 1,16 1,16 4,10,15 4,10,15 10,15 10,15 10,15 10,15 ~ 1,4 -5.2 I I Vdc (50-ohm load) Rise Time (20% to 80%) VIHmax , -0.700 -0.810 3.9 -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 ~Adc -0.960 -0.960 1,4 I I ~Adc -1.655 -1.655 '4+ 3'4- 3+ t4+ 2+ I -1.105 -1.035 VEE VILAmBx -1.205 +8S'oC Max Switching Times • Propagation Delay VIHAmin TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +26°C Max Min VILmin -1.890 -1.850 -1.825 1,16 116 1,16 1,16 Pulse In Pulse Out -3.2 V 10,13 +2.0 V 1,16 ~ ~ outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ o 2S C 10121 VCCI - VCC2 +2.0 Vdc You. You, Coax VOUT ----, OR-AND I I I I I I I I I VOUT OR-AND-INVERT I I I I I I I I L ___ ~ l VEE' -3.2 Vdc INPUT PULSE = t - =, 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ l O.I~F NOTES: 1. Each EC L 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is In a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 2 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through e 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input, Uriused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are refllrenced to 1:he ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electdcally open. 5-57 9!!1DOtiC9 QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE DRIVER QUAD TTL TO Eel TRANSLATOR 10124 10124 B,F: -30 to 85°C ADVANCED INFORMATION DESCRIPTION DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES ECl LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10124 is a Quad Differential Line Driver or TTL to ECl translator. The 10124 inputs are compatible with standard and Schottky TTL levels. The outputs are standard ECl 10,000 levels. Complementary open emitter outputs provide for inverting, non-inverting or differential applications. A common strobe input when at a TTL logical "0" forces all true outputs to an ECl logical "0" and all inverting outputs to an ECl logical "1". 10124 12 10 ""----____-16 11 13 --L_-14 FEATURES • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =5.0ns TYP. • POWER DISSIPATION • VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT 50n LINES - DC OUTPUT lOADING FACTOR OF 90X8 • COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS • STANDARD ECl 10,000 SERIES OUTPUT lEVELS • OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS FOR BUSSING AND lOGIC CAPABiliTY • TTL COMPATIBLE INPUT STROBE • INPUT-CLAMP DIODES • FOUR TRANSLATORS PER PACKAGE =340mW/PACKAGE TYP. Vcc = 9 GND - 16 VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +5.0V±1%, VEE = -5.2V±1% 1. lEE = 66mA max. ICCH = 14.5mA max. ICCl'= 24mA max. 2. linl = -3.2mA max. (pins 5, 7, 10, 11) linl = -12.8mA max. (pin 6) linH = 2651lA max. (pin 6) 3. Vin = -1.2V min. (lin = -18mA) Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +5.0V±1% VEE = -5.2V±1%, Rl = 50n to -2.0V Vin = +2.0V min. or Vin = +0.8V max. TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient RECOMMENDED OPERATING VOLTAGE • VCC 4. VOH = -.81V max. = -.96V min. 5. VOL = -1.65V max. = -1.85V min. 6. tpd = 5.0 ns typo = 8.0 ns max. 7. tp tf = 2.5 ns typo (20 to 80%) = +5.0V±5%, VEE = -5.2V±5% PACKAGE TYPES • B: 16 Pin Silicone Dip • F: 16PinCerdip 5·58 Si!lDOliCS QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER QUAD Eel TO TTL TRANSLATOR 1.012 5 10125,18, F: -30to+85°C ADVANCED INFORMATION DESCRIPTION DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES ECl LOGIC DIAGRAM The 10125 is a quad differential translator. It can be used as a quad differential line receiver in a TTL system and also as a quad ECl to TTL translator. The 10125 incorporates differential inputs and Schottky-clamped TTL totem pole outputs. Differential inputs allow for use as an inverting/non-inverting translator or as a differential line receiver. 10126 FEATURES • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 5.0n5 TYP. • POWER DISSIPATION • DIFFERENTIAL INPUTS, ECl COMPATIBLE • ECl 10,000 LEVEL VBB AVAILABLE • INVERTING OR NON-INVERTING FUNCTION 14~ 13 ~1 1& =360mW/PACKAGE TYPICAL • SCHOTTKY TTL TOTEM POLE OUTPUTS • • RECOMMENDED POWER SUPPLIES: VCC =+5.0V DC ±5% VEE = -5.2V DC ±5% FOUR TRANSLATORS PER PACKAGE • OUTPUT lEVELS SPECIFIED FOR INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE +0.2V to-2.2V ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conditions: TA = 25°C, VEE = -5.2V ±1% VCC =+5.0V ±1% 1. Vec" 9 GND" 16 VEE" 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL" '1' IEE:= 40mA max. ICCH = 54mA max. ICCl = 45mA max. 2. linH = 110MA max. 3. VBB APPLICATIONS • QUAD DIFFERENTIAL LINE RECEIVER • QUAD ECL TO TTL TRANSLATOR • QUAD MOS TO TTL SENSE AMP • QUAD LEVEL DETECTOR TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient = -1.35V min. RECOMMENDED OPERATING VOLTAGE = -1.23V max. 4. tpd == 5.0ns typo (Cl = 15pF, Rl = 280n) := 7.0ns typo (Cl = 50pF, Rl = 280n) Conditions: TA = 25°C, VEE = -5.2V ±1% VCC = +5.0V ±5% f.iVin = 200mV 5. VOL = 0.5 max. (lOl = 20mA) 6. VOH=+2.7Vmin. (lOl=-1mA) • V CC =+5.0V ±5%, VEE = -5.2V ±5% PACKAGE TYPE • B: l6·Pin Silicone DIP • F: l6-Pin CERDIP 5·59 10130 DUAL D~TYPE LATCH !ii!lDotiC!i 10130F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10130 is a clocked dual D-type latch. Each latch may be clbcked separately by holding the common clock in the low state, and using the clock enable inputs for the clocking fUl'lction. If the common clock is to be used to clock the latch, the clock enable (CE) inputs must be in the low state. In this mode, the enable inputs perform the function of controlling the common clock (e). • Any change at the D input will be reflected at the output while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on the positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the high state, a change in the information present at the data inputs will not affect the output information. FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.5 ns TYP (DATA) = 2.8 ns TYP (SET, RESET) =3.0 ns TYP (CLOCK) • • • • LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 140 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50n LINES HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY PIN COMPATIBLE WITH 10131 = • • Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused inputs to VEE. The asynchronous set (S) and reset (R) inputs are effective only with the clock input high. The 10130 is pin compatible with the 10131 dual master/ slave type D flip-flop. LOGIC DIAGRAM APPLICATIONS • • • HIGH SPEED REGISTERS CONTROL LATCHES STATUS LATCHES 10130 TRUTH TABLE 51 50------, °1 7 0 - - - - 1 CE,8 "C" 9 R2 13 0 - ; - - - 1 CE2 11 ..r--___~. 14 0 C S R L L cJ> cJ> A I cJ> cJ> H cJ> H L L On cJ> H H L H ¢ H L H L cJ> H H H N.D. C=CE+C = Don't care N.D. = Not defined ¢ I °2 10 0 - - - - 1 16 82 1 2 0 - - - - - - - 1 TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1" PACKAGE TYPE • 5-60 0 -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient F: 16.pin CERDIP Qn +1 I DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10130 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Volts) @Test Temperature -30"C +25"C +85"C 10130 Test Limlls Pin Under Symbol Characterlstlo Power Supply Drain Current IE Input Current linH Logic "1" Output Voltage Logic "0" OUIPUI Voltage Logic "1" Threshold Voltege Logic "0" Threshold Voltage Switching Tim.. (60 {} loadl (See Figure 11 Propagation Delay Test 30°C Min 9 4,5,7 4- linL VOH VOL VOHA 1.060 '1.890 1.080 Ma. 28 35 220 265 285 0.50 0.960 -1.850 0.980 0.890 1.675 0.810 -1.650 1.656 VOLA VIHAmln VILA max VEE -1.890 -1.860 -1.205 -1.106 -6.2 -5.2 1.826 -1.036 -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 -0.810 0.700 Min Ma. Unit VIHmsx Ri.e Time (20% 10 80%) 16+ 2+ 14+ 212+ Fe" Time (20% Ie, 80%1 Setup Time 12· tsetupt Hold Time Ihold tt 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.8 1.1 1.1 2.6 2.5 VIHAmin VILA max VeE (VCC) Gnd 1,16 1.,16 ",Adc 4,9 5,9 0.890 -1.826 0.910 0.700 -1.615 -1.595 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 )lAde Vde Vdc Vdc Vdc ~ 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.2 VILmin mAde 1.630 17- 2t7+ 2+ -5.2 +8SoC Typ 6,11 VILmln -0.890 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +25°C Min Ma. VIHmax Pulse In Pulse Out -3.2 V +2.0 V 1,16 4.3 4.3 4.3 6,7 lll 6,7 B 4.3 4.6 4.6 2.6 1.6 1,16 1,16 'All other inputs are tested in the same manner. t tsetup is the minimum time before the positive transition of the clock pulse (C) that information must be present at the data input (D). ttthoid is the minimum time after the positive transition of the clock pulse (C) that information must remain unchanged at the data input (D). PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT 10130 VCC1 • VCC2 • V in +2.0 Vdc ~,t __ Vout L_J·"Jcoa. I I l------tsetup-l--thOld~ Outputs +0.31 V l~ TPout I I -----~.---------- I I 1 _----J L_--r--t.", I vee -3.2 Vdc INPUT PULSE t+ = t - = 2.0 ± (20 to 80%) C - CE + C NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device ha~ been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The Circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specificall'y referenced are left electrically open. 0.2ns < 5-61 Q UI cD J:J 10130 N C') c ~ en C') J: m s: »~ °12 VCC1 1 n Ci2 VCC2 16 14 52 G') ~ »r- ...a b 0 0 ...a 0 b 0 0 en m J:J m en m C') r- • ...a 0 ...a W 0 eE2 D2 S1o.:::.-I--+-~~---lH-----' RP C = CE + C. All Rp = 50 k.l1. S:1 RP RP RP Smnotics DUAL D-TVPE MASTER-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP 10131 10131 F: -30 to +85°C DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10131 is a dual master-slave type D flip-flop_ Asynchronous set (S) and reset (R) override clock ((5) and clock enable (CEl inputs_ Each flip-flop may be clocked separately bV holding the common clock in the low state and using tho enable inputs for the clocking function. If the common clock is to be used to clock the flip-flop, the clock enable inputs must be in the low state. In this case, the enable inputs perform the function of controlling the common clock. • The output states of the flip-flop change on the positive transition of the clock. A change in the information present at the data (D) input will not affect the output information at any other time due to master-slave construction. Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused inputs to VEE. Output rise and fall times have been optimized to provide rela),ation of system design and layout criteria. t-rOG = 125 MHz MIN = 160 MHz TYP • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.8 ns TYP (SET, RESET) = 3.0 ns TYP (CLOCK) • LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 235 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • HIGH FANOUT- CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY • PIN COMPATIBLE WITH 10130 The 10131 is pin compatible with the 10130 dual D-type latch. APPLICATIONS • • • • • LOGIC DIAGRAM 10131 CONTROL LOGIC STATUS LOGIC COUNTERS SHIFT REGISTER PRESCALERS TRUTH TABLE 51 D1 7 Cei6 R14 "l:c 9 R2 13 CE2 D C* S R rJ> L L L L H L L On L H H L L H rJ> .rJ> H L H rJ> rJ> L H L rJ> rJ> H H N.D. 5 14 11 D2 10 S2 12 15 ·An H represents a transition from L to H between t and t'" n + 1 Qn +1 -- =n + CE = Not defined C'" Cc N.D. TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1" -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5-63 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl '. 10131 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). I Temperature -30"C +25"C +86"C Cho .....iltlc Symbol Power Supply Drain Current Ie I nput Current IlnH ,nput Leakage Current 'inL Logic "I" OUIPUI Voltage VOH Logic "0" OUIPUI Voltage VOL logic "I" Threshold Voltage VOHA Logic "0" Threshold Vollage VOLA Pin Undor Tilt 10131 TOItLlml1l 30°C Min 4,6,' 6,7,9 2t 3t 2 2t 3 3t -1.060 -1,060 -1.890 -1.890 -1.080 -1.080 -0.890 -0.890 -1.676 -1.676 Min Typ Mo. 46 68 330 330 220 246 266 0.5 0.6 -0.960 -0.960 -1.860 -1,860 -0.980 -0.980 RI.. Time (20% 10 80%1 Fall Time (20% 10 80%1 Set Inpul PropeQllltlon Delay SatupTlmo HoldTlmo T..... Frequency (M •• I Mo. Unit VILAmo. VEE -1.206 -1.106 -1.036 -1.600 -1.476 -1.440 -6,2 VIHm ..: V'Lmin ! -0.810 -0.810 -1.660 -1.660 -0.890 -0.890 -1.B26 -1.826 -0,910 -0,910 -0.700 -0.700 -1.616 -1.616 1.1 16+2+ 112+ 16+ 16+ 3112+ 14- 16 3 14 14+2113+ 1614+ 3+ 113+ 14+ 16 3 14 3.0 4,6 -1.596 -1.696 1.6 2,6 1.1 2.6 1.1 4.9 4.9 1.2 2.8 1.2 4,8 4,3 + + + + 1.1 4.4 1.2 ~ ~ t 126 1.6 126 (Veel Gnd 8 8 1,16 1,16 2,8 4.3 + + 1,6 -0.6 160 2,6 + 1.2 + 126 2. NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the tast table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to 2.0 volts. 3. 4. Pul .. ln Pulse Out ! 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 -3,2Vdc +2,0 Vdc 1,16 6.0 1.1 1.1 + lsetuP lhold "'og 4,4 VEE Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc t j t t j t t 0.8 0,8 -6.2 -6.2 ~ #lAde -1.630 -1.630 1.5 VILA mo. ~Adc +1.11 Vdc 4.6 VIHAmln mAde !! ! + + 12 6 12 16 3 14 13 13 6,7 '6,7 16 3 14 2 .2 6 2 8 1,16 ~ ~ 4.8 1,16 + + MHz '1 ndividually test each input; apply V, L min to pin under test, •• Pin 3 is tied to pin 7 for these tests, tOutput level to be measured after a clock pulse has been applied to th,e CE input (pin 6) 5·64 VIHAmln -1.890 -1.860 -1.826 J.lAdc -1.666 -1.656 1.4 19+219+2+ 16+2+ 16+212+ 12_ Roselinpul Propagation Delay VILmin -0.890 -0,810 -0,700 VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: Min Switching Times Clock Input e • Pro_lion Oelav VIH max +UoC +25°C Mo. TEST VOLTAGE VALUES Vd. ±,% @Test t ~ 1,16 1,16 1,16 - - V I H max VOL min JL For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to o\Jtput pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope Input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10131 TOGGLE FREQUENCY TEST CIRCUIT VC C1 • V CC2 • +2.0 Vue Coax Coax TPout Q 1----0-----' Q 1 - - -......-----, 10131 210 J VEE SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT = -3.2 O 1PF . Vde PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10131 R Input S Input VCC1 = VCC2 = +2.0 Vdc 25"F J J V out Coax O.l"F QOutput rTPout 10131 VEE = 3.2 Vde NOTE tsetup is the minimum time before the positive transition of the clock pulse (e) that information must be present at the data input (D). thold is the minimum time after the positive transition of the clock pulse (e) that information must r'emain unchanged at the data 'input (D). 5·65 Q 10131 (1/2 OF CIRCUIT SHOWN) C5 c: » r- n -I C/) SLAVE VCCI VCC2 ~ ~ -K C=~~K~: >< -K rS 1- tSl- ~ ~6~K1- ~ ~" - ....-- J L-..- ~ ...& n b m g J: MASTER 0 J:J s: » -I 0 ...& 0 n § C/) m J:J m C/) m 0 r- • ...& 0 ...& W ...& I ,- 's_ ~c 1- r\r ~'1 ~'7 ., ~7 -Yr- - ~.,. ~ r-K y "" ...., r ....... ~7 ~7 To Other Flip-Flop !ii!lDotiC!i DUAL MULTIPLEXER LATCH IWITH RESET) 10132 10132F: -30 TO +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10132 is a dual clocked Ootype latch with 2 to 1 data multiplexirlg. Each latch may be clocked separately by holding the common clock in the low state, and using the clock enable inputs for the clocking function. If the common clock is to be used to clock the latch, the.clock enable (CE) inputs' must be in the low state. In this state, the enable inputs perform the function of enabling the common clock, (CC). • HIGH SPEED COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - LATCH IMPROVES SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. • MULTIPLEXED COUNT Any change at the selected 0 input will be reflected at the output while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on the positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the high state, a change in the information present at the data or select inputs will not affect the output information. The asynchronous reset input (R) overrides the clock inputs. • INPUTS TO REDUCE PACKAGE FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.5 ns TYP (DATA) = 3.7 ns TYP (SELECT) = 3.0 ns TYP (RESET) = 4.0 ns TYP (CLOCK) • LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 200 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED CAN DRIVE 50 n. INTERNAL 50 kn. PULLDOWNS = Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused inputs to VEE. • APPLICATIONS LOGIC DIAGRAM • 10132 A 4 X1 5 2 Z CEO Cc COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - REGISTER FOR: high speed central processors high speed peripherals high speed minicomputers high speed accumulators communication systems TRUTH TABLE 11 XO OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY 10 3 R xin Cc CE zn + 1 L L L L L L L H H L H L H Zn Zn Zn H H H H L L H H H L H L H Zn Zn Zn 1> L L L Z 7 L R B CE1 9 VO 13 V1 1~ L 16W L L 14W L H 1> L H 1> = Don't Care. Xin = A • XO + A • X1 TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16-Pin CEROIP 5-67 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl!·10132 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). 10132 Toot Limits Pin -lO°C Under Symbol Characteristic Toot Max Min Min +26"C Typ VILA .... x VEE --0.890 --0.810 --0.700 -1.890 -1.860 -1.205 -1.105 -1.825 -1.036 -1.600 -1.475 -1.440 -5.2 -5.2 -5.2 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW, +85°C Unit VIH mIX 7.11 lin H 290 290 390 ~Ade Max Min Max lin L VOH 2 -1.060 -0.890 VOL -1.060 -1.890 --0.890 -1.675 -1.676 VOHA -1.890 -LOBO OUlPutVoltage -1.650 -1.660 --0.980 --0.980 -LOBO Threshold Voltage -0.Bl0 -0.Bl0 -1.B60 -1.B60 VOLA Threshold Voltage I 7 --0.890 --0.700 Vde -0.890 -1.B25 --0.700 -1.616 Vde 5,11 Vde -1.826 -0.910 -1.615 Vde Vde 4 6,11 -0.910 -1.656 -1.630 -1.596 Vde Vde -1.665 -1.630 -1.696 Vde j 4 1,16 7,9,10 1,16 7,9,10 7,9,11 1,16 1,16 1,16 7,9,10 11 7.9,10 7,9,10 11 7,9,10 7,9,10 +1.11 V +0.31 V 8 .8 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,)6 -3.2 V Pulse Out Pulse In +2.0 V 1,16 7,9,10 2.6 3.0 '4+2+ '6+2'7-2+ Ond 1.111 1.16 IJAdc --0.960 --0.960 VEE VILA ....x 10 11 0.60' Output Voltage !.ogie "0" VIHAmln VILmln 6,11 6,7 290 220 220 Logic "1" Switching Times (50-ohm load) IS •• Figur.ll Propagation Delay Data Reset Clock Select Setup Time Data Select Hold Time Data Select Ris. Tim. 120% '0 80%1 Fall Tim. (20%'080%1 VIHAmln mAde 4' Logic "0" VILmln 60 10 11 Logic "1" IVoItsl VIH .... x Ie Power Supply Current Input Current TEST VOLTAGE VALUES • Tnt Temperature -30°C +25°C +8SoC 4.0 11 3.7 '11+2+ lsetup tsetup 1.5 'hold 2.5 0.0 'hold '2+ '2- --0.6 2.0 2.0 4,10 11 1,16 1,16 10,11 11 1,16 1,16 4.10 10,11 7 7.9,10 7,9,10 B 8 1,16 1,16 "All other inputs tested in the same manner. PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 2SoC SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT 10132 10132 ':9F---- ;;-~~-f.;;----- ~'" 50% V CC1 " V CC2 " J ZO~:~ +2.0Vdc ~"t t·", VO~ r=--- - ___ i +1.11 V ,20% '2+_1 ~'8+2-1 f A INPUT COAX .J I I 'se,up 50% 1------ - - - - - - - - - - +1.11 V +0.31 V \ . 50-: - - - - - - - +111V l---l~ 'hOld +0.31 V +111 V _____..Jf 50'::" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ +0.31 V / I I L---n---.J I .:r. VEE INPUT PULSE t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) 5·68 0.1 ~F ;'2 Vdc NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse~ air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained.IVoltage levels will shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm • Outputs are terminated through a 50·ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to Input pin and TP out to output pin, A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of Input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. Smnl!tiCS QUAD D-TYPE LATCH (WITH GATED OUTPUTS) 10133 10133F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP ADVANCED INFORMATION DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel I)ESCRIPT~ON FEATURES The 10133 is a high speed, low power, ECl quad latch consisting of four bistable latch circuits with D-type inputs and gated Q outputs. Open emitters allow a large number of outputs to be' wire-O Red together. Latch outputs are gated, allowing direct wiring to a bus. When the clock is high, the outputs will follow the 0 inputs. Information is latched on the negative going transition of the clock. The outputs are gated low when the output enable is high. All four latches may be clocked at one time with the common clock., or each half may be clocked separately with iits clock. • • • • • • LOGIC DIAGRAM FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 4.0 ns TYP CLOCK OR DATA TO OUTPUT =2.0 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT = 0.7 ns TYP SETUP AND HOLD TIMES GATED OUTPUTS FOR BUS-10RIENTED APPLI· CATIONS HIGH DENSITY - FOUR LATCHES PLUS GATING LOW POWER D'ISSIPATION = 290 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE FOUR 50n LINES HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER· FACE SPECIFICATIONS = 10133 • APPLICATIONS • TEMPORARY STORAGE ELEMENT IN: high speed central processors high speed peripherals and memories high speed digital communications instrumentation test equipment • BUS-ORIENTED STORAGE REGISTER FOR: mini-computers array processors TRUTH TABLE G C D H rJ> rJ> On+1 L On L L rJ> L H L L L H H H C= Cc+ CE rJ> VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16-Pin CERDIP = Don't Care NOTES: 1. For AC tests, all Input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 2. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm • Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. 5·69 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10133 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST VOL TAGE VALUES (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Temperature VIHmax VIL min +25 C -0.890 -0.810 -1.890 -1.850 +8S"C -0.700 -1.825 -30"C ol 10133 Test Limits Pin -30'C Under Characteristic Symbol Power Supply Dram Current IE I"IHII Current tll1H Loqu: "1" Test - -1.060 -0.890 VOL -1.890 t t -1.675 VOHA -1.080 Output VoltWJP. Loqlc "1" t t VILA max VEE -1.500 -5.2 -1.475 -5.2 -1.440 -5.2 +85°C Max Min Max Unit 75 mAde 245 IJAdc 220 350 ~ 0.5 Irlll VOH OUflHI! VOllilCII! Loqrc "0" Typ VIHAmin -1.205 -1.105 -1.035 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +2S'C Min Min (Volt.) @Test VIH max VIL min VIHA min VILA max VEE 13 1,16 t 1,16 1,16 JJAdc -0.960 -0.810 t t -1.650 t -1.850 -0.980 --0.890 -0.700 Vdc t t -·1.615 t t Vdc - 1.825 t t Vdc -0.910 Gnd 1,16 3,4 3,13 t t 4 1,16 13 3,5 13 3,4 1,16 rhn~sholrl Vollag~ 3,4 2t 2tt 2tt 3 2 LogIC "0" -1.655 VOLA -1.630 -1.595 13 Vdc 3,4 5 8 1,16 j j -3.2 V +2,0 V Thr()shold Voltage 21 211 j 211 j -- j j - 13 SWllchlllgTrmes t tt +1.11 V 13+ 2+ 4.0 ~ 4.0 2.0 14 2+ '5,_ 2"1 Rise Tune (20% to 80%) Fall Time (20% to 80%) Pulse In r--- (5011 loadl Propagation Delay tsetup· 0.7 Ihold·· 0.7 2.0 2,0 '2+ '2 __ tOutput level to be measured after a clock pulse has been applied to the clock input (Pin 4). ttOata input at proper high/low level while clock pulse is high so that device latches at proper high/low level for test. Levels are measured after device has latched. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT Pulse Out 1,16 *tsetup is minimum time before the negative transition of the clock pulse (C) that information must be present at the data input (0). • *thold is the minimum time after the negative transition of the clock pulse (C) that information must remain unchanged at the data input (0). PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 25°C 10133 Vee1 - Vee2 +2.0 Vdc +1.1 V VOUTNOR --~- INPUT PULSE t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) n·", Vee - -3.2 Vdc 5-70 D!_--JI-~ 0 1 / Si!lnotics DUAL MULTIPLEXER-LATCH (WITH INDEPENDANT SELECTS) 10134 10134F: -30 to +85°C GERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10134 is a dual clocked D-type latch with 2 to 1 data mUltiplexing. Each latch may be clocked separately by holding the common clock in the low state, and using the clock enable inputs for the clocking function. If the common clock is to be used to clock the latch, the clock enable (CE) inputs must be in the low state. I n this state, the enable inputs perform the function of enabling the common clock (CC). • Any change at the selected D input will be reflected at the output while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on the positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the high state, a change in the information present at the data or select inputs will not affect the output information. • • • • • • • SERII~S EeL HIGH SPEED COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - LATCH IMPROVES SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. MULTIPLEXED INPUTS TO REDUCE PACKAGE COUNT FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 2.5 ns TYP (DATA) = 3.5 ns TYP (SELECT) = 4.0 ns TYP (CLOCK) LOW POWER DISSIPATION 225 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES HIGH Z INPUTS - INTEHNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AIND BUSSING CAPABILITY Input pulldown resistors eliminate the need to tie unused inputs to VEE. LOGIC DIAGRAM 10134 APPLICATIONS • COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - REGISTER FOR: high speed central processors high speed peripherals high speed minicomputers high speed accumulators communication systems AO 6 A111 XO 4 2 Z X1 CEO Cc TRUTH TABLE 5 3 Z 1(1 7 CE1 9 16W VO 13 14W V112 C AO XO X1 zn + 1 L L L L H L L H H L H 1> 1> 1> 1> 1> L H L H L H Zn 1> 1> 1> = Don't Care C = CE + Cc Xin = AD • XO + AO • X1 TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCC1 = 1" VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' 0 -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16·Pin CERDIP 5·71 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10134 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TeST VOLTAGE VALUES _30°C Under Svmbol Characteristic Test Temperature Min Max Logic "1" 'in L VOH Max Min 55 290 290 220 Output Voltage Logic "0" -1.890 VOHA -1.890 -1.080 Output Voltage Logic "1" -1.060 ~i.060 Threshold Voltage -0.890 0.50 -0.960 -0.890 -1.675 -0.960 -1.860 -0.810 -0.810 -1.660 -1.675 -1.860 -1.890 -1.850 -1.205 -1.106 -1.500 -0.810 -1.475 I I -5.2 -5.2 +85"C -0.700 -1.625 -1.035 -1.440 I -5.2 Unit VIHmax mAde IJ.Adc 6,7,11 4 5,6 -1.650 logic "0" -1.655 -1.666 VOLA Threshold Voltage Switching Times (50--ohm load) VILmin VIHA min VEE VilA max j 7 10 -0.890 -0.700 -0.890 -1.825 -1.825 -0.700 -1.616 -1.615 -0.910 -0.910 -1.630 -1.695 -1.630 -1.596 TVp j 1,16 4 5,6 Vdc Vdc 6,7,10 7,10 Vdc Vdc 4,6,7,10 5,7,10 Vdc Vdc 6,7,10 7,10 Vdc Vdc 6,7,10 Max Gnd 1,16 1,16 .uAdc -0.980 -0.980 -1.080 VEE -0.890 +2S"C 220 VOL VILA max -30"C 290 10 4" VIHAmin +85"C Max Min VILmln TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +2S"C Power Supply Drain Current lin H VIH max 10134 Test Llmi .. Pin Input Current IVol •• 1 @T ... (At listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). 1,16 1,16 1,16 1.16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 7,10 +1.11 V +0.31 V Pulse In Pulse Out -3.2 V +2.0 V (See Figure 1) Propagation Delay Setup Time Hold Time Data Clock Select Data Select Dat8 Select t4+2+ 2.5 '10-2+ t6+2+ tsetup 4.0 tsetup thold 'hold '2+ '2_ Rise Time (20% to 80%) Fall Time 120% '0 80%1 6,7,10 1,16 t 10 3.5 7,10 1.5 2.5 0.0 -0.5 6,7 7,11 6,7 7,11 2.0 6,7,10 1,16 1,16 2.0 6,7,10 1,16 6 4,10 1,16 6,10 4,10 6,10 1,16 1,16 *AII other inputs teued in the same manner. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 25°C 10134 10134 Vecl = VCC2 +2.0 Vdc V OUT , . . - - - - - - - - - - - - +111V J =.:r ----------% X INPUT I ~ '4 + 2+ I Z INPUT t setup I 80% 50% I '2--=-LC 20% ,J"' +0 31V n n~::: 1- "'" 1- I ~I I----+--.J thold ------...1 --------- -+0.31V L----fi--~ _--II VEE - -3.2 Vdc INPUT PULSE t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) NOTES: 1. Each EC L 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 4 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. 5·72 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner, 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal, Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. UNIVERSAL HEXADECIMAL COUNTER UNIVERSAL DECIMAL COUNTER !ii!lDotiCS ADVANCE INFORMATION TO BE ANNOUNCED 10136F,10137F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP 10136 10137 DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION APPLICATIONS The 10136 and 10137 are high speed synchronous counters that can count up, count down, preset, or stop count at rates exceeding 100 MHz. Either the binary counter (10136) or the decade counter (10137) can be useful in high speed central processors and peripheral controllers, mini-computers, high speed digital communication equipment, and instrumentation. The 10136 is a 16-state (Hexadecimal) counter and the 10137 is a 10-state (Decade) counter. The flexibility of these devices allows the designer to use one basic counter design for all applications. The synchronous count feature makes these MSI parts suitable for either computers or instrumentation. The carry input enables the counter, and prevents it from changing state when the clock goes high. The inputs S1 and S2 control the state of the counter: stop count, increment (count up), decrement (count down), and preset (program) count. The other inputs are clock, and the four D inputs for presetting the counter. When used as a prescaler, it is possible to extend the input frequency of the 10136, 37 to over 200 MHz with the 10231. FUNCTION SELECT TABLE 81 82 OPERATING MODE L L H H L H L H Preset (Program) Increment (Count Up) Decrement (Count Down) Hold (Stop Count) The outputs include four Q's and a carry out which goes low on the terminal count. When an output is not needed, it can be left open to conserve system power. The counter changes state only on t!1e positive-going edge of the clock. Any other input may change at any time except during the positive transition of the clock. The next state of the counter is determined by the configuration of the inputs only during the positive transition of the clock. TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16·Pin CERDIP BLOCK DIAGRAMS 10136 10 Cii'ii"RYTrii 13 ~~~~e,r 12 DO 10137 10 CAiiRv'iN ,.. 13 g~g1~M ,.. I I 00 14 12 DO 01 11 11 .... ..... VCC1 = 1. VCC2 = 16. VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL 15 -- = '1' 5·73 !imnotiC!i FOUR·BIT UNIVERSAL SHIFT REGISTER ADVANCE INFORMATION TO BE ANNOUNCED 10141 10141 F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCR IPTION BLOCK DIAGRAM The 10141 is a four bit universal shift register. The register performs shift left or right, serial/parallel in and serial/parallel out with no external gating. This device is useful for counting, temporary storage, and shifting in high speed digital communication systems, instrumentation, peripheral controllers and computers. 13 I OL 00 C Inputs Sl and S2 control the four possible operations of the register without interfering with" the clock. The flip-flops shift information on the positive edge of the clock. The four operations are: stop shift, shift left, shift right, and parallel entry of data. The other six inputs are all data type inputs: four for parallel data entry, one for shifting in from the left (DU, and one for shifting in from the right (DR). When the register is used for serial output only, the unused emitter-follower outputs can be left open. 12 DO 11 01 10 Ql - 14 15 02 - Q2 03 ,.. ,.. 81 a3 82 DR J VCC1 =1,VCC2=16,VEE=8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' The 10141 is. capable of 200 MHz shift rate operation (typical). TRUTH TABLE PULSE S1 FUNCTION TABLE L L L L L L L L L L H H H H L H H H L L L L H L X X X X .x - - - - X X X L H H H L H H L L L H L 6 7 L L L L H H H H X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X L H L L X X X X L H L L H L H L H H L H L H H L 8 9 10 11 H H H H L L L L X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X L H H L L H L L H L L H L L H H L H H L 12 13 14 H H H L H H X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X L X X H H H H H H L L" L L L L 0 1 2 3 4 5 FUNCTION TABLE INPUTS OUTPUTS* S2 03 02 01 DO DR DL Q3 Q2 Q1 QO SELECT S1 S2 OPERATING MODE L L H H L H L H Parallel Entry Shift Right Shift Left Stop Shift TEMPERATURE RANGE 'Outputs as exist after pulse appears at conditions as shown. "c" Input with "input (Pulse = Positive transition of clock input) X = Don't Care 5·74 • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: l6·Pin CERDIP Si!lnotics 12·81T PARITY CHECKER·GENERATOR CIRCUIT 10160 10160 F: -30 to +85°C ADVANCE INFORMATION TO BE ANNOUNCED DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCR IPTION FEATURES The 10160 is a high performance parity circuit constructed with nine EXCLUSIVE-OR gates in a single package, internally connected to provide odd parity checking or generation. • HIGH FUNCTIONAL DENSITY ON ONE CHIP REDUCES PACKAGE COUNT AND SAVES SYSTEM POWER • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 4.0 ns TYP • LOW POWER DISSIPATION TYPE (NO LOAD) • HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY CAN DRIVE 50.Q LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 k.Q PULLDOWNS • CONTROLLED OUTPUT RISE AND FALL TIMES -·2.0 ns TYP (20% TO 80%)(ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • OPEN EMITTER LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY Input pulldown resistors ensure that the unconnected inputs are pulled to low logic level allowing parity detection and generation for less than 12 bits. The Output goes high with ODD parity on input pins 3 through 15. (That is, if there are 1,3,5,7,9 or 11 'l's on these inputs).. Expansion for word lengths greater than 12 bits can be achieved by connecting to the carry inputs of the 10170 Parity Circuit or by using 10107 or 10113 EXCLUSIVEOR gates. = 325 mW/PACKAGE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS LOGIC DIAGRAM 10160 Conditions: T A = 25°C, VEE = -5.2 V ±1% 1. IE = = 62 mA dc typo 78 mA dc max. 2. linH = 265 IlA dc max. (pin 3 etc.) = 220 IlA dc max. (pin 4 etc.) Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +2.0 V ±1%, VEE = -3.2 V ±1%, 50.Q loads INPUTS 10 11 3. tpd = 4.0 ns typo 4. t r , tf = 2.0 ns typo (20% to 80%) 12 14 15 TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC; HIGH LEVEL = '1' PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5·75 Si!lnotics 1 OF 8 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER (SELECTED OUTPUT IS LOW) 10161 10161 F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10161 is a binary coded 3 line to 8 line decoder. Outputs are normally high with the selected output going low. Two enable inputs make it ideally suited for demultiplexer applications. One of the two enable inputs can be used as the data enable input. Either enable input when high, forces all outputs high. • • • • The 10161 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times found in other decoders. The 10161 is a low power, high speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open emitter outputs. FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =4.0 ns TYP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT • • • • = 4.5 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 295 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT 50 n LINES TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UN· EQUAL DELAY TIMES HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA· TIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER· FACE SPECIFICATIONS LOGIC DIAGRAM 10161 APPLICATIONS • • 1 of 8 Decoder 1 line to 8 line Demultiplexer D6 11 TRUTH TABLE ENABLE INPUTS AO(LSBI 7 D1 6 E,15 2 Yo n........:r---._.L-.I C>-L-,/--+-----......,L.....,...;' DO 6 (INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR) E1 EO A2 A1 AO DO 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 L L L L L L L L H L H L L L L L L L L L H H L L L L H H H H L L H H L L H H L H L H L H L H l/> l/> l/> l/> l/> l/> l/> l/> l/> L H H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H H L H H H TEMPERATURE RANGE 0 -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • 5·76 OUTPUTS l/> : Don't Care. • VCC1 :1.VCC2:16,VEE:8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL: '1' INPUTS F: 16·Pin CERDIP DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10161 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS @TOI' Temperature (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). -30"C +2SoC +86"C 10161 TOI' Limit. Pin -JOoC Under Test Symbol Characteristic Min MIX Min +26°C Typ 67 Min -0.890 -0.960 -0.810 -0.890 -1.675 -0.960 -0.810 -0.890 VOL -1.860 -1.660 -1.826 0.910 -0.910 Risa Tima (20% to 80%) '14+ 13'14-13+ 13 13 13 13 '13+ '13- Fall Tima (20%'080%1 Max 0.6 13 -1.476 -1.440 -6.2 -1.035 -1.666 -0.890 -0.700 -0.700 -1.615 VIHAmln -5.2 (VCC) Gnd VeE - -"---- 8 - Vdc Vde Vde VILAma. 8 8 -- ~~~- ---'8"'-- 15 14 -: -- :::~ 1.16-- ~!~- 1,16 8 -- ~- Vde Vde -1.696 -1.630 VILmln 14 /lAde 0.980 -0.980 -1.080 -1.105 -1.826 2,7,9,14,15 14 -1.060 VOLA -1.860 /lAde 13 Threshold Vol,aue Logic "0" Threshold Voltage Switching Times * (60-ohm load) Propaga,lon Delay -0.810 -0.700 mAde VOH 1.080 -5.2 72 Logic "1" -1.060 -1.890 VEE -1.500 266 14 14 13 13 VILAm •• -1.205 VIHmlK IE 13 13 VIHAmln -1.890 Unit l'nH lin L VOHA VIL min -0.890 +86·C Max Input Current Output Volta",e VIHmlx TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: Power Supply Orain Current logic "0" Output Voltage Logic "I" TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Volll) 15 14 Vde 4.0 8 8 Pulse In Pulse Out 14 13 1,16 1,16 --r---- -3.2 V +2.0 V 1,16 4.0 2"0 2.0 ·Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 2SoC 10161 10161 VCC1"VCC2 +2.0 Vdc ~" ± It·", r--- - - - , +O.31V I I I 10161 I -1.-+1-- I INPUT I INPUTS PULSE GENEFIATOR OUTPUTS I I I I I I Lr-n-r t"" I '''' £ +0"31 Vdc INPUT PULSE t+ = t- = 2,0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) V EE "-3.2 Vdc NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit Is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 6 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5·77 StgDDtiCS 1 OF 8 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER (SELECTED OUTPUT IS HIGH) 10162 10162F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10162 is a binary coded 3 line to 8 line decoder. Outputs are normally low with the selected output going high. Two enable inputs make it ideally suited for demultiplexer applications. One of the two enable inputs can be used as the data enable input. Either enable input when high, forces all outputs low. • The 10162 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times found in other decoders. The 10162 is a low power, high speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open em itter outputs. LOGIC DIAGRAM 10162 FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =4.0 ns TVP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT =4.5 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT • LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 295 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT 50 n LINES • TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UN· EQUAL DE LAY TIMES • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA· TIONS: VEE =-5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS • OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS • MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER· FACE SPECIFICATIONS APPLICATIONS °5 • 1 of 8 Decoder • 1 line to 8 line Demultiplexer 12 TRUTH TABLE INPUTS El 15 EO n-.r"""",--.L....J 2o-L-~+-------+4L/ rt> (INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR) E1 EO L L L L L L L L H L H L L L L L L L L L H H OUTPUTS A2 A1 AO 00 01 L L L L H H H H L L H H L L H H 'L H L H L H L H rt> rt> rt> rt> rt> rt> rt> rt> rt> H L L L L L L L L L L L H L L.: L L L L L L L 02 03 04 05 06 07 L L L L L H L L L L L L L L L L L H L L L L L L L L L L L H L L L L L H L L L L L L L L = Dog't Care. TEMPERATURE RANGE • -30 to +85" C Operating Ambient VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16-Pin CERDIP L L L H L L L L L L L L L L L H L L L L L L DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10162 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Characteristic Symbol Power Supply Drain Current IE Input Current linH Logic "1" VOH linL VIHrnax VIL min VIHAmln VILA ma. VEE _30°C +2SoC -0.890 -{J.81 0 +85°C -0.700 -1.890 -1.850 -1.826 -1.205 -1.105 -1.035 -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 -5.2 -5.2 -5.2 Unit VIH max Temperature 10162 Tesl Limits Pin TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Volts) @Test (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED aELOW: _30°C Under Test Min Wcd Min Max 14 14 13 -1.060 -0.890 13 13 13 -1.890 -1.890 -1.080 1.675 -1.675 0.5 -0.960 Typ Ma. 57 72 265 Min Max VIL min VIHA min VILA ma. VEE /.lAde 14 14 /.lAde -0.810 -0.890 -0.700 -1.650 -1.660 -1.826 -1.825 -0.910 -1.615 -1.615 Vde Gnd 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 mAde 14 Output Voltage Logic "0" VOL Output Voltage Logic "1" VOHA -1.860 -1.860 -0.980 8 Vde Vde Vde 14 1.16 Threshold Voltage Logic "0" Threshold Voltage VOLA 13 13 1.665 -1.666 -1.630 -1.630 -1.596 -1.595 -',161,16 15 -8- Vde Vde 1,16 15 Switching Times * Pulse In T1e- -3,2 V Pulse Out +2.0 V (60-ohm load) Propagation Delay 4.0 13 13 1.16 14 '14+ 13+ 13 4.0 114-13Rise Time (20% to 80%) 13 2.0 Time~ (20% to 80%) ~Fall ____ ________ ~____~__~-L 13 ____~____~__~~2'~0-L____~__~__ .__~____~____-L____~____~~____- J______ _ ·Unused outputs Ct)nnected to 50-ohm resistor to ground. PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 25°C SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT 10162 10162 tIt .", +2.0 Vdc ~" +1.11 V I ---I '--1- r--- ----, 1 INPUT I 1 1 I I I I I I INPUTS PULSI, GENERATOR OUTPUTS I I 1 lo.1~F +0.31 Vdc INPUT PULSE =2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ = t - 1 t~-----h-1 1 - +0.31 V -It-I-'"-----=~I t+ 1- I I I I O.I~F r 1\: £ 1 I ---1,++ Vee--3.2 Vdc - NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown In the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is In a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm Is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to Input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one Input or set of. Input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5-79 !imnotiC!i 8 LINE TO 1 LINE MULTIPLEXER (WITH ENABLE) 10164 10164F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10164 is a high speed, low power 8 to 1 multiplexer/data selector which routes data present at one-of-eight inputs to the output. The data is routed according to the three bit code present on the address inputs. An enable input is provided for easy bit expansion. The 10164 has high Z input pulldown resistors and open emitter outputs. • • • • • • LOGIC DIAGRAM FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 3.5 ns TYP DATA TO OUTPUT = 5.0 ns TYP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT = 2.0 ns TYP ENABLE TO OUTPUT OUTPUT ENABLE TO PERMIT OUTPUT BUSSING LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 290 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE A 50 n LINE HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIA· TIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTER· FACE SPECIFICATIONS 10164 APPLICATIONS • • • • 8 to 1 Multiplexer 8 to 1 Data Selector Parallel to Serial Conversion Barrel Shift Logic Al A2 10 EO 2 DO TRUTH TABLE 16 ENABLE 01 ADDRESS INPUTS A2 A1 AO Z 5 O2 03 3 L L L L DO L L L H D1 L L H L D2 L L H H D3 04 11 L H L L D4 05 L H L H D5 12 L H H L D6 De L H H H 07 H 1> 1> 1> L 13 oj 14 1> = Don't Care. TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCC1 =1,VCC2=16,VEE=8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' PACKAGE TYPE • 5·80 -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient F: 16·Pin CERDIP DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10164 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). VIHmax VILmin VIHAmin VILA max VEE +26°C +S5°C -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 -1.890 -1.850 -1.825 -1.205 -1.105 -1.035 -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 -6.2 -5.2 -5.2 Unit VIHmax Temperature _30°C 10164 Test Llmi's Pin _30°C Under Test Characteristic Svmbol Power Supply Drain Current IE Input Current linH Logic "1" Output Voltage VOH VOL VOHA VOLA 15 15 15 15 t4+ 15+ 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Min M •• Logic "1" Threshold Voltage Logic "0" Threshold Voltage Switching Times· (50 Ulaad) Propagation Delay -1.060 -1.890 -1.080 -0.890 -1.675 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: (Vcc) Max Min M •• 75 220 VILmln t7+ 15+ '7-15t2+ 15+ '2-15+ Aise Time (20% to 80%) '0 BO%) SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT VEE -0.810 -1.650 ,-_.-God --~ 1.16 ~ .~.~- tlAdc -0.890 -1.826 -0.910 -1.630 - VILA max ~Adc 0.5 -0.960 -1.860 -0.980 -1.655 - VIHAmin mAde -0.700 -1.616 -1.595 Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc r--fis 4.9 9 4.9 9 r--t,a 1.16 1.16 +1.11 V '4-15- Fall Time (20% +26°C Typ 56 linL Logic "0" Output Voltage Min TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Volt.) @Test 3.5 3.5 5.0 5.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Pulse I" PulsaOut -S.2V +2.0 V 1.16 15 7.5 7.5 9 - PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2SoC V CC1 = V CC2 +2.0 Vdc ~----- +l.lV NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit boerd and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. INPUT PULSE t+ = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 801%) 11 "'" VEE· -3.2 Vdc 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cabie. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located In each scope channel Input. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one Input or for one let of Input conditions. Other inputs are tested In the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 5-81 !ii!lDotiC!i ADVANCE INFORMATION 9-811 PARITY CIRCUIT [WITH 2 CARRY INPUTS) 10170 10170F: -30 TO +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES EeL DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10170 is a high performance parity circuit constructed with triple EXCLUSIVE-OR gates. The function is optimized for use in byte organized systems. The device can generate or check 9 bits of parity in 2 gate delays. Larger word lengths to 27 bits can be checked in 3 gate delays by connecting output A of other 10170's to the carry inputs. The carry inputs may also be used for ODD/EVEN parity control. • OPTIMIZED FOR BYTE-ORGANIZED SYSTEMS • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 4.0 ns TYP (I NPUT TO OUTPUT A) = 6.0 ns TYP (INPUT TO OUTPUT B) 2.0 ns TYP (CARRY TO OUTPUT B) • CARRY INPUTS FOR EASY EXPANSION OR ODD/EVEN CONTROL Output A goes high with ODD parity on input pins 3 through 12. (That is if there are 1,3,5,7, or 9 'l's on these inputs). Output B goes high for ODD parity on output A and carry input pins 13 and 14. (That is if there are 1,3,5,7,9 or 11 'l'son input pins 3 through 14). LOGIC DIAGRAM = • UP TO 9 BIT CHECK IN 4.0 ns • UP TO 27 BIT CHECK IN 6.0 ns WITH NO ADDITIONAL GATES REQUIRED • LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 280 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 LINES • HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE =-5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS FOR LOGIC AND BUSSING CAPABILITY 10170 kn PULLDOWNS ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conditions: TA = 25°C, VEE = -5.2 V ±1% 1. IE = 54 mA dc, typo 2. I inH = 265 J.lA dc, max. CARRY INPUTS 13 14 Conditions: TA = 25°C, VCC =+2.0 V±l%, _ ~ VEE = -3.2 V ±1%, 50 n loads 3. tpd 10 11 12 = 4.0 ns (inputs to output A) = 6.0 ns (inputs to output B) = 2.0 ns (carry to output B) 4. tr, tf = 2.0 ns typo (20% to 80%) TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCCl = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' PACKAGE TYPE • 5·82 -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient F: 16-Pin CERDIP n . !imnotiC!i 10171 DUAL 1 OF 4 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER (SELECTED OUTPUT IS LOW) 10171 F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10171 is a binary coded 2 line to dual 4 line decoder/demultiplexer. Outputs are normally high with the selected outputs going low. There are two parallel 1 line to 4 line non-inverting data paths and a common enable input. Each data input when high forces its four outputs high. The enable input when high forces all eight outputs high. • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 4.0 ns TYP ADDRESS TO OUTPUT = 4.5 ns TYP ENABLE OR-DATA TO OUTPUT • LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 310 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) • HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT 50 n LINES • TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UNEQUAL DELAY TIMES • HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED • HIGH Z INPUTS - • OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS • MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS The 10171 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times found in other decoders. The 10171 is a low power, high speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open em itter outputs. LOGIC DIAGRAM 10171 DB2 11 OBI 12 INTERNAL 50 krl PULLDOWNS APPLICATIONS • • • • Dual 1 line to 4 line Demultiplexer Crossbar Switch Applications High Fanout 1 of 4 Decoder Memory Chip Select Decoder DBO 13 TRUTH TABLE INPUTS OUTPUTS EO Al AO DAIN DAO DAl DA2 DA3 L L L L L L L L H L L L L H H H H ¢ L L H H L L H H ¢ L H L H L H L H ¢ L H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H L H H H H H H H H H H L H H DB is Similar. ¢ = Don't Care. (INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR) TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCCl =l,VCC2=16,VEE=8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5-83 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10181 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS VIHmsx Vil min VIHAmin +25°C +85°C -0.890 -0.810 -0.700 -1.890 -1.850 -1.825 -1.205 -1.105 -1.036 Unit VIHmax 2,7,9,14,15 14 Temperature _30°C 10171 Test Limits Pin _30°C Under Characteristic Symbol Power Supply Drain Current Ie Input Current linH Logic "1" linL VOH Logic "0" Output Voltage VOL VOHA Threshold Voltage Logic "0" Threshold Voltage Min Ma. Min - Output Voltage Logic "1" Tes. VOLA 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 -1.060 -1.060 -1.890 1.080 -1.080 -0.890 -0.890 -1.675 M•• 60 76 mAde 265 ~Adc -5.2 -5.2 -5.2 +85°C M•• Min 0.980 -0.980 -0.890 -0.890 -1.825 0.910 -0.910 -1.630 -0.700 -0.700 -1.615 Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc -1.596 Vdc VIL min VIHAmln VeE VILA max 14 16 14 15 14 Switching Times .. Pulse In PulHOut (VCC) Gnd 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,16 14 .uAdc -0.810 -0.810 -1.650 -1.655 VeE VILA ma. -1.500 -1.475 -1.440 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +25°C Typ 0.5 -0.960 -0.960 -1.850 TEST VOLTAGE VALUES (Volt.) @TK' (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). -3.2 V +2.0 V (50-ohm loadl PropagatiOn Delay t9+ 13+ Aise Time{20% to 80%) t13+ Fall Tim. (20% '0 80%1 '13- '9-13- 13 13 13 13 13 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 1.16 "Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS @ 2SoC SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT 10171 10171 +2.0 Vdc "" tIt .". ,--- +1.11 V I VOUT -.,", ----, 1 1 I I 1 INPUT PULSE GENERATOR 1 10m 1 I I I I I (~-_--I --1'--1- INPUTS ~: ;r -1.++ j--- +0,31 V -I.-I~=---=-:'I ,+ 1--- OUTPUTS I I I I I I I .". rI-----h···· - +0.31 Vdc INPUT PULSE = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ 5·84 VeE-- 3.2 Vdc - NOTES: 1, Each ECL 10,000 series device has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test tBble, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socke.t or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm is maintBined. Voltage levels will shift approximately 6 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts, 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to Input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is 10catBd in each scope Input, UnusBd outputs are connected to B 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3, Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions, Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4, All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. Smnotics DUAL 1 OF 4 DEMULTIPLEXER/DECODER (SELECTED OUTPUT IS HIGH) 1017 2 10172F: -30 to +85°C, CERDIP DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10172 is a binary coded 2 line to 4 line decoder/demultiplexer. Outputs are normally low with the selected outputs going high. The enable input when high forces all eight outputs low. Each data input when low forces its four output~ low. Hence, when using as a decoder the data inputs should be connected to a logic "1" level. Data paths are non-inverting. • FAST PROPAGATION DELAY • = 4.0 ns TYP ADDR ESS TO OUTPUT = 4.5 ns TYP ENABLE OR DATA TO OUTPUT LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 310 mW/PACKAGE • • • The 10172 is a true parallel decoder using internal emitter dotting techniques. Hence it eliminates unequal delay times found in other decoders. The 10172 is a low power, high speed device with high Z input pulldown resistors and open emitter outputs. • • • TYP,(NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE EIGHT 50n LINES TRUE PARALLEL DECODER - ELIMINATES UNEaUAL DELAY TIMES HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±5% RECOMMENDED HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWNS OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS MEETS ECL 10,000 SERIES STANDARD INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS LOGIC DIAGRAM 10172 APPLICATIONS • • • • Dual 1 line to 4 line Demultiplexer Crossbar Switch Applications High Fanout 1 of 4 Decoder Memory Chip Select Decoding TRUTH TABLE INPUTS A1 AO DAIN DAO DA1 DA2 DA3 L L L L L L L L H L L L L H H H H L L H H L L H H H L H L H L H L H L L L L L L L L L L H L L L L L L L L L L H L L L L L L L L L L H L L 1> DB is Similar. (INTERNAL CONNECTIONS ARE EMITTER-DOT OR) = '1' 1> 1> 1> = Don't Care TEMPERATURE RANGE • VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 16, VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL OUTPUTS EO 0 -30 to +85 C Operating Ambient PACKAGE TYPE • F: 16-Pin CERDIP 5-85 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl .10172 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). Temperature -30"C +25"C +8S"C 10172 T.., Limit. Pin _30°C Under Characteristic SymbDI Power Supply Drain Current IE Input Current linH Max Min 0.5 -0.950 +26°C Typ 50 linL Logic "1" Min Test VOH 14 14 13 -0.50 -0.890 13 13 13 -1.B90 -1.B90 -LOBO -1.675 -1.675 TEST VOLTAGE VAL.uES (Voltsl @Tos. VIHmax VILmin VIHAmln VILA .... x VEE -0.890 -O.Bl0 -0.700 -1.B90 -1.850 -1.B25 -1.205 -1.105 -1.035 -1.500 -1.476 -5.2 -1.440 -6.2 -5.2 TEST VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS LISTED BELOW: +8SoC Max Min Max Unit VIHmax VILmln VIHAmin VILA max VEE 1,16 1,16 1,16 1,18 mAde 75 265 -0.Bl0 -0.890 -0.700 -1.650 -1.660 -1.826 -1.B26 -0.910 -1.615 -1.616 "Adc "Adc Vdc (VCCI Gnd 14 14 14 Output Voltage Logic "0" VOL Output Voltage Logic "1" VOHA -1.860 -1.850 -0.980 Vdc Vdc Vdc 1,16 1,16 1,16 9,14 14 Threshold Voltage Logic "0" VOLA 13 13 t9+ 1319-13+ 13 13 13 13 Threshold Voltage -1.666 -1.666 -1.630 -1.630 -1.696 -1.596 14 Vdc Vdc Switching Times· Pulse In PulseOu. 1,16 1,16 -3.2 V +2.0 V (50·ohm load) Propagation Delay Rise Time (20% to 80%1 Fall Time (20% to 80%) 4.0 4.0 13 1,16 2.0 2.0 "Unused outputs connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORMS@ 25°C 10172 10172 +2.0 Vdc . .,tIt ".' +1.11 V VOUT r--- -----, I I I I I I I I I {O+-......- - l INPUTS PULSE OUTPUTS I Lr----r t·,·, I I +O.ll Vdc INPUT PULSE = t - = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) t+ 5-86 -Jt-+f-- I I I I I ...,t VOUT I 10172 I I GENERATOR +O.llV VEE--l.2 Vdc NOTES: 1. Each ECL 10,000 series devic.e has been designed to meet the DC specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 fpm is maintained. Voltage levels will shift approximately 5 mV with an air flow of 200 linear fpm. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. 2. For AC tests, all input and output cables to the scope are equal length'll of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be < 1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. A 50-ohm termination to ground is located in each scope input. Unused outputs are connected to a 50-ohm resistor to ground. 3. Test procedures are shown for only one input or set of input conditions. Other inputs are tested in the same manner. 4. All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are left electrically open. 110173 !ii!lDotiC!i . QUAD 2 TO MULTIPLEXER· LATCH 10173F: -30 TO +8SoC DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10173 is a quad clocked D-type latch with 2 to 1 data multiplexing. • SIMULTANEOUS MULTIPLEXING AND LATCHING FUNCTION IMPROVES SYSTEM PERFORMANCE QUAD LATCH AND MULTIPLEXER ON ONE CHIP INCREASES SYSTEM DENSITY FAST PROPAGATION DELAY =2.5 ns TYP (DATA TO OUTPUT) ,. 3.7 ns TYP (SELECT TO OUTPUT) = 4.3 ns TYP (CLOCK TO OUTPUT) LOW POWER DISSIPATION = 325 mW/PACKAGE TYP (NO LOAD) HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE 50 n LINES HIGH Z INPUTS - INTERNAL 50knpULLDOWNS HIGH IMMUNITY FROM POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS: VEE = -5.2 V ±'5% RECOMMENDED OPEN EMITTER OUTPUTS - ALLOW WIRE OR AND DATA BUSSING • Any change at the selected 0 input will be reflected at the output while the clock is low. The outputs are latched on the positive transition of the clock. While the clock is in the high state, a change in the information present at the data or select inputs will not affect the output information. When the select input is false, the DnO inputs are selected and when select is true the On 1 inputs are selected. As a quad 2-lnput Multiplexer, with the added feature of a latch output, the 10173 provides the data select and store function in the same package. The result is a savings in system delay and package count. • • • • • • LOGIC DIIAGRAM 10173 APPLICATIONS COMBINED MULTIPLEXER - REGISTER FOR: high speed central processors high speed peripherals high speed minicomputers communication systems instrumentation 001 00 01 02 16 TRUTH TABLE On C Q n (N L H L L H L H B F = A plus B 11 L H H H F=A+ B F = A plus (A • B) 10 H L L L F=A'B F = (A • B) minus 1 H L L H F=AEIlB H L H L F=B F = A minus B minus 1 F = (A • B) plus (A + B) 14 21 20 Fi 18 F2 19 F3 16 22 23 VCC1 = 1, VCC2 = 24, VEE = 12 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = '1' F = (A • B) plus (A + H L H H F=A+B F = (A • Ei) plus A H H L L F = Logical "0" F H H L H F=A' B F = (A + S) pi us 0 = minus B) 1 (two's complement) H H H L F=A'B F = (A + B) plus 0 H H H H F=A F = A plus 0 OF outputs of ALU are one's complement of function listed below. 5·91 DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10181 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST VOLTAGE VALUES IVolts) @THt~----,------r--~-'-------.--~ Temperatura VIH mex VIL min VIHA min VILA max VEE (at Listed Voltages and Ambient Temperatures). -30"C -3O"C Under Symbol Power Supply Drain Current IE Input Current Tnt linH -1.890 -1.205 -1.500 -5.2 -0.810 -1.850 -1.105 -1.475 -5.2 +86"C -0.700 -1.825 -1.035 -1.440 -6.2 10181 Tnt Limill Pin Characteristic -0.890 +26"C Min TEST VOL TAGE APPLIED TO PINS BELOW: +26"C Min MIx +85°C TVp Max 12 145 9 10 246 Min MaN. VEe Gnd mAde 12 1,24 "Adc 12 1,24 12 1,24 Unit VIH max 11 14 15 16 265 220 266 220 245 246 17 18 19 20 21 220 290 200 22 23 22 23 0.5 Input Leakage Current JJAdc 10 10 11 11 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 20 22 22 23 21 23 -1.060 -2.000 -1.080 High Output Voltage Low Output Voltage VOL High Threshold Voltage VOHA low Threshold Voltage VOLA VILA max 11 13 200 265 20 21 VIHA min 10 220 245 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 VIL min -0.890 -1.675 -0.960 -1.990 -0.980 -1.655 -0.810 -0.890 -0.700 Vdc 12 -1.650 -1.920 -0.910 -1.615 Vdc Vdc 12 12 1.24 1,24 1,24 1.595 Vdc 12 1,24 -1.630 -Test all input-output combinations according to Function Table. ·-For threshold level test, apply threshold input level to only one input pin at a time. Each Eel 10,000 series has been designed to meet the dc specifications shown in the test table, after thermal equilibrium has been established. The circuit is in a test socket or mounted on a printed circuit board and transverse air flow greater than 500 linear fpm is maintained. Outputs are terminated through a 50-ohm resistor to -2.0 volts. lAc Switching Characteristics AC SWitching Characteristics +25"C +2S"C Characteristic Symbol Propagation Delay t Input Output Conditions t ++ Min Typ 3.1 Max Unit ns Characteristic Symbol Propagation Delay Input Output Conditions t B1 lI"G SO Low, 3.0 51 High 3.0 52 High. 4.0 53 Low 5.0 3.1 Rise Time 2.0 Fall Time 2.0 Propagation Delay Cn Fl Mis Low 4.9 5.0 4.9 2.0 2,0 Fall Time 2.0 Propagation Delay 2.0 A1 7.0 Fl GG Rise Time 5.0 ++ Bl Propagation Delay Fall Time t Bl C n +4 SOar 53 Low 5.4 4.4 81 or 82 Low 7.5 81 and 52 High, 2.0 Rise Time 7.0 Fall Time 7.0 Propagation Delay 2.0 Bl Fl 2.0 7.5 Fall Time 2.0 B.O Propagation Delav 3.0 AI Fall Time Propagation Delay Fall Time 2.0 4.0 Rise Time Fall Time Propagation Delay AI C n +4 PG 2.0 2.0 Fall Time 2.0 2.0 Propagation Delay t - ... Bl GG 52 Low 5.2 Fall Time Propagation Delay Fall Time 2.0 7.0 Rise Time 2.0 7.0 Fall Time 2.0 ++ Bl F1 51 and 52 High. SO or 53 Low 2.0 81 t -+ Cn +4 80 or 51 or 52 or 53 Low 7.0 7.0 Rise Time 2.0 Fall Time 2.0 5-92 ~ 2.0 Rise Time 2.0 t ~ 5.7 4.4 Propagation Dalay ns ns 81 Low Rise Time 5.0 5.4 + ~ 2.0 Bl Rise Time t - ns 2.0 Rise Time 3.0 2.0 Propagation Delay Unit 8.0 7.0 Rise Time Rise Time Max 2.0 Fall Time Rise Time Propagation Delay Typ 2.0 Rise Time • Min tHigh = +1.11 V Low' +0.31 V VCCI • VCC2 • +2.0 Vdc' -3.2 Vdc, VEE' -3.2 Vdc 6.9 5.6 ns ~ DIGITAL 1,000/10,000 SERIES ECl • 10181 lOGIC DIAGRAM ~ 13 0 - - - - - - - , lI'2150----.., ~117 So 14 1!b20 AO 21 0----+t+t-'-iJ>' 8119 A118 o-----1-H-t+-f">l B211 A216 o-----1-H-t+-f">l B39 A310~:JB~~4GQ 5<;'+4 Cn 22 M23 Positive logic: High Level" "1" PROPAGATION DELAY WAVEFORM @ 25°C SWITCHING TIME TEST CIRCUIT VCC1"VCC2" +2.0 Vdc V IN VOUT TO CHANNEL "S" TO CHANNEL "A" j~, oo! INPUT . ~TPIN PULSE GENERATOR _ _ _ _ _ _ _ +O.31V .TPOUT iio AI Bl 20% A2 82 A3 B3 C;; M INPUT PULSE t+ = t- = 2.0 ± 0.2 ns (20% to 80%) TPOUT 1---,-+-1 All input and output cables to the scope are equal lengths of 50-ohm coaxial cable. Wire length should be <1/4 inch from TPin to input pin and TP out to output pin. 5-93 Sjgnotics DUAL 3·INPUT 3·0UTPUll 021 0 HIGH PERFORMANCE GATES 10211 - - - - - - - - - - -10210 - -B,-F,-10211 ----t·l0212 B, F 10212 B, F: -30 to +85°C ADVANCE INFORMATION TO BE ANNOUNCED DIGITAL 10,000 SERIES Eel DESCRIPTION FEATURES The 10210/10211/10212 are designed to drive up to six transmission lines simultaneously. The multiple outputs of these devices also allow the wire-"OR"ing of several levels of gating for minimization of gate and package count. • • • Three logic functions are available: 10210 - Triple OR outputs 10211 - Triple NOR outputs 10212 - Two NOR/One OR Outputs • • The 10210/10211/10212 are high performance versions of the 10110/10111/10112. FAST PROPAGATION DELAY = 1.7nsTYP. (ALL OUTPUTS LOADED) POWER DISSIPATION = 150 mW/PACKAGE TYP. (NO LOAD) VERY HIGH FANOUT CAPABILITY - CAN DRIVE LINES SIX 50 INTERNAL 50 kn PULLDOWN RESISTORS OPEN EMITTERS FOR BUSSING AND LOGIC CAPABILITY n ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The ability to control three parallel lines with minimum propagation delay from a single point makes the 10210/10211/10212 particularly useful in clock distribution applications where minimum clock skew is desired. The 10212 is particularly useful as a clock amplifier on a board using clock signals with both polarities. Conditions; TA = 25°C, VEE 1. IE = -5.2 V ±1% = 38 mA dc max. 2. I inH = 425 IlA dc max. Conditions: T A = 25°C, VCC = +2.0 V ±1%, VEE = -3.2 V ±1%, 50 n loads TEMPERATURE RANGE 3. tpd • 4. t r , tf = 1.5 ns typo (20% to 80%) -30 to +85°C Operating Ambient = 1.7 ns typo PACKAGE TYPES • • B: 16-Pin Silicone Dip F: 16-Pin CERDIP LOGIC DIAGRAMS 10211 10210 10212 g~2 7 3 g~4 7 3 4 2 1~~1213 11 14 9 ~ 10~ 11 12 13 14 VCC1 = 1,15 VCC2 = 16 VEE = 8 POSITIVE LOGIC: HIGH LEVEL = "1" 5·94 ~t.~ IIUI~~ SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS LINEAR PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTI8NS SECTI NS SECTIONS SECTIONS :::~~ : Jn~ar functional Index Comparators and Sense Amplifiers 526 527 529 p.A710 p.A711 SN7520 SN7521 SN7522 SN7523 SN7524 SN7525 Analog Voltage Comparator High Speed Voltage Comparator High Speed Voltage Comparator Differential Voltage Comparator Dual Voltage Comparator Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier Dual Core Memory Sense Ampl ifier Dual Core Memory Sense Ampl ifier Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifier 6-14 6-16 6-20 6-99 6-101 6-149 6-149 6-149 6-149 6-149 6-149 Video Amplifier Video Amplifier Differential Video Amplifier Dual Differential Amplifier Differential Ampl ifier Dual Differential Amplifier Dual Low Noise Preampl ifier Balanced Modulator-Demodulator Dual Peripheral Driver Dual Peripheral Driver High Voltage 7-Segment Decoder/Driver 6-3 6-91 6-108 6-7 6-9 6-5 6-30 6-147 6-157 6-159 6-161 Power Driver Timer Television Chroma System Chroma Signal Processor Chroma Amplifier Chroma Demodulator FM Detector and Limiter 6-36 6-49 6-134 6-136 6-138 6-140 6-128 Communications Circuits 501 592 p.A733 511 515 510 PA239 5596 75450 75451 DM8880 Consumer Circuits 540 555 5070/71/72 5070 5071 5072 ULN2111 Operational Amplifiers 516 531 536 LM101A LM10l LM107 LM201A LM201 LM207 LM301A LM307 5556 5558 p.A709 p.A740 p.A741 p.A747 p.A748 Operational Amplifier High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier F ET I nput Operational Amplifier High Performance Operational Amplifier High Performance Amplifier General Purpose Operational Amplifier High Performance Operational Amplifier High Performance Amplifier General Purpose Operational Ampl ifier High Performance Operational Amplifier General Purpose Operational Amplifier Operational Amplifier Dual Operational Amplifiers Operational Amplifier FET I nput Operational Amplifier High Performance Operational Amplifier Dual Operational Ampl ifier High Performance Operational Amplifier 6-12 6-24 6-32 6-164 6-169 6-175 6-164 6-169 6-175 6-164 6-175 6-142 6-145 6-79 6-113 6-115 6-119 6-124 Phase locked loops 560 561 562 565 566 567 Phase locked loop Phase locked loop Phase locked loop Phase locked loop Function Generator Tone Decoder Phase locked loop 6-56 6-61 6-66 6-72. 6-77 6-81 Precision Voltage Regulator Five Volt Regulator Five Volt Regulator Five Volt Regulator Precision Volt Regulator 6-44 6-179 6-179 6-179 6-103 Voltage Regulators 550 lM109 lM209 lM309 J1A723 TAB.LEAND DESIGN AID : ,K?LANATION The following table has been presented to assist the designer in selecting the optimum device for his application. For the majority of applications, the primary considerations are "Input Bias Current" and "Offset Voltage". For additional specifications refe!r to the appropriate device data page. ,::"PPUGA TIONS INPUT CURRENT (nA) MAXIMUM TYPICAL 0.030 0.100 0.200 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 30.0 75.0 75.0 250.0 500.0 500.0 500.0 500.0 500.0 500.0 500.0 1500.0 1500.0 1500.0 0.005 0.030 0.100 0.100 O.B O.B O.B 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 5.0 B.O 15.0 30.0 30.0 70.0 BO.O BO.O 120.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 250.0 300.0 400.0 SIGNETICS NUMBER PACKAGE TYPE SU536 NE536 J,1A740 J,1A740C SE537 LM10B LM10BA NE537 LM30B LM30BA SE533 NE533 S5556 N5556 LM101A LM107 LM301A J,1A74B J,1A74BC LM101 J,1A709 J,1A741C J,1A741 SE531 LM201 J,1A709 NE531 T T T T T T T T T T T T,V T T,V T T T.V T A,T.V T T A.T,V A,T,V T A,T.V A.T.V T.V LM10BA LM30BA SE533 SE537 LM101 LM107 LM10B NE533 LM101 J,1A709 J,1A 741 J,1A74B NE531 S5556 J,1A741C NE531 J,1A74BC NE537 LM201 LM301 LM30B J,1A709C N5556 J,1A 740 SU536 NE536 ",A740C T T T T T T T T.V T T T T T T A.T,V T,V A,T.V T A.T.V T,V T A.T.V T.V T T T T OFFSET VOLTAGE (mV) 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10.0 20.0 20.0 90.0 '90.0 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 10.00 7.5 30.0 30.0 8·1 LINEAR INTEGRATED ,CIRCUITS ni'Er~ATiONAL AMPLIFIER TEMPERATURE RANGES COMMERCIAL TEMPERATURE RANGE (00C - 700C) PARAMETER NE631 Input Offset Voltage (Max) Input Current (Max) Input Offset Current (Mex) 26°C Over Temp 25u C Ovor Tamp 25°C Over Temp 7.5 1500 2000 200 300 NE633 Not. 1 10 15 6 10 NE633 Not. 2 NE636 NE637 N6B66 90 7.6 10 10 14 30 40 10 14 10 16 0.1 10 1 1.6 10 N6668 0 c: LM201 LM301A LM307 LM308 ~A709 7.6 10 1500 2000 600 750 7.6 10 260 300 60 70 7.5 10 260 300 60 70 7.5 10 7 10 7.5 10 1500 2000 500 750 70 300 70 300 1.6 ~A74O ~A741 ~A747 7.6 600 800 200 300 0 c: ~A748 UNITS 7.5 500 800 200 300 mV mV nA nA nA nA rL~a-rge~Si~gn~el~v~o'l~te-ge~G~ei-n~~2~50~C~~~20~~4O~-4-1~2--4--2-6~--26~+-~70~+-~-+--2-0~--2-5--r-2-5--r-2-5~--1-5~----~-20--+-~-+--60--~V~/m-v~ _____~(~M~in~).______r_~--+_--~----~----.4_---+----~---+_~ C.M.R.R. IMin) 2SoC 70 90 84 64 80 70 ~ ~-+----+---~ 66 300 rp:-:.S:-:.R:-:.R=-.~I'C:M:--in:--) -----4~2::-50;;-'C'--+-:1:':-50~~50:.:.--4r'50:.:.--4-30,.::.,:-0~-1'::00=--+-2':":00'--+Slew Aate A' +1 ITyp) Power Dissipation IMax) 25°C 25°C Compensation 30 300 0.03 1.6 No No 0.005 0.12 240 No Yes 0.2 50 2.5 90 No Yes Yes 80 100 66 200 ~ 70 150 0.6 90 0.6 90 0.6 90 0.2 24 0.5 200 240 0.5 85 No No Yes No No Yes Yes 70 dB ---+-1C::-50::--~I.I-:-:V-:-/V--I 0.5 85 Yes No I.IA747 I.IA748 V/I.IS mW Note 1: Vee = ±1SV Note 2: Vee = ± 3V MILITARY TEMPERATURE RANGE (-550C - +1250 C) PARAMETER SE531 5E533 Not. 1 5E533 Not. 2 2S oC Over Temp Input Offset Voltego IMax) Input Curront 26°C SU636 Note 3 6E637 &6656 55558 LM10l LM101A LM107 500 75 75 LM106 ~A709 I.IA741 500 500 20 30 500 10 10 UNITS mV mV 0.03 15 500 nA ~1-np-ut-0~ff~~~~~~~~r-.n-t----+0~v~;~~~~~m~p~1,:::00~0~-1,::6--~1~:--_r~--~~0c::-.2-r-30~-t-g-+-l~:~~-4--1~~0--+-1-~~~+--0-.2~-1-:~-~_4-1-:~-~_4__ g_+-1-:~-~~--~-:~ ~--------,I""M=-ax,"--)_ _ _ _+0::.:vc.::er~T.::.:.m"'p~..::.5OO=-+1:.:.0--~1:.:.0--_r--~~0:.::.3_r~-r_ F! Large Signal Voltage Gain 26°C 50 50 16 50 50 100 " 500 60 20 50 20 50 0.4 50 500 25 500 50 r_--------'I~M~in~)_---+_---~-_4--~----r_--~---r_-_+_~ C.M.A.A. 1M In) 25°C 70 100 90 70 86 80 F! _+----'-50-'-0~--n-'--A~ " 70 80 80 80 70 70 70 ~P~.S~.A~.R~.~I~M~in~)~_ _+-::.:25~OC=--~~150~+2~6~_r2=05~.00·~5 ~6-___1~00~ __ ~1~00~+_--~----,-300~~-lOO~~-1~00~+-1-,-00~+-~16~0_4r-15~0Slew Aate A = +1 ITvp) 260C 30 0.03 0.2 2.6 60 V/mV ~_+---+___~ 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.6 dB 150 0.5 0.5 V/j.15 ~P~ow~.~r~Di="~ipa=ti=on~I~M~ax~)__+-~26~OC~~~21~0-4~0.~9_4~0~.09~6~~16=6__~4~6--~4~6--~~~~90~+-,::90~~~9:.:.0--~1~8__~1~65,--+-~85,--+-_____ .~__ ~ Compensation No Note 1: Vee = ±1SV Note 2: Vee =± 3V Note 3: -ssoe - +8Soe 6·2 No No Yes No Yes Yas No No Yes No No Yas Yes No Si!lDotiCS VIDEO AMPLIFIER 501 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS OESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The Signetics NE501 is a direct-coupled broad-band amplifier fabricated within a monolithic silicon substrate by planar and epitaxial techniques. Typical applications include video amplifiers. Application flexibility is provided by several external pin connections which adjust the amplifier characteristics to individual needs. A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Feedback adjust 2. Input 1 3. NC 14 4. NC 13 5. Output 3 ;:TATURES • 12 ADJUSTABLE GAIN AND IMPEDANCE CHARACTERISTICS • UNITY GAIN FREQUENCY - 150 MHz • NOISE FIIGURE - 5.OdB • POWER DISSIPATION - 20mW 6. Input 2 11 7. Ground 10 B. Output 2 9. v+ 10. NC 11. NC 12. Buffer output 13. Buffer Input J\BSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS ORDER PART NOS. +8.0V ±3.0V +4.0V ±30mA -65°C to +150°C O°C to +70°C -55°C to +125°C Voltage Applied V G,H,E,C Voltage Applied VB Voltage Applied VK,D Current Rating IF J Storage Temperatur~ Operating Temperature NE501 SE501 14. Output 1 SE501 A/N E501 A QPACKAGE 1. Ground 2. Output 3 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 3. Input 2 4. Output 2 5. v+ 6. Buffer output 7. Buffer Input B. Output 1 9. Feedback adjust ORDER PART NOS. 10. Input 1 SE501Q/NE501Q K.PACKAGE INPUT 1 0 - _ - - £ D FEEDBACK 6.7k ADJUST o-~--4-.JV\'-"4 1. Ground '-------4--n OUTPUT 2 H 2. Output 3 3. Input 2 1060 GROUND 0-A Uk 1.7k 7400 4. Output 2 5. V t L-_ _~---Cl OUTFUT 3 G 6. Buffer output 7. Buffer Input B. Output 1 9. Feedback adjust ORDER PART NOS. 10. Input 1 SE501 K/NE501 K NOTE; Component values are typical. 8-3 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 501 :' I r:CTRICAL CHARACTERISTiCS TEST CONDITIONS = 50 kHz; Notes 1, 2, 6 Voltage Gain f Bandwidth (-3dBI Notes 1,2,6 MIN TYP 22.5 24 Unity Gain Frequency AVo = OdB; Notes 2, 6 f - 50 kHz; T = OOC; Notes 2,6 f 26.5 100 Notes 1, 2, 6, 9 Input Impedance Notes 1, 6; f Output Impedance Notes 1, 2; f Output Impedance Notes 1, 5; f = 50 kHz; V J = V K = 50 kHz; V D = AC ground = 50 kHz; V D = AC ground 23 TYP 24 MAX 26 150 UNITS dB MHz 150 100 MHz -1.0 dB = +70o C; Notes 2, 6 = 50 kHz; T = -55°C; Notes 2, 6 = 50 kHz; T = +125°C; Notes 2, 6 Output Voltage MIN 14 f = 50 kHz; T f MAX 11 Voltage Gain Stability dB +0.6 -1.0 dB +0.6 0.71 1.0 470 0.71 1200 1100 n n 18 12 18 25 65 25 V K - VJ dB V RMS 1.0 540 12 Power Dissipation Power Dissipation SE501 NE501 PARAMETER 50 n 24 21 mW 60 53 mW Pulse Response Delay Time Notes 2,6,7 Rise Time Notes 2, 6, 7 Noise Figure f = 100 kHz; BW = 100 Hz; Zs = 500n = 100 kHz, BW = 100 Hz; Zs = 500n, 15 12 5.0 12 20 15 ns 16 ns 8.0 dB fc 5.0 7.0 dB VJ=V K (Notes: 3,4, 5, 8) Standard Conditions: VE = +6.0V, VA = OV, VG = VB, T = +25°C (except as noted) NOTES: 1. Variations in this parameter depend on optional alternate connections as Indicated In accompanying curves. 2. Measured at Pin F, with Pins J and K connected. 3. Pins not specifically referenced are left electrically open. All voltages are referenced to Pin A. Letter subscripts denote pins on circuit schematic. 4. Positive current flow is defined a8 Into the terminal referenced. 5. Measured at Pin J. 6. Load Resistance = 600n, capacitively coupled. 7. Delay time is defined as the time interval between the = 20% to aO% points Amplitude = 25mV; PW = 50% points of eO and eF' Rise time of eF' Input Pulse Characteristics: 100ns. a. Sea Signetics SURE Program Bulletin No. 5001 for definition of Acceptance test Sub-Groups. Sub-Group A-7 is used for the electrical end points for Linear Products. 9. Total harmonic distortion less than 5% at eo = 0.71 V RMS' Smnotics ~lUAL DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 510 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS j g=;:;;CR I PTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 510 is a dual high-frequency differential. amplifier with associated constant current sources and biasing elements contained within a silicon monolithic epitaxial substrate. The large number of accessable internal points provide extreme flexibility of application. The 510 is intended for RF-IF amplifier service to beyond 100 MHz. Circuit layout provides for connection as either a high-gain, common-, emitter, common-base, cascode amplifier or a commoncollector, common-base, differential amplifier that is useful in critical limiter applications. Automatic gain control may be applied to either circuit. The SE510a and SE510A meet or exceed the mechanical and environmental requirements of MIL-S-19500 over the temperature range of -55°C to +125°C. The NE510A and NE510J are intended for industrial applications over the temperature range of O°C to +75°C. A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Output B 14 13 12 11 8. Source 2 10 if.ATURES • LOW INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE = ±2mV • LOW INPUT OFFSET CURRENT = ±3t.tA 2. Output A 3. Inpu.tA 4. Input B 5. Reference 6. Sourca 1 7. Ground 9. Bias 10. Input D 11. Input C 12. Output C 13. Output D 14. v+ ORDER PART NOS. SE510A/NE510A • SINGLE POWER SUPPLY • • AGC CAPABI LITY HIGH FORWARD TRANSADMITTANCE • LOW FEEDBACK CAPACITANCE ,"O,HSClLUTIE MAXIMUM RATINGS Applied Voltage (V+) Output Collector Voltage Current (Pin K) Current (All Other Pins) Storage Temperature Operating Temperature SE510J, SE510A NE510A, NE510J Junction Temperature 20V 25V -25mA ±15mA o -65°C to +150 C Q PACKAGE -55°C to +125°C O°C to +75°C 150°C 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. Maximum ratings ara limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired. Input C Output C Output D v+ Output B 6. Output A 7. Input A ,:;ASIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 8. Input B 9. Reference 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Source 1 Ground Source 2 Bias Input D ORDER PART NOS. SE510(}NE510Q 6·5 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 510 :·t :~THICAL CHARACTERISTICS LIMITS PARAMETERS TEMPERATURE TEST CONDITIONS MIN NE510 TYP MAX MIN SE510 TYP MAX Input Offset Voltage +25°C O°C to +70°C -55°C to +125°C 0.5 1.0 3 4 0.5 2 1.5 3.5 I nput Offset Current +25°C O°C to +70°C -55°C to +125°C 2.0 2.5 6 9 2.0 3.5 Input Bias Current +25°C O°C to +70°C -55°C to +125°C 8.0 10.0 25 40 8.0 20 16.0 40 Differen.tial Collector Current per Differential Pair +25°C O°C to +70°C -55°C to +125°C 45 62.5 Differential Current in the Current Sources +25' C O°C to+70°C -55°C to +125°C Total Current +25°C Common Mode Rejection Ratio +25°C V in = 0 PARAMETER 45 50 75 100 30 35 75 100 50 o 'l::CTRICAl CHARACTERISTICS (V+ 30 35 11.0 60 = +12V, T = 25°C applicable from EMITTER COUPLED CONFIGURATION 15.0 11.0 80 60 mV MA 62.5 15.0 80 mA dB DC to 10 MHz, unless otherwise noted) CASCODE CONFIGURATION UNITS VAGC" OV mmho Output Conductance [Re(Y 22)] 0.01 0.01 mmho 10 pF Output Capacitance 2.5 2.5 pF Reverse Transfer Capacitance 0.05 0.05 pF 25 MA 100 3.0 Forward Transconductance MA 100 0.7 .4.5 MA 7.5 Input Condl!ctance [Re(Y 11)] Input Capacitance 6-8 2.5 UNITS 90 mmho Si!)DotiCS DUAL DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 511 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 511 is a monolithic dual high frequency differential amplifier with associated constant current source transistors and biasing diode. It is useful from DC to 100 MHz. The circuit arrangement provides for connection as two completely independent emitter coupled (differential) or cascode amplifiers. The bias diode allows stabilization of the current source currents over a large temperature range. BPACKAGE (Top View) • See Basic Circuit Schematic For Pinout fEATURES • LOW INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE - ±2mV • LOW INPUT OFFSET CURRENT = ±3J,.tA • AGC CAPABILITY • HIGH FORWARD TRANSADMITTANCE • LOW FEEDBACK CAPACITANCE • SINGLE POWER SUPPLY ORDER PART NOS. SE611B/NE511B o PACKAGE ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Applied Voltage (V+) Output Collector Voltage Current (All Pins) Storage Temperature Operating Temperature SE5110, SE511 B NE511B, NE5110 Junction Ternp~rature 20V 25V ±15mA -65°C to +150°C See Basic Circuit Schematic For Pinout -55°C to +125°C O°C to +75°C 150°C Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability mey be Impaired. ORDER PART NOS. SE511Q/NE511Q 't,EGTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (Standard Test Circuit) LIMITS ACCEPTANCE TEST PARAMETERS SYMBOL MIN TYP MAX UNITS TEMPERATURE 3 4.0 mV +25°C OoC to +75°C -55°C to +125 OC 6 IJA +25 OC OoC to +75OC -55°C to +125°C 25 40 IJA +25°C OoC to +75 OC -550 C to +125°C 75 100 IJA +25°C OoC to +75 OC -55°C to +125°C 75 100 IJA +25°C OoC to+75°C -650 C to +125 OC mA +25 OC SUBGROUP SE611 NE511 SE611 6.v in 6.v in 6.v in 6.J in 6.J in 6.J in 0.5 0.5 1.0 2 lin lin lin 6.l c 6.l c 8.0 SE511 A-3 A-4 A-5 Input Offset Voltage A-3 A-4 A-5 Input Offset Current A-3 A-4 A-5 Input Bias Current A-3 A-4 A-5 Differential Collector Current per differential pair A-3 A-4 A-5 Differential Currant in the Current Sources A-2 Total Current A-3 Common Mode Rejection Ratio Icc CMRR A-3 Output Conductance G22 • C-2 Output Capacitance C-2 Input Capacitance Cob Cib NE511 2.0 2.0 2.5 B.O 10.0 45 50 20 62.5 100 50 30 9 40 16.0 6.J c 6.J p 6.J p 6.J p 3.5 7.5 2.5 45 30 62.5 35 100 35 60 60 11.0 11.0 80 80 0.Q1 2.5 10 NE611 3.5 1.5 0.Q1 2.5 10 15.0 TEST CONDITIONS 15.0 dB +25°C mmho +25OC pF ' +25 OC pF +25°C Yin -0; I p -2mA 8-7 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 511 +6V fb 1K le t 3 r--- le4 t 1K 1K 16 14 ---1 6K 50 60 I f I ___:"'J 60 p2 ":' 11 fllih m lin1 - lin2 or lin3 - lin4 file = le1 - le2 or le3 - l e4 flip = IP1 - Ip2 Icc· le1 + le2 + le3 + IC4 + Ib" -6V 12 6 16 ~ 7 &·8 13 10 ~iFFERENTIAL SmDotiCS AMPLIFIER 515 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS jJLSCHIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 515 is a general. purpose. high;..gain amplifier with differential input and output. It is fabricated within a monolithic silicon' substrate by planar and epitaxial techniques. A pair of compensation points is provided to allow frequency compensation for stable closed loop operation. A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Input B 2. NC This device is not internally referenced to ground and with proper input bias may be operated from a single power supply. 3. NC 14 4. Compensation 13 5. NC 12 6. Output B 7. V- 11 • a. DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE GAIN (Open Loop) =4,500 10 • INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE = 0.5mV • INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE STABILITY = 5.0fJ,VtC • INPUT COMMON MODE RANGE = +1.5V, -1.0V • COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO • BANDWIDTH (Open Loop) = 1.0 MHz 10. NC 11. Compensation 12. NC =100dB 13. Input A ORDER PART NO. NE515A \U'::.OLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Applied Voltage (V+ to V-I Differential Input Voltage (V5 to V7) Input Current (15,17) Output Current (12, 110) Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Junction Temperature 12V ±5.0V ±2.0mA ±30mA -65°C to +150°C O°C to +75°C 150°C Output A 9. NC 14. V+ QPACKAGE 1. V 2. Output A 3. NC 4. Compensation 5. Input A Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired. 6. V+ 7. Input B :J ;):iVALENT CIRCUIT a. Compensation 9. NC 10. Output B ORDER PART NOS. SE515Q/NE515Q K PACKAGE 1. V 2. Output A 3. NC 4. Compensation 5. Input A 6. v+ 7. Input B a. Compensation 9. NC 10. Output B ORDER PART NOS. SE515K/NE515K NOTE: Component values are typical. 6-9 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 515 ;;E515 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERIS:rICS (Standard Conditions: V7 = OV, V 1 = -3.0V; Notes: 4,5,6, 7,8,9) CHARACTERISTIC V e -+4·OV TVP MIN Vs - +S.OV TVP Open Loop Voltage Gain (dc) 2,SOO 1,800 3,500 4,SOO 3,000 Open Loop Voltage Gain (ac) 2,000 2,SOO 3.S00 O.S O.S O.S Input Offset Voltage O.S O.S O.S Input Bias Current 18 12 Differential Input Resistance 2.0 4.0 ±1.0 Input Common Mode Range Balanced Output dc Level Output Voltage Swing High Output Level Low Output Level 2S 16 +1.2 +1.6 +1.9 S.7 S.7 S.7 +4.0 +4.3 +4.7 -1.7 -1.4 -1.0 UNITS TEMP V!V V!V +2SoC +12SoC V!V mV mV mV +2SoC J.IA J.IA kn kn V +1.8 6.3 6.3 6.3 +4.3 +4.6 +S.O -2.0 -1.7 -1.3 V V V V V V V V V V V V Output Resistance 100 100 n Common Mode Rejection Ratio 100 100 dB 3.S NOTES: Adjust V5 to obtain V2 = V 10 Output voltage swing - 1.3V peak to peak. Output voltage swing Is guaranteed by output voltage limit tests. 4. Voltage and current subscripts refer to pin numbers. 5. All measurements are referenced to power supply common. Positive current flow is defined as into the terminal Indicated. All specifications herein apply for interchange of voltages 6. and currents at Pins 5 and 7. 6·10 40 24 +1.S -1.0 Power Supply Current 1. 2. 3. 3.0 2.0 3.0 l.S 3.2 1.0 2.0 -0.1 +0.3 +0.6 4.7 4.7 4.7 +2.3 +2.6 +3.0 -2.4 -2.1 -1.7 MAX S.S 7. 8. 9. 10. 7.0 7.0 7.0 mA mA mA TEST CONDITIONS Note 2 f = 800 kHz -SSoC +2SoC +12SoC -SSoC Note 1 -SSoC +2SoC Note 10 Note 1 +2SoC -SSoC +2SoC +12SoC -SSoC +2SoC +12SoC -5SoC +2SoC +12SoC -SSoC +2SoC +12SoC +2SoC Note 1 Note 3 Vs = 10mV Vs = 10mV Note 1 Note 1 Acceptance Test Sub-Group references apply to minimum and maximum limits only_ The SE515K has Pins 1, 3 and 9 connected to the case. The SE515Q has Pins 3 and 9 open. See Signetlcs SURE Program Bulletin No. 5001 for definition of Acceptance Test Sub-Groups. Sub-Group A-7 is used for electrical end points for Linear Products. Differential Input Reslstence is computed from input bias current. LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 515 NE515 ELE:CTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Standard Conditions: VB CHARACTERISTIC Open Loop Voltage Gain (dc) Open Loop Voltage Gain (ac) VF = +4.0V TVP MIN 1,BOO 1,350 2,500 1,500 Input Offs€lt Voltage 1,700 TEMP V/V V/V +25°C +75°C O kn kn ±1.0 +1.5 -1.0 V +25°C -0.1 +0.3 +0.6 +1.2 +1.6 +1.9 V V V OoC +25°C +75°C OoC +25°C +75°C OoC 3.2 3.5 Input Common Mode Range Balanced Output dc Level Low Output Level 2,500 UNITS 2.3 2.6 Differential Input Resistance High Output Level 3,200 2,200 0.5 0.5 0.5 25 20 18 15 Output Voltage Swing MAX +25 C OoC +25°C +75°C OoC +25°C OoC +25°C 0.5 0.5 0.5 Input Bias Current V F - +6.0V TVP = OV, VA = 3.0V; Notes: 4, 5,6, 7, 8, 9) 1.4 1.7 V/V 4.0 3.0 4.0 40 31 +l.B mV mV mV JJA JJA 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.3 5.3 5.3 6'.1 6.1 6.1 V V V +2.3 +2.5 +2.B +3.9 +4.1 +4.3 +4.3 +4.5 +4.B V V V -2.2 -2.0 -1.7 -1.4 -1.2 -1.0 -1.8 -1.6 -1.3 Note 1 Note 10 Note 1 Note 3 Vc = 10mV Note 1 100 n +25°C 100 100 dB +25°C OoC +25°C +75°C 7.0 7.0 7.0 Note 1 Vc 100 5.5 f = BOO kHz V V V Common Mode Rejection Ratio 3.5 Note 2 +25°C +75°C OoC +25°C +75°C Output Resistance Power Supply Current TEST CONDITIONS mA mA mA = 10mV Note 1 Letter subscripts refer to pins on circuit schematic. NOTES: 1. Adjust Vc to obtain VG = V H • 2. Output voltage swing = 1.3V peak to peak. 3. Output voltage swing Is guaranteed by output voltage limit tests. 4. Voltage and current subscripts refer to pin numbers. 5. All measurements are referenced by power supply common. Positive current flow Is defined as into the terminal Indicated. 6. All spe(:lflcations herein apply for Interchange of voltages and currents at Pins Band C. 7. 8. 9. 10. Acceptance Test Sub-Group references apply to minimum and maximum limits only. The NE515K has Pins 1, 3 and 9 connected to the case. The NE515G has Pins 3 and 9 open. See Signetics SURE Program Bulletin No. 5001 for definition of Acceptance Test Sub-Groups. Sub-Group A-7 is used for electrical end points for Linear Products. Differential Input Resistance is computed from Input bias current. 6·11 Si!)OOlies A~'PL!fIEH 516 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ,~: :=~(:HIPTION The 516 is a high gain operational amplifier with differential input and output. Features include large gainbandwidth product, stable open-loop operation, high output voltage swing under load, high input resistance, wide common mode voltage range and high common mode rejection. A PACKAGE (Top View) 14 13 12 11 NE516 15,000 SE516 18,000 ±20% OPEN LOOP GAIN STABILITY = NE516 +10 Volts OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING = SE516 +11 Volts 01 FFERENTIAL INPUT RESISTANCE = NE516 100Kn SE516 400Kn INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE=23Volts COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO = 100 db INPUT OFFSET CURRENT = NE516100nA SE516300nA 300 kHz OPEN LOOP BANDWIDTH = • OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN = • • • • • • • 10 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Input 8 Com.1A NC Com. 28 NC Output 8 V 8. Output A 9. NC 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Com2A Com. 18 NC ~.rut A ORDER PART NOS. SE516A/NE516A K PACKAGE 6. V+ 7. Input 8 1. V 2. Output A 3. C~m. 2A ~jll~"XlMUM RATINGS Voltage Applied (Between Pins 1 and 6) NE516 34V SE516 36V Voltage Applied (Differential) 10V Current Rating (Pins 1,2,6 and 10) 25mA Current Rating (Other Pins) 10mA Output Short Circuit Duration (25°C) 10sec Storage Temperature -65°C to +150o C Operating Temperature NE516 OOC to +750 C SE516 -55°C to +1250 C Junction Temperature NE516 SE516 4. Com. 18 5. Input A 8. Com.1A 9. Com. 28 10. Output B ORDER PART NOS. SE516K/NE516K QPACKAGE 1. V· 2. Output A 3. Com.2A 4. Com. 18 5. Input A 6. 7. V+ Input 8 8. Com.1A 9. Com. 28 10. Output 8 ORDER PART NOS. SE516Q/NE516Q Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability may be Impair8d. ~~--~~~------~----~----------~----~~----------~----ov+ +---+------ 500mV for this test. 6·15 Si!lDDtiCS 527 YulTlUiE CUMPARA1UR LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. The SEINE 527 is a high speed analog voJtage cQmparator which, for the first time mates state-of-the-art Schottky diode technology with the conventional linear process. This allows simultaneous fabrication of high speed T2L gates with a precision linear amplifier on a single monolithic chip. K PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Input A The SEINE 527 is similar in design to the Signetics SEI NE 529 voltage comparator except that it incorporates a "Emitter Follower" input stage for extremely low input currents. This opens the door to a whole new range of appl ications for analog voltage comparators. 6. Ground • 15 nsec PROPAGATION DELAY 8. Strobe A 9. V + • COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUT GATES • • TTL OR ECL COMPATIBLE OUTPUTS WIDE COMMON MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGE 2. Input B 3. V1 4. Strobe B 5. Output B 7. Output A 2 10. V 1 + AID CONVERSION ECL TO TTL INTERFACE TTL TO ECl INTERFACE MEMORY SENSING OPTICAL DATA COUPLING ORDER PART NOS. SE527K/NE527K Positive Supply Voltage (V 1+) +15 volts . Negative Supply Voltage (V 1-) -15 volts Gate Supply Voltage (V 2+) +7 volts +15 volts Output Voltage Differential Input Voltage ±5 volts Input Common Mode Voltage ±6 volts 600mW Power Dissipation Operating Temperature Range O°C to +70°C NE 527 _55°C to +125°C SE 527 -65°C to +150°C Storage Temperature Range +300°C Lead Temperature (Soldering 60 seconds) OUTPUT A OUTPUT B ~~__- .____~__________~S_T_RO~BE_A____~__~______-,-oV2+ 1K 6-16 1K 4K UK 65n LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 527 ; ,;,CAL CHARACTERISTICS (V l + = +10V, V l PARAMET =-10V, V 2+ = +5.0V, V in = OV) TEST CONDITIONS SE 527 MIN TVP NE 527 MAX MIN TVP UNITS MAX INPUT CHARACTERISTICS Input Offset Voltage @25°C over temperature r~nge Input Bias Current @25°C over temperature range Input Offset Current @25°C over temperature r~nge Voltage Gain Input Resistance V 1+ = 1OV. V 1- = -10V Vin = OV V 1+ = 1OV. V 1- 4 6 6 10 rMI 2 2 4 JJA JJA JJA JJA 4 0.5 = -10V = OV TA = 25°C T A = 25°C. f = 1 kHz 0.75 1 V in 1 5 5 500 500 mV V/mV K1i GATE CHARACTERISTICS Output Voltage "1" State "0" State V 2+ V 2+ = 4.75V. Isource = -1 mA = 4.75V. Isink = 10mA V 2+ = 5.25V. V strobe = 0.5V 2.5 3.3 2.7 3.3 0.5 V 0.5 V Strobo Inputs "0" Input Current "1" Input Current @25°C over temperature range V 2+ "0" Input Voltage V 2+ "1" Input Voltage Short Circuit Output Current = 5.25V. Vstrobe = 2.7V = 4.75V V 2+ = 4.75V V 2+ = 5.25V. V out = OV -·2 -2 mA 50 100 200 200 JJA JJA 0.8 2.0 0.8 2.0 -40 -100 V V -40 -100 mA POWER SUPPL V REQUIREMENTS Supply Voltage V + 1 V 1 V + 2 Supply Current I 1 + 5 10 5 10 -6 -10 -6 -10 4.5 5 = 1OV. V 1- = -10V = 5.25V T A = 125°C TA = 25°C TA = -55°C 5.5 4.75 5 V 1+ mA 3.25 3.75 mA 4.0 mA 5 TA "125°C = 25°C TA TA = -55°C OOC ~T A ~70oC I + 2 mA 7.5 mA 8.5 mA 10 = 125°C = 25°C T A = -55°C mA 7.0 mA TA 15 mA TA 16 mA 18 mA OOC ~T A ~70oC TRANSIENT RESPONSE V V V 2+ OOC ~T A ~70oC I 1 5.25 V V. In 20 mA = 50 mV overdrive Propagation Delay Time tpd (0) TA 24 14 24 ns TA = +25°C = +250 C 14 tpd (1) 16 26 16 26 ns TA = +25°C 2 5 2 5 ns Turn On TA 6 ns TA = +25°C = +250 C 6 Turn Off 6 6 ns Dela" between Output Aand B Strobe Delay Time Parameters are guaranteed over the temperature range unless otherwise noted. 8·17 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 527 '~,~;PLICATlONS One of the main features of the device is that supply voltages (V 1+, V 1-) need not be balanced, as indicated in the following diagrams. For proper operation, however,negative supply" (V ,-) should always be at least six volts more negative than the ground terminal (pin 6), Input Common Mode range should be limited to values of two volts less than the supply voltages (V 1+ and V 1-) up to a maximum of ±6 volts as supply voltages are increased. It is also important to note that Output A is in phase with Input A and Output B is in phase with Input B. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS PHOTODIODE DETECTOR ECl TO TTL INTERFACE +5V A vv. ":' R2 R2 a 10 10 a t 527 627 ":' a TTL OUTPUTS ~ R2 Eel a INPUT Rl Rl ":' Rl ":' Rl -10V TTL TO ECl INTERFACE MOS MEMORY SENSE AMP. +6V VREF +5V 3R 1 a 10 10 TTL INPUT 527 527 a loon loon ":' 6·18 ":' Rl Rl - - -5.2V LINEAR INTEGRATED·CIRCUITS. 527 fVPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES SUPPLY CURRENT VS TEMPERATURE INPUT CURRENTS VS TEMPERATURE 3. 0 160 "- 2.5 0 ~ 13 I 'I> ........... O.6 r-- O~ "'- O.2 O. 1 --'-l OFFSET CURRENT -26 - ffi ~ 5 )0 6 a ~ V2+ o5 .0V ..., -t--- 25 60 75 100 125 TAo 26°C ""- V 1-o·10V ~1+0!,OV I -50 -25 o .5 0 +25 +50 +75 I +100 +126 I ,'- I-- 110 100 .9 VOLTS / V .6 V .8 / .B .7 .10 .10 .9 VOLTS RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS INPUT OVERDRIVES VI·' 10V. V 1- ' -10V r--- V2+ o 6 . 0 i - ,- \ \ - \ / OVERORIVE '1 f\ 15 20 TlME-nlOe 25 30 'I. ~)~~L~' i \\ \ ---- T• 10 .\~ \ / INPUT A .8 a: ~ 120 / / / OUTLTA ' 1+ .7 ;1;130 ~o / / SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI·' V 1-) - V2+oS.OV- OUTPUTB .8 140 OUTPUT A - '2+ SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI·' V 1-) - ~ I is ;:: V 1+ o10V. V 1- 0 -10V I / TA 0 25°C 't OUTPUT PROPAGATION DELAYS V2+ 0 6.0 VOLTS -- --r- V 2+·5.0VOLTS 150 TEMPERATURE -"C SUf»,PLY CURRENT VS SUPPLY VOL T AG E - <> 4 TEMPERATURE -"C /' ' 1- :---r-- 0 -50 ----- -I--. ~2+ 14 BIAS CURRENT 6 ...- 6 '" "- ""'"..... 2. 0 O. 3 POWER DISSIPATION VS SUPPL Y VOLTAGE \ 1\ \ OVERDRIVE 1NPr B 10 16 20 26 30 TIME-_ 6·19 Smnotics VOtIAGE CO~~PARATDR 529 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. The SEINE 529 is a high speed analog voltage comparator which, for the first time mates state-of-the-art Schottky diode technology with the conventional linear process. This allows simultaneous fabrication of high speed T 2 l gates with a precision linear amplifier on a single monolithic chip. K PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Input A • 2. 10 nsecPROPAGATION DELAY Input B 3. V 1 - • COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUT GATES 4. Strobe B 5. Output B • TTL OR ECl COMPATIBLE OUTPUTS • WIDE COMMON MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGE 6. Ground 7. Output A 8. Strobe A 9. V + 2 10. V 1 + ORDER PART NOS. SE529K/NE529K AID CONVERSION ECl TO TTL INTERFACE +15 volts -15 volts +7 volts +15 volts ±5 volts ±6 volts 600mW Positive Supply Voltage (V 1+) Negative Supply Voltage (V 1-) Gate Supply Voltage (V2+) Output Voltage Differential Input Voltage Input Common Mode Voltage Power Dissipation Operating Temperature Range TTL TO ECl INTERFACE MEMORY SENSING OPTICAL .DATA COUPLING OUTPUT A O°C to +70°C -55°C to +125°C NE 529 SE 529 INPUT A INPUT B OUTPUT B Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C lead Temperature (Soldering 60 seconds) +300°C ~~__~__~~________~S_TR_O~BE_A____~~~______~~V/ R 16 STROBE B 6·20 1.5K LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 529 :~:crRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (V + = +10V, V + = +5.0V, V 1 1 2 PARAMETER = -10V, Vin OV) =: SE 529 TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP UNITS NE 529 MAX MIN TVP MAX INPUT CHARACTERISTICS Input Offset Voltage @25°C o,ver temperature range Input Bias Current @25°C V 1+ = 1OV, V 1 - = -10V 5 over temperature range V in = OV V 1+ = 10V, V 1- = -10V 2 Input Offset Current @25°C over temperature range 4 6 6 10 mV 20 JJ.A JJ.A JJ.A JJ.A 5 12 36 V in = OV 50 3 2 9 Voltage Gain TA = 25°C Input Resistance T A = 25°C, f = 1 kHz 5 15 5 5 10 10 mV V/mV Kn GATE CHARACTERISTICS Output Voltage '''1'' State @25°C V 2+ = 4.75V, Isource = -lmA "'0" State @25°C V 2 + = 4.75V, Isink = lOrnA 2.5 3.3 2.7 3.3 0.5 V 0.5 V Strobe Inputs "'0" Input Current V 2+ = 5.25V, V strobe = 0.5V "'1" Input Current @25°C over temperature range V 2+ '" 5.25V, Vstrobe = 2.7V "0" Input Voltage V 2 + = 4.75V "1" Input Voltage V 2+ =4.75V Short Circuit Output Current V 2+ = 5.25V, V out = OV -2 -2 rnA 50 100 200 200 JJ.A JJ.A 0.8 2.0 0.8 2.0 -40 -100 V V -40 -100 rnA POWEFI SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS SUPlPly Voltage "1+ "1V + 2 Supply Current I + 1 5 10 5 10 V -6 -10 -6 -10 V 4.5 5 5.5 4.75 5 V 2+ = 5.25V TA = 125°C =25°C T A = -55°C 3.25 rnA 3.75 rnA 4.0 rnA OOC ~T A ~70oC 1 - 5 = 125°C 2 + 7.0 rnA 7.5 rnA TA = -55°C 8.5 TA rnA 10 rnA TA = 125°C 15 TA = 25°C 16 rnA 18 rnA TA = -55°C rnA OOC ~T A ~70oC TRANS I ENT RESPONSE rnA TA = 25°C OOC ~T A ~70oC 1 V V 1+ = 1OV, V 1- = -10V TA 11 5.25 V in 20 rnA = 50 mV Overdrive Propagation Delay Time 10 tpd (0) TA = +25°C 20 ns T A = +25 C 12 20 22 10 tpd (1) 12 22 ns TA = +25°C 2 5 2 5 ns Turn On T A = +25°C 6 6 ns Turn Off T A = +25 C 6 6 ns Del,ay between Output Aand B 0 Strobe Delay Time 0 Parameters are guaranteed over the temperature range unless otherwise noted. 6·21 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 529 ~\PPl leA TlONS One of the main features of the device is that supply voltages (V,+, V,-) need not be balanced, as indicated in the following diagrams. For proper operation, however, negative supply (V 1-) should always be at least five volts more negative than the ground terminal (pin 6). Input Common Mode range should be limited to values of two volts less than the supply voltages (V 1+ and V,-) up to a maximum of ±6 volts as supply voltages are increased. It is also important to note that Output A is in phase with Input A and Output B is in phase with Input B. ':V'PICAL APPLICATIONS PHOTODIODE DETECTOR ECl TO TTL INTERFACE A~__~__~+6_V______~ ~ R2 ....--'----_....&......., 10 +5V Q Q t 529 529 TTL OUTPUTS ~ Eel INPUT -10V TTL TO ECl INTERFACE MOSMEMORVSENSEAMP +5V VREF +5V 3R l 10 Q 10 TTL INPUT 529 529 Q 10011 loon ":" 6-22 ":" Rl Rl - - -5.2V LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 529 IYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES INPUT CURRENTS VS TEMPERATURE '2 ~ '0 6 '\ 1 ........... 4 ~ ......... --- . 7 ~ ~ "'- ~ ~ .....- -- - 5 -26 -60 76 - '00 ~ 0 +26 +60 TEMPERATURE _ - f-- +76 +'00 "C > C v2+- 6 ,av 4 > 3 ~ 2 5 12+ ,/ ~ I ,40 ,/ ~ >= ~ ~c ! '30 '20 "0 / V '00,5 V '8 / / / / / -- '7 ,8 '9 ,'0 VOLTS RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS INPUT OVERDRIVES v, + -,av, v,- - ·,ov I ~ ~ TA -26DC SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V,+, V,-) - OUTPUT PROPAGATION DELAYS TA -26"C V2+-6.0VOLTS - - - OUTiuT A /' \ .1 OUTPUT B :e V -28 V2+-5.0VOLTS '50 1 I' I -60 '26 "C 1,- I .IV + . ; ; : 2 SUPPLY CURRENT VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE /~ I' 3 60 1 .t~ 1,+ 1 - 26 TEMPERATURE _ 1,-1 4 OFFSET CURRENT 0.2 '80 IV2-:--t-- 5,OV-': I I ~ BIAS CURRENT POWER DISSIPATION VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 r- -.il I ... ~ 4 I'" I SUPPLY CURRENT VS TEMPERATURE / j r\. I 1,+ w+100 ~ mV i INPUT A 0 ... -'00 o ,5 ~ '8 ,7 ,8 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V, +, V,-) - ,9 VOLTS "0 mV '0 TIME '5 20 -"ItC 26 30 6-23 !i!!lDotiC!i SLEW RAIE 531 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS :H- The 531 is a fast slewing high performance operational amplifier which retains D.C. performance equal to the best general purpose types while providing far superior large signal A.C. performance. A unique input stage design allows the amplifier to have a large signal response nearly identical to its small signal response. The amplifier can be compensated for truly negligible overshoot with a single capacitor. In applications where fast settling and superior large signal bandwidths are required, the amplifier out performs conventional designs which have much better small signal response. Also, because the small signal response is not extended, no special precautions need be taken with circu it board layout to achieve stability. The high gain, simple compensation and excellent stability of this amplifier allow its use in a wide variety of instrumentation applications. 35V/J.l.sec SLEW RATE AT UNITY GAIN PIN FOR PIN REPLACEMENT FOR J.l.A709, J.l.A748 OR LM101 • COMPENSATED WITH A SINGLE CAPACITOR • SAME LOW DRIFT OFFSET NULL CIRCUITRY AS J.l.A741 • SMALL SIGNAL BANDWIDTH 1 MHz • LARGE SIGNAL BANDWIDTH 500KHz • TRUE OPAMP D.C. CHARACTERISTICS MAKE THE 531 THE IDEAL ANSWER TO ALL SLEW RATE LIMITED OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER APPLICATIONS. T PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Offset Null 2. Inverting Input 3. Noninverting Input 4. v- 5. Offset Null 6. Output 7. v+ ) 8. Freq. Compo ORDER PART NOS. SE631T/NE531T V PACKAGE • • :1; 1;. 'El Z - 7 3 + I 4 & 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Offset Null Inverting Input Noninverting Input vOffset Null Output v+ 8. Freq. Compo ORDER PART NO. NE531V MAXIMUM RAT!Nr.s' Supply Voltage Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1) Differential Input Voltage Common Mode Input Voltage (Note 2) Voltage Between Offset Null and VOperating Teniperature Range NE531 SE531 ±22V 300mW ±15V ±15V ±0.5V OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT O°C to +70°C -55°C to +125°C TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Solder, 60 sec.) Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 3) -65°C to +150°0 300°C Indefinite NOTES: 1. Rating applies for case temperatures to 125°C, derate linearly at 6.5mW/C for ambient temperatures above +76'b 2. For supply voltages less than ±16V, the absolute maximum Input voltage Is equal to the supply voltage. 3. Short Ci~cuit may be to ground or e!ther supply. Rating applies to +126 C cale temperature or +75. C ambient temperature. 6-24 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531 1 ,;,~ , "'iF HAL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (VS NE531 CONDITIONS PARAMETER I~put RS" 10KS! Settling Time, .01 % AV = +1, Villi = AV = +1, V IN = AV = +1, VIN = AV = +1, V IN ' Small Signal.Overshoot Small Signal Riselime MIN TYP 2.0 50 Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Bias Current I nput Resistance Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection RatiO Supply Voltage Rejecllon RatiO Large Signal Voltage Gain Output ReSistance Supply Current Power Consumption Full Power Bandwidth Settling Time, 1% Large Signal Overshoot = ±15V, TA = 25°C Unless Otherwise Specified) 0.4 20 MAX 200 1.5 ,10 RS'; 10KS! 70 RS'" 10K!! RL .~ 2K!!, VOUT • ,10V 20,000 AV = +l,V IN = ,10V 100 10 60,000 75 5.5 165 500 1.5 150 10 300 mV nA /lA M11 Volts dB /lV/V 11 mA mW KHz /lsec ,",sec 2.5 ,10V ilUV UNITS % % 400mV 400mV 300 The Following Apply for O°C .. T A" +70"C: 7.5 mV =+70" C =O··C 200 nA 300 nA T A = +70"C 1.5 /lA 2.0 /lA Input Offset Voltage RS'; 10KH I nput Offset Current TA TA I nput Bias Current TA Large Signal Voltage Gain Ou~put Voltage Swing Slew Rate AV AV AV AV = 100 = 10 = 1 (non ·onvert i ng) = 1 (inverting) 15,000 ,10 .13 Volts 35 V//ls V//ls V//ls V//ls 35 20 2·5 30 35 mA 4.5 5.5 TYP MAX 2.0 5.0 mV Input Offset Current 30 200 nA I nput Bias Current 300 500 I nput Resistance 20 Supply Current SE531 = O"C R L ;. 2K11, VOUT = ,10V R L ;. 2Kn TA +70·C CONDITIONS PARAMETER Input Offset Voltage ~ R L ", 2Kll, VOUT = ,10V 50,000 UNITS nA M11 ,10 Input Voltage Range Large Signal Voltage Gain MIN RS "10KH' Volts 100,000 Output Resistance 75 Supply Current 5.5 7.0 Power Consumption 165 210 Full Power Bandwidth 500 KHz = ,10V 1.5 ,",sec • ,10V 2.5 /lsec = ,10V 2 = +1, V IN = +1, V IN = +1, V IN Settling Time, 1% AV Settling Time, .01% AV Large Signal Overshoot AV Small Signal Risetime Small Signal Overshoot AV = +1, V IN = 400mV AV = +1, VIN = 400mV Slew Rate AV AV AV n mA mW % 300 % = 100 = 10 = 1 (non·inverting) V//ls V//ls V//ls V//ls 35 35 30 AV = 1 (Inverting) 35 The following apply for _55°{;" T A .. +125"C: Input Offset Voltage I nput Offset Current TA Input Bias Current mV RS" 10K11 T A = +125 901----+--+--+---+--4---4 861----+---+--f----+--+----1 L " +16 /~ -~ +20 +80 +100 TEMPERATURE - ±V OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE +10 -20 26 20 16 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - V 16 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ;; 10 +6 10 140 ·C ~ 100 90 r-- 100 80 20 ----r---r-......... V / ~ 110 t-----t---t---+--j---+----i / _. l60 gf!! -20 POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE v _. 176 76 -80 260 I 200 iil o TEMPERATURE - 300 ~ ~ ~ ............ ·C POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 260 "I'-.. ............ 1'-.. 100 100 i 200 ......... 80 TEMPERATURE - ~ " 400 / / / ~ "",20 110 I r\ \ 800 ~ 3:225 E V \ 140 275 INPUT BIAS CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOL TAG E V SUPPLY VOLTS - INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE +16 +10 V +140 ·C / / V OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF FREaUENCY -...... 7 V ±V 24 ~ ~ 1 ~ IN ~31 OUT 2K ........... -10 -1 6 ~ ~~ I----. ~ 10 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - 6-26 -10 I--... 15 'V -16 5 ~ ~ 10 .-c- ~ \ ~ ~ 15 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - 20 tV o lK 10K 30K FREQUENCY - lOOK H. lOOK LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531 ~iPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) VOLTAGE FOLLOWER LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE ~' IN +10 +5 1 ~ g ~ 0 -5V 4JV 3 ~- I > II - 2K.". f 400 :e /1 ~ roo \~ ~ / 111'''0 I IJ 1500 TIME - 2000 2500 o 3000 3500 .... ~ 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 nsec OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AND VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY ~ 45 ~+~~~~~~~~ 120 h Co - l00pF --- f-f--- r---...r 90 80 ~ 70 '\ \.. ~. ~ Hz lK lOOK ~ ~ ~ ~ g 1\ -.l ~ -"'"'\ -'\ 10K 80 w 50 ~ '\ '\ '\ 100 PHASE r- .~ I'\. 10 110 100 GAIN 1\"\ I'\. ~+~~~+-+-~+~~~-r FREQUENCY - ~S8C TIME - 15 +50 f---t--+--+---""----+-+-+_ -5 -101---'l---f------+ TIME - CLOSED LOOP NON-INVERTING VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY OI,!L .". I I I I nsec :3 ~gov I I I I 1000 ~~ VIN - 400mV I 500 1 +5 IN ~100 -- > VI IJOO w \ +10 1lO%J./ F \ UNITY GAIN INVERTING AMPLIFIER LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE VOLTAGE FOLLOWER TRANSIENT RESPONSE 1M 20 10 o 10M Hz FREQUENCY - IYPICAL APPLICATIONS 3 POLE ACTIVE LOW PASS FILTER BUTTERWORTH MAXIMALLY FLAT RESPONSE* RESPONSE OF 3-POLE ACTIVE BUTTERWORTH MAXIMALLY FLAT FILTER 0 JOK 10K 10K l·O22 10k =r-.0!I6 "" -5 ~1~ I~ &31 t.: vLJt \- fO'lKHz -10 1 --- \ -15 f--- I-- '-- r---- .1 -20 IL \. -25 c--- \ 100 300 lK FREQUENCY - 3K 10K Hz • Reference - EON Dec. 15, 197() Simplify 3-Pole Active Filter Design A. Paul Brokow 8-27 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531 HIGH SPEED INVERTER (10MHz Bandwidth) ZpF PULSE RESPONSE HIGH SPEED INVERTER 10K INQ-JlAfIr-_+-----r"_-U=..., >--+-+---oOUT 10 t - - - -......... ZN3819 2OOnsec/DIV FAST SETTLING VOLTAGE FOLLOWER LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE VOLTAGE FOLLOWER ~ > OOpF +531 IN o "> OUT N - O.5/Js/DIV f .. 500KHz PRECISION RECTIFIERS (b) FULL WAVE (a) HALF WAVE 10K 1% 10K 10K INo--J\II/'v-_---__-'V'oAr-.......-oOUT INQ-..--'VV'~IY 6-28 · LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 531 fYPICAL APPLICATIONS (Cont'd.) AC MILLIVOLTMETER 1No---i t--......- .... SAMPLE AND HOLD +15 SIGNAL IN LOGIC IN t-t-....-o OUTPUT 0----+-1 ~ 10K 15msec: -16 -16 6-29 Smnotics DUAL LOW NOISE PREAMPLIFIER IPA239 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS , O~N I CONFIGURATION The PA239 is a dual low noise preamplifier featuring two identically-matched 68dB gain amplifiers fed from an internal zener regulated power supply. Operation requires only a single power supply and a minimum number of external frequency shaping components. A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. v+ 2. Zener 3. Feedback 1 4. Roll 1 5. Out 1 6. Input Ret. 1 7. Input 1 • MATCHED OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN • 8. Input 2 LOW AUDIO NOISE 9. Input Ret. 2 10. Out 2 • SINGLE POWER SUPPLY 11. • WIDE POWER SUPPLY RANGE Roll 2 12. Feedback 2 • BUILT-IN POWER SUPPLY FILTER 13. • HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE 14. Amp. Gnd. • EMITTER FOLLOWER OUTPUT • LOW DISTORTION ORDER PART NO. PA239A • SELF BIASING • MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXTERNAL COMPONENTS • OUTPUT CIRCUIT IS SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTED • HIGH CHANNEL SEPARATION /\FPUCATIONS STEREO TAPE PLAYERS/RECORDERS DICTATING EQUIPMENT MOVIE PROJECTORS • VARIETY OF FEEDBACK OPTIONS PHONOGRAPHS • NOCIRCUIT DAMAGE IF PLUGGED IN BACKWARDS • 7.5V REGULATOR BIAS SOURCE TV REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER MICROPHONE AMPLIFIERS ;O! dl f- MAXIMUM RATINGS STEREO RADIO RECEIVER SYSTEMS Supply Voltage Temperature 16V VIDEO PREAMPLIFICATION NARROW BAND AMPLIFICATION _55°C to +150°C -30°C to +85°C Storage Operating DRIVER-PREAMP FOR LOSSY NETWORKS SUPER GAIN CASCADED AMPLIFIERS U~~L~~ ~2----------1 POWER 10 INPUT 1 ........ FDBK 1 o=---~Vv_2400k GND 6·30 Reg. Gnd. OUTPUT 2 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. PA239 FCTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (2SoC) (VCC PARAMETERS Suppl~' Current (V CC = 12V) MIN TYP 16 22 mA 65 68 71 dB 2 dB = 12V) Voltage Gain Gain Balance MAX 0.3 Channel Separation (f = 1 kHz), Figure 1 Input Resistance 45 90 100K 250K Signal Output dB n 1.5 Output Resistance Power Supply Rejection (f = 1 kHz), Figure 2 UNITS Vrms 100 n 55 dB 45 Total Harmonic Distortion Without Feedback /0.5V rms into 3kn Load, 1 kHz) Input dc Bias Current 0.5 0.9 % 0.8 3 J1A Gain to Feedback Terminal 3, 12 45 Impedance at Feedback Terminal 2400 dB n Amplifier Noise Figure (100Hz to 10 kHz, 5kn Rs) 1.8 Equivalent Input Noise (100Hz to 10 kHz, 680n Rs) 0.7 dB 1.2 J1V : ~ST CIRCUITS CHANNEL SEPARATION POWER SUPPL V REJECTION +12V ¥4 d 50U l00"F vrm. 'V r- -=- 7 1 --, I I 680 Figure 1 Figure 2 NOISE Figure 3 8·31 SmDotiCS 536 Ii, n~SCR~pT!Of\J The 536 is a special purpose high performance operational amplifier utilizing a FET input stage for extremely high input impedance and low input current. TPACKAGE (Top View) The device features internal compensation, standard pinout, wide differential and common mode input voltage range, high slew rate and high output drive capability. :;:r-;'T-. -,{"' --:;, ,T~· • 5pA INPUT BIAS CURRENT • INPUT AND OUTPUT PROTECTION • OFFSET NULL CAPABII-ITY • INTERNALLY COMPENSATED • 6V /J.l.sec SLEW RATE • STANDARD PINOUT • 1 MHz UNITY GAIN BANDWIDTH 1. Offset Null 2. Inverting Input 3. Non-inverting Input 4. v- e 5. Offset Null 6. Output 7. v+ 8. NC ORDER PART NOS. SE536T/NE536T VOLTAGE FOLLOWER CIRCUIT ±22V Supply Voltage ±30V Differential Input Voltage Range Common Mode Input Voltage Range ±Vs Power Dissipation (Note 1) 500mW Operating Temperature Range SU536T -55°6 to +85°C NE536T O°C to +70° C -65°C to +150° C Storage Temperature Range 300°C Lead Temperature (Solder, 60 sec) Indefinite Output ShortlCircuit Duration (Note 2) OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT v+ NOTES: ° . 1. Rating applies for case temperatures to +25 C; derate linearly at 6.5mW/oC for ambient temperatures above 75°C. 2. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies to +125 °c case temperature or +75 °c ambient temperature. 8-32 v- LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SU536/NE536 '; ~;:1>\!. C~!\HACTERISTiCS PARAMETER (SU536: ±6V ~ Vs ~ TEST CONDITIONS ±20V; NE536: Vs = ±15V unless otherwise noted.) SU536 NE536 MIN TVP MAX MIN TVP Vs = ±15 V, VOUT = ±10V 50 100 50 100 RL;;;' 2kn 50 100 25 100 MAX UNITS INPUT CHARACTERISITICS Large Signal Voltage Gain @ +25°C Over Temperature Range Input Offset Voltage @ +25°C 7.5 20 Over Temperature Range 7.5 30 vs Temperature (drift) 20 vs Common Mode Voltage (C.M.R.R.) VIN = ±10V, RS';; 10kn vs Power Supply (P.S.R.R.) Note I, RS .;; 10kn 70 Over Temperature Range vs Temperature (drift) Either Input 64 80 V/mV mV 90 30 mV 30 /J.V/oC dB 80 150 100 300 /J.V/V 5 30 30 100 pA 250 3000 50 Input Current @ +25°C 30 V/mV pA Typ. Doubles Every 10°C I nput Offset Current @ +25 °c 5 5 pA Over Temperature (drift) 1nput Impedance Differential Resistance TA = +25°C 10 14 10 14 Differt!ntial Capacitance TA = +25°C 6 6 20 20 n pF Input Noise 1O.1Hz - 100kHz) Voltage Noise Common Mode Voltage Range VS=±15V ±10 Vs = ±15V 5 ± 11 ±10 /J.Vrms -- ± 11 V OUTPUT CHARACTER ISTICS Output Current Open Loop Output Impedance mA 5 100 100 n V Output Voltage Swing Vs = ±15V, RL;;;' 2kn ±10 ±12 ±10 ±10 Vs = ±15V, RL;;;' 10kn ±12 ±13 ±12 ±13 Short Circuit Current Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C V 17 17 1 1 MHz MHz mA FREQUENCY AND TRANSIENT RESPONSE Gain Bandwidth Product Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C, A = 100 Unity Gain Frequency Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C 1 1 Full Power Bandwidth Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°V 100 100 kHz Slew Raw Inverter Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C, A =-1 6 6 Follower Vs = ±15V, TA = +25°C, A = +1 6 6 V//J.s V//J.s ---_.- POWER SUPPLY REQUIREMENT Power Supply Range Quiescent Supply Current :<:6 ±20 1:6 ± 18 V Vs = ±20V, VOUT = OV, T A = +25°C 4.5 _._- 5.5 mA ~--- Vs = ±15V, VOUT = OV, TA = +25°C Quiescent Power Dissipation 6.0 8.0 mA VS=±15V, VOUT = OV, TA = +25°C 180 180 mW Parameters (Ire tested over temperature range unless otherwise noted. NOTE I: SU~;36: Vs = +6V to ±20V NE!;36: Vs = ±6V to ±15V 6·33 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SU536/NE536 ~ VPleAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE INPUT VOLTAGE NOISE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 10000 110 100 ~A' 25l 1000 AL -2,Kll 90 ~ 80 100 Rs·'M~ ~ ------ ~r---- 10 80 10 50 40 1 2 8 6 4 10 12 16 14 18 20 22 10 100 lOOK 10K lK FReaUENCY - Hz SUPPl Y VOL TAGE +. V LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 40 ~ -10 I / I -5 TA' 25"c·.CL· l00pl 15V (fIg. 1 J Vs" 36 I Vs" ot: 15V AL" 2K~ Cl" loopf 32 TA" 25"C 28 Rt '" 2K!'): ~ 24 I 0 \ I \ 1 I -5 I \ 20 16 \ 12 8 V -10 \ l 4 0 0 4 2 6 10 8 TIME 12 14 16 -20 / 1\""S'fI~ V -10 n TA'" 25'"C AL" 2KO VaS........ -5 ..... ? ..... 0 -20 I-- ............. \ -40 -\ " -100 >\-~"'- -10 r- ~ f---~ -120 "S~/>\-f' -15 r-.... 10M ~ -f.O ......... " 1M lOOK OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY -80 ...... -5 10K FREQUENCY - HI OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE -15 lK 100 18 ~sec -140 ........... -160 -20 -180 4 6 8 10 12 I. 16 SUPPl V VOL TACE - 'tV 6-34 16 20 1 10 100 lK 10K FREQUENCY - 1-.1 lOOK 1M 10M LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SU536/NE536 \ YPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE r'. \ VOLTAGE FOLLOWER TRANSIENT RESPONSE v 200 \ 1 \ I I II 150 ~ 100 \ ~ ~ ,+- TA= 26·C RL" 2Kl1 CL·l00pf I Vs =± 15V 1M fig. 1 LJ 1\ 100 10M lOOK 200 JOO 400 500 600 10K L.. vs-'t 16V Vs vr ~... ' r---20 / .,./ - ~ V +20, +40 900 ",,,... / V L ..- -.... -- 22 -. .- _.. C-- 21 ~. ! ~",,," ~ "i'..."", .. ? ~~ ",,,, 18 +60 TEMPERATURE _·C .-- ' l!}V 23 ~,r!P P 800 OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT CURRENTS AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 10 700 TIME IN NANOSECONDS FREQUENCY - Hz 100 2 _ I 50 '\ 100 " +100 ........ -- -- -- r-- r- - -- r--- 15 ·20 +20 +40 TEMPERATURE °c 6-35 SmnDtics 540 The 540 is a monolithic, class AB power amplifier designed specifically to drive a pair of complementary output transistors. The device features low standby current yet retains a high output current drive capability with internal current limiting. A wide power bandwidth and excellent linearity make this device ideal for use as an audio power amplifier. • • • • • INTERNAL CURRENT LIMITING LOW STANDBY CURRENT HIGH OUTPUT CURRENT CAPABI LlTY WIDE POWER BANDWIDTH LOW DISTORTION I L PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Power Limit 2. 3. Non Inverting Input NC Inverting Input Power Limit 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. j 10. ± 27 Volts SE540 ± 22Volts NE540 Supply Voltage Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range vOutput 1 (emmitter) Output 2 (base) Output 3 (collector) v+ ORDER PART NOS. SE540LlNE540L -55°C to +125°C SE540 O°C to +70°C NE540 _65°C to +150°C Output Short Circuit Duration (Not exceeding maximum dissipation.) Indefinite .-----------------~1 r---~--~------~------~----------------~--~--~~~--~--------~~10 Ql 6-36 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SEINE 540L '1';t~l:Al CHARACTERISTICS (T A == 2SoC unless otherwise specified) TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER Operating Temperature Range TVP -55 Operating Supply Voltage NE540 TVP SE540 MIN ±5 MAX MIN +125 0 ±25 ±5 MAX UNIT +70 °c ±20 Volts 13 20 13 20 mA Input Offset Voltage 5 7 7 10 mV Input Offset Current 0.3 0.7 0.5 1 JlA 1.5 3 2 5 JlA Quiescent Current Input Bi~s Current Input Impedance 80 Current Gain Gain Variation Over Temperature Range 40dB Gain Frequency Response 40 dB Gain ±1 dB Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 40 dB Gain Output 3 dB below maximum RL = 600n RL =2Kn RS = 600n 50 Hz to 500 kHz Power Supply Rejection Ratio 40 dB Gain Distortion 20 40 dB Gain 70 ±C.1 0.25 0.06 ±120 Vs = ±20V V OUT = ±15V OFFSET VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT ±C.1 dB kHz 1.0 % 0.06 90 60 110 Output Drive Current dB 0.5 0.5 10 80 kn 90 100 500 Common Mode Rejection Ratio Slew Rate 100 20 JJ.V 80 dB 90 dB ±100 ±BO ±150 10 200 200 mA VIJ.lS OUTPUT BIAS CONTROL +V 100 ·V VOFFSET. VOUT 100 ·V R, = IK BIAS CONTROL FOR OUTPUT TRANSISTORS 6·37 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L ~ 'fPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTlC~ CLOSED LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPEN LOOP GAIN AND FREQUENCY RESPONSE ro __----~-----r--~~------~----~ 110 651----+--- 100 I - - VCC -'.2OV 60 90 5& 60 z z 451---4-----+----~-~rr_--~ 4O~----4_----_+----~~.e~tr--~ ~~----4_----_+----~~----~--~ ~ ~ z ~ 70 20 _____ 10 ~ ____ 100 ~~ 1000 __ '" ~ 40 ~1---4----+--~~--+_~-~ ~ ""'....." ~ 50 30 ___ ~ Rl = 26O!l 60 301----4-----+---~~---~~-~ ~ !'... Rl= lk III 5O~----~-----+------~~ 2OL-_ _ _ Rl=IOk ~ 10 10,000 10 0.1 FREQUENCY IN kHz PHASE RESPONSE VERSUS FREQUENCY 10,000 1000 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION VERSUS FREQUENCY .------...,-----.....,.------.------,-----~ 110 ·10 i------+----+---l------+----t 100 ·20 100 FREQUENCY IN kHz 90 101---4----+---~~--+_--~ 201----+-----+----1--+---+----1 301-----I-----+----1----\...-+_--~ III '" ~ ~ ~ iii POSITIVE SUPI'l Y ~ ....... NEGATIVE SUPI'l Y ~ 90 '~ 70 ~ 60 50 II: ~ 50 60 40 30 70 20 9O~----~----~---~~----~----~ 10 0.1 10 100 1000 10,000 0.01 10 0.1 FREQUENCY IN kHz OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS IBNBE OF CURRENT LIMITER 200 OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS IBNBE OF CURRENT LIMITER 200 NEG~TlVE ~URRJNT llJITER 180 190 vcci'~v 160 I POSI~IVE CLRRE~T lIMI~ER VCC-±~V 160 140 l~AD 120 140 ~ CURRENT 100 ~ 90 z i 1\ ~ ~ 1\ - 60 8 1 i-! ~:g, 120 LOAD CURRENT 100 90 I-- ;-IB-l~l 1/ o 200 400 IB- 3OO.A 40 IBi~ IY 900 900 BASE-EMITTER VOLTAGE IN mV IB-I600~ 20 .//1 IB{~ 60 co 20 6-38 1000 100 FREQUENCY IN kHz 1.1 1000 1200 300 600 700 IB -900.A ~~B-700.A UTI V 900 BASE - EMITTER VOLTAGE IN mV 18~ lmA 1100 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540l TYPICAL IPERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd.) BIAS CURRENT OFFSET CURRENT VERSUS TEMPERATURE VERSUS TEMPERATURE 3.0 380 , 340 \. 2.5 \ \ 280 ~ 260 " ~ "- 1.0 ·60 z i 1.6 ·76 /" 300 ~ \ 2.0 0.6 ·100 ~ 320 ·26 26 ~ " 60 100 240 / V 220 200 I'-76 V / V 160 126 160 160 ·100 ·76 ·60 26 ·26 TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e ~6 60 100 126 150 126 160 TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e OFFSET VOLTAGE OPEN LOOP GAIN VERSUS TEMPERATURE VERSUS TEMPERATURE 3.8 3.8 3.4 r---- ~ V 3.2 .... V 3.0 ,,~ ""~ • • / 2,8 2.8 " 2.4 / 2.2 1/ / I 2.0 • ·100·76 -60 ·26 26 60 76 100 126 160 1.8 ·100 ·76 ·60 26 ·26 60 76 100 TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e MAXIMUM DISSIPATION VERSUS AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ." 100 INTERNAL POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS LOAD POWER 1000 I'\. 900 .~ R t--',iHr SIGNAL .,.-..... I'\. I'\. Vee' ~ / 26V ./ ,,' \ -- .'\ '" Vee '20V I'\. 200 I'\. 200 100 o o o 60 76 100 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IN DEGREE e 126 o 10 100 1,000 10,000 OUTPUT POWER IN mW 8·39 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L jj:;j':~L PERfORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd.) TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION VERSUS OUTPUT QUIESCENT CURRENT VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 10% 24 Vc~"lJ !-I, " 1KHz !- GAIN" 40dB 22 ~RL"3IIO!1 20 18 18 14 - 12 I-- ~ 10 ....... -~ ~ ..... ...... .......... 10' ~t-- l--~ 10-1-"" 0.01% 10 30 20 50 40 0.001 0.01 SUPPLY VOLTAGE IN VOLTS TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION VERSUS FREQUENCY OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE VERSUS LOAD 10% 2.4 VJ"t~J :~k;N~ I > O.6db ~ cl Below Clipping 1/ j 1./ z 2.0 1400 I 1200 400 -POSITIVIE f--NEGATI~E - 1.2 )1 / i 0.8 o 0.01% 0.1 10 100 1000 10000 10 FREQUENCY IN KHz INTERMODULATION DISTORTION VERSUS !,-OAD TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION VERSUS LOAD 1 10% I 1,J,l.l r-12" 7kHz r-VoI_lIotlo4:1 r- Output 1 db below clipping Gain" 40db r-VCC ".2OV 1000 vJJJI I I::;:~~ below clipping 1% l5 ~ "" r--.... I' '" '\ a: 0.1% tii 0.01% 10 LOAD RESISTOR IN kll 8-40 100 L.OAD CURRENT IN mA 10% i i Cllpping- ~ .~ S II 800 200 1.8 II 800 &db BoIow > /1 1000 0.1 OUTPUT POWER IN WATTS 100 0.01% 0.1 f'. 10 LOAD RESISTOR IN k!! 100 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L 1 jV: V(}L TAGE REGULATORS +VOUT -o I MAX=120mA ~::-'+-~t-....... 5000pF R4 VREF R5 VREF -= R4 -= R5 C2 5OO0pF Cl -V OUT I MAX=120MA R2 R' 1 -VOUT Rl 66Q R6 .v"IN -VIN VOUT~~ R4 Rl ~ V1N - VREF I ZENER R 2V 1N'''OUT 2~-~ VREF R5~!1 100 C ",O.2 ~F 1 Ra C2"" 10~F 6·41 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SEINE 540L 1 vP!CAL APPLICATIONS POWER AMPLIFIERS +Vee 35 Watts 1 Watt +Vee +26V 10K 1(gJ 10pF ~ 6&1 R6 1_6oI'FL--------R-5-....-o--'-oSfl -Vee -25V VOLTAGE GAIN -26V -Vee Av=~Q VOL TAGE GAIN CURRENT LIMITING 660mV AV~ R1+R2 R2 R,.R6"'~ POWER LIMITING R2· R5 ",5&1 Vee R3 = R4 "'3mA 3 Watts 70 Watts +25V R8 lOon II~ -25V VOLTAGE GAIN AV • 2(R~; Ral CURRENT LIMITING R1·R6:::~;~V POWER LIMITING R2- R6:::1680 R3·R4:::~ 6·42 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE540L :15 WATT AMPLIFIER P.C. BOARD LAYOUT (BOTTOM VIEW) PARTS LAYOUT (TOP VIEW) ~h~ 100n 9- ~O.1~F 56n ~--+---~C4 ~.--. ~1}.8~ B o--+__.....___ ~1..oK?1 ! E ~1---~4 B 10PF~ 10K 8.2K 5!)n .......... ---+---~C4_____A.~_ -YYV--- ~~ o O.18n 2000pF r-- ~ --1 O.5~F 0 1... O.1~F INPUT T v+ 6-43 !ijgDotiC!i PRECISION VOLTAGE REGULATOR 550 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LH::$CRiPTlOI\1 I;>~\\I CONFIGURATIONS The 550 is a precision monolithic voltage regulator capable of positive or negative supply operation as series, shunt, switching or floating regulator. Guaranteed line regulation is provided for input voltages ranging from 8.5 volts to as high as 50 volts. The output voltage can be continuously adjusted from 2 volts to 40 volts. Foldback current limiting can be accomplished through the use of one external resistor. I nternal circuitry permits on and off strobing with DTL and TTL logic inputs and latched shut-down with a pulsed input. , • A PACKAGE (Top View) 1- NC 14 13 12 11 ~ATURES; 10 LINE REGULATION GUARANTEED OVER INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE OF 8.5 VOLTS TO AS HIGH AS 50 VOLTS. • OUTPUT VOLTAGE CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE FROM 2 VOLTS TO 40 VOLTS • • .01% LINE AND LOAD REGULAYION ADJUSTABLE LIMITING OF SHORT CURRENT • FOLDBACK CURRENT EXTERNAL RESISTOR • REMOTE AND LATCHING SHUTDOWN • OUTPUT CURRENT UP TO 150mA WITHOUT EXTERNAL POWER TRANSISTORS LIMITING 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Current Limit Current Sen .. Inverting Input Nonlnvertlng Input VREF VNC Vz V out Vc V+ Frequency Compensation NC ORDER PART NO. NE550A L PACKAGE CIRCUIT WITH 2. "3. 4. 5. ONE 1. 2. 3. 4. Current Sense Inverting Input Nonlnvertlng Input \!REF 5. 6. 7. 8. VV out Vc V+ 9. Frequency Compensation 10. Current Limit '!A,SiG CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC ORDER PART NOS. NE550L/SE550L V+ fREQ ~ Vc VOUT ABSOLun:: MAXJMUM RATINGS: SE550 INVERTING INPUT NON" INVERTING INPUT '--.......-t<:t---o Vz , . - -.......--oc.. Voltage from V+ to VInput-Output Voltage Differential Maximum Output Current Current from V z Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1) Operating Temperature Range -55°C to Storage Telnperature -65°C to Range Lead Temperature NE550 50V 40V 45V 150mA 15mA 37V 150mA 15mA 800mW 800mW +125°C +150°C 300°C _65°C to +150°C 300°C NOTE: 1. Rating applias for case temperatures to 125°C; derate linearly at 6.5mW/oC for ambient temperatures above +75 0 C. 6-44 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 550 ,- 'i c fP.!CAl CHARACTERISTICS(TA = 25°C unless otherwise specified) (Notes 1 and 2) I PARAMETER I MIN TVP I MAX UNITS TEST CONDITIONS NE550 Line Regulation .08 Load Regulation .03 Ripple Rejection 0.3 %V 0.35 %V 0.2 %V 0.4 %V 50 Reference Voltage 60 1.53 70 1.63 Output Noise Voltage Long Term Stability OOC ~T A ~700C, IL = 1mA to 50mA f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF OOC ~T A ~700C RSC = 10n, V /oLVrms /oLVrms %/1000 hrs. 3.0 1.6 = 12 to 40V out =0 V 20 2.5 0.1 Standby Current Drain out mA 1.73 in IL = 1mA to 50mA %/oC .015 .002 Short Circuit Current Limit out out dB dB 75 90 Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage V = 8.5 to 40V in OOC ~T A ~700C, V out mA Input Voltage Range 8.5 40 V Output Voltage Range Input-Output Voltage Differential 2.0 3.0 37 V V 38 BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF IL =0,V in =40V SE550 Line Regulation Load Regulation 0.05 0.1 %V 0.2 0.6 %V 0.25 %V .10 %V .6 %V 0.0'3 Ripple Rejection 75 90 Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 50 Reference Voltage Output Noise Voltage 1.63 1.68 1.3 Input Voltage Range Output Voltage Range I nput-Output Voltage Differential out out out mA V /oLVrms /oLVrms %/1000hrs. mA 20 2.5 0.1 Long Term Stability Standby Current Drain out %/oC .012 70 60 1.58 ' dB dB .002 Short Circuit Limit out 2.0 In - 12 to 40V V = 8.5 to 50V in 0 -55 C ~T A ~+1250C, V in = 12 to 40V IL = 1mA to 50mA 0 0 -55 C ~ T A ~ +125 C, I L = mA to 50mA F = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 F = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF 0 -55 C ~T A ~+1250C RSC = 10n, V out =0 BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/oLF IL = 0, V in = 50V V V 50 40 45 8.5 2.0 3.0 V, V NOTES 1, Unless otherwise specified, TA = 2SoC, Vin = V+ = Vc = 12V, V- = OV, V out = SV, IL = 1mA, Rsc = 0, C1 = 100pF, and divider impedance as seen by error amplifier"" 2kil when connected 1'5 shown in Figure 1. 2. The load and line regulation specifications are for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account separately when the unit is operating under conditions of high or vary.ing dissipation. '~!CAL ICHARACTERISTIC CURVES LOAD REGULATION AS A FUNCTION O'F LOAD CURRENT MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT·OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL RELATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION OF LIMITED OUTPUT CURRENT RSC'OI\ VOUT • VIN"IOV vv,·sv .,,,,< ....... " ..."".;; "- F=:; ;:: ,'e ,;;;III ~ "" - -i::::r- ....... """" -1----1-' ::.,. ~ '", \ - .,. - -- ,-' r\. \ .. ...... LOAD C;URRENT IN mA --- \ _\ -- ....... ""~ !IV VI'"1211 fisc· Ion "" " IV m - i"" ....... T.. -26·C r .. ·.126·C V OU1 liN VOLTS OUTPUT CURRENT IN mA 6·45 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 550 :~·'PICAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) RIPPLE REJECTION AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL SENSE VOLTAGE AND SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMIT AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE . Alf'I'lli.fREOUINCY ....... - "" ClIlF"w,.~ ~ IV m "" ~ ~ ~ cut ...., ~ :;O~~;fd I",,,. I I ~ ~ '~'- Rae I SHORT CIRCUIT AND FOLDBACK CURRENTS AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE l' , r-.... ~ ~NsevoLTAaE -- ~ Asc· 2IHl I I "" , ...... ----t: ~- ...... r--. -.. ~ r- ~ ~ ...... """ ...... FO~DBAciK r-.... ...... "~ ..... r--... r-- OUTPUT IMPEDANCE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY V.,,-12V. YOUT- LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE 5V CIIEF 1=t=t=t=l==t=t=J:t-='-=' .=:.~;:c f----jf-+-+-+--+-+-H-.· -.. - ~~~-- /t'\,.ol---" _..... LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE ,l/ In a g 6-46 " '" II ~- FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITED OUTPUT VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION OF OUTPUT CURRENT .". " ,~ V'N-16V ASC· ,OIl CfS" ,O'j./fd,Cc "l00pl ;;; ~ " , ~ i-""'" ~ V 2. t:::- ",1""" J."...ooo V ~V ~ ~ ..... 21mA 'm> 0 10j./fd n- STANDBY CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT VOLTAGE YOUT'"VIIH IL"O l w Cc·.upfd I... · ' ~ 1----11-+-+-+-++++--- - c-- Cc"47pN r--.." -VOUIIIN VOLTS REMOTE CONTROL CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE Cllf'" tO~fd ~oRTlclRculT I I 550 - PRECISION VOLTAGE REGULATOR l "{PICAL APPLICATIONS BASIC POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR (External PNP Pass Transistor) VON AEGULATED RSC OUTPUT A, C, l00pF R2 R, + R2 VSENSE ---ISE=--R2 RSC R1 R2 _ 2kn for minimum R1 + R2 - temperature drift R1 + R2 Vout=-VREFX ~ R1 R2 _ _ _ _ 2kn for minimum R1 + R2 -temperature drift NOTE 1 FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGUttE 3 FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITED REGULATOR POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR (External NPN Pass Transistor) SECOND ORDER FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITED REGULATOR lise AEGULATED OUTPUT I-------if--~ REGULATED OUTPUT A, A, VSENSE ltKNEE . IFB) vOUT VSENSE IKNEE=--RSC R3 R3 FIGURE 4. ICL REMOTE SHUTDOWN REGULATOR WITH CURRENT LIMITING ~ (VOUT Ve FIGURE 5A lise CL AEGULATED OUTPUT 1---*-.AoAI'v-_'" R~GULATOR cs 1 - - - - -.. VSENsel A3/R4 "I VSENSE -POSITIVE SWITCHING REGULATOR VON Vc r.V;:RE~F--;V~OU:Tl----.-... ~!~~D Vee OUTPUT Roo 660 -I- FIGURE 58 REMOTE LATCHING SHUTDOWN V' VOUT -"F~B-=--O'-sc-)-VS-EN-S~EJ IKNEE VON V' ISCI VOUT fiFe - ISCI RSC = RSC 125 p,A -f- (VSENSE' lel R3J(IFB' ISCI R::; '" VOUT Ise' VSENSE VSENSE - (RFB • ICLl IFB = teL [OKNEE - IFB 560 A, 1 kn SHUTDOWN ~ 1---+-~~'--1-:-:< A, C, l~pF A2 1/4 8T80, 1/6 8T90, 1/10 8T01 B, etc. -S415, 8417, 2/3 8471,1/38891, ST90, 1/28481,8881, 8T90 NOTE 2 FIGURE 6 FIGURE -, FIGURE 8 6·47 550 - PRECISION VOLTAGE REGULATOR "PICA!. APPLICATIONS (Cont'd.) NEGATIVE FLOATING REGULATOR POSITIVE FLOATING REGULATOR VIN Rc tOO! Vc v' v, Vc Vz CR,I2V Vz VREF 6&0 R, CL CR, \2V 6&0 VOUT VRI' REGULATED OUTPUT RS CL cs 50'! CS C, v- I pF C, lOOpF R, -= FIGURE 9 FIGURE 10 NOTES: 1. To utilize the SE660L in applications which require V z' an externel 6.2 volt zener diode should be connected In series with V OUT • 2. The "Shut-down" gate need only be pulsed to latch the regulator output to zero. R4 may be omitted for active pull-up devices. The "Unlatch" gate must have an open collector. : ;~HVALENT CIRCUIT ~----~------~----'------------------'--~r---------------oV' r-----------oVc t----------oVOUT ......------ovz t-----------oC~P _---1--o()CL CS +-________________-oNON.INV L.-__ t--+------t--------t~-------------------_oV"E. 8·48 REGULATED OUTPUT Si!lnotics LINEAR INTEGRATED :~: ~ : I 555 PIN CONFIGURATIONS DESCRIPTION The NE/SE 555 monolithic timing circuit is a highly stable controller capable of producing accurate time delays, or oscillation. Additional terminals are provided for triggering or resetting if desired. In the time delay mode of operation, the time is precisely controlled by one external resistor and capacitor. For a stable operation as an oscillator, the free running frequency and the duty cycle are both accurately controlled with two external resistors and one capacitor. The circuit may be triggered and reset on falling waveforms, and the output structure can source or sink up to 200mA or drive TTL circuits. TPACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Ground Trigger Output Reset Control Voltage Threshold Discharge VCC ORDER PART NOS. SE555T/NE555T FEATURES • TIMING FROM MICROSECONDS THROUGH HOURS • OPERATES IN BOTH ASTABLE AND MONOSTABLE MODES • • ADJUSTABLE DUTY CYCLE HIGH CURRENT OUTPUT CAN SOURCE OR SINK 200mA • • OUTPUT CAN DRIVE TTL TEMPERATURE STABILITY OF 0.005% PER • NORMALLY ON AND NORMALLY OFF OUTPUT • V PACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. °c Ground Trigger Output Reset Control Voltage Threshold Discharge 8. VCC ORDER PART NOS. SE555V/NE555V ::t.PPlICATIONS ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS PRECISION TIMING PULSE GENERATION SEQUENTIA.L TIMING TIME DELAY GENERATION PULSE WIDTH MODULATION PULSE POSITION MODULATION MISSING PULSE DETECTOR Supply Voltage +18V Power Dissipation 600mW Operating Temperature Range NE555 OOC to +700 C SE555 -55 0 C to +1250 C -65 0 C to +1500 C Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 seconds) +3000 C RLOCK DI,AGRAM 8 6 Vee CONTROL VOLTAGE 6·49 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555 :: ';: 'l;;:.:"~L CHARACTERISTICS (TA PARAMETER = 25 0 e, Vee = +5V to +15 unless otherwise specified) SE 555 TEST CONDITIONS MIN Supply Voltage Supply Current Timing Error Initial Accuracy Drift with Temperature Drift with Supply Voltage Threshold Voltage Trigger Voltage Trigger Current Reset Voltage Reset Current Threshold Current Control Voltage Level Output Voltage Drop (low) NE555 TVP MAX MIN 18 5 12 4.5 3 10 4.5 VCC = 5V RL = 00 VCC = 15V RL = 00 Low State, Note 1 RA. RS = 1 Kn to 100Kn C = 0.11tF Note 2 0.5 30 0.005 VCC = 15V VCC = 5V 4.8 1.45 0.4 Note 3 VCC = 15V VCC = 5V 9.6 2.9 VCC = 15V ISINK = 10mA ISINK = 50mA ISINK = 100mA ISINK = 200mA VCC = 5V ISINK = 8mA ISINK = 5mA 2/3 5 1.67 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.1 10 3.33 5.2 1.9 1.0 0.4 .25 10.4 3.8 9.0 2.6 0.15 0.5 2.2 0.1 0.25 UNITS MAX 16 3 10 2 100 0.02 0.1 0.4 2.0 2.5 TVP V mA mA 6 15 1 50 0.01 % ppm/oC 2/3 5 1.67 0.5 0.7 0.1 0.1 10 3.33 X VCC V 0.1 0.4 2.0 2.5 %IVolt V 1.0 .25 11 4 .25 .75 2.5 itA V mA itA V V V V V V .25 .35 Output Voltage Drop (high) 12.5 ISOURCE = 200mA VCC = 15V ISOURCE = 100mA VCC 15V VCC = 5V = 13.0 3.0 13.3 3.3 100 100 Rise Time of Output Fall Time of Output 12.5 12.il5 2.75 100 NOTES: 1. Supply Current when output high typically 1 mA less. 2. TestedatVCC=5VandVCC=15V 3. This will determine the maximum value of RA + RS.For 15V operation, the max total R : I1UIVALENT CIRCUIT . fM 6·50 13.3 3.3 100 = 20 megohm. V V nsec nsec LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555 I VPleAL CHARACTERISTICS MINIMUM PULSE WIDTH REQUIRED FOR TRIGGERING 160 r-..,----,--.---.-....--r--r-r---, 10.0 1261-+--t-+--+-+--+-t-t----l I +LJ~ ~ 8.0 I +2f~ ~ 100 8.0 ~~ A.~ ~ 76~~--+~~-r- ~ 4.0 ~ HIGH OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs OUTPUT SOURCE CURRENT SUPPLY CURRENT vs SUPPLY VOLTAGE - 155oC 1.8 ~P" 1 I .... ::> ~ I ~ 2.0 :260e 1.4 ~ 1.2 +l260e 1.0 I-- t-~ 0.8 0.2 10.0 5.0 5V" Vee .. 15V 10 15.0 ~ I !; 0 > 0.1 ~~ I.~I- ~1 ~Ih ~ I .... ::> ~ I 55';:::;:: p/I +1250e +~50d -; 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 +1250e~ > 0.1 20 50 100 0.01 -- 1.0 1.016 -J ~ +260e~ ~55~ 0.1 -::.~ +1250e P'"' 2.0 DELAY TIME vs SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1/ A 61 ~I;;i ~550e 5.0 10 20 50 100 0.01 1.0 100 10 ISINK- rnA ISINK-mA DELAY TIME vs TEMPERATURE PROPAGATION DELAY vs VOLTAGE LEVEL OF TRIGGER PULSE ISINK - rnA 1.015 1.010 w ::I! -55°C 1.0 ~ +250e, 0 ~ 100 Vee ·15V I ,. 50 20 10 Vee -10V I""" 0.01 1.0 10 LOW OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs OUTPUT $INK CURRENT I l!! 5.0 2.0 LOW OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs OUTPUT SINK CURRENT 10 0<.J/ 1.0 ISOUReE - rnA Vee· 6V 1.0 o SUPPLY VOLTAGE - volll LoweST VOLTAGE LEVEL OF TRIGGER PULSE - X Vee LOW OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs OUTPUT SINK CURRENT ~- 0.4 o 0.4 0.3 --/ ~I- 0.8 0.2 0.1 V I-" 1.8 ~'P' 60 F----b,......o'f==--+--+-.::;-:f'!==+t----l z. i ~ 2.0 ~ 1.010 \ i= ; 1.006 I. \ ~ ~ 1.000 :::; I--- \ .,-.. "- 1.006 - i'"1.000 ~ fo- « ~ 0.996 --~ r-- r-- t - 0.896 o z 0.990 0.990 10 16 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - volll 20 0.985 -50 -25 0 +25 +60 TEMPERATURE - °e +76 +100 +126 00 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 LOWEST VOLTAGE LEVEL OF TRIGGER PULSE '- X Vee 6·51 LINEAR INTEGRATED CfRCUITS. 555 \tii-'UCA nONS INFORMATION MONOSTABLE OPERATION In this mode of operation, the timer functions as a oneshot. Referring to Figure la the external capacitor is initially held discharged by a transistor inside the timer. +VCC (6 To 16V) RESET output is in the high state is given by t = 1. 1 RAe and can easily be determined by Figure lc. Notice that since the charge rate, and the threshold level of the comparator are both directly proportional to supply voltage, the timing interval is independent of supply. Applying a negative pulse simultaneously to the reset terminal (pin 4) ,and the trigger terminal (pin 2) during the timing cycle discharges the external capacitor and causes the cycle to start over again. The timing cycle will now commence on the positive edge of the reset pulse. During the time the reset pulse is applied, the output is driven to its low state. When the reset function is not in use, it is recommended that it be connected to Vee to avoid any possibility of false triggering. --- TIME. DELAY vsRA,RB AND C CONTROL VOLTAGE OUTPUT J .01~F IL "- .1. ~ 11-~~-=-~-: ;: ~ 0.11---+1--""'7"I--A-.........-Tf-----I FIGURE 1a. Upon application of a negative trigger pulse to pin 2, the flip-flop is set which releases the short circuit across the external capacitor and drives the output high. The voltage across the capacitor, now, increases exponentially with the time constant T = RAe. When the voltage·across the capacitor equals 2/3 Vee, the comparator resets the flip-flop which in turn discharges the capacitor rapidly and drives the output to its low state. Figure 1 b shows the actual waveforms generated in this mode of operation. The circuit triggers on a negative going input signal when the level reaches 1/3 Vee. Once triggered, the circuit will remain in this state until ~the set time is elapsed, even if it is triggered again during this interval. The time that the 5 0.001 '---L~........_ - " - _ - - ' - _ - - - ' - _ - - - ' 10 1 10 100 1 10 MSEC MSEC MSEC SEC SEC "SEC TIME DELAY FIGURE 1c. ASTABLE OPERATION If the circuit is connected as shown in Figure 2a (pins 2 and 6 connected) it will trigger itself and free run as a multivibrator. The external capacitor charges through RA and RB and discharges th~ough RB only. Thus the duty cycle may be precisely set by the ratio of these two resistors. +VCC (5 to 15 V) RA I 8 4 7 RS 3 OUTPU T 1 RA = 9.1 Kfl, C = .01 /-tF, R L = 1 Kfl FIGURE 1b. 6-52 1 2AY~~ l FIGURE 2a. 6 I fe LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -555 ';';'i.!GJ'TIOt~S INFORMATION (Cont'd) In this mode of operation, the capacitor charges and discharges between 1/3 Vee and 2/3 Vee. As in the triggered mode, the charge and discharge times, and therefore the frequency are independent of the supply voltage. Figure 2b shows actual waveforms generated in this mode of operation. The duty cycle is given by: RB D = ---RA + 2RB MISSING PULSE DETECTOR Using the circuit of Figure 3a, the timing cycle is continuously reset by the input pulse train. A change in frequency, or a missing pulse, allows completion of the timing cycle which causes a change in the output level. For this application, the time delay should be set to be slightly longer than the normal time between pulses. Figure 3b shows the actual waveforms seen in this mode of operation. +VCC (6 to 16V) AA = 4 Kn. As =3 Kn, AL =1 Kn FIGURE 2b. The charge time (output high) is given by: t1 = 0.693 (RA + RB) e OUTPUT and the discharge time (output low) by: t2 = 0.693 (RB) e Thus the total period is given by: T= t1 + t2 = 0.693 (RA + 2RB) e The frequency of oscillation is then: 1 f =-= T 1.44 (RA + 2RB) I· 01IlF e and may be Elasily found by Figure 2c. FIGURE 3a. FREE RUNNING FREQUENCY vs RA, RB AND C 0.01 0.001 L....-...J_--L_.....D~....Do.._...u.---I 0,1 Hz 1 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz FREE RUNNING FREQUENCY AA FIGURE 2c. = 1Kn. C = .09·,uF FIGURE 3b. 6·53 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555 ""1::."-\ rEiNS lNFORiv1 AT!ON (Cont'd) FREQUENCY DIVIDER If the input frequency is known, the timer can easily be used as a frequency divider by adjusting the length of the timing cycle. Figure 4 shows ·the waveforms of the timer in Figure 1a when used as a divide by three circuit. This application makes use of the fact that this circuit cannot be retriggered during the timing cycl~. RA ~ 1250n, C = .02 /.IF, RL modulated by the signal applied to the control voltage terminal (pin 5). This has the effect of modulating the pulse width as the control voltage varies. Figure 5b shows the actual waveforms generated with this circuit. PULSE POSITION MODULATION (PPM) = 1 Kn FIGURE 4. PULSE WIDTH MODULATION (PWM) In this application, the timer is connected in the monostable mode as shown in Figure 5a. The circuit is triggered with a continuous pulse train and the threshold voltage is This application uses the timer connected for astable (freerunning) operation, Figure 6a, with a modulating signal again applied to the control voltage terminal. Now the pulse position varies with the modulating signal, since the threshold voltage and hence the time delay is varied. Figure 6b shows the waveforms generated for triangle wave modulation signal. +Vcc (6 TO 16V) +Vcc (6 TO 16V) RA I - OUTPUT CLOCK INPUT 4 8 3 2 :u i 6 1 OUTPUT c RS '-' r MODULATION INPUT T FIGURE 5a. 6-54 FIGURE 68. LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 555 i\PPLICATIONS INFORMATION (Cont'd) 555 TIMER RA ~ 3Kn, RS = 500n, C = .01 IJ,F, RL ~ 1Kn FIGURE 6b. TEST SEQUENCER Figure 7 shows several timers connected sequentially. The first timer is started by momentarily connecting pin 2 to ground, and runs for 10 msec. At the end of its timing cycle, it triggers the second circuit which runs for 50 msec. After this time, the third circuit is triggered. Note that the timing resistors and capacitors can be programmed digitally and that each circuit could easily trigger several other timers to start concurrent sequences. Vee (6 to 16V) 8.1 K!l 27 K!l 8,4 ~ 6,7 SEINE 666 B.4 >-- 6,7 II 2 SEINE 666 o,do'l "F Q.Ol "F I 11 2 .~''I 1 LOAD 0.01 " F 0.01 "F 6.-i~ 3 18.2K 27K!l 8.1 K!l 0.01 "F 6 -i~ ~ 3 ->-....tl_ 8,4 61-1 SEINE 666 3 i'-" 6,7 2 ~ 0.001 "F OMI 1 ~ LOAD 1 ~ LOAD FIGURE 7. 8-55 !ii!)notiC!i 560 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PiN CONfiGURATION The NE560B" Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is a monolithic signal conditioner, and demodulator system comprising a VCO, Phase Comparator, Amplifier and Low Pass Filter, interconnected as shown in the accompanying block diagram. The center frequency of the PLL is determined by the free running frequency (fo) of the VCO. This VCO frequency is set by an external capacitor and can be fine tuned by an optional Potentiometer. The" low pass filter, which determin8$ the capture characteristics of the loop, is formed by the two capacitors and two resistors at the Phase Comparator output. The-PLL system has a set of self biased inputs which can be utilized in either a differential or single ended mode. The VCO output, in differential form, is available for signal conditioning frequency syn· chronization, multiplication and division applications. Terminals are provided for optional extended contro! of the tracking range, VCO frequency, and output DC level: The monolithic signal conditioner-demodulator system is useful over a wide range of frequencies from less than 1 Hz to more than 15 MHz with an adjustable tracking range of ±1 % to ±15%. • FM DEMODULATION WITHOUT TUNED CIRCUITS • NARROW BANDPASS· TO ± 1% ADJUSTABLE BPACKAGE (Top View) 1. No Connection VCO Timing Capacitor (an open emitter) 3. VCO Timing Capacitor 10. De-emphasis terminel 4. VCO Output #2 5. VCO Output #1 6. Fine Tuning • TRACKING RANGE 7. Range Control • EXACT FREQUENCY DUPLICATION IN HIGH 8. Ground (or Negative Power Supply) • NOISE ENVlfJON_MENT • WIDE TRACKING RANGE ±15% • FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION • THROUGH HARM"''-f---'''' WIDE BAND HIGH LINEARITY DETECTORS - -, 26V Maximum Operating Voltage Input Voltage 1V Rms Storage Temperature -65-C to 150-C Operating Temperature O-C to 70-C Power Dissipation 300mw Limiting values above whichserviceebility mey be impaired 6-56 (Audio bandshaping) 11 .. Offset Adjustment 12. FM/RF Input #1 13. FM/RF Input #2 14. Low Pass Loop Filter 15. Low Pass Loop Filter 16. Positive Power Supply ORDER PART NO. NE560B • HIGH LINEARITY· 1% DISTORTION MAX ~ 9. Demodulated FM Output 2. flHI!TONI CONTROL LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS .560 Lii::r';ERAl ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (15KU Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise SpeGified TA = 25° C) CHARACTERISTICS MIN Lowest Practical Operating Frequency Maximum Operating Frequency Supply Current Minimum Input Signal for Lock Dynamic Range VCO Temp CoefficientVCO Supply Voltage Regulation Input Resistance Input Capacitance Input DC level Output DC Level Available Output Swing AM Rejection * De-emphasis Resistance LIMITS TYP MAX 0.1 15 7 30 9 Hz MHz Mil IIoV dB 11 100 60 +12 30 TEST CONDITIONS UNITS %/«; %/V ±0.06 to.12 ±0.3 ±2 2 4 +4 +14 +16 4 Measured at 2 MHz, with both Inputs AC grounded Measured at 2 MHz Kn Pf V V V _ pp dB Kn 40 8 Measured at Pin 9 See Figure 1 ·ACC Test Sub Group C. ~:Lt:CTRIC:AL CHARACTERISTICS (For FM Applications, Figure 2) (15KU Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or 13,AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C) CHARACTERISTICS 10.7 MHz Operation MIN TYP LIMITS MAX I TEST CONDITIONS UNITS Deviation 75 kHz Source Impedance" son Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Amplitude D.istortion * . . S+N Signal to NOise RatiO N 4.5 MHz Operation I 120 30 300 110 V 60 .3 1 35 mV %T.H.D. dB V in V in V in = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz /lV mV %T.H.D. dB V in V in V in = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Deviation" 25 kHz, Source Impedance" 50n Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Amplitude Distortion Signal to Noise Ratio S ~ N Wide Deviation 120 30 300 60 O.~ 1.0 35 1l.F/fo = 5% Input - 4.5 MHz Deviation" 225 kHz @l1 kHz Modulation Rate Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Distortion Signal to Noise Ratio S ~ N 0.2 1 0.5 0.8 50 5 mV Vrms %T.H.D. dB V in V in V in = 5 mv Rms = 5 mv Rms = 5 mv Rms ·ACC Test Sub Group C. ;".:.L,,;~{;THIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (For Tracking Filter, Figure 3) (15KU Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C) CHARACTE R ISTICS Tracking Range Minimum Signal to Sustain Lock OoC to 700C VCO Output Impedance VCO Output Swing VCO Output DC Level Side Band Suppression MIN ±5 0.4 TYP ±15 0.8 1 0.6 +6.5 35 liMITS MAX UNITS \~ of fo v Rms k~ V _ p V dB TEST CONDITIONS V in = 5 mv Rms Input 2 MHz - See Characteristic Curves Input 2 MHz Measured with. high impedance Probe with less than 10 Pf Capecitance Input 2 MHz with ±100 kHz Side Band Separation and 3 kHz Low Pasl Filter Input 1 mv Peak for Carrier Each Side Band C1 = O.D1I1o F R1 = q 8·57 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 560 AM REJECTION G 1 • FM Generator with fc • fo ~ 4 MHz "'f • 40 kHz, f mod ·1 kHz G 2 • M1 - Audio Generator with fA - 400 Hz Balanced Modulator Carrier SUPplied by G 1, AM modulation provided by G 2 • A1 • 50.n attenuator ped with ligna I level Into pin 12 edjulted to 1 mV rml. +vcc -IIV F1 - 1 kHz Bandpass filter, Q - 20 F2 - 400 Hz Bandpall filter with Q - 60, with 1 kHz trap. V1 AMR ---indB V2 V 1 and V 2 are rms· voltmeter readings. Fig. 1 FM DEMODULATION r -------o: -L f FM/RF 1 INPUT 0 CD - DE-EMPHASIS DEMODULATED OUTPUT 10 CB Cc C1 Co 16krl - Bypall Capacitor - Coupling Capacitors • Low Pall Filter Capacitors • !'7requency Determining Capacitor TO • De-emphasis time con8tant • (COl (8k,n) VCO OUTPUT Fig. 2 TRACKING FILTER r---+---1~O ~;~~~gL~c::e Cc CB C1 Co JCD:> l00pF ~~~~~~'~'-'~O~~ ., Fig. 3 6·58 - Coupling Capacitors - Bypall Cepacltor - Low Pall Filter Capacitor - VCO Frequency Set Capacitor LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 560 'fPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES MINIMUM INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN LOCK AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE WITH fsignal .. f0 2So C .. 2.0 MHz AM REJECTION AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL LEVEL fo .. 10 MHz 10 100 r - - r-- NO • Ib!rrFOR(f ..·) ... REJECTlON ZOLOG"ouTFOR3O'%_NO 90 I 1\ III eo ; 60 I 40 1/ II \ I t-I-; YI 1\ !\ 10- 2 ," ..Y / J/ Ff --......... """- 1'-.. 0 TEIl'ERATUIlE'C THERMAL DRIFT OF VCO FREE RUNNING FREQUENCY (fo ) .""V hoY IllPUT _ t--- --~ -----Ip.~~~~ ~::NT 25 ---- ~ .. i 20 f / ~ I -4 ~ I-+-+-+-+-+-+--+--+-+-+--+, 10000Y 100IY AMPliTUDE oN TYPICAL TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL J-t---+--J-t---+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+--b!lll!1l +2 -- "'" '-.:: +------I-- IOZO~40!I06070 +5 t-- 15 10 7 J ~-+--r-Ip'-2!1O~A ---t~~-~ Ip' -- O~~r-- -i~ Ip'+Z50~A -- 1 1 1 I I oV I 100 OJ TEMPERATUREOC INFUT SIGNAL AIoI'LITUOEIMVRMS) CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF FINE TUNING CIRCUIT CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT +110 1-- /' 1.41--"'~,,--+-+-+-II--+-+-+-+-I--1- V ~ 1.2 ~=t~~,~=:=::t=:=::t=t---~=~ ! /,/ ,/ V '" 1.0 ~ Y ~ i! / - V o 1- -- ---- -- 06 0.2 --- I---+--+--+-+--li---+''-+--+--+---l~+­ l--+-+---+---I---+---+-'-K:- OA I---+-+-+--f---,I--+~'J---+-I-+---l ZIllA .IIIA _ 8111A IOI11A -O.4mA -O.2rnA "- 0 +O.2mA +O.4mA +C.6mA +O.8InA RANGE CONTROL CURRENT FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF VCO TIMING CAPACITANCE . -""'~ f- FIIIt: TUNING CURRENT !NTO PIN 6 1:)1 1'-.-1- ---"" ~ l - I---+--+--+---t-- +-+. O~~~L-~-LJ-~~~ o 10e --- iO$I--+-+--+-+--l~,+-~-+-+-_+~-_~ ; / " 1-+-+---I---'''k-I4-+-+--+-I-+--l NORMALIZED TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT 6 "- I- 1'\ 0 I'\. . 10 : 8 6 1,\ I'\. ~ 10 f\. -I-I-- \ \ \ \ 2 I\. 4 "'10 "- I".: 6 8 t\. 0 I'.. '-- -14 I 10' 10' 1()4 10' 1:)1 FREOUENCY-H. 10' 10" -OAmA -O,2mA 0 O.2mA O.4mA C.SmA C.BmA CURRENT AT RANGE CONTROL PIN7 6·59 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 560 ::-':TfRN.'\l CONTROLS 1. Loop Low Pass Filter (Pins 14 and 15) The equivalent circuit for the loop low-pass filter can be representedas: +~+- .RA ~ C'V2 R, - - where RA (6K n) is the effective resistance sean looking into Pin #14 or Pin #15. The corresponding filter transfer characteristics are: (S) where S is the complex frequency variable. 2. Loop Gain (Threshold) Control The overall Phase Locked Loop gain can be reduced by connecting a feedback resistor, R F , across the low-pass filter terminals, Pins #14 and. #15. This causes !he loop gain and the detection sensitivity to decrease by a factor O! (0!<1) where: RF O!=----2 RA + RF Reduction of loop gain may be desirable at high input signal levels (V in 30 mV) and at high frequencies (fo 5 MHz) where excessively high loop gain may cause instability. > 5. -Offset Adjustment (Pin 11) Application of a bias voltage to the offset adjustment terminal modifies the current in the output amplifier setting the DC level at the output. The effect on the loop is to modify the relationship between the VCO free running frequency and the lock range, allowing the VCO free running frequency to be positioned at different points throughout the lock range. N6minally this terminal is at +4V DC and has an input impedance of 3K n· The offset adjustment is OPtional. The characteristics specified correspond to operation of the circuit with this terminal open circuited. 6. De-emphasis Filter (Pin 10) The de-emphasis terminal is normally used when the PLL is used to demodulate Frequency Modulated Audio signals. In this application, a capacitor from this terminal to ground provides the required de-emphasis. For other applications, this terminal may be used for band shaping the output signal. The 3 dB bandwidth of the output amplifier in the system block diagram (see Figure 2.) is related to the de-emphasis capacitor, CD' as: > 3. Tracking Range Control (Pin 7) Any bias current, lpo injected into the tracking range control, reduces the tracking range of the PLL by decreasing the outPtlt of the limiter. The variation of the tracking range and the center frequency, as a function of Ip, are shown in the characteristic curves with Ip defined positive going into the tracking range control terminal. This terminal is normally at a DC level of +0.6 Volts and presents an impedance of 600 n. 6·60 4. External Fine Tuning (Pin 6) Any bias current injected into the fine tuning terminal increases the frequency of oscillation, fo, as shown in the characteristic curves. This current is defined Positive into the fine tuning terminal. This terminal is at a typical DC level of +1.3 Volts and has a dynamic impedance of lOOn to ground. fJdB where RD is the 8000 ohm resistance seen looking into the deemphasis terminal. When the PLL system is utilized for signal conditioning, and the loop error voltage is not utilized, de-emphasis terminal should be AC grounded. Smnotics 561 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 5it;~<:HIt"TION "iN CONFIGURATION The NE561 B Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is a monolithic signal conditioner, and demodulator system comprising a veo, Phase Comparator, Amplifier and Low Pass Filter, intercOnnected as shown in the accompanying block diagram. The center frequency of the PLL is determined by the free running frequency (fo) of the veo. This veo frequency is set by an external capacitor and can be fine tuned by an oPtional Potentiometer. The low pass filter, which determines the capture characteristics of the loop is formed by the two capacitors and two resistors at the Phase Comparator output. BPACKAGE 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 The PLL system hes a set of self biased inputs which can be utilized in either a differential or single ended mode. The veo output is available for signal conditioning, frequency synchronization, multiplication and division applications. Terminals are provided for optional external control of the tracking range, veo frequency, and output DC level. An analog multiplier block is incorporated into the PLL system to provide frequency selective synchronous AM detection capability. The monolithic signal conditioner-demodulator system is useful over a wide range of frequencies from less than 1 Hz to more than 15 MHz with an adjustable tracking range of ±1 % to ±15%. ·U\TURES • FM D-EMODULATION WITHOUT TUNED CIRCUITS • SYNCHRONOUS AM DETECTION • • NARROW BAND PASS TO ± 1% EXACT FREQUENCY DUPLICATION IN HIGH NOISE ENVIRONMENT • ADJUSTABLE TRACKING RANGE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Demodulated Am Output VCO Timing Capacitor VCO Timing Capacitor AM Input VCO Output Fine Tuning Range Control 8. Ground (V-) 9. Demodulated FM Output (an open emitter) 10. De-emphasis terminal (audio band shaping) 11. Offset Adjustment 12. F M/RF Input #1 13. FM/RF Input #2 14. Low Pass Loop Filter 15. Low Pass Loop Filter 16. V+ ORDER PART NO. NE561B • WIDE TRACKING RANGE ±15% • • HIGH LINEARITY· 1% DISTORTION MAX FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION ~1.°:~"'1DUjTE THROUGH HARMONIC LOCKING Maximum Operating Voltage Input Voltage Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Power Dissipation BU':]CK OIAGRJi.M MAXIMUM HA lIN{i~ 26V lV RMS -65°C to 150°C OoC to 70°C 300mW Limiting values above which serviceability may be imparied A"~PllCATIONS TONE DECODERS AM·FM·IF STRIPS TELEMETRY DECODERS DATA SYNCHRONIZERS SIGNAL RECONSTITUTION SIGNAL GENERATORS MODEMS TRACKING FILTERS SCA RECEIVERS FSK RECEIVERS WIDE BAND HIGH LINEARITY DETECTORS SYNCHRONOUS DETECTORS AM RECEIVER 8·81 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 561 ::u::c ~i:;-!t:Ri\L j HlCAL CHARACTERISTICS (15KS1 Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise Specified T A = 25°C) CHARACTERISTICS Lowest Practical Operating Frequency Maximum Operating Frequency Supply Current Minimum Input Signal for Lock Dynamic Range VCO Temp Coefficient* VCO Supply Voltage Regulation Input Resistance Input Capacitance Input DC Level Output DC Level Available Output Swing AM Rejection * De-emphasis Resistance LIMITS TYP MAX MIN 0.1 30 15 8 10 100 12 60 ±0.06 ±0.3 2 4 +4 +14 4 +12 ±0.12 ::!::2 +16 Hz MHz Ma IJV dB %/0(; %N kn pF V V ~fP 40 30 UNITS TEST CONDITIONS Measured at 2 MHz, with both inputs AC grounded Measured at 2 MHz Measured at Pin 9 See Figure 3 kn 8 ·ACC Teat Sub Group C . . ~iCftL CHARACTERiSTICS (For FM Applications, Figure 2) (15Kn Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or 13,AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ =18V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C) CHARACTERISTICS 10.7 MHz Operation LIMITS MAX UNITS TEST CONDITIONS 300 120 30 60 .3 1 35 IJV m"V %T.H.D. dB Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Deviation - 25 kHz, Source Impedance - 60n Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Amplitude Distortion S + N Signal to Noise Ratio - N Wide Deviation TYP Deviation 75 kHz Source Impedanca • 60n Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Amplitude DistortionS + N Signal to Noise Ratio - N - 4.5 MHz Operation MIN 300 120 30 60 0.3 35 1.0 IJV mV %T.H.D. dB Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mv Rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz AF/fo • 5% Input - 4.5 MHz Deviation· 225 kHz @1 kHz modulation rate Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Distortion S + N Signal to Noise Ratio - N - 1 0.5 0.8 0.2 5 50 mV Vrms %T.H.D. dB Vin = 5 mv Rms Vin = 5 mv Rms Vin = 5 mv Rms ·ACC Test Sub Group C. ... J:H.":J..;.l CHARACTERISTICS (For Tracking Filter, Figure 1) (15KS1 Pin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = 18V Unless Otherwise .Specified TA = 25°C) CHARACTERISTICS Tracking Range Minimum Signal to Sustain Lock OoC to 700C VCO Output Impedance VCO Output Swing VCO Output DC Level Side Band Suppression 6·62 MIN ±5 0.4 LIMITS ,TYP MAX ±20 0.8 1 0.6 +6.5 35 UNITS % of fo mvRms kn V p.p V dB TEST CONDITIONS Vin 5 mv Rms Input 2 MHz· See Characteristic Curves Input 2 MHz Measured with high impedance. Probe with less than 10 pF capacitance. Input 2 MHz with ± 100 kHz Sideband Separation and 3 kHz Low Pass Filter. Input 1 mv Peak for Carrier and each Sideband C, = 0.01 IJF R, = 0 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 561 ,.u.:.. t;n·HGAL CHARACTERISTICS (For AM Synchronous Detector, Figure 4) (15K{lPin 9 to GND, Input Pin 12 or Pin 13 AC Ground Unused Input, Optional Controls Not Connected, V+ = l8V Unless Otherwise Specified TA = 25°C) CHARACTERISTICS Input Impedance Output Impedance Output DC Level AM Conversion Gain Out of Band Rejection Distortion MIN TYP +10 3 3 8 +14 12 30 1· U MITS MAX +17 TEST CONDITIONS UNITS kO kO V dB dB %T.H.D. See Definition of Terms See Dafinition of T1Irms ]'.·PICAL TEST CIRCUITS TEST CIRCUIT FOR TRACKING FILTER TEST CIRCUIT FOR AM REJECTION ,·'ev v, +VCC Cc CB ·C, Co • • • • Coupling Capacitors Bypass Capacitor Low Pass Filter Capacitor VCO Frequency Set Capacitor' 'c -• fo,., 4 MHz , kHz G, • FM Generator with 6f • 40 kHz, fmod G2 • Audio Generator with t A M, • 400 Hz Balanced Modulator Cerrier Supplied by G" AM modulation provided by G2 50n attenuator ped with signal level into pin '2 edjusted to , mV rma. A, • F, - , kHz Bandpass filter, F2 • 400 Hz Bandpass filter with a , kHz trap. AMR • ~ V2 a - 20 • 50, with in dB V, and V2 ..e rms voltmeter readings. FIGURE 1 FIGURE 3 TEST CIRCUIT FOR FM DEMODULATION TEST CIRCUIT FOR AM SYNCHRONOUS DETECTOR , - - - - - - - ( ) O f::~: 1 DEMOOULATED OU1l'\JT CB • Cc • C, • Co • Cx • Bypass Capacitor Coupling Capacitors Low Pass Filter Capacitors ~=~:~ Determining AM Post Detection Filter FIGURE 2 CB Cc • Bypass Capacitor Coupling Capacitor Ry,Cy, - ' RY2CY2 • 2~fo Cx - AM Post Detection Filter FIGURE 4 6·63 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 561 ';CAL CHARACTERISTIC CiJRVFS j" MINIMUM INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN LOCK AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE WITH fsignal =f0 2So C = 2.0 MHz AM REJECTION AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL LEVEL fo = 10 MHz 10 f--f-- f-I-- -I-- 1-- "-- - - - - 1 - - - 1 - - - --1 rl-- ~ 80f--~--_r--+_--f__~--~ -- -- -- I--f-- - " -- I--f"- 1-- -" \ I--~ - I--~ -I ._- J....-l7 I" o w -- / 1---1\ 1O~2 12= 1-" - 1 ro ~ ~- ~ ~-+- ~ ~~ ~-l!J ~ ~ f--~-_+_,,~..r----f__~--~ I-----t---I----j~ -1-1--1-- OL--J__-L__ ro ~ .1mV ~ __ ImV TEIlPERAT~'C L-~ __ ~ lOmV IOOmV INPUT SIGNAl AMPLITUDE mV THERMAL DRI FT OF VCO FREE RUNNING FREQUENCY (fol TYPICAL TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL 0 1--- ---- -IP'6~~~~~ ~~~fNT 5 1---- 1---- 5 / 20 30 40 TEMPERATUREOC "1- -t-- Ip·op.A / Ip'+250I'A 1 I I I oV ~ Ip'-2S0I'A "r-'-T-- V 0 5 [-f f 1------ "t~ f ---"--- t-- I I OJ 100 INPUT SIGNAL AMPLtTUDE(MVRMS) CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF FINE TUNING CIRCUIT +~ K-t--t--t--t-- 1---+--+-+--1-I--+-j // V ./ V ~ ~ --- / o ~ t-o ~- ~ j'\1- "-- 10111A -O.2mA 0 +O.2mA +O.4mA +O.6mA "- to.SmA NORMALIZED TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT +141-+-+-+++-+--t--+-+_r+t- 1--1--- +:~ I--~r-- -I--f ""- - -1- -" I\. I +~ f-+--t---t--'Ic+--+- M)" 10' FREOUffO'-Hz ---f-- 1---1'-- n' -1--- ""-- f---I--- ~ -21-+-+-+~~Ptr-+--It--+-+-~~ -10 -- 1-- f-+- - 1---1---1--- 1---1--- -8H-+-+-+-+-'i 30 mVI and at high frequencies (fo > 5MHzI where excessively high PLL loop gain may cause instability within the loop. 3. Tracking Range Control (Pin 7) Any bias current, Ip, injected into the tracking range control, reduces the tracking range of the PLL by decreasing the output of the limiter. The variation of the tracking range and the center frequency, as a function of I P' are shown in the characteristic curves with Ip defined positive going into the tracking range control terminal. This terminal is normally at a DC level of +0.6 Volts and presents an impedance of 600n. 4. External Fine Tuning (Pin 61 Any bias current injected into the fine tuning terminal increases f3dB where RD is the 8000 ohm resistance seen looking into the deemphasis terminal. When the PLL system is utilized for signal conditioning, and the loop error voltage is not utilized, de-emphasis terminal should be AC grounded. 7. AM Post-Oetaction Filter (Pin 1) The capacitor Cx connected between Pin #1 and ground serves as a low-pass filter for synchronous AM detection with a transfer characteristic, F 2 (SI, given as: 1 F 2 (S) = 1 + SRx C x where Rx = 8kn is the resistance seen looking into Pin #1. 6·65 562 !ii!lDotiC!i LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PiN The NE562B Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is a monolithic signal conditioner and demodulator system, comprising a veo, phase comparator, amplifier and low pass filter, interconnected as shown in the accompanying block diagram. The center frequency of the PLL is determined by the free running frequency (fo) of the veo. This veo frequency is set by an external capacitor. The low pass filter, which determines the capture characteristics of the loop, is formed by two capacitors and two resistors at the phase comparator output. This PLl has two sets of differential inputs., one for the FM/RF input and one for the phase comparator local oscillator input. Both sets of inputs can be used in either a differential or single-ended mode. The FM/RF inputs to the comparator are self-biased. An internally regulated voltage source is provided to bias the phase comparator local oscillator inputs. The veo output, at high level and in differential form, is available for driving logic circuits in signal conditioning and synchronization, frequency multiplication and division applications. Terminals are also provided for the optional extension of the tracking range. The monolithic signal conditioner-demodulator system is useful over a wide range of frequencies from less than 1 Hz to more than 15 MHz with an adjustable tracking range of ±l%to ±15% r:ONFU1URATION BPACKAGE (Top View) 1. 18 14 13 12 11 10 9. Demodulated FM Output Bias Reference Voltage PhaleComparator Input #1 VCO Output #1 VCO Output #2. VCO Timing Capacitor VCO Timing Capacitor Range Control 8. Negative Power Supply (Ground) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. (an open emitter) 10. De-emphasis (Audio Bandshaping) 11. RF Input #1 12. RF Input #2 13. Low-Pass Loop Filter 14. Low-Pass Loop Filter 15. Phale Comparator Input #2 16. Positive Power Supply ORDER PART NO. NE562B • FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION AND SIDE-BAND • SIGNAL CONDITIONING SUPPRESSION • FM DEMODULATION WITHOUT TUNED CIRCUITS • • • NARROW BANDPASS - TO ±1% ADJUSTABLE TRACKING RANGE - TO ±15% EXACT FREQUENCY DUPLICATION IN HIGH NOISE ENVIRONMENT • HIGH LINEARITY AT 1% DEVIATION 1% DISTORTION MAXIMUM FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZERS DATA SYNCHRONIZERS SIGNAL CONDITIONING TRACKING FILTERS TELEMETRY DECODERS MODEMS FM IF STRIPS AND DEMODULATORS TONE DECODERS FSK RECEIVERS WIDEBAND HIGH LINEARITY FM DEMODULATORS 6-66 v+ LOW PASS FILTER . TIMING CAPACITOR DE·EMPHASIS LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 562 !\BSOLUTIE MAXIMUM RATINGS (limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired) Maximum Operating Voltage Input Voltage Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Power Dissipation 30V 3V rms _65° C to 150° C O°C to 70°C 300mW GENERAL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (15,000 ohms pin 9 to ground, 12,000 ohms pins 3 and 4 to ground, pins 2 and 15 to pin 1 through 1000 ohms, input to pin 11 or 12 with unused input at AC ground, range control not connected and V+ = 18 volts unless otherwise specified. T A = 25°C.) LIMITS CHARACTER ISTICS TYP MIN TEST CONDITIONS UNITS MAX ~--~--,~~- Lowest Practical Operating Frequency Maximum Operating Frequency Supply Current Minimum Input Signal for Lock Dynamic Range VCO Temp Coefficient* VCO Supply Voltage Regulation Input Resistance Input Capacitance I nput DC Level Output DC Level Available Output Swing AM Rejection* De-emphasis Resistance Bias Reference 0.1 30 12 200 80 ±0.06 ±0.3 2 4 +14 +14 4 40 8 +8 15 10 +12 +12 30 Hz MHz mA /lV dB %;oC %/V kil pF V V V p_p 14 ±0.15 ±2 +16 +16 Measured at 2 MHz Measured at 2 MHz Measured at Pin 9 See Definition of Terms dB kil V * ACC Test Sub Group C. :;CBEMATIC DIAGRAM .16 14 y ~ ~-W. . ~~ 1 - ~ ...... n ...... ~ I ~ - ~ ~ .... V ~ '-.t f"" >-rK ~ I L-500 ... '::~ ~ I 15 ~1 .... V r"~1Lf' ...... f-- . ek 1 ~~ ~~ III 111 roo. -K ~ to , ~~ ~ 8.211 a.a 500 .... '1 ~ ~ 6·67 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 562 ",~l'.':,\l CHARACTERISTICS FOR FM APPLICATIONS (15,000 ohms pin 9 to ground, input to pin 11 or pin 12, AC ground unused input, range control not connected and V+ = 18 volts. T A = =25°C.) LIMITS CHARACTERISTICS 10.7 MHz Operation MIN TYP TEST CONDITIONS UNITS MAX Deviation 75 kHz Source Impedance = 50n Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Amplitude Distortion* S+N Signal to Noise Ratio -N4.5 MHz Operation 30 Deviation Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Amplitude Distortion " S+ N . Signal to NOise Ratio -NWide Deviation 200 70 0.5 35 Il V mVrms %T.H.D. dB· 500 Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz =25 kHz, Source Impedance =50n 30 200 60 0.5 35 IlV mVrms %T.H.D. .dB 500 Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz Vin = 1 mV rms Modulation Frequency 1 kHz !l.F/fo = 5% Input = 4.5 MHz Deviation· 225 kHz @ 1 kHz Modulation Rate Detection Threshold Demodulated Output Distortion S+N Signal to Noise Ratio -N- 0.3 1 1 0.8 50 5 mV V rms %T.H.D. dB Vin Vin Vin = 5 mV rms = 5 mV rms = 5 mV rms • ACC Test Sub Group C. '; HleAL CHARACTERiSTiCS FOR SIGNAL CONDITIONER AND FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS ~f:ATIONS (Input to pin 11 or pin 12. AC ground unused input. range control not connected, V+ = 18 volts. T A = 25°C.) LIMITS CHARACTERISTIC Tracking Range I nput Resistance I nputCapaCitance I nput DC Level VCO Output Impedance VCO Output Swing VCO Output DC Level VCO Signal/Noise Ratio MIN TYP ±5 ±15 3 2 4 4 1.3 4.5 12 60 TEST CIRCUIT FOR FM DEMODULATION MAX 2.5 UNITS TEST CONDITtoNS % offo kn pF V kn V p-p V dB 200 mV p-p square wave input I nputs at AC ground TEST CIRCUIT FOR SIGNAL CONDITIONER AND FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS APPLICATIONS v+ Ce ~ Bypass Capacitor Cc - Coupling Capacitor Co ~ .01j.4F for Standard FM Broadcasting Cl and Rx - Low Pall Filter Co - Frequency set Capacitor CB - Bypass Capacitor Cc - Coupling Capacitor Cl - Low Pen Filter Capacitor Co - Frequency Capacitor Set Note: Fanout to divide by N counter II one. FIGURE 1 6·68 FIGURE 2 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 562 :'>fPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES FREE RUNNING VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCI LLATOR FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION' OF TIMING CAPACITANCE 30,00 o~ fO,oo 0 i II! 300 ! ~ ~ ~ (I 1000 ~ 30 0 10 (I ~ 0 30 , ~ \ 31" "'\. ~ '\... 5- 64. " 8 r'\ 100 300 1000 3000 10,000 30,000 nMING CAPACITANCE - pF NORMALIZED TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT +16 2 0 "" , I ,, ~ oV o 0.1 -O.4mA -02mA 0 +a.2mA +0.4mA +a.SmA +08mA RANGE CONTROL CURRENT, 18 562 PHASE LOCKED LOOP DEMODULATED OUTPUT SWING AS A FUNCTION OF % FM DEVIATION 5 0 \/ 2. 5 1,5 0 O. 5 V I 60 TO I I .,.A \ IL \ I j ~ I I I I ~ 1 I I IL '1 I 'lOO ~ " 1.1 CHANGE IN PHASE ANGLE, fo RELATIVE TO f .. AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE IIOTE:l.IIITIALPHASE All4il.E,AT 'o·'.-IIIb,·gotS· 0 2,PHASE AMU: 0tAME IlEA""'ED FOIl", CHANSE OF I. ....... 0" '" "'- "- 0 ~ ~ 0 10' 0 " ~ ~~ 3 0 0 14 ~ 1\. 100 0 o 2 4 6 8 10 12 ±PERCENT FR[QU£NCY OEVIATION,(6f It. I r I{ 1 10 INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUOE(MVRMS) 0 V I MAXIIIUIi 0 0 V I"" -""'1 I 0 jV ~ 0 AM REJECTION AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL LEVEL / 2,0 1 r""~ INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE TO MAINTAIN LOCK AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE (fsignal • fo • 2.0 MHz) 10 0 V l..."j Ib'+250I'A / 5 .... +Ol! ~ T I Ib' '" I 010203040 50 TEMPERATURE "C Ib'-25011T I 5 " iI"" 1 TYPICAL ~ I I I'\.. 1 L...o~ 5 6 Ib'=-':: ~~:ENT 5 0 "'" 41l TYPICAL TRACKING RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE 30 :-.... +14 j...io-' r-~ L.",jll" 1 3 -1 0 -1 -1 -0.4mA-02mA 0 0.2mA 0.4mA O,SmA 0.8mA CURRENT AT RANGE CONTROL PIN 7 lI'fl' IXIIIUIi iI"""", 1--' .... [II,. 2 " ....... "-- II i"!... 2t-- I~ af+ 2 I 0 ~- 2 10 10 +1 6 +1 4 +1 2 +1 0 +8 6 0+ 4 :+ I"- THERMAL DRIFT OF FREE RUNNING FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE +6 YI 5 CHANGE OF FREE RUNNING OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF RANGE CONTROL CURRENT .1 0.1 3 1.0 3.0 10 30 100 INPUT SIGNAL - ooV 10 30 100 IllPUT LEVEL -IOV, , .. 300 1000 300 1000 NORMALIZED LOOP GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT SIGNAL AMPLITUDE 30 I I I I I o NOTE:NORMALIZED LOOP GAIN' OPEN LOOP GAIN ---,;;-- 3. 0 / 0 70'~-+--I----+---±60% • FREQUENCY ADJUSTABLE OVER 10 TO 1 RANGE WITH SAME CAPACITOR K PACKAGE 1. V 2. Input 3. Input 4. VCO Output 5. Phase Comparator VCO Input 6. Reference Output 7. Demodulated Output 8. External R for VCO 9. External C for VCO 10. V+ :CK DiAGRAM ORDER PART NOS. SE565K/NE565K I--"-N\t=-+-+-::+--o DEMOD. OUTPUT INPUT 1--"='-+--+:--0 REF. OUTPUT APPLICATIONS FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING MODEMS TELEMETRY RECEIVERS TONE DECODERS SCA RECEIVERS WIDEBANDFM DISCRIMINATORS v+ DATA SYNCHRONIZERS TRACKING FILTERS SIGNAL RESTORATION FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION & DIVISION 6·72 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565 '\6S0LUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Uimiting values above which serviceability may be impaired) ,it Maximum Operating Voltage Storage Temperature Power Dissipation LECTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA 26V 0 -65°e to 150 e 300mW = 25°e, Vee = ±6 Volts u less otherwise noted) S'E565 PARAMETER UNITS MIN SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS Supply Voltage Supply Current INPUT CHARACTERISTICS Input Impedance Input Level Required for Tracking VCO CHARACTERISTICS Center Frequency Maximum Value Distribution Drift with Temperature Drift with Supply Voltage DEMQDULATED OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS Output Voltage Level Maximum Voltage Swing Output Voltage Swing Total Harmonic Distortion Output Impedance Offset Voltage IVS-V71 vs Temperature (drift) AM Rejection TYP ±5 8 -4V E;;;V 2 , V3 ~+1V fO = 50 kHz ±10% frequency deviation C1 = 2.7 pF Distribution taken about fO "",50 kHz R1 = 5.0k, C 1 .. 1200 pF fO = 50 kHz fO = 50 kHz V CC = ±6 to ±7 Volts Triangle Wave Output Voltage Level Amplitude Linearity Square Wave Logical "1" Output Voltage Logical "0" Output Voltage Duty Cycle Rise Time Fall Time Output Current (sink) Output Current (source) NE565 TEST CONDITIONS, TA ±12 12.5 ±5 TYP MAX 8 ±12 12.5 V mA 10 5 10 kn 10 1 10 1 mVrms 300 500 -10 0 +10 +75 +100 +625 +4.9 45 0.6 5 (pin 7) VCC = ±6 Volts (pin 7) ±10% frequency deviation MIN 7 2 fO=50kHz VCC = ±6 Volts fO = 50 kHz V CC = ±6 Volts fO ='50 kHz MAX 4.25 250 = 25°C 30 0.1 1.0 0 2.4 0.2 3 +5.2 -0.2 50 20 50 1 10 4.5 2 300 0.2 3.6 30 50 40 kHz 500 -30 2 40 O.S 5 4.75 +30 4.0 200 0.75 100 % ppm/oC +200 +4.9 +0.2 55 100 200 0 0.2 1.5 %/V 0 2.4 0.5 3 V Vp-p % +5.2 V -0.2 50 20 50 1 10 +0.2 SO V % nsec nsec mA mA 4.5 2 300 0.2 3.S 50 100 40 5.0 V Vp-p mVp-p % kn mV /lV/oC dB 1.5 200 NOTES: 1. Both input terminals (pins 2 and 3) must receive identical dc bias. This bias may range from 0 volts to -4 volts. 2. The ellternal resistance for frequency adjustment (R1) must have a value between 2kfl and 20kfl. 3. Output voltage swings negative as input frequency Increases. 4. Output not buffered. 6·73 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565 fYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS POWER SUPPLY CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 20r-~-i-~-r----r----' FREE-RUNNING VCO FREQ. AS A FUNCTION OF VOLTAGE BETWEEN PIN 7 & 10 (VCO CONVERSION GAIN) LOCK RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT VOLTAGE 2 V+·+6V Y-·-6V .5 1 .5 V V V // /' ~ !100 -- j .- i 10 ,/ 14 18 22 26 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 VOLTAGE BETWEEN PW 'AND PIN 10 IV,0- V,) TOTAL SUPPLY VOLTAGEIVOLTS) LOCK RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF GAIN SETTING RESISTANCE (PIN 6-7) CHANGE IN FREE-RUNNING VCO FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE +2.5 2 1+2·0 V+ '8V y- ·6v 1 J~ bt ~ '" I:::: I'." ~ 1 > /V i:.:. . o 2 A .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 RELATIVE FREE RUNNING FAEQU£NCY,'. 2 V\ V\ 1\ / 1\ 1/ 1\ i/ ~ ~ r""r---J 4 2 V· f- "-+----+- o 2 6 0r-+--r~-'~4--+~~ ~-1.0 2 1- / !-0.5 ~+2 f V' 0 VV 8+0·5 ~J V V... ·6VOLTS VCO OUTPUT WAVEFORM ~ ~ V+'V-'6VOLTS -U'-::-75~-50:::---'=25---:!:0--:-_=-+~5:-0--;+-:75-+-:-:'00~+12'5 TEMPERATURE-C· ;CHEMATIC DIAGRAM l'1IIWG RESISTOR 8 - ~----- V+ --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- To -·---------------------------l I I I ~C2 I OUTPUT +--+-+--+...0 6 ~~~NCE ' ____ U_____ 9 V- 6-74 C, cJ~ 2 VCO OJTPUT PHASE COMPARATOR SIGNAL ~T SIGNAL INPUT . -- ~ LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565 DESIGN f=ORMULAS Free-running frequency of VCO f - 0- Lock-range fL 8f = ± - o- ~ 4R,C, in Hz in Hz Vcc Capture-range fC :::. ± -.L 21T where T = ~ 21TfL A small capacitor (typically 0.1(}01 J.(F) should be connected between pins 7 and 8 to eliminate possible oscillation in the control current source. A single-pole loop filter is formed by the capacitor C2, connected between pin 7 and positive supply, and an internal resistance of approximately 3600 ohms. r--~P----_--+V T (3.6 x 103 ) x C2 DEFINITION OF TERMS FREE·RUNNING. FREQUENCY (fo) Frequency of VCO without input signal, both inputs grounded. CAPTURE··RANGE That range of frequencies about fo over which the loop will acquire lock with an input signal initially starting out of lock. LOCK·RANGE OR TRACKING-RANGE That range of frequencies in the vicinity of fo over which the VCO, once locked to the input signal, will remain locked. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS FM DEMODULATION The 565 Phase Locked Loop is a general purpose circuit designed for highly-linear FM demodulation. During lock, the average dc level of the phase comparator output signal is directly proportional to the frequency of the input signal. As the input frequency shifts, it is this output signal which causes the VCO to shift its frequency to match that of the input. Consequently, the linearity of the phase comparator output with frequency is determined by the voltage-tofrequency transfer function of the VCO. Because of its unique and highly linear VCO, the 565 PLL can lock to and track an input signal over a very wide range (typically ±60%) with very high linearity (typically, within 0.5%). A typical connection diagram is shown in Figure 1. The VCO free .. running frequency is given approximately by '.2C1 f 0 = 4 R, and shou Id be adjusted to be at the center of the input signal frequency range. C, can be any value, but Rl should be within the range of 2000 to 20,000 ohms with an optimum value on the order of 4000 ohms. The source can be direct coupled if the dc resistances seen from pins 2 and 3 are equal and there is no dc voltage difference between the pins. A short between pins 4 and 5 connects the VCO to the phase comparator. Pin 6 provides a dc reference voltage that is close to the dc potential of the demodulated output (pin 7). Thus, if a resistance (R2 in Figure 1) is connected between pins 6 and 7, the gain of the output stage can be reduced with little change in the dc voltage level at the output. This allows the lock range to be decreased with little change in the free-running frequency. In this manner the lock range can be decreased from ±60% of fo to approximately ±20% of fo (at ±6V). '------'----o-v FIGURE 1 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING (FSK) FSK refers to data transmission by means of carrier which is shifted between two preset frequencies. This frequency shift is usually accomplished by driving a VCO with the binary data signal so that the two resulting frequencies correspond to the "0" and "1" states (commonly called space and mark) of the binary data signal. A simple scheme using the 565 to receive FSK signals of 1070 Hz and 1270 Hz is shown in Figure 2. As the signal appears at the input, the loop locks to the input frequency and tracks it between the two frequenci~s with a corresponding dc shift at the output. The loop filter capacitor C2 is chosen smaller than usual to eliminate overshoot on the output pulse, and a three-stage RC ladder filter is used to remove the carrier component from the output. The band edge of the ladder filter is chosen to be approximately half way between the maximum keying rate (in this case 300 baud or 150 Hz) and twice the input frequency (approximately 2200 Hz). The output signal can now be made logic compatible by connecting a voltage comparator between the o~tput and pin 6 of the loop. The free-running frequency is adjusted with R 1 so as to result in a slightly-positive voltage at the output at fin = 1070 Hz. The input connection is typical for cases where a dc voltage is present at the source and therefore a direct connection is not desirable. Both input terminals are returned to ground with identical resistors (in this case, the values are chosen to effect a 600-ohm input impedance). FIGURE 2 8·75 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE565 FREQUENCY MULTIPLICATION There are two methods by which frequency multiplication can be achieved using the 565: 1. Locking to a harmonic of the input signal. 2. Inclusion of a digital.frequency divider or counter in the loop between the VCO and phase comparator. The first method is the simplest, and can be achieved by setting the free-running frequency of the VCO to a multiple of the input frequency. A limitation of this scheme is that the lock range decreases as successively higher and weaker harmonics are used for locking. If the input frequency is to be constant with little tracking required, the loop can generally be locked to anyone of the first 5 harmonics. For higher orders of multiplication, or for cases where a large lock range is desired, the second scheme is more desirable. An ex.ample' of this might be a case where the input signal varies over a wide frequency range and a large multiple of the input frequency is required. A block dia~Jram of the second scheme is shown in Figure 3. Here the loop is broken between the VCO and the phase comparator, and a frequency divider is inserted. The fundaPHASE COMPARATOR LOW PASS FILTER AMPLIFIER FIGURE 3 mental of the divided VCO frequency is locked to the input frequency in this case, so that the VCO is actually running at a multiple of the input frequency. The amount of multiplication is determined by the frequency divider. A typical connection scheme is shown in Figure 4. To set up the circuit, the frequency limits of the input signal must be determined. The free-running frequency of the VCO is then adjusted by means of R 1 and C1 (as discussed under FM demodulation) so that the output frequency of the divider is midway between the input frequency limits. The filter capacitor, C2, should be large enough to eliminate variations in the demodulated output voltage (at pin 7), in order to stabilize the VCO frequency. The output can now be taken as the VCO squarewave output, and its fundamental will be the desired mUltiple of the input frequency (fl) as long as the loop is in lock. FIGURE 4. 6-76 seA (BACKGROUND MUSIC) DECODER Some FM stations are authorized by the FCC to broadcast uninterrupted background music for commercial use. To do this a frequency modulated subcarrier of 67 kHz is used. The frequency is chosen so as not to interfere with the normal stereo or monaural program; in addition, the level of the subcarrier is only 10% of the amplitude of the combined signal. The SCA signal can be filtered out and demodulated with the N E565 Phase Locked Loop without the use of any resonant circuits. A connection diagram is shown in Figure 5. This circuit also serves as an example of operation from a single power supply. A resistive voltage divider is used to establish a bias voltage for the input (pins 2 and 3). The demodulated (multiplex) FM signal is fed to the input through a two-stage high-pass filter, both to effect capacitive coupling and to attenuate the strong signal of the regular channel. A total signal amplitude, between 80 mV and 300 mV, is required at the input. Its source should have an impedance of less than 10,000 ohms. The Phase Locked Loop is tuned to 67 kHz with a 5000 ohm potentiometer; only approximate tuning is required, since the loop wi II seek the signal. The demodulated output (pin 7) passes through a threestage low-pass filter to provide de-emphasis and attenuate the high-frequency noise which often accompanies SCA transmission. Note that no capacitor is provided directly at pin 7; thus, the circuit is operating as a first-order loop. The demodulated output signal is in the order of 50 mV and the frequency response extends to 7 kHz. r------r-----r------r---r---~!~:~r~ 10k .018 • 1.8k 1k OEM 510pF 510pF FM<>-l 4,7. FIGURE 5 1. 1. BACKGROUND MUSlClSCAI SillBOlies ; jF:SCR IPTION 5&& PIN CONFIGURATION (Top ViElw) The SEINE 566 Function Generator is a voltage controliedoscHiator of exceptional stability and linearity with buffered square wave and triangle wave outputs. The frequency of oscillation is determined by an external resistor and capacitor and the voltage applied to the control terminal. The oscillator can be programmed over a ten to one frequency range by proper selection of an external resistance and modulated over a ten to one range by the control voltage, with exceptional linearity. • • • • • • 1 2 3 4 5 ~------------~ Ground Nt: Square Wava Output Triangle Wave Output Mc)dulation Input 6 R, 7 8 C1 V+ ORDER PART NOS. SE56EiT/NE566T ------------ V PACKAGE -'.TURES • TPACKAGE WIDE RANGE OF OPERATING VOLTAGE (10 to 24 volts) VERY HIGH LINEARITY OF MODULATION EXTREME STABILITY OF FREQUENCY (100 ppm/oC typical) HIGHLY LINEAR TRIANGLE WAVE OUTPUT HIGH ACCURACY SQUARE WAVE OUTPUT FREQUENCY PROGRAMMING BY MEANS OF A RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, VOLTAGE OR CURRENT FREQUENCY ADJUSTABLE OVER 10 TO 1 RANGE WITH SAME CAPACITOR 'D· 2 7 3 • 4 1 Ground 2 NC: 3 4 5 Square Wave Output Triangle Wave Output Mudulation Input 6 R, 7 C1 8 V+ ORDER PART NO. NE!566V I 13LOGK DIAGRAM +~LlCA TlONS TONE GEN~RATOR'S FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING FM MODULATORS CLOCK GENERATORS SIGNAL GENERATORS FUNCTION GENERATORS ;:C~UIVAlENT CIRCUIT 6-77 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE566 i\BSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (Limiting values above which serviceability may be impaired) Maximum Operating Voltage 26V Storage Temperature -65°C to 150° C Power Dissipation 300mW ECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (25°C, 12 Volts,unless otherwise stated) NE566 SE566 UNITS CHARACTERISTICS TYP. MIN. MIN. MAX. TYP. MAX. 7 70 24 12.5 GENERAL Operating Temperature Range Operating Supply Voltage Operating Supply Current -55 0 125 24 12.5 7 °c Volts mA VCO (Note 1) 1 Maximum Operating Frequency Frequency Drift with Temperature Frequency Drift with Supply Voltage Control Terminal Input Impedance (Note 2) FM Distortion (± 10% Deviation) Maximum Sweep Rate Sweep Range 100 1 1 0.2 1 10:1 1 200 2 1 0.2 1 10:1 0.75 MHz ppmtC %/volt Mn % MHz 1.5 OUTPUT Triangle Wave Output Impedance Voltage Linearity Square Wave Output Impedance Voltage Duty Cycle Rise Time Fall Time 50 2.4 0.2 2 2 50 5.4 50 20 50 5 45 5 40 55 50 2.4 0.5 n Volts pp % 50 5.4 50 20 50 n Volts pp % nsec nsec 60 NOTES: 1. The external resistance for frequency adjustment (R 1) must have a value between 2Kn and 20Kn. 2. The bias voltage (Vc) applied to the control terminal (pin 5) should be in the range 3/4 V+ C;; V C .;;; V+. rYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS NORMALIZED FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF RESISTANCE (R1) NORMALIZED FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF CONTROL VOLTAGE 100 2.8 V+"2VOLTS ,, 60 2.0 ~ m 1.6 If ~ ~ ~ 1.0 ;/ 0.6 ,,/ V / V / V 20 i 10 I V 0.6 1.0 1.6 2.6 3.0 , -~ '" I a: CONTROL VOLTAGE (BETWEEN 'IN 8 AND 'IN 6) - VOLTS 6·78 ~ V+"2VOLTS VC"0VOLTS 0.1 0.2 ~ "- 0.5 NORMALIZED FREOUENCY --~ " ,, " 10 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE566 ,YPI,CAl PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) CHANGE IN FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE +2.5 ~ +1.5 k\'\ \\\\ +1.0 ~ '. \ -0.5 -2.0 ~ l\ ;Y~ICA~ ~\\\ 1\\\\ \\\\ \ \ +0.5 -1.5 20 y+ "12YOlTS Yc • 10YOlTS +2.0 -1.0 POWER SUPPLY CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOL TA'GE ~~ \\\ \\ \ ')Y ~ \ A - \\\ ')Y ~~ ~ 17.5 ~ .~ ~ 15 1 ~! ;u _ > tiii / 12.5 10 '/ ~\ \\ l)Y' r -2.5 -75 7.5 -50 +26 -25 +60 TEMPERATURE - +75 +100' +126 ~ / ~ V // ... ~ '\ ~ /V 13 10 ·c 19 18 22 25 SUPPl Y VOLT AGE - VOLTS FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF CAPACITANCE (C,) 10 VCO OUTPUT WAVEF:ORMS ;'2 I ~ V Rl- 4KrI y+ .' VOL TS Yc - 10.6 VOL TS y+ -12YOlTS Rl- 4K 1.0 / I/' \ / I\. / '\. l\. / i\. / £ 'V 0.1 ~ ~ +10 1 +8 E rt .0001 102 103 f-- ~ f- to z .001 111 --- +12 '\ ~ B +6 - f-- - - r-- ~ +4 104 FREQUENCY - Hz fjPERATING INSTRUCTIONS The SE/N E 566 Function Generator is a general purpose voltage controlled osciHator designed for highly linear frequency modulation. The circuit provides simultaneous square wave and triangl'e wave outputs at frequencies up to 1 MHz. A typical connE!ction diagram is shown in Figure 1. The control terminal (p.in 5) must be biased externally with a voltage (V C) in the range 3/4 V+<, VC ~ V+ and R1 should be in the range 2K < R1 < 20Kn. A small capacitor (typically O.001J.lf) should be connected between pins 5 and 6 to eliminate possible oscillation in the control current source. r--_--_-Ov+ where V CC is the total supply voltage. In Figure 1, the control voltage is set by the voltage divider formed with R2 and R3' The modulating signal is then ac coupled with the capacitor C2' The modulating signal can be direct coupled as well, if the appmpriate dc bias voltage is applied to the control terminal. The freque'ncy is given approximately by FIGURE 1 8-79 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE/NE566 . ~~~;ERATING INSTRUCTIONS (Cont'd) If the VCO is to be used to drive standard logic circuitry, it may be desirable to use a dual supply of ±5 voltsasshown in Figure 2. In this case the square wave output has the proper dc levels for logic circuitry. RTL can be driven directly from pin 3. For DTL or T2L gates, which require a current sink of more· than 1 mAl it is usually necessary to connect a' 5 Kn resistor between pin 3 and negative supply. This increases the current sinking capability to 2 mAo The third type of interface shown uses a saturated transistor. between the 566 and the logic circuitry. This scheme is used primarily for T2L circuitry which requires a fast fall time « 50 nsec) and a large current sinking capability. 6·80 +6 VOLTS 1.!iK 10K FIGURE 2 !ii!)DotiC!i TONE DECODER PHASE LOCKED lOOP ~. 567 - --- LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFiGURATIO~~ The SEINE 567 tone and frequency decoder is a highly stable phase-locked loop with synchronous AM lock detection and power output circuitry_ Its primary function is to drive a load whenever a sustained frequency within its detection band is present at the self-biased input_ The bandwidth center frequency, and output delay are independently determi~ed by means of four external components. TPACKAGE (Top View) 1. Output Filter Capacitor C 3 2. Low Pass Filter Capacitor C fE.A-IUHl:.:: • WIDE FREQUENCY RANGE (.01Hz TO 500kHz) • HIGH STABILITY OF CENTER FREQUENCY • INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLABLE BANDWIDTH (0 TO 14 PERCENT) • HIGH OUT-BAND SIGNAL AND NOISE REJECTION • LOGIC-COMPATIBLE OUTPUT WITH 100mA CURRENT SINKING CAPABILITY • INHERENT IMMUNITY TO FALSE SIGNALS • FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT OVER A 20 TO 1 RANGE WITH AN EXTERNAL RESISTOR 2 3. Input 4. Supply Voltage +V 5. Timing Element R1 6. Timing Elements R1 and C 1 7. 8. Ground Output ORDER PART NOS. SE567T/NE567T ~PPLJCA nONS V PACKAGE 'OUCH TONE ® DECODING :ARRIER CURRENT REMOTE CONTROLS JL TRASONIC CONTROLS (REMOTE TV, ETC.) ;OMMUNICATIONS PAGING :REQUENCY MONITORING AND CONTROL NIRELESS INTERCOM )RECISION OSCILLATOR 1. Output Filter Capacitor C3 'D. BLOCK DIAGRAM Z 2. Low Pass Filter Capacitor C2 3 7 8 • 4 6 3. Input 4. Supply Voltage +V 5. Timing Element R1 6. Timing Elements R1 and C 1 7. 8. Ground Output ORDER PART NO. NE567V LOOP LOW PASS FILTER ~C2 ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATiNG::, Operating Temperature oOe to 70°C NE567 -55°C to 125°C SE567 Operating Voltage Positive Voltage at Input 10V 0.5V above Supply Voltage (Pin 4) Negative Voltage at Input Output Voltage (collector of output transistor) -10 VDe Storage Temperature Power Dissipation -65°C to 150 e 300mW 15VDe 0 6·81 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTiCS (V+ = 5.0 Volts, T A = 25°C unless noted) ~HARACTERISTICS MIN SE567 TYP 100 500 MAX MIN NE567 TYP MAX UNITS TEST CONDITIONS CENTER FREQUENCY(NOTE 1) Highest Center Frequency (fo) 100 Center Frequency Stability (Note 2) 35±140 35±60 Center Frequency Shift with Supply Voltage 0.5 1 14 16 1 2 500 kHz 35±140 35±-60 ppmtC ppmtC o to 70°C -55 to 12SoC 0.7 2 %/Volt to = 100KHz 14 18 % of fo fo = 100KHz 2 3 % of fo DETECTION BANDWIDTH Largest Detection Bandwidth 12 Largest Detection Bandwidth Skew 10 Largest Detection Bandwidth Variation with Temperature ±0.1 ±0.1 %/oC Vi = 300mVrms Largest Detection Bandwidth Variation with Supply Voltage ±2 ±2 %/Volt Vi = 300rnVrms INPUT --I nput Resistance 20 20 Kn Smallest Detectable Input Voltage(V i ) 20 mVrms IL = 1OOmA, fj 15 mV rms IL = 1oomA, fj = fo Bn = 140KHz Volt Volt IL IL = 30m A = 100mA Largest No-Output I nput Voltage 10 25 15 20 10 25 Greatest Simultaneous Outband Signal to Inband Signal Ratio +6 +6 dB Minimum Input Signal to Wideband Noise Ratio -6 -6 dB Fastest On-Off Cycling Rate fo/20 fo/20 "1" Output Leakage Current 0.01 "0" Output Voltage 0.2 0.6 Output Fall Time (Note 3) 30 30 n sec RL = 50n Output Rise Time (Note 3) 150 150 n sec RL = 50n .. fo OUTPUT 0.01 25 0.4 1.0 25 0.2 0.6 0.4 1.0 /-lA I I GENERAL Operating Voltage Range 4.75 9.0 4.75 9.0 Volts Supply Current - Quiescent 6 8 7 10 mA Supply Current - Activated 11 13 12 15 mA Quiescent Power Dissipation 30 35 NOTES: 1. Frequency determining resistor R1 should be between 1 and 20KfL 2. Applicable over 4.75 to 5.75 vol;ts. See graphs for more detailed information. 3. Pin 8 to Pin 1 feedback R L network selected to eliminate pulsing during turn-on and turn-off. 6-82 mW RL. J 2OK i I LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567 i¥'PIGAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES LARGEST DETECTION BANDWIDTH VERSUS, OPERATING FREQUENCY BANDWIDTH VERSUS INPUT SIG'NAL AMPLITUDE f ~ ~ 1 i 1 1 ; ~ 1 1 g ~ l! ~ DETECTION BANDWIDTH AS A FUNCTION OF C2 AND C3 .. , ~ ¥ '\~ ;SO ~ . . , "\ '~ --- . , .. ~- - ~ 1\~, " o '''0 100Hz TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE GREATEST NUMBER OF CYCLES BEFORE OUTPUT "-"fa g 100 ~ / Il - ' 't--. 1\ "K BANDWIDTH CENTER fREQUENCY COEFFICIENT TEMPERATURE (MEAN AND S.D.) j-': -I"........ r---~ ....... ...... ---f--- ~ ......... ~ I'--. ""-I, -_. f--- ~ "- ~ ", .. ~ 2 V 17 IL·l~ V , rANDWIDTH LIMITED BV EXTERNAL RESISTOR (MINIMUM ezl ,% of fOI TYPICAL BANDWIDTH VARIATION WITH TEMPERATURE I I +V-B.76VOLTS ~ '" .p ~ 0 q I-- /'" II _- / ~ ~ -=-,:'-~ "- ~ \ 10 - I~:::t==l:===l=::t==:l===t=...l ~ I"--r.- - 0_1L..-.l---L--'-~-~-l..--.,.LOO---l.,ZfI -1.& ,1. SUPPLVVClLTAGEVOLTS v 3 LIMITED BY Cz TYPICAL FREQUENCY DRIFT WITH TEMPERATURE (MEAN AND S.D.) - ,~ r-.... jomA 1'\I\. ~ [),. r- i'-- t"-Cz TYPICAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS TEMPERATURE T'\ '\. IL ~NDWIDTH 1- l'--.. i'-- /'-C3 BANDWIDTH - % OF '0 BANDWIDTH ~"OF fa ;-... " i'-. '" t-- TEMPERATUREOC 6·83 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567 CENTER FREQUENCY SHIFT WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE CHANGE VERSUS OPERATING FREQUENCY TYPICAL FREQUENCY DRIFT WITH (MEAN AND S.D.) TEMPERATURE TYPICAL FREQUENCY DRIFT WITH TEMPERATURE (MEAN AND S.D.) +V~4.76VollTS (21 ..- . ~c I-~~ 0 ,V -;:p .A ~-- - I >(I. / >H ~.B ~ V "'.4 1/ -I- I-~ +16 TEMPERATURE +100 ""25 K :~: ~:g~g~i~ ~ -~ "'~ F..9 V .2,6 ~ V -I. -76 ·50 -26 I I I I I 66-;!--I--H--t:: '''of -+- 6·84 ~ t ~ 1-- ...... l~ " "0 \ ~C .t g: ~ '""" V ~ ~l'/ I / / '9 I LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ;i\J ;.;ORMULAS ,.... 1.1 f0--- Rl Cl BW ~ 107~/Vi .In 01 10 -20OmV a f f 0' V1< fO C2 Where Vi = Input Voltage (mV) C2 = Low-Pass Filter Capacitor (/-LF) ;'; lASE LOCKED LOOP TERMINOLOGY CENTERFREQUENCYHO) The free-running frequency of the current controlled oscillator (CCO) in the absence of an input signal. DETECTION BANDWIDTH (BW) !he fre~uency range, centered about f O' within which an Input Signal above the threshold vpltage (typically 20mV rms) will cause a logical zero state on the output. The detection bandwidth corresponds to the loop capture range. LARGEST DETECTION BANDWIDTH The largest frequency range within ~hich an input signal above the threshold voltage will cause a logical zero state on the output. The maximum detection bandwidth corresponds to the loop lock range. DETECTION BAND SKEW A measure of how well the largest detection band is centered about the c:enter frequency, f O' The skew is defined as (fmax + fmin -2f O)/fO where f max and fmin are the frequencies corresponding to the edges of the detection band. The skew can be reduced to zero if necessary by means of an optional centering adjustment. . 11'-'1' :'\t Figure 1 shows a typical connection diagram for the 567. For most applications, the following three-step procedure will be sufficient for choosing the external components R 1, Cl, C2 and C3' 1. Select R 1 and Cl for the desired center frequency. For best temperature stability, Rl should be between 2K and 20K ohm, and the R 1 Cl product should have sufficient stability, over the projected temperature range to meet the necessary requirements. 2. Select the low-pass capacitor, C2, by referring to the Bandwidth versus Input Signal Amplitude graph. If the input amplitude variation is known, the appropriate value of f o C2 necessary to give the desired bandwidth may be found. Conversely, an area of operation may be selected on this graph and the input level and C2 may be adjusted accordingly. For example, constant bandwidth operation requires that input amplitude be above 100mVrms. The bandwidth, as noted on the graph, is then controlled solely by the f o C2 product(FO (Hz), C2 (/-Lfd) . .). 3. The value of C3 is generally non-critical. C3 sets the band edge of a low pass filter which attenuates frequencies outside the detection band to eliminate spurious outputs. If C3 is too small, frequencies just outside the detection band will switch the output stage on and off at the beat frequency, or the output may pulse on and off during the turn-on transient. If C3 is too large, turn-on and turn-off of the output stage will be delayed until the voltage on C3 passes the threshold voltage. (Such a delay may be desirable to avoid spurious outputs due to transient frequencies.) A typical minimum value for C3 is 2C2' +v KESPONSE: +v INPUT 0---} J1..r Input 567 Output Response to 100mV RMS tone burst. R L = 100 ohms. Input Output Response to same input t~ne burst with wideband noise. §. = -6db RL = 100 ohms N Noise Bandwidth = 140 Hz FIGURE 1 f\\!/J.H.. ASLE OUTPUTS (Figure 2) The primary output is the uncommitted output transistor collector, pin 8. When an in-band input signal is present, this transistor saturates; its collector voltage bei ng less than 1.0 volt (typically 0.6V) at full output current 1100mA). The voltage at pin 2 is the phase detector output, a linear fu.nction of frequency, over the range of 0.95 to 1.05 fO' with a slope of about 20mV/% frequency deviation. The average voltage at pin 1 is, during lock, a function of the inband input amplitude in accordance with the transfer characteristic given. Pin 5 is the controlled oscillator Square wave output of magnitude (V+-2Vbe)::::::(V+-1.4V) having a dc average of V+12. A 1 KSl load may be driven from pin 5. Pin 6 is an exponential triangle of 1 volt peak-to-peak 6·85 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567 .'\: L'~8~E OUTPUTS (Cont'd.) with an average dc level of V+ /2. Only high impedance loads may be connected to pin 6 without affecting the CCO duty cycle or temperature stability. o~T~~1---+-~- ., I : I I I I: 1 - - - -1- • ~~::SS(PIN 2) v+ I t 17% 14w.: .. BW I' 1--- 0 I VeE (SATI( 1.0V 1 - -I- - - -I - - __"FI_.1- 1_ I "'7'- / I , -l.9V l.BV ___ .L __ ..J ___ 1_ _ -l.7V I 1 0.910 I 1 10 1 1 1.110 PIN 1 VOLTAGE (AVG) 4.0 l.6 l.O 2.5 L------r------,o 100 200m Vrm. IN·BAND INPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 2 4. Due to the high switching speeds (20ns) associated with 567 operation, care should be taken in lead routing. Lead lengths should be kept to a minimum. The power supply should be adequately bypassed close to the 567 with an 0.01J1F or greater capacitor; grounding paths should be carefully chosen to avoid ground loops and unwanted voltage variations. Another factor which must be considered is the effect of load energization on the power supply. For example, an incandescent lamp typically draws 10 times rated current at turn-on. This can cause supply voltage fluctuations which could, for example, shift the detection band of narrow-band systems sufficiently to cause momentary loss of lock. The result is a low-frequency oscillation into and out of lock. Such effects can be prevented by supplying heavy load currents from a separate supply, or increasing the supply filter capacitor. DPEED OF OPERAI!UN Minimum lock-up time is related to the natural frequency of the loop. The lower it is, the longer becomes the turn-on transient. Thus, maximum operating speed is obtained when C2 is at a minimum. When the signal is first applied, the phase may be such as to initially drive the controlled oscillator away from the incoming frequency rather than toward it. Under this condition, which is of course unpredictable, the lock-up transient is at its worst and the theoretical minimum lock-up time is not achievable. We must simply wait for the transient to die out. The following expressions give the values of C2 and C3 which allow highest operating speeds for various band center frequencies. The minimum rate at which digital information may be detected without information loss due to the turn-on transient or Qutput chatter is about 10 cycles per bit, corresponding to an information transfer rate of fO/10 baud. C2 A brief review of the following precautions will help the user attain the high level of performance of which the 567 is capable. 1. Operation in the high input level mode (above 200mV) will free the user from bandwidth variations due to changes in the in-band signal amplitude. The input stage is now limiting, however, so that out-band signals or high noise levels can cause an apparent ban9width reduction as the in band signal is suppressed. Also, the limiting action will create in-band components from sub-harmonic signals, so the 567 becomes sensitive to signals at fo/3, fo/5, etc. 2. The 567 will lock onto signals near (2n+1) fo' and will give an output for signals near (4n+1) fo where n = 0,1,2,. etc. Thus, signals at 5 fo and 9 fo can cause an unwanted output. If such signals are anticipated, they should be attenuated before reaching the 567 input. 3. Maximum immunity from noise and out-band signals is afforded in the low input level (Below 200mVrms) and reduced bandwidth operating mode. However, decreased loop damping causes the worse-case lock-up time to increase, as shown by the Greatest Number of Cycles Before Output vs. Bandwidth graph. 6·86 = 130 -J1F fo in cases where turn-off time can be sacrificed to achieve fast turn-on, thi optional sensitivity adjustment circuit can be used to move the quiescent C3 voltage lower (closer to the threshold voltage). However, sensitivity to beat frequencies, noise and extraneous signals will be increased. nrTif)t-~Al~ COi;jTROLS The 567 has been designed so that, for most applications, no external adjustments are required. Certain applications, however, will be greatly facilitated if full advantage is taken of the added control possibilities available through the use of additional external components. In the diagrams given, typical values are suggested where applicable. For best results resistors used, except where noted, should have the same temperature coefficient. Ideally, silicon diodes would be low-resistivity types, such as forward-biased low-voltage zeners or forward-biased transistor base-emitter junctions. However, ordinary low-voltage diodes should be adequate for most applications. LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567 iJ,::XIIVITY ADJUSTMENT Chatter occurs in the output stage when C3 is relatively small, so that the lock transient and the AC components at the quadrature phase detector (lock detector) output cause the output stage to move through its threshold more than once. Many loads, for example lamps and relays, will not respond to the chatter. However, logic may recognize the chatter as a series of outputs. By feeding the output stage output back to its input, (pin 1) the chatter can be elimin, ated. Three schemes for doing this are given above. All operate by feeding the first output step (either on or off) back to the input" pushing the input past the threshold until the transient conditions are over. It is only necessary to assure that the feedback time constant is not so large as to prevent operation at the highest anticipated speed. Although chatter can always be eliminated by making C3 large, the feedback circuit will enable faster operation of the 567 by 'allowing C3 to be kept small. Note that if the feedback time constant is made quite large, a short burst at the input frequency can be stretched into a long output pulse. This may be useful to drive, for example, stepping relays. V+ si~, Gn DECREASE SENSITIVITY INCREASE SENSITIVITY V+ ) DECREASE RB tSENSITIVITY RA 567 1 r- 2.5K INCREASE SENSITIVITY RC 1.0K l Z } TEMPERATURE ~,~.:.0, "'; 7 ... - ~K.I:VVI UE:, n:G nuN tsANU Ct:N !t.KII\!{j {OH COMPENSATION (OPTIONAL) ~'~u.;USTM ENT "*' When operated as a very narrow band detector (less than 8 percent), both C2 and C3 are made quite large in order to improve noiise and outband signal rejection. This will inevitably slow the response time. If, however, the output stage is biased closer to the threshold level, the turn-on time can be improved. This is accomplished by drawing additional current to terminal 1. Under this condition, the 567 will also give an output for lower-level signals (10m or lower). By adding current to terminal 1, the output stage is biased further away from the threshold voltage. This is most usefu I when, to obtain maximum operating speed, C2 and C3 are made very small. Normally, frequencies just outside the detection band could cause false outputs under this condition. By desensitizing the output stage, the outband beat notes do not feed through to the output stage. Since the input level must be somewhat greater when the output stage is made less sensitive, rejection of thi rd harmonics or in-band harmonics (of lower frequency signals) is also improved. HA nEF! PREVENTION +V +V +v 567 2 r---tI RAISESf o I ~2 R -='~ +V ~ 567 2 RA 60K LOWERSfo t 'RB 2.5K. C2 RAISESfo , ; I -= RAISESfo Rc 1.0K ~7} :~';PERATURE "Ii 7 ... - -=: SILICON DIODES COMPENSATION (OPTIONAL) +v When it is desired to alter the location of the detection band (corresponding to the loop capture range) within the largest detection band (lock rangeL the circuits, shown above can be used. By moving the detection band to one ~ge of the range, for example, input signal variations will expand the detection band in only one direction. This may p~ove useful, .when a strong but undesirable signal is expected on one side or the other of the center frequency. Since RB also alters the duty cycle 'slightly, this method may be used to obtain a precise duty cycle when the 567 is used as an , oscillator. 8-87 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 567 +V +V -, I ;~~CA "l..f" -.;.- UNLATCH CA PREVENTS LATCH·UP WHEN POWER SUPPLY IS TURNED ON. DETECTION BAND - % of fo +V PIN2~ 667 1 _ . r 130 (10K + R) fo -r To latch the output on after a signal is received, it is necessary to provide a feedback resistor around the output stage (between pins 8 and 1). Pin 1 is pulled up to unlatch the output stage. OPTIONAL SILICON DIODES FOR TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION -- - f C1 24% BANDWIDTH TONE DECODER 0 0 0 TO 180 PHASE SHIFTER +V r- 3 687 6 5 8- 2 1 INPUT SIGNAL (>l00mVrmll 687 0----1~ Cz '-- 3 81-f-~-' 687 5 8 2 1 L R'l 130 C'2 • Cz • -r,;-(mfdl C·l· Cl '-- :::: Cl~J2 6-90 R'.1.12 Rl Cl I I -= -= RZ '" Rl/5 ADJUST Rl SO THAT ~ ~ 90° WITH CONTROL MIDWAY AMPLIFIER . ::\1i11~!!I"n ~j~utu ii !imDotiC!i 592 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS "~~SCRiPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The SEINE 592 is a monolithic, two stage, di·fferential output, wideband video amplifier. It offers fixed gains of 100 and 400 without external components and adjustable gains from 400 to 0 with one external resistor. The input stage has been designed so that with the addition of a few external reactive elements between the gain select terminals, the circuit can function as a high pass, low pass, or band pass filter. This feature makes the circuit ideal for use as a video or pulse amplifier in communications, magnetic memories, display and video recorder systems. The 592 is a pin-for-pin replacement for the p.A733. A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. ORDER PART NOS.iSE592A/NE592A 14. '-!l,TURES ',~_KJjVALENT NC Output 2 NC v+ G 1 A Gain S~lect G2A Gain S lect NC Input 1 KPACKAGE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. MAXIMUM RATINGS Supply Voltage Differential Input Voltage Common Mode Input Voltage Output Current Operating Temperature Range SE592K NE592K Storage Temperature Range v- 8. Output 1 • 120 MHz BANDWIDTH • ADJUSTABLE GAINS FROM 0 TO 400 • A{)JUSTABLE PASS BAND • NO FREQUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED H5L~DLUTE Input 2 NC G2B Gain S~lect G1 B Gain S lect G2B Gain St lact G1BGainS lact v- 6. Output 2 ±8V ±5V 7. Output 1 8 . v+ 9. G1A Gain S lect NOTE: Pin 5 connected to case. iect ORDER PART NOS. SE592K/NE592K 10. G2A Gain S .±6V 10mA -550 C to +125 0 C OOC to + 700 C -650 C to +1500 C Input 1 Input 2 Thermal Resistance (OJ-A. Junction to Ambient for each package): o A Package O. 6 C/mW 0 K Package 0.1 5 C/mw Power Dissipation 500mW CIRCUIT ~----~------~------~~----~---------'------~--~O+V 2.4K 2.4K 10K 1.lK 1.lK 7K +------t-------+--If---------+------.....-'\Ivv--~---__t--~o OUTPUT 1 7K INPUT 1 OUTPUT 2 600 600 1.4K 300 400 360 L - - - - -.....------~-----------+--------------~----~~--u-v 6·91 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592 '~. 1 " Standard Conditions (T A = +2SoC, Vs =1±6V"VCM = 0 unless otherwise specified) NE592 PARAMETER Differential Voltage Gain Gain 1 Gain Bandwidth Gain Gain Rise Time Gain Note 1 UNITS MIN TYP MAX MIN TYP MAX 250 400 600 300 400 500 80 100 120 90 100 110 2 RL = 2Kn, VOUT = 3V pop Note 2 1 2 Note 1 Note 2 40 90 40 90 1 Note 1 VOUT= 1V pop Note 2 10.5 10.5 Note 1 VOUT = 1V pop Note 2 7.5 Gain 2 Propagation Delay Gain 1 Gain 2 I nput Resistance Gain 1 Gain 2 I nput Capacitance Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Noise Voltage Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio Gain 2 Gain 2 Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Gain 2 Output Offset Voltage Gain 3 Output Common Mode Voltage Output Voltage Swing Output Resistance Power Supply Current Note 1 Note 2 Gain 2, Note 2 4.5 6.0 10 BW 1 kHz to 10 kHz 4.0 30 2.0 0.4 9.0 12 12 4.5 MHz MHz ns 10 7.5 10 6.0 20 5.0 30 4.0 30 2.0 0.4 9.0 12 ±1.0 ns ns 10 ns Kn Kn pF 3.0 20 ±1.0 IJA IJA IJV rms V VCM ±1V. F < 100 kHz VCM ±1V. F = 5 MHz 60 86 60 60 86 60 dB dB t:. vs = ±0.5V 50 70 50 70 dB RL = 00, Note 3 RL = 00 RL = 2K RL = 00 Recommended Operating Supply Voltages (VS = ±6.0V) NOTES: 1. Gain select pins G 1 A and G 1 B connected together. 2. 3. Gain select pins G2A and G2B connected together. All gain select pins open. &·92 SE 592 TEST CONDITIONS 2.4 3.0 0.35 2.9 4.0 20 18 0.75 3.4 24 2.4 3.0 0.35 2.9 4.0 20 18 0.75 3.4 24 V V n mA r~.;t[ e~ReUfTS (TA = 25°C unless otherwise specified) 510 . ·:~/\.L CHARACTERISTICS PHASE SHI FT AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 0",- GAIN 2 VS-±8V TA-26'C '- -6 0 " -16 -300 ,-26 0 1 2 4 3 6 6 fREQUENCV - 100 !II I 90 80 70 ~ 60 !g :Ii! ~ ::Ii ~ 8 9 10 10 100 1 1000 8: I ~ r"-, w 0 ~ 1.0 20 10 1M 10M Hz 100M I ~ 0.8 4.0 g;:! .... 1'\ I- 3.0 <:i ~ 0.4 f\ 2.0 \ ~ 11/ 5 0.2 l/J 0 1.0 /V VzVCJ~ !'" 0.6 > ! 30 fREQUENCV - 5.0 .. ~ ....... 40 Vs - t6V TA - 26oc_ RL - lK 1.4 1.2 ~ ......... 1"- 1000 PULSE RESPONSE Vs' ±6V TA -25'C AL -lkU- 6.0 100 1.6 > r-..... lOOk 10 -- '\ FREQUENCV - MHz OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 7.0 GAIN 2 VS-±6V TA -2S'C 50 ~ 0 fREQUENCV - MHz 1-1- 1-:--.,. 0 10k 10 \' 1 COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 0 ~ 7 ~\ 20 -360 MHz , 30 ~\ Vs - t6V TA - 26°C RL ·IKIl ~ GAIN2 \11 -260 -.....".... -20 , GAIN 1 40 \\ -200 1'- 60 " -160 ~ VS-t8V TA-26oC ~.. -100 1'-. VOL TAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTIONOF FRE.QUENCY 60 ~~ -60 '1'-.. -10 PHASE SHI FT AS A F.UNCTION OF FREQUENCY -0.2 -0.4 0 1 5 10 50 FREQUENCV - 100 MHz 500 1000 -16 -10 -6 0 B 10 15 20 26 30 35 TIME-I'll 6-93 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592 ,'~lCAL CHAHACTFRlSTlC CURVES (Cont'd) 70 60 1.8 1.6 I I /V 50 40 1.2 / V 30 / 20 I-- o ~ If i I / 0.8 0.8 0.4 60 40 BO 100 120 140 160 180 200 TA-O°C/h ~ . 0 ~ is JI -0.4 -15 -10 -5 5 0 10 15 TIME -- 20 25 Vs - 35 1.00 0.98 ,ev "" 0.96 r- 20 ~~11-,- r - 10 '""""- r--. "- ~ 0.92 w W W ~ 60 40 0.2 J -0.4 -15 \~ o- I\~ \' \ ro r-- 5 10 15 TIME - ns 20 30 TA - 26'C 1.3 1.2 ...? 1.0 0.9 TA - _55°C III TA -25°C 0.7 T~ J1~5°C 0.5 0.6 V - .... V ./ - /' GI'\~Y ~ T I-" Y V I-- I-- I,,/V ~ 5 1 10 50 500 1000 100 3 MHz SUPPLY VOLTAGE - tV VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF RADJ (FIGURE 3) VOLTAGE GAIN ADJUST CIRCUIT 1000 GAIN 2 Vs - t6V ~A TA _25°C 50 RL -lkn '" 10 '\. \~ 20 1\\ 10 = ~~tc : FIGURE 3 ........... 100 ~ 30 35 0.4 FREQUENCY - 60 '\. 61!l. 1kn 51n 1k!1 ~ VS-,BV Vs - Vr -10 1 5 10 60 FREOUENCY - 100 MHz ,av ~ '1 '\.. 3V 600 1000 .01 (Pin numbers apply to K Package) FIGURE'3 8-$4 25 1.4 O.B -10 TEMPERATURE -'C GAIN VS FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE -6 -10 1.1 30 ~ 0.94 o ClAIN2 40 t----....G4/"'~ TA -JO°C VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE RL -lkn 60 0.90 30 60 r"-. r-- J GAIN VS FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE Vs-t6V "-r--: - I 0.4 nI 1.08 1.02 TA -26°C- IL V 0.6 -0.2 mV 1.10 1.04 O.B > /1 VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION.OF TEMPERATURE 1.06 RL -lkn 1.0 I -0.2 DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE - Vs"'6V 1.2 'SV Vs - '3V is / -V 20 ~ / T Vs - 'BV Vs ~ 1.4 25 A- °C _RL"lkn_ 1.0 10 GAIN 2 GAIN2 V S - '6V ..... TA -25°C GAIN 2 o PULSE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE PULSE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 01 FFERENTIAL OVERDRIVE RECOVERY TIME 1 10 100 1K RADJ-!1 10K lOOK lMn LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592 :,'~'1(~/~L CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cant'd) SUPPLY CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE OUTPUT VOLTAGE AND CURRENT SWING AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE SUPPLY CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 21 26 7.0 Vs - t6V TA _26°C TA- 26° C 20 24 I 18 r-.. ........ /" 17 .... r-... ia ,~ >- / 20 16 ~ iii 16 . . .v 12 15 / V / ~ -20 60 20 / 8 3.0 °C SUPPLY VOLTAGE - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF LOAD RESISTANCE 60 6.0 60 4.0 40 Vs - t >'&. 3.0 ~ 2.0 5 6.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 tV INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION OF SOURCE RESISTANCE UAIN2 6.0 ~ g 4.0 70 Vs - t6V TA _26°C I /" SUPPLY VOLTAGE - tV INPUT RESISTANCE AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE 7.0 ~ ~ /" ~ ,/ ... o 3 140 100 TEMPERATURE - 'z" ~ ~~~~ ~ ,;' -I ~c.\) ,/ /' 14 -80 /" ...... V ~ 19 /' ./' 30 V / 1.0 / 20 / 10 6V- V / V ./' DO 1---+-I-+1f---t-++++-+-+-I-tt---tVs - t6V TA-2II°C 10 MHz 80 1--+-+++---1f--++HI---t-+-++l--j BW - 60 H-t+f---t-t-TH-t- -l +++-+--+-+-1+--1 60 J H-Ht--IH-t+H--+-t+lI-+--+tiirt 'fI'" 4OH-H~H-t+H-t-t+lr+-+~r- --7 11 . - ./V .,."V o 10 o 60 100 600 lk LOAD RESISTANCE - 6k 10k -60 -20 0 20 140 100 60 TEMPERATURE _ " °C SOURCE RESISTANCE - " VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY (ALL GAIN SELECT PINS OPEN) V~ - t6V TA - 25°C GAIN 3 40 30 20 10 -10 V -20 V'\ ~ \ / -30 -40 / ~ -50 .01 \ / 10 100 1000 FREOUENCY - MHz 8-85 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. SE592/NE592 DISC/TAPE PHASE MODULATED READBACK SYSTEMS +5 I +6 I 8 ~2;-1 +Q 1-10 mV-p-p 1-4 MHz AMPLITUDE: FREQUENCY: ----. I I I -6 I ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR DIFFERENTlATDR/AMPLIFIER DIFFERENTIATION WITH HIGH COMMON MODE NOISE REJE'CTION FILTER NETWORKS ,-------.-.--~~-.- ZNETWORK ...- - . - . - -.. vo (s) TRANSFER ~--- FILTER ·'It;. ,+ RIL L [-'-J 4 1.4 X 10 HIGH PASS ,+ l/RC R ~---------~-------~---------- BAND PASS ~ 1.4.104 vl (s) Z(s) + 2,. 4 1.4X10 ,2 + RIL ,+ lILd L r'L-A~A~C V--YYyC~ 4 1.4 X 10 [ BAND REJECT -R- ,2 + llLC ,2 BASIC CONFIGURATION 1-- NOTE: .. - - - - - - - - IN THE NETWORKS ABOVE. THE R VALUE USED IS ASSUMED TO INCLUDE 2 OR APPROXIMATELY' 32 OHMS. 'e. J + llLC + '/Rd Z(s) + 32 6·96 1 , [ L -6 1.4.104 +6 4 1.4 X 10 [_1_] C ~I--o Vl -~ _-l..... _._T_Y_P_E._ ... -1-___ Vl_(~_~UNCTI~_ LOW PASS R ~+Q ---~----~ I READ HEAD I I -. ·"'t: FOR FREQUENCY Fl vo" 1.4X 104C ~ « 1/2 ~ (32) C ll:f:RATIONAL AMPLIFIER IPA709 !ii!lnOliC!i LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PIN CONFIGURATIONS n~ ~~(:RIPTiON The J,lA709 is a high performance monolithic operational amplifier with differential inputs. High open loop gain, high input impedance, wide input common mode and output voltage ranges plus low temperature drift enable it to be used in many applications formerly satisfied only by dis. crete amplifiers. A PACKAGE (Top View) 14 13 12 H'::ATURES 11 • OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN = 45,000 10 ±14V • OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING = ORDER PART NOS. J,lA 79 0 AlJ,lA 709CA • INPUT COMMON MODE RANGE = • DIFFERENTIAL INPUT RESISTANCE ±10V 1. NC 2. NC 3. I nput compensation A 4. I nverting input 5. Non-inverting input 6. V 7. NC 8. NC 9. Output Compensation 10. Output 11. V+ 12. I nput compensation B 13. NC 14. NC QPACKAGE =J,lA10'9 250kn J,lA109C 400kn /JiSOUJTE MAXI MUM RATI NGS Supply Voltage Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1) ±18V N5709 250 mW S5709 300 mW Differential Input Voltage ±5.0V Input Voltage ±10V Open Short-Circuit Duration (T A = 25°C) -25°C Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150o C Operating Temperature Range J,lA70.9C OOC to +750 C J,lA109 -55°C to +1250 C Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec) 300°C 1. 2. 3. 4. NC Input compensation A Inverting input Non-inverting input 5. 6. 7. V 8. V+ 9. Input compensation B Output compensation Output 10. NC ORDER PART NOS. J,lA709Q/J,lA709CQ T PACKAGE 1. 2. 3. NOTE: 0 1. Rating applied for case temperatures to + 125 C; derate o linearly at 5.6mW/ C for ambient temperatures above I nput compensation A I nverting input Non-inverting input 4. V· 5. 6. Output compensation Output 7. V+ 8. Input compensation B ORDER PART NOS. J,lA709T/J,lA709CT 0 +95 C. "\SIC CIHCUIT SCHEMATIC B INPUT COMPENSATION ~----------~----~------------~------'------4r----~~----~----~V+ INPUT COMPENSATION 0-----+-----4 ~----_+----~I_--__O OUTPUT COMPE.NSATION INVERTING INPUT 0--------1------' 6·97 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JJ.A709 L::;::mL~L r.HARACTERISTICS (T A = ±250C, Vs = ±15V (709C); ±9:S Vs .. :s ±15 (709) unless otherwise specified) J..I.A709C J..I.A709 PARAMETER UNITS TEST CONDITIONS MIN. INPUT CHARACTERISTICS Offset Voltage @ 2SoC RS ~ 10Kn, +9V,~VS~+1SV RS ~ 10Kn, ±9V Over Temperature Offset Current @ 25°C Over Temperature MAX. TYP. 1 < ±1SV MIN. MAX. TYP. 2 S 6 SO 20 200 200 100 SOO T A = +12SoC T A = -SSoC 100 T A = -SSoC INPUT RESISTANCE @ 2SoC Over Temperature INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE @ 2SoC Over Temperature 1S0 40 ±S.O VS=±1SV SOO nA nA 7S0 200 O.S SOO 1.S 400 100 mV mV nA OoC ~ T A ~ 7SoC Bias Current @ 2SoC Over Temperature 7.S ~O nA 300 1S00 nA /.IA 2S0 kn kn V V SO 3S ±S.O ±10 :!:12 ±14 n V ±10 ±13 V ±10 OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS / Resistance @ 2SoC Voltage Swing RL~10Kn Over Temperature Vs = ±1SV, RL~ 10Kn ±12 ±14 Vs = ±1SV, RL~ 2Kn ±10 ±13 1S0 1S0 RL~2kn POWER CONSUMPTION TRANSIENT RESPONSE (Figure 1) Rise Time Overshoot LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN @250C Over Temperature COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO@250C Over Temperature SUPPLY VOLTAGE REJECTION RATIO@250C Over Temperature AVERAGE TEMPERATURE Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage V SO 165 SO 200 mW 0.3 10 1.0 30 0.3 10 1.0 30 /.IW % Vs = +1SV V in = 10mV, RL = 2Kn C ~ 100 pF L RL~25Kn: V RL~2SKn, V out out = ±10V = .±10V 25,000 4S,000 70,000 RS~10Kn 1S,000 45,000 V!V 12,000 V!V 65 RS~ 10Kn 70 90 25 150 RS~ 10Kn dB 90 dB 25 RS~10Kn 200 /.IV!V /.IV!V RS = 50n 3.0 /.IV/oC RS~10Kn 6.0 /.IV/oC 10k 6-98 V 10k Si!lDotiCS DIffERENTIAL VOLTAGE COMPARATOR ipA710 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The~A'710 is a High Speed Differential Voltage Comparator featuring low offset voltage, high sensitivity and a wide input voltage range. It is ideally suited for use as a pulse height discriminator, an analog comparator or a digital line receiver. The output structure of the ~A710 is compatible with DTL, TTL and Uti logic integrated circuits. The ~A 710 is specified for operation over the MIL temperature range of -55°C to +125°C. The ~A710C is specified for operation over the commercial/industrial temperature range of O°C to +75°C. A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. NC Ground Non-I nvertlng Input Inverting Input 5. NC rEATURE:S • • FAST RESPONSE - 40ns HIGH SENSITIVITY - 1.7V/mv • LOW OFFSET VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT _. 3.5~V/oC • 6. HIGH INPU1i VOLTAGE RANGE - ±5.0V v+ ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Positive Supply Voltage Negative Supply Voltage Peak Output Current Differential Input Voltage Input Voltage Internal Power Dissipation (Note 4) TO-99 TO-91 Operating Temperature Range ~A710 ~A7'10C Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec) +14.0V -7.0V 10mA ±5.0V ±7.0V ORDER PART NOS. ~710A/~710CA QPACKAGE 300mW 200mW 1. 2. 3. 4. -55°C to +125°C O°C to +75°C _65°C to +150°C 300°C CIBCUIT SCHEMATIC Ground Non-I nverting Input Inverting Input NC v- 5. 6. Output 7. NC v+ 8. 9. NC Maximum Ratings are limiting values above which serviceability may ba impaired. ~ASIC v- 7. NC 8. NC 9. Output 10. NC 11. 12. NC 13. NC .14. NC 10. NC ORDER PART NOS. ~710Q/~710CJ. T PACKAGE r--,----..,.---,--ov. 1. Ground 2. Non-I nverting Input 3: Inverting Input 4. 5. NC 6. NC 7. Output v- 8. ORDER PART NOS. v+ ~710T/~710CT 6·99 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA710 ;~,u;eTRlCAl CHARACTERISTICS (Note 1) (Standard Conditions: T Ar= +25°C, V+ = 12V, V- = -6.0V unless otherwise specified) PARAMETERS Input Offset Voltage RS~200n Input Offset Current TYP MIN TEST CONDITIONS iJA710 iJA710C 0.6 1.6 2.0 5.0 mV Note 3 0.75 1.8 3.0 5.0 /.lA /.lA Voltage Gain 1250 1000 Output Resistance [N in ;;;'5mV, V out = 0 Response Time 2.0 1.6 Note 2 Except as noted, the following specifications apply over the temperature ranges of: Input Offset Voltage RS~200n Average Temperature Coefficient RS - 50n, T A of Input Offset Voltage RS Input Offset Current TA =,50n, T A RS - 50n, T A =+125 OC TA z 13 16 1700 1500 200 200 20 n mA 40 ns 40 -55°C ~T A ~+1250C for the S5710 OoC ~T A ~ +75 0C for the N5710 Note 3 3.0 3.5 10 ~ +25°C to -55°C 2.7 10 = OOC to +76°C 0.26 3.0 1.8 7.0 T A • OoC to +75°C of Input Offset Current T A • +26°C to -55°C Input Bias Current p.V/oC 7.5 6.0 /.lA /.lA /.lA nA/oC nA/oC 25 15 76 T A • +25°C to +75°C 15 50 T A = +25 0 C to OOC 24 100 /.lA/oC /.lA/oC 40 /.lA /.lA TA = -55°C 27 = OOC V- = -7.0V ±5.0 RS ~200n 80 70 ±5.0 ±5.0 TA Input Common Mode Voltage 6.5 20 5 Note 3 -65°C T A = +25 0C to +125 OC 25 2.5 = +25 0C to +125°C Average Temperature Coefficient UNITS Note 3 Input Bias Current Output Sink Current MAX iJA710, 1iJA71OC iJA710 iJA710C 45 25 V ±5.0 Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio Differential Input Voltage Range Voltage Gain 1000 Positive Output Level IJ.v in ;;;'5mV, 0~lout~5.0mA Negative Output Level IJ.v in ;;;'5mV Output Sink Current T A" +125°C, IJ.v in ;;;'5ma, V out = 0 T A = -55°C,IJ.V in ;;;'5mV, V out " 0 TA = O~C to +75 0C,IJ.V in ;;;'5mV, V out Positive Supply Current Vout~O Negative Supply Current Power Consumption (Recommended Operating Supply Voltages: V+ = 12V, V- = -6V) NOTES: 1. All voltages are referenced to pin F. 2. The response time spacified is measured with a 100mV input step, and a 5mV overdrive. 3. Input Offset Voltage and Input Offset Current are specified for output voltage levels of: J,lA710 J,lA710C 1.8V at -55°C 1.5V at OOC 0 1.4V at +25 C 1.4V at +25 0 C 1.0V at +125 0 C 1.2V at +75 0 C 4. Rating applies for temperatures up to: J,lA710 - +125 0 C J,lA710C - +76°C 6·100 dB 98 800 2.5 2.5 3.2 3.2 -1.0 -1.0 -0.5 -0.5 0.5 4.0 4.0 0 0 V V mA 1.7 1.0 =0 100 mA 2.3 mA 0.5 5.2 5.2 9.0 9.0 4.6 4.6 7.0 7.0 90 90 150 150 mA mA mW llUAL VOLTAGE COMPARATOR ,pA711 Gi!lDntiCG --------------------------------------------------------~ ; LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The JlA711 High Speed Dual Voltage Comparator features low offset voltage, high sensitivity and a wide input voltage range. It is ideal for use as a bi-directional limit detector in automatic test equipment. INV. INPUT NON-INV. INPUT OUTPUT Due to fast response and strobe control capabilities the JlA711 performs well as a sense amplifier in core memory systems. INV. INPUT 2 NON-INV. INPUT 2 The JlA711 is specified over the-military temperature range of -55°C to +12SoC. The JlA711 is specified over the commercial/industrial temperature range of O°C to +75°C. A PACKAGE (Top View) 14 t:EATURES 13 • FAST RESPONSE - 40n5 • • HIGH SENSITIVITY - 1.5V/mV LOW OFFSET VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT - 5JlVtC • HIGH INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE - ±5.0V 12 11 10 ,8 /\BSOLUTIE MAXIMUM RATINGS Positive Supply Voltage Negative Supply Voltage Peak Output Current Differential Input Voltage Input Voltage Internal Power Dissipation (Note 4) TO-99 Operating Temperature Range JlA711 JlA711C Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec) +14.0V -7.0V 50mA ±5.0V ±l.OV ORDER PART NOS. Jl.A 711A/JlA 711CA Maximum ratings are limiting values above which serviceability may be Impaired. 11. v+ 12. Ground 13. Strobe 1 14. NC K PACKAGE 1- Ground 2. Strobe 1 3. Inverting Input 1 4. Non-Inverting Input 1 300mW _55°e to +125°e oOe to +75°C _65°C to +150°C 300°C 1. NC 2. Inverting Input 1 3. Non-Inverting Input 1 4. v5. Non-Inverting Input 2 6. Inverting Input 2 7. NC 8. NC 9. Strobe 2 10. Output 6. v6. Non-Inverting Input 2 7. Inverting Input 2 ORDER PART NOS. J.1A711 K/J.1A711CK 8. Strobe 2 9. Output 10. v+ ",t\S!C CIBCUIT SCHEMATIC .--.----..---+--r-t--+-...---.---..---_v· '----+---oNON-INVERTINl1 INPUT 2 8·101 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JLA711 TRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Note 1) (Standard Conditions: T A = +25°C, V+ = 12.0V, V- = -6.0V unless otherwise specified) PARAMETERS Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current MIN TEST CONDITIONS J.IA 711 711C fJA711 711C UNITS 1.0 1.0 3.5 5.0 mV V out = +1 AV, RS ~ 200n 1.0 1.0 5.0 7.5 mV V out = +lAV 0.5 0.5 10.0 15.0 J.IA J.IA Voltage Gain 750 Response Time 700 Note 2 Strobe Release Time V- = -7.0V Differential Input Voltage Range ±5.0 ±5.0 ±5.0 ±5.0 Output Resistance Positive Output Level fJA711 V out = +lAV, RS ~ 200n, V cm = 0 Input Bias Current Input Common Mode Voltage Range MAX TVP 711C 25 25 1500 1500 40 40 ns 12 12 ns V in >10mV Yin > lOmV, 10 = 5mA V 4.5 4.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 -0.5 -0.5 Negative Output Level V in >10mV -1.0 -1.0 Strobed Output Level Vstrobe <0.3V -1.0 -1.0 Output Sink Current Yin >10mV, Vout>O 0.5 0.5 Strobe Current Vstrobe = 100mV 1.2 1.2 Positive Supply Current Vout~O 8.6 8.6 3.9 3.9 Power Consumption 0.8 130 The following specifications apply over the temperature ranges of: n 200 2.5 Negative Supply Current 100 V 200 Loaded Positive Output Level 75 5.0 5.0 V 0 0 V 0 0 130 V mA 0.8 2.5 2.5 mA mA mA 200 200 mW -55°C ~T A ~+125°C for the J.lA711 OOC ~ T A ~ + 75°C for the J.lA711C Input Offset Voltage RS ~200n, V cm = 0, Note 3 RS~200n Input Offset Current Note 3 Input Bias Current Temperature Coefficient of Input 5.0 Offset Voltage Voltage Gain Recommended Operating Supply Voltages: V+ = 12V, V- = -6V NOTES: 1. All voltages are referenced to pin 1. 2. The response time specified is for a 100mV input step, with a 5mV overdrive. 3. The Input Offset Voltage and Input Offset Current are specified for a logic threshold voltage of: 1.BV at OOC. J.lA711 J.lA711C 1.BV at OOC 1.5V at OOC 0 1.4V at +25 C l.4V at +25 0 C 1.0V at +125 0 C 1.2V at +75 0 C 4. Rating applies for temperatures up to: J.lA711 - +125 0 C 0 J.lA711C - +75 C 6·102 500 500 5.0 4.5 6.0 mV 6.0 10.0 mV 20 25 150 150 J.IA J.IA j1V/oC ~';:ECISION Si!lDotiCS VOLTAGE REGULATOR pA723 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Jt::5CRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The J.1A723 is a Monolithic Precision Voltage Regulator capable of operation in positive or negative supplies as A PACKAGE (Top View) II series, shunt, switching or floating regulator. The J.1A723 contains a temperature compensated reference amplifier, 14 error amplifier, series pass transistor, and current limiter, 13 with access to remote shutdown. 12 11 1. 2. 3. 4. NC Current Limit Current Sense Inverting Input 5. Noninverting Input 6. VREF V- 7. ;:"~J:ATURES 10 II POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE SUPPLY OPERATION II SERIES, SHUNT, SWITCHING OR OPERATION .01% LINE AND LOAD REGULATION II FLOATING II OUTPUT VOLTAGE ADJUSTABLE FROM 2 TO 37 VOLTS II OUTPUT CURRENT TO 150mA WITHOUT EXTERNAL PASS TRANSISTOR 8. NC 9. V z 10. 11. 12. 13. 14 V out Vc V+ Frequency Compensation NC ORDER PART NOS. J.1A723A/J.1A723CA L PACKAGE :.,HHVALENT CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Current Sense Inverting Input Noninverting Input VREF 5. V6. V ou.t 7. Vc 8. V+ 9. Frequency Compensation 10. Current Limit FREQUENCY COMPENSATION \1. v' \~ ORDER PART NOS. J.1A723L/J.1A723CL J\BSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS J.1A723 .'~ CURRENT SENSE ~~~I~~ER ~~~I~~:T q -: Vz J.1A723C Pulse Voltage from SOV V+ to V- (SOms) Continuous Voltage from V+ to V- 40V 40V Input-Output Voltage Differential 40V 40V Maximum Output Current lS0mA lS0mA Current from VREF lSmA Current from V z 2SmA I nternal Power Dissipation (Note 1) 800mW 800mW Operating Temperature Range -55 to +12SoC Storage Temperature -6SoC to +150°C -6SoC to +lS0°C Range Lead Temperature 300°C 300°C 6-103 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. IlA723/723C " nn~AL CHf~RACTEn!~Tl[$ PARAMETER (See definitions) MIN (T A = 25°C unless otherwise specified - Note 1) TYP MAX CONDITIONS UNITS J..IA723C Line Regulation (Note 2) 0.Q1 0.1 0.1 0.5 %V out % V out Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V Vin = 12V to Yin = 40V Load Regulation (Note 2) Ripple Rejection 0.03 74 86 0.2 % V out dB dB IL = 1mA to IL = 50mA f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF rnA V /.tV rms /.tV rms Rsc = 10n, V out = 0 Short Circuit Current Limit Reference Voltage Output Noise Voltage 6.80 . Long Term Stability Standby Current Drain Input Voltage Range Output Voltage Range Input-Output Voltage Differential The Following Specifications Apply Over the Operating Temperature Ranges 65 7.15 20 2.5 0.1 2.3 9.5 2.0 3.0 Line Regulation Load Regulation Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 7.50 0.003 0.1 4.0 40 37 BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF 38 %/1000 hrs. rnA V V V 0.3 0.6 % V out %V out 0.015 %/oC Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V IL = 1mA to IL = SOmA IL = 0, Yin = 30V J..IA723 Line Regulation (Note 2) 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.2 %V out %V out Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V Yin = 12V to Yin -40V Load Regulation (Note 2) Ripple Rejection 0.03 74 86 0.15 %V out dB dB f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF Short Circuit Current Limit Reference Voltage Output Noise Voltage Long Term Stability Standby Current Drain Input Voltage Range Output Voltage Range Input-Output Voltage Differential The Following Specifications Apply Over the Operating Temperature Ranges Line Regulation Load Regulation Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 6.95 65 7.15 7.35 20 2.5 0.1 2.3 = 1mA to IL = 50mA rnA V RSC = 10n, V out = 0 /.tV rms /.tV rms BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 0 BW = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, CREF = 5/.tF 9.5 2.0 3.5 40 37 3.0 38 %/1000 hrs rnA V V V 0.3 0.6 %V out % V out 0.015 %/oC 0.002 IL IL=O,Vin=30V Yin = 12V to Yin = 15V IL = 1mA to IL = SOmA NOTES 1. Unless otherwise specified, TA - 26°C, Vin = V+ - Vc - 12V, V- = OV, V out = 6V, IL = 1mA, Asc = 0, C1 = 100pF, CAEF = 0 and divider impedance as seen by error amplifier <; 10kn when connected as shown in Figure 3. 6·104 2. The load and line regulation specifications are for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken Into account separately when tha unit is operating under conditions of high dissipation. LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA723/723C ; Y!=lICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT VOLTAGE ~t--. !::~-c ...~~~ 1,.),",,1 l~ '0 IIITM'IMlCW LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS WITH CURRENT LIMITING VOU1·r.V,VIfIj'·UY "sc ....1 r-- 'srJi"~""1OmW ~.'''~CAN'ACI(AOI :or ". ." ........ ,\ \ ~~ \ ~ f-- \ - ~~ V ,r., 1:00< ~ 1"-.'· . ,,,1 - ' ~r MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT·OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL ' .... Jlfe ' ..... 12II'C , \ -- N~ \ ~ ~::::::.. 'A"~ ~ ~ ........ ~ ..... ~~ ../ r ..... :n6c ' ..... 10'\:: ~ ~V V z..r-'< / r ..... 1Wc f-- \"" .-- \ .,/1 - ,.-'.11 • .,., ~ ;" ..... \~ \~ I \~ IVin - Voutl-V CURRENT LIMITING CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF JUNCTION TEMPERATURE f-- r-- ~ MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS WITHOUT CURRENT LIMITING I I,,,..,.,.... ~ ....... N.~ (/*,:~C.IJZ:;:;- VE:~~- I-- I--t--+---t--t--+--+-,.,. .,.:~::;:::,IW I--t--+---t--t--+--+ ::~'::''':~I f-- "'II~ ~ ~ ...... LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE - IV,n - V~al :::;~~ V I-- :::::::... .:::-- ~ ------ ~ ~ ~ KV"' " JUNeTIO'" TEMPERATURE _·C ....... ~~ -r- ......""T""'j':::::- r-_ 'r '" LV /' 65:a - -... r~~ ~ ........ ~ ......:; ~ ~i'. - V LINE REGULATION AS A FUNCTION OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT IMPEDANCE AS A FUNCTI9N OF _-::R~QUENCY \ I \ .."",,.u... \ Iu ""'" ~ VIN"IIV, "OUT"IV -:..-- ., --~ ~ :?c."",+--+--+-+---'1r---+-+--I TIME-", 8·105 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA723/723C fYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) LOAD REGULATION ASA FUNCTION OF INPUT·OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE .!..,-~... CURRENT LIMITING CHARACTE R ISTICS ·;::::::vL I--+--+-+-+-----+--+ ~:~,."." •• ~ I I--+--+--+-+-+-- t------ -- --t--t------ 11.2 t-- y::,~::;!V fiSC· 1011 TIME -~I ;sASIC J1A723 REGULATOR APPLICATIONS REMOTE SHUTDOWN REGULATOR WITH CURRENT LIMITING (Vout = 2 to 7 Volts) HIGH VOLTAGE REGULATOR (Vout = 7 to 37 Volts) .. R3 - R1 R2 R1 + R2 for minimum temperature drift R3 may be eliminated for minimum component count FIGURE 1 6·106 FIGURE 2 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA723/723C ~lASIC Jl.A723 REGULATOR APPLICATIONS (Cont'd.) LOW VOLTAGE REGULATOR (V out = 2 to 7 Volts) NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR V'N V'N ., .... , V out = ~ R3 = R2 REF R1 + R~ -- X --2 R1 t for minimum temperature drift + R2 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITING REGULATOR (Vout =2 to 7 Volts) VREF ·oc VOUT ., REGUL"TED OUTPUT ·3 Vz .. ·2 ~ ISHORTCCT o~~----~--~~~---L~ o ":" 10 20 30 40 50 60 ":" ":" OUTPUT CURRENT IN mA V OUT ISC ~----~----~-------- ·1 VSENSE (IKNEE-1SHORTCCT) ISHORT CKT ~ [VSENSE Rsc FIGURE 5 6-107 stgnotics :jJ~ffRHf!iAl VIDEO AMPLIFIER UA733 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ~CHIPTtON P!N CONfiGURATiONS The 733 is a monolithic differential input, differential output, wideband video amplifier. It offers fixed gains of 10,100 or 400 without external components, and adjustable gains from 10 to 400 by the use of an external resistor. No external frequency compensation components are required for any gain option. Gain stability, wide bandwidth and low phase distortion are obtained through use of the classic series-shunt feedback from the emitter follower outputs to the inputs of the second stage. The emitter follower outputs provide low output impedance, and enable the device to drive capacitive loads. The 733 is intended for use as a high performance video and pulse amplifier in communications, magnetic memories, display and video recorder systems. A & I PACKAGE 1. Input 2 2. NC 3. G Gain Salect 2B 4. G 1 B Gain Salect 14 13 5. V 6. NC 12 7. Output 2 8. Output 1 9. NC 10. V+ 11 11. G Gain Sal act 1A Gain Salact 2A 13. NC 14. Input 1 10 12. G ORDER PART NOS. J.l.A733A1 J.l.A733 I I J.l.A733CI J.l.A733CAI iEJ\TURES • 120 MHz BANDWIDTH • 250kil INPUT RESISTANCE K PACKAGE 1. Input 1 2. Input 2 • SELECTABLE GAINS OF 10,100 and 400 • 3. G Gain Selact 2B 4. G 1 B Gain Salect NO FREQUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED YiOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 5. V- Differential Input Voltage Common Mode Input Voltage VCC Output Current Junction Temperature Storage Temperature Range Operation Temperature Range 6. Output 2 ±SV ±6V ±8V NOTE; Pin 5 connected to case. Thermal Resistance (8 J-A' Junction to Ambient for each package): A Package I Package K Package Power Dissipation O°C to + 7SoC -S6°C to + 7SoC J.1.A733C J.1.A733 9. G 1 A Gain Selact 10. G Gain Selact 2A ORDER PART NOS. J.l.A 733 K/J.l.A 733C K 10mA +1S0°C -65°C to +1S0°C c:"IC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC r---~----------~------~----~----~~------~~V+ ". 10kn INPUT 1 INPUT 2 G'A G,S) G2A °2B GAIN SELECT t-------+---o OUTPUT, GAIN OUTPUT 2 SELECT ( "'4 4000 L---~--------~--------~---------+-------4--ov- 6·108 7. Output 1 8. V+ O.16°C/mW 0.1O°C/mW O. 14SoC/mW SOOmW LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. tJA733/tJA733C .'- .':LTRIGAL CHARACTERISTICS Standard Conditions (T A PARAMETERS TEST CONDITIONS = +25°C, Vs = ±V, VCM = 0 unless otherwise specified) 1JA733C MIN TVP 1JA733 MAX MIN TVP MAX UNITS Differential Voltage Gain Gain 1 Gain 2 RI = 2kn, V out = 3V p_p Gain 3 Note 1 250 400 600 300 400 500 Note 2 80 100 120 90 100 110 10 12 10 11 Note 3 8.0 9.0 Bandwidth Gain 1 Note 1 40 40 MHz Gain 2 Note 2 90 90 MHz Gain 3 Note 3 120 120 MHz Rise Time Gain 1 Gain 2 V out = 1V p-p Note 1 10.5 Note 2 4.5 Note 3 2.5 Gain 3 ns 10.5 12 4.5 10 ns ns 2.5 Propagation Delay Gain 1 Gain 2 V out = 1V p-p Note 1 7.5 Note 2 6.0 Note 3 3.6 Gain 3 7.5 10 6.0 ns 10 ns 3.6 ns 4.0 kn Input Resistance Gain 1 Note 1 Gain 2 Note 2 Gain 3 Note 3 Input Capacitance Gain 2 4.0 10 30 250 2.0 Note 2 Input Offset Current 0.4 Input Bias Current 9.0 Input Noise Voltage 20 BW = 1 kHz to 10 MHz kn 250 kn pF 2.0 5.0 0.4 9.0 30 12 Input Voltage Range 30 3.0 20 12 IJA J.l.V rms ±1.0 ±1.0 J.lA V Common Mode Rejection R.atio Gain 2 VCM=±1V,f~100kHz Gain 2 V CM = ±1 V, F = 5 MHz 60 86 60 60 86 dB 60 dB 70 dB Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Gain 2 b..V S = ±O.5V 50 70 50 Output Offset Voltage Gain 1 RL =00 Gain 2 and 3 Output Common Mode Note 1 0.6 1.5 0.6 1.5 V Notes 2,3 0.35 1.5 0.35 1.0 V 3.4 2.4 2.9 3.4 V 4.0 RL =00 2.4 2.9 RL = 2k 3.0 4.0 3.0 3.6 2.5 Voltage Output Voltage Swing Output Sink Current 2.5 Output Resistance Power Supply Current 20 RL =00 18 3.6 mA 20 24 18 n 24 mA. Recommended Operating Supply Voltages (VS = ±6.0V) NOTES 1. Gain select pins G 1 A and G 1 B connected together. 2. Gain select pins G 2A and G connected together. 2B 3. All gain select pins open. 6·109 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. Jl.A733/Jl.A733C J t~T Cl RCU!T~~ (T A = 25°C unless otherwise specified) 51ll 51ll \''1' CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES PHASE SHIFT AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY PHASE SHIFT AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY VoLTAGE GAIN ASA FUNC1'IOr)l OF FREQUENCY 60 I'" "- GAIN 2 VS"":!6V TA -26"C ", -15 TA -25"C 50 ~f- ":t-, r\ r\ ~\ -150 ['." '\\' -200 "- ~ -250 " -20 (0 -300 9 10 1 6 10 50 FREQUENCY - COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY (0 -e. ;(01 ... _ ~~1 -350 o FREQUENCY -- MHz 100 10 I-- ............ ~ .... ::> § TA -26"C 1.2 ..... 4.0 , ~ 3.0 ~tf5'" W~ (J / z 0.8 '6. t-... 50 Vs ""±6V TA -25"C 1-1"---. 10 FREQUENCY - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY VS' ,6V 80 o 5, 500 1000 MHz GAIN 2 - ~ I-- 7.0 100 90 VS-!6V ~, -100 " '- -10 -25 ~ -60 Hz 100M o 1 5 10 50 FREQUENCY - 100 MHz 600 1000 -0.4 -16 -10 -5 10 15 TIME -ns 20 26 30 35 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA7331IlA733C :'~{PICAl CHARACTERISTIC CUBVES (Cont'd.) 01 FFERENTIAL OVERDRIVE RECOVERY TIME 1.6 70 1.6 VS .. ,6V 60 t- 1.2 /;/ 1.0 40 V 30 / 20 o / o ~ 20 ./ 40 ~ 0.6 >- 0.4 ~ / ~ y 0.8 TA-25°C 1.4 Vs -,8V- RL -lkn 1.2 1.0 TA-O°C" SO 100 120 140 160 ISO 200 / 70°C -0.4 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 -0.4 -15 -10 5 -5 10 15 20 25 30 35 VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE GAIN VS FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE 60 1.4 VS·±6V TA = 25°C RL -lkn - GAIN2 50 '"-,"'- __ t-... 1.1 "'C--r- '" "'" 0.94 0,92 '10 20 30 40 ~I~ \~ 50 TEMPERATURE - 20 °c \' - " 60 \ TA - _55°C I II TA = 25°C Tl·ll~5°C GAIN VS FREQUENCY AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE r- <>~ O.S -10 70 ~ 0.9 ~~ 10 ~ GAIN a 1.0 30 GAIN3- 0.96 o ./ 1.2 40 0.9S ~ 0.7 -/' -'" ./ -V -- ./ / 0.6 - / 0.5 0.4 1 5 10 50 FREQUENCY - 100 500 1000 3 ,y SUPPLY VOLTAGE MHz VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF RADJ (FIGURE 3) VOLTAGE GAIN ADJUST CIRCUIT 1000 60 50 40 - TIME -ns VS ='6V 0.90 c---- J ns TIME - mV 1.10 1.00 j 0.2 1.0S 1.02 --- 0.4 -0.2 VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE 1,04 '1 III flTA - 0.6 -0.2 60 TA -25°C- t--- - O.S VS·±3V /I! .I / DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE - 1.06 RL -lkn VS~'6VI ~ 5 GAIN 2 VS·±8V GAIN2 I I 1.4 TA " 25°C GAIN 2 50 10 PULSE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE PULSE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE GAIN 2 V TA = 25°C TA _25°C S .. t 6V RL -lkn 1·---- " '\~ "" 30 \\ 10 ~ " Bin 1 5 10 50 FREQUENCY - 100 MHz "- Vs"SV ~- 500 1000 ...... "'- VS"'±6V Vf~±r -10 1\ (Pin numbers apply to K Package) FIGURE 3 10 10 "- ..... lk 100 I-10k Radj - n 6·111 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. p.A733/p.A733C lvrlCAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cant'd.) SUPPLY CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE OUTPUT VOLTAGE AND CURRENT SWING AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE SUPPLY CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 28 21 7.0 TA _25°C VS-±6V TA "'26°C a: 20 0 24 ,IV 19 -~ 18 /'" ....... 17 r-..... ~ r--.. 16 / 16 ~ ~ ;...--- SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ±V INPUT RESISTANCE AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF LOAD RESISTANCE 6.0 2.0 3.0 SUPPL Y VOLTAGE - ~t.¥o'\ ~ V V ,,/' ./.,j o °C 7.0 3.0 ~ 3 140 100 ~ ~ / 8 -20 4.0 0 ./ 14 -60 ~ > ..IV 12 15 V 5.0 / 20 6.0 0 20 100 60 TEMPERATURE _ °C 140 SOURce RESISTANCE - !l !i!!lDotiC!i fEY INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERIPA740 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) The J,lA740 is a special purpose high performance operational amplifier utilizing a FET input stage for high input impedance and low input current. TPACKAGE The device features internal compensation, standard pinout, wide differential and common mode input voltage range, high slew rate and high output drive capability. FEATURES • 0.1 nA INPUT BIAS CURRENT • INPUT AND OUTPUT PROTECTION • OFFSET NULL CAPABILITY • INTERNALLY COMPENSATED 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Offset Null 6. Output 7. V+ • 6V/J,lsec SLEW RATE • STANDARD PINOUT • NO LATCH UP Offset Null Inverting Input Non-inverting Input V- 8. NC ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATING Supply Voltage Differential I nput Voltage Range Common Mode Input Voltage Range Power Dissipation (Note 1) Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Solder, 60 sec) Output short Circuit Duration (Note 2) ±22V ±30V ±Vs 500mW O°C to +70° C -65°C to +150° C 300°C Indefinite ORDER PART NOS. J,lA740T/J,lA74QCT TEST CIRCUITS OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT 1. Rating ~pPlies for ~ase temperatures to +25°~; derate linearly at 6.5mW/ C for ambient temperatures above 75 C. 2. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies to +125°C case temperature or +75°C ambient temperature. v· EQUIVALENT CI RCUIT ~------~----~---------r~v+ VOLTAGE FOLLQWER CIRCUIT OUTPUT 8in 8·113 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. J,tA740 :::lECTRICAl CHARACTERISTICS (V s PARAMETER = ±15 V, T C = 25°C unless otherwise specified) TEST CONDITIONS Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Current (either input) Input Resistance Large Signal Voltage Gain Output Resistance Output Short·Circuit Current Supply Current Power Consumption Slew Rate Unity Gain Bandwidth Transient Response (Unity Gain) Risetime Overshoot The following specifications apply for O°C .,;; T A .,;; +70°C Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Large Signal Voltage Gain Output Voltage Swing MIN RS";; 100 kn MAX TYP 30 60 0.1 1,000,000 1,000,000 75 20 4.2 126 6.0 1.0 R L ;;' 2kn, V out = ±10V 2.0 3.0 240 R L ;;' 10 kn R L ;;' 2 kn OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY ±12 ±10 % ±12 80 70 500,000 ±14 ±13 30 60 1.1 V db /J.VIV 10 OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 1'\ 1'\ ~ - -~-- 6·114 '\ ........ ~ \ 1 \ \ ~ \ o n mA mA mW V//J.s MHz ns 300 10 fYPICAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES \ mV pA nA Mn C L .,;; 100 pF, RL = 2 kn, V in = 100 mV Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Current (either input) '\ UNITS '\ '\ \ V V mV pA nA D[Dt'ORMAIiCE R 11 L uPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER !ii!lDotiC!i :UiiilH ]~ni! liLR! PA741 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS +SCRIPTtON The J,lA741 is a high performance operational amplifier with high open loop· gain, internal compensation, high common mode range and exceptional temperature stability. The JlA741 is short-circuit protected and allows for nulling of offset voltage. i PIN CONFIGURATIONS A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. ". Eft\TUR ES· • INTERNAL FREQUENCY COMPENSATION • SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION • ' OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY • EXCELLENT TEMPERATURE STABILITY • HIGH INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE • NO LATCH·UP ,G:;OLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS J,lA741C ±18V Supply Voltage' Internal Power 500mW Dissipation (Note 1) ±30V Differential Input Voltage ±15V Input Voltage (Note 2) Voltage between Offset Null and V±0.5V J,lA741 ±22V TPACKAGE 500mW ±30V ±15V ±0.5V Offset Null I nverting Input Non-I nvertlog Input V- 5. 6. 7. 8. Offset Null Output V+ NC V PACKAGE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Offset Null Inv. Input Non-Inv. Input VOffset Null 6. Output 7. V+ 8. NC ;.~~~icP8~~ :~;l~~et ~~~e:r~~-:;::s ~~~~: +~~~~ate linearly at voltage Is equal to the supply voltage. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies to +1250 C case temperature or +7SoC ambient temperature. 1. 2. 3. 4. ORDER PART NOS. 'J,lA741 T/J,lA741 CT 2. For supply voltagas less than ±15V. the absolute maximum input a. Output V+ NC NC NC ORDER PART NO. J,lA741CA ° Notes 1. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Indefinite Indefinite NC 8. NC 9. Offset Null Operating Temperature OOC to +70°C -55°C to +125°C Range Storage Temperature -65°C to +150°C -65°C to +150°C Range Lead Temperature (Solder, 60 sec) Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 3) NC NC Offset Null Inv. Input Non-Inv. Input V- ORDER PART NO. J,lA741CV nVALENT CIRCUIT NON-INVERTING INPUT 3 Rg 25U OUTPUT RlO 50U <--_ _r 020 4 V- 6·115 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ~A741 ... i~C fBiCAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vs = ±15V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise specified) PARAMETER MIN. MAX. TYP. TEST CONDITIONS UNITS J,lA741C Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Resistance I nput Capacitance Offset Voltage Adjustment Range Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Large-Signal Voltage Gain Output Voltage Swing Output Resistance Output Short-Circuit Current Supply Current Power Consumption Transient Response (unity gain) Risetime Overshoot Slew Rate The following specifications apply for O°C -.; T A -.; +70°C Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Large-Signal Voltage Gain Output Voltage Swing 0.3 ±12 70 20,000 ±12 ±10 2.0 20 80 2.0 1.4 ±15 ±13 90 10 200,000 ±14 ±13 75 25 1.4 50 6.0 200 500 150 2.8 85 V V n mA mA mW p.s % V!p.s 0.3 5.0 0.5 7.5 300 800 15,000 ±10 mV nA nA Mn pF mV V dB p.V!V ±13 RS -.; 10kn RS -.; RS -.; RL;;;' R L ;;;. RL;;;' 10kn 10kn 2kn, V out = ±10V 10kn 2kn Vin = 20mV, RL = 2kn, C L -.; 100pF R L ;;;' 2kn mV nA nA V R L ;;;. 2kn, V out = ±10V R L ;;;' 2kn J,lA741 Input Offset Voltage I nput Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Resistance Input Capacitance Offset Voltage Adjustment Range Large-Signal Voltage Gain Output Resistance Output Short Circuit Current Supply Current Power Consumption Transient Response (unity gain) Risetime Overshoot Slew Rate The following specifications apply for-55°C -.; T A -.; +125°C Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current 0.3 50,000 Supply Current Power Consumption 6-116 5.0 200 500 2.8 85 ±12 70 25,000 ±12 ±10 1.0 7.0 20 0.03 0.3 ±13 90 10 ±14 ±13 1.5 2.0 45 45 mV nA nA Mn pF mV n mA mA mW p.s % V!p.s 0.3 5.0 0.5 Input Bias Current Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio Supply Voltage Refection Ratio Large-Signal Voltage Gain Output Voltage Swing 1.0 10 80 2.0 1.4 ±15 200,000 75 25 1.4 50 6.0 200 500 0.5 1.5 150 mV nA nA p.A iJ.A V dB p.V!V 2.5 3.3 75 100 V V mA mA mW mW RS -.; 10kn R L ;;;' 2kn, V out = ±10V V in = 20mV, RL = 2kn, C L -.; 100pF R L ;;;' 2kn RS TA TA TA TA -.; 10k~ =+125 C = _55°C = +125°C = _55°C RS -.; 10kn RS -.; 10kn R L ;;;' 2kn, V out = ±10V R L ;;;' 10kn R L ;;;' 2kn T A = +125°C TA =_55°C T A = +125°C T A = -55°C LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ~A741 !VP!CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 40 -55'C'; TA'; +125'C / 32 28 t--. V 24 20 16 t--- / 12 ./ / r----- V_ 10 5 15 20 40 ! ./ / o 15 20 10 5 10.0 .I 20 15 SUPPLY VOLTAGE tv INPUT OFFSET CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE INPUT RESISTANCE AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE I--+---l----I---I-+-+--+---+---f-.Vs-t15V ./ V V" V 20 SUPPLY VOLTAGE tV INPUT BIAS CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE I Vs - ±15V 5.0 3.0 - -- 60 0: 10 5 SUPPLY VOLTAGE tV 300 § / o ~--- z i V -t--- o ---- - - - r------ ~ L~ LI' TA'. 25'C 80 / 6 100 /' / r----- V POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE ,,-- 16 Q _55°C ~ TA':;;; +126 C RL .. 2kn 36 INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE t-- ..--+~-+_-+--t-~-t---l / 0 V ~ L ~ "..- .... 30 t---t----+---+--+_ 20 f---t----+_-+--+---+----t ....... 1 200 r---f-----rf--. o. 5t-- - ---~---+--+----1-----1-+--+- < -~- f--- loof---~-f--+~f--+-~-+--+-~ 101--+--+--+--+--+----4 o. 3 -r-r-r--_ -- o. 1 TEMPERATURE -60 -20 'c INPUT OFFSET CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 20 60 100 140 SUPPLY VOLTAGE tV POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF LOAD RESISTANCE 140 r-"'--""1lr,"'-,1-,--,--,-r--r---r--, Vs - t15V ~r-'------rr-r--r-r-,,~ 26 24 70 120f--t-~-t----i----+--+--t--·-t-- - -- 100 80--' 1-- -~--- Vs - t15V TA-25'C )" __ v,./-+--- -- -'- ----- r-- - 0~5-~---ILO---I---l~5-~-~20 TEMPERATURE 'c 22 f - - - + - I - - f - 201---+-f--+-+--+---- ~ 60 -- 40 - IfL 18 16 - -- -- J 141---+-/-I,+--+-1-- I--- .--+.. - 12 I---tl'----j--t-j - - - - - -- I-20 -;'r- i--- 0 -60 -20 20 60 TEMPERATURE 'c 100 - 30 10 1---11----+---1 8 140 -60 -20 20 60 TEMPERATURE 'c 100 140 --~-+_+__+_t--i / 0.1 0.2 0.5 10 2.0 5.0 10 LOAD RESISTANCE - kn 6-117 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ~A741 :(F'iCAL CHAHACTERiSTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 5 K 0 t----- '" 1'.. f--- 26 ._- .. - Z _._- f'.. ,... a ~ ,... 10- 2 o VS-±15V TA -25"C 10- 13 ,...~ ~ INPUT NOISE CURRENT AS A FUNCTlON OF FREQUENCY INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY ....... -_._" Vs - ±15V TA - 26"C 10- 22 10- 14 5~ r----- '" ['.. 20 ....... ~ a: o 10- 2 10-1 ili ~ 5 3'" 6 10- 24 10- 11 10- 25 '~ r"-- -- f--10- 2 6 6 10 -60 -20 60 20 100 10 140 100 TEMPERATURE "C 10K lK OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 100 Vs - ±15V TA-25"C f r-... ,... ./ 10 g 10-100kHz o a: a: lO-lkHz 0: ...-" 1 A ~ 10-lkHz ~ 10 --f- O. 1 lK 10K 10 lOOK 100 '"'" lK •...... 10K - ~ ~- lOOK 1M 10M FREQUENCY-Hz OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY Vs' ±15V TA·25"C - ~ - - - I---- " -135 -180 1 10 100 lK 10K lOOK 1M 10M FREQUENCY-Hz loo.--.---,--,---r--.-----Vs -±15V TA - 25"C RL -IOkn 6 1\ -90 SOURCE RESISTANCE-n 0 -45 '--- ~ 100 OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY Vs - ±15V TA' 26"C '" lOOK 10K lK FREQUENCY - Hz FREQUENCY - Hz BROADBAND NOISE FOR VARIOUS BANDWIDTHS ~ 100 10 lOOK TRANSIENT RESPONSE B VS·±15V TA·25'C RL·2kn CL - 100pF 4 2 0 :I---+---+-~+ 8 1\ 4 1\ \ \ 0 61----2 8 \ 41----· 0 100 lK 10K FREQUENCY-Hz 6·118 \ ._- 50 ._._.- 40 --- f'...... lOOK ._\. .......,.'0.1-. ----J.-- +-- . -' 1\ I--~---+-~+--. I-\..-'\,J----+.---l ::I----+----+-~+----+-.-.-=~+=~= 101--~---+-~+ ..... J 16 B --1 0 '--1---'.- . - - t - - I J I 2 --t- ' - - 1 - ' - V!O% fRISE TIME I 1M 10 100 1K 10K lOOK FREQUENCY-Hz 1M 10M 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 ~UAL !ii!lnOliC!i OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER UA747 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS c ~LSCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The J.J.A747 is a pair of high performance monolithic operational amplifiers constructed on a single silicon chip. They are intended for a wide range of analog applications where board space or weight are important. High common mode voltage range and absence of "latch-up" make the J.J.A747 ideal for use as a voltage follower. The high gain and wide range of operating voltage provides superior performance in intElgrator,· summing amplifier, and general feedback applications. The J.J.A747 is short-circuit protected and requires no external components for frequency compensation. The internal 6 db/octave roll-off insures stability in closed loop applications. For single amplifier performance, see J.J.A741 data sheet. A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Ft:/\TURES • • • • • • • NO FREOUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED SHORT·CIRCUIT PROTECTION OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY LARGE COMMON·MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGES LOW POWER CONSUMPTION NO LATCH UP Inv Input A Non-Inv Input A Offset Null A V Offset Null B Non-Inv Input B Inv Input B Offset Null B V+ B Output B No Connect Output A V+A Offset Null A ORDER PART NOS. IJ,A747A IJ,A747CA K PACKAGE ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 1. 2. 3. 4. Supply Voltage IJ.A747 IJ.A747C Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1) +22V +18V Metal Can 500 mW DIP 670 mW Differential input Voltage +30V Input Voltage (Note 2) +15V Voltage between Offset Null and V+0.5V 0 Storage Temperature Range -65 C to +1550 C -550 C to +1250 C Operating Temperature Range J.J.A747 OOC to +70o C J.J.A747C Lead Temperature (Soldering 60 seconds) 300 0 C Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 3) Indefinite Output A V+ A Inverting Input A N?n-inverting Input A 5. V 6. Non-inverting Input B 7. Inverting Input B 8. V+B 9. Output B 10. NC ORDER PART NOS. IJ,A747K IJ,A747CK lOlllVAlENT CIRCUIT (Each Side) INVERTING INPUT ~--------~--~~-----------4r-----~r-Ov+ OFFSET NULL 6·119 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA747 :;~ 1 '~!~::';,L CHARACTERISTICS (V s = ±lS V, T A = 2SoC unless otherwise specified) PARAMETERS CONDITIONS Input Offset VOltage MIN. IlA747 IlA747C Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Resistance Input Capacitance Offset Voltage Adjustment Range Large-Signal Voltage Gain IlA747 IlA747C Output Resistance Output Short-Circuit Current Supply Current Power Consumption Transient Response (unity gain) 0.3 RL :=: 2Kn,V out = ±10V MAX. UNITS mV 5.0 6.0 20 80 2.0 1.4 ±15 200,000 200 500 mV mV nA nA Mn pF mV 50,000 25,000 75 25 1.7 50 Yin = 20 2kn, C Risetime Overshoot Slew Rate Channal Separation TYP. 1.0 RS :S10kn R L :=: L 2.8 85 n mA mA mW mV, RL = :s 100 pF Il S 0.3 5.0 0.5 120 2kn % V IllS dB IlA747 The following specifications apply for -55°C :s T A :s +1250 C Input Offset Voltage RS:S 10kn 1.0 Input Offset Current T A = +125 C 0 7.0 85 T A = -55°C 0 Input Bias Current T A = +125 C T A = _55°C Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio ±12 70 :s 10kn RS :s 10kn RS R Supply Current TA nA 0.5 Il A 0.3 1.5 IlA V dB ±13 90 ±14 ±10 ±13 = +1250 C 150 IlVN V V 1.5 2.0 2.5 mA 3.3 mA 0 45 75 mW = -55°C 60 100 mW T A = +125 C TA nA 0.03 ±12 T A = -55°C Power Consumption mV 25,000 L RL Output Voltaga Swing 500 30 :=: 2kn,Vout = ±10V :=: 10kn RL :=: 2kn Large-Signal Voltage Gain 6.0 200 IlA747C The following specifications apply for OoC :s T A :s +700 C Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio RS RS :s 10kn RS :S10kn Large-Signal Voltage Gain RL RL RL ±12 70 :s 10kn Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Output Voltage Swing 1.0 7.0 0.03 ±13 90 mV nA IlA V dB 150 30 :=: 2kn,Vout = ±10V :=: 10kn :=: 2kn 7.5 300 0.8 Il V N 15,000 ±12 ±14 V ±10 ±13 V 2.0 Supply Current Power Consumption 3.3 100 60 mA mW NOTES: 1. Rating applied to ambient temperatures up to 70°C ambient derate linearly at 6.3 mW/oC for the Metal Can and 8.3 mW/oC for the Ceramic DIP package. 2. For supply voltages less than +15V, the absolute maximum input voltage Is equal to the supply voltage. 0 0 3. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. Military rating applies to +125 C case temperature or +60 C ambient temperature for each side. 6-120 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -IlA747 'rPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY VS'±16V TA • 26°C -.... " I"\. ·46 ~ 10 r A74 " OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 10 100 lk I '"'" 10k lOOk \ ......... " 1 10 90 100 lk 10k lOOk > 28 I- 24 ~ o " 16 g 12 ~ ·5SOC I !5 § 12 ~, lOOk :$ TA::s +12SOC I L ~ 12 w 10 ~ lL ./ /V 5 I 10 / 1/ L / 0 10 20 FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1.4 . - - - . . - - - , - - - T - - , . - - - . , . . - - - - - , 1--+---+--1---1-+----+--+-.- T A • 25°C I I.'l ~ :' VOUTPUT w 0 1.2 !\ > ·2 INPUT! 1\ \ 1.,---1---1---+----+----+----1 1.0 l--t--::;;:t--:f:::::;;i~~===T--__J 1\ ·4 ·6 10% RISE TIME 16 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - tV 10 r----r--r--r---,r---.---r---r---r-T"'""".., VS'±15V II .......- "A747 10 16 VOLTAGE FOLLOWER LARGE-SIGNAL PULSE RESPONSE / / 1M .. V § ./ /' TA -25°C RL '2kO CL '100pF - 90%J 16 10k lk 14 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ±V VS=±15V 20 ~ ~ 100 "A747 TRANSIENT RESPONSE 24 "fT, INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE -. / V SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ±V 26 1\ f\. o 10M V o 20 16 \ 12 18 AL 2:2kn "~747 0 12 18 ~ ·660 C ::; T A S +126oC t--- 20 ~ ... 86 1M 32 ~ i V- ~ ~. FREQUENCY - Hz I ...V 20 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 40 V § FREQUENCY - Hz 36 ...V 24 ~ TA" 26°C l/'" I.---" 28 ifi !5 ·180 10M j....--- 32 "A747 11 6 106 '\ ·136 11 0 95 I ·90 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 100 > \, VS'±16V TA ' 26°C RL 'IOkO 36 ~ ~ 1M FREQUENCY - Hz 40 V S "±16V T A ' 26°C ~ ffi 0 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY ..... .l.. t-- t-- I--- 0.8 ·8 "A747 "A747 ·10 .6 1.0, TIME -"S 1.6 2.0 2.5 0 10 20 30 40 60 TIME -"S 60 70 80 90 10 16 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ±V 6·121 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ILA747 f'iPiCAL CHARACTERISTiC CURVES (Cont'd.) FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 1.4 Vs I 1.0 r--... 1"--... -' vr:JEw ~ ~ -..~ LV O.B ~ ~\\\<,.~'<. ~ I "~747 60 )7 80 ~ 20 o /V V V ~ 200 I\. 'r-.. "A747 5 f\ 100 10 20 16 o ·20 INPUT OFFSET CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE INPUT OFFSET CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ..,- TA -26DC ....V Vs· t15V 120 ..,30 1/ 100 - /V 1.0 20 V ~ / 80 I .. \ 80 ['I.. 'r'\. i' 10 0.3 20 ·80 20 ·20 80 140 100 "t747 o 10 6 TEMPERATURE - DC 2B Vs -tlSV 26 Vs -±16V TA - 25De ..,-V 24 z o t2 ~ '~ 22 r-.... f-.... . . . r- ~ 50 lB 10 "A747 ·20 20 80 TEMPERATURE - DC 6-122 100 140 8 0.1 t140 100 OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE --+- j...o~ 35 3n V 'r-.. 25 '" f' 'J'... l'- 0 ..... r--... I'" / 12 30 BO 20 J 14 40 ·20 TEMPERATURE - DC J V 18 a: ~ LI 20 ·80 ±v OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF LOAD RESISTANCE 0 l"- t-- "A747 o 20 15 SUPPLY VOLTAGE - POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 80 140 100 INPUT RESISTANCE AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 3.0 I 80 TEMPERATURE _ DC Vs-tlSV ~ -r-- 20 SUPPLY VOLTAGE -tV 5.0 0.1 '" "A747 ·80 TEMPERATURE - DC 10.0 0.6 300 ./ 40 140 100 400 V a: I~ Vs -±1SV ) 80 I I 1Dj\;/~ 20 e ~ 2 R~TE "II\( ·20 600 TA -26D I Z o(~ DOPe 0.8 ·80 100 6v I ~\\!~ 1.2 ... -r INPUT BIAS CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE 15 V / "A747 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 LOAD RESISTANCE - Kn 6.0 10 10 60 ·20 20 80 TEMPERATURE - DC 100 140 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA747 fVPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION AS A FUNCTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT NOISE CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 600 N l: 600 ~·10·'4 I" 'tI I'\.."A747 " "'" "A747C r+-H+-I-t-++t-t-t-t-Hf-+-t-i-H--I -- r-100 10.22 ~ 10"5 H-H-f""ti-o;;l::++I-+-+-t+lI-+-H-H-l a~ g III 0: " ~ ~ 23 l-+~oC-,+-++++-+-H-t+-+-t-t-l1+i ~ 10.24 H-H-HI--+-H''Iood-+++I-+-+-t+l-t 10. ~ 16 10. - - :ie~~I~ H-H+-t-+++I-+-+-t+l-I-+-I-H-l lE 10. 17 I-+-++H-l-++I-+-+-t+lr-+-HH-t-l ~ ~ 10. 25 I-+-++H-l-++I-+-+-tTr-++H-t--::-l ::!! '-r'o 25 65 46 105 85 TEMPERATURE - 125 °c FREQUENCY - Hz BROADBAND NOISE FOR VARIOUS BANDWIDTHS 100 10.18 L....-'--'-1.J....,-!,--J-J....LJL-L....l.-L...L!_L...L.L...L.J..--l lk 10k lOOk 10 100 TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT I- - 10.26 L....L....I....I....L.JL-L...L..I..L......I,--J-.L...L....L.....I.....L..LJ....J--J lk 10k lOOk 10 100 FREQUENCY - Hz VOLTAGE OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT Vs -±15V TA -25°C 10 10·100k -- I"'~ 10·lOkHz I 10',k HZ 1 V V --- ./ 1 lk 10k SOURCE RESISTANCE-[I 6-123 !imn~tiC!i LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS The J,tA748 is a High Performance Operational Amplifier A PACKAGE (Top View) f.eaturing high gain, short circuit immunity, offset voltage null capability, simplified compensation and excellent temperature stability. 14 13 12 • SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION 11 • OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY 10 • LARGE COMMON·MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGES • LOW POWER CONSUMPTION • NO LATCH UP ORDER PART NOS. J,tA 748A/J,tA 748CA 1. 2. 3. 4. NC NC Freq. Compo A/Offset Null Inyertlng Input 6. Nonlnvertlng Input 6. V7. NC 8. NC 9. Offset Null 10. Output 11. V+ 12. Freq. Compo B 13. NC 14. NC TPACKAGE Supply Voltage J,tA748 J,tA748C ±22V ±18V Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1) Differential I nput Voltage Input Voltage (Note 2) Storage Temperature Range Operating Temperature Range J,tA748 J,tA748C Lead Temperature Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 3) 1. Freq. Comp A/Offset Null 2. Inverting Input 3. Nonlnvertlng Input 4. 6. Offset Null 6. Output 7. V+ 8. Freq. Compo B v- 500mW ±30V ±15V ORDER PART NOS. p,A 7 48T Ip,A 748CT V PACKAGE '8' -55°C to +125°C O°C to +70°C 300°C 2 _ 3 + 4 7 II & ORDER PART NO. J,tA748CV Indefinite VOLTAGE OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Freq. Compo AI Offset Null. Inverting Input Noninverting Input VOffset Null 6. Output 7. 8. V+ Freq. Compo B TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT COMPaiSATION ~ >---",-Q V OUT ~ NOTES: 1. 2. o Rating applies for case temperatures to +70 C. Fo'r supply voltages less than ±15V. the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. 3. Sho~t circui.t may be to ground or either supply. Rating applies to +70 C ambient temperature. 6·124 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. JlA748/748C :LECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: (Vs = ±15V, TA =25°C unless otherwise specified) PARAMETER Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Resistance Input Capacitance Offset Voltage Adjustment Range Input Voltage Range Large-Signal Voltage Gain Output Resistance Output Short-Circuit Current Supply Voltage Rejee 2 kn. V out = ±10V RS';; 10 kO RS';; 10 kn 70 2.0 20 80 2.0 1.4 ±15 ±13 200K 75 25 30 90 1.7 50 MAX MIN TYP 6.0 200 500 0.3 ±12 50K 150 70 2.8 85 MAX 1.0 20 80 2.0 1.4 ±15 ±13 200K 75 25 30 90 1.7 50 5.0 200 500 UNITS mV nA nA MO pF mV V n mA 150 /oNN 2.8 85 dB mA mW Yin = 20mV. RL =:2 kO. CL';; 100 pF = 30 pF RL ;;J>'2 kO C1 = 30pF 0.3 5.0 0.5 C1 0.3 5.0 0.5 J.l.s % V/J.l.S Tho Following Specifications Apply Over the Operating Temperature Ranges Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Voltage Range Common Mode Rejection Ratio Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Large-5ignal Voltage Gain Output Voltage Swing Supply Current Power Consumption 1';; RS" 10 kn TA max TA min TA max TAmin ±12 70 RS';; 10 kn RS" 10 kO RL;;J> 2 kn. V out = ±10V RL;;J> 10 kO RL;;J> 2 kO TA max TAmin TA max TAmin 25 :\:12 :\:10 9.0 35 0.04 0.13 ±13 90 30 ±14 ±13 1.6 1.8 48 54 7.5 300 300 0.8 0.8 7.0 85 0.03 0.3 ±13 90 30 ±12 70 150 25 ±12 ±10 ±14 ±13 1.5 2.0 45 60 3.3 3.3 100 100 6.0 200 500 0.5 1.5 mV nA nA J.l.A J.l.A V dB 150 J.l.VN 2.5 3.3 75 100 V/mV V V mA mA mW mW PiCAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE r- ---+--.--+-~+~---.-.. ~ INPUT BIAS CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE vs·±nw .~~~~-+~-+ .. ~~ .-+-- >---~ ~~f---II-j--+-.+ -~r-- i .0~--+-~Vf-----iV~4-.~ ~--20~-----,""""'1/::..........+__~--t- -...-.-V O~&---~-,~O--~~'&--~~ SUPPlYVOLTAGE-.!.V -r-~ 2001---+--+--1--·-- - - t--r--~ '-- -- -- t--.- f·-- - rl--- 1001--_--II------tl-~t__-+--t- .. - ~ ~I--1 0~_.0~~-2~0J....~20~-+n.O~~~~~ TEMPERATURE-oC INPUT RESISTANCE AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ~ 5.01-----i1---l1---l ---+-+--+-+J..------t.....!-----j !3.0 vV ...... P ~ ~ 1Or;-"L'f-- f--+- i o.• r--f-+----+---+--+-+-~ r--L--f-- --f- --+---+-+---1---+.-1 0.3~;--f-- . - r--I-..- ----f--. f-- 0.1 1--L....lL....l---l.---1.......J..--L-L-.L....J -60 -20 20 60 TEMPERATURE-oC 6·125 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT~. JJ.A748/748C T\'PiCAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) INPUT OFFSET CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE INPUT OFFSET CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE POWER CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE T... '2~'C --1----- 701-- - --I- ---I----I---+---I 5 ~_r--+__+--4_-I--~ ~20~-r--+--+-4---j-~ 1m~~~~~-+-+-+-+~ :601------ ; 101--+-+-+-+-+--+-+-+--1--1 ~ i 40~~----+--+-+-+-+-+~--l i ,ol---+---+--+--+---!-~ i40~ - ------ - - ---1--- --f--- ~'---- 0~5--~~'O--~~'5-~~ -60 SUPPLY YOLTAGE±V OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE .-, 20 --- --t---- -- " ~ 20 LOAORESISTAHCE kG IN-LI~~ 0 ...... r-.., 20 25 60 L -- l-t_I---- - ., 65 r- v;.l,~JI ~ 1 i 1-1- = 10- l- ~T"Z5iC --L.. J 1---1- !l1O-" 110- 1O~ 8S ~ ----- f-- f- --- or-r-- 16 = 17 F 115 BROADBAND NOISE AS A FUNCTION OF SOURCE RESISTANCE 0 10-14 !! '\ TEMPERATURE-'e INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY INPUT NOISE CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 1-\ - 01-- 1--01-- - I\~ r\( -.E~:L C~-" ~~ \ - Of-- - 01-- f' 5 0 ABSO LUTE MAX IMUM POWER DISSIPATION AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DUAl , 0 -e- 60 0 - - , 1.0 -20 TEMPERATURE-oC - ....... M 1--1--1-- +-+---1--+-- 1 - - - iOOf---+-I- E1Or-t--+-t--+-- ~ r-----+--4---+---~~ OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF LOAD RESISTANCE ---- --- - ~-4-4--+~-+----1--~- !~~-~--~--+--4----r__ , I IL ,bHl.,o~JJO!H' ",. 10~tBW"0HI-l0kHz '--::"" r- ,~ awl 'lOHI, -lk~' ............. -- +H~+-+iH- -f-++iH---j 1O-28\;;-1OLl..LL..;;b,--l-'..L.l.--;!:-,,-L...L~1c--'-.l..l.+,v;i 10-18 .1 ,0 OPEN LOOP VOLT AG E GAl N AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY I I I II 111 10k " SOURCE RESISTANCE-Il OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY FREQU£HCY-H, FR£QUfNCY-H~ I--+~i+t-+-++I t-- --VS':!:15V T... "25t f-t-H-t-~++-+--+-++tRL -TOkQ C1 "30pF - -- 1\ \ --r--r--- --- ---1--- -- -180 1 to 100 111 10k FREQUENCY-HI 6-126 f-H~+-++iH- r-- -- O~'OO~~~~~,~~~~~~~ FREQU£NCV-Hz LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. IlA748/748C Y?!CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) INPUT RESISTANCE AND INPUT CAPACITANCE AS A FUNCTION OF j=REQUENCY I I' · == ~= · - I-- 'IN M - -- it -t-- - r..., OUTPUT RESISTANCE AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY tj I--- C~' 1- ~ !so ~ ;;l ~ 50 iil ~40 \---, ~- i::I------+--~f---___+- ~- --!--- ,. · a fREQUENCY-Hz 70 ~60 CIN f- 1-- COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY - +,a. '" a TRANSIENT RESPONSE ----+-- aL,~~~~,~.~,~ak~~~~ FREQUENCV-Hz VOLTAGE FOLLOWER LARGE-SIGNAL PU LSE RESPONSE t--,I-- INPUT/ .. FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE -1-'-+--t-- -81--1a 304050 TlME-,foIS TIME-,foIS FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE a.'i!-,_...L~,:\:-a~...L_,~,_...L--,:! SUPPLYVOlTAGE-:!.V OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE I 36 v·:tl5V RL?:2Ul -f------+-----f------/l----A "r-------I--- - I-- -I------j--~'-/----/ '81----1---- ~=~---;-~~rl.a_~ 24f---- - lOal---- --t;TI---- - Clastala~r-121---- / ,1---+--+--+-+---/--- c--- -- ---c--- 8~ 1---1--- r--r--c------ 1--1-- --+"'-:-''''"a-'----t;'a~-,!;;'a:-'--'"'"'a:---'-;;:;;---''--;;;-;! TEMPERAIURE-oC -+-+--+,--t8----;l;,a--;';12-/;14,-;lrin 8a\;-a SUPPLY VOLTAGf.-:!:.Y - - --- . -- --- -- - - ' - - - - - "- a~5-L-~,a~-L-~,,--L~ SlJPPLYYOlTAGE-!.V 6-127 SmnOliCS fW! DETECTOR AND LIMITER ;ULN2111 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS l;;--:SCRIPTION A unique method of FM detection by a new technique of linear gating is featured in the ULN2111 monolithic integrated circuit. This linear device comprises a three-stage limiter and a balanced product detector. Applications for the ULN2111 device include TV sound channels, FM receivers, automatic frequency control systems, and communication receivers. Other applications for the ULN2111 device are in the more sophisticated circuitry in telemetry receivers, automatic control systems, and servo ampl ifiers. An outstanding feature of the ULN2111 is that only one, simple, low-cost, single winding coil is required for tuning. Consequently, only' one screwdriver adjustment is required to tune a detector employing the ULN2111. The frequency range of the ULN2111 extends from 5 kHz to 50 MHz. Outputs of 0.6V with a total distortion of less than 1% and a limiting threshold voltage of 400J,tV rms are typical. ?~N CONFIGURATION A PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Audio Output 2. Detector Input Reference 3. No Connection 4. Input 5. Decoupllng 6. Amplifier Input Reference 7. GND 8. No Connection 9. Amplifier Low Output 10. Amplifier High Output 11. Test Point 12 . Detector Input 13. v+ 14. De-emphasis . \;ljRES • • • • • • HIGH SENSITIVITY - INPUT LIMITING VOLTAGE AT 4.5MHz = 400J,tV HIGH IF VOLTAGE GAIN - 60dB SIMPLIFIED TUNING - ONE RLC PHASE SHIFT NETWORK HIGH STABILITY LOW DISTORTION - 1.0% WIDE FREQUENCY CAPABILITY - 5kHz to 50MHz :~~ ORDER PART NO. ULN2111A AKsnUJTE MAXIMUM RATINGS +3.5V +15V +15V +150°C -65°C to +150°C O°C to +85°C 0.15°C/mW Input Voltage (Pin 4) Output Voltage Supply Voltage (V+) Junction Temperature Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Thermal Resistance () J-A' Junction to Ambient Power Dissipation DLA,GRAM VOUT (AUDIO) (FREQUENCY MODULATED CARRIER) 300mW JiG CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC + 12 VQ:-13---.....- ------ ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS + 12V r-- 50 ~ TA=+75C "A -25C 40 30 50n 2k ffi iL 20 it ::IE « 10 o 0,001 0.1 0.01 1.0 10 100 FEQUENCY IN MEGAHERTZ SLOPE OF FM TRANSFER CHARACTERISTIC AS A FUNCTION OF SUPPLY VOLTAGE PHASE SHIFT NETWORK (See Figure 4) TA =25C ./ /'" cr w ~ / ~ "o W Il. ~ /' . .V ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS 0 2 10 SUPPLY VOLTAGE IN VOLTS 6·132 12 14 +12V +100 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. ULN2111 gYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) SLOPE OF FM TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF INJECTION VOLTAGE PHASE SHIFT NETWORK (See Figure 4) V ~1 TA'O~/ L ~ J ~ V TA=+75C TA =25C ~ II T.p. 20 eo 60 40 100 INJECTION VOLTAGE,VINJ,IN MILLIVOLTS TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS FOR A SIMPLE LC NETWORK OUTPUT + YOUT YOUT • VF 1:02 +V2 __ Vp LINEAR MODE VIN~ <70m VRM9 OUTPUT - j (NORMALIZED DEVIATION) (The units along the vertical axis are arbitrary units.) Linear mode: Operation of the FM detector with no limiting after the phase shift network. Q. 2QAF Po (SEE NOTES 1 AND 21 YOUT -~ - --h NOTES: 1. V F defines the slope of the FM transfer characteristic, at orgin: dV out Vf~-- a~O da V F is primarily a function of bias current in the detector and injection voltage. V F will decrease with decreasing Vee or V I NJ' 2. a = normalized frequency deviation: 2Q~F a~-- 6·133 !ii!lDDtiC!i ,tYISiON CHROMA SYSTEM INTRODUCTION LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS The 5070,5071, and 5072 are monolithic silicon integrated circuits that constitute a complete chroma system for color television receivers. The 5070 is a complete subcarrier regeneration system featuring a new concept of phase control applied to the oscillator circuit. The 5071 is a chroma amplifier system and the 5072 performs the demodulation function. The 5070 utilizes the 16-lead plastic dual-in-line package; the 5071 and 5072 are supplied 14-lead plastic dual-inline packages. 5070 5071 5072 5070 • VOLTAGE CONTROL OSCILLATOR • KEYED APC & ACC DETECTORS • DC HUE CONTROL • SHUNT REGULATOR • ACC CONTROLLED CHROMA AMPLIFIER • DC CHROMA GAIN CONTROL 5071 • COLOR KI LLER • AMPLIFIER SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION 5072 • SYNCHRONOUS DETECTOR WITH COLOR DIFFERENCE MATRIX • ~,\L EMITTER-FOLLOWER OUTPUT AMPLIFIERS WITH SHORT-CI RCUIT PROTECTION SCHEMATiC DiAGRAM 005 ~0.06 T 1" ~43 T1 Universal Windings, No. 35 wire, Primary: 77 turns, L = 0.8J.LH, Q = 40 Secondary: 34 turns, CT, L = 9J.LH, Q = 20 HUE o--~----~II~----~--~ HORIZ KEY PULSE +4V.4.5JJS INPUT 6·134 Universal Winding No. 35 wire, 62 turns with tap at 8 from grd L = 25.5J.LH, Q = 30 All resistance values in ohms: 0.15 Unless otherwise indicated, all capacitance values less than 10 are in microfarads.- 10 or greater are in picofarads. LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5070/71/72 n'~ICAL FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM KILLER ADJUST r---- I I I I fr:':U~M\1 6071 CHROMA GAIN CONTROL 98 --~-I 112 10 I r ------ ---- CHROMA -----I I OUTPUT I I I" 3 R-V OUTPUT AMPLIFIED CHROMA G-V OUTPUT 1'3 16072 _ L_~ 12 6 ________ B-V OUTPUT I I I r,TTt,~ 2 5 14 1 6 6 6 6'0 8·135 5070 Si!lDotiCS LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS The 5070 is a complete subcarrier regeneration system BPACKAGE (Top View) with automatic phase control applied to the oscillator. An amplifier chroma signal from the 5071 is applied to ter- • minals No. 13 and No. 14, which are the automatic phase 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. control (APC) and the automatic chroma control (ACC) inputs. APC and ACC detection is keyed by the horizontal pulse which also inhibits the oscillator output amplifier during the burst interval. The ACC system uses a synchronous detector to develop a correction voltage at the differential output terminal Nos. 15 and 16. Th is control signal is appl ied to the input terminal Nos. 1 and 14 of the 5071. The APC system also uses a synchronous detector. The APC error voltage is Tint ContrOl Oscillator Output Oscillator Output Gate Input Ground Oscillator Feedback Oscillator Control Oscillator Control NC Supply APC Detector Output APC Detector Output APC Detector Input ACC Detector Input ACC Detector Output ACC Detector Output ORDER PART NO. N5070B internally coupled to the 3.58 MHz oscillator at balance; the phase of the signal at terminal No. 13 is in quadrature r"B'j(JtUiF Iv"lA)(ir"iUM with the oscillator. (Values at T A = 25°C) To accomplish phasing requirements, an RC phase shift network is used between the chroma input and terminal Nos. 13 and 14. The feedback loop of the oscillator is RA T!"jG~ DC Supply Voltage and Current Device Dissipation: UptoT A =+70°C Above T A = +70°C See Charts 530mW Derate Linearly at 6.7 mW/oC from terminal Nos. 7 and 8 back to No.6. The same oscillator signal is available at terminal Nos. 7 and 8, but the dc output of the APC detector controls the relative signal levels at terminal Nos. 7 or 8. Because the output at terminal No.8 is shifted in phase compared to the output at terminal No.7, which is applied directly to the Ambient Temperature Range: Operating Storage Lead Temperature (During Soldering): At distance 1/32 in. (3.17 mm) from seating plane for 10s max -40 to +85°C -65 to +150°C crystal circuit, control of the relative amplitudes at terminal Nos. 7 and 8 alters the phase in the feedback Icop ' thereby changing the frequency of the crystal oscillator. Balance adjustments of dc offsets are provided to establish an initial no-signal offset control in the ACC output, and a no-signal, on-frequency adjustment through the APC detector-amplifier circuit which controls the oscillator frequency. The oscillator output stage is differentially controlled at terminal Nos. 2 and 3 by the hue control input to terminal No. 1. The hue phase shift is accomplished by the external R, L, and C components that couple the oscillator output to the demodulator input terminals. The 5070 includes a shunt regulator to establish a 12Vdc supply. • VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR • KEYED APC & ACC DETECTORS • DC HUE CONTROL • SHUNT REGULATOR 6·136 Current Voltage (Note 1) TERM NO. 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MIN. VOLTS MAX. VOLTS TERM NO. Ij mA 0 0 0 -5 * 1 - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 13 14 20 +16 '+16 Note 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - Note 4 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 +16 +16 Note 4 10 mA 1 1 - - - 20 20 1 1 NOTES: 1. With respect to terminal No.5 and with termlnel No.10 connected through 4700 to +24V. 2. Reguleted voltage at terminal No. 10. 3. Controlled by max. Input current. 4. Limited by dissipation. LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5070 ':lCUEMATIC DIAGRAM iJf\lCTIONAL DIAGRAM Ace OUTPUT f 410/1W --------~----~--+---~----~-+--.---~------------·----------~----~----~----~~~,-o V+"'24V • -:' Ace AOJ B2k 36k 180 o,o~ O'05~":,O'05 ~ ~~~ 22. 10/.lF ~Jr._ I I I CHROMA ~--I OSCILLATOR 12 60 r-__~~~__~~--;1~ FERRITE BEAD I HORIZ KEY PULSE +4V. 4.5/.ls INPUT I I I 16010 L ____________________ ~ ___________ I ~ NOTES: 1. All resistance values are in ohms 2. Unless otherwise indicated all capacitance values less than 10 are in microfarads - 10 or greater are in picofarads. 6·137 Smnotics 5071 t:HRiitA AMPLIFIER LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ION The 5071 is a combined two-stage chroma amplifier and functional control circuit. The input signal is received from the video amplifier and applied to terminal No.2 of the input amplifier stage. The first amplifier stage is part of the ACC system and is controlled by differential adjustment from the ACC input terminal Nos. 1 and 14. The output of the 1st amplifier is directed to terminal No.6 from where the signal may be applied to the ACC detection system of the 5070 or an equivalent circuit. The output at terminal No.6 is also applied to terminal No.7 which is the input to the 2nd amplifier stage. Another output of the 1st amplifier at terminal No. 13 is directed to the killer adjustment circuit. (·~t-SCRjPT PIN CONFIGURATION A PACKAGE (Top View) 14 13 12 11 10 The dc voltage level at terminal No. 13 rises as the ACC differential voltage decreases with a reduction in the burst amplitude. At a pre-set condition determined by the killer adjustment resistor the killer circuit is activated and causes the 2nd chroma amplifier stage to be cut off. The 2nd chroma amplifier stage is also gain controlled by the adjustment or dc voltage at terminal No. 10. The output of the 2nd chroma amplifier stage is available at terminal No.9. The typical output termination circuit that is shown, provides differential chroma drive signal to the demodulator circuit. Both amplifier outputs utilize emitterfollowers with short-circuit protection. 1. ACC Input 2. Chroma Input 1 3. Gain Preselect 4. Ground 5. NC 6. Chroma Output 1 7. Chroma Output 2 8. V+ ;::/lTURES 9. Chroma Output 2 • ACC CONTROLLED CHROMA AMPLIFIER • DC CHROMA GAIN CONTROL 10. Chroma Level Control • COLOR KI LLER • AMPLIFIER SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION 11. Decouple 12. Decouple 13. Killer Adjust 14. ACC Input ORDER PART NO. N5071A ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (Values at T A = 25°C) DC Supply Voltage (Termi'lal 8 to Terminal 14) Device Dissipation: Up to TA = +70°C Above T A =+70°C Ambient Temperature R'ange: Operating Storage Lead Temperature (During Soldering): At distance 1/32 in (3.17 mm) from seating plane for lOs max. 6·138 30Vdc MAXiMUM RATINGS MAXIMUM VOLTAGE & GURRENT RATINGS T A = 25°C Voltage (Note 1) Current TERM NO. 530mW Derate Linearly at 6.7 mWfC -40 to +85°C -65 to +150°C 1 2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 '14 MIN. VOLTS MAX. VOLTS -5 -5 0 -5 0 0 0 0 0 0 -5 +15 +5 +24 +5 +30 +24 +24 +24 +20 +20 +15 TERM NO. 1 2 6 7 9 12 14 I • I mA 10 mA 5 5 1.0 5 1.0 1.0 5 1.0 1.0 20 1.0 20 5 1.0 NOTES: 1. With reference to terminal No.4 and with +24V on terminal No.8 except for the rating given for terminal No.8. LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5071 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 25°C and V+ = +24V) I LIMITS PARAMETERS TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP MAX I UNITS STATIC CHARACTERISTICS Voltages Bias Reference Terminal Ampl No.1 Chroma Input Ampl No.1 Chroma Output Balanced Unbalanced Ampl No.2 Chroma Input Ampl No.2 Chroma Output Supply Current Amplifier No.1 Voltage Gain Amplifier No.2 Voltage Gain Max. Chroma Output Voltage 17.3 1.75 20 13.5 1.5 20.6 S1 Open, S2 Open S1 Open, S2 Open S1 Open, $2 Open S1 Open, $2 Closed S1 Open, S2 Open S1 Closed, S2 Open S1 Open, ~ Open DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS Eg = 30 mVrms Measure V6 Vg = 10 Vrms 10% Chroma Gain Control Reference Voltage Output Voltage Killer Off Output Voltage, Chroma Off 17 14 dB dB Vrms 14 2 Eg = 50, mVrms, adjust Chroma Gain Control to Change Vg to 10% of Maximum Chroma Output S1 in Position 2 Eg = 50 mVrms, adjust "Killer Adjust" for an Elbrupt decrease in Vg Eg = 50 Vrms, adjust Chroms control to min. Chroma Output Bandwidth Amplifier No.1 Amplifier No.2 Ampl. No.1 Input Impedance Ampl. No.2 Output Impedance V 20.2 12 30 2 4 35 2.1 3.5 85 Ampl. No.1 Output Impedance Ampl. No.2 Input Impedance AMPLIFIER DIAGRAM 31 V V V V V V mA 12 mV rms 12 mV rms MHz MHz kn pF n kn pF n FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM UNl.ESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL CAPACITANCE NOTE: All resistance in ohms VAl.UES LESS THAN 1.0 ARE IN MICROFARADS ~ Unless otherwise specified, all capacitance are in microfarads. 1.0 OR GREATER ARE IN PICOFARADS. ~HEMATIC DIAGRAM R" R" ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS 6·139 50'72 !ii!)DotiC!i LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS X~:;~;RIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The 5072 has two sets of synchronous detectors with matrix circuits to achieve the R-Y, G-Y, and B-Y color difference output signals. The chroma input signal is applied to terminal Nos. 3 and 4 while the oscillator injection signal is applied to terminal Nos. 6 and 7. The color difference signals, after matrix, have a fixed relationship of amplitude and phase nominally equal dc voltage levels. The outputs of the 5072 are suitable to driving high level color difference or R, G, B output amplifiers. Emitter-follower output stages used to drive the high level color amplifiers have short-circuit protection. A PACKAGE (Top View) 14 13 3. Chroma (-)' 9. Ea -Ey 10. NC 12 4. Chroma (+) 11. ER -Ey 5. 12. NC 11 10 7. 13. E8 -Ey 14. GND Ref "A" ORDER PART NO. N5072A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE & CURRENT RATINGS ,':::>d'AUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (Values at T A = 25°C) Ambient Temperature Range: Operating Storage Lead Temperature (During Soldering): At distance 1/32 in (3.17 mm) from seating plane for lOs max. NC 6. Ref "8" fURES • SYNCHRONOUS DETECTOR WITH COLOR DIFFERENCE MATRIX • EMITTER-FOLLOWER OUTPUT AMPLIFIERS WITH SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION DC Supply Voltage (Terminal 8 to Terminal 14) Reference Input Voltage Chroma Input Voltage Device Dissipation: Up to TA = +70°C Above T A = +70°C 8. v+ 1. NC 2. NC T A = 25°C VOLTAGE (Note 1) Terminal No. 27V 5V p _p 5V p _p 3 4 6 7 530mW Derate Linearly at 6.7 mW/C -40 to +85°C -65 to +150°C 8 9 11 13 MIN. VOLTS MAX. VOLTS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +5 +5 +12 +12 +27 -20 +20 +20 CURRENT Terminal No. 3 - 4 - 6 7 8 9 11 13 - __------------~----~~--~--~v+ qK~----------O REF ..... CHAOMA~~----+-----_t==1h;:::=t===~=:t=::_::::==t==::::~q=~----------<'> H (+1 L-----~------~--------4-----------------~-------- 6·140 - - - - 10 10 10 20 20 20 terminal No.8 and terminal No. 14 at +24 V except as given in rating for terminal No.8. . REF .. A .. o-+-----+-----+------<~ - - 1. With reference to terminal No. 14 and with the voltage between '----_"Iv--(). EO-EV 7 - 10 mA NOTE: ::HEMATIC DiAGRAM .-----~----~----------------4r I, mA ____ 1. ~GND LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5072 }:CTRK:AL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 25°C and V+ = +24V unless otherwise specified) - - PARAMETERS TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS MIN TVP MAX UNITS STATIC CHARACTERISTICS Supply Current With Output Loads With No Output Loads G-V, R-Y, S-Y Outputs Chroma Inputs Reference Subcarrier 26.5 16.5 S1 Closed Open S1 Closed S1 0 pen S1 Open S, 13.2 9 14.7 3.3 6.2 15.8 mA mA V V V DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS 0.8 Demodulator Unbalance Maximum Color Difference Output Voltage V3=V4=0 V3 = V4 = 0.6 Vp-p Chroma Input Sensitivity Relative R-Y Output Relative G-Y Output VDC Difference Between any two Output Terminals Input Impedance Reference Subcarrier Inputs' Adjust ec for 5.0 Vp-o No. 13 (S-Y) 8.0 5.5 1.2 @ term 0.2 3.5 0.75 llc = 0 0.35 4.2 1.25 0.6 1.7 6 0.95 6 180 Input Impedance at Chroma Inputs Output Resistance Vp-p Vp-p Vp-p Vp-p Vp-p Vp-p V kn pF kn pF n ,H\IGTlONAL DIAGRAM V+-24V r----------- 8 I-= 0001 ">---I-<>_+-'VVv-_--o R-V OUTPUT ">----f--<>_--'vVl..-_~ B-Y OUTPUT 6·141 Smnotics 5556 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS "'i-~"GBIPT!ON The 5556 is an internally compensated precIsion monolithic operational amplifier featuring extremely low offset and bias currents and offset null capability. The 5556 is short circuit protected and its high common mode and differential input voltage range provides exceptional performance when used as an integrator, summing amplifier, and voltage follower. • • • • • • • LOW INPUT BIAS CURRENT - 15nA maximum LOW INPUT OFFSET CURRENT· 2.0nA maximum LOW INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE· 4.0mV maximum HIGH SLEW RATE - 2.5 V/MS typical LARGE POWER BANDWIDTH· 40kHz typical LOW POWER CONSUMPTION· 45mW maximum OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY The 5556 features industry standard pinout and is a direct pin-for-pin replacement for the MC15556G and MC1456G. TPACKAGE 1. Offset Null 2. Inverting Input 3. Non-inverting Input Power Supply Voltage S5556 N5556 Differential Input Voltage Common Mode Input Voltage Load Current Output Short Circuit Duration Power Dissipation Derate Above T A = 25°C Operating Temperature Range S5556 N5556 Storage Temperature Range 4. V- ±22V ±18V 5. Offset Null 6. V OUT ± V+ ± V+ 20mA Indefinite 680mW 4.6mWtC -55°C to +125°C O°C to +70°C 7. V+ 0 4 8. NC Order Part Nos. S5556T/N5556T 10 V PACKAGE 2 7 3 • 1. 2. 3. 4; 5. 6. 4 I 7. V+ 8 Offset Null Inverting Input Non-inverting Input VOffset Null V OUT 8. NC Order Part Nos. S5556V/N5556V OFFSET ADJUST CIRCUIT y+ y- 6·142 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. S/N5556 . I 2 1 ;TRICAl CHARACTERISTICS (V+ = +15V, V- = -15V, T A = +25°C Unless Otherwise Noted) PARAMETER MIN SYMBOL S5556 I nput Bias Current TA = 25°C TA = TLOWto THIGH (Note 1) IB Input Offse1 Current TA = 250 T A = 25 C to T Hi%h lio TA = T LOW to 25 TYP N5556 S5556 8 1.0 MAX N5556 15 5.0 C Input Offset Voltage TA = 25°C UNITS S5556 15 30 30 40 nA nA 2.0 10 nA 3.0 5.0 14 14 nA nA 4.0 10 mV 6.0 14 mV V io 2.0 5.0 TA = T LOW to THIGH N5556 Differential Input Impedance (Open Loop-f = 20Hz) Parallel Input Resistance Parallel I nput Capacitance Rp Cp 5.0 6.0 3.0 6.0 M pF Common Mode Input Impedance (f = 20Hz) ZIN 250 250 M Common Mode Input Voltage Swing CMV IN ±13 ±12 V Equivalent Input Noise Voltage EIN 45 45 nv/JHz 70 110 110 dB 100K 70K 200K lOOK 40K 40K ±12 ±11 (Av= 100, Rs = 10Kn, F = 1.0KHz, BW'= 1.0Hz) Common Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 100Hz) CMRR 80 Open Loop Voltage Gain (V Out =±10V, RL ~2KP) TA ~ 25 C AVO TA '=TLOWtoTHIGH Power Bandwidth Av'" 1, RL = 2Kn, THD~5%, V OUT = ±10V) Unity Gain Crossover Frequency (open-loop) PBW VN VN 40 40 KHz 1.0 1.0 MHz Phase Margin (open-loop, unity gain) 70 70 Degrees Gain Margin 18 18 dB .dVOUT/dt 2.5 2.5 Output I mpedance If = 20Hz) ZOUT 1.0 1.0 Output Voltage Swing (R L = 2Kn) V OUT ±13 ±12 Power Supply Sensitivity V- = Constant, R~10K V+ = Constant, RS~ 10K S+ S- 50 50 75 75 100 100 200 200 INN p.VN 10+ 10 - 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 mA mA Po 30 40 45 90 mW Slew Rate (unity gain) Power Supply Current DC Quiescent Power Dissipation (V OUT = 0) ±12 ±11 V//J.sec 2.0 2.5 Kn V NOTE: 1. T LOW = oOe for N5556. -55°e for S5556; 0 THIGH = 70 e for N5556. 125°C for S5556 6-143 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. S/N5556 ;,'a~r.Al FF~fORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE POWER BANDWIDTH 100 28 70 eo 110 .;' 40 ./ I 30 ! 20 I ie / 10 V V ~ - , \ 24 20 YOUT-O \ I' / / 1\ 12 \, J / 1/ 1\ j / '2 t4 1'1 t8 110 112 114 tl' .tl' 120 !22 o 1,0 10 V+. Y-.POWER SUl'PLY YOlTAGE (YOLTS' "~ ~i'- 100 UIM f. FREQUENCY (kHz' TYPICAL INPUT BIAS CURRENT AND INPUT OFFSET CURRENT VERSUS TEMPERATURE FOR S5556 VOLTAGE-FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE 20 ! ~ tl 11 i iJ '"" "" 10 I'--o -II -21 INPUT "~ .~ C'(.o ~ ::--.. INPUT OfFSET CURRENT 21 eo 71 T.... AMBlEtn' TEMPERATURE reI 6-144 100 --I. OUr UT V V \ \ 2/JtlOIVISION SmnHtics .DUAL OPERAnONAL AMPLIFIERS 5558 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The 5558 consists of a pair of high performance monolithic operational amplifiers constructed on a single chip. It features internal compensation and is intended for use in a variety of analog applications. High common mode voltage range and immunity to latch-up makes the 5558 ideal for use as a voltage follower. The high gain and wide range of operating voltage achieves superior performance in integrator, summing amplifier, and general feedback applications. The device is short-circuit protected. For single amplifier performance see the 5741 data sheet. The 5558 is a pin-for-pin replacement for the MC1558G. T-PACKAGE (Top View) 1. Output A 2. Inverting Input A 3. Noninverting I nput A 4. V5. Noninvertlng Input B 6. Inverting Input B 7. Output B 8. V+ ORDER PART NOS. S5558T/N5568T V-PACKAGE ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS 4 Power Supply Voltages S5558 N5558 Differential Input Voltage Common-mode Input Swing Output Short Circuit Duration 1. Output A 2. Inverting Input A 3. Noninverting Input A ±22V ±18V ±30V ±15V Continuous 4. V5. Nonlnverting Input B 6. Inverting Input B 7. Output B 8. V+ Power Dissipation (Note 1) ORDER PART NO. N5558V T Package - (MO-002-AG) V Package Operating Temperature Range S5558 N5558 Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec) 680mW 625mW -55°C to +125°C OOC to +75°C -65°C to +150°C 300°C r:t-:ATURES: • 2 "OP AMPS" IN SPACE OF ONE 741 V PACKAGE • NO FREQUENCY COMPENSATION REQUIRED • SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION • LOW POWER CONSUMPTION NOTE: • 1. Derate T p~ckage linearly at 4.6 mW/oC for ambient temperatures above +25 C o o 2. Derate V Pllckage at 5mW/ C above 25 C LARGE COMMON MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGES • NO LATCH-UP EOUIVALENT SCHEMATIC INVERTING INPUt 2(°-,-+--+-+---;1--' 6 50k 1.0k 50k L---_+--~--~~_+--~------~~ 50 __- -____~_ov- 4 The numbers without parenthesis represent the pin numbers for Va of the dual circuit. The numbers in parenthesis represent the pin numbers for the other half. 6·145 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5558 ,1 .. ECTRICAl CHARACTERISTICS (V+ = +15 Vdc, V- =-15 Vdc, T A =+25°C unless otherwise noted) CHARACTERISTICS MIN SYMBOL S5558 Input Bias Current TA=+25°C TA MAX TYP N5558 S5558 N5558 S5558 N5558 UNIT J.LAdc Ib 0.2 0.2 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.8 0.03 0.03 0.2 0.5 0.2 0.3 1.0 2.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 7.5 = Tlow to Thigh (See Note 1) Input Offset Current TA +25°C T A = Tlow to Thigh lIiol Input Offset Voltage (RS';;; 10kil) TA = +25°C T A = Tlow to Thigh IViol J.LAdc % Oifferential Input Impedance (Open, Loop, f = 20 Hz) Parallel Input Resistance Parallel Input Capacitance mVdc Rp Cp Common·Mode Input Impedance (f = 20 Hz) 0.3 0.3 1.0 6.0 ±12 ±12 ±13 ±13 45 45 90 90 200 Z(in) Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing CMVin Equivalent Il)put Noise Voltage (AV = 100, Rs = kil, f = 1.0 kHz, BW = 1.0 Hz) Megohm pF 1.0 6.0 200 Megohms Vpk nV(Hz)% en Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 100 Hz) CMrej Open-Loop Voltage Gain, (Vout = ±10V, RL = 2.0km TA = +25°C T A = Tlow to Thigh AVOL Power Bandwidth (AV = 1, RL = 2.0kil, THO":;5%,V ou t = 20Vp-p) Unity Gain Crossover Frequency (open-loop) PBW 70 70 dB V/V 50,000 20,000 25,000 15,000 Phase Margin (open-loop, unity gain) Gain Margin 200,000 100,000 14 14 kHz 1.1 1.1 MHz 65 65 degrees dB 11 11 Slew Rate (Unity Gain) dVout/dt 0.8 0.8 V/J.Ls Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz) Zout 300 300 ohms Short-Circuit Output Current ISC 20 20 mAdc Output Voltage Swing (RL = 10kil) RL = 2kil (T A = Tlow to Thigh) Vout ±14 ±13 ±14 ±13 S+ S- 30 30 30 30 150 150 150 150 Power Supply Current 10+ 10- 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 5.0 5.0 5.6 5.6 OC Quiescent Power Oissipation (V out = 0) Po 70 70 150 170 120 120 Power Supply Sensitivity V- = constant, Rs":; 10kil V+ = constant, Rs":; 10kil ±12 ±10 J.LV/V Channel Separation Note 1: Vpk ±12 ±10 mAde mW e01/eo2 dB Tlow: OoC for N5558, -55°C for S5558; Thigh: +75 0 C for N55!?8, +125 0 C for S5558 ,'leAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES 28 r- +120 24 f- +100 TA" + l-- ::. 20 POWER BANDWIDTH ~ (Large Signal Swing ii! versus Frequency) ~ § 1\ 16 U 12 j80 I- (VOlTAG£FOUDWERI "~8'-JfrIES 4.0 o 10 IIIIIII " 100 '" +80 +60 ~ +40 ~ ~ i+20 1\ f-20 lOk I,FREout:NCY (Hd 6-146 j OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY ~ R ESPONSE ~ 10k lO 10 100 101< 101< ~ lOOk I, FIlECl.f:NCY (HzI' ~5'C 1\ lOM 10M ~;ALANCED SmDOliCS MODULATOR-DEMODULATOR 5596 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS t"'if\l CONFiGURATIONS A PACKAGE (Top View) The 5596 is a monolithic Double-Balanced Modulator/ Demodulator designed for use where the output voltage is a product of an input voltage (signal) and a switched function (carrier). The S5596 will operate over the full military temperature range of -55°C to +125°C. The N5596 is intended for applications within the range of O°C to +70°C. 1. Positive Signal Input 14 2. Gain Adjust 13 3. NC 12 4. Gain Adjust 5. Negative Signal Input 11 6. Bias 10 HJRES • 7. NC 8. Positive Output EXCELLENT CARRIER SUPPRESSION 9. Positive Carrier Input ~O. 65dB typ @ 0.5 MHz 50dB typ @ ~ 10 MHz ORDER PART NOS. • ADJUSTABLE GAIN AND SIGNAL HANDLING • BALANCED INPUTS AND OUTPUTS • HIGH COMMON-MODE REJECTION - 85dB typ Negative Carrier Input 1. NC 12. NC 13. Negative Output S5596A/N5596A 14. V KPACKAGE ",~~vtiGATIOI\IS 1. Positive Signal Input 2. Gain Adjust SUPPRESSED CARRIER AND AMPLITUDE 3. Gain Adjust 4. Negative Signal Input 5. Bias MODULATION SYNCHRONOUS DETECTION 6. Positive Output FM DETECTION 7. Positive Carrier Input PHASE DETECTION 8. Negatil(e Carrier Input SAMPLING ORDER PART NOS. S5596 KIN 5596 K SINGLE SIDEBAND 9. Negative Output 10. V - FREQUENCY DOUBLING c'·~:-;OI.UTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Applied Voltage (Note 1) Differential Input Signal (V7 - Va) Differential Input Signal (V 4 - V 1) I nput Signal (V 2 - V 1, V 3 - V 4) Bias Current (15) Power Dissipation (Pkg. Limitation) K-Package Derate above 25° C A-Package (TO-116) Derate above 25°C Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 30V ±5.0V ±(5 + 15 Re)V 5.0V 10mA 6aOmW 5.4mWtC CARRIER H INPUT (+) 900mW 7.2mWtC SIGNALH -55°C to +125°C -65°C to +150°C BIAS INPUT (+) GAIN ADJUST 10 NOTES: 1. Voltage applied between pins 6-7, 8-1, 9-7, 9-8, 7-4, 7-1, 8-4, 6-8, 2-5, 3-5. 2. Pin number references pertain to K package pinout only. 6-147 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 5596 ~oLECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS* (All input and output characteristics are single-ended unless otherwise noted.) PARAMETER MIN S5596 TYP MAX MIN N5596 TYP MAX /J.V(rms) Carrier Feedthrough Vc = 60 mV(rms) sine wave and fC = 1.0 kHz 40 40 offset adjusted to zero fC = 10 MHz 140 140 Vc = 300 mVp-p square wave: mV(rms) = 1.0 kHz offset adjusted to zero fC offset not adjusted fC = 1.0 kHz 0.04 20 0.2 0.4 0.04 20 100 200 Carrier Suppressions fS UNITS dB = 10 kHz, 300 mV(rms) fC = 500 kHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave fC = 10 MHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave 50 Transadmittance Bandwidth (Magnitude) (R L = 50n) Carrier Input Port, Vc = 60 mV(rms) sine wave 65 40 65 50 50 300 300 80 80 MHz = 1.0 kHz, 300 mV(rms) sine wave = 300 mV(rms) sine wave Ivci = 0.5V dc fS Signal Input Port, Vs Signal Gain Vs 2.5 = 100 mV(rms), f 3.5 2.5 3.5 V/V = 1.0 kHz; IVcl = 0.5V dc Single-Ended Input Impedance, Signal Port, f = 5.0 MHz Parallel Input Resistance Single-Ended Output Impedance, f 200 200 Parallel Input Capacitance kn 2.0 2.0 pF = 10 MHz Parallel Output Resistance 40 Parallel Output Capacitance kn 40 pF 5.0 5.0 Input Bias Current 11 + 14 IbS = - 2 - ; IbC f.JA 17 +18 = -2- 12 25 12 30 12 25 12 30 Input Offset Current lioS = 11 f.JA -1 4 ; lioC = 17 -1 8 Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current (T A 0.7 5.0 0.7 7.0 0.7 5.0 0.7 7.0 2.0 2.0 nA/C = -55°C to +125°C) 14 Output Offset Current 50 15 80 f.JA (16 -1 ) 9 Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Offset Current 90 90 nA/C (T A = -55°C to +125°C) Common-Mode Input Swing, Signal Port, fS = 1.0 kHz Common-Mode Gain, Signal Port, fS = 1.0 kHz, 5.0 Vp-p 5.0 -85 dB -85 IVcl = 0.5V dc Common-Mode Quiescent Output Voltage (Pin 6 or Pin 9) 8.0 8.0 Vdc Differential Output Voltage Swing Capability 8.0 8.0 Vp-p mAdc Power Supply Current 16 + 19 110 DC Power Dissipation 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 33 2.0 4.0 3.0 5.0 33 (v+ = +12V dc, V- = -S.OV dc, 15 = 1.0mA dc, RL = 3.9kn, Re = 1.0kn, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted) ·Pin number references pertain to K package pinout only. 6·148 mW !i!!lDotiC!i SN7520 SN7521 SN7522 SN7523 SN7524 SN7525 DUAL CORE MEMORY SENSE AMPLIFIERS LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION fEATURES The 7520 Series Dual Core Memory Sense Amplifiers are designed for use in high speed core memory systems. Three separate logic configurations allow flexibility of system design. • • • • The 7520 and 7521 can be used to perform the function of a flip-flop or a data register which responds to the sense and strobe-input conditions. ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS DUAL SENSE AMPS ±4mV THRESHOLD UNCERTAINTY DESIGN VERSATILITY 25ns PROPAGATION DELAY ±5V ±7V +5.5V o -65°C to +150 o e oOe to +70 e 500mW Differential Input Voltage Vee The 7522 and 7523 features an open collector stage which may be used to perform the wired-OR function. Strobe & Gain Input Voltages Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Power Dissipation The 7524 and 7525 features two independent sense channels with separate outputs. ;'IN CONFIGURATIONS B PACKAGE (Top View) 7522/23 7520/21 ORDER PART NOS. SN7520N/ SN7521N ORDER PART NOS. 1 7524/25 ORDER PART NOS. 1 SN7522N/ SN7523N 1 SN7524N/ SN7526N ·The Signetlcs 7520/21/22/23/24/26 does not require an external capacitor (C ext ) to stabilize th!i! pre-amplifier. Pin 1 may be used as a test point, giving access to the pre-amplifier output. No degradation of performance will result if a 100pF capacitor Is connected from Pin 1 to GND. I' OGle DI.AGRAMS 7520/21 7524/25 7522/23 }o-,.---o OUTPUT 0 INPUTS{:; OUTPUTll STROBE A B1 INPUTS { B, STROBE B Output 0 = Output Q Go + (SA = Gate :~~ STROSES~ INPUTS { INA + SB IN B) Output O~2V = Gate~2V Output A = SA INA G INA = (V inD at Inputs A1 and A 2 ) >VT SA = Strobe A ~2V where: SB = Strobe B ~ 2V INA = (V inD at Inputs A1 and A 2 ) >Vr SB = Str~be B ~ 2V SA = Strobe A ~2V INB = (V inD at Inputs B1 and B2 ) >V T GQ= Gatea~2V OUTPUTS Y = G(SA INA + SB IN B ) + G where: SA = Strobe A ~2V GO = Gate O~O.8V A - INA + SB IN B ) GO = GO (Go + SA where: GO ~OUTPUT STROBEA~ INB = (V inD at Inputs B1 and B2 ) > V T G = Gate ~O.4V Output B = SB INB INA = (V inD at Inputs A1 and A 2 ) >V T SB = Strobe B ~ 2V INB = (V inD at Inputs B1 and B2 ) >V T 6-149 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25 ~.CTB!CAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc 1 = 5V, Vcc2 = -5V, TA = O°C to +70°C, unless otherwise specified) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS VT Differential-Input Threshold Voltage (See Note 1) VCMF Common-Mode Input Firing Voltage (See Note 2) lin Differential-Input Bias Current IDI zinD Vin(1) Differential-Input Offset Current Differential-I nput Impedance Logical 1 Input Voltage (gate and strobe inputs) Logical 0 Input Voltage (gate Vin(O) lin(O) Logical 0 Level Input Current (gate and strobe inputs) lin(l ) Logical 1 Level Input Current (gate and strobe inputs) V out (1) Logical 1 Output Voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 Output Voltage 10S(0) 10S(0) Iccl Icc2 tor D tor CM tcyc(min) a Output Short-Circuit Current a Output Short-Circuit Current V cc l Supply Current V cc2 Supply Current Differential-Input Overload Recovery Time (See Note 3) Common-Mode Input Overload Recovery Time (See Note 4) Minimum cycle time 7520 7521 7520 Vref = 40mV 7521 Strobe Input: VinS = Vin(l) Common-Mode Input Pulse: tr = tf"';; 15ns, tp(in) = 50ns TA = 25°C V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V VinD = OmV V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V f = 1 kHz V cc l = 4.75V, Vcc2 = -4.15V Vin(O) = 0.8V V cc 1 = 4.75V, Vcc2 = -4.75V Vin(l) = 2V Vccl = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V Vin(O) = O.4V V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V Vin(l) = 2.4V V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V Vref = 15mV Vin(l) = V cc1 V cc1 = 4.75V, Vcc2 = -4.75V Iload = - 4OOf.J.A V cc l =4.75V, V cc 2=-4.75V Isink = 16mA V cc l = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V V cc 1 = 5.25V, Vcc2 = -5.25V TA = 25°C TA = 25°C VinD = 2V,t r = tf = 20ns TO OUTPUT t pd(l)DO, tpd(O)DO Al-A2orBl-B2 a t pd(l)DQ, tpd(O)OQ Al-A2orBl-B2 Q t pd(l)SO, tpd(O)SO Strobe A or B a t pd(l )SQ, tpd(O)SQ Strobe A or B Q tpd( 1)GOO, tpd(O)GOO Gate a a t pd(l)GOQ, tpd(O)GOQ Gate a Q t pd(l)GOQ, tpd(O)GOQ Gate Q Q (SEE NOTES PAGE 128) TYP 11 8 36 33 15 15 40 40 MAX UNITS 18 22 44 47 mV mV mV mV ±3 V 75 30 0.5 2 0.8 V -1.6 mA 40 f.J.A 1 mA 3.9 2.4 V 0.4 V 5 3.5 28 -14 20 mA mA mA mA ns 20 ns 200 ns 0.25 3.3 2.1 MIN f.J.A f.J.A kn V 2 VinCM = 2V, tr = tf = 20ns PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES SYMBOL FROM INPUT 6-150 MIN TYP MAX UNIT 20 30 25 35 15 25 15 35 10 15 15 20 15 10 40 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 55 30 55 20 30 20 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25 ':~LECTRIC:AL CHARACTERISTICS (V ee l = 5V, Vee2 = -5V, TA == O°C to +70°C, unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS 7522 7523 7522 Vref = 40mV 7523 Strobe Input: VinS == Vin(l) Common Mode Input Pulse: tr = tf ~ 15ns, tp(in) = 50ns TA = 25°C V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V VinD = OmV V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V f = 1 kHz V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V Vin(O) = 0.8V V eel = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V Vin(l) = 2V V eel = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V Vin(O) = O.4V V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V Vin(l) = 2.4V Vee 1 = 5.25V, Vee2 = ;,,5.25V Vin(l) = V ee l V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V Iload = -400JlA, Vin = 2V V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V Isink = 16mA, Vin = 0.8V V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V V out = 5.25V, Vin = 2V V eel = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V TA = 25°C TA = 25°C VinD = 2V, tr = tf = 20ns Vref = 15mV VT Differential Input Threshold Voltage (See Note 1) VCMF Common Mode Input Firing Voltage (See Note 2) lin Differential Input Bias Current 101 zinD Vin(l) Differential Input Offset Current Differential Input Impedance Logical 1 Input Voltage (gate and strobe inputs) Logical 0 Input Voltage (gate and strobe inputs) Logical 0 Level Input Current (gate and strobe inputs) Vin(O) lin(O) Logical 1 Level Input Current (gate and strobe inputs) lin(l ) V out (l ) Logical 1 Output Voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 Output Voltage lout(l) Output Reverse Current lOS leel lee2 tor D Output Short Circuit Current Veel Supply Current Vee2 Supply Current Differential Input Overload Recovery Time (See Note 3) Common Mode I nput Overload Recovery Time (See Note 4) Minimum Cycle Time toTCM teye(min) VinCM TYP 11 8 36 33 15 15 40 40 MAX UNIT 19 22 44 47 mV mV mV mV ±3 V 75 30 0.5 2 -1 2.4 JlA JJ.A kn V 2 0.8 V -1.6 mA 40 JlA 1 mA V 3.9 0.2 0.4 250 3.5 V JlA 27 15 20 mA mA mA ns 20 ns 200 ns 2.1 = ±2V, tr = tf = 20ns PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES TYP MAX UNIT Y 20 30 45 ns ns Strobe A or B Y 15 25 40 ns ns Gate y 10 15 25 ns ns MIN FROM INPUT TO OUTPUT t pd(l)D tpd(O)D Al - A2 or Bl - B2 t pd(l)S tpd(O)S t pd(l)G tpd(O)G SYMBOL MIN (SEE NOTES PAGE 128) 8-151 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25 :~LECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V ee l = 5V, Vee2 = -5V, TA = O°C to +70°C, unless otherwise specified) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS Differential Input Threshold Voltage (See Note 1) VCMF Common Mode Input Firing Voltage (See Note 2) lin Differential Input Bias Current 101 zinD Vin(1) Differential Input Offset Current Differential Input Impedance Logical 1 Input Voltage (strobe inputs) Logical 0 Input Voltage (strobe inputs) Logical 0 Level Input Current (strobe inputs) Vin(O) lin(O) Logical 1 Level Input Current (strobe inputs) lin(1) V out (l ) Logical 1 Output Voltage Vout(O) Logical 0 Output Voltage lOS leel lee2 tor 0 Output Short Circuit Current Veel Supply Current Vee2 Supply Current Differential Input Overload Recovery Time (See Note 3) Common Mode I nput Overload Recovery Time (See Note 4) Minimum Cycle Time tor CM teye(min) SYMBOL PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES FROM INPUT = 15iTiV 7524 7525 7524 Vref = 40mV 7525 Strobe Input: VinS = Vin(1) Common Mode Input Pulse: tr = tf ~ 15ns, tp(in) = 50ns TA = 25°C V ee l = 5.25V, V ee2 = -5.25V VinD = OmV V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V f = 1 kHz V ee1 = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V Vin(O) = 0.8V V ee l = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V Vin(l) = 2V Vee1 = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V Vin(O) = 0.4V V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V Vin(l) = 2.4V Veel = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V Vin(l) = V ee l Vee1 = 4.75V, Vee2 = -4.75V Iload = -400JJ.A, Vin(1) = 2V Vin(O) = 0.8V V ee l == 4.75V, V ee 2 = -4.75V Isink = 16mA, Vin(O) = 0.8V V ee l = 5.25V, Vee2 = -5.25V TA = 25°C TA = 25°C VinD = 2V, tr = tf = 20ns Vref VT VinCM = ±2V, tr TO OUTPUT MIN TYP 11 8 36 33 15 15 40 40 UNIT 19 22 44 47 mV mV mV mV ±3 30 V 75 JJ.A 0.5 2 JJ.A kn V 2 -1 2.4 0.8 V -1.6 mA 40 JJ.A 1 mA 3.9 0.25 V 0.4 V 3.5 25 -15 20 mA mA mA ns 20 ns 200 ns 2.1 = tf = 20ns MIN MAX TYP MAX UNiT t pd(l )0 tpd(O)D Al-A2orBl-B2 A or B 25 20 40 ns ns tpd(l)S tpd(O)S Strobe A or B Aor B 15 20 30 ns ns NOTES: 1. The differential input threshold voltage (VT) is defined as the 3. Differential input overload recovery time Is the time necessary DC input voltage (Vin) required to force the output of the sense for the device to recover from the specified differential input amplifier to the logic gate threshold voltage level. overload signal prior to the strobe enable signal. 2. Common mode Input firing voltage Is the common mode voltage that will axceed the dynamic range of the input at the specified conditions and cause the logic output to switch. The specified 4. Common mode Input overload recovery time is the time neces- common mode Input signal Is applied with a strobe enable sary for the device to recover from the specified common mode signal present. input overload signal prior to the strobe enable signal. 6-152 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25 '!:~~t.MJ\TiIC DIAGRAMS 7520/21 v" 6 - - - _ O _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - + - - - - - . " ........ 7522/23 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25 THRESHOLD VOLTAGE VERSUS REFERENCE VOLTAGE f-- ,, Jee,·I,v I v ec2 " -9V ~TA·O·Cto70°C V V / THRESHOLD VOLTAGE VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE , I- VREF NORMALIZED THRESHOLD VOLTAGE VERSUS PULSE REPETITION RATE V CC1 -5V *20ml ecz - -I5V V T A " 25"C VREF" 20mVt-H-tttII--HH-ttlH-+tI-HII-++tttlIII 3 ·V T A " 26°C 'r--- . ,, / , --- --- r---- 7 o ,, o 10 16 20 26 30 35 V AEF ~ REFERENCe VOLTAGE - 14.60 40 mV Yee - SUPPLY VOLTAGE - COMMON-MODE FIRING VOLTAGE VERSUS FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE PRR - PULSE REPGTITION RATE - II DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT BIAS CURRENT VERSUS FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE 01 FFERENTIAL-INPUT OFFSET CURRENT VS FREE-AIR TEMPERATURE 0 V CC1 2 ·· ~ 5V VeC2 "-5\1 V REF "20mV V CC1 ~ 5V Vce2--6V 7 -- t---+---t---;---+--t---- t--- MHr ,i'.. · """r--.... ..........r-- , o o T A - PRee-AIR TEMPERATURE - VREF" 20mV fA - FRee-AIR TEMPBRATURE -- C LOGICAL 1 LEVEL INPUT CURRENT VERSUS INPUT VOLTAGE <.1 1-,·7 VCC2 ",-SV f- 1Z TA -26'C I 7 / /' lL o o / 2.0 4.0 ~ -0.75 2.5 3.0 Hi V o o I- V AEF a 16mV V REF -26mV 3.' - V REF • 35mV -+--t--...... =I:=-::t:------:t===1=_=jl---I 3.0 _ V CC1 "'5V 2.6 - Il.OAD " -400J.lA T A "25"C VCC2 .. ...fjV r--.. ""- ""- J-o. 26 IJ IN - INPUT VOLTAGE - 6·154 I TA, -26'C !.! /' 1.5 7522, 7523 AND Q OUTPUT OF 7520, 1!121 ONLY Vecz"' ..fiV -125 -1.00 OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT VOLTAGE vcc,I.5V roo i ........ § fA - FAEE-AIA TEMPeRATURE --'C LOGICAL 0 LEVEL INPUT CURRENT VERSUS INPUT VOLTAGE § -0.50 ......V , . J r--VCC'·SV 'C O.UO 0.76 1---+--+---1--/---1 "\ \, 1.00 1.28 VIN - INPUT VOLTAGE - 1.60 v V IND - DIFFeRENTIAL-INPUT VOLTAGE. -- mV LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS -7520/21/22/23/24/25 !';.·~·jCAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT VOLTAGE f ~ >~ I VREP-1SmV VCC2--S V 'i ---- ~TA·25·C I I =t==Fq-+--jI--I j I I I I 1.. I VCC,",SV --- 4.0 ! - - V REF ·25mV ~ LOGICAL 0 OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS SINK CURRENT 7624,7625 AND 0 QUTl'UT OF 7520. 7521 ONLY 1 I 'i LOGICAL 1 OUTPUT VOLTAGE VERSUS LOAD CURRENT vcc,I ••v I ~ § VCC2--5V 'LOAN" -400tlA T .. 26~C A ~ 7520,7&21,7&24.7526 1.0 I-A-ILL-T-VP+E.-+--I--+--II---+--+--I~ (USING INTERNAL RESISTOR OF 0 '6i"'·'i) 0 VIND - DIFFERENTIAL_INPUT VOLTAGE - I I ... ~ n ~ .-"~ .-"~ --.--" -- -I---'" ~762Z.7623 +-t--~r-+--I I 'LOAD - LOAD CURRENT - mV - , .-1---'" o o 'SINK - SINK CURRENT - ,.A mA ';wn'CHING CHARACTERISTICS (Propagation Delay Times) TEST CIRCUIT - DIFFERENTIAL AND STROBE INPUTS TO OUTPUTS 7520/21 VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS - DIFFERENTIAL AND! STROBE INPUTS TO OUTPUTS ~~ j ---_v 20mV m~~~~~~~~AL DIFFEReNTIAL INPUT r--;------"H STROBE INPUT PULSE 20mV -----..j OV ~ I-T'P'~ ~VINIO) ~ Ipd!1l0a --..,.---- I -..II I I I I tpdI1lDl:i...! 14-1 t.BV UV t.BV :..- I I I C'*,'6PF 20mV t----tp2 I ,.BY OUTPUT Q »-7"-----+00. OUTPUT 20mY r-tp1 tpd[OIDO I 1,6V tpd{1lsa I t I I I I : "-- tpel/Dlsa :1'---- UlV I --a; I 1 VOureo ) I t-- tpdl1l ol:i I tpdlOISl:l....l Yourl11 '.BV OUTPUTa~~1 I 1.BV 1.&V I 1.&V 1.6V I VIN1 " t.BY ~ :t--I V OUT (1) v r-- tpdlUsOOureo) NOTES: 1. Pulse generators have the following charilcterlstlcs: Zout - 50n. tr "' ~ - 15(!5)ns, tp1 - 100ns, tp2 = 300ns, and PRR = 1 MHz. 2. C Includes probe and Jig capacitance. 1 TEST CIRCUIT VCC2 VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS VREF -20mV 9, __ .l4~~ ,'-" j •____ .l!. ••-__ Q ):>-f--7"-+-<' OUTPUT lSpP NOTES: 1. Pulse generators have the following characteristics: ZOUT .. 50n. tr = ~ K 15(±5)ns, tp1 - 100n8, tp2 = 300ns, and PRR ~ 1 MHz. 2. C 1 includes probe and Jig capacitance. 8·155 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 7520/21/22/23/24/25 :::'~;:'-;h u~A~~AC~FRISliCS (Propagation Delay Times)(Cont'd) 7522/23 VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS TEST CIRCUIT OIF~~p"J:TlAL I.J___v:~o:_D__ "-l VCC1 .--t--,-----,,'t-t -----40mv DIFFERENTIAL INPUT PULSE ~~ r---20mV ~ I Ipl 20mV I ~ 1 ~1.6~ 10 STROBE INPUT ---I'l ,._- I C'l,5pF ~ OATE INPUT N II ~.6V 1 tpdl1lG--1 : : 'pdIOlO-l _I ~ I ~tpdf1JD ~ I I 1.611 I all V IN (11 V ~tp,---: t~ ~~ 1.6\1 OUTPUT : 20mV tp2~ F\,~6~----- ~lp2~ PULSE 20mV INIDI II ~V'N'" : : ,:,.6V I I VI NIDI ' I ~ r-'1 ms ~---VOUT(lI 1.511 tpd(olS I 1.511 I I --tIooJ t4- 1.6V: I --..j 1.6\1 J II OU 1l01 14- tpd(OIG NOTES: 1. Pulse generators have the following charactaristics: Zout = 50n, tr = t f = 15(±5)ns, tp1 = 100ns, tp2 = 300ns, PRR = 1 MHz. 2. Strobe input pulse is applied to Strobe A when Inputs A1 - A2 are being testEid and to Strobe B when Inputs B 1 - B2 are being tested. 3. C 1 Includes probe and jig capacitance. 7524/25 TEST CIRCUIT VOLTAGE WAVEFORMS ~~ -----40mv 20mV DIFFERENTIAL INPUT PULSE ~1'~ BTR08EINPUT PULSE ----'~I02~~ ~P2~ tpdl1l0-.J I C1~16PF OUTPUT ~ 1.5V NOTES: 1. Pulse generators have the following characteristics: Zout = SOn, tr = tf = 15(±5)ns, tp1 = 100ns, tp2 = 300ns, PRR = 1 MHz. 2. Strobe input pulse Is applied to Strobe A when Inputs A1 - A2 are being tested and to Strobe B when Inputs B1 - B2 are being tested. 3. C 1 includes probe and jig capacitance. 6-156 20mV -F"'\-;;.;----ip'j 011 V'NI11 II t ~ L.-tpd(O)otpd(lIS~ ~ 1.5V }-------r-----HOUTPUT 20mV i.-----tp2 - . . { I 1 } - -_ _ _ _P--1f-OA OUTPUT 20mV r--tp,.....,.j INIDI t+-'pdf01S ~-+------VOUTI1l 1.BV 1.6V VOUTlOJ". ,~UAL Si!lDotiCS PERIPHERAL DRIVER 75450 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ! ~ESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The 75450 and 75450A are dual peripheral drivers designed for use in systems that employ TTL or DTL Jogic. These circuits feature two standard 7400 series gates and two uncommitted, high current, high voltage, npn output driver transistors. A PACKAGE (Top View) 14 Vee ,'\HSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Supply Vortage Input Voltage Collector-Emitter Voltage Continuous Collector Current Continuous Total Power Dissipation +7V +5.5V +30V 300mA 800mW ORDER PART NOS. SN75450N SN75450AN Gnd NOTES: Positive Logic: Y = AG 7 8 Sub (gate only) C = AG (gate and transistor) ,r:.iKHVAlENT CIRCUIT Vee ·l.PCTRICAl CHARACTERISTICS - TTL GATES (V CC = 5V, T A PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS = 25°C) MIN TVP MAX UNIT 0.8 V -1.5 V V IH High-Level Input Voltage V IL Low-Level Input Voltage V VI Input Clamp Voltage VOH High-Level Output Voltage VOL Low-Level Output Voltage II Input Current at Maximum Input Voltage Input A Input G VCC = 5.25V, Vl = 5.5V 2 IIH High-Level Input Current Input A Input G VCC = 5.25V, Vl = 2AV 40 80 JjA IlL Low-Level Input Current Input A Input G VCC = 5.25V, V 1 = OAV -1.6 -3.2 mA 2 = 4.75V,1 1 = -12mA VCC = 4.75V, V IL = 0.8V 10M = -400JjA VCC = 4.75V, V 1H = 2V, 10L = 16mA VCC = 5.25V = 5.25V, V 1 = 0 VCC = 5.25V, V 1 = 5V lOS Short Circuit Output Current VCC ICCH Supply Current, High-Level Output VCC 'CCl Supply Current, Low-Level Output 2.4 3.3 0.22 V 0.4 1 -18 V mA -55 mA 2 4 mA 6 11 mA 6-157 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 75450 1. rCl:~;eAL CHARACTERISTICS - OUTPUT PARAMETER TRAN~ISTORS (Cont'd) TEST CONDITIONS V(BR) CBO Collector-Base Breakdown Voltage IC = l00IlA, IE V(BR) CER Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage IC = l00IlA, RBE IE = l00IlA, IC V(BR) EBO Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage hFE V BE Static Forward Current Transfer Ratio Base-Emitter Voltage VCE (sat) Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage MIN =0 = 500n =0 VCE = 3V, IC TA = 25°C = 100mA, VCE = 3V, IC T A = 25°C = 300mA, VCE = 3V, IC TA = O°C = 100mA VCE = 3V, IC TA = O°C = 300mA, TVP MAX 35 V 30 V 5 V 25 30 20 25 IB = 10mA, IC = 100mA 0.85 1 V IB = 30mA, IC = 300mA 1.05 1.2 V IB = 10mA, IC = 100mA 0.25 0.4 V 0.5 0.7 V I B = 30mA, IC = 300m A 75450 75450A UNIT TEST CONDITIONS PARAMETER UNIT MIN TVP MAX MIN TVP MAX TTL GATES tpLH Propagation Delay Time Low-to-High-LeveIOutput tpH L Propagation Delay Time, High-to-High-LeveIOutput = 15pF, RL = 400n CL 12 22 20 ns 8 15 8 ns OUTPUT TRANSISTORS = 200mA, to Delay Time IC tr Rise Time I B (2) ts Storage Time = -40mA, VBE(off) = -lV tf Fall Time CL I B (l) = 20m A 8 15 8 ns 12 20 12 ns 7 15 7 ns 6 15 6 ns 17 40 ns 16 25 ns tTLH Transition Time, Low-to-High-LeveIOutput 7 10 ns tTH L Transition Time, High-to-Low-LeveIOutput 9 12 ns = 15pF, RL = 50 GATES AND TRANSISTORS COMBINED tpLH Propagation Delay Time, Low-to-High-Level Output tpHL Propagation Delay Time, High-to-Low-Level Outpu~ IC = 200mA, C L = 15pF, RL = 50 6-158 JiUAl PERIPHERAL DRIVER !ii!lDotiC!i 75451 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS tilN CONFIGURATION The SN75451 and SN75451A dual peripheral drivers are versatile devices designed for use in systems that employ TTL or DTL logic. These circuits are dual AND drivers (positive logic) with the gate outputs internally connected to the npn output transistors. V PACKAGE (Top View) 8 '\cSULU1E MAXIMUM RATINGS Supply Voltage (VCC) Input Voltage Output Voltage Continuous Output Current Continuous Power Dissipation Positive Logic +7V +5.5V +30V 300mA 800mW Y=AB Gnd Vee 4 ORDER PART NO. SN75451 P/SN76461 AP iH iABlE EGUiVALENT CIRCUli (Each Driver) ......- - - 0 Vee . - - -......- A B V L L L (on state) L H L (on state) H L L (on state) H H H (off state) v A ~~---+--~~-~GND , . fKH.;·AL CHARACTERISTICS PARAMETER VIH High-Level Input Voltage V 1L Low-Level Input Voltage , TEST CONDITIONS MIN TVP MAX V 2 0.8 VI I nput Clamp Voltage VCC" 4.75V, II = -12mA IOH High-Level Output Current Vce" 4.75V, V IH = 2V V OH = 30V VOL Low-Level Output Voltage Vee = 4.75V, V IL - 0.8V IOL "100mA Vec = 4.75V, V IL = 0.8V, IOL = 300mA UNIT -1.5 100 V V jJ.A 0.25 0.4 V 0.5 0.7 V II Input Current at Maximum Input Voltage Vee" 5.25V, VI = 6.5V 1 mA IIH High-Level Input Current Vec = 5.26V, VI = 2.4V 40 jJ.A IlL Low-Level Input Current Vec" 5.26V, VI" O.4V -1.6 mA leCH Supply Current, High-Level Output VCC = 5.25V, VI" 5V 7 11 mA ICCL Supply Current, Low-Level Output Vce = 5.26V, V T = 0 52 65 mA -1 8-158 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. 75451/N75451A SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (v CC = SV, T A = 2SoC) 75451 PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS tpLH Propagation Delay Time Low-toHigh-LeveIOutput tpHL Propagation Delay Time High-to-Low Level Output tTLH Transition Time, Low-toHigh-Level Output tTHL Transition Time, High-toLow-Level Output 6·160 10:::: 200mA,C RL L = 15pF = 50n MIN TYP 75451 A MAX MIN TYP MAX UNITS 20 25 45 ns 20 30 25 ns 10 10 ns 10 12 ns DM8880 ~1IGH VOLTAGE 7-SEGMENT DECODER/DRIVER Gi!lDotiCG LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The DM8880 isa High VoltageSeven-Segment Decoder/Driver designed to decode BCD and drive gas filled seven-segment display tubes. B PACKAGE Decoding is performed by a 16x7 read only memory. Thus, for applications desiring other fonts, or applications not using standard BCD inputs, the ROM contents can be altered via metal mask change to produce any seven· segment combination for any 16 binary input combinations. 16 15 The output of the ROM is used to drive high voltage constant current sink generators. The current sinks will withstand 80V output min. The current sinks are ratioed to the B output current as required for even illumination of the segments. Output currents may be varied over a 0.2 to 1.5 mA range through use of the external current programming input. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B Input e Input RBI Input 12 7. 8. A Input 11 16. 15. 14. 13. 14 Program 13 BI/RBO Vee f Output g Output a Output 12. 11. 10. 9. o GNO b Output Output d Output C e Output 10 Blanking input provides unconditional blanking of any out· put display, while the ripple blanking pins allow simple leading or trailing zero blanking. ;FATURES • CURRENT SOURCE OUTPUTS • ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT CURRENT - 0.2 TO 1.5 mA • HIGH OUTPUT BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE - 110V TVP • SUITABLE FOR MULTIPLEX OPERATION • BLANKING AND RIPPLE BLANKING PROVISIONS • LOW FAN-IN AND LOW POWER OGIC AND CONNECTION DIAGRAMS r----I A INPUT fHUTH TABLE ...-_ _ __+_ • OUTPUT I I ...--+---t- b OUTPUT ...--+---+- c OUTPUT B INPUT .-.-.~- DECIMAL RBI D C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X RBI 0 OR B A BI/RBO d b f 9 DISPLAY FUNCTION 16 WORD x 7 BIT READ ONLY MEMORY C INPUT r----+---;- d OUTPUT r----+--+ • OUTPUT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RIPPLE BLANKING INPUT -,-+------1 r----+---"- f OUTPUT 10 11 r.--+---l- 9 OUTPUT BLANKING INPUT! RIPPLE BLANKING OUTPUT 9 .-I-_ _~>--....j IL _______________ 12 13 14 15 0 0 0 I I 1 I I 1 I 1 X 0 r--i---- f - 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 I .0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 I I 0 1 I I I X 0 0 0 I I X 0 I X 0 0 0 0 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I I I I 0 0 f--f-i-0 ~ -f·~ 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 I 0 0 I 1 I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 I I I I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I I 0 0 I 0 0 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 1 I I I I CURRENT PROGRAMMING INPUT ~ j ORDER PART OM8880N-16 6-161 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. DM8880 VCC 80V CONDITIONS PARAMETER Logic Logic Logic Logic Logic "1" "0" "1" "0" "1" Input Voltage Input Voltage Output Voltage (RBO) Output Voltage (RBO) Input Current (Except B I) Logic "0" Input Current (Except B I) Logic "0" Input Current (B I) Power Supply Current Input Diode Clamp Voltage Segment Outputs: Outputs a, f, g On Current Ratio Output c On Current Ratio Output d On Current Ratio Output e On Current Ratio Output b On Current Power Dissipation (Note 1) Operating Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec) 7V 6V VCC Input Voltage (Except B1) Input Voltage (B1) Segment Output Voltage VCC VCC VCC VC.C VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC Rp = 4.75V = 4.75V = 4.75V, = 4.75V, = 5.25V, = 5.25V, = 5.25V, = 5.25V, = 5.25V, = 2.2k TYP MAX 2.0 0.8 lOUT = -200J.LA lOUT = 8mA VIN = 2.4V VIN = 5.5V VIN = O.4V VIN = 0.4V All Inputs = OV, 2.4 VCC = 5V, liN = -12mA, TA = 25°C All Outputs = 50V, Output b Curro = All Outputs = 50 V, Output b Curro = All Outputs = 50V, Output b Curro = All Outputs = 50V, Output b Curro = UNITS V V V V 3.7 0.13 2 4 -300 -1.2 0.4 15 400 -600 -2.0 J.LA J.LA J.LA mA 27 43 mA -0.9 -1.5 V Ref. 0.88 0.93 0.98 Ref. 1.19 1.25 1.31 Ref. 0.95 1.00 1.05 Ref. 1.04 1.10 1.16 VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V, T A = 25°C, Rp = 18.1 k 0.18 0.20 0.22 mA VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V, T A = 25°C, Rp = 7.03k 0.45 0.50 0.55 mA VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V, T A = 25°C, Rp = 3.40k 0.90 1.00 1.10 mA VCC = 5V, VOUT b = 50V, T A = 25°C, Rp = 2.20k 1.45 1.50 1.65 mA Output Saturation Voltage VCC = 4.75V, lOUT = 2mA, Rp = 1k ±5% Output Leakage Current Output Breakdown Voltage VOUT = 75V, BI = OV lOUT = 250J.LA, BI = OV Propagation Del ays: BCD Input to Segment Output B I to Segment Output RBI to Segment Output RBI to RBO MIN 600mW O°C to 70°C -65°C to 150°C 300°C VCC = 5V, V CC = 5V, VCC = 5V, VCC=5V, TA = 25°C T A = 25° C T A = 25°C TA=25°C 80 0.8 .003 110 0.4 0.4 0.7 0.4 2.5 3 10 10 10 10 V J.LA V J.Ls J.Ls J.Ls J.Ls Note 1: Min/max limits apply across the guaranteed operating tamperature range of oOe to ?Ooe unless otherwise specified. Typicals are for = 5V, T A = 25 0 e. Positive current is defined as current into the referenced pin. Vee 6·162 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS .' DM8880 TYPICAL APPLICATION OUTPUT CURRENT PROGRAMMING ON CURRENTS VI. TEMPERATURE 10.0 VCc- 6V VOUT -6OV TA - 26'C 3.~1 " ffi a: a 1.03 0 1.02 ~ a: :I 0 is ~ ~~ " O.:i '" 0.1 1 10 i 1.01 / 1.00 1', 30 / 0.99 0.98 1', 0.97 /v of ~ :Ii a: V ~«) ,;:,~ ffi a: I" 1.0 0 ~a: 1', I a: 1.04 V L /' ON CURRENT RATIOS I / /V / 100 10 Rp(kn) 20 I VCC=5V VOUT- 50V Rp = 0 TEMP. COEF. 0.2 mA {lOUT ( 1.6 mA 30 40 1 1 50 60 t--- 70 TA('C) V AA (170·200 VOC) DISPLAY DECODER/DRIVER MEMORY COUNTER 6-163 S(gnotics lilGH PERFORMANCE LM101A OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER LM201A LM301A LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PIN CONFIGURATIONS DESCRIPTION The LM101A, LM201A, and LM301A are high performance operational amplifiers featuring high gain, short circuit protection, simplified compensation and excellent temperature stability. A & I PACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. fEATURES • SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION • OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY • LARGE COMMON-MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGES • LOW POWER CONSUMPTION • NO LATCH UP ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Supply Voltage LM101A/LM201A LM301A ±22V ±18V Power Dissipation (Note 1) 500mW Differential Input Voltage ±30V Input Voltage (Note 2) ±15V Output Short Circuit Duration Indefinite Operating Temperature Range LM101A -55°C to 125°C _25°C to 85°C LM201A OOC to 70°C LM301A Storage Temperature Range -65°C to 150°C 300°C Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec.) 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. NC NC Offset Null Output V+ 12. 13. 14. Freq. Compo NC NC ORDER PART NOS. LM1 01 AD/LM201 A/LM301 AD ~~gg~ ~~:~~LM301 AN·14/ QPACKAGE NOTES: 1. Absolute maximum retlng holds for all packages. The maximum junction temperature is 150°C for the LM101A and 100°C for the LM201A and the LM301A. For operation at elevated tem· peratures, derate according to appropriate thermal resistances given under package information. 2. For supply voltages less than ±15V, the absolute maximum input voltage Is equal to the supply voltage. ~QUIVALENT NC NC Freq. Comp./Offset Null Inverting Input Noninvertlng Input V- 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. NC Bal/Comp Input Input V- 6. 7. 8. 9. Bal Output V+ 10. Comp NC ORDER PART NOS. LM101AQ/LM201AQ/LM301AQ T PACKAGE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Freq. Comp/Offset Null Inverting Input Noninverting Input V- 7. Offset Null Output V+ 8. Freq. Compo 6. ORDER PART NOS. LM 1 01 AH/LM201 AH/LM301 AH V PACKAGE B 1 • 2 7 . . 3 ' • 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Freq. Comp./Offset Null I nverting Input Noninverting Input VOffset Null Output V+ Freq. Compo ORDER PART NO. LM 1 01 AN/LM201 AN/LM301 AN 6·164 LINEAR INTEGRATED ClRCUITS. LM101A1 LM201A/301A ~LECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS LM101A: -55°C~TA~ 125°C LM201A: -25°C ~ T A ~ 85()C ±5V~VS ~±20V and C1 = 30pF unless otherwise specified.) PARAMETER CONDITIONS Input Offset Voltage Input Offset Current Input Bias Current Input Resistance Supply Current Large Signal Voltage Gain TA TA TA TA TA TA Input Offset Voltage RS";;; 50kn = 25°C, RS";;; 50kn = 25°C = 25°C = 25°C = 25°C, Vs = ±20V = 25°C, Vs = ±15V VOUT = ±10V, R L ;;;' 2kn MIN 1.5 50 Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage TVP MAX UNITS 0.7 1.5 30 4 1.8 2.0 10 75 mV nA nA Mn mA 3.0 160 V/mV 3.0 mV 15 J.LV/oC 20 nA 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.2 nA/oC 1.2 100 2.5 nA mA 3.0 Input Offset Current Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current 25°C";;; T A ..;;; 125°C -55°C";;; T A";;; 25°C Input Bias Current Supply Current T A = +125°C, Vs = ±20V Large Signal Voltage Gain Vs = ±15V, V OUT = ±10V R L ;;;' 2kn Output Voltage Swing Vs = ±15V, RL = 10kn RL = 2kn ±12 ±10 25 nA/oC V/mV ±14 ±13 V V Input Voltage Range Vs = ±20V ±15 Common Mode Rejection Ratio RS";;; 50kn 80 96 dB Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio RS";;; 50kn 80 96 dB V ! M301A ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (O°Cq A<70°C, ±5V, ~ Vs ~ ±15V and C1 PARAMETER CONDITIONS MIN = 30pF unless otherwise specified.) - TVP MAX UNIT Input Offset Voltage TA = 25°C, RS';; 50kn 2.0 7.5 mV Input Offset Current T A = 25°C 3 50 nA Input Bias Current T A = 25°C 70 250 Input Resistance TA = 25°C Supply Current TA = 25°C, Vs = ±15V Large Signal Voltage Gain T A = 25°C, V S = ± 15V VOUT= ±10V; R L ;;;' 2kn RS';; 50kn I nput Offset Voltage 0.5 2 25 160 1.8 Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 25°C';; T A";;; 70°C O°C.;; T A";;; 25°C Gain Vs = ±15V, VO UT = ±10V R L ;;;' 2kn Output Voltage Swing Vs = ±15V, RL RL = 2kn = 10kn 6.0 30 J.LV/oC 70 nA 0.01 0.02 0.3 0.6 nA/oC 300 nA 15 ±12 ±10 mA V/mV mV I nput Bias Current Large Signal Voltage 3.0 10 Input Offset Current Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current nA Mn nA/oC V/mV ±14 ±13 V V Input Voltage Range Vs = ±15V ±12 Common Mode Rejection Ratio RS';; 50kn 70 90 dB Supply Voltage Rejection Batio RS";;; 50kn 70 96 dB V 8·185 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101A/201A/301.A YP!CAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES LM101A1LM201A/ I~_PUT VOLTAGE RA~GE VERSU~ SUPPLY VOLTAGE V bY' V /' ~t/ OUTPUT SWING VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE VOLTAGE GAIN VERSUS SUp·PL Y VOLTAGE V ./ /~ .p" V VV V V o V . U _66 C';;: T A ~~ 126"C 70 . -66~C';; TA"; 126~C LM301A INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE OUTPUT SWING VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE. VOLTAGE GAIN VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE - - -- .j--- r-- j - - - t - j-- ~~i'(\-J~/ 8 ./ V ../ V V ./ ./ V ,\~~ -~ V V V V --r-- t--- ./ V ./ -- t--- t--- "--oUe.;: V V. / V V I..:::: t - t-- I- V ~ 1-;- lJ..\~\~IJu.\.~\.. V V- I ~?)I-"\' F-V--t-I-----+-+-"---+--+ ---I· 1 -j-- oC TA <':70 C ,-- ----- --- t-- t-- TA r-- --+-- t--+--+~+--+--I----+---o C<;TA< 10e 70'C o 0 6 LM101A/L~1201A VOLTAGE GAIN --_. __.. _ ..._- SUPPLY CURRENT t-.------j----- - - - TA ~-56 INPUT CURRENT --- r--r--- ---t- C lOO? , 1----1--- --- 1----- f---- 1- 80.L _--I._ _L-_...l.-_--"--_---'-_-' 6-166 ----+---+~-I-----l LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101AlLM201A/301A PlCAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) LM301A VOLTAGE GAIN c----- --- -- -- - --- INPUT CURRENT SUPPLY CURRENT -~ -r--I-- -~f----- - -- ~AS r-- --- --- -- --~~- -- OFFSET -f--~ ------- - --- 1 o o LM101A/LM201A/LM301A CURRENT LIMITING r--- INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE INPUT NOISE CURR~NT 10- 24 ~l-- r--...-......... :--.... 1- '\ '\ '\ TA-126°C ~ Q -- - \ 1\ r"-- 1\ ,-- ~ .... TA·2SoC ------ '\. ~ TA'" 70 'TA "' 26°C- - ._- TA-25°C Vs·I!16V r-- '" 1\ 1-- _~'l;", (4jI'O~ 1-_ -"'"" - . I'.. ...... i'.. t- r--.. - 10- 16 10 COMMON MODE,REJECTION CLOSED LOOP OUTPUT IMPEDANCE POWER SUPPLY,REJECTION 10' - r--- "'\ I"'\. "'\ """'-~ ,~ 1o r20 10 C,"30pF TA-2rC ? / ~ AVe 1000 100 \ '"'" 10- 1 1"'t-- 10- 2 .- /V V I--- ,,-- - ~1 '\ "'\ ~~~pLEEN~~~~ON 102 10 1 ((',J'G- ~..,> ~~<:10 ~ f- ------- V f"--/ SINGLE POLE COMPENSATION C,"'30pF - TA=26"C lOUT 1"-t5mA 10- 3 6·167 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101A/LM201A/301A :YPICAl CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cont'd.) OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE ,".IL -~-, ,,,11,,11 I ~ \ "'."\\ . 1k (1"",o"r "j 3 1 <, -- I >---#ijl' r--- "" " .. . I <,>~, f-- r--;\: ...... \ SINGLE ~LE \ ~ '- ' '0'" I I {OUTPUT \ V --~ f - - J I SINGLE POLE COMPENSATION -- - -_._- TA-26"C VS-!16V ~~ TIME-j.!5 6-188 / INPUT : \ f-- -- ~ f-- I" <'.I.. I \ I -- " I I I ---- \ TA-2fj C VS" ~16V - \"1"'" 1\ -2.,L...-L...--L----L-...L..'Ok-'-'-OOk-'.i....M..l.....J VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PllLSE RESPONSE LARGE SIGNAL FREQUENCY - RESPONSE !ii!)nntiC!i i-UGH PERFORMANCE AMPLIFIER LM10l LM201 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS )I-:SCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The LM 101 and LM 20 1 are high performance operational amplifiers featuring high gain, short circuit protection, simplified compensation and excellent temperature stability. A & I PACKAGE (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 'Tl'\TURES • SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION • OFFSET VOLTAGE NULL CAPABILITY • LARGE COMMON~MODE AND DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RANGES • LOW POWER CONSUMPTION • NO LATCH UP 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. LM10IN-14}Silicone LM201 N-14 ±22V 500mW ±30V ±15V Output Short Circuit Duration Operating Temperature Range LM10l LM201 Indefinite -55°C to 125°C O°C to 70°C Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 sec.) -65°C to 150°C 300°C 2. Absolute maximum rating holds for all packages. The mum Junction temperature is 150°C for the LM101 and for the LM201. For operation at elevated temperatures, according to appropriate thermal resistances given under age information. . LM101D LM201 D } Ceramic ,Q PACKAGE NOTES 1. NC NC Offset Null Output V+ Freq. Compo 12. 13. NC 14. NC ORDER PART NOS. \HSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Supply Voltage Power Dissipation (Note 1) Differential Input Voltage Input Voltage (Note 2) NC NC Freq. Comp./Offset Null Inverting Input Noninverting Input V- 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. NC Bal/Comp Input Input V- 6. 7. 8. 9. Bai Output V+ 10. maxI100°C derate pack- Comp NC ORDER PART NOS. LM1010/LM2010 T PACKAGE For supply voltages less than :!:15V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. oUIVALENT CIRCUIT Freq. Comp/Offset Null I nverting Input Noninverting Input V- 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Offset Null Output V+ 8. Freq. Compo ORDER PART NOS. LM 1 01 H/LM201 H V PACKAGE B 1 2 " 4 [ _ • 7 . • 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Freq. Comp./Offset Null Inverting Input Noninverting Input V- 6. 7. Offset Null Output V+ 8. Freq. Compo ORDER PART NO. LM201N 6·169 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101/201 l~crRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (-55°C';;;; TA';;;; 125°C, ±15V';;;; VS';;;; ±20V and C1= 30 pF unless otherwise specified). LM101 PARAMETER I nput Offset Voltage CONDITIONS MIN. T A = 25°C, Rs';;; lOkn TYP. 1.0 c MAX. 5.0 Input Offset Current T A = 25 C 40 200 Input Bias Current T A = 25°C 120 500 In. T A = 25°C Resistance 300 Supply Current T A = 25°C, Vs = ±20V Large Signal Voltage Gain T A = 25°C, Vs = ±15V V OUT = ±10V, R L ;> 2kn I nput Offset Voltage Rs";; 10kn Average Temperature Rs';;; 50n 800 1.8 50 UNITS mV nA nA kn 3.0 mA 6.0 mV 160 V/mV /lV/oC 3.0 Coefficient of I nput Offset Voltage Input Offset Current /lV/oC 6.0 Rs";; 10kn T A = +125°C 10 100 T A = -55°C 200 500 nA nA Input Bias Current T A = -55°C 0.28 1.5 /lA Supply Current T A = +125°C, Vs = ±20V 1.2 2.5 mA Large Signal Voltage Gain Vs = ±15V, VO UT = ±10V R L ;;. 2kn Output Voltage Swing Vs = ±15V, RL = 10kn RL = 2kn ±12 ±10 V/mV 25 ±14 ±13 V V Input Voltage Range Vs = ±15V ±12 Common Mode Rejection Ratio Rs';;; 10kn 70 90 dB Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Rs";; 10kn 70 90 dB LM201 PARAMETER CONDITIONS Input Offset Voltage T A = 25°C, Rs";; lOkn Input Offset Current T A = 25°C Input Bias Current T A = 25°C T A = 25°C T A = 25°C, Vs = ±20V Large Signal Voltage Gain T A = 25°C, Vs = ±15V V OUT = ±10V, RL ~ 2kn Input Offset Voltage Rs";; 10kn Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage Rs";; 50n 100 Rs";; 10kn = +70°C = O°C Input Bias Current TA = Large Signal Voltage Gain Vs = ±15V, VO UT R L ;;. 2kn Vs 1.5 RL mV nA /lA mA V/mV mV 6 /lV/oC 10 /lvl"c 0.32 RL UNITS kn 3.0 150 50 150 O°C = ±15V, 7.5 500 400 1.8 20 MAX. 10 TA Output Voltage Swing 2.0 0.25 Input Resistance TA TYP. 100 Supply Current I nput Offset Current MIN. V 400 750 2.0 nA nA /lA = ±10V = 10kn = 2kn 15 ±12 ±10 V/mV ±14 ±13 V V Input Voltage Range Vs = ±15V ±12 Common Mode Rejection Ratio Rs";; 10kn 65 90 dB S Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Rs';;;; 10kn 70 90 dB 6·170 V LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM101/201 . "<:;Al CHARACTERISTIC CURVES LM101 LM201 INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 20 20 -16 16 ./ ./ 12 /" ./ 12 /" ~::,~ . . . ,v -- ~\\~ V ' ~~ ,/ -- .yV 88 :0 82 ~q.." ~'l~'::;1 I V < TA <; 125"C _ I I o 15 -- LM107: -55"C'; T A'; 125"C _ 76 I I J 70 5 20 V ,....... V -- LM107: -55"C <; TA <; 125"C o 5 _~\~\~\l~"""'" - ~q.." ~\~\~.::; LM1J7: -55"C V 94 ~ ;/ ".- ./ 15 10 5 20 15 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (,VI SUPPLY VJLTAGE (>VI 20 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (WI LM307 OUTPUT SWING INPUT VOL liAGE RANGE VOLTAGE GAIN 20 20 r-- ~ 16 ./ / 12 vo,,~ / ..... ,,/ ./'VI,,\-J~./' V --r--~- ,.", ./' V V ......~".~\\" V V 10 ~\~\~.::; ~:,.;.-' '" ./' ./' 15 ,.", ./ / r- 'I /~.'l-,,"-- ./ O°C <; T A ? I-- < 70"C -- __ ~\~\~\l~ 82 I---I--- ~1---t-r--+--+~~~-~--r- o"f - 10 15 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (±VI SUPPLY VOLTAGE (±VI SUPPLY VOLTAGE (!VI TYPICAL PERFOFIMANCE CURVES SUPPLY CURRENT INPUT CURRENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE 100 ~ -- I-- e-- 80 1A" J55"C ~T i--r;;;ts"c - ~ r-- 0 .<> 4 3 LM 2r1 20 SUPPLY\lOL1AGE ('VI - - _r-LMl07- BIAS 40 LM107 ........- ~~ r-- - N-.. 0 0 -75 r -50 -25 t-...... OFFSET r-. f'. r-> - r---.. ,- - " -to- LM307 -- 1-,,- .- - J-i--->25 50 TEMPERATURE ("CI 75 100 125 100 100k FREQUENCY (HzI 6·177 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM107/207/307 ","'/i'!CAL PERFORMANCE CURVES (cont'd) VOLTAGE GAIN INPUT NOISE CURRENT CURRENT LIMITING ~ 15.0 ,...---.,...--..-----.--""T""""-""T""--.., I\, 110 ,,''\ '\ 1"A-·SS" C _ 100 90 ~ ---- ~ -- i / A 25C • I TA-125"C--= 5.0 "- ........ 1--+--+--++--+-+-+-+--1 (~ I- ~ t- I 80 10 5 IS 10 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (tV) 20 16 25 30 100 10 lK FREOUENCY (Hz) OUTPUT CURRENT (imA) OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE LARGE SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE 10 100 VS= :!.15V VS=.!lSV "" 60 TA"25"C TA = 25"C r--.... - ~ 40 ~ ~ \ ~ 100 lOOk 1M IV V I lK \ f'. i'.r-. 10K ~ - -6 OUTPUT '" TA"25"C -8 lOOK -10 -10 t'1jV- 0 Ie 20 30 40 50 60 70 TIME (",I APPLICATIONS INVERTING AMPLIFIER R2 VIN'~' 2 3 + -=- 6 VOUT VOUT=*VIN RIN 6-178 I / r\ .. 2 FREQUENCY (Hz) FREQUENCY (Hzl '~L;~l 1\ \ 1\ 10 ~NLT r-- - r = R, NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER NON-INVERTING AC AMPLIFIER 80 90 !ii!lnotiC!i -=YOLT REGIlAIDRS LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS i ,~HGRjPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS The LM 109 and LM309 are complete 5 volt regulators fabricated on a single silicon chip. These regulators are designed for local "on card" regulation to eliminate many of the noisEl and ground loop problems associated with single-point regulation. They employ internal current limiting, thermal shutdown, and safe-area compensation which makes the circuitry essE!ntially blow-out proof. If adequate heat sinking is providE!d, the devices can deliver output currents in excess of 200m A from the TO-5 package, and 1A from the TO-3 package. In addition to their use as fixed 5 volt regulators, these devices may be used with external components 10 obtain adjustable output levels. They may also be uSl3d as the power pass· element in precision regulators. ;~1.1TURES • • OUTPUT CURRENTS IN EXCESS OF 1 amp INTERNAL THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION • INTERNAL CURRENT LIMITING • NO EXTERNAL COMPONENTS REOUIRED .~K$OlUTE LM109 LM209 LM309 H PACKAGE (Bottom View) 1. Input 2. Output 3. Ground ORDER PART NOS. LM109H/LM209H/LM309H K PACKAGE (Bottom View) MAXIMUM RATINGS Input Voltage Power Dissipation Operating Junction Temperature Range LM109 LM309 Storage Temperature Range Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec) 1. Input 35V Internally Limited -55°C to 150°C O°C to 125°C -65°C to 150°C 300°C 2. Output Case is connected to ground. ORDER PART NOS. LM109K/LM209K/LM309K fCHiVAUENT CIRCUIT Q'9 D. 6.3V 6-179 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. LM109/309 (Note 1) PARAMETER CONDITIONS TYP MIN Output Voltage T Line Regulation T Load Regulation T j = 25°C = 25°C j 7V ':;;;;V j 4.7 MAX MIN 5.3 5.05 ':;;;;25V IN LM309 LM109 4 4.8 UNITS TYP MAX 5.2 5.05 4 50 V 50 mV = 25°C TO-5 5mA':;;;; lOUT ':;;;;0.5A 20 50 20 50 mV TO-3 5mA':;;;; lOUT':;;;; 1.5A 50 100 50 100 mV Output Voltage 7V ':;;;;V ':;;;;25V IN 5mA':;;;; lOUT':;;;; Imax 4.6 P

    I r--t-t-i----:~~§$§§§l 5.0 ~ §! I- ~ 4.51------+-'---t-----J~y_lr--·-+ 0.5 I-----t-_If----f--_I---+---t-+''''''t-......j ~7=5~-5~0~-2~5~-~25-~50~~75~1~OO-1~25~150 JUNCTION TEMPERATURE - °0~--2=5---~50~--~7~5---1~00--~125 'c JUNCTION TEMPERATURE - OUTPUT VOLTAGE INPUT VOLTAGE - V OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE OUTPUT VOLTAGE 5.1 1 -", > 5.0 -- - - "~ V IN - 10V - V I N'10V IL = 20mA I--- i 'c IL - 20rnA --~ > I 5.0 J: ......... """"- ~ g \ I- :> ~ 4.9 5 ~ '" ~ r'--.. ....... I- 0.1 §! ~ --- ~ .. 4.R -75 -50 25 -25 50 76 100 125 0.01 150 25 'c JUNCTION TEMPERATURE _ .- 50 75 JUNCTION TEMPERATURE _ 126 100 lk 100 Hz QUIESCENT CURRENT QUIESCENT CURRENT 6.0 10 FREQUENCY - 'c I I VIN - lOV r--- r---- -- -g I 6.5 ... V I- z Ie Ie a I- I z ~ / V ~ .::::: ~ ~ ~,.qf"a~ \1) _ 5.0 ei 1---- 4.5 -75 -50 -~ i !Z ---.- ~~ ~ 5.01--4--+---1---+-+ ~ ~ -25 25 50 76 JUNCTION TEMPERATURE _ 6-182 I 5.5 r--t-TI--=:±:::::~~:::;:;;:~ "._- 100 'C 126 150 20 INPUT VOLTAGE - V 10k DEFINITION OF TERMS , AlVlrS AVERAGE INPUT OFFSET CURRENT to COEFF - The change in input offset current divided by the change in ambient temperature producing it. OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT - The maximum output current available from the amplifier with :the output shorted to ground or to either supply. AVERAGE INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE to COEFF - The change in input offset voltage divided by the change in ambient temperature producing it. OUTPUT VOL rAGE SWING - The peak output swing, referred to zero, that can be obtained. COMMON MODE INPUT RESISTANCE - The resistance looking into both inputs tied together. POWER CONSUMPTION -- The DC power required to operate the amplifier with the output at zero and with no load current. COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO (CMRR) - The ratio of the change of input offset voltage to the input common mode voltage change producing it. POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO - The ratio of the change in input offset voltage to the change in supply voltages producing it. FULL POWER BANDWIDTH - The maximum frequency at which the full sinewave output might be obtained. RISE TIME - The time required for an output voltage step to change from 10% to 90% of its final value. INPUT BIAS CURRENT - The average of the two input currents at zero output voltage. In some cases, the input current for either input independently. SLEW RATE - The maximum rate of change of output voltage under large signal condition. INPUT CAPACITANCE - The capacitance looking into either input terminal with the other grounded~ INPUT CURRENT - The current into an input terminal. INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE - The square root of the mean square narrow-band noise voltage referred to the input. SUPPLY CURRENT - The current required from the power supply to operate the amplifier with no load and the output at zero. TEMPERATURE STABILITY OF VOLTAGE GAIN The maximum variation of the voltage gain over the specified temperature range. *;'{IULATORS INPUT OFFSET CURRENT - The difference in the currents into the two input terminals with the output at zero volts. DROPOUT VOLTAGE - The input-output voltage differential at which the circuit ceases to regulate against further reductions in input voltage. INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE - That voltage be applied between the input terminals to output voltage. The input offset voltage may fined for the case where two equal resistances in series with the input leads. INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL - The range of voltage difference between the supply voltage and the regulated output voltage over which the regulator will operate. which must obtain zero also be deare inserted INPUT RESISTANCE - The resistance looking into either input terminal with the other grounded. INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE - The range of voltages on the input terminals for which the amplifier operates within specifications. In some cases, the input offset specifications apply over the input voltage range. LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN - The ratio of the maximum output voltage swing to the change in input voltage required to drive the output to this voltage. OUTPUT RESISTANCE - The resistance seen looking into the output terminal with the outp'ut at null. This parameter is defined only under small signal conditions at frequencies above a few hundred cycles to eliminate the influence of drift and thermal feedback. LINE REGULATOR - The percentage change in output voltage for a specified change in input voltage. LOAD REGULATOR - The percentage change in output voltage for a specified change in load current. MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION - The maximum total device dissipation for which the regulator will operate within specifications. OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE - The rms output noise voltage with constant load and no input ripple. OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE - The range of output voltage over which the regulator will operate. QUIESCENT CURRENT -- That part of input current to the regulator that is not delivered to the load. 6-183 DEFINITION OF TERMS ~:' 7 iULl',.-rORS (Cant'd.) REFERENCE VOLTAGE - The output of the reference amplifier measured with respect to the negative supply. to an input level just barely in excess of that required to bring the output from saturation to the logic threshold voltage overdrive. RIPPLE REJECTION - The ratio of the peak-to-peak input ripple voltage to the peak-to-peak output ripple voltage. STROBE CURRENT - The maximum current drawn by the strobe terminals when it is at the zero logic level. SENSE VOLTAGE - The voltage between current sense and current limit terminals necessary to cause current limiting. STROBE DELAY - The time delay measured from strobe to output threshold with a signal present exceeding the input threshold. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMIT - The output current of the regulator with the output shorted to the negative supply. STROBE RELEASE TIME - The time required for the output to rise to the logic threshold voltage after the strobe terminal has been driven from the zero to the one logic level. Appropriate input conditions are assumed. STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN - The supply current drawn by the regulator with no output load and no reference voltage load. i DRS!Sf N;-.:f I NTE R fAC E COMMON MODE FIRING VOLTAGE - The CM input voltage that exceeds the dynamic range of the inputs with strobe enabled resulting in the output switching states. COMMON MODE RECOVERY TIME - The time from the turn off of the CM signal to the analog input threshold of the earliest sense line pulse signal that can be processed normally. Processed normally refers to bi-polar signals greater than or less than the input threshold with a corresponding proper output. EQUIVALENT INPUT COMMON MODE NOISE VOLTAGE - The change in input offset voltage due to common mode input noise. LOGIC INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE - The minimum voltage allowed at a bit control gate to hold the bit off. STROBED OUTPUT LEVEL - The DC output voltage, independent of input voltage, with the voltage on the strobe terminal equal to or less than a minimum specified amount. SWITCHING SPEED - The time required to turn on the least significant bit. THRESHOLD UNCERTAINTY - With all sense amps sharing the same input threshold less the uncertainty as a "0". This includes unit to unit, power supply and temperature variations. THRESHOLD VOLTAGE - The typical referred to input voltage which determines whether an input is a "1" or a "0". A signal whose magnitude is greater than the threshold level is sensed as a logic "1" and a signal whose magnitude is less as a "0" ZERO SCALE OUTPUT CURRENT - The output current for all bits turned off. I LOGIC INPUT LOW VOLTAGE - The maximum voltage allowed at abit control gate to hold the bit on. OUTPUT SINK CURRENT - The maximum negative current that can be delivered by the comparator. PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT - The maximum current that may flow into the output load without causing damage to the comparator. PROPAGATION DELAY - The interval between the application of an input voltage step and its arrival at either output, measured at 50% of the final value. RESPONSE TIME - The interval between the application of an input step function and the time when the output crosses the logic threshold voltage. The input step drives the comparator from some initial, saturated input voltage 6-184 :'"ll'"HJNiCATIONS CIRCUITS ACC DETECTOR SENSITIVITY - The ratio of the incremental differential DC voltage change at the ACC Detector Output Terminals to the incremental change in peak-topeak voltage at the ACC Detector I nput Terminal for a specified burst input level, with the local oscillator locked. APC DETECTOR SENSITIVITY - The ratio of the incremental differential DC voltage change at the APC Detector Output Terminals to the incremental change in relative phase at the APC Detector Input Terminal for a specified burst input level. AVERAGE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE - The percentage change in output voltage for a specified change in ambient temperature. BANDWIDTH - The frequency at which the differential gain is 3dB below its low frequency value. ·1.0 o > ·2.0 ·3.0 \ -4.0 -4.0 -3.0 -2.0 -1.0 V 1N (VOLTS) All 2.500 series devices are manufactured with the P-channel enhancement mode silicon gate process. A typical data input structure is shown in Figure 1. vee f ~ 0-----4 \ \ 3.0 ·5.0 -5.0 INPUT INTERFACE INPUT 4.0 FIGURE 2 In actual practice, tying the TTL V,ce to the MOS Vee will ensure maximum noise margin since the TTL output levels and MOS input thresholds will track. 54/7400 TTL Q, OUTPUT 2 Figure 3(a) and (b) show a typical 7400 Series gate circuit and transfer characteristic. ·voo .---~~-...--o Vee 'VGG FIGURE 1 The input transistor exhibits the transfer curve shown in Figure 2. The device is fully OFF at -1.8 volts or less (VGS) and fully ON at -3.5 volts or more. To simplify the interfacing of TTL and 2500 Series devices, the source voltage for the input transistor is specified at +5.0 volts. In practice, this point is tied to the +5.0 volt TTL Vee supply. The required MOS input levels are then specified as positive levels referenced to the TTL ground. IN, IN 2 0--...---' 0--+-_-' OUT ~~------+--~--oGNO FIGURE 3(a) 7-5 SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY 54/7400 TTL Vee = 5V i 5% 7.0 8.0 5.0 ~ ~ 4.0 g ... ~ I-3.0 I--. "\ 5 1\ 2.0 1.0 o 0.4 0.8 • EXTERNAL 10K PUll-UP RESISTOR \ 1.2 FIGURE 4 2.0 2.4 INPUT VOLTAGE 8000 TTL FIGURE 3(b) Figure 5 illustrates a typical 8800 series output structure. The output structure shown in Figure.3(a) is normally specified as follows: @ VCC = +5V ±5% VOL = +O.4V maximum @ 16 mA sink VOH = +2.4V minimum @ 400 IlA source MOS devices require only negligible D.C. input current (approximately lilA), so the current available from the TTL output is of no interest for steady state conditions. VOL is perfectly compatible with the MOS offering at least 400mV of noise margin in the 0 state. VOH however, is not sufficient to guarantee a 1 level to the MOS input since the TTL VOH allows a VCC - VOH separation of as much as 2.85V VCC = 5.25V, VOH = +2.4V; 5.25V - 2.4V = 2.85V). Assuming a common VCC' this results in a virtual VOH of 2.15V, far too low for MOS. In practice, the TTL VOH wi II track V CC' rather than the opposite case just noted. Also VOH will be higher than +2.4 at lilA IOH. However, the TTL circuit is tested and guaranteed as in the example. The 7400 TTL output structure will typically provide a VOH approximately 1.5V (two Vbe drops) below VCC· When the MOS and TTL VCC are tied, a 300mV noise margin (1.8\/ - 1.5V = 0.3V) is obtained. If VCC is not tied common, the worst case typical noise'margin is a negative 200mV. In other words, a satisfactory 1 input level cannot be assured, even under typical conditions. TO ASSURE A SATISFACTORY 1 OUTPUT LEVEL FROM SERIES 7400 IN DRIVING SERIES 2500 MOS, AN EXTERNAL PULL-UP RESISTOR SHOULD BE CONNECTED FROM THE OUTPUT TO VCC AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 4. 7-6 FIGURE 5 The 8800 series circuit typically offers an unloaded output voltage separated from V CC by one V be . Therefore the output level driving MOS will always be approximately 0.75V higher than the preceeding example for 7400 series circuits - resulting in at least 550mV 1 level noise margin under any conditions. Noise margin at 0 level is 400 mV, the same as in the case of 7400 TTL. Signetics guarantees 8000 Series TTL (See figure 6) VOH at 3.6V @ 101lA. Under worst case conditions, this results in a minimum guaranteed 0 level noise margin of 400mV for tied V cc. I f the' MOS and TTL V CC are not tied (may vary independently), worst case guaranteed noise margin is ·150mV. This configuration requires a pull-up resistor. WHEN VCC'S ARE TIED COMMON, SERIES 8000 TTL IN FIGURE 6 WI LL INTERFACE DI RECTL Y WITH SERIES 2500 MOS, WITHOUT THE NEED FOR AN EXTERNAL PULL-UP RESISTOR. SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY GATES FLIP-FLOPS 8808 Single 8-lnput NAND Gate 8815 Dual 4-lnput NOR Gate 8816 Dual 4-lnput NAND Gate 8821 Dual Master-Slave J-K Binary 8840 Dual Expandable AND-OR-INVERT Gate 8822 Dual Master-Slave J-K Binary 8848 Expandable AND-OR-INVHn Gate 8824 Dual Master-Slave J-K Binary 8870 Triple 3-lnput NAND Gate 8825 DC Clocked J-K Binary Dual J-K Binary 8875 Triple 3-lnput NOR Gate 8826 8880 Quad 2-lnput NAND Gate 8827 Dual J-K Binary 8885 Quad 2-lnput NOR Gate 8829 High Speed J-K Binary *See Note Below FIGURE 6 *For devices not Iisted,addan external pull-up resistor as in the 7400 example(Fig. 4). DTLlUTI LOGIC ® those noted for Series 800 circuits. Logic forms utilizing an internal passive pull-up resistor {such ·as DTL) will interface directly with 2500 Series MOS. WHEN VCC'S ARE COMMON, SERIES 2500 MOS MAY BE DIRECTLY DRIVEN BY SERIES 600 DTL AND SERIES 300 UTILOGIC CIRCUITS WITHOUT THE NEED FOR AN EXTERNAL PULL-UP RESISTOR. Utilogic is guaranteed te provide output levels equivalent to 2500 SERIES MOS-TTL INPUT CONSIDERATIONS (TTL Level data and clock inputs) WORST CASE EXTERNAL DRIVING DEVICE PULL-UP RESISTOR(S) WORST CASE GUAR. GUAR. 1 LEVEL o LEVEL NOISE MARGIN NOISE MARGIN Common VCC 8000(1) Series TTL not req. 400 400 8000(2) Series TTL 10K 1300 400 1300 400 7400 Series TTL 10K 600 Series DTL (3) not req. 400 400 600 Series DTL (4) not req. 400 400 300 Series Uti logic (3) not req 1300 400 300 Series Utilogic (4) not req. 400 400 400 I ndependent V CC All. TTL 10K 800 600 Series DTL (3) not req. 550 150 (5) 600 Series DTL (4) not req. 550 150 (5) 300 Series Uti logic 10K (7) 550 150 (5) NOTES: (1) From List in Table I FIGURE 7 (2) Not listed in Table I (3) (4) Passive Pull-up (resistor), ±10% power supply Active Pull-up, ±10% power supply (5) Use ±5% DTL or Utilogic power supply to maintain 400 mV noise margin (6) (7) From driving output to V CC Certain Series 300 devices utilize a passive pull-up and require no external pUlluup. 7-7 SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY BARE DRAIN: OUTPUT INTERFACE TTL/DTL INPUT STRUCTURES Standard TTL circuits employ the input structure shown in Figure 8. . The bare drain output is the simplest structure and requires an external pull-down resistor. Bare drain is used where several outputs are to be tied together in a WI R ED-O R configuration as shown in Figure 11. TYPICAL TTL INPUT STRUCTURE Vee ( 4K IN WIRED-OR CONFIGURATION OF TWO BARE DRAIN DEVICES o-__-..Ti _ eLAMPOR SUBSTRATE DIODE * GND FIGURE 8 DTL circuits employ the structure shown in Figure 9. TYPICAL DTL INPUT STRUCTURE DTL/TTL 3.4K - - - - - ______ 1 4K FIGURE 9 2500 SERIES OUTPUT STRUCTURES Four basic types of output structures are used in the 2500 series: 1. Bare drain 2. Internal resistor pull-down FIGURE 11 3. Push-pull 4. Three-state See Figure 10. TYPICAL 2500 SERIES OUTPUT CIRCUITS +Vee The external resistor is chosen to sink the j .6mA required by a TTL gate. I n Figure 11, a 3.3K resistor is tied to the VDD supply. The output voltage will be +OAV or less depending on the actual 101 of the TTL input. When the bare drain device is ON, it represents approximately 500 ohms. For the circuit of Figure 9, VOH is approximately +3. 7V - more than sufficient to drive a TTL or DTL gate. Bare drain 2500 devices are listed in Figure 12. BARE DRAIN SERIES 2500 DEVICES OUT ,V IAI BARE DRAIN (BI RESISTOR PULL-DOWN FIGURE 10 7-8 DD (el PUSH-PULL 2502 2503 2504 2505 2512 2518 FIGURE 12 2519 2524 2525 SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY RESISTOR PULL-DOWN The second type of output has a pull-down resistor on the chip. The 2507 and 2517 are examples of this. The 2517 has a 20K ohm internal resistor for interfacing with MOS. Resistor pull-down series 2500 devices are listed in Figure 13. The 2507 hasa7.5Kohm resistor, and if used in the WI REDOR configuration with another 2507 output, will drive TTL directly as shown in Figure 14. The advantage of this circuit is that no additional power is dissipated in either state. Both states have low impedance to the power supplies. Push-Pull output series 2500 devices are Iisted in Figure 15. PUSH-PULL OUTPUT SERIES 2500 DEVICES 2527 2521 [ 2522 2528 2529 ----------'-FIGURE 15 RESISTOR PULL-DOWN SERIES 2500 DEVICES 2507 2517 THREE-STATE 7.5K 20K A disadvantage of the push-pull circuit is that paralleling of the outputs is not possible because two low impedance devices would be ON simultaneously directly across the power supplies. To avoid this condition, a three-state output is used. The third state is an open output configuration where both devices are OFF and is accomplished by using an OUTPUT ENABLE line tied to the gates of both output devices as shown in Figure 16. Three-state series 2500 devices are listed in Figure 17. FIGURE 13 PARALLEL CONFIGURATION FOR 2507's +5 1- - - - - - - - - - - - - - ... 1 I 1 1 1 [==} 1 1 Vee 1 1 7.5K 1 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I1 DATA IN ~ +3.85V DTL/TTL r=,--~~----: ~ +O.BV OUTPUT ENABLE I : : ~5K: 1 -VDD I 1 _____ - - - - - - - - - ·5V FIGURE 16 FIGURE 14 PUSH-PULL The third type of output structure used in the 2500 Series isthe push-pull circuit shown in Figure 10c. In the push-pull configuration, the gates of the two output devices are driven from complementary sig l1 als such that only one device is ON at a time. When the upper device is ON, the output is tied to Vee through approximately 500 ohms. When the lower device in ON, the output is tied to VDD through 5000hms. THREE-STATE SERIES 2500 DEVICES L 2501 2509 2510 2511 2513 2514 2516 FIGURE 17 Figure 18 summarizes the output configurations used on the 2500 Series circuits. 7-9 SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY OUTPUT CONSIDERATIONS FOR 2500 LINE PRODUCT NUMBER 1103 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505/2524 2506 2507 2509 2510 2511 2512/2525 2513 2514 2516 2517 2518 2519 2521 2522 2527 2528 2529 DESCRIPTION OUTPUT STRUCTURE 1024 x 1 dynam ic RAM 256 x 1 Static RAM 256 x 4 Dynamic Shift Register 512 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register 1024 x 1 Dynamic Shift Register 512 x 1 Dynamic Shift Register 100 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register 100 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register 50 x 2 Static Shift Register 100 x 2 Static Shift Register 200 x 2 Static Shift Register 1024 x 1 Dynamic Shift Register 64 x 7 x 5 Character Generator 512 x 5 ROM 64 x 6 x 8 Character Generator 100 x 2 Dynamic Shift Register 32 x 6 Static Shift Register 40 x 6 Static Shift Register 128 x 2 Static Shift Register 132 x 2 Static Shift Register 256 x 2 Static Shift Register 250 x 2 Static Shift Register 240 x 2 Static Shift Register Bare Drain 3-State Bare Drain Bare Drain Bare Drain Bare Drain Bare Drain 7.5K Resistor 3-State 3-State. 3-State Bare Drain 3-State 3-State 3-State 20K Resistor Bare Drain Bare Drain Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull 'NOTE: Values are given for the maximum value of pull-down resistor ,output to TO DRIVE ONE TTL/DTL USE* Sense Amp Direct 3.0K 3.0K 3.0K 3.0K 3.0K 6.8K Direct Direct Direct 3.0K Direct Direct Direct 3.3K 6.8K 6.8K Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct voo. FIGURE 18 "OR" TY ING OUTPUTS The characteristics of the four types of output structures differ when tied together. A basic feature of MOS is that the design limitation on output "OR"ing is related to the output voltage levels required and the RC time constant of the resulting network. vee ---1 Ql-1 ~-~ r-- BARE DRAIN The number of bare drain devices which can be tied together is limited by the output time constant and the VOH level required. 9vee I 1 .!. rOUT ~ .. - , ~I RPOjCw VOO 1. ":" 1 -;C0UT 1.. ":" Switching time for the pull-down condition is determined by the load resistor RpD and load capacitance CL· The MOS pull-up device is turned off and does not contribute to the negative going time constant. See Figure 19. FIGURE 19 CL is comprised of wIring capacitance (CW) and output capacitance (COUT) from each of the paralleled outputs. As the number of paralleled devices increases, the value of RpD must be decreased to maintain speed. When driving loads having significant input capacitance, CL should be increased accordingly. '-10 As RpD is decreased, VOH decreases since the impedance of Ql when ON (approx. 500 ohms) will ratio with RpD to produceVOH· If RpD is reduced too far, the output voltage will be insufficient to turn off the TTL gate being driven. Figure 20 gives the recommended value of RpD as a function of fan-out for 2500 series bare drain devices. SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY Fan-Out A CLOCK DRIVER FOR 2500 SERIES MOS CL RPO· VOH 1 ! 1 2 3 4 5 3.3K 2.5K 2K 1.67K 1.43K 15pF 20pF 25pF 30pF 35pF 3.7V 3.3V 3.0V 2.7V 2.4V I FIGURE 20 • For t F= 50ns In order to obtain optimum performance from MaS devices, they must be provided with clock signals ofthe proper. amplitude, shape and timing. This section will present a simple clock generator and driver scheme suitable for use with 2500 Series MaS devices. NOTE: The following devices employ on-chip clock generators and may be driven directly by TTL gates: 2509 Figure 20 assumes 10pF of wiring capacitance and 5pF per output. It should be noted that when the MaS device' is OFF, the TTL input current of 1.6mA is sunk to -5V. When set up for a fanout of 5, the 1.6mA from the TTL gate will bring the output to only -2.7V. In actuality the input clamp or substrate diode of the TTL gate will turn on and clamp the output to -1.0V. The diode will supply the additional current (approximately 1.9mA). INTERNAL PULL-DOWN When 2500 Series devices with internal pull-down resistors are paralleled, the equivalent resistance RpD is the parallel combination of all the internal resistors. A chart of the equivalent resistance, output time constant and VOH for the 2507 with a 7.5K internal pull-down resistor is shown in Figure 21. 2510 2511 2518 2519 2521 2522 The clock driver must provide relatively large voltage swings for the clock lines. In the case of 2500 Series MaS, the clock signal must swing from +5V to -12V. And it must provide a clean waveform having reasonable rise and fall times (under 40 ns.) and lack of positive overshoot. IMPROPER CLOCK WAVEFORMS Some common examples of improper clocking are shown in Figures.23, 24, and 25. .~ - --- --u--~='~~'~A~'~. NOTE: An ideal clock driving waveform. FIGURE 22 Fan-Out 1 2 3 4 5 CL RpO tf VOH 15 20 25 30 35 7.5K 3.75K 2.5K 1.87K 1.5K 110nS 75nS 63nS 56nS 53nS 4.4 V 3.8V 3.3V 2.9V 2.5V +5.3 +5 ====~ ~ ~ =8~ ~ ~ --------------~~ .12 POSITIVE OVERSHOOT NOTE: Shows an overshoot occurring on the positive going transition of clock. This has the effect of forward FIGURE 21 biasing the substrate diode and must be avoided to prevent erratic behavior in the driven device. FIGURE 23 PUSH-PULL OUTPUTS Push-Pull outputs allow low rise and fall times but cannot be paralleled because it would then be possible to have both a push and a pull device on at the same time resulting in a low impedance between the power supplies (and indeterminate output level). +5 o ·12 NOTE: Shows the clock never returns to 5V (0 reference) to turn the input device OFF. This clock can sometimes appear to be functional. Data may toggle through a THREE STATE OUTPUTS shift register, but will not be stored. FIGURE 24 The three state output is designed to take advantage of pushpull drive capability plus the ability to OR the outputs. +5 The third (or open) state is used when the chip is unselected. The selected output is freQ to drive the load without being affected by the other outputs tied to the bus. Output rise and fall times for the WIRED OR configuration of three-state devices is a function of the ON resistance of the individual pull-up and pull-down devices together with the load capacitance. 0---------------CROSS- COUPLED CLOCKS ·12 NOTE: Shows cross-coupling between two clock drivers usually caused by lack of clamping or non-active (high-impedance) switching in the positive direction. FIGURE 25 7-11 SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY The positive overshoots illustrated in Figure23 and Figure25 are the most common sources of clock driving trouble. When the clock line goes positive relative to the circuit substrate (Vee) by more than approximately 0.3V. the substrate diode may become forward biased. When this occurs. device operation may become erratic. And because the forward characteristics of the substrate diode may be different for different processing techniques, a clock driver may work properly with one device but not with another. The driver circuit recommended here (Figure 29) utilizes a complementary output structure to obtain maximum noise immunity and fast rise and fall time under heavy capacitive load. It is capacitively coupled to the TTL clock generator. Resistor R4 is required only when operating at a clock frequency of lower than 750 KHz. This resistor shifts the response of the driver input circuit toward the lower frequencies by lengthening the input time constant. One clock driver is required for each clock phase. +5V A properly designed driver utilizing level clamping will prevent the overshoot problem. THE DRIVER OUTPUT STRUCTURE Figures 26. 27. and 28 show possible output driver structures together with their advantages and disadvantages. ~ioUT RESISTOR PULL-UP, POOR NOISE IMMUNITY, AND SLOW RISE TIME +5 -12V OUT 0,. 04 2N2906. Heat Sink Required 02. 03 2N2222, Heat Sink Required C" C2 100pF 0,. 02 1N914 R1' R2. R3 33 Ohm R4 2.2K Ohm (Required only for operation _ below 750KHz) FIGURE 29 -12 (POOR) FIGURE 26 PUSH-PULL, SLOW RISE AND FALL TIME +5 GENERATING MULTIPLE PHASES The 2500 Series MOS devices which require high level clocks also require more than one phase. The dynamic shift registers require two phases and the 2508 dynamic RAM requires four phases. TWO PHASE SYSTEM ~JVV\r--<> OUT The clock generator in Figure 30 produces alternate pulsesthe width of which are one quarter of the input clock period (assuming a square wave clock). See Figure '32. TWO PHASE TTL CLOCK GENERATOR Vee -12 (ACCEPTABLE) FIGURE 27 COMPLEMENTARY, EXCELLENT NOISE IMMUNITY, FAST RISE AND FALL TIME +5 FIGURE 30 -12 FIGURE 28 7-12 (BEST) When required. the clock pulse widths can be varied by using one-shot multivibrators such as the 8162 or 74121. Each phase width can be varied independently (the limiting factor being the clock period), see Figure 31 (a). or a single oneshot ahead of the clock generator will change both phases simultaneously. See Figure 31(b). SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY METHOD OF PROVIDING INDEPENDENTLY VARIABLE CLOCK PHASES TWO PHASE CLOCK GENERATOR WAVEFORMS +5 CLOCK a FIGURE 31(8) 1L..._ _...... +5 +5 METHOD OF PROVIDING VARIABLE CLOCK PHASES Q U ~1 U +5 +5 o ¢2 n n ~--------~ ¢1 +5 ¢2 FIGURE 31 (b) FIGURE 32 FOUR PHASE SYSTEM The circuit shown in Figure 33(a) and (b) can be used to generate four phase clock signals for the 2508 1024 RAM. DIVIDE-BY-12 SYNCHRONOUS COUNTER ( () ~J 0 J 0 y, r--- f--o 8H21 C (A) I Y, C r--- .- (81 '---- K J2 J3 J3 8H21 8829 C Kl '----- K2 '"- K ~ J2 K3 Of-- ~Jl Of---< ~Jl C (el '-- Kl ~ K2 ' - - - - K3 8829 (0) a f---------4 CLOe KIN (26 MHz) .2. FIGURE 33(8) 7-13 SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY FOUR PHASE SYSTEM FOUR PHASE DECODER A 8260 4 "---...,---..,. FIGURE 33(b) Figure 34 shows typical clock input capacitances for 2500 Series devices. The number of similar devices which can be driven by one clock driver is indicated. NO. OF UNITS TYPICAL DEVICE WHICH CAN BE CLOCK DRIVEN (INCLUDES CAPACITANCE ALLOWANCE FOR (pF) WIRING CAPACITANCE) 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2512 2517 2524 2525 140 140 140 80 25 25 25 100 25 80 100 <2MHz (1) 8 8 8 12 40 40 40 11 40 12 11 FIGURE 34 7·14 '2-4MHz (2) 6 6 6 9 30 30 30 7 30 9 (1) Drive capacity 1200pF 7 (2) Drive capacity 750pF !ii!)notiC!i FULLY DECODED RANDOM ACCESS 1024-811 DYNAMIC MEMORY 1103 SILICON GATE 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION SILICONE PACKAGING (Cont'd) The Signetics 1103 is designed for main memory applications where high performance, low cost and large bit storage are important design objectives. It is a 1024 word by 1 bit random access memory element using enhancement mode P·channel MOS devices integrated on a monolithic array. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of an 18'pin dual in-line package. The dynar:nic circuitry dissipates significant power only during precharge. Information ston~d in the memory is nondestructively read. Refreshing of all 1024 bits is accomplished in 32 read cycles and is required every two milliseconds. A separate cenable (chip enable) lead allows easy selection of an individual package when outputs are OR-tied. Use Signetics 8T25 Sense Amp, and 3207 Clock Driver. material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic contamination barriers. PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. FEATURES • LOW POWER DISSIPATION - DISSIPATES POWER ON SELECTED CHIPS ACCESS TIME - 300 nsec. CYCLE TIME - 580 nsec. REFRESIH PERIOD - 2 MILLISECONDS FOR 0-70c C AMBIENT OR-TIE CAPABILITY SIMPLE MEMORY EXPANSION WITH CHIP ENABLE FULLY DECODED - ON-CHIP ADDRESS DECODE INPUTS PROTECTED - ALL INPUTS HAVE PROTECTION AGAINST STATIC CHARGE. LOW COST PACKAGING -18 PIN SILICONE AND 18 PIN CERAMIC DUAL IN-LINE PRIMAR~LY • • • • • • • • APPLICATIONS CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT BUFFER STORES MAIN MEMORY Address 3 Address 2 Address 0 Address 1 Precharge Address 9 Address 6 Address 5 Address 7 18. 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. Read/write VSSI Cenable Address 4 Data Out Address 8 Data In VDD VBB PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE E TYPE PACKAGE OP. TEMP. RANGE 1103XA 18-Pin DIP Silicone 0-70°C 11031K: 18-Pin DIP Ceramic 0-70°C BLOCK DIAGRAM PROCESS TECHNOLOGY The use of Signetics' unique silicon gate low threshold process allows the design and production of higher performance MOS circuits and provides higher functional density on a chip than other MOS technologies. Vae Vss Voo PRECHARGE SILICONE PACKAGING CENABLE READ!WRITE Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reli-· ability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate MOS process, the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric a-----.. a-----.. a-----.. a-----.. a-----.. a-----.. LOGIC 0" HIGH VOLTAGE LOGIC 1 '" LOW VOLT AGE 7-15 SILICON GATE MOS. 1103 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS(10) Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature All Input or Output Voltages with Respect to the Most Positive Supply Voltage, VBB oOe to700e o -65°e to +150 e Supply Voltages VDD and VSS with Respect to VBB Power Dissipation -25V to O.3V 1.0W -25V to O.3V D.C. AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS o T A =ooe to +70 e, VSS(1) = 16V ± 5%, (VBB -VSS)(6) = 3V to 4V, VDD = OV unless otherwise specified (Note 9). SYMBOL TEST !VIIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT CONDITIONS = OV, T A = 25°C = OV, TA = 25°C III Input Load Current (All input pins) 1 J.i.A V IN ILO Output Leakage Current 1 J.i.A VOUT ISS 1001(2) 100 J.i.A Supply Current During tpc 37 56 mA All Addresses = OV Precharge = OV Cenable = VSS; T A 1002(2) Supply Current During tov 38 59 mA All Addresses = OV Precharge = OV Cenable = OV; TA = 25°C 1003(2) Supply Current During tpov 5.5 11 mA Precharge = VSS Cenable = OV; TA 1004(2) Supply Current During tcp 3 4 mA Precharge = V SS Cenable = VSS: T A 100(5)AV Average Supply Current 17 25 mA Cycle Time = 580 ns; Precharge Width'" 190 ns; TA = 2SOC VIL1(7) Input Low Voltage (All Address & Data-in Lines) VSS-17 VSS-14.2 V TA = O°C VIL2(7) Input Low Voltage (All Address & Data-in Lines) VSS-17 VSS-14.S V TA = 70°C VIL3(7,8) Input Low Voltage (Precharge Cenable & Read/Write Inputs) VSS-17 VSS-14.7 V TA = O°C VIL4(7,8) Input Low Voltage (Precharge Cenable & Read/Write Inputs) VSS-17 VSS-1S.0 V TA = 70°C = O°C = 70°C Vss Supply Current VIH1(7) Input High Voltage (All Inputs) VSS-1 VSS+1 V TA VIH2(7) Input High Voltage (All Inputs) VSS-0.7 VSS+1 V TA IOH1 Output High Current 600 900 4000 J.i.A IOH2 Output High Current SOO 800 4000 J.i.A TA 90 400 mV TA 80 400 mV TA IOL Output Low Current VOH1 Output High Voltage 60 VOH2 Output High Voltage SO VOL Output Low Voltage = 25°C = 25°C = 25°C TA =-25"C} 70°C See Note 3 RLOAO = 100.11(4) = 25°C = 70°C See Note 3 NOTES: 1. The VSS current drain is equal to (100 + IOH) or (100 + IOL)' 2. See Supply Current vs. Temperature (p. 3) for guaranteed current at the temperature extremes. These values are taken from a single pulse measurement. 3. The output current when reading a low output is the leakage current of the 1103 plus external noise coupled into the output line from the clocks. VOL equals IOL across the load resistor. 4. This value of load resistance is used for measurement purposes. In applications the resistance may range from 100.11 to 1 kn. 5. This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100% tested. 6. (VSS - VSS) supply should be applied at or before VSS' 7. The maximum values for VIL and the minimum values for VIH are linearly related to temperature between O°C and 70°C. Thus any value between O°C and 70°C.canpe calculated using a straignt-line relationship. S. . The maximum values forVIL (for precharge, cenable & read/write) may be increased to VSS-14.2 @ O°C and VSS-14.5 @ 70°C (same values as those specified for the address and data-in lines) with a 40 ns degradation (worst case) in tAC, tpc, tRC, twc, tRWC, tACC1 and tACC2' 9. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 10. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. 7-16 SILICON GATE MOS. 1103 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES SUPPLY CURRENT VS TEMPERATURE VSS· 1a.8V Vss - Vss - 3V .. " I 51 t---I---t---I--'-''''''tGUARANTEED ~r---r--r---r-~r---I---, ....... i"-.... ~t---I---t---I-~-I-f---~-~ 54 f--_-I-_ _f--_-I-_"+GUARANTEEO - "" TYPICAL I " " TYPICAL 70 26 60 70 TloCI " , VSS·,6.8V VBB-vSS·av , " ' ... " J f----+---f----I--~GUARANTEED - - TloCI 100 VS TIME TloCI IOO(mA) T TA"26"C VSS·16.8V Vas- Vss- 3V t.IOO(SEE NOTE 11 1\ f~ 1003"1' 1004-4 \ 0'---,--..,.-'-----"---.==0--____ I-·H·~·I:TpC TOV T~V Tep Tpw+TW NOTES: 1. III DO is due to charging of internal device node capacitance at precharge. 2. These values are taken from a single pulse measurement. '·17 SI LICON GATE MOS • 1103 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES (Cant'd) I 1.2 1-+--+~!M--""'+-r-1~~H~ 1.1 I--+--+;._ J: .9 1 ~ 18 1---+-+-+ VsslVOLTSI VsslVOLTSI 120 TOv(m) AC CHARACTERISTICS TA = 25°C, VSS= 16 ± 5%, (VBB -VSS) = 3.0V to 4.0V, VDD = OV READ, WRITE, AND READ/WRITE CYCLE· SYMBOL TEST MIN. MAX. 2 tREF tAC(1) Time Between Refresh tCA tpC(1) Cenable to Address Hold Time Precharge to Cenable Delay tOVL Precharge & Cenable Overlap, Low 25 tcp Cenable to Precharge Delay 85 tOVH Precharge & Cenable Overlap, High Address to Cenable Set Up Time TYP. 115 UNIT COI\!DITIONS ms ns 20 ns 125 ns 75 ns ns 140 ns MAX. UNIT 500 ns 120 ns READ CYCLE SYMBOL TEST WIN. tRC(1) Read Cycle 480 tpov precharge to End of Cenable 165 tpo End of Precharge to Output Delay tACC1(1). Address to Output Access 300 TYP. CONDITIONS ns ns t7= 20 ns tACmin + tOVLmin + tPOmax + 2 t7 tACC2(1) 7-18 Precharge to Output Access 310 ns tPCmin + tOVLmin + tPOmax + 2 t7 CLOAD = 100 pF RLOAD = 100n VREF = 40 mV SILICON GATE MOS. 1103 AC CHARACTERISTICS(Cont'd) WRITE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE SYMBOL MIN. TEST TYP. MAX. UNIT twC(1) Write Cycle 580 ns tRWC(1} Read/Write Cycle 580 ns 165 tpw Precharge to Read/Write Delay twp Read/Write Pulse Width 50 tw Read/Write Set Up Time 80 ns tDW Data Set Up Time 105 ns Data Hold Time tpo End of Precharge to Output Delay tp Time to Next Precharge Read/Write Hold Time tcw } tr= 20 ns ns 500 ns 10 tDH CONDITIONS ns 120 ns 10 ns ns 0 CLOAD = 100 pF RLOAD = 100n VREF =40 mV CAPACITANCE (note 2) SYMBOL (1) (2) MIN. TEST TYP. UNIT MAX. CONDITIONS CAD Address Capacitance 5 ., pF VIN = VSS CPR Precharge Capacitance 15 18 pF VIN = VSS - CCE Cenable Capacitance 15 18 pF VIN = VSS CRW Read/Write Capacitance 11 15 pF CIN1 Data I nput Capacitance 4 5 pF VIN = VSS Cenable = OV CIN2 Data I nput Capacitance 2 4 pF VIN = VSS Cenable = VSS VIN = VSS COUT Data Output Capacitance 2 3 pF VOUT = OV f = 1 MHz f- All Unused Pins are at A.C. Ground - These times will degrade by 40 ns (worst case) if the maximum values for V I L (for precharge, cenable and read/write inputs) go to VSS 14.2V @ O°C and VSS-14.5V @ 70°C as defined on page 2. This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100";" tested. It is measured at worst case operating conditions. Capacitance measurements for plastic packages only. TIMING DIAGRAM WRITE CYCLE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE Tlmlnllillultratedforminknumcycft o I . ~I ~\ 60 100 160 I I I 200 I 3110 300 260 I I I 400 460 I I 660 600 I I twCOR'RWC -tc~_ ..-toVH_ ~ / _tw - ! p c -------.. - V,H N . -l H H VALUE OF PREVIOUS STATE w~ READ/WAITE LOGIC 0 0 HIGH VOLTAGE (HI LOGIC 1 = LOW VOLTAGE (L.) Vee'" SUBSTRATE VOLTAGE 7·20 lijgDotiCIi FULLY DECODED RANDOM ACCESS 1024-81T DYNAMIC MEMORY (HIGH SPEED VERSION) 1103.1 SILICON GATE MOS DESCRIPTION SILICONE PACKAGING (Cont'd) The Signetics 1103-1 is designed for main memory applications where high performance, low cost and large bit storage are important design objectives. It is a 1024 word by 1 bit random access memory element using enhancement mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a monolithic array. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of an 18-pin dual in-line package. The dynamic circuitry dissipates significant power only during precharge. Information stored in the memory is nondestructively read. Refreshing of all 1024 bits is accomplished in 32 read cycles and is required every two milliseconds. A separate cenable (chip enable) lead allows easy selection of an individual package when outputs are OR-tied. Use Signetics 8T28 Sense Amp, and 3207 Clock Driver. material over the silicon gate-oxide substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic contamination barriers. PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) 18 17 16 16 FEATURES 14 • 13 LOW POWER DISSIPATION - DISSIPATES POWER PRIMARILY ON SELECTED CHIPS • ACCESS TIME - 150 nsec. • CYCLE TIME - 340 nsec. • REFRESH PERIOD - 1 MILLISECOND FOR 0-550 C AMBIENT • OR-TIE CAPABILITY • SIMPLE MEMORY EXPANSION WITH CHIP ENABLE • FULLY DECODED - ON-CHIP ADDRESS DECODE • INPUTS PROTECTED - ALL INPUTS HAVE PROTECTION AGAINST STATIC CHARGE • LOW COST PACKAGING - 18 PIN SILICONE AND 18 PIN CERAMIC DUAL IN-qNE 12 11 Read/write 1. Address 3 18. 2. Address 2 17. Vss 3. Address 0 4. Address 1 16. Cenable 15. Address 4 Datii Out 5. Precharge 14. 6. Address 9 13. Address 8 7. Address 6 12. Data In 8. Address 5 11. 9. Address 7 10. VOO VBB 10 PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE TYPE PACKAGE OP. TEMP RANGE 1103-1XA 18-Pin DIP Silicone 0-55°C 1103-11K 18-Pin DIP Ceramic 0-55°C APPLICATIONS CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT BUFFER STORES MAIN MEMORY BLOCK DIAGRAM PROCESS TECHNOLOGY The use of Signetics' unique silicon gate low threshold process allows the design and production of higher performance MOS circuits and provides higher functional density on a chip than other MOS technologies. vaB 0 - - - - - . Vss~ VDD DATA IN -----0 C>---t-- PAECHARGE C > - - - t - CENABlE .---...!...----, ' - - - - r - - - - - ' i5ATA OUT a-----.- READ/WRITE 0--------- SILICONE PACKAGING Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate MOS process, the silicon material over the gate oxide pass ivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric LOGIC 0 '" HIGH VOL rAGE LOGIC 1 " LOW VOL T AGE 7-21 SILICON GATE MOS. 1103-1 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (8) Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature All Input or Output Voltages with Respect to the Most Positive Supply Voltage, VBB O°C to 55°C -65°C to +150°C Supply Voltages VDD and VSS with Respect to VBB Power Dissipation -25V to O.3V 1.0W -25V to O.3V D.C. AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS TA = O°C to -55°C, VSS(1) = 19V ± 5%, (VBB - VSS)(6) = 3V to 4V, VDD = OV unless otherwise specified (Note 7). SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT CONDITIONS = OV, T A = 25° C = OV, TA = 25°C III Input Load Current (All input pins) 10 JJ.A V IN ILO Output Leakage Current 10 JJ.A VOUT ISS 1001(2) Supply Current During tpc Vss5upply Current 45 100 JJ.A 60 mA = OV = OV All Addresses Precharge = VSS; T A = 25°C = OV Precharge = OV Cenable = OV; T A = 25°C Precharge = VSS Cenable = OV; TA = 25°C Precharge = VSS Cenable = VSS; T A = 25°C Precharge Width =150n5 @ 50% Cycle Time = 340 ns; T A = 25°C Cenable 1002(2) Supply Current During tov 1003(2) Supply Current During tpov 8.5 1004(2) Supply Current During tcp 100(5)AV Average Supply Current Inp.ut Low Voltage (All address and data·in lines) VSS-20 VIH1 Input High Voltage (All Inputs) VSS-1 IOH1 Output High Current 1.15 0.9 VIL1 68.5 mA 11 mA 3 4 mA 20 23 mA VSS-18 V 50 IOH2 Output High Current IOL Output Low Current VOH1 Output High Voltage 115 VOH2 Output High Voltage 90 VOL Output Low Voltage VSS+1 All addresses V 0 1.3 7.0 mA 1.15 7.0 mA TA -25 C) TA = 55°C See Note 3 R LOAO 130 700 mV TA 115 700 mV TA = 100n(4) = 25°C = 55°C See Note 3 NOTES: 1. The VSS current drain is equal to (100 + IOH) or (100 + lOLl. 2. See Supply Current vs. Temperatuse (P. 3) for guaranteed current at the temperature extremes. These values are taken from a single pulse measurement. 3. The output current when reading a low output is the leakage current of the 1103-1 plus external noise coupled into the output line from the clocks. VOL equals I OL across the load resistor. 4. This value of load resistance is used for measurement purposes. I n applications the resistance may range from 100n to 1 kn. 5. This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100% tested. 6. (V BB - 7. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 8. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and VSS) supply should be applied at or before VSS' functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. 7·22 SI'L1CON GATE. MOS 1103-1 AC CHARACTERISTICS T A = O°C to +55°C; VSS = 19 ± 5%, (VBB -VSS) READ, WRITE, AND READ/WRITE CYCLE SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. 1 = 3.0V to 4.0V, CONDITIONS UNIT tREF Time Between Refresh tAC Address to Cenable Set Up Time 30 ns tCA Cenable to Address Hold Time 10 ns tpc Precharge to Cenable Delay 60 tOVL Precharge & Cenable Overlap, Low tcp Cenable to Precharge Delay tOVH Precharge & Cenable Overlap, High = OV VOO ms ns 5 30 40 ns ns 85 ns MAX. UNIT READ CYCLE SYMBOL TEST MIN. tRC(1 ) Read Cycle 300 tpov Precharge to End of Cenable 115 tpO(1) End of Precharge to Output Delay tACC1(1) Address to Output Access TYP. CONDITIONS - ns 500 ns 75 ns ns 150 tr = 20 ns tACmin + tOVLmin CLOAD = 50 pF + tPOmax + 2 tr t ACC 2(1 ) Precharge to Output Access 180 ns i-RLOAD = 100n VREF =80mV tPCmin + tOVLmin + tPOmax + 2 tr - WRITE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. twc Write Cycle 340 ns tRWC(1) Read/Write Cycle 340 ns 115 tpw Precharge to Read/Write Delay twp Read/Write Pulse Width 20 ns tw Read/Write Set Up Time 20 ns tDW Data Set Up Time 40 ns tDH Data Hold Time 10 tpO(1) End of Precharge to Output Delay 500 CONDITIONS UNIT } tr = 20 ns ns ns 75 CLOAD ns = 50 pF RLOAD =100n tp Time to Next Precharge tcw Read/Write Hold Time 0 ns 15 ns MAX. UNIT VREF = 80 mV CAPACITANCE (note 2) SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. CONDITIONS CAD Address Capacitance 5 7 pF VIN = VSS CPR Precharge Capacitance 15 18 pF VIN = VSS CCE Cenable Capacitance 15 18 pF VIN = VSS CRW Read/Write Capacitance 11 15 pF VIN = VSS CIN1 Data I nput Capacitance 4 5 pF Cenable = OV f = 1 MHz - All Unused Pins are at A.C. Ground VIN = VSS CIN2 Data I nput Capacitance 2 4 pF Cenable = VSS VIN = Vss COUT Data Output Capacitance 2 3 pF VOUT = OV - (1) ThesEI times will degrade by 35 ns if a V RE F point of 40 mV is chosen instead of the 80 mV point defined in this specification. (2) This parameter is periodically sampled and is not 100% tested. It is measured at worst case operating conditions. Capacitance measurements for plastic packages only. 7-23 SILICON GATE MOS. 1103-1 TIMING DIAGRAM WRITE CYCLE OR READ/WRITE CYCLE Timing illustrated for minimum cycle 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 I 400 I I I I I I I I oil VIH~ AOORESS ADDRESS VIL 450 I twc OR tRWC V @ ~ CHANGE I\",G) _ - toVH_ _tAC_ /~ PRECHARGI: - VIL VIH tpc - :Q ,- _ VIL ~ I • tpw oil VIH READ/WRITE VIL _ VIH DATA IN tw I-toVL CENABLE I - 580 I • ADDRESS CAN CHANGE tCA _ ~I'_tcp _ 7~ ...--tew ..- tp twp - - - - --.. V -- X _ _ tDH (Note 4) tow (Note 3) _ )<~ DATA C!"N CHANGE 550 I X ADDRESS STABLE VIH~ 500 STABLE DATA TIME DATA CAN CHANGE VIL _tpo_ VOH VOL - -- / DATA OUT ... VREF RLOAD CLOAD = 50pF .• tACCl tACC2 oil ------" - : ~:ri-'\."- DATA OUT NOT VALID - "-, I - - - DATA OUT VALID READ CYCLE VIH~ ?@ CAN ADDRESS CHANGE .. tRC '" X ADDRESS STABLE ~(j) - -- VIL _tAC_ VIH~ PRECHARGE VIL VIH CENABLE - _toVH_ teA / tpo_ ~'x -ltoVL - VIH ., .. • tpov READ/WRITE VIL _tpo_ VOH / -- VOL ... VREF= 80mV ~ RLOAD = lOOn CLOAD = 50pF tACCl tACC~ '" • . --"- "- - - "DATA OUT VALID NOTES: CD @ 3 4 7·24 VOO + 2V} VSS _ 2V tr is defined as the transitions between these two points. tow is referenced to point tOH is referenced to point CD @ ~" tep- VIL DATA OUT ADDRESS CAN CHANGE of the rising edge of cenable or read/write whichever occurs first. of the rising edge of cenable or read/write whichever occurs first. SILICON GATE MOS. 1103-1 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC L"LOWVOLTI\GE H ~HIGHVOLTAGE 'o-f~VOO -cAli AOo-f Vss Voo AJ o---{).o---o G c;;i" , CEo--lf AS o---{).o-o A5 AS o---{).O--o As , A7o----{).O--o10 , Aao----{).o--o As , A9o----{).o--o As Po--l~VOO Vss Vss ffo-j 0" CEo-f Vss P-PRECHARGE Ce"'CENABLE WmREAD/WRITE LOGIC 0" HIGH VDI..TAGE (H) LOGIC 1 a LOW VOLTAGE ILl VSB -SUBSTRATE VOLTAGE 7-25 2000 DUAL STATIC SHIFT REGISTERS Si!lDOliCS (FOR REFERENCE ONLY, NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW DESIGNS) DESCRIPTION METAL GATE MOS 2000 SERIES PIN CONFIGURATION The S2001 K, S2002K, S2003K, S2004K, and S2005K are Dual Static Shift Registers manufactured with a "P", channel enhancement mode process. BOTTOM VIEW The registers vary in length from dual 16 to dual 100. Two power supplies and 2 external 28 volt clocks are required. Static operation is assured with a third clock phase that is generated on the chip. The pin configuration allows interchanging of register lengths without rewiring the socket. Data is transferred into the register during 1/>1 and output data appears on the negative-going edge of 1/>2' For static operation 1/>1 must be a "0" and 1/>2 "1". He OND He-NO INTERNAL CONNECTION PARTS IDENTIFICATION TABLE PART NO. BIT LENGTH PACKAGE ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS S2001K 16 10 Pin TO-100 Vdd with respect to Gnd Vgg with respect to Gnd Clock and In with respect to Gnd Operating Temperature Storage Temperature S2002K 25 10 Pin TO-100 S2003K 32 10 Pin TO-100 -16V to 0.3V -30V to 0.3V -30V to 0.3V -55°C to +85°C -55°C to +150°C S2004K 50 S2005K 100 10 Pin CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC °2~ ________ ~ ________ ~~ ______ ~ ________ ~ "1~--------~--,-----~~------+-~ Voo>-~--~--~--~~--~~r-----~~~--~~~~ Voo~+-~~--~--~~~~~r-~--~~~--~~~~r---+--' DATA OUT "280 INf'UT CIRCUITRY 7·26 I T LAST BIT TO-~OO 10 Pin TO·100 OUTPUT BUFFER METAL GATE MOS. S2000 SERIES ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ( Notes: 1,2,3,4 and 5 ) LIMITS CHARACTER ISTICS "1" Output Voltage MIN TYP -11 -13 "0" Output Voltage -0_3 MAX -1 TEST CONDITIONS UNITS TEMP NOTES VDD VGG Vin V, V2 V -13 -27 -10 -27 -27 5 V -15 -29 -2 -29 -29 5 °c OUTPUT Output Drive Capability 2001 ~002/3/4/5 { -[ -8 -10 V -13 -27 -10 -27 -27 RL -4 -6 V -13 -27 -10 -27 -27 RL -10 -11 V -13 -27 -10 -27 -27 RL -6 -8 V -13 -27 -10 -27 -27 RL 0 0 = 17kD. to Gnd = 4 kD. to Gnd = 17 kD.to Gnd = 4 kD. to Gnd Input Leakage Current Data Inputs 0_5 JJ.A +85 0 0 -20 1 50 JJ.A +85 0 0 0 -28 0 2 50 JJ.A +85 0 0 0 0 -28 2001 2.5 kD. -13 -27 -2 -27 -27 Oto -lV 2002/3/4/5 1.5 kD. -13 ·27 -2 -27 -27 Oto -lV 3 5 pF -14 -28 0 0 0 2001 8 10 pF 25 -14 -28 0 0 0 8 2002 8 12 pF 25 -14 -28 0 0 0 8 2003 8 13 pF 25 -14 -28 0 0 0 8 2004 12 18 pF 25 -14 -28 0 0 0 8 2005 16 33 pF 25 -14 -28 0 0 0 8 -29 Clock Inputs Output Impedance Input Capacitance Data Inputs 25 8 Clock Inputs Power Supply Current IDD 2001 -3 -10 mA -55 -15 -29 0 2002 -5 -20 mA -55 -15 -29 0 -29 2003 -6 -24 mA -55 -15 -29 0 -29 2004 -7 -17 mA -55 -15 -29 0 -29 ... 2005 -14 -32 mA -55 -15 -29 0 -29 2001/2/3 -0.8 -3.5 " mA -55 -15 -29 0 -29 2004/5 -0.5 -3.0 mA -55 -15 -29 0 -29 IGG Propagation Delay (tpd) from 2 2001 300 475 ns 25 -14 -28 -28 -28 6, 7 2002/3/4/5 300 450 ns 25 -14 -28 -28 -28 6, 7 7-27 METAL GATE MOS. S2000 SERIES FORCING FUNCTIONS NOTES FOR ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 1. Parameter valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified. 2. "DOWN" Level = 3. Negative logic definition: Level = "0". 4. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 5. "1", "UP" Output voltage levels valid from D.C. to 1 MHz. 90% - - - - - - 6. See output timing diagram. 7. Output load is 10 pF and 1 Mil 8. f = 1 MHz, Vac = 25 mV rms ' All pins not specifically referenced are tied to guard terminal for capacitance tests. Output pins are left open. 9. CLOCK REQUIREMENTS All voltage measurements are referenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically referenced are tied to ground. 10% - - - - - - - - - - All typical values are at 25°C and nominal supply voltages. OUTPUT TIMING DIAGRAM VOL TAGE lEVELS MIN TVP ¢1 ¢2 "0" 0 -1 ¢1 ¢2 "1" -27 -28 MAX UNITS -2.0 Volts -29 Volts 5 j.J.sec 10 j.J.sec TIMING tr & tf <;2 90:J ' "t ~~{ OV DATA OUT .025 ¢1 PW 0.4 ¢2 PW 0.4 j.J.sec too 0 j.J.sec -2V Note: ¢2 may not be at "0" logic level for more than 10 j.J.s. CLOCK DRIVER INPUT REQUIREMENTS +5V r-----------------, I I I I I I ~LOCK o-....,--t;><>-h>----'lNv--,.--4--C' 2N3053 I lOll. I ~""""_+-ogl lW I 2N4036 I I 'l68490 IL _________________ I I ~ -23V r-----------------l : SAME AS ABOVE rfll2 CHARACTERISTIC MIN MAX Data in "0" +0.3 -2.0 Data in "1" -10 t"l" & t"o" 0 UNITS Volts L _________________ J Note: At high repetition rates and/or high capacitance loads, the transistors may require heat sinking, i.e., 1000 pF at 1 MHz. 7·28 Volts j.J.sec Note: Data In must be stabl~ between the 10% points of 91' Si!)notics (FOR REFERENCE ONLY, NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW DESIGNS) DESCRIPTION ;METAL ~ATE MOS 2000 SERIES PIN CONFIGURATION The N2010K Dual 100-Bit Static Shift Register is designed for use at shift rates from 0 to 3 MHz. * The device employs "P" channel enhancement mode MOS techniques. Power supply requirements are -14 and -28 Vdc. Clocking is provided by two external -28 volt clock phases. A delayed second clock phase (<1>2S) is generated on the chip. Data is transferred into the register during <1>1. Output data appears on the negative going edge of <1>2. For static operation, <1>1 must be a "0" and <1>2 a "1". The N2010K is a direct pin replacement for the S2005K/ 3003 1 MHz Static Shift Register. BOTTOM VIEW NC ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS: VDD with respect to Gnd VGG with respect to Gnd Clock and Input with respect to Gnd Operating Temperature Storage Temperature 2010 DUAL 1~O-BIT STATIC SHIFT REGISTER DC TO 3 MHZ GND -16V to 0.3V -30 to 0.3V -30V to 0.3V O°C to +70°C -55°C to +150°C NC-NO INTERNAL CONNECTION CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC °2o-------------~----------~--------~._--------__, ~1o-------------~-1--------~--------~~, vGGo-~----~----~~--~--~~_1------~~-+~--_.--~~--, vooo-~--~~--~+-~--r_~~~~--_.--_,~_r~--_+--~~--_r----~__, OATAOUT ~2S0 INPUT CIRCUITRY NBIT I T LAST BIT OUTPUT BUFFER 7-29 METAL GATE MOS. 2010 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Notes: 1,2,3,4,9) RECOMMENDED POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES: VDD = -14 +1 Vdc, VGG TEST CONDITIONS LIMITS UNITS CHARACTERISTICS NOTES TEMP VDD V 25 -13 V 25 -15 V 25 -13 -0.5 J.J.A 25 1 -50 J.J.A 2 -50 J.J.A 1.5 kr2 MIN TYP -8 -10 "1" Output Voltage "0" Output Voltage Output Drive Capability -4 MAX -6 OUTPUT V in V 1 -27 -7 -27 -27 5, 7 -29 -2 -29 -29 5, 7 -27 -7 -27 -27 RL = 4kr2 to Gnd 0 0 -15 0 0 25 0 0 0 -28 0 25 0 0 0 0 -28 25 -13 -27 -2 -27 -27 °c -1.0 -0.3 = -28 ±lVdc VGG V2 Input Leakage Current Data Inputs Clock Inputs Output Impedance o to -lV Input Capacitance Data Inputs 3 5 pF 25 -14 -28 0 0 0 8 Clock Inputs 16 33 pF 25 -14 -28 0 0 0 8 -14 -20 mA 25 -15 -29 0 -29 -0.8 -3.0 mA 25 -15 -29 0 -29 200 250 ns 25 -14 -28 -28 -28 Power Supply Current IDD IGG Propagation Delay (tdp) from 2 6, 7 NOTES: 0 1. Parameter valid at +25 C unless otherwise spec1fied. 2. All voltage measurements are r.ferenced to the ground terminal. Terminals not specifically ref.renced are tied to ground. "~OWN" Level'" "1 ", "UP" Level'" "0". Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvementt. Output voltage levals valid from DC to 3 MHz. 6. S. . output timing diagram, 7. Output load is 10pF and 1 M.o. 8. t .. 1 MHz, Vee" 25mV rml. All pins not specifically r.f.renced are tied to guard terminal J. Negative logiC definition: 4. 5. 9. for capacitance testl. Output plnl are left open. All tYpical values are at 25°C and nominal supply voltages. TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS MAXIMUM OPERATION FREQUENCY VERSUS CLOCK AND SUPPLY VOLTAGE 6.0 POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS OPERATING FREQUENCY 1000 - ::::~ ! - 6 ~~ ~~ ~:::= :t,Yl"'" - / N20IOK ~TATIC.: ~ ,.. "+2SoC = / I I IlUAR.. !ITI:I:D +Z,"C) I -- .- 16: --t-- DUAl.. 1OO-81T MOS REGIS!ERS --- o +20 +1.0 0 -10 -2.0 POWER SUPPlIES 8 CLOCK VOLTAGE (!\U.TS FROM NOIIINALl 7·30 SHt'j 1 o 1.0 2.0 3.0 MAXIMUM OPERATING FREQUENCY (MHZ) 4D METAL GATE MOS. 2010 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS TTL INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS HV 'ra1p!lf ::::::~ -: _:t~i~::: W%---- '1 '2 --- ----------- ~%--------------- . . . . 'r VOL TAGle LEVELS ct>, ct>2 "0" ct>, ct>2 "'" MIN PW It 1168490· TTl/DTl '""O'ATA INPUT ----- MAX UNITS 0 NOM -, -2.0 Volts -27 -28 -29 Volts 5 ~sec 10 ~sec NOTES: 1. Register ground (V s) is tied to the bipolar integrated circuit Vcc power supply for proper biasing. 2. Vs = TIMING .010 tr & 'tf +5VDC VD =-9 VDC VG =-23 VDC 0.'0 ct>1 PW *3. Signetics Corp. N8490A ct>2 PW 0.15 too 0 Clock Repetition Rate ~sec ~sec 0 3 MHz OUTPUT TIMING DIAGRAM Note: ct>2 may not be at "0" logi'c level for more than 1 0 ~s. INPUT REQUIREMENTS DATA OUT. CLOCK DRIVER ARACTERISTIC Note: MIN MAX Data in "0" +0.3 -2.0 Data in "1" -7.0 t"1" & t"o" 0 UNITS Volts Volts Ilsec Data In must be stable between the 10% points of It>,. NOTES: 1. At high repetition rates and/or high capacitance loads, the transistors may requ ire heat sinking, i.e., 1000 pFat 3M Hz. 2. y, N8822B, SP322B etc. 3. y, N8880A, SP387A etc. 7·31 !ii!lDotiC!i FULLY DECODED 1024 AND 2048 STATIC READ·ONLY MEMORIES 2400 METAL GATE MOS 2400 SERIES DESCRIPTION CUSTOM ENCODING The Signetics 2400 Series devices are high speed, fully decoded, MOS static 1024 and 2048-bit read-only memories offering 128X8, 256X8, 256X4, and 512X4 organizations. You may describe the particular option you desire in a booklet which will be provided by Signetics. Ask your local Signetics representative for a copy of "SIGNETICS 2400 SERIES STATIC READ-ONLY MEMORIES - MOS-ROM PROGRAMMING"_ The booklet contains a blank truth table and instructions for preparing punched data cards. Two output structure options, plus both single line and 3-bit binary coded chip select options, provide for wide versatil ity and economy of appl ication. The devices interface ct:irectly with standard TTL/DTL or MOS logic circuits. Process technology is P-Channel enhancement mode_ PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View) FEATURES • • • • • • 128X8, 256X8, 256X4, 512X4 ORGANIZATIONS STATIC OPERATION - NO CLOCKS FULLY DECODED ADDRESS 500ns TYPICAL ACCESS' TIME TTL/DTL COMPATIBILITY OUTPUT OPTIONS: BARE! DRAIN 20K OHM PULL-DOWN RESISTOR • TWO CHIP SELECT OPTIONS: SINGLE LINE 3-BIT BINARY CODED • EBCDIC-ASCII CONVERSION TABLE IS CATALOG STANDARD, OTHER STANDARDS AVAILABLE • +12, -12V POWER SUPPLIES, • STANDARD PINNING IN 16 AND 24 PIN CERAMIC DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGES .. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. .0 20 APPLICATIONS: CODE CONVERSION LOOK-UP TABLES MICRO-PROGRAMMING RANDOM LOGIC SYNTHESIS CHARACTER GENERATION " 11 13. Chip Select Options: Both the 2420 and 2430 group may be specified with either single line chip select or a 3 line, 3-bit binary coded chip select. The coded chip select allows oneof-etght chip selection without external logic components for larger memory matrices. The 2410 group is pin limited to single line chip select. Package Options: The 256X4 organization is available in either a 16-pin or 24-pin dual in-line package. For a detailed listing of part numbers and options see the PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE. 7·32 Vss 1. 2. 3_ 4. 5. 6. Addres"3 AddrelS 2 Address 1 Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Ol·tput 4 e .Jtput 5 Output 6 Output 7 Output 8 VSS 16 • VOO 15. 14. 13_ 12_ 11. Addresl4 Address 5 Address 6 Address 7 VGG 10. Chip Enable Address 8 9. 24. VOO 23. 22. 21. 20. 19. 18. Chip Enable 3· Chip Enable 2· Address 4 Address. 5 Address 6 Address 7 17. VGG 16. 15. 14. 13. Mode Control Chip Enable Address 8 No Connection 14 SPECIAL FEATURES Output Options: Two output structure options allow ease of interfacing with TTL/DTL or other MOS circuits. Address 3 AddrelS 2 Address 1 Output 1·· Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 n ·No connection for ,Ingle chip enable optlonl. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Addrell3 Address 2 Address 1 Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Output 5 Output 6 Output 7 Output 8 VSS 24. VOO Chip Enable 3· Chip Enable 2· Address 4 Address 5 Address 6 Address 7 17. Address 8 16. VGG 23. 22. 21. 20. 19. 18. 15. Mode Control 14. Chip Enable 13. Address 9 • No connection for single chip enable options. METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES BLOCK DIAGRAMS INPUTS OUTPUTS t--;:=>--o ., A, .......- - - - - 1 - - A2 - -- 2410 A3 MEMORY UI :I !!j OPERATING MODE 1. Logic "1" level enables outputs. At CHIP ENABLE ., INPUTS OUTPUTS A, 2420 ~----t--£==>--o~ OPERATING MODES MEMORY H--I--C>--OBe ~t---t--£==>--oB7 ceo At 0--...,....--' L..-+'6--I 1. 128 x 8 ROM Connections Mode Control - Logic "0" A 8 - Logic "1" 2. 256 x 4 ROM Connection Mode Control - Logic "1" A8 - Logic "0" Enables the odd (81,83,85,87) outputs. - Logic "1" Enables the even (8~ 84, 86, 88) outpuU 3. CEO' CE 1 , and CE 2 are AND'ed per customer instructions. CE, <--_~-...,CE2 MOOS CONTROL 0------1_", ., INl'UTS OUn'UTS A, 0 - - t----t--i:..J-o() 2430 ~ A3~ OPERATING MODES I MEMORY I 1. 256 x Mode A9 2. 512 x Mode A9 H~-t--LJ-o()Bs I I Hr--t--LJ-o() Be I I I Hr--I--C=:l-o() _-........ ....... 117 -r---:>--oBe ~1---....... ABo--..._----' ceo 8 ROM Connection Control - Logic "0" - Logic "1" 4 RO'M Connection Control - Logic "1" - Logic "0" Enables the odd (81,83 .. 87) Outputs - Logic "1" Enables the even (82, 84 .•• 88) Outputs 3. CEO' CE 1 , and CE 2 are AND'ed per customer instructions. eE, L...-_....----v CE2 MODE CDNTROL o-----L~ 7·33 METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS -25°C to +70°C -65°C to + 150° C @70°C 1.14W @70°C O.BOW -30 to +0.3 Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature Power Dissipation (2) ("Y" Package) ("1" Package) VGG (3) -30 to +0.3 VDD (3) Input Voltage (3,4) -30 to +0.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS TA =-25"C to +70°C; VSS = +12V (17); VDD TEST SYMBOL V IL Input Logic "0" V IH ISS VssPower Supply Current IGG VGGPower Supply Current = OV; MIN V GG = -12V ±10% unless otherwise noted TYP Input Leakage RPD Pull-down Resistor UNIT CONDITIONS V Input Logic "1" IIH MAX 10 (Notes: 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16). 4 14 V = 25°C 20 mA TA 1 lolA Note 5, T A 1 I-/A V IN = 25°C = OV Note 6 2410,2025,30,35 12 20 k ohm AC CHARACTERISTICS = 25°C; TA VSS = +12V (17); VDD = OV; VGG = -12V ±10% unless otherwise noted. (Notes: 11,12,13,14,16). SYM·BOL TEST Output Logic "0" VOL V OH Output Logic "1", Output Logic "0" MOS to MOS MIN TYP MAX 11 UNIT 1 Megohm to Ground, Note 8 +3 V 1 Megohm to Ground, Note 8 V Note 7,9 +0.4 V Note 7,9 Note 15 +2.5 VOL V OH Output Logic "1" tA1 Address Time (bare drain) 500 750 ns tAO Address Time (bare drain) 400 500 ns MOS to TTL CONDITIONS V NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "MaXimum Guaranteed Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only. Operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of the specification is not implied, 2. For operation at elevated temperatures, the device must be derated based on a max imum junction temperature of 150°C and a thermal resistance of 70 °C/W junction to ambient for the "Y" package, The "I" package is derated based on 1 00 °C/W junction to ambient. 3. These voltages are referenced to network ground terminal (VSS )' 4. All inputs are protected against damage by static charge, 5. TheVGGsupply may be clocked to reduce device power without affecting access time, 6. 8. Output to V OO ' 6.8kfl tOV plus 1 standard TTL gate input, GG This test is for devices using a 20kfl MOS pull·down resistor (2410,20, 25,30, 35, ), 9. This test is for devices supplied with a bare drain out'put (2411,21, 26,31,36), 7. 10. Parameter valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified, 11. All voltage measurements referenCed to ground. 12. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design changes and process improvements, 13. Typical values are at 25°C and nominal supply voltages. 14. Negative logic definition is employed for this device, i,e" more negative level is logic "1 ", most positive level is logic "0", 15. For bare drain devices, TAl is primarily a function of the time constant of the load capacitance and external load resistor (tAl 2! 4RL CL +50ns). 16. CAUTION: These devices will be permanently damaged if reversed in board or socket. 17. Vee tolerance Is t10%. Any variation in actual Vee will be tracked directly by VI L' V IH' and V OH which are stated for a Vee of exactIV 12 voltl. 7·34 METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES AC TEST SETUP +12V +6V +6V +~rI Ov.....J L- APPLICATIONS TIMING DIAGRAM TTL-MOS-TTL INTERFACING +12V "I OV { IN +12V OV R 1 may range from 680n to 33k. typically 3.3k is satisfactory. R2 S.8k for a standard TTL (10 IN = 1.6mA) R3 = 2.2k PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE PART ORGANIZATION PACKAGE OUTPUTS CHIP SELECT CONTROLS N24101 256 x 4 16-pin Cer. DIP 20k ohm Pull-down 1 N24111 256 x 4 16-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain 1 N2420Y 128 x 8 or 256 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP 20k ohm Pull-down 1 N2421Y 128 x 8 or 256 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain 1 N2425Y 128 x 8 or 256 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP 20k ohm Pull-down 3 N2426Y 128 x 8 or 256 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain 3 256 x 8 (EBCDIC-ASCII) 24-pin Cer. DIP 20k ohm Pull-down 1 N2430Y 256 x 8 or 512 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP 20k ohm Pull-down 1 N2431Y 256 x 8 or 512 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain 1 N2435Y 256 x 8 or 51 2 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP 20k ohm Pull-down. 3 N2436Y 256 x 8 or 512 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain 3 . N2430Y/CMOOO 7-35 METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES CHARACTERISTIC CURVES ACCESS TIME VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 100 VERSUS TEMPERATURE AND POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 2000 1800 22 1800 20 « .§. 1400 1200 18 c 9 !« 1000 t- 16 800 800 14 400 12 200 TAO 10 100 ·25 +25 +100 +75 +50 ·20 ·24 ·22 100 VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 VOO(V) NOTE: For typical = OV. curves, VSS 7·36 ·26 VGG(V) TEMPERATURE( °C) -13. -14 -15 -16 -17 ·28 ·30 METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES NOTE' Blanks are logic 1 'so EBCDIC WORD# I CMOOOO TRUTH TABLE ASCII Code Bit Number EBCDIC WORD,# 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 o 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 72 I 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 o 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 o 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 o 1 1 0 1 0 0 001 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 '0 1 1 0 0 0 o 0 0 o 1 0 EBCDIC WORD # 1 234 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 ASCII Code Bit Number 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 .0 0 0 1 0 o 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 o 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 o 1 o 0 0 1 0 1 o 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 o 1 0 0 o 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 o 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 o 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 ASCII Code Bit Number EBCDIC WORD # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 o 1 0 o 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 o 1 o 1 o 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 o 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 o 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 o 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 o 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 o o o 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 o o o ASCII Code Bit Number 1 234 5 6 7 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 106 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 o o 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 o 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 o 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 o o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 o 1 0 0 0 1 o 1 0 1 0 1 o 1 0 o 1 1 o 1 1 1 1 o 1 0 0 0 o 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 o 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 o o 1 0 o 0 0 o o o 0 0 0 1 0 0 o 1 0 1 1 0 0 o 1 1 o 1 o 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 o 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 o 1 1 o 1 1 o 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 7·37 METAL GATE MOS. 2400 SERIES SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OUTPUT STRUCTURE Vss ~tO""", I r I b VGG ~ ~~I • Optional b 20K MOS pulldown resistor N2410,20,25,30 and 35 only Voo EXERPT FROM SOFTWARE' PACKAGE (CARD FORMAT) CARDS 2 THROUGH 129 (4 x 266 Qroanlzetioll onlvl DATA S'TA'R'TING AT COLUMN 1 IF "COOEO"PUNCHTHEBINARVCOOECHIP S(LECTI,el011 rf"SINGLE"LEAVl EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4·B11 WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8. THE oeCIMAL EOUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT PUNCHTHI:ROMORGANIZATIONOESIRED ADDRESS IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 78. 79, AND 80 ."SX2!>64X512ETC eE). ~UAN:~ PUNCH TTl FORATTL OUTPUTUlARl DL'TPUT FOR wonDS 0 2M PUNCH OUTPUT FORWORDS256511 PUNCHTH[SASICOEVICE TVPE DESIRED ,~ N14101 N14;>!)V f rt PUNCH DECIMAL EOUIVALENTQf BINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS OF THE WOROCOR RESPONDING TO THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN COMMENTS PUNCHED HERE WilL APPEAR ASTHE TITLE ONTHE TRUTH TABLE IHISSHOULDINClUDE CUSTOMER PART IDENTIFICATION COLUMN 78 HUNDREOS DIGIT COLUMN 79 TENSQIGlT COLUMN 80 UNtTS DIGtT PUNCHMOSFQRANMOSQUTPUT CE2~"dCEl IMpecU.<>ly THE ABOVE SPECIFIES A "CODED" ROM WITH THE BINARY COD;D CHIP SELECT "101" ORGANIZED 8 X,258 WITH TTL OUTPUTS !BARE DRAIN!. THE 8ASIC DEVICE TVP~ IS A N2436Y ("Y" INDICATES A 24·PIN CERAMIC DIP. N INDICATES TEMPERATURE RANGE: -26~C - +70"C.1 EXAMPLE CARDS 2·129 AND CARDS 2·267 CARDS 2 THROUGH 2B714 X 512 Org,,,IZIItlon onlv! EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF ONE a·BIT WORD IN COLUMNS 1 TUROUGH 8. THE DECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CQDED INPUT ADDRESS FOR THAT WORD IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 78, 79 AND 80 ~~LUMNS ~U~:~ OUTPUTS Bl THROUGH BSIN COLUMNS ONE THROUGH 7880 ~IGHT RESPECTIVELY PUNCH DECIMAL EOUIVALENT OF 81NARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS WHICH CORRES PONDS TO THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN COLUMN 78 HUNDREDS DIGIT COLUMN 79 TENS DIGIT COLUMN 8DUNtTS DIGtT EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4 BIT WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8 THE DECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS IS PUNCHES IN COLUMNS 78. 79, AND 80 ~:N:~ OUTPUT FOR WORDS 0 127 PUNCH OUTPUT FonWOROS 128255 [/°1010101 r/'D101010 1/'1100100 PUNCHOECIMALEDUIVALENTOFOINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS CORRESPONDING TD THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN CDLUMNS 1 '" COLUMN 18 HUNDR(!Os DIGIT COLUMN 19 TIlNSOIGtT COLUMN 80 UNITsOIGIT 1 • • • OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH 88 ARE IN COLUMNS THROUGH 8 RESPECTIVEL Y DECIMAL EQUIVAl.ENT OF BINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS IS IN COl.UMNS 78, 79, AND SO. FOR 8 X 128 AND 8 x 266 ORGANIZATIONS - OUTPUTS ARE 81 THROUGH 88 RESPECTIVEl.Y • FOR 4 X 512 ORGANIZATION: WORD 000 OUTPUTS WORD 266 OUTPUTS WQRD 010 OUTPUTS WORD 266 OUTPUTS 111111 II 01 IfI '. 11~1~ 0 ~ ~ ~ 00 U ~ 0 ~: ..,L..111: 111111111111111! 7·38 ~ ~ ~ ~~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~ 0 ~~.~~ ~~~~!~.,~ 0. ~O ~ n~~~?!~.O~.~ A.?,~ ~?,~.~~ ~~, ~~~~~'~~I! 1!1:)llI11111,!11111111111111111j,111111111111111111IljI...J... 81 85 81 86 THROUGH THROUGH THROUGH THROUGH 84 88 84 88 RESPECTIVEL Y RESPECTIVEL Y RESPECTIVELY RESPECTIVEL Y WORD 000 OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH 84 RESPECTIVEL V WORD 128 OUTPUTS 86 THROUGH B6 RESPECTIVELY WORD 010 OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH B4 RESPECTIVELY WORD 136 OUTPUTS 85 THROUGH 88 RESPECTIVELY SmDotiCS FUllY DECODED 1024 AND 2048 STATIC READ·ONl Y MEMORIES 2441 2451 2461 2462 METAL GATE MOS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View) These Signetics devices are high speed, fully decoded, MOS static 1024 and 2048-bit read-only memories offering 128X8, 126X4, and 512X4 organizations. I PACKAGE Both single line and 3-bit binary coded chip select options, provide for wide versatility and economy of application. The devices interface directly with standard TTUDTL logic circuits. Process technology is P-Channel enhancement mode. 2462 FEATURES • • • • • • • 12SXS, 256XS, 256X4" 512X4 ORGANIZATIONS STATIC OPERATION - NO CLOCKS FULLY DECODED ADDRESS ACCESS TIME 950n5 MAX. TTL/DTL COMPATIBILITY BARE DRAIN OUTPUT TWO CHIP SELECT OPTIONS: SINGLE LINE 3-BIT BINARY CODED • EBCDIC-ASCII CONVI:RSION (CM4030) TABLE IS CATALOG STANDARD, OTHER STANDARDS AVAILABLE • +5, -12V POWER SUPPLIES • STANDARD PINNING IN 16 AND 24 PIN CERAMIC DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Address 3 Address 2 Address 1 Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Vss 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. Voo Address Address Address Address 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 4 5 6 7 VGG Chip Enable Address 8 Y Address 3 Address 2 Address 1 Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Vss 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. Address Address Address Address Address 4 5 6 7 8 VGG. Voo Chip Enable Address 9 24. 23. 22. 21. 20. 19. 18. 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. VOO Chip Enable 3" Chip Enable 2' Address 4 Address 5 Address 6 Address 7 Address 8 VGG Mode Control Chip Enable Address 9 PACKAGE APPLICATIONS CODE CONVE RSI ON LOOK-UP TABLES MICRO-PROGRAMMING RANDOM LOGIC SYNTHESIS CHARACTER GENERATION SPECIAL FEATURES Chip Seleet Options: Both the 2451 and 2461 may be specified with either singlE! line chip select or a 3 line, 3-bit binary coded chip select. The coded chip select allows one:of-eight chip selection without external logic components for larger memory matrices. The 2441 and 2462 are pin limited to single line chip select. . Package Options: The 2!:i6X4 organization is available in either a 16-pin or 24-pin dual in-line package. For a detailed listing of part numbers and options see the PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. CUSTOM ENCODING You may describe the particular option you desire in a booklet which will be provided by Signetics. Ask your local Signetics representative for a copy of "SIGNETICS 2400 SERIES STATIC READ-ONLY MEMORIES - MOS-ROM PROGRAMMING". The booklet contains a blank truth table and instructions for preparing punched data cards. Address3 Address 2 Address 1 Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Output 5 Output 6 Output 7 Output 8 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. VSS 24. 23. 22. 21. 20. 19. 18. 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. VOO Chip Enable 3' Chip Enable 2" Address 4 Address 5 Address 6 Address 7 VGG Mode Control Chip Enable Address 8 No Connection • No connection for single chip enable options. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Address 3 Address 2 Address 1 Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Output 5 Output 6 Output 7 Output8 VSS 'No connection for single chip enable options. 7·39 METAL GATE MOS. 2641,2451,2461,2462 BLOCK DIAGRAMS OUTPUTS t----c:::~--oB, MEMORY 2441,2462 OPERATING MODE ,. Logic "'" level enables outputs. AS Ag" "2462 ONLY CHIP ENABLE INPUTS OUTPUTS A, -- --- A2 ----- A3 >gj - - --- :;;0 -- --- O::w 00:: wo MEMORY :;;« -- --- -- ---- --- B, B2 2451 B3 OPERATING MODES B4 ,. '28 x 8 R OM Connections Mode Control- Logic "0" B5 Ba B7 BS A7 CEo CE, AS A8 - Logic " ' " 2. 256 x 4 ROM Connection Mode Control- Logic "'" A8 - Logic "0" Enables the odd (6', 6~ 6~ 67)output~ - Logic " ' " Enables the even (6~ 6~ 6~ 68)outpuU 3. CEO, CE" and CE2 are AND'ed per customer instructions. CE2 MODE CONTROL INPUTS OUTPUTS A, A2 >gj O::w 00:: :;;0 wo :;;« -- - --- - --- - -MEMORY -- - --- - --- - --- --- AS B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 Ba MODE CONTROL 7-40 B, 2461 OPERATING MODES ,. 256 x 8 ROM Connection Mode Control- Logic "0" A9 - Logic "'" 2. 5'2 x 4 ROM Connection Mode Control- Logic "'" A9 - Logic "0" Enables the odd (6',63 .. 67) Outputs - Logic "'" Enables the even (62, 64 .. 68) Outputs 3. CEO, CE" and CE2 are AND'ed per customer instructions. METAL GATE MOS. 2441,2451,2461,2462 ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (1) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Operating Ambient Temperature -250Ct~ +70o C Storage Temperature -65°C to +150 o C Power Dissipation (2) ("Y" Package) @70oC 1.14W @70oC 0.80W ("1" Package) VGG(3) -20 to +0.3 VDD(3) -15 to +0.3 Input Voltage (3,4) -20 to +0.3 OUTPUT STRUCTURE Vss -1~ OUTPUT DC CHARACTERISTICS T A = -25°C to +70°C; VSS = +5V 15%; VDD = VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted·(Notes: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14) _._--_ .. SYMBOL VIL TEST MIN Input logic "0" MAX TYP VIH Input logic "1" ISS VSS Pc)wer Supply Current IGG IIH UNIT CONDITIONS -- V 3 0.8 14 V 0 20 mA TA = 25 C V GG Power Supply Current 1 /-LA Note 5, I nput Leakage 1 /-LA VIN = -12V TA = 0 25 C AC CHARACTERISTICS T A = 25°C; VSS = +5V ±5%; VDD = VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted (Notes 9, 10, 11, 12, 14) - SYMBOL VOL TEST MIN Output Logic "0" TYP MAX UNIT CONDITIONS V Note 6 +0.4 V Note 6 750 ns Note 13 +2.4 MOS to TTL VOH Output Logic" 1" tA1 Access Time tAO Access Time CIN Input Capacitance 950 ns pF 5 Note7,f=1 MHz,VIN=O NOTES: 1. Stresses above. those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress ra!ing only. Operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those Indicated In the operational sections of the specification is not im~lied. 2. For operation at elevated temperatures, the device must be derated based on a maximum junction temperature of 150 0 C and a thermal resistance of 70 0 C/W junctic)n to ambient for the "Y" package. The "I" package Is derated based on 100 0 C/W junction to ambient. 3. These voltages are referonced to network ground terminal (VSS)' 4. All Inputs are protected against damage by static charge. 5. The V GG supply may be clocked to reduce device power without affecting access time. 6. 6.8kn to VGG plus 1 standard TTL gate input. 7: Capacitance measured on lot sample basis only. 8. Parameter valid over op,erating temperature range unless otherwise specified. 9. All voltage measurements referenced to ground. 10. Manufac.turer reserves the right to make design changes and process Improvements. 11. Typical values are at 25'J C and nominal supply voltages. 12. Negative logic definition Is employed for this device. i.e., more negative level is logic "1", most positive level is logic "0". 13. For bare drain devices, T A 1 is primarily a function of the time constant of the load capacitance and external load resistor (tA 1 ~ 4R L CL +50 ns). 14. CAUTION: These devices will be permanently damaged If reversed in board or socket. AC TEST SETUP TIMING DIAGRAM +6V o--r---o VO ..L DTL/TTLr ·1"5p··"F I 10pF ~ -'12V ~ 7·41 METAL GATE MOS. 2441, 2451, 2461, 2462 PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE PACKAGE OUTPUTS N2441 I PART 256 x 4 16-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain N2451Y 128 x 8 or 256 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain N2461Y/CM4030 256 x 8 (EBCDIC-ASCII)* 24-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain N2461Y 256 x 8 or 512 x 4 24-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain N24621 512 x 4 16-pin Cer. DIP Bare Drain ORGANIZATION * Demonstrator APPLICATIONS MOS-TTlINTERFACING +5 +5V +5V IN -12V = R1 6.8k for a standard TTL (10 IN = 1.6mA) CHARACTERISTIC CURVES TYPICAL POWER SUPPLY CURRENT VS. POWER SUPPl·' VOLTAGE TYPICAL ACCESS TIME VS. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1600 LOiD - 1 tTL INPIUT 1400 25 1--+-+---I----+-+----+---:7/-250 C K~ 1200 " ........... 1000 "'" 800 ~ ~ i"........... f'-.- 600 ~ +125 O C r;doc r--...... 1""-... +2r 400 15 16 17 18 19 20 Vss - VGG (V) NOTE: For typical curves, VSS 7·42 = OV. 21 22 23 o~~--~~~~--~~--~~ 15 16 17 18 19 20 Vss - VGG IV) 21 22 23 METAL GATE MOS. 2441,2451,2461,2462 NOTE: Blanks are logic 1'5. EBCDIC WORD# CM 4030 TRUTH TABLE ASCII CODE BIT NUMBER EBCDIC WORD# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 o 1 1 o 1 001 o 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 o 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 ASCII CODE BIT NUMBER 1 234 5 6 7 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 ASCII CODE BIT NUMBER EDCDIC WORD # 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 EBCDIC WORD# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 o 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 o 0 1 1 1 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 o o 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 ASCII CODE BIT NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 o 0 1 1 o 0 1 1 1 ·1 1 1 o 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 o 1 0 1 o 1 0 1 o 1 o 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 o 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 1 1 7-43 METAL GATE MOS. 2441,2451,2461,2462 EXERPT FROM SOFTWARE PACKAGE (CARD FORMAT) CARDS 2 THROUOH 129 (4 X 258 Oroanlutiofl only) ~ ~lNGATCOLUMNI COOED 10' IXN"l OR-'SINGLE IF 'CODED" PUNCH THE 81NARY CQOr CHIP SELECT1,. 1011 IF ·SINGtE"\.£AV[ PUNCH T~E ROM ORGANllATION OES1R£D N2436V SlGNIfICl HAl THE FASTUT A.O.M:. IIII I EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4·811 WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THAOUGH 8. THE DECIMAL 11111 II IIII I III III EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT ea0 ~ ~ n~ ~ ~~ 0 0 ~~ noD ~~~ ~ '~, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~%!~~~~!! ~ ~~!~ ~~~~!~!~.~~ ~~~!!~!!!~~!!~\!,~!!!! ~~~.~\~~},~! ADDRESS IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 7,8, 79, AND 80 11.11"'111'1.'11"1"1'11111'111111111'111111'111111111111111111111111111111111 1.1I)(156.)(512£1C PUNCHMOS FOR AN MOS QUTPUl PUNCHTll FOR ATTLOUTPUT 111ARL PUNCH THE BASIC DEVICE TVPEOESIREO .e N24101 N24]OY fT<.. ;~~:~~~:EU~~~~~ ~!~~=~l~B~7EAR lHISSHOUlDINCLU06 CUSTOMER PART ~ ~OL'TPUTFORWOROS02SS THE ABOVE SPECIFIES A "CODED" ROM WITH THE BINARY" CODED CHIP SELECT "101" ORGANIZED 8)( ~56 f'UNCHO[CIMAL EQU1VALENlOF BINARV COoEO INPUT ADDRESS OF TH(WQAQCOA RESPONDING TO THE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN WITH TTl OUTPUTS (BARE DRAINI. THE BASIC DEVICE TVP, IS A N2436V I"V" INDICATES A 24·PIN CERAMIC DIP N INDICATES TEMPERATURE RANGE' -25 C - "70·'C.I COLUMN 18 HUNDREDS DIGIT COLUMN 19 TENS DIGIT COLUMN 80 UNITSQIGtT EXAMPLE CARDS 2·129 AND CARDS 2 251 CARO:2 THROUGH 129 IB x t:lBO.;.n,ntionl 2 THROUGH 268 18 x 256 O.g.IIniutionl EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF ONE 8 BIT WORD IN COLUMNS 1 TUROUGH 8 THE DECIMAL EOUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS FOR THAT WORD IS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 78. 79 AND 80 ~~LUMNS ~ OUTPUTS 91 THROUGH 98 IN COLUMNS ONE THAOUGH EIGHT RESPECTIVELV CAROS:2 THROUGH 2571~ X !12 Oro-nlutton onlvl EACH CARD SPECIFIES THE OUTPUT OF TWO 4·BIT WORDS IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8 THE DECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF THE BINARY CODED INPUT ADDRESS IS PUNCHES IN COLUMNS 78, 79. AND 80 OATA ;;u;:;c;; OUTPUT FOR WORDS 0 121 '/'01010'0 /'1'00100 PUNCH OUTPUT FOR WORDS 128255 PUNCHOECIMALEOUIVALENTOF61NARV cOOEO INPUT ADORESS WHICH CORRtS PONOSTOTHEOUTPUTSPUNCHEDIN COLUMN 18 HUNDREOSDIGIT COLUMN 19 T[NSOIGIT COlUMN8CJUNITSOIGIT ~ ~~.,~.,~ ~ 0 ~ DDu~ ~ ~ ~~ 0 O!, ~ e~ u~~!~~ 0 ~~,:~~ ~!~~~.~,~!~ ~ ~~~ ~~ ~ ~~ O.,~\~~~O ~'~I~O ~ ~~~. 0 ~,~'~~'~,~'~~! PUNCHOECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF BINARV CODEDINI'UTADORESSCORAESPONOING TOTHE OUTPUTS PUNCHED IN COLUMNS 14 COLUMN 18 HUNDAEDS DIGIT COLUMN 19 TENS DIGIT COLUMN 80 UNITS DIGIT 1111111'11""11'11"'11111111,1111111111111111111'111111,'1111"1'1111111111111 ...... • OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH Bo ARE IN COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 8 RESPECTIVELY • DECIMAL EQUIVALENT OF BINARY CODED INPUT AODRI!SS IS IN COLUMNS 18, 19, AND 80 • FOR 8)( 128 AND 8 X 2S6 ORGANIZATIONS - OUTPUTS ARE 81 THROUGH 88 RESPECTIVE LV • FOR 4 X 512 ORGANIZATION WORD WORD WORD WORD VIC YOUR ~OW;NY'S 111111 t B4 RESPECTIVEl Y 88 RESPECTIVELY B4 RESPECTIVEL Y B8 AESPECTIVEL V NA.;E, II il:'~ 0 ~ ~~ 0 0 01 ,0 [:~. nn; ~ ~ q ~ o~ ~ on ~~,~ ~ ~ 0 ~~ 0 ~.~~,~~!?~ 0 ~D ~ o~~ ~~~ ~.O~.;' R,~,~ ~~,~~G ~ ~?,~,~,~~.~~! ~ 1111: ~ 1'11,,'1, I I I ' . , 7·44 000 OUTPUTS Bl THROUGH 256 OUTPUTS 85 THROUGH 010 OUTPUTS 81 THROUGH 286 OUTPUTS 85 THROUGH :. '1I'' i 11111 11, 11111111111111111l1,1111111111111I111111J 1 _ ... WORD 000 OUTPUTS 81 WOAD 128 OUTPUTS 85 WORD 010 OUTPUTS 81 WORO 138 OUTPUTS B6 THROUGH THROUGH THROUGH THROUGH 84 RESPECTIVEL V 88 RESPECTIVELV 54 RESPECTIVELY B8 AESPECTIVELV SmDotiCS FULLY DECODED, 256 X1STATIC RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY 2501 SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY The Signetics 2500 Series 256 x 1 Random Access Memory employs enhancement mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of a 16-pin dual in-line package. Complete static operation requires no clocking. All inputs of the 2501 can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 2.0 mA, sufficient to drive one standard TTL load. FEATURES • FULLY DECODED ADDRESS • ACCESS TIME -1.0~s GUARANTEED • POWER DISSIPATION -1.6mW/BIT MAXIMUM DURING ACCESS • STANDBY POWER DISSIPATION - 50~W/BIT • DTL AND TTL COMPATIBLE • CHIP SELECT AND OUTPUT WIRED-OR CAPABILITY FOR EASY EXPANSION • STANDARD 16-PIN DIP SILICONE PACKAGE • SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY • VCC = +5V, VDD = VD = -9V APPLICATIONS POWER DISSIPATION The maximum power dissipation of 1.6mW/bit is required only during Read or Write. For standby operation, 50~W/bit is obtained by removing VD and reducing VDD to -2.0V. Removal of VD alone will cut power dissipation by a factor of 1.5. SPECIAL FEATuRE The outputs of the 2501 are effectively open circuited when the device is not selected (logic 1 on chip select). This feature allows OR-Tying for memory expansion. PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE TYPE 25018 PACKAGE 16-pin Silicone DIP OP. TEMP. RANGE O°C. to+70°C. 25011 16-pin Ceramic DIP O·C. to +70 C. -- PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) SMALL BUFFER STORES SMALL CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT BIPOLAR COMPATIBLE DATA STORAGE B/I PACKAGE SILICONE PACKAGING Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique siiicon gate MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate MOS process the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic contaminatioQ barriers. 11 16 14 13 12 11 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Address 6 Address 8 Address 7 VD Vcc Address 5 Address 1 V DD 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. Chip Select R/W Data Out Data Out Data In Address 4 Address 2 Address 3 10 PROCESS TECHNOLOGY The use of Signetics' unique Silicon Gate Low Threshold Process allows the design and production of higher performance MOS circuits and provides higher functional density on a chip than other MOS technologies. 7-45 SILICON GATE MOS. 2501 only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be o derated based on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and o a thermal resistance of ,150 C/W junction to ambient. 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) Operating Temperature Storage Temperature All Input or Output Voltages with Respect to the Most Positive Supply Voltage, VCC Supply Voltages VOO and Vo with Respect to V CC Power Dissipation at T A = 70° C O°C to +70°C -65°C to +150°C +O.3V to -20V specified. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages. 8. V CC tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actu~1 V CC will be tracked directly by V • V IH and V OH which are stated for IL a V CC of exactly 5 volts. -18V 640mW NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This Is a stress rating NOTE: Special devices are available for operation at VDD = -7V, VD = -10V. Contact your Signetics Representative fQr.-detalis. DC CHARACTERISTICS' (T A = O°C to 70°C, VCC = +5V (8), VOO = Vo = -9V ±5%, unless otherwise specified. See notes below) SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT CONDITIONS III Input Load Current (All Input Pins) <1.0 500 nA VIN = O.OV; TA = +25°C ILO Output Leakage Current <1.0 1000 nA VOUT = O.OV, Chip Select Input = +3.3V, T A = +25°C 100 Power Supply Current, VOO 13.0 18 mA TA=+25°C, VOO=VO= ·-9V 10 Power Supply Current, Vo 8.5 12 mA IOL = O.OmA TA VOO = Vo =-9V VIL Input "Low" Voltage -12 VCC-4.5 V VIH Input "High" Voltage VCC-2.0 VCC+0.3 V lOll Output Sink Current 3.0 6 mA VOUT = +O.45V, TA = +25°C IOL2 Output Sink Current 2.0 5 mA VOUT = +O.45V, T A = +70°C IOL3 Output Sink Current mA VOUT = -0.7 V IOH1 Output Source Current -3.0 4 mA VOUT = O.OV, T A = +25°C IOH2 Output Source Current -2.0 3 mA VOUT=O.OV, TA=+70oC VOL Output "Low" Voltage V IOL =3.0mA VOH Output "High" Voltage V IOH =-100~A CIN I nput Capacitance (All Input Pins) 7 10 pF VIN =+5.0V f= 1 MHz COUT Output Capacitance 7 10 pF VOUT=+5.0V f= 1 MHz -- 7-46 6 -0.7 +3.5 13 +0.45 +4.5 = +25°C SILICON GATE MOS. 2501 SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS o Guaranteed Limits T A = Oo·C to +70 C, VCC = +5V (8) , VOO= Vo = -9V ± 5% except as noted. READ CYCLE SYMBOL LIMITS (tlsec) MAX TEST Access Time ta WRITE CYCLE 1.0J,lSec TEST SYMBOL LIMITS (tlsec) MIN. two Address to Write Pulse Delay 0.3 twp Write Pulse Width 0.4 tw Write Time 0.3 too Data-Write Pulse Overlap 0.1 TEST SETUP FOR SPEED MEASUREMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM • "AGE IYNCHIIONOOa PRIEIIT COUNTE" A,7 ",'0 A,. a." ~,. allo----..J NOTES: 1. Each clock time is split into a Read fOllowed by a Write. Read and Write times can be varied by adjustment of the "delay" and· "width" controls of the pulse generator. 2. Data generator produces a 256-bit block of data. 32 bits repeated 8 times. "PCM" mode used so data can be changed in 32 bits of the 2501 from one cycle to the next. 3. ~~IJnf5u~~ to the 2501 are standard TTL outputs with Vce = 4. Ac:cess time is measured between A 1 (least significant address input) and points 1 and 2. CONDITIONS OF TEST Input pulse amplitudes: 0 to +5V, Input pulse rise and fall times: < 10 nsec. Speed measurements referenced to 1.5V levels. Output load is 1 TTL gate; measurements made at output of TTL gat'; (tpd";;; 10 nsec) READ CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only) A.- WRITE CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only) , At)\(- - - - - - - - - - . a~<._ . RlWj~ oUTPUTS ~- - '. -...;....- ,r ~-------------- RIW DATA --1----- .N----------7·47 SILICON GATE MOS. 2501 TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS ACCESS TIME VERSUS TEMPERATURE ACCESS TIME VERSUS LOAD CAPACITANCE 1500 1.000 -- 100 10lI0 i ~ ~ ;: ~ (1) ~ ---- ~ ~ ~ ~- --- ~ 600 200 o o 110 o 200 110 100 o 10 20 LOAD CAPACITANCE 'pFI 30 110 110 70 TEMPERATURE '"CI TYPICAL ACCESS TIME AND POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS SINGLE POWER ~UPPLY VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY CURRENT VERSUS . POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 20r-----~------~----~------~ ~ ~ ~ 600 1 - - - - - - + - - - + - - - - - 1 < - - - - - - 1 300 ~ i5 ! 400 1----+--- 200 200 L...-____--IC:_ _ _...L...-_ _- - "_ _ _.... 100 15 16 Vcc-Vo (VI Vee - PUWfH SUPPl Y VOL T AGE IV I OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS TEMPERATURE 'z" :0 -- V~D =:VU)-9 VOUT ~04!JV r-- ~ z a: a: :::> u r-- --- -r-- :::> :::> o (1) NOTE: For all typical curves. Vee 7·48 = 5V, VOO = Vo = -9V, TA = 25°e (unless otherwise noted). SI LICON GATE MOS. 2501 WRITE TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Cont'd) OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 21 TYPICAL 0 VOO"VO Vcc" +6V T A "26"C 18 / 15 / 12 V A "Write" command is a logic "1" (~+3.3V) level to the R/W control. This should be presented to the chip no sooner than 300 nsec after the application of an address code. Th is time delay is necessary for proper address decoding. This "Write" command has to be present for at least 400 nsec to insure that the information is written into the memory. The "Write" command should be off (i.e., memory should be in "Read" mode) by the time the address code is changed. The input data should be present for at least the last 300 nsec,of the "Write" command. IOL...... V~ -8 ./ CHIP SELECT / The memory array is inhibited with the application of a logic "1" (~+3.3V) to the Chip Select control. This will render both R/W and Data Input leads ineffective and will stop information transfer through the output buffer. The address decoder, however, will not be inhibited. This feature allows an effective increase in memory speed. (See below) The output leads are open while the memory array is inhibited. This allows OR-Tying of many memory arrays. ~~ "" ""'r-.. " -9 -12 IOH -16 RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY ~ -18 ~ " -21 -24 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Voo" V O' (VOLTS' APPLICATION INFORMATION OPERATION The 2501 is a 256 x 1 Random Access Memory element. It is fully decoded and provides control for ReadlWrite and Chip Select modes. The operation of this element is described below. ADDRESSING An a-bit address code will select anyone of 256 bits for either Read orWrite operation. All address input logic levels are compatible with standard bipolar TTL or DTL logic levels. READ A logic "0" level ('VOV) applied to the RIW control will result in a Read operation. This can be presented to the RIW control simultaneously or before application of an address code. In this mode the information from the memory will be available on the outputs less than 1Msec later than the application of an address code. Note that there is no need to rewrite the data into the memory after a read operation since the read is non-destructive. Arbitrary size memories can be built by tying appropriate numbers of 2501's together. Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a memory system containing 256 N words by M bits. For example, if the memory size were 4096 words by 12 bits, N = 16 and M = 12. Thus the number of 2501's required is M x N = 192. The address inputs A1 through Aa are common to all the rows. Inputs C1 through Cn provide the column select and are wired to the Chip Select inputs of the 2501 's. For the example of the 4096 word memory, a 12-bit address must be specified. The first a bits would drive inputs A1 through Aa directly. The remaining 4 bits would have to be decoded externally into the 16 lines required for the 16 columns. A block diagram of the 4096 x 12 memory is shown in Figure 2. Any number of 2501's can be OR-tied together, however, access time is affected by capacitive loading (approximately 1 nsec/pF). Each 2501 output represents 7 pF (typical) of loading, but the amount of stray capacitance contributed by the printed circuit board wiring can vary greatly and must be determined for each application. Figure 3 shows two different bit line organizations where the capacitive load that must be driven by the 2501 is reduced by employing logic gates to perform the OR-ing function. The organization of Figure 3b results in the minimum load capacitance but requires more gates per bit line than other organizations. SEQUENTIAL MEMORY On applications such as program memory or table lookup, where memory operations are highly sequential, but nonsynchronous, the memory may be organized for a faster 7·49 SILICON GATE MOS. 2501 SEQUENTIAL MEMORY (Cant'd), LOW POWER OPERATION average memory cycle than in the true random access case. This involves using the fact that access may be made through the chip select input in 0.2 J.lsec (typically) where a typ(cal access time if one of the address inputs (A 1-AS) changes; is O.S J.lsec. For the case of the 4096 word memory organized in this fashion information can be read out at an average access time of 0.25 J.lsec since access is made through the Chip Select input 15/16 of the time. Another feature of this memo~y element is its capability of operating at very low standby power levels. The only time the element has to dissipate full power (-1.6mW/bitl is when it is exercised by either "Write" or "Read" operation. In the standby mode, when the chip will only store information, but does not need to be accessed, the peripheral power supply (VOl is completely shut off. This will immediately cut the total power drain by a factor of 1.5. RMo-----~_1~----------~~r_----~--__, r---------~+_.---------+_;_~--__ol, L---------+-+-4---------+-;-~----O~ INI o-T""""f-+-+-....-+----------......;r-------------' ~--------r_+-.---------+-+_~--__o12 M· # IITS - "............... , 2111N·#WORDS -/-4---Q i2 I ==~Im - 210' .......-------It--.................- - a;;; - INlIIo-...L-----_-----------~........- - - - - FIGURE 1. ORGANIZATION OF 2501's INTO LARGER'MEMORY I, B, Bz i2 112 RM B,2 FIGURE 2. ORGANIZATION OF 4096 WORD BY 12-BIT MEMORY 7·50 liT LINE OUTPUTS SILICON' GATE MOS. 2501 .....-----------2601'.---------------, a. Combination of wire-ORlng and 10gic-ORing of 2501's r------------2601'.--------------, b. Logic-ORing of 2501's FIGURE 3. BIT LINE ORGANIZATIONS TO MINIMIZE CAPACITIVE LOAD-4096 WORDS PACKAGE MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION 1000 ......... . 800 i ! I! " ~ ~ 800 " 400 ~ ~ i 200 10 20 30 40 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 60 60 70 rei 7·51 ~ ::D n ~ r c: 0n =4' 2 en ",.:».1."_'" ;-------------,..----_:--- n ::r: m 3: G') » -I m » s: -I n I 0 en • I\) U1 0 ~ s: (I) 3 o -< s::>~========+.;::+::===== ,& : ..,,, 0:-.::4" ~no ~l:;,,~,+---+-----oLl ."~.,,a £': : a" FULLY DECODED 256 xl STATIC RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY !ii!lDotiC!i 25LOl SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION The Signetics 25L01 256 x 1 Random Access Memory employs enhancement mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. It is fully decoded, permitting the use of a 16-pin dual in~line package. Complete static operation requires no clocking. The 25L01 is optimized with +5 and -12V supplies. FEATURES Removal of VD alone will cut power dissipation by a factor of almost 3. TRI-STATE OUTPUT The outputs of the 25L01 are effectively open circuited when the device is not selected (logic 1 on chip select). This feature allows OR-tieing for memory expansion. PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE • FULLY DECODED ADDRESS • ACCESS TIME -1.0ps GUARANTEED TYPE • POWER DISSIPATION -1.7 MW BIT MAXIMUM DURING ACCESS STANDBY POWER DISSIPATION - 100 pW/BIT • • DTL AND TTL COMPATIBLE • CHIPSELECT AND OUTPUT WI RED-OR CAPABILITY FOR EASY EXPANSION • STANDARD 16-PIN DIP SILICONE OR CERAMIC' PACKAGE • SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY • VCC = +5V, VDD = VD = -12V PACKAGE OP. TEMP. RANGE 25L01B 16-pin Silicone DIP O°C to +70°C 25L011 16-pin Ceramic DIP O°C to +70°C PIN CONFIGURATION : fop View) B/I PACKAGE 16 15 14 APPLICATIONS 13 SMALL BUFFER STORES SMALL CORE MEMORY REPLACEMENT BIPOLAR COMPATIBLE DATA STORAGE 12 11 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Address 6 Address 8 Address 7 VD VCC Address 5 Address 1 Voo 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. Chip Select R/W Data Out Data Out Data In Address 4 Address 2 Address 3 10 SI LICONE PACKAGING Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate MOS process the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric material over the silicon gate-oxide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in an MOS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic contamination barriers. BLOCK DIAGRAM BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY All inputs of the 25LOl can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 2.0 mA, sufficient to drive one standard TTL load. POWER DISSIPATION DATA, .. OUT "iW15 0---------1 The maximum power dissipation of 1.7 mW/bit is required only during Read or Write. For standby operation 100 pW/ bit is obtained by removing VD and reducing VDD to -8.0V. 7-53 SI LICON GATE MOS. 25L01 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device of these or any other condition above those indicated in the operation sections of this specification is not implied. O°C to +70°C Operating Temperature 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be 0 derated based on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and a thermal resistance of 150° C/W junction to ambient (" S" pkg.) 0 ("I" pkg., 100 C/W). . 3. All inputs protected against static charge. 4. Parameter valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified. -65°C to +150°C Storage Temperature All Input or Output Voltages with Respect to the Most Positive Supply Voltage, VCC +0.3V to -20V Supply Voltages VOO and Vo with Respect to V CC Power Oissipation at T A = 25°C "8" pkg. "I" pkg. -18V 640mW 800mW 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25° C and nominal supply voltages. DC CHARACTERISTICS (TA=O°Cto 70°C, VCC =+5V ± 5%, VOO=VO=-12V±5%unlessotherwise specified. See notes above). SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT CONDITIONS III I nput Load Current (All Input Pins) <1.0 500 nA VIN = O.OV; T A = +25°C ILO Output Leakage Current <1.0 1000 nA VOUT = O.OV, Chip Select Input = +3.3V, T A = +25°C 100 Power Supply Current, VOO 5 9 mA T A = +25°C 10 Power Supply Current, Vo 11 16 mA IOL = 0.0 mA T A = +25°C V IL Input "Low" Voltage -12 VCC-4.5 V VIH Input "High" Voltage VCC-2.0 VCC+0.3 V IOL1 Output Sink Current 3.0 6 mA VOUT = +0.45V, T A = +25°C IOL2 Output Sink Current 2.0 5 mA VOUT = +0.45V, T A = +70°C IOL3 Output Sink Current mA VOUT = -0.7 V IOH.1 Output Source Current -3.0 4 mA VOUT = O.OV, TA =+25°C IOH2 Output Source Current -2.0 3 mA VOUT = O.OV, T A = +70°C VOL Output "Low" Voltage V IOL =3.0mA VOH Output "High" Voltage V IOH =-100pA CIN I nput Capacitance (All Input Pins) 7 10 pF VIN =+5.0V f = 1 MHz COUT Output Capacitance 7 10 pF VOUT = +5.0 V f= 1 MHz 7·54 6 -0.7 +3.5 13 +0.45 +4.5 SI LICON GATE MOS. 25L01 o SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS Guaranteed Limits T A = 0 to +70 e, Vee= +5V ±5%, VDD = VD = -12V ±5% READ CYCLE SYMBOL WRITE CYCLE LIMITS (Msec) MAX TEST SYMBOL TEST LIMITS (Msec) MIN. -- two Address to Write Pulse Delay 0.3 twp Write Pulse Width 0.4 tw Write Time too Data·Write Pulse Overlap ~ 1 Msec Access Time ta ~----~- -----------------0.3 ...--.. 0.1 ---~---- .. ----- TEST SETUP FOR SPEED MEASUREMENT I STAGE NL.SE GENERATOR SYNCHRONOUS 'RESlT COUNTER NOTES: 1. Each clock time is split into a Read followed by a Write. Read and Write times can be varied by adjustment of the "delay" and "width" controls of the pulse generator. 2. Data generator produces a 256-bit block of data, 32 bits repeated 8 times. "PCM" mode used so data can be changed in 32 bits of the 25L01 from one cycle to the next. 3. All inputs to the 25L01 are standard TTL outputs with VCC 4. Access time is measured between A 1 (least significant address input) and points 1 and 2. CON DI TI ONS 0 F TEST = +5V ±5%. < Input pulse amplitudes: 0 to +5V, Input pulse rise and fall times: 10 nsec. Speed measurements referenced to 1.5V levels. Output load is 1 TTL gate; measurements made at output of TTL gate (tpd ~ 10 nsec). READ CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only) Al-A8~/- - - - - - - - - WRITIE CYCLE (For Measurement Purpose Only) -- / ~~~_~~_n ,--------------- cs _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ R/w)_ _ · '. ,rrOUTPUTS - - - --- R/W ---11----- DATA I N - - - - - - - - - - - APPLICATION INFORMATION: Reference 2501 specifications. 7·55 SILICON GATE MOS. 25L01 TYPICAL CHARACTERISTIC CURVES ACCESS TIME VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE ACCESS TIME VERSUS TEMPERATURE 1400 i 1300 25LOl TA = 25"C Vcc = +5V OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 25 I 700 t - - - t - - t - - + - - - t - V C C = t5V VOO = Vo = -12V 1200 15 1100 -r--- \ 1000 _\ 900 \ 800 - - ---f--- -f-~-- r'\. 600 ..-- ~-+----+---~~--+--~~ f---// "......... -- ' -r-- 500 - 400 10 8 11 12 13 500 15 10 15 -~--. 20 20 30 40 50 60 25 70 8 ACCESS TIME VERSUS LOAD CAPACITANCE 14 I 12 r- TA = 25"C 25LJl Vcc = t5V = -12V 700t---+-~-~-+-_4--+-_f___1 --- ~ ---- / 10 1 0/ /V V 600 1--+-*""'--+---,-- 3.5 I---+--+--+--+--+-----="l'-~_ f---- ------ ---~~-- 10 20 30 40 50 - 60 -- V -500 ' - -......._-L._-'-_-'----J_---'-_-'-~ 200 50 150 100 70 LOAD CAPACITANCE IpFI TEMPERATURE I CI 15 V I--+--+--+--+-"""".!:--+------l ................... 4.0 14 POWER SUPPLY CURRENT VE RSUS SUPPL Y VOL. T AGE - ""~----- 13 Voo =Vo I-VI 5.5 r - - - r - - - r - - - r - - , - - , - - , - - , 25LOI - VCC = ·t5V VOO = Vo 12 11 10 TEMPERATURE I CI OUTPUT CURRENT VERSUS TEMPERATURE 5.0~ IOH V 10 = Vo I-VI Voo ~ "...,..,. ~ -5 ~ ~ 14 ...-..--r-rDL 10 6001--~-+--+--+_-~~~~~~ 700 4.5 25LOI VCC = +5V TA = 25"C 20 / /V ,/ <: " . . .V /" V V V 2 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Voo = Vo I-VI ACCESS TI ME VE RSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGES TYPICAL OPERATING AREA 14 GUARANTEED OPERATING AREA 12 ~ o > 10 , 8 10 12 Voo I-VI 7·56 14 16 !ii!lDotiC!i 1024-81T CAPACITY MULTIPLEXED DYNAMIC SHIFT REGISTERS 2502 2503 2504 SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY These Signetics 2500 Series 1024-bit multiplexed dynamic shift registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel MaS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. Due to onchip multiplexing, the data rate is twice the clock rate. The data inputs of these registers can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MaS circuits. The bare drain output stage provides driving capability for both MaS and bipolar integrated circuits (one standard TTL load). FEATURES PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View) • • 10 MHz TYPICAL DATA RATE THREE CONFIGURATIONS-QUAD 256, DUAL 512, SINGLE 1024 11 • LOW POWER DISSIPATION-40 J,.LW/bit at 1 MHz DATA RATE 14 16 13 • LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE-140 pF • TTL, DTLCOMPATIBLE 12 • STANDARD PACKAGES - 8 LEAD TO-99, 8-PIN AND 16-PIN DUAL IN-LINE PACKAGE SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS AND SILICONE PACKAGING TECHNOLOGIES 10 • 11 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. OUT 1 NC IN 1 1 VCC 6. OUT2 7. NC 8. IN 2 18 18 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. IN 4 NC OUT4 NC Voo 2 IN 3 OUT3 8 APPLICATIONS LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES CRT REFRESH MEMORIES DELAY LINE MEMORY REPLACEMENT PROCESS TECHNOLOGY Use of low threshold silicon gate technology allows high speed (10 MHz typical) I while reducing power dissipation and clock input capacitance dramatically as compared to conventional technologies. The use of low voltage circuitry minimizes power dissipation and facilitates interfacing with bipolar integrated circuits. SI LICONE PACKAGING Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate MaS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate MaS process, the silicon material over ttw gate oxide passiYates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in an MaS circuit with inherent high reliability and demonstrating superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic contamination barriers. 2 7 2603V 3 8 ,4 & 1. OUT 2 2. IN2 3.4>2 4. Voo 1. OUT 1 5. OUT 2 8. VCC 2. IN 1 3. 4>1 6. IN 2 7. 4>2 4. VCC 8. Voo 1. NC 2. 'IN 5. OUT 7. 4>1 6. IN1 5. OUT1 B 2 7 , 2504V 3 6 4 6 1. OUT 2. 2 3. NC 8. VCC 7. NC 6. 1 4. 5. IN Voo 6. NC 3. 4>1 7. 4>2 4. VCC 8. Voo PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE TYPE 25028 25021 2503TA 2503V 2504TA 2504V FUNCTION Quad 256-bit Quad 256-bit Dual 512-bit Dual 512-bit Single 1024-bit Single 1024-bit PACKAGE 16-Pin Silicone DIP 16-Pin Ceramic DIP TO-99 8-Pin DIP TO-99 8-Pin DIP 7-57 SILICON GATE MOS. 2502. 2503. 2504 MAXIMUM SIGNETICS GUARANTEED RATINGS(1) Operating Ambient Temperature(2) Storage Temperature Power Dissipation(2) at T A = 70°C T A ,and V Package B Package Data and Clock Input Voltages and Supply Voltages with respect to V CC(3) O°C to +70°C -65°C to + 150°C POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS DATA RATE 535mW 640mW TVPlCAL. T.-mOc .1-85,. ~·85", +0.3V to -20V / V.·~l1V NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent d~mage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of th is specification is not iinplied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be o derated based' on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and a thermal resistance of 150°C/W {TA and V package)or 125" C/W ~ Z I. o ~ ~ o a: / ~. '(8 package). 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless specified. 5, All voltage measurements are referenced to ground, 6. Manufacturer reserving the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values at +25°C and nominal supply voltages. 8. V CC tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual V CC will be tracked directly by V I L' V I Hand V OH which are stated for a V CC of exactly 5 volts. / V / / / DATA RATE I"'a) 9. When cascadIng use 140 ns mInImum to allow data set.up tIme for drIver regIster. DC CHARACTERISTICS T A = O°C to +70°C; VDD = -5V ±5%; VCC = +5V(8) unless otherwise noted. (See Notes 4,5,6,7). SYMBOL TEST MIN TYP MAX UNIT CONDITIONS VIN = VCC to VDD, T A = 25°C III Input Load Current 10 500 nA ILO Output Leakage Current 10 1000 nA ILC Clock Leakage Current 1000 nA 10 V¢l = V¢2 = -10V VOUT = O.OV, T A = 25°C VILC = -10V T A = 25°C Outputs at logic "0",4 MHz data rate,¢l = ¢2 = 85ns 100 Power Supply Current 15 25 mA TA = 25°C 7·58 1.05 V 3.2 5.3 V Clock Input "High" Voltage 4.0 5.3 V Clock Input "Low" Voltage -10 -12 V VIL Input "Low" Voltage VIH Input "High" Voltage VIHC VILC continuou~ operation, V I LC = -12V SILICON GATE MOS. 2502,2503,2504 AC CHARACTERISTICS TA=25°e, VOO=-5V±5%; Vee=+5V (8) SYMBOL VILe= -11V,(Seenotes4,5,6,7) TEST Frequency Frequency d t r , tf MIN tw 85 10 10 50 CONDITIONS UNIT MHz MHz ns ns ns ns 1000 10 See note 9 ns Data Out C MAX 4 8 J).QO} Data in Overlap tDO t a+ CIN COUT TYP 0.0005 Clock Rep Rate Data Rep Rate Clock Pulse Width (9) Clock Pulse Delay Clock Pulse Transition Data Write Time (Setup) 90 ns I nput Capacitance 2.5 5 pF @ 1 MHz 25. mV p-p Output Capacitance 2.5 5 pF @ 1 MHz 25 mV p-p Clock Capacitance 130 150 pF @ 1 MHz 25\ mV p-p VOL Output "Low" Voltage V OH1 Output "High" Voltage Driving MOS V OH2 Output "High" Voltage Driving TTL -0.3 V R L =3k, depends on R L and TTL Gate 3.6 4.0 V RL = 5.6k [3.0 3.5 V RL = 3k MULTIPLEXED 4-BIT MOS SHIFT REGISTER 1 81T 4 : BIT 1 : BIT 2! 81T 3 ! : : : I I I r+-----i ~: I : '" I I 0-;-1" I 2: 3 :'0': '0': ! ! : : ~ I I t-Lr+--LrT~ DATA IN : ~ ~: r ~ : : : : _-+'_ : o.:-'"'--!!--+-_+_+-_+l,_-i!_-I:_+! ! '" I I 1 '" ~ I I I I I I : I : : : : I I : I 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 is a simplified illustration of the timing of a 4-bit multiplexed register showing input output relationships with respect to the clock. If data enters the register at 1 time, it exits at 1 time, (beginning on 1>1 's negative going edge and ending on the succeeding 1>2's negative going edge). CONDITIONS OF TEST APPLICATIONS INFORMATION Input rise and fall times: 10nsee. Output load is 1 TTL gate. TIMING DIAGRAM, DTL/TTL/MOS INTERFACES' 81T N ""'[1---I 90%_1 ___ I II .~;~ :: 1 " II : :: -- -:w--.: :t-I - _ ----------10V lJr1[tf--:~-i:-t' .5V II I -- .: : """ --- ItP2~WIDATAd I : -- _____ 10V, ~~H ~r:-:-_ --"-':--- -- ~ - --- ~ -- --. 5V DAT~ IN 'J--: , ---------------f;--iN-aiT; IN BIT 2 DATA OUT -----------11' • tw and too same for 2 •• N=256 for 2502, N = 512 for 2503, N = 1024 for 2504 - - t:::r I -:'T ~ t: --ov -.m~-X- ----~t----·5V I : ~ , '-ouriiT,-J OUTBIT2- 0 .3V NOTE: When interfacing MOS to MOS output resistors should be 4.7K min 7-59 SILICON GATE MOS. 2502, 2503, 2504 POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE 1.0 0.' ~ I .. ....... ....... ~ ---' ... i ~~ I 13 I.--"" V V 0.2 12 10 0.' a ... 1-- ...... 12 10 to " 22 20 C~OCK .AWLITUDE (VOL TI -:-' IVcc- Vool (VOLTSI MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE POWER DISSIPATION VERSUS AMBIENT TEMPERATURE POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS TEMPERATURE 800 I----+-----+--~i:.!' 6OO1---~--~----4-----+----+-~~----~ 0.' r-- ---- 400~--~---4----4----+----+----+--~ i-200 1--~--~----4-----+----+----+--~ OL-__ __..... o 10 20 ~ 10 20 10 ~ __ L.-- /' V / ____ __ __ 40 50 60 ~ ~ ~ ~ 70 MINIMUM OPERATING DATA RATE VERSUS TEMPERATURE " 12 __ TEMPERATURE (·CI CLOCK AMPLITUDE VIP VERSUS MAXIMUM DATA RATE i ~ 30 TEMPERATURE I"CI ~ V- ~ ~ ~ ~~ ./ V V V /" v ~~~ 0.1 13 11 CLOCK AMPLITUDE (VOLTS p-pl " o 10 20 30 10 10 TEWERATURE (·CI NOTE: Conditions forTypical Curves; V CC ~ +5V,V OO = -5V, IP1PW andIP2Pw=85ns, VIP =·11 V, T A=25 °c, fOATA =1 OMHz unless otherwise noted. 7·60 SI'LlCON GATE MOS. 2502, 2503, 2504 APPLICATIONS (Cont'd) WRITE/RECIRCULATE LOGIC . • BIT. 2· INPUT DIGtTAL MULTIPLEX'" Vee .. .. ....." ftECIIITlft ------ ...... -. DATA 'N2 QUAD 2 'NPUT _ClATE ,r-o'iLiTTL ~ DATA ,, , OUT3 ,, ! i OUfO L:.2102 _________VOD..... _____ I ~J I WIIITII RECIfICULATE _________ ! ! a.!~ ALLIII..ITOftllk .... CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC NOTES: 1. N = 1024 on 2504 2. N - 512 on 2603 schematic for second register same as above. 3. N = 256 on 2602 schematic for second, third and fourth registers same as above. 7·81 512 AND 1024-81T RECIRCULATING DYNAMIC SHIFT REGISTERS Si!lDotiCS 2505 2512 SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) These Signetics 2500 Series 512 and 1024 bit recirculating dynamic shift registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. Internal recirculation logic plus write and read controls, together with two chip select controls are included on the chip. K PACKAGE 1. Select 1 6.1/>2 Input Clock 2. Write. 7. Output 3. Input 8. Read 9. Select 2 4.1/>1 Output Clock 10. V 5. VCC DD FEATURES • HIGH FREQUENCY CLOCK RATE OPERATlON-3 MHz TYPICAL BLOCK DIAGRAM • SINGLE 512, SINGLE 1024 • TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE • • 2-CHIP SELECT CONTROLS FOR XY MATRIX SELECTION WRITE AND READ CONTROLS INCLUDED • LOW POWER DISSIPATlON-150/-lW/bit at 1 MHz • LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE-80pF for 512, 160pF for 1024 Bits • +5, ·5V POWER SUPPLIES • STANDARD PACKAGE-10 LEAD TO·100 • SIGNETICS P·MOS TECHNOLOGY SILICON GATE PROCESS APPLICA TlONS FAST ACCESS SWAPPING MEMORY SYS I t:M~ LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES CRT REFRESH MEMORIES DELAY LINE MEMORY REPLACEMENT DRUM MEMORY REPLACEMENT PROCESS TECHNOLOGY Use of low threshold silicon gate technology allows high speed (3MHz typical) while reducing power dissipation and clock input capacitance dramatically as compared to other technologies. The use of low voltage circuitry minimizes power dissipation and facilitates interfacing with bipolar integrated circuits. NOTES: N ~ 512 or 1024 '0' = OV, '1' = +5V. When S1 or S2 is '0' Data Recirculates When S 1 and S2 are '1' see truth table TRUTH TABLE WRITE READ FUNCTION 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Recirculate, Output is '0' Recirculate, Output is Data Write Mode, Output is '0' Read/Write, Output i~ Data PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE PART NO. BIT LENGTH PACKAGE 2505K 2512K 512 1024 10 pin TO - 100 10 pin TO - 100 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY The signal inputs of these registers can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MOS circuits. The bare drain output stage provides driving capability for both MOS and bipolar integrated circuits (one standard TT L load). 7·62 Operating Ambient Temperature (2) Storage Temperature Power Dissipation (2) Data and Clock Input Voltages and Supply Voltages with respect to Vec oOe to +lO°C -65°C to + 150°C 535mW@TA>lOoe + 0.3V to -20V SILICON GATE MOS. 2505,2512 NOTES: 1. Stresses above thosa listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. Th is Is a stress rating. only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated In the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be o derated based on a +160 C omaxi~um j~nction te":,perature and a thermal resistance of 160 C/W Junction to ambient. .5. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified. 6. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 7. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 8,' Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages. '9. V CC tolerance is ±6%. Any variation in actual V CC will be tracked directly by V I L' V I H and V OH which are stated for a CC of exactly 5 volts. 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 10. VOL is a function of the Input characteristics of the driven TTL/DTL gate 101 and VCLAMP and the value of the pulldown resistor (R L)' y 4. See "Minimum Operating Frequency" graph for low limits on data rep. rate. 0 0 DC CHARACTERISTICS TA =0 C to +70 C;VCC= +5V (9) ; Voo = -5V ±5% unless otherwise noted. TEST SYMBOL. MIN III Input Load Current I Output Leakage Current I LO LC 100 TYP 10 MAX 500 nA = 25°C 10 1000 nA VILC =12V; T A = 25°C Power Supply Current: 2505 15 25 mA Continuous Operation; cJ>'pW "'i150nS~ 1MHz- 25 35 mA VILC =-l~V ; T A = 25~C Voo = -5.5V ·5.0 1.05 V V Input "High" Voltage 3.2 5.3 V Clock Input "Low" Voltage ·12.0 ·10.0 V Clock Input "High" Voltage 4.0 5.3 V V IHC A VcJ>l = ".9.2 =-1.2V, _ ~oo = -5V; V OUT --5.5V, T A - 25 C 1000 Input "Low" Voltage ILC IN =--5.5V;T 10 V IL V V Clock Leakage Current 2512 IH CONDITIONS UNIT nA TIMING DIAGRAM 4-BIT RECIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTER NOTE 1: OUTI'UT CLOCK., -10 INPUT CLOCK -10 +5 +5 ~2 DATA IN may be either "1" or "0", I +5~~~NA:A IN' "0" I NOTE 2: I Data recirculates if one or more of the following control lines are "0"; Sl, S2 and W Read may 'be either "1" or "0" ~:~AI ri~'A I IN 4 "0" I I D... TA OUT DATA +5V ____________________________________~~~OU~T~2--~~~~~~;~ WRITE +5~--.J READ (WRITE cycle) The positive and negative going edge of the" W ", "Sl", "S2" controls are coincident with the negative going edge of the input clock (~). The "Read" control 0 I NOTE 3: LL I o____________________________________~ +5V NOTE 3, READ CYCLE LL I (RECIRCULATE cycle) (READ cycle) The positive going edge of the "Read", "S1", "S2" controls are coincident with the negative edge of the output clock (111)' The negative going edge of R, S 1, 52 is coincident with the negative going edge of either clock pulse succeeding the last desired data output bit. W may be either "1" or "0" Figure 1 Figure 1 is a simplified illustration of the timing of a 4-blt recirculating shift register showing the 3 basic modes of. operation. 7·83 SILICON GATE MOS. 2505, 2512 CONDITIONS OF TEST Input rise and fall times: 10 nsec Output load is 1 TTL gate TIMING DIAGRAM . -10 "---;--~H-~~---4~------~~~~--.F~,ft~--------' .,OUTPUT CLOCK -10 I :: !!......1ott -111' " : :: I DATA,N"---i""" o !! , " - I: LOCKIIEI'IIATE~, .... !I ! --- -- : : .... t,. 1 I" ,\._, J I ::...t,.+~ -I +1 I I ---.---~----------------~~ ---~1r y--DATAOUT : ' ,'L., o I : IS • i -----auTliT;-----J ow +-1 :- --:t-- ow I .. MIiTE" o ,, 'Nllf1 , ::.A. ! I : I "'.;-1 :- : ~~ t : ...- "'+-1-I !: SELECT 1 '" , - - - - - , . SELECT 20--1 ~.,.J "'+-1:- IlEAD I . --------------~,J NOTE: 1. N=512 for 2505, N=1024 for 2512 _ 2. Note that the Readlnput is AND'ed with 'if) 1; ! : ~ t- ...- :: \'-.__ ~. _______________ ~ ~"'- \~------------ therefore this function Is not valid until 1>1 occurs. AC CHARACTERISTICS TA=+25°C VCC=+5V (9); VDD=-5V±5%; VILC=·llV SYMBOL TEST MIN .0005 (Note 4) Frequency Clock Data Rep Rate tqJpw Clock Pulse Width 180 tq,cJ Clock Pulse Delay 10 tr;tf Clock Purse Transition tow Data Write (Setup) Time tDH ta+;tatR_;tCS_ tw _ Data to Clock Hold Time tR-;tCS+ tw + Cin TYP 3 MAX UNIT 2.5 MHz nsec 1 p.sec nsec 150 10 nsec 100 nsec Clock to "Read" or "Chip Select" or ''Write'' Timing 0 nsec Clock to "Read" or "Chip Select" or "Write" Timing . Input Capacitance 0 nsec Cout eq, Clock Capacitance 2505 2512 5 pF 5 pF 50 100 pF pF 1 MHz; V =VCC;V AC= 25m V Pop -1.0 V R L = 3.0K; 1 TTL Load (I L = 1.6mA) Note 10 RL =3.0K; 1 TTL Load (I L = l00,..A) VOL Output "Low" Voltage VOHI Output "High" Voltage Driving 1 TTL Load 2.4 3.5 V VOH2 Output "High" Voltage Driving MOS 3.6 4.0 V 7·64 W= R = VCC nsec Clock to Data Out Delay Output Capacitance CONDITIONS 1 MHz'S VI=VCC; VAC=:25rnjVp_p 1 MHz; VO=VCC; VAC= 25mVp_p RL =5.6K; CL = 10 pF SILICON GATE MOS. 2505,2512 CHARACTERISTICS CURVES POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS CLOCK RATE POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 800 l000~----~----~----~-----r-----' l00~----+-----+----'~~---r----~ i 800 .3 ;; 10 ~----+----,"I-r----+------r----~ ~ ~ j:; : ~ i 400 ~ t:::= ~ V lOU VV o ·4 -i ·5 100 -7 ·6 SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVCC-VOOI IVOLTSI CLOCK RATE IMH,I MAXIMUM CLOCK RATE VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS TEMPERATURE IlOO 400 ~~ V / V / lOU "" --- ~ .... 15 13 18 16 0 10 MAXIMUM PACKAGE POWER DISSIPATION - 10.000 ~ ..... .......... 10 J~ / V u-';::P' :-.......... 1000 ............... t--. 700 10 30 MINIMUM OPERATING CLOCK FREQUENCY VERSUS TEMPERATURE 800 - TEMl'ERATURE fe) CLOCK AMPLI TUDE IV 011 IVOL TSI 900 r-- 100 2 1000 '"""'--- ........ 600 t'-.... 500 100 ~ ~ / ~ ~,~ 0 300 '/ 200 / V ~ / V ./ 100 I 20 30 40 TEMPERATURE I CI 50 10 30 50 10 70 TEMPERATURE I CI NOTE: Conditions for Typical Curves = V CC=+5V, V DD=-5V, Clock Duty Cycle=35°C, f CLK =2.5MHz, V ¢p_p=16V, ¢PW =180ns, T A =25°C unless otherwise .noted 7-65 SILICON GATE MOS. 2505,2512 APPLICATIONS OAT A TTL/DTL/MOS INTERFACES TTLJDTL TTLIDTL n---1-----___~J IN -+---1 OUTj.!7----<_-+----"IIN IRECIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTERI OUTI-!7_ _ (USED AS AN N BIT SHIFT REGISTER I IR 2505 2512 2W 2W 6.IK U JK '5V U 10V '6V -10V ·5V MATRIX CHIP SELECT LOGIC X DECOOER 1210 .-.a , 0 EAD .--1 I- .... READS, W W Ii Sz Sz Sz READ 5, READ I, I- .... 1 52 Sz Sz READ 5, I- .... W .... READ 5, W I ..... L... T w w Sz Ii 12 I 3. All "', 's common 7-66 IIEAD 5, w w 2. All inputs common for each plana I- I- REAO 5, w 1 4. All I -L B~N.~ 1 _ _ _ _ ~IT~ _ _ _ _ L _ 1 ~T~S~OE . ~;~ ~ LFV"~ .'AO '" o----t ."D H" v" NOTE: 'Joe V. __ I Yoe: ,.Nt VOO:PlN10 Vee V. ~, I'tN4 ~: ,.NI N .. 512 for 2505 N - 1024 for 2512 7-87 !ii!lDotiC!i 2506 2507 2517 DUAL 1~O-BIT DYNAMIC SHIFT REGISTER SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY These Signetics 2500 Series dual 100-Bit dynamic shift registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. They use two clock phases. The dual 100 bit device can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MaS circuits. The design of the output stage provides driving capability for MOS or bipolar IC's. FEATURES It is available in bare drain configuration or with internal pull down resistor values of 7.5k or 20k to provide easier interfacing with other MOS circuitry. • • • • • • • • HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION 4 MHz TYPICAL CLOCK RATE TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE LOW POWER DISSIPATION - 400 fJW/BIT AT 1 MHz LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE 40pF MAXIMUM LOW OUTPUT IMPEDANCE - 300 OHMS TYPICAL BARE DRAIN AND MOS RESISTOR VERSIONS AVAILABLE STANDARD PACKAGES - 8 LEAD TO-5 AND 8 LEAD SI LlCONE DIP SIGNETICS P~MOS SILICON GATE AND SILICONE PACKAGING TECHNOLOGIES APPLICATIONS LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES PIN CONFIGURATIONS (TOP VIEW) T PACKAGE V PACKAGE '0' VCC Output Clock (.1) Output 2 Input 2 8. Voo 7 • 4 II 1. Output Clock 1. Input 1 2. Output 1 3. Input Clock (.2) 4. 5. 6. 7. 2 3 (t/> 1 ) 2. Output 2 3. Input 2 4. Voo 5. Input 1 6. Output 1 7. Input Clock (<1>2) 8. VCC PROCESS TECHNOLOGY Use of the low threshold silicon gate technology allows high speed (3 MHz guaranteed), while reducing power dissipation by a factor of 2 and reducing clock input capacitance dramatically as compared to conventional MOS technologies. BLOCK D·IAGRAM IN 1 -f:>o-I 100 BITS IN 2 --{::>oi 100 BITS f-1>of-1>o- OUT 1 OUT 2 SILICONE PACKAGING Low cost silicone DIP packaging is implemented and reliability is assured by the use of Signetics unique silicon gate MOS process technology. Unlike the standard metal gate MOS process the silicon material over the gate oxide passivates the MOS transistors, and the deposited dielectric material over the silicon gate-ox ide-substrate structure provides an ion barrier. In addition, Signetics proprietary surface passivation and silicone packaging techniques result in an MaS circuit with inherent high reliability, demonstrating · superior moisture resistance, mechanical shock and ionic contamination barriers. For further information reference Signetics - "Silicone Package Qualification Report". 7-68 PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE PART NO. 2506T 2506 V 2507T 2507 V 2517 T 2517 V OUTPUT Bare Bare 7.5k 7.5k 20k 20k Drain Drain Pull Down Pull Down Pull Down Pull Down PACKAGE 8 Pin TO-5 BPin DIP 8 Pin TO-5 8 Pin DIP 8 Pin TO-5 8 Pin DIP SILICON GATE MOS -2506,2507,2517 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) O°C + 709 C Operating Ambient -65°C + 150°C Storage Temperature Power Dissipation (Note 2) @ T A=70°C 535mW TPackage 455mW V Package Clock Input Voltages with respe.ct to VCC(3) +0.3 to -20V Supply and Data Input Voltages with +0.3 to -12V respect to Vcd 3 ) NOTES: 1. Stresses above tho.. listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at the.. or at any other condition above those indicated In the operational sections of this specification Is not Implied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be o d~rated based on a +150 C :naxlmum junction temp~rature and a thermal resistance of 150 CIW (T package) or 175 CIW (V package). 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless otherwise specified. 5. Ali voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and Improvement,. 7. Typical values are at +2SoC and nominal supply voltages. S. V CC tolerance Is ±5%. Any variation In actual VCC will be tracked directly by V IL . V IH and V OH which are stated for a VCC of exactly 5 volts. 9. VOL (for this bare drain device) is a function only of the driven gate characteristics together with the external pull-down resistor. (R pD )' 10. Sea Figure 2 for definitions. 11. Logic Convention: Data Lines - Positive; Clocks - Negative. DC CHARACTERISTICS T A = O°C to +70°C; V DD = -5V ±5%; VCC = +5 (8); unless otherwise noted(Notes: 4,5,6,7). CONDITIONS TYP. MAX. UNIT III Input Load Current (Input 1) 10 500 nA +5V ON OUT 1,161, VCC' IN 2, OUT 2.IN 1 = -5.5V. VOO =-4.5V. TA = 25°C III Input Load Current (Input 2) 10 500 nA +5V ON OUT 2.161.1$2. VCC. IN 1. OUT 1.IN 2 =-5.5V. VOO =-4.5V. TA = 25()C I LO Output Leakago Current (OUT 1) (Notes 9 & 10) 10 1000 nA +5V ON IN 1. VCC. OUT 2. IN 2. VSo, OUT 1 = -5.5V 161 =-1 V.TA=25°C(25060nly) I LO Output Leakage Current (OUT 2) (Notes 9 & 10) 10 1000 nA +5V ON IN 1. OUT 1. VCC. IN 2. Voo. OUT 2 = -5.5V. 16=-10v. TA ~ 25°C (2506 Only) I LC Clock Leakage Current (161 ) 10 1000 nA VI$1 = -12V. VOO = -4.5V All other pins +5V. TA = 25°C I LC Clock Leakage Current 10 1000 nA Vt$2 = -12V. VOO =-4.5V All other pins +5V TA = 25°C V IL Input "Low" Voltage (Note 11) -5 1.05 V VIH Input "High" Voltage (Note 11) 3.2 5.3 V C IN Input Capacitance (Inputs 1 & 2) 2.5 5 pF VIN = VCC.1 MHz. 25 mV p-p C~ Clock Input Capacitance (161.162) 25 40 pF VI6= VCC.1 MHz. 25mVp-p V IHC Clock Input "High" Voltage 4 5.3 V VILC Clock Input "Low" Voltage -12 -10 V SYMBOL TEST MIN. (t$2) e:z, e:z. e:z. 7-69 SILICON GATE MOS. 2506,2507,2517 CONDITIONS OF TEST Data amplitude +1.05 to +3.2 Input rise and fall times: 10 nsec. Output load is 1 TTL gate. TIMING DIAGRAM INPUT I I, 1~2':i:~ ~I OUTPUT PHASE I ---11r I I. :loolU I I DATA OUT FREQ. ltv I, lC.1- H:~'~I --I -t-- - - --h _IW~~I_ DATA IN +6V ---10% I ~2 PHASE +6V l1V ~ +6 I L I .. L: I AC CHARACTERISTICS TA = 25°C; V DD = -5V ±5%; VCC = +5V (8) ; VILC = -llV SYMBOL Frequency TEST Clock Rep Rate MIN TYP MAX UNIT 0006 4 3 MHz CONDITIONS ¢ IPW Clock Pulse Width ¢ 1 150 nsec @3MHz. ¢2PW Clock Pulse Width ¢ 2 100 nsec @3MHz. ¢d Clock Pulse Delay 10 nsec @3MHz t r , tf Clock Pulse Transition 10 Data Write Time (Set-Up) 75 Data I n Overlap 10 tw ~DO t a+ 1000 t r¢2 90 Clock to Data Out nsec V ¢ = VCC - 16V, DATA OUT =+2.5V 150 Output "High" Voltage VOHl RINT = 7.5k nom., CL = 10pF, 2507 3.4 driving MOS (Note 11) 4.0 V 3.5 V Only, RINT = 20k nom. 2517 only Output "High" Voltage VOH2 driving TTL (Note 11) 3.0 Outputs @ logic "0" or "1'; 3MHz, 7-70 12 (VDD) RL = 3.3k, VDD = -5V 2506 only Power Supply Current IDD = tr¢ 1 = 10nS 26 rnA ¢ 1 = 150ns, ¢ 2 = lOOns SILICON GATE MOS. 2506,2507,2517 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES TY~CALCLOCKFREQUENCY POWER DISSIPATION PER BIT VERSUS FREQUENCY VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE 1000 320 100 32 10 3.2 V / V / V / V / V / L 25°C V /V V V V V V V 10'C 2 13 .01 .10 .032 1.0 .32 14 16 CLOCK AMPLITUDE IV) CLOCK FREQUENCV IMHz) MINIMUM OPERATING CLOCK RATE POWER DISSIPATION BIT VERSUS TEMPERATURE 800 10K i ~ ! i 800 i'" ~ ~ ft ~ 1~ lK 700 ; ~ liDO ! 19 18 11 16 3.2 100 ~ ~~ V ~ ----- .---- o _____ ---- ~ ~ ----- ~ 10 400 .1 o TEMPERATURE lOCI NOTE: 10 20 30 60 eo 70 TEMPERATURE 1°C) Contltions for Typical Curves: V CC=+5V, V DD =-5V. VI LC=-11 V, f/lPW1 =150n5, tPpW2=100ns, f=3MHz, T A=+25°C unless otherwise noted. APPLICATIONS DATA DTL/TTL/MOS INTERFACES 100-BIT DELAY 200-BIT DELAY +6V r-----------------~----------------._--_o+&V * *3.3K for 2506 6.8K for 2507 -6V 3.3K for 2517 • For 2506 only. 7-71 SILICON GATE MOS. 2506,2507,2517 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC VDD IN1jf i----------------------------------------------------- -----------------:~==~~---: IN 2 I I I I I I i~ ---t-j SCHEMATIC FOR SECOND 100 BITS SAME AS ABOVE. I I :L I VCC 100 BITS __________________________________________________________________ • For 2507 and 2517 Options Only. 7·72, !: --H I VCC ...J: .1: ______ OUT 2 Smnotics 2509 2510 2511 TRI-STATE OUTPUT DUAL 50-100-200 BIT STATIC SHIFT REGISTERS SILICON GATE MOS 2000 SERIES DESCRIPTION BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY These Signetics 2500 Series Dual 50, 100, and 200 bit recirculating static shift registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. Internal recirculation logic plus TTL/DTL level clock signals plus TRI-STATE outputs are provided for maximum interfacing capability. The clock and signal inputs of these registers can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MOS circuits. The TRI-STATE output stage provides driving capability for both MOS and bipolar integrated circuits (one standard TTL load). FEATURES PIN CONFIGURATIONS (Top View) A PACKAGE • TRI-STATE MOS OUTPUTS - PROVIDE POWERFUL BUSSING CAPABILITY • TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE CLOCKS - PROVIDE EXTREMELY LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE • RECIRCULATION PATH ON CHIP • THREE BIT LENGTHS AVAILABLE • HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION • 2MHz GUARANTEED CLOCK RATE • TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE SIGNALS • STANDARD PACKAGES - 10 LEAD TO-100, 14 PIN DIP • SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY 14 13 12 11 10 1. Recirculate 14. VCC 2. INl 3. OUT 1 13. IN2 12. OUT 2 4. NC 11. NC 5. 6. 7. NC 10. VGG 9. Output Enable 8. CLOCK CAPACITANCE VOL V OH OUTPUT "LOW" VOLTAGE 6 7 pF @ V Note 9 V RL 1MHz; V V AC 0.4 3.6 OUTPUT "HIGH" VOLTAGE = 25mV = 7.5Kn +6V +5V +5V = 25mV 7.5KO TTL INTERFACE ·12V Vc~~ RECIRCULATE CLOCK .,.... 11 12 . . - - - 13 r - - - 14 rcr 15 18 0, O2 2518/2519 03 - VGG °4 t-°5108 OUTPUT ~ '. :':.:: ·17V 7·98 ALL 7,5KO MOS INTERFACE = VCC; pop = VCC; pop to VGG SILICON GATE MOS. 2518,2619 APPLICATIONS OATA 32 or 40 POSITION CRT DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM 2518B· OATA INPUTS OR 2519B· 8BIT ASCII LINE MEMORY 32X8 or 4OX8 MAIN MEMORY 1024X8 -These registers include internal redfoolatl. Two 82668 multiplexers are used for system recirculate. MULTIPLEXING LINE MEMORY REGISTERS AT 4MHz DATA RATE DATA OUT ~ CLOCK ,--+5 ~ CLOCK (:4MHz) O.4V NOTE: The above schem.atic connects two 2518B or 2519B Hex Shift Registers into a multiplexing scheme In order to accomplish a 64 or 80 character/line display at4MHz data rate •. 7-99 SILICON GATE-MOS. 2518,2519 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES MAXIMUM SHIFT FREQUENCY VERSUS VGG IGGVERSUS TEMPERATURE 20 5.0 I 18 t--- VGG· -12V Vee = +5.0V 16 - t--- 4.0 _2519 - 14 """12 1-0 r-- 2518 - 3.0 -I--- ~ ~ .§. 10 ~ 1;1 ~E 2.0 1.0 o o 20 10 30 40 50 70 60 0.0 ·12 ·11 ·13 TEMPERATURE (De) I GG VERSUS VGG ISOURCE VERSUS V OUT -12.0 ·10.0 -8.0 ~ ~ rI I I Vee <>r-I (1 CLOCK GEN. per chip) l __________________________ ---1 OUTPUT STAGE ..1 ~ ~IJ !ii!lDotiC!i DUAL 128·132 BIT STATIC SHIFT REGISTERS SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES PIN"CONFIGURATION (Top View) DESCRIPTION These Signetics 2500 Series Dual 128 and 132 bit recirculating static shift registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. FEATURES • • • • • • • • 2521 2522 PUSH-PULL OUTPUTS TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE CLOCK PROVIDES EXTREMEL Y LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE RECIRCULATION PATH ON CHIP TWO BIT LENGTHS AVAILABLE HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION - 2MHz TYPICAL CLOCK RATE TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE SIGNALS STANDARD PACKAGE - 8 LEAD SILICONE DIP SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY V PACKAGE 10 8 2 7 3 8 4 & 1. Recirculate 2. IN 1 3. 0UT 1 4. VGG TRUTH TABLE INPUT FUNCTION 0 0 0 Recirculate 1 Recirculate 1 0 "0" is Written 1 "1" is Written RECIRCULATE 1 APPLICATIONS LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES CRT REFRESH MEMORIES - LINE STORAGE LINE PRINTERS " CASSETTE RECORDERS 8. VCC 7. IN2 6. OUT2 5. 1 Output clock 3. Read 6. Input 4. VOO 5. Write BLOCK DIAGRAM APPLICATIONS FAST ACCESS SWAPPING MEMORY SYSTEMS LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST BUFFER MEMORIES CRT REFRESH MEMORIES DELAY LINE MEMORY REPLACEMENT DRUM MEMORY REPLACEMENT PROCESS TECHNOLOGY Use of low threshold silicon gate technology allows high speed (5MHz typical) while reducing power dissipation and clock input capacitance dramatically as compared to other technologies. The use of low voltage circuitry minimizes power dissipation and facilitates interfacing with bipolar integrated circuits. BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY The signal inputs of these registers can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MOS circuits. The bare drain output stage provides driving capability for both MOS and bipolar integrated circuits (one standard TTL load). 7-108 INPUT NOTE N = 512 or 1024 '0' = OV, '" = +5V. TRUTH TABLE WRITE READ FUNCTION a a 0 1 0 1 Recirculate, Output is '0' Recirculate, Output is Data Write Mode, Output is 'a' Read Mode Output is Data 1 1 PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE PART NO. BIT LENGTH PACKAGE 2524V 512 8 pin DIP 2525V 1024 8 pin DIP SI LICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) 2. For operating at elevated temperaturef the device must be derated based on a + 150°C maximum junction temperature and o a thermal resistance of 150 C/W junction to ambient. Operating Ambient Temperature (2) Storage Temperature Power Dissipation (2) Data and Clock Input Voltages and Supply Voltages with respect to V CC 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. See "Minimum Operating Frequency" graph for low limits ;on data .rep. rate. • O°C to +70°C -65°C to + 150°C 535mW@TA>70°C 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6'. Manufacturer reserving the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages. + 0.3V to -20V 8. Parameters are valid over' operating temperature range unless otherwise specified. 9. Vce tolerance is ±. 5%. Any variation is actual VCC will be tracked directly by VIL, VIH and VOH which are stated for a V CC of exactly 5 volts. NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 10. VOL is a function of the input characteristics of the driven TTLlDTL gate 101 and VCLAMP and the value of the pulldown resistor (R L l. DC CHARACTERISTICS TA = o°c to +70°C; VCC = +5V(9); VDD == 5V ±5% unless otherwise noted. --- SYMBOL TEST MIN TYPICAL MAX UNIT -. CONDITION III I nput Load Current 10 500 nA VIN =-5.5V;TA = 25°C ILO Output Leakage Current 10 1000 nA V¢1 = V¢2 = -12V; VDD =-5 VOUT =-5.5V; TA = 25°C ILC Clock Leakage Current 10 1000 nA Power Supply Current: 2524 100 15 2525 35 mA VIL Input "Low" Voltage -5.0 1.05 V VIH Input "High" Voltage 3.2 5.3 V ; TA = 25°C Continuous Operation; mA 35 25 VILC = -12V ------,-- ¢pW = 150nS; 1MHz VI LC = -12V; T A = 25°C VDD = -5.5V --- ------- -~---.-- VILC Clock Input "Low" Voltage -12.0 -10.0 V VIHC Clock Input "High" Voltage 4.0 5.3 V .. -- .-- ---- TIMING DIAGRAM NOTE 1: (WRITE cycle) OUTPUT +6 CLOCK~l -10 INPUT CLOCK 162 .6 -10 OATAIN NOTE 2: (RECIRCULATE cycle) +~~L:?:;":2e.TA_...l?.:;,:!..~A,...~ +6V DATA OUT The positive and negative going edge of the "Write" control is coincident with the negative going edge of the input clock (<1>2)' The "Read" control may be either "1" or "0" liN 1 "0" "0" IN 4 IL---------I---D-A-T-A--D-A-TA------I- 0' _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~~~~2~~O~~3~ I I WRITE READ +6~~r---------iL OUT 1 I I ______________________ o_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~ +ISV NOTE 1: WRITE CYCLE OUT4 NOTE 2: RECIRCULATE CYCLE I L..L NOTE 3: READ CYCLE NOTE: This is a simplified illustration of the timing of a 4 bit recirculating shift register showing the 3 basic modes of operation. I Data recirculates if the "Write" control line is "0". "Read" may be either "1" or "0". NOTE 3: (READ cycle) The positive going edge of the "Read" control is coincident with "!be negative edge of the output clock (<1>1). The negative going edge of "Read" is coincident with the negative going edge of either clock pulse succeeding the last desired data output bit. "Write" may be either "1" or "0" 7-109 SI LICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525 CONDITIONS OF TEST I nput rise and fall times: 10 sec Output load is 1 TTL gate TIMING DIAGRAM ~ -10 ~---;--tr~~--~------~~~--~Wl~~-----; ~10UTPlJT CLOCK tow -10 : : : . ! DATA IN 'NaIT 1 I - :- - I -1 1 ~ I iI II -:1 i - - - -- - - -- -- - - - - - 'H- T- - :\4-. ss i i -+-:1 tw : I - I tR- NOTE: N = 512 for 2524 C I -----O'UTBTT"'i-----..1 : 1 1. I --!.i I : READ i :, d : :"- .. I - 90% !! CLOCKREPRATE~ I \-",!oJ I o ~ ! __ ~~_ I O~- 'w WRln :: I o I I ~tDH ~ ___ ~,I DATA I -f.--t..; I : --1:-- --: ~---------------------------~\~ t-- 'R- \~--------------------- N= 1024 for 2525 2. Note that the Read Input isAN O'ed with (ji1; therefore this function is not valid until tPl occurs. AC CHARACTERISTICS T A = +25°C VCC = +5V(9); VDD = -5V ±5%;VILC = -llV SYMBOL TEST MIN .0005 (Note 4) 135 Frequency Clock Data Rep Rate t¢pw t¢d t6 t f Clock Pulse Width Clock Pulse Delay 10 Clock Pulse Transition 10 tDW Data Write (Setup) Time 70 tDH Data to Clock Hold Time 20 ta+ tR-;· tw_ Clock to Data Out Delay Clock to "Read" or "Write" Timing TYP 5 MAX 3 UNIT CONDITtONS MHz W= R = VCC ns 85 ns 1000 ns ns ns 100 ns 0 ns 0 ns tR-; tW+ Clock to "Read" or Cin Input Capacitance 5 pF lMHz; VI=VCC;V AC=25m V p .p Cout Output Capacitance 5 pF lMHz; VO=VCC;VAC=25m V p.p C¢ Clock Capacitance 80 160 pF "Write" Timing 2524 2525 VOL Output "Low" Voltage VOHI Output "High" Voltage Driving 1 TTL Load VOH2 Output "High" Voltage Driving MOS 7-110 pF lMHz; V=VCC; VAC=25m V p.p -1.0 V RL =3.0K; 1 TTL Load (I L = 1,6mA) Note 10 2.4 3.5 V RL=3.0K;1 TTL, Load (I L=100t,tA) 3.6 4.0 V RL = 5.6K; CL = 10pF 51 LICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS SUPPLY VOLTAGE POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS CLOCK RATE lOOO..-----,-----r---,.---r---, 100 ~ Ii 100 I 15 - ! 200 ~ ~ .. : / / ~ / ~ v:: ~26 -. -7 IIUPPL Y VOLTAGE ( CLOCK RATE (MHoI Vool (VOLTal POWER DISSIPATION/BIT VERSUS TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM CLOCK RATE VERSUS CLOCK AMPLITUDE 600 :/ / / ~ ./' I- iii ~ -"- :: ~ Q ~ 300 ~ ---_. __ ..- 200 i "" ~ ~ 1-0.. r-- ~ r---_ 100 Z 11 II 17 14 o0 10 20 CLOCK AWLITUO£ (Y4I (y0L1'11 MAXIMUM PACKAGE POWER DISSIPATION VERSUSTEMPERATUR E 1000 900 i ~r-... 800 700 i:i 600 ~ ......... '-....... ........... I'-.. a: 500 ~ 400 ~ 100 V ~ ..... ~ ~ ~~ 10 300 ~ ~::; 70 ~r"" ~ 200 eo ~p ~ 2 ::; 50 (OCI MINIMUM OPERATING CLOCK FREQUENCY VERSUS TEMPERATURE 1000 ............ , 5 ~ 40 10,000 E ~ 30 TEMPERATURE 'V ~ V V" ./ V ./ 1011 0. I 10 20 30 40 50 60 CP,PW1 =cf>?W2 = 80ris; TA = +25 Q = +5V, 20 30 • • • 711 TEMPE""TURE rCI TEMPERATURE I CI NOTE: Conditions for tvplcal curves: VCC 10 VOO = -5V, clock duty cvcle = 35%, fCLK = 3MHz, V¢p-p = 16V, C unless otherwise noted. 7·111 SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2524, 2525 APPLICATIONS DATA TTL/DTL/MOS INTERFACES +!iV 8880 2524 2524 2525 2525 TTL/DTL DUT~"""'----1f---IIN (RECIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTER) OUT~.......--t---l (USED AS AN N BIT SHIFT REGISTER) W Lr-r------------__4 w 5.6K 3K +5V +5V li li -10V -10V -5V CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC I I I I I . __ .~' __ ..J _____ I- - - '- t~ ~ ~~~ • :~: ::~J HTE ~ NOTE N = 512 for 2524 N = 1024 for 2525 7·112 I IIT3 I _____ .1 ~..~ ____ ~. I ~'T~ _ _ _ _ L _ ~~~AGE ~~~~ ~~ - I L"· mo~ "0 READ o---i ~ ~ !i~nl!tiC!i ADVANCE SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION HIGH SPEED 64 x 9 x 9 STATIC CHARACTER GENERATOR SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) The 2526 is a high speed 5,184-bit Static Read-Only Memory available in a 64x9x9 organization. This device has TTL compatible inputs and outputs and requires +5V and -12V power supplies. A READ input controls the entry of data from the ROM into output latches. Three-state outputs allow OR tying for implementing larger memories. OUTPUT ENABLE controls the nine output devices without affecting address circuitry. N PACKAGE 1. Output 6 FEATURES • • • • • • • • • 64x9x9 ORGANIZATION 625n6 TYPICAL ACCESS TIME STATIC OPERATION OUTPUT LATCHES TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE THREE-STATE OUTPUTS VCC = +5V, VGG = -12V 24-PIN SI LlCONE DIP SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY 2526 24. VCC 23. Output 5 2. Output 7 3. Output 8 22. Output 4 4. Output 9 20 5. VDD (GND) 6. Address 4 21. Output 3 20. Output 2 19 7. Address 3 19. Output 1 18. Read 8. Address 2 17. Address 10 9. Address 1 17 16. Address 9 16 14. Address 7 10. Output Enable 15. Address 8 11. Address 5 13. Address 6 12. VGG APPLICATIONS VERTICALOR RAS'TERSCAN DISPLAYS (7x9MATRIX) PRINTER CHARACTER GENERATOR PANEL DISPLAYS AND BILLBOARDS MI CRO-PROGRAMMI NG CODE CONVERSION BLOCK DIAGRAM BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY All inputs of the 2526 can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 1.6mA sufficient to drive one standard TTL load. STANDARD TRUTH TABLES The 2526N/CM3940 is a 7x9 matrix, ASCII character set (raster scan)*utilizing the two unused left-most columns for BCDIC-ASCII and BAUDOT-ASCII code converters. Use this device for evaluation or for suitable application. Other standards will be announced as they become available. -for vertical scan specify CM3400 CUSTOM TRUTH TABLES See page 7-197. PART IDENTIFICATION PART OP. TEMP. RANGE 2526N 0-70 C 24-Pin Silicone DIP 0-70°C = +5V 24-Pin Ceramic DIP o 25261 NOTE: "0" = OV, PACKAGE "1" 7-113 SI LICON GATE MOS. 2526 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature Package Power Dissipation 2 @ 70°C Input3 and Supply Voltages with respect to V CC o°C to 70°C _65° C to +150° C 730mW +0.3 to -20V DC CHARACTERISTICS T A=Oo to +70°C, VCC= +5V; VGG= -12V ±5%; unless otherwise noted. (See notes 4,5,6,7) SYMBOL TEST MIN Input Load Current III TYP MAX UNIT 10 500 nA CONDITIONS VIN = -5.5V TA = 25°C Output Leakage Current ILO 10 nA 1000 VOUT= OV TA = 25°C VCE = VCC ICC VCC Power Supply Current 30 45 mA (8) IGG VGG Power Supply Current 30 45 mA (8) VIL I nput Logic "0" -5 1.05 V VIH Input Logic "1" 3.2 5.3 V AC CHARACTERISTICS 0 TA=iO°C to +70 C;VGG=-12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. SYMBOL TEST MIN TYP VOH Output Logic "zero" VOH Output Logic "one" 3.0 tRPW11 Read Pulse Width 250 200 tRPW10 Read Pulse Width 500 400 MAX UNIT 0.8 V One TTL Load V One TTL Load CONDITIONS ns ns tAD Address Delay Time (12) tAG Address- Read Pulse Gap (12) 50 ns tAl Address to Output Delay 625 700 ns (9) tA2 End of Read Pulse to Output Delay 200 250 CIN Address Input Capacitance 10 pF tOE Output Enable to Output Delay 250 ns r= 100 50 ns (9) lMHz. VAC = 25mV POp VIN = VCC NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operet[on of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. For operating at elevat:d temperatures the device must be derated based on a +150 C maximum Junction temperature .and 0 a thermal resistance of 110 C/W Junction to ambient. 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless specified. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7-114 7. Typical values are at +26° C and nominal supply voltages. 8. Outputs Open, tRPw 9. tA 0 = OoC to +70 = 250ns, t RPW = 500ns. C 10. During t RPW1 data is clocked into the output latches and the address decoders are precharged in preparation for the next cycle. 11. During t R PW1 addresses are decoded and sent to the memory matrix; and the stored memory data is moved to the data inputs of the output RS latches. This data is clocked into the output latches at the end (rising edge) of the READ pulse. After t A2 , data appears at the output terminals. 12. Addresses must be stable within 50ns after the READ line falls and must remain stable until at least 50ns before the READ line goes high. SI LICON GATE MOS. 2526 TIMING DIAGRAM lr"~-I ;I tF!Pw '\ 1.. 'AG ..-. tA2 ADDRESSES MAY CHANGE ADDRESSES MUST BE STABLE ADDRESSES MAY CHANGE I· OUTPUTS \ f 11 ADDRESSES -I ·1 I tAl '1 X X Note: All times measured from 50% points, for all input waveforms tr = tf<10nsec. 7·115 SILICON GATE MOS. 2526 CHARACTER FONTS eM 3400 ASC I I SET, VERTICAL SCAN 7X9 WITH CODE CONVERSIONI1) i ':!. :~! ' 1~!' :u: ' !~' I; I~ i, :10:;: 0; 0 .~ • • • • II • • O . . • •'. .M..:.A.. :: L E AOO,"O.....C '.A._A"OI :: . ..... DECIMAL ADDRESS "8" ~~M:L-t AO RES .. ~'<~ .'" . . -t..=, 'MA~._. _ ".~." .•.• .:. . t. . E.:o .• C .:.•. . . i~_ '.~ :C ALAO~-: I .... '.. .. .' . . '.M. AL.AOOR,. .-. .R•.S.S . .O_E.::: . '. .,.'.MALADDRESS . "_'." I]0.'.E. C . :•. . AOO._.R'SS . .:. •-.. .. C . •. :.':•.M. ALAO O . OR-•. SS. "4," • O'::.C '. •SS,,:.:.:"." O •.....•................ C . . :.• .':•. M :.• AL.AOO.RE. ..S.'.S "6"- 0 . :.:........ •.'•. :.M•:. : , g DECIMAL ADDRESS "9" OECIMAL ADDRESS "10" DECIMAL ADDRESS """ _~ =;> ~ - _ - OECIMAL ADDRESS "12" DECIMAL ADDRESS "'3" "7" _. - ; ' ; DECIMAL ADDRESS "'4" DECIMAL ADDRESS "15' •••••••• "a'·:} .:.:. • ••... :. •. :. •. :. •. DECIMAL ADORESS "'6" - ~J.' ... ~ ..'•. :. DECIMAL ADDRESS "'7" -' _. .: -----:-- _I.:.:. ._ .i.• .•·.:.: .•·..•..•... • _ ·1, , DECIMAL ADDRESS "24" oeCIMAL ADDRESS "'8" _ .. _ <1 .. ', ..' DECIMAL ADDRESS "25" DECIMAL ADDRESS "'9" . .~:. . . - ' . :'.~.:~. __ -- - /, •.:•. • . •'. • :: .. :. . : ::\"'::. :". ::::::,:: .•.:.:. '; DECIMAL ADDRESS ":26" OECIMAL ADDRESS "20" . . . . . ____ .-:. - " . .... _ __ ..' '~ DECIMAL ADDRESS "27" OECIMAL ADDRess "21" _.. _ ---- . "-= - :::': -- . :: . . DECIMAL ADDRESS "29" :!://: -- _ - DECIMAL AODRess "23" ::L!?) - - __ "::. ::':,: . _...... •.••.•.•••.••• : .', DECIMAL ADDRESS "22" -- 1 ..: . _ " " . . i ' , .. _ . . • :.• .:.••..••.. , DECIMAL ADDRESS "29" .,' . DECIMAL ADDRESS "30" J_ >:~.; ':.: ,. . . :. . . . . . .......' 1_ DECIMAL ADDRESS "31" lID II • • • • • • DECIMAL ADDRESS "32" DECIMAL ADDRESS "33" DECIMAL ADDRESS "34" ·.• .• ~.•··.'l.··.--.. t.· ~.-, • ~.,., ~ _.. I i:::." ::' :.'::: OECIMAL ADDnE:SS "4'" • ~r.:.~· ~ i - -- /: DECIMAL ADDRESS ":.te" ~ • • __ --_ DECIMAL ADDRESS "37" DECIMAL ADDRESS "3a" • '.. '.:. . :.- . -,. -. .. c..•.:••.. ••. _ ..... ". . . . .• . . • . . • . . . .. ••. . • •. • . .• ..• . ' .•....•. . - ... ...• • . . • . • • . •.•.•... ' • . • • . .-•..' • . • . '..:. ......... .'" - -.'. .' ... "--. ". "':.' .' :.,,;.. ... : :<.: _ .... . DECIMAL ADDRESS "4:2" •... - DECIMAL ADDRESS "43" r;[lCt, . . . •'.;::-:..._' . . ... •' ........................ ~-::::::;:. __ DECIMAL ADDRESS "36" .~:::;:~ - 'Cj.::~:; _""_ -- - - - A __ - ::: '.~ ..' •• - --- -- ....... _"" , :~ - • :• .• • • .•.:.•.••••.. . • . '• -• . .,' • ~ '.':':' ::::.: - .:.~, .. __ ' .- - DECIMAL ADDRESS "44" DECIMAL ADDRESS "45" II'.'.:." ." . :-_ ;' ....•....... i ... ,- • )...... . - L :?___ _ ,:::, DECIMAL ADDRESS "39" , ,~ :t~ DECIMAL ADDRESS "47" ~ :::::/::. . _ __ ._ DECIMAL ADDRESS "46" <:; --_.- ~ -- .:.:::~::}:' \{ __ _ __ -- . . "",:':': _ -.' > I __ ~ • • • • • •III. DECIMAL ADDRESS "56" D~CIMAL ADDRESS "67" DECIMAL ADDRESS "68" DECIMAL ADDRESS "69" DECIMAL ADDRESS "60" NOTES 1. 2. BCOIC to ASC I I in leftmost column, Baudot to ASC I I in next column to right, Undefined addresses result in all outputs going low (TTL "0"). 3. Blank squares in character font are high (TTL "1 "). 7·116 DECIMAL ADDRESS "6'" DECIMAL ADDRESS "62" DECIMAL ADDRESS "63" SI LICON GATE MOS. 2526 CHARACTER FONTS (Cont/d) eM 3940 ASC I I SET, RASTER SCAN 7X9 WITH CODE CONVERSION(1) 0111 0100 0101 o I 1 1 1000 · ... , .',:.:',~.'."::;:;: .':."'. . . • • ::~,.:~".:"; •.• '.'. . •'.;::i;;.,. . •. :.• .' II,.,.",.", ::;::' - ;:':: ; :~:; ::::;: :::::: : ;~; . i~i: ! {::l : ' i I:i~;;I ' · ' · " : " " " . : ~:.•:'.: :{: ::}. :~:~: " . .' . .-- :}:: 11';,.·,,',·.·,·.;;······· ; ;~ :} .:/; - - .'•.•. !:"...'~".~. ~ ~ .• ~~"" . . -' 'l1i~-"'""-' ~ 'gf''"'-' mm 1111 i i i KfiJ, DECIMAL. ADDRESS "8" DECIMAL ADORESS "9" DECIMAL ADDRESS "10" DECIMAL ADDRESS "11" DECIMAL ADDRESS "12" OECIMAL ADDRESS "'3" 1mI· DECIMAL ADDRESS "'4" DECIMAL ADDRESS "15" •••••••• •••••••• .•. . . B .::· .:.:_.i .... . •••••••• •••••••• •••••••• DECIMAL ADDRESS "'6" DECIMAL ADDRESS "'7" DECIMAL ADDRESS "'8" DECIMAL ADDRESS "19" DECIMAL ADDRESS "20" DECIMAL ADDRESS "2'" DeCIMAL ADDRESS "22" DECIMAL ADDRESS "23" DECIMAL ADDRESS "24" DECIMAL ADDRESS "25" DECIMAL ADDRESS "26" DECIMAL AODRESS "27" DECIMAL ADDRESS "28" DECIMAL ADDRESS "29" DECIMAL ADDRESS "30" DECIMAL ADDRESS "31" ~, - ;!i ..... lIB:· ~H.!.m ~ II:;~~ DECIMAL ADDRESS "32" DECIMAL ADDRESS "33" DECIMAL ADDRESS "34" DECIMAL ADDRESS "35" DECIMAL ADDRESS "36" DECIMAL ADDRESS "37" DeCIMAL ADDRESS "3S" DECIMAL ADDRESS "39" DECIMAL ADDRESS "40" DECIMAL ADDRESS "41" DECIMAL ADDRESS "42" DeCIMAL ADDRESS "43" DECIMAL ADDRESS "44" DECIMAL ADDRESS "45" DECIMAL ADDRESS "46" DECIMAL ADDRESS "47" DECIMAL ADDRESS "4S" DECIMAL ADDRESS "49" DECIMAL ADDRESS "60" DECIMAL ADDRESS "61" DeCIMAL ADDRESS "62" DECIMAL ADDRESS "63" DECIMAL ADDRESS "54" DECIMAL ADDRESS "56" oeCIMAL ADDRESS "56" DECIMAL ADDRESS "67" DECIMAL ADORES's "68" DECIMAL ADDRESS "69" DECIMAL ADDRESS "60" DECIMAL ADDRESS "6'" DECIMAL ADDRESS "62" DECIMAL ADDRESS "63" NOTES BCDIC to ASC I I in leftmost column, Baudot to ASC I I in next column to right. Undefined addresses result in all outputs going low (TTL "0"). Blank squares in character font are high (TTL ","). ,. 2. 3. 7-117 !ii,gnotiC!i 2527 2528 2529 DUAL 256·250·240 BIT STATIC SHIFT REGISTERS PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION SILICON GATE 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION BIPOLAR COMPATIBI LlTY The Signetics 2500 Series Dual 256, 250 and 240 bit recirculating static shift registers consist of enhancement mode P-channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. The clock and signal inputs of these registers can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated (TTL, DTL, etc.) or by MOS circuits. The outputs drive directly into TTLIPTL without requiring external resistors. FEATURES PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) • • PUSH-PULL OUTPUTS TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE CLOCK - PROVIDES EXTREMELY LOW CLOCK CAPACITANCE • RECIRCULATION PATH O,N CHIP • THREE BIT LENGTHS AVAILABLE • HIGH FREQUENCY OPERATION - 3 MHz TYPICAL CLOCK & DATA RATE • TTL, DTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS AND OUTPUTS • STANDARD PACKAGE - 8 LEAD SILICONE DIP • SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS lOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES CRT REFRESH MEMORIES - LINE STORAGE DEt.AY LINES CASSETTE RECORDERS V PACKAGE 10' 2 7 8 3 6 4 5 1. Recirculate 2. IN1 3. OUT1 4. VGG 8. Vee 7. IN 2 6. OUT2 5. ct>IN TRUTH TABLE RECIRCULATE INPUT FUNCTION 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Recirculate Recircu late "0" is Written "1" is Written BLOCK DIAGRAM NOTE: "0" = OV; "1" = +5V PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE +Vcc PART NUMBER 2527V 2528V 2529V BIT LENGTH Dual 256 Dual 250 Dual 240 PACKAGE 8 Pin DIP 8 Pin DIP 8 Pin DIP MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) Operating Ambient Temperature (2) IN2' I N BIT REGISTER I IL_______________ _ Storage Temperature Package Power Dissipation at T A = 70°C Data and Clock Input Voltages and Supply Voltages with respect to V CC 7-118 535mW +0.3V to -20V SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529 NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be derated basedona+1500e maximum junction temperature and a thermal resistance of 150° e/w junction to ambient. 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are val id over operating temperature range unless specified. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25°e and nominal supply voltages. 8. Vee tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual Vee will be tracked directly by VIL, VIH, and VOH which are stated for a Vee of exactly 5 volts. DC CHARACTERISTICS TA = O°C to +70°C; VCC = +5V(8); VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. SYMBOL TEST MIN TYP MAX UNIT CONDITIONS III Input load Current 10 500 nA VIN = 5.5V, T A = 25°C IlC Clock leakage Current 10 500 nA VILC = OV, T A = 25°C IGG Power Supply Current 28 35 mA VIL. Input "Low" Voltage 1.05 V VU-I Input "High" Voltage 5.3 V VILC Clock Input "Low" Voltage 1.05 V VII-IC Clock Input "High" Voltage 5.3 V -~-- - Continuous Operation F = 2.5 MHz, T A = 25°C Outputs Open ----3.2 -~ ~~ 3.2 AC CHARACTERISTICS T A =0° to +70°C, VCC = +5V(8); VGG = -12V +5%, VIC = 0,4 to 4.0V Clock Rep Rate DC 2.5 1.5 MHz t¢pw Clock Pulse Width 0.2 0.1 100 fJ,S t¢pw Clock Pulse Width 0.2 DC fJ,s 1 fJ,s FREQUENCY See Maximum Frequency Curve tR tF Clock Pulse Transition tDS Data Set-up Time 50 tDH Data Hold Time 50 tA Clock to Data Out Delay tR's Recirculate Set-up Time 50 tRH Recirculate Hold Time 50 CIN Input Capacitance 5 pF @ C¢ Clock Capacitance 5 pF @ VOL Output "Low" Voltage 0.4 V 1 TTL load (IL = 1.6mA) VOHI Output "High" Voltage Driving 1 TTL Load 3.0 3.5 V 1 TTL load (II = 100fJ,A) VOH2 Output "High" Voltage Drivi MOS 3.5 4.0 V ns ns 330 450 ns IOL = 1.6mA ns ns 1 MHz;VIN=VCC; V AC = 25mV POp 1 MHz; V¢ = VCC; V AC = 25mV POp CONDITIONS OF TEST I nput rise and fall times: 10 nsec. Output load is 1 TTL gate. 7·119 SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529 TIMING DIAGRAM 'Os 1 _ • I .... I 1 +,1 'OH r r---------o-----jW~---------...,... +6 OATAIN I--+6 OATAOUT : _______ tA-I \J.: . 3 OV -- -- --I-' _____ -1~o::.O.4;:,::V_ _ _ __ O 'lis I.' I_ • 1 'AH RECIRCULATE-_-_-_-_-_-~'"'\O~,..6O%-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-. -_-_-_- 'R • 'F < 10 NSEC FOR ALL INPUTS APPLICATIONS INFORMATION TTL/OTL/MOS INTERFACES Note: When using 7400 series data, recirculate and clock' drivers, connect 10k resistor from driver output to Vee. This insures an adequate "1" level input for the MOS register. See page 13'01 MOS Handbook. 7·120 .SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INPUT (1 OF 2) 1------- - BASIC CE LL -;2 T OUTPUT STAGE (1 OF 2) -;,- ---;;- - ; ; - - 1 - -4>;- ---4>3-;;----' ~ 1 1 I OUT I 1 +-_ _ _ _~__r-_ _ _~~______~~~ VCC~T-r--~_~~~~r-_~_ _ _ RECo-+-r---~~--~ - - - L--~------------+4~------~ --;~GENER~~pfcH-;;;-- - - I I - 1 - _.J - - - - - - - - - - - ~ I I 4>3 I ~-_-I--"""'4>11 4>IN o--+-If--I-I I ~~----~I VCI o-~+-+--+-~~--~~~-~~ I I i I I 4>21 I 1 I I _______________ J ~ CLOCKING WAVEFORMS EXTERNALt CLOCK _IN +5~~ o 4>1_::~~ INTERNALLY GENERATED CLOCKS 4>2_::~rr----I +5 -12 14>3 15 USED FOR STATIC OPERATION) ~ ~ ,OO~S MIN. - . J 7-121 SILICON GATE MOS. 2527, 2528, 2529 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES POWER DISSIPATION VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE SUPPLY CURRENT VS SUPPLY VOLTAGE 50 1000 900 O°C , 25°C 700 /./' J ;'~ 30 ~~ h 500 ./ ~~ 400 /. 300 k~ .- TYPICAL OPERATING RANGE V 11 1 ..... - ~ t;/ V / f = 3 MHz VCC = +5V ¢IN • 180n. ¢IN = 150n, LOAD = TTL Gate - 10 o 12 13 14 15 16 10 5 VGG (-VI VGG I-VI TYPICAL DATA RATE VSSUPPLY VOLTAGE 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 ¥ !§ 4.0 i:; iii => ~ 3.0 -- -- 2.0 -- ~ ~ ~ TA = 25°C Vce = +5V VIC = + 0.4 to 4.0V J 1.0 6.0 7-122 ~ / ,./ f · 3 MHz Vec· +5V ¢IN·180n, ¢IN = 150n, LOAD = TTL Gate I--- (Note greatly reduced power at lower VGG leveL) 10 /1-'.......... 70°C / ...... / I I 100 / /// 20 ~V ~~ I~ L---::: ~ 70°C V/'/ 600 200 o°C 25°C 40 800 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 11 12 I I 13 14 15 SILICON GATE MOS. 2527,2528,2529 APPLICATIONS INFORMATION (Cont'd) 12 LINE, 32 OR 40 CHARACTER PER LINE CRT DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM DOT RATE CLOCK (2) POSITIVE VIDEO 2518B OR 2519B DATA INPUTS 6 BIT ASCII t-----I 2516NX CHARACTER GENERATOR LINE MEMORY 32 X 601 40 X 6 BLANKING INHIBIT 3k 8266B MAIN MEMORY 512 X 6 ROW COUNT CLOCK (1) Duals connected in series. (2) These registers include internal recirculate. Two 8266B multiplexers are used for system recirculate. 7-123 Smnotics HIGH SPEED 512x8 STATIC READ·ONlY MEMORY 2530 SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES ADVANCE SPECIFICATION PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) DESCRIPTION The 2530 is a high speed 4,096-bit Static Read-Only Memory available in a 512x8 organization. This device has TTL compatible inputs and outputs and requires +5V and -12V power supplies. A READ input controls the entry of data from the ROM into ou'tput latches. Three-state outputs allow OR tying for implementing larger memories. Two OUTPUT ·ENAB LES control the eight output devices without affecting address circuitry. Nil PACKAGE FEATURES • • • • • • • • • 512x8 ORGANIZATION 625n5 TYPICAL ACCESS TIME STATIC OPERATION ADDRESS LATCHES TTL/DTL COMPATI BLE INPUTS TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE THREE STATE OUTPUTS VCC = +5V, VGG = -12V 24-PIN SI LlCONE DIP SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY APPLI CATI ONS MI CRO-PROGRAMMI NG CODE-CONVERSION 1. Output 6 24. 2. Output 7 23. Vcc Output 5 3. Output 8 22. Output 4 4. Voo (Gnd) 21. Output 3 5. Address 1 20. Output 2 6. Address 2 19. Output 1 7. Address 3 18. Read 8. Output Enable 1 17. NC 9. Output Enable 2 16. Address 9 10. Address 4 15. Address 8 11. Address 5 14. Address 7 12. VGG 13. Address 6 BLOCK DIAGRAM BIPOLAR COMPATIBiliTY OUTPUT ENABLE 1 All inputs of the 2530 can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated circuits, (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 1.6mA sufficient to drive one standard TTL load. STANDARD TRUTH TABLES The 2530NX/CM3530 is an ASCII-EBCDIC and EBCDICASCII code converter. Use this device for evaluation or for applications requiring this conversion. Other standards will be announced as they become available. PART IDENTIFICATION PART OP. TEMP. RANGE PACKAGE 2530N 0-70°C 24-Pin Silicone DIP 25301 0-70°C 24-Pin Ceramic DIP 7·124 CUSTOM TRUTH TABLES See page 7-196. SILICON GATE MOS. 2530 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) Package Power Dissipation 2 @ 70° C Input 3 and Supply Voltages· with respect to V CC o°C to 70°C _65° C to +150° C Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature 730mW +0.3 to -20V DC CHARACTERISTICS T A =0° to + 70°C, V CC= +5V; V GG= -12V ±5%; unless otherwise noted. (See notes 4,5,6,7) SYMBOL III TEST MIN Input Load Current TYP MAX UNIT 10 500 nA CONDITIONS VIN = -5.5V TA = 25°C ILO Output Leakage Current 10 nA 1000 VOUT = OV TA = 25°C VCE = VCC ICC V CC Power Supply Current 30 45 mA (8) IGG VGG Power Supply Current 30 45 mA (8) VIL Input Logic "'0" -5 1.05 V VIH Input Logic "1" 3.2 5.3 V AC CHARACTERISTICS TA = O°C to 70°C; VCC = 5V ± 5%, VGG = -12V ± 5% unless otherwise noted. SYMBOL TEST MIN TYP CONDITIONS MAX UNIT 0.8 V One TTL Load V One TTL Load VOH Output Logic "zero" VOH Output Logic "one" 3.0 tRPW 11 Read Pulse Width 250 200 tRPW10 Read Pulse Width 500 400 tAD Address Delay Time (12) 50 ns tAG Address- Read Pulse Gap (12) 50 ns tA1 Address to Output Delay 625 700 ns (9) tA2 End of Read Pulse to Output Delay 200 250 CIN Address Input Capacitance 10 pF tOE Output Enable to Output Delay 250 ns r= 100 ns ns (9) 1MH,. VAC = 25mV POp VIN = VCC NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be 0 derated based on a +150 C maximum junction temperature and a thermal resistance of 110° C/W junction to ambient. 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless specified .. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages. 8. Outputs Open, tRPw = 250ns, t RPW = 500ns. 9. t =00CtO+700C A 10. During t RPW1 data is clocked into the output latches and the address decoders are precharged in preparation for the next cycle. 11. During t RPW1 addresses are decoded and sent to the memory matrix; and the stored memory data is moved to the data inputs of the output· RS latches. This data is clocked into the output latches at the end (rising edge) of the READ pulse. After t , A2 data appears at the output terminals. 12. Addresses must be stable within 50ns after the READ line falls and must remain stable until at least 50ns before the READ line goes high. 7·125 SILICON GATE MOS. 2530 TIMING DIAGRAM I -tRPW I ADDRESSES ~I- - t RPW - - - - H -'" I ADDRESSES MUST BE STABLE - OO~ \ I '\ ADDRESSES MAY CHANGE _I _____ tA2 - - - - - - - - - ADDRESSES MAY CHANGE ~-- - - - - - - - - t A1 - - - - - - - - - - _ _ [ X _ - - - - - - J V Ii\I.-- _ _ _ _ _ _ Note: All times measured from 50% points, for all input waveforms tr = tf< 1 Onsae. 7·126 -, !ii!ln~tiC!i QUAD 80-BIT STATIC SHIFT REGISTER 2532 SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) The Signetics 2532 Static Shift Register consists of enhancement mode P-Channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. Each of the four 80-bit registers is provided with an independent input, push-pull output and recirculation control. The single phase clock is common to all four registers. All inputs and outputs including the clock interface directly with TTL or DTL circuits without external components. B PACKAGE 16 15 14 Data is entered when the clock is at a logic "1 ". Data is shifted when the clock goes low. When the Recirculate control is at a logic "1", data recirculates and is continuously available at the output, data input is inhibited. With the Recirculate control is at,a logic "0", data is entered. 13 12 11 10 FEATURES • • • • • • TOTAL TTL COMPATIBILITY SINGLE CLOCK LINE RECIRCULATE PATH ON CHIP DC TO 2.5 MHz OPERATION GUARANTEED LOW POWER (TYPICALLY 400 ,uW/BIT) PIN-FOR-PIN REPLACEMENT FOR (DYNAMIC) MK1007P AND TMS3409 • POWER SUPPLIES +5V AND -12V 1. OUT 1 16. 2. Recirculate 1 15. 3. IN 1 14. Recirculate 4 4. OUT2 13. OUT4 5. Recirculate 2 12. 6. IN 2 11. 7. 8. OUT3 10. 9. VOO (Ground) Vee IN 4 VGG IN IN 3 If> Recirculate 3 TRUTH TABLE RECIRCULATE INPUT FUNCTION 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 "0" is Written "1" is Written Recirculate Recirculate APP LI CATIONS LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES CRT REFRESH MEMORIES - LINE STORAGE DELAY LINES DIGITAL FI LTERING NOTE: "0" = OV, "1" = +5V BLOCK DIAGRAM SPECIAL FEATURES The three clock phases used by the static register cells are generated internally by an on-chip generator. This clock generator is controlled by a single TTL/DTL logic level input. .pIN 0----------1 IN OUT REC BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY All inputs of these registers, including the clock can be driven directly by bipolar TTL/DTL integrated circuits without external components. Outputs are push-pull operating between OV and +5V and provide a sink current of 1.6mA for one TTL fanout. PART IDENTIFICATION E PART NUMBER 2532B BIT LENGTH PAC K'AG E Quad 80 16-Pin DIP 7-127 SI LICON GATE MOS. 2532 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) Operating Ambient Temperature (2) O°C to +70°C Storage Temperature Package Power Dissipation at TA = 70°C DC CHARACTERISTICS Data and Clock Input Voltages and Supply Voltages with respect to V CC -65°C to +150°C +0.3V to -20V 640mW TA SYMBOL = ooe to +70oe; Vee = +5V(8); VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. TEST MIN TYP MAX UNIT CONDITIONS = 5.5V, T A = 25°C III Input Load Current 10 500 nA VIN ILC Clock Leakage Current 10 500 nA VILC IGG Power Supply Current 6 10 mA ICC Power Supply Current 12 20 mA Continuous Operation F = 2.5 MHz, TA = 25°C Outputs Open VIL Input "Low" Voltage VIH Input "High" Voltage VILC Clock Input "Low" Voltage VIHC Clock Input "High" Voltage AC CHARACTERISTICS TA 3.2 3.2 1.05 V 5.3 V 1.05 V 5.3 V = OV, TA = 25°C = oOe to 70o e; Vee = +5V(8); VGG = -12V + 5%, Vie = 0.4 to 4.0V (CONDITIONS OF TEST Input rise and fall times: 10 nsec. Output load is 1 TTL Gate.) SYMBOL Frequency TEST Clock Rep Rate MIN TYP DC 3.0 MAX UNIT 1.5 MHz 1:¢PW Clock Pulse Width 0.18 100 /.ls t¢pw Clock Pulse Width 0.22 DC /.ls tR,tF Clock Pulse Transition 5 /.lS tDS Data Set-up Time tDH Data Hold Time tA Clock to Data Out Delay tRS Recirculate Set-up Time tRH Recirculate Hold Time CIN Input Capacitance 120 ns 0 ns 400 ns CONDITIONS IOL = 1.6mA ns 150 ns 0 5 pF @ Crt> Clock Capacitance 5 pF @ 1 MHz; Vrt> = VCC; V AC VOL Output "Low" Voltage VOHI Output "High" Voltage Driving 1 TTL Load VOH2 Output "High" Voltage Driving MOS = VCC; = 25mV POp 1 MHz; VIN V AC = 25mV POp V 1 TTL load (I L = 1.6mA) 4.0 V 1 TTL load (II 4.0 V 0.4 = 100/.lA) NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be derated o based on a +150 e maximum junction temperature and a thermal resistance of 125°e/W junction to ambient. 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 7-128 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless specified. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25°e and nominal supply voltages. 8. Vee tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual Vee will be tracked directly by V I L. V I H. and V OH which are stated for a I Vee of exactly 5 volts. SILICON GATE MOS! •. 2532 TIMING DIAGRAM f..t-- tcJ>Pw........ l...- ttPl'w----1 I I ---....t 90% Ilr 50% " -_ _.:.:10;,;:%;..t,, I I .... I ..... 1 tDs ~ tDH I I r-- 10% tR-+- I I tF + ,1,..-------~50% .../'\.....L-"\.. - - - - - - - ---+ +51r 50%~ DATA IN 0- - - - ; I------tA I DATA OUT +5 0- - - - - tRS RECIRCULATE tR = tF < - f- - - .- - / ..... / ..... 1 ~.OV oJ O.4V tRH --------Ir-,I,..------------------~l50%_______ _ ____50%~1 ---'lL-}\":'" 10 NSEC FOR ALL INPUTS CHARACTERISTIC CURVES POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICC) VERSUS TEMPERATURE 15 POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICC) VERSUS TEMPERATURE 19r---~--~--~--~--~--~--~ I f'lMHl VCC=+5V Voo-ov VGG'-12V 14 2532 - f-- ~~~ ~~z12v~~--l--·--- - ..- .. - Vee'" +5V 18 t--+---+--+---+-~-f----I-~-I - 13 i"-.... 12 1 r-- r--- u --- u t-- 11 -r-- 15~-+---+--+-~-+-----f----~--4 -- ..10 10 30 20 40 50 60 70 14L---~--~--~--~--~--~--~ 40 60 70 20 30 TEMPERATURE (OC) POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICC) VERSUS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG) POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (lGG) VERSUS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG) 6.6 r----...,..-----r---""'!'""----r--~_-.., 2532 17 f·1MHz TA""2S=>C f '" lMHz 16 15 ,,-I ~I(-t GENERATOR DATA INPUTS GBIT ASCII 2532 12) - BLANKING INHIBIT 3k +-""1\,..,...........-0 +5V ROW COUNT CLOCK I L I MAIN MEMORY -2.02~8 _ -l (1) These registers include internal recirculate. Two 82668 multiplexers are used for system recirculate. 7·130 1024·81T STATIC SHIFT REGISTER !ii!lDotiC!i 2533 PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION: (Top View) The Signetics 2533 Static Shift Register consists of enhancement mode P-channel silicon gate MOS devices integrated on a single monolithic chip. "V" PACKAGE The 1024-bit register is equipped with two data inputs together with a "Stream Select" control to facilitate external recirculation. Out The single phase clock input, data input, data output, and stream select control will interface directly with TTL/DTL circuits without external components. 1 Stream Select 3 Voo (GNO) 4 8 Vee Data is entered when the clock is at a logic "1 ". Data is shifted when the clock goes low. FEATURES TRUTH TABLE • • • • • TOTAL TTL COMPATIBILITY SINGLE CLOCK LINE DC TO 1.5MHz GUARANTEED LOW POWER (TYPICALLY 250IlW!BIT) POWER SUPPLIES +5V AND -12V E • • 8-PIN DIP STREAM SELECT FOR EASY RECIRCULATION BLOCK DIAGRAM STREAM SELECT FUNCTION o IN 1 IN 2 .-~ NOTE: "'0"' = OV, "'1"' = +5V APPLICATIONS LOW COST SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MEMORIES LOW COST STATIC BUFFER MEMORIES CRT REFRESH - LINE AND PAGE DELAY LINES DRUM MEMORY REPLACEMENT "IN O---------f CLOCK GENERATOR SPECIAL FEATURES The three clock phases used in the static register cells are generated internally by an on-chip generator. This clock generator is controlled by a single TTL/DTL 5V logic level input. Recirculation of data in the 2533 is accomplished by simply jumpering the output back to In 2. The stream select control then becomes a Data Entry/Recirculate Control. BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY All inputs of this register, including the clock, can be driven directly bV bipolar TTL/DTL integrated circuits without external components. Each input is equipped with an internal pull-Up resistor to enhance the "1" level of the TTL driver. The output is push-pull, operating between OV and +5V, and provides a sink current of 1.6mA for one TTL fanout. PART IDENTIFICATION TABLE PART NUMBER BIT LENGTH PACKAGE 2533 V 1024 8-Pin DIP MAXIMUM GUAR~NTEED RATlNGS(l) Operating Ambient Temperature(2) Storage Temperatme Power Dissipation (Note 2) Data and Clock Input Voltages and Supply Voltages with Respect to V CC O°C to +70°C -65°C to +150°C 535mW @ T A >25°C +O.3V to -20V 7·131 SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2533 DC CHARACTERISTICS (T A = O°C to +70°C; Vec = +5V ±5%; VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted.) SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. UNITS CONDITIONS = 0, TA = 25°C = GND, TA = 25°C III I nput Load Current 10 500 nA VIN ILC Clock Leakage Current 10 500 nA VILC ICC Power Supply Current 16 30 mA IGG Power Supply Current 5.0 7.5 mA VIL Input "Low" Voltage 0.8 V VCC VIH Input "High" Voltage V VCC VILC Clock Input "Low" Voltage VIHC Clock Input "High" Voltage F = 1.5MHz 0.8 V = +5V = +5V VCC = +5V 5.3 V VCC 3.2 3.2 } Continuous Operation = +5V NOTES: 1. 2. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 3. All inputs are protected 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless specified. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. For operating at e.levated temperatures .the device mu~t be derated corresponding to a thermal resistance of 150 C/W junction to ambient. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25°C and nominal supply voltages. against~static TIMING DIAGRAM +5V ---+\._----- t,;pw------r CLOCK IN ---1---.j.--"I-~ - tDH +5V - - - - - - - - - - - ' " " " ' DATA IN ,----------+5v------------~ STREAM SELECT 0---+5v -"l- a- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~--------------- NOTE: Times measured at 50% points with input tr, tf .;; 10ns. 7-132 charge. SILICON GATE MOS. 2533 AC CHARACTERISTICS vcc = +5V ±5%;VGG= -12V ±5%; SYMBOL TEST TA = 0° to +70°C MIN. TYP. 2 MAX. UNITS CONDITIONS Frequency Clock & Data Rep Rate tcpPW Clock Pulse Width DC .350 t;ppw t r , tf Clock Pulse Width 250 tDS Data Write Set-Up Time 50 tDH Data to Clock Hold Time 50 tA Clock to Data Out Delay tSSH Stream Select Hold Time 50 ns tsss Stream Select Set-Up Time 80 ns CIN I nput Capacitance 5 pF COUT Output Capacitance 5 pF Ccp Clock Capacitance 5 pF VOL Output "Low" Voltage 0.4 V 1 TTL load (I=1.6mA) VOH Output "High" Voltage V 1 TTL load (I=-100J1A) -- Clock Pulse Transition A.C. TEST SETUP MHz us no; 1 J1S ns ns 200 2.4 1.5 100 DC 400 ns 3.5 10L = 1.6mA 1 MHz, VIN = VCC V AC = 25mV pop @ 1 MHz, VOUT = VCC VAC = 25mV pop @ 1 MHz, V¢= VCC VAC = 25mV POp @ APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 2048-BIT STORAGE REGISTER WITH RECIRCULATE '5V IN, Dour 2533 S. SEL S. SEL CL~DIO-t_ _-+--+_ _--' NOTES: Measure T A between device input and point (a). Gates are standard 8800 or 7400. NOTE: Gates are standard DTL or TTL. 7·133 SI LICON GATE MOS. 2533 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (Icc! VERSUS TEMPERATURE POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (lGG) VERSUS TEMPERATURE 6.0 2533 f= 1 MHz '- VGG = ~12V--l---~~I-~---e---VCC = +5V 18~--+---~---+----~--+---~--~ 5.9 ............ ['-... 5.8 « E ~-f----.-- '~ '~ ~r---- -"+--~-'1-- ~-I--~-~.- -I--~",---l '" <> 5.7 f------I-----~-.-~f-~- r----~----+----4---_r---+---~~-~ 15~--+---~---+----~--+---~--~ f----- - ~--- f-- -- -~ - 5.6 ~---+-----+----+---+----+---+--~ r--- --- ~ ----4--~__t_--i -- e· - --- 14L---~---L--~----~--~---L--~ 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 10 20 30 TA ( CI POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (ICc! VERSUS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG) 20 2533 J I f= 1MHz 19 I - TA = 25 C 18 .,. V 11 u u ~ 1~ V -" 15 ~~ 50 60 70 POWER SUPPLY CURRENT (IGG) VERSUS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VGG) 6.6 V ./ 2533 6.2 V ./ ~ .---------r-----r-----r------r----~--___, 6.4 r---+---i-- 6.0 -.JCC « E -.JCC ~~ 40 TA ( CI « E V '" 5.8 .!? 5.6 -.JCC 14 V .......... 5.4 f----+----¥~-f-----+---_;_---f 5.2 r-----bo'~--T_---l-----I-----+----l 13 5.0 12 ~11 ~12 VGG (VI 7-134 13 L.....-__-L____....L____L-__---L._ _ _.....L..._-' ~11 ~12 VGG (VI --13 !ii!lnotiC!i UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS FIRST·IN, FIRST·OUT BUFFER REGISTER SILICON GATE MOS2500 SERIES PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION (TOP VIEW) The Signetics 2535 is a P-Channel MOS asynchronous buffer memory consisting of 32 8~bit words. Both' input and output can be either serial or parallel with a data rate of DC to 1 MHz in either mode of operation. I PACKAGE The register is designed so that information entered at the input will "fall through" to the lowest unoccupied location. I nput and output may be accessed asynch~onously. Control logic provides flag signals indicating presence of data and availability status of empty storage locations. The 2535 may be expanded in either the bit or word direction. All inputs and outputs are directly DTL/TTL compatible. 28 27 26 1. Input 2 25 24 4. Extenp 23 6. Serial Output 22. Input 7 21.lnputB Output 2 21 20. Fullness Flag (8) 20 18. LOad Control/Clear Output 3 19. Fullness Flag (161 Output 4 Output Enable Output 5 13. OUtput 6 24.lnput5 23. Input 6 Control 7. Output 1 • ASYNCHRONOUS LOAD AND DUMP • 32 WORD BY 8-BIT ELASTIC STORAGE • DC TO 1 MHz OPERATION • SERIAL OR PARALLEL OPERATION • TTL COMPATIBLE • 28-PIN DIP PACKAGE • VCC = +5 V, VGG = -12 V 26. Overflow Indicator 25. Vee 5. Dump Control 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 28. Input 3 27. Input 4 2. Input 1 3. VGG FEATURES 2535 * 11.Serial Input Con,rol 10 16.Ground 15.oLtput 8 14, Output 7 ·12 13 14 APPLICATIONS INTERFN~E BETWEEN INDEPENDENTLY CLOCKED SYSTEMS KEYBOARD TO LINE BUFFER MEMORY DISC AND TAPE BUFFER MEMORIES DATA CONCENTRATORS DATA "SILO'S" BIT RATE SMOOTHING MODEMS CPU/TERMINAL BUFFERING ~In conjunction with pin 26. 'PART IDENTIFICATION PACKAGE OP. TEMP. RANGE 28-Pin Ceramic DIP MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS(l) Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY All inputs of the 2535 can be driven direotly from TTL output levels. Outputs will sink and source sufficient current for one TTL fan-out. -65°C to +150°C Package Power Dissipation(2) @ T A 70°C I nput(3) and Supply Voltages with respect to VCC 3.13 W +0.3 to -20 V 7·135 SILICON GATE MOS. 2535 DC CHARACTERISTICS TA = o°c to 70°C, VCC = 5 V (8), VDD = GND, VGG = -12 V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4,5,6,7,8) SYMBOL TEST III I nput Leakage ILO Output Leakage (Tri-State Outputs) VIH Input High Level Voltage (all inputs) VIL Input Low Level Voltage (all inputs) VOH Output High Voltage (all outputs) TYP. MIN. VCC -1.5 CONDITIONS MAX. UNIT 500 na Vin = GND 500 na Vout = Chip Enable = GND VCC +0.3 V VCC -3.8 VCC -2.0 V IOH = 2.6 mA (source) V VOL Output Low Voltage (all outputs) CIN I nput Capacitance (any input) COUT Output Capacitance (any output) ICC Power Supply Current 60 mA Outputs open, Output Enable = 5 V IGG Power Supply Current 10 mA Outputs open, Output Enable = 5 V 0.4 V 5 10 pF f = 1 MHz, V,H = VCC, 25 mVp·p 5 10 pF f = 1 MHz, V,H = VCC, 25 mVp-p IOL = 1.6 mA (sink) AC CHARACTERISTICS TA.= o°c to 70°C, VCC == 5 V (~), VDD = GND, VGG = -12 V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4,5,6,7,8) SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT CONDITIONS tRC Read-In Cycle Time 1 /-lS tRP -tRP Read-In Pulse Width 200 ns Read-In Pulse Width 400 tRD Delay from Read-In Rising Edge Time 200 ns tFD Delay from Read-In Falling Edge Time 350 ns 1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF tRD Delay from Read-I n R ising Edge Time 120 ns MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF tFD Delay from Read-In Falling Edge Time ns MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF tSR Shift-Out Cycle Time 1 /-lS tsp Shift-Out Pulse Width 200 ns tSD Delay from Shift-Out Rising Edge 200 ns tEX Extend Time 500 ns 1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF tSD 130 ns MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF tEX 375 ns ns 275 ns 0 tED Data Out to Extend Delay tFFD Fullness-Flag Delay Time 800 ns tOR Delay from Output Enable Rising Edge 500 ns tOF Delay from Output Enable Falling Edge 500 ns tFT Fall-Thru Time 2 /-lS NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. For operating at elevated temperatures the device must be o derated based on a +150 e maximum junction temperature and a thermal resistance of 48°C/W junction to ambient. 7-13.6 1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF 1 TTL Load shunted by 20 ,:..;': MOS Loading Equivalent to 20 pF All Data Outputs & Ex with either TTL or MOS loading but not mixed loading 1 TTL Load shunted by 20 pF 1 TTL Load with 20 pF shunt capacity 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless specified. 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufacturer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7. Typical values are at +25°e and nominal supply voltages. 8. Vee tolerance is ±5%. Any variation in actual Vec will be tracked directly by VI L. VIH and VOH which are stated for a V CC of exactly 5 volts SILICON GATE MOS. 2535 TIMING DIAGRAMS READ-IN FALL-THRU TIME ---~-tRC-··--~--~1 ------. lOR 1 1 I 1 INPu3( ~{{h%JX~_ - - I tRD 1-- t'O-_1 I~- ~TV ~\ OVERF.L_O_W_-I-111 INDICA_~R I !-tRP-_I_---tRP_ _ _---!' SIC) • IF FULL L tFT :--- TFT = time required for 1st Byte of data to appear on on outputs from falling edge of Read-In command .. - - FULLNESS FLAGS ~ I (SIC #8 OR SHIFT-OUT ----tSR~ ~~- soc pcB) : r 1~--tFFD--_1 -----I r-------,. FFBOR FF16 w~"'" !-,.~ ¥'----_ ==L~~!~-')~I ___-.----\ i i __ ~~~EMPTY DATA OUT VALID - - I -_I tSD 1--- I NOT VALID I I~- tEx _ 1 7 OUTPUT ENABLE OUTPUT ENABLE DATA OUT VALID -_ltEDI~·- CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION INTERNAL ORGANIZATION - I tOR 1--- --I tOF ....Jt .:.;OU:.; TP..:.;UT_ _ _ _ HIGH IMPEDANCE STATE ___I 1- L BLOCK DIAGRAM The Block Diagram in Figure 1 shows how the data is moved and controlled within the FIFO. The input register accepts either parallel or serial data. I nput data is written into the storage array in a location specified by the Write Address Counter. At the s~me time, the Available Storage Counter is incremented to Indicate the fullness condition of the FIFO. The current output byte is au't matically available at the output register. Data may be extra ed from the register in parallel or serial form. After the current byte of data is used, the next output byte is read from the storage array at the location specified by the Read Address Counter. At the same time, the Available Storage Counter is decremented to maintain the proper fullness indication. Two bits of the Available Storage Counter are supplied to the user as Fullness Flags. They indicate the buffer capacity status so that the empty or full conditions can be anticipated. FF8 indicates 1/4 full status, FF16 indicates 1/2 full status and when both flags are up the buffer is 3/4 full. INPUT CONTROL When parallel data is presented to the eight input lines, the Load Command (LC) is pulsed positive to enter the data into the buffer. The input data should remain valid for the width of the LC, and the LC should occur only when the Overflow Indicator (01) output is low. The 01 low signal FIGURE 1. indicates that the input is available for lo·ading. After a delay following the leading edge of the LC, the 01 will acknowledge the input by going high. If the 01 remains high, then the buffer is full and no new data should be entered. When the 01 goes low, the buffer is again available for loading. Serial data is entered into the input register on Input 1. The Serial Input Clock (SIC) is used to shift the data into the register. 01 acknowledges each SIC and the 8th SIC causes the byte in the input register to be inserted into the storage 7-137 SI LICON GATE MOS • 2535 If LC is pulsed during a serial entry before the 8th SIC, the byte actually entered into the buffer will be a logical OR of the partially entered serial data and the data at the parallel inputs. Bit positions in the input register that have not been shifted into will contain logical zeros. OUTPUT CONTROL When a byte is available in the buffer, it falls through to the output register and is available on the output pins (assuming the Output Enable signal is on). The Extend (EX) signal goes high to indicate that data is available at the output. When the using system is ready for the next byte, it should pulse the Dump Command (DC) line. EX will then go low until the next byte is available. EX stays low if the FIFO is empty. Serial data is shifted from the output register on Output 8. The Serial Output Clock (SOC) is used to shift the data out of the register and EX responds to each clock pulse. The 8th SOC causes the output control logic to retrieve the next output byte and insert it into the output register. If DC is pulsed during serial extraction before the 8th SOC, the next output byte is inserted into the output register and the remaining partially shifted data is lost. As the output register is shifted, it is filled with logical zeros. BUFFER STORAGE The first byte inserted into an empty buffer falls all the way through directly to the 8-bit output register. Succeeding input bytes are written into a random access memory array with a capacity of 31 x 8. The array is designed so that it may be addressed at different locations simu Itaneously. In that way, data may be inserted and removed at the same time. The Write Address Counter controls the locations for storing input data and the Read Address Counter controls the locations from which data is extracted for the output. Both counters are implemented as 31-bit shift registers that move a single bit along their length to directly select the desired word lines in the storage array. This control approach eliminates binary decoding networks and is possible because both the read and write locations are always sequentially accessed. The use of random access memory to implement the required storage means that the stored data need not be moved around internally. Only the counters that point to the data are manipulated in response to loading and dumping the FIFO. It also means that the fall-through time is minimized since new data in an empty buffer does not have to be shifted sequentially through the buffer before it is available. RESET To clear the buffer to its empty state and thus reset all the control counters, two control signals are used. The 01 signal, which is normally an output from the FIFO, should be held in a low state by the external reset logic. LC is then pulsed positive for at least 2 microseconds and returned low. The hold on 01 is then released, concluding the reset operation. 7-138 EXPANSION Increased FIFO capacity can be obtained by using mu Itiple 2535's in serial/parallel organizations. Sixteen-bit words, for example, may be buffered by operating two eight bit streams in parallel. In applications where the timing is not critically fast, the LC, SIC, DC, and SOC may be tied together and operated in parallel, but only one each of the 01, EX, and FF signals should be used to control the data flow. Cascaded operation of more than one FIFO allows expansion to any word depth that is a multiple of 32. The 2535 control signals may be inter-connected without intervening logic to form a FIFO of the desired depth. See Figure 2. Data will automatically fall through to the end of the chain. FIGURE 2. CASCADE OPERATION L_C_ _ S_IC_ _ To control two cascaded devices using parallel data interconnection between them, it is only necessary to connect EX from the first device to LC of the second, and 01 from the second device to DC of the first. The inputs to the first device and the outputs from the second device may then be operated in the normal modes. When data is entered into the two device combination it falls through to the output of the first device and causes the first EX to go high. The second device sees the EX as a LC, accepts the data, and responds with an 01 signal which the first device sees as a DC. In this way the combination acts like one device with twice the capacity and twice the fall-through time of a single 2535. FIFO USAGE Asynchronous FIFO data stream buffering can come in handy in many situations. When a data sink, for example, requires data at a constant rate, the FIFO can provide the constant data stream while at the same time it can absorb data at highly variable rates from the data source. The reverse situation can also apply. Consider a CRT terminal connected to a computer via a high speed data line. The terminal uses a large recirculating serial memory for data storage. A FIFO in the terminal can accept the constant speed data from the communication line, while at the same time it can wait for synchronization with the circulating memory and then dump a burst of data at high speed. The circuitry required to implement a FIFO function using SSI and MSI logic can be considerable indeed. In addition to the cost of the logic replaced, the economic evaluation of the FIFO should consider inventory, ordering, testing, reliabil ity, board space, production, design, and debugging problems associated with the old approach. In all of these areas the 2535 can provide significant advantages. UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (UAR-T) !ii!lDotiC!i PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES DESCRIPTION FEATURES The Signetics 2536 Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter is a general purpose, programmable MOS/LSI subsystem integrated on a single monolithic chip. The device can simultaneously convert asynchronous serial binary chara~ters to a parallel format (receiver) and parallel binary characters to serial, asynchronous output (transmitter) with start, parity, and stop bits added or verified. Both receiver and transmitter are double buffered and fully compatible with bipolar logic. The UAR-T may be programmed as follows: the word length can be either 5, 6, 7, or 8 bits; parity generation and checking may be inhibited; the parity may be even or odd; and the number of stop bits may be either one or two. The 2536 is pin compatible with the TMS 6010, AY-5-1012, TR-1402A, S1757 & COM2502. • DATA HANDLING EQUIPMENT (COMPUTER. DISPLAY PERIPliI:RAL, ETC) (8) "- • • • ASYNCHRONOUS ... U'AR/T 2636 (8) " ~SERIAL DATA LINK • l---/ SERIAL TRANSFER PARALLEL TRANSFER PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) I PACKAGE 40 39 • 1. Vce 2. VGG Ground 3. 4. Received data enable • • 38 37 38 36 34 33 32 31 30 29 6. 7. 8. '} 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Received data bits (AD 1 - ADS) • • Parity error Framing error 15. Over-run 16. 17. Status flag enable 1S. 19. Receiver clock Reset data available Oats aveilable 20. 21. 22. Transmitter buffer empty 23. 24. 25. Receiver serial input .. Transmitter ragister empty Transmitter serial output 27. . 2S. "} 29. 28 25 17 24 23 22 21 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 3S. 39. 40. • • • DIRECTLY TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE - NO INTERFACING CIRCUITS REQUIRED FULL DUPLEX OR HALF DUPLEX OPERATION TRANSMITS AND RECEIVES DATA SIMULTANEOUSLY OR ALTERNATELY (AT INDEPENDENT INFORMATION RATES) FULLY BUFFERED - ELIMINATES NEED FOR SYSTEM SYNCHRONIZATION: FACILITATES HIGH SPEED OPERATION. FULLY PROGRAMMABLE - EXTERNALLY SELECTABLE: WORD LENGTH: 5,6,7,8 DATA BITS INFORMATION RATE - UP TO 20K BAUD EVEN/ODD PARITY PARITY INHIBIT SINGLE OR DOUBLE STOP BIT GENERATION AUTOMATIC DATA STATUS GENERATION: TRANSMISSION COMPLETE TRANSMITTER BUFFER REGISTER EMPTY RECEIVED DATA AVAILABLE PARITY ERROR FRAMING ERROR OVERRUN ERROR THREE-STATE OUTPUTS, RESETABLE - BUSSING CAPABILITY: DATA OUTPUTS STATUS FLAGS INTERNAL PULL-UPS ON ALL INPUTS CLOCK BITS TO DATA BITS RATIO - 16 OPTIONS AVAILABLE- 32, (8,4,2) HIGH SPEED OPERATION - FROM D.C. TO 320KHz GUARANTEED START BIT VERIFICATION-MINIMIZES ERROR RATE STATIC LOGIC - STABLE STANDARD POWER SUPPLIES - +5V, -12V DUAL .IN-LiNE PACKAGE - CERAMIC External (master) reset Oats load strobe 28 27 253 6 Transmitter data inputs (DB 1 - DBS) Control load strobe No parity Stop bit(s) select Word length select 2 Word length select 1 Odd/even parity select Transmitter clock pulse APPLICATIONS PERIPHERALS TERMINALS PRINTERS MINI-COMPUTERS MODEMS CONCENTRATORS MULTIPLEXERS CONTROLLERS CARD AND TAPE READERS KEYBOARD ENCODERS REMOTE DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS PART IDENTIFICATION PACKAGE OP. TEMP RANGE 40-Pin Ceramic DIP 0-70°C 7-139 SILICON GATE MOS. 2536 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) Package Power Dissipation (2) @T A Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature 7·140 O°C to 70°C -65°C to +150°C = 70°C 3.0W(14) Input (3)and Supply Voltages with respect to Vee +0.3 to -20V SI LICON GATE MOS. 2536 DC CHARACTERISTICS T A = O°C to 70°C, VCC = 5V (8), V DD = :"'12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) SYMBOL TEST MIN VIH Input "High" Voltage (9) V IL Input "Low" Voltage TYP MAX 3.2 UNIT. 5.3 V 1.05 V CONDITIONS VIH Clock Input "High" Voltage (9) 5.3 V VIL Clock Input "Low" Voltage 1.05 V IIH Input "High" Current 10 ua IlL Input "Low" Current 1.6 IIH IlL Clock Input "High" Current 10 ua Clock Input "Low" Current 1.6 ma ICC V CC Supply Current 20 ma All Inputs Logic "High" V GGSupply Current 10 ma All Inputs Logic "High" Power Dissipation 200 mW All Inputs Logic "High" 3.2 = V IN = V IN = V IN = V IN ma 5.0V OV 5.0V OV TIMING DIAGRAM AND VOLTAGE. WAVEFORMS I' os DBS-DB, t6S ----.~,\_ mY. r - - - - ---- - .~" "I 150% cs _ _ _ _ f~~.~ \- 50% SBS. NP. EPS, WLS1, WLS2 .50% -~--- TRANSMITTER DATA INPUT LOAD CYCLE CONTROL REGISTER LOAD CYCLE -l5(1% D A - 1 RDE,SWE \j'-_50% ______ J Ir-------6(1% ,.--_-+--_ _~II,- RD 1 - RDa,OR DA, TBE,PE, FE _ _ _ _ _ +-___ tR = tF -'~ < - - 50% 10 n sec for all inputt OUTPUT DELAYS 7·141 SILICON GATE MOS. 2536 AC CHARACTERISTICS _ 0 T A - 0 C to 70 0c , VCC -_ 5V (8) , V SYMBOL fC BR -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (Notes 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,10,11,13) DD TEST Clock Frequency (12) MIN TYP MAX DC 480 320 KHz 30 20 kBaud us Baud Rate UNIT Clock Pulse Width 1.5 1.0 100 tPW1 ct>3 ct>2 Address Address Address Address Address 4 3 2 1 0 BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY All address lines, control lines and data input I ines are directly TTL compatible and defined in positive logic. The three clocks require high level drivers. The data out line is a non-inverted current source output requiring a sense amplifier or high impedance gate. (Signetics N575 Clock Driver and 8T25 Sense Amplifier are recommended.) GENERAL TIMING AND OPERATION 1. During period 1 internal nodes are precharged. The rising edge of CL 1 (end of Period 1) clocks input address and CS data into storage elements. 2. During period 2 the row and column decoders select the desired bit. 3. During period 3 the information in the bit is exclusive OR'd with the selected information contained in the column inversion memory. The· result is sent to the output. The output information is stable near the end of period 3. 4. During period 4.thewriteenable circuitry is activated. The internal data-in level is determined by ex;lusive OR'ing the actual input with the selected information contained in the column inversion memory. 5. If a write is desired during period 5, data is written into the selected bit. The information stored in all other bits sharing the same addressed column is inverted and refreshed. The appropriate bit of the column inversion memory is also inverted and refreshed. If a refresh is desired during period 5, the information stored in all bits sharing the same addressed column is inverted and refreshed. The appropriate bit of the column inversion memory is also inverted and refreshed. SI LICON GATE [MOS. 2548 PART IDENTIFICATION TYPE 25481 2548XC PACKAGE 22-Pin Ceramic DIP (0.4") 22-Pin Plastic DIP NOTE: "0";, 0 V, "1" = +5 BLOCK DIAGRAM OP. TEMP. RANGE 0-70DC 0-70DC V MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) D ODC to 70 C Operating Ambient Temperature D D Storage Temperature -65 C to 150 C All Input or Output Voltage with respect +0.3 V to -25 V to the most positive supply VBB Supply Voltages with respect to VBB +0.3 V to -25 V D Package Power Dissipation at T A = 25 C 800mW NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or at any other condition above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. The VBB supply should be applied at or before the VCC supply. 3. tr and tf = 20ns' for all inputs. All timing measurements are made at the 50% points. 4. Only CL 1 and CL2 are required for a short read cycle. 60 ns after CL2 the next cycle can start. No refresh occurs when using short read cycles. DC CHARACTERISTICS D TA = ODC to 70 C, VCC = 5 V, VBB = 8.5 V ±0.5 V, VOO = -15 ±1 V unless otherwise noted.(2) SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT CONDITlqNS ILC Clock Load Current 5.0 fJ.A VClK = VOO III Input Load Current 1.0 fJ.A VIN = VOO I CL1 = VOO ILO Output Leakage Current 1.0 VOUT = VOO, CL2 = VCC fJ.A CL3 =VCC D 100 Average Power Supply Current 10.0 mA TA = 25 C, Tcyc = ~6() ns IBB Average Power Supply Current 500.0 fJ.A T A = 25 C, T cyc = p60 ns VIL Input Low Voltage VOO -1.0 Vec -4.5 V VIH Input High Voltage VCC -1.5 Vct V VILC Clock Input Low Voltage -16 -14, V VIHC Clock Input High Voltage VCC -1.5 VCC IOH Output High Source Current IOL Output Low Source Current D V mA R L = 1.1 K connec~ed to 0 V 25.0 fJ.A R L = 1.1 K connec~ed to 0 CAOO Address Input Capacitance 5.0 pF CCS CS Input Capacitance 5.0 pF CRW R!W Input Capacitance 5.0 pF COl 01 Input Capacitance 6.0 pF CCL1 Cll Input Capacitance 35.0 pF CCl2 Cl2 Input Capacitance 16.0 pF CCl3 Cl3 Input Capacitance 25.0 pF COUT OutltlJt Capacitance 5.0 pF 0.6 V VIN =VCC, - = 1 ~Hz VCll = VOO, V~d~ = VCC VCL2 = VCl3 =V C, f = 1 MHz 7-149 SILICON GATE MOS. 2548 AC CHARACTERISTICS (3) TA = O°C to 70°C, VCC = 5 V, VBB = 8.5 V ±0.5 V, VDD = -15 V ±1 V unless otherwise noted.(2) SYMBOL TEST MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT 2.0 ms CONDITIONS General Memory Cycle Timing TREF Time Between Refresh T1PW CL 1 Pulse Width 75 ns T12 CL 1 to CL2 Gap 75 ns T2PW CL2 Pulse Width 240 ns T23 CL2 to CL3 Gap 50 ns T3PW CL3 Pulse Width 70 ns T31 CL3 to CL 1 Gap 50 ns TAS Address & Chip Select Setup Time 40 ns TAH Address & Chip Select Hold Time TOUT CL2 to Output Access Time 60 ns 230 ns ns TCYC Cycle Time 560 TSRC (4) Short Read Cycle Time 450 ns T21 (4) CL2 to CL 1 Gap (for SRC only) 60 ns RL = 1.1 K, CL = 30pF VREF = 500 tlA Read/Refresh Cycle Timing TACC1 CL 1 to Output Access 380 ns T1PW + T12 + TOUT TACC1 Address or Chip Select to Output 345 ns TAS+T12+ T OUT TRWS3 Read Setup Time 60 ns TRWH3 Read Hold Time 20 ns Read/Write Cycle Timing TRWS2 Write Setup Time 0 ns TDS1 Data High Setup Time 100 ns TDSO Data Low Setup Time 60 ns TDH Data Hold Time 20 ns GENERAL NOTES: A. Every time a column is accessed during a normal memory cycle (either a READ or a WRITE, but not a SHORT READ), all 64 bits in that column are refreshed. B. Refreshing continues to occur even if the device is not selected (Cs = "1"). CS C. When = "1" the Data In and Read/Write inputs are disabled so that no data can be written into the device. When device is left floating so that many device~outputs can easily be 0 R'ed together. Cs = "1", the output of the D.AO through A4 are the column address lines. A5 through A10 are the row address lines. E. For proper refreshing, all column addresses (32 of them) must be selected at least once during every 2 ms period. F. Inputs AO through A 1 0 and Cs are essentially clocked into the device on the rising edge of CL 1. They are then held by internal latches for the duration of each memeory cycle. G. The RAM is non-inverting such that data written in as a "1" (DI = "1") is read out as a positive current greater than 600 J.l.A. Data written in as a "0" is read out as a very small current less than 25 J.l.A. 7·150 SILICON GATE ~OS. 2548 TIMING DIAGRAM READ/REFRESH CYCLE READ/WRITE CYCLE SHORT READ CYCLE I~--------TCYC--------~~I~--------TCYG----------_I·+-----TSRC~ GLOCK 1 VCC VDD GLOCK 2 VCC VDD GLOCK 3 VDD ADDRESS VCC -1.5 ~~Ir-...., & cH1PSEUCT VCC-4.5 .-.~"'_..... VCC -1.5 READ/WRITE VCC -4.5 DATA IN VCC -1.5 VCC -4.5 600llA DATA OUT NOTES: 1. Signal may change with no effect. 2. Data I n can go low but cannot go high during this time. 7-151 S!!Inntics 8192- BIT HIGH SPEED STATIC READ·ONL Y MEMORY PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION 2580 SILICON GATE MOS 2500 SERIES PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) The 2580 is a high' speed 8,192 Static Read-Only Memory available in a 2048x4 organization. This device ha_s TTL compatible inputs and outputs and requires +5V and -12V power supplies. A READ input controls the entry of data from the ROM into output latches. Three-state outputs allow OR tying for implementing larger memories. The outputs are enabled by a programmable four bit select code applied to four binary chip select terminals. N,I PACKAGE 24 23 1. FEATURES • • 2048x4 ORGANIZATION 625n5 TYPICAL ACCESS TIME 20 6. A2 A3 A4 19 A5 A6 17 16. 15. A7 16 14. VGG(-12V) A10 13. A9 OUTPUT LATCHES • BUILT-IN 1 OF 16 CHIP ENABLE DECODER 10. 11. • TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS 12. • TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE THREE-STATE OUTPUTS 7. 8. 9. 18 AS = +5V, VGG = -12V, VDD = OV • 24 PIN SILICONE DIP SIGNETICS P-MOS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY VDD (OV) eS1 AO A1 • • 23. 22. 4. 5. STATIC OPERATION, NO REFRESHING VCC 24. Vee (+5V) GND READ • • 22 21 2. 3. 10 15 11 14 12 13 21. 20. 19. 18. 17. eS2 eS3 eS4 OUT 1 OUT2 OUT 3 OUT4 APPL ICATIONS • MICRO-PROGRAMMING • LOOK-UP TABLES • CODE CONVERSION • RANDOM LOGIC SYNTHESIS • CHARACTER GENERATION PART IDENTIFICATION PART NUMBER OP. TEMP. RANGE PACKAGE 2580N 0-70°C 24-PIN DIP 25801 0-70°C 24-PIN DIP BIPOLAR COMPATIBILITY All inputs of the 2580 can be driven directly by standard bipolar integrated circuits (TTL, DTL, etc.). The data output buffers are capable of sinking a minimum of 1.6mA sufficient to drive one standard TTL load. 7-152 Note: "0" = OV, "1" = +5V SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2580 BLOCK DIAGRAM 2580 AO A1 8192 BITS 64 X 128 MATRIX A2 A3 A4 AS A6 A7 AS A9 A10 CS4 CS3 CS2 CS1 16 OUT 4 17 OUT 3 18 OUT 2 19 OUT 1 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS (1) Operating Ambient Temperature Storage Temperature oOe to 700e -65°C to +1500 C Package Power Dissipation 2 @ 70° e Input3 and Supply Voltages with respect to Vee 730mW +0.3 to -20V 7·153 SILICON GATE MOS. 2580 bc CHARACTERISTICS T A = O°C to +70°C; VCC = +5V ±5%, VDD SYMBOL = OV, VGG = -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. (See notes 4,5,6, 7) TYP MAX UNIT III Input Load Current TEST MIN 10 500 nA ILO Output Leakage Current 10 1000 nA CONDITIONS VIN = -5.5V TA = 25°C VOUT = OV TA = 25°C VCE = VCC ICC VCC Power Supply Current 23 35 mA (8) IGG VGG Power Supply Current 23 35 mA (8) VIL Input Logic "0" 1.05 V VIH Input Logic "1" 5.3 V 3.2 AC CHARACTERISTICS TA = 25°C; VCC = 5V ±5%, VDD = OV, VGG= -12V ±5% unless otherwise noted. SYMBOL TEST VOL Output Logic "0" MIN TYP VOH Output Logic" 1" 3.5 tRPW 10 tRPW 9 Read Pulse Width 500 400 Read Pulse Width 500 400 tAD Address Delay Time (11) MAX UNIT CONDITIONS 0.8 V One TTL Load V One TTL Load ns ns 50 tAH Address Hold Time tAl Address to Output Delay 625 700 tA2 End of Read Pulse to Output 200 250 ns 0 ns ns Delay CIN Input Capacitance 10 pF f= 1MHz, VAC= 25mV pop VIN = VCC NOTES: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Maximum Guaranteed Rating" 7. Typical values are at +25° C and nominal supply voltages. 8. Outputs open, tRPW may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or any other = 500ns, tRPW = 500ns. conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 2. 9. derated based on a +150°C maximum junction temperature and a thermal resistance of 110° C/W junction to ambient. During tFjpw data is clocked into the output latches and the address decoders are precharged in preparation for the next cycle. For operating at elevated temperaturEls the device must be 10. During tRPW addresses are decoded and sent to the memory matrix; and the stored memory data is moved to the data inputs 3. All inputs are protected against static charge. 4. Parameters are valid over operating temperature range unless of the output RS latches. This data is clocked into the output specified. latches at the end (falling edge) of the READ pulse. After tA2, 5. All voltage measurements are referenced to ground. 6. Manufactu rer reserves the right to make design and process changes and improvements. 7-154 data appears at the output terminals. 11. Addresses must be stable within 50ns after the READ I ine rises and must remain stable until the 8EAD line falls. SI LICON GATE MOS. 2580 TIMING DIAGRAM ': "'~ J=~~=t-.ADDRESSES AND CHIP SELECT -I ~ tAD + 5 V - - -...... i----... -tAH 1 +6V - - - - - - - -_ _ _" OUTPUTS OV - _______ _ .J Note: All measurements made at 50% points. Input tr tf 10ns. = = AC TEST SETUP +5V TTL (8880) ADDRESSES I VCC An TTL (8880) 10pF On 2580 OUTPUT TTL (8880) READ READ CS n V OD J GND VGG -=- -12V 7-155 SILICON GATE MOS. 2580 CODING FORMAT Coding data for the 2580 may be sent to Signetics via punched cards or via a written truth table. Cards are preferred since errors are essentially eliminated. On receipt of a card deck, Signetics will translate the card deck to a truth tab!e using the Signetics Computor Aided Design (CAD) facility. The truth table will then be sent to the customer requesting engineer for final approval. On receipt of final approval, Signetics will cut the rubylith mask and proceed with manufacture. CARD FORMAT (IDENTIFICATION CARDS) o UMN 89 C L, COLUMN 10, 11, 12, 13, CUSTOM NUMBER (ASSIGNED CUSTOM DESIGN\ATION "/CM"BY SIGNETICS) BASIC PART TYPE ~ . ~ COLUMN 21,22,23,24, ~C~~ ~~~,E~T CODE COLUMN 26-80 ~ _________ CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION - --tDDrD 1100 ActIE 1 III "E1'!DIU~ II I 1 II I I III ,./tt·13S217-1' I 1 0001001000000000000000" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 01001000000000000000000000000000'000000000000' 1 Z 3 4 5111 t1111 12IJUI51111111910ZIZZUZ4Z5IU,n"S31J1U:MJljIll1." .. 414Z4UU5414141USO5ISZU54SUl5rSlUII.IlU3141SII"tllI70711Z1314757G1l1I1U.1 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 122222222222211 ZZZZZZZZZZ11 11 ZZZZ22 Z212 2 2 Z2 2 2 212 ZZZZ2 2 211 2 2 2 2 Z2 Z2 2 ZZZ2 212 Z112112l . PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING SIGNETICS COMPUTER GENERATED TRUTH TABLE ATTN. 1 1 J.Q. ENGIIiEER, MEMORY PROD. I I I II II I I I I I I 1 I I III II III MGR. I I I I II 01111110000 I 0 0 0.000 I 000. DII 0 0 DII 0 0 0 DOD 0 I DID DOD DD0 0 0 0 0 D• D0 0 0 0 0 D0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 leD .1. t I I J .. I I ' • • • nlllJ .. " .. " .. IUU'IIHluululln.J1lUuuS."II ..... IUO.UU.. , .... SOsIUSUtSSKIlIiHICUIIUJNISlurIlHrlnrUJlUUu,,,,,. 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 212 22 2 2 222222 STREET ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP SUNNYVALE" CALI FORN I A 94086 I I II II II .. I III 10 1100 II D• DI 0 I. 0 I. 0 0 0 0 e 0 0 Dill 0 DOlO DID. 0 0 0 0• 0 0 0 I 0 0 DOlO 0 0 •••••• 1 0 0 0 • 0 81 0 • 0 •••••••• 1 1, ... 1 r ••• IIIIUI."IIIlIIIU"'anM"lU1Ju•• "JllIJU'.31 ••••14IO.U'.u .. ., .. slsunUSllIlIU•• III1,UUUII, • • rtnruUHIJlU"". 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 II 1 I 1 1111 1 1 1 11 1 11111111111111 22122222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22222222222 COMPANY NAME '.~A~C~ME~M~E~M~OR~I~E~S-I~H~C~.------------------~----------------------------~ I II I I II I II I I III 0000000100000 DID 0 0 eo 0 0 0 0 ot. 01 0 0 0 000 DDII 0 I 0 000 II 0 D. 00 0 0 ... 11 •••• 00000 ... II ....... 1I J"" I ,.11 1I1J1.IIMIII,IUIlInnl..uu,,,n.JIIUUIJl.n . . . . "Ilq.IfI ••'."'UIUU$UUU11111.IIIUHUU"' .. I"ln'''UUUI1,ptn. 1111111111111111111111111111111111 1 11111111111111111111111111111 1 111 1 1111111 1 1 1 1 2222222222222 21Z 2 ~ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22222222222222222222222222122222222222' 7·156 SILICON GATE MOS. 2580 CODING FORMAT (Cont'd) DATA CARD FORMAT Col 1·4 Decimal equivalent of first data word location. Example: 0124 Note: leading zeros must be used for addresses from 0000 to 0999. Col 5 Dash (.) to separate numbers Col '6·9 Address of last data word on card Col 10 Blank Col 11·14 Col 15 First data word (04. 03 ' O2 , 0 1) Blank Col 16·19 Second data word Etc. thru column 71 Col 72·80 Reserved for comments (These columns are ignored by the computer) Up to twelve (12) data words can be coded on one card. Less than 12 may be used as long as the first and last addresses are given in columns 1·9. EXAMPLE 000-0011 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 I 11110110001111011100110101100010110101001001010000011100110001010010000 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011.11131415161718191021111324252621282930313233343536 37 38 3140 414243444546474949505152 5H4I5 56 57 58 59 60 616263 6465 66 6168 6910 71 ,,~ 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 Jl11111111111 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2:: 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5,5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 f; 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6, 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6,. } : 77777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777' 8 8 [I B8 B8 B8 8 8 8 B8 88 8 BB8 a BBB8 8 8 B8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 a 8 8 8 8.. / .•.• 9 9 ~I 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 ' 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 j 1011 121314 IS 16 17 16 19 20212223 24Z5 26 27 28 29 30 31323334353637183940414243444546414849 SO 515253545556515859606162636465666168697011 't;Mf!mlI] 7·157 SI LICON GATE MOS • 2580 TRUTH TABLE WOR KSHEET Note: "1" = +5V "0" = ov (Copy this form when submitting written truth table) 7·158 S!!II Dolies FULLY DECODED, 1024·81T ________ ST_AT_IC_RA_ND__O_M_AC_CE_SS_M_EM_OR--IY ADVANCED SPECIFICATION 2602 2602.1 SILICON GATE MOS 2600 SERIES DESCRIPTION PIN CONFIGURATION The Signetics 2602 is a medium speed, static random access memory offering a 1024x 1 organization. Fabricated with low threshold N-Channel silicon gate technology, the 2602 yields an access and read cycle time of less than 1 J1S for the standard version and 500ns for the -1 version. Write cycle time is 500ns. B & I PACKAGES The 2602 is fully static, requiring no clocks and is completely DTUTTL compatible including the single +5V power supply requirement. • FEATURES • 1024x1 STATIC OPERATION • 100% TTL COMPATIBLE • LOW ACCESS AND CYCLE TIME: 2602 2602-1 • LOW POWER DISSIPATION 0.2mW/BIT • STANDARD PACKAGE 16-PIN DIP 500n5 2602 • VCC = +5V • SIGNETICS N-CHANNEL SILICON GATE TECHNOLOGY • TRI·STATE OUTPUT APPLICATIONS PERIPHERAL MEMORIES BUFFER MEMORIES MINICOMPUTER MEMORY 1. BLOCK DIAGRAM Vee AO Address 6 2. Address 5 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. GND Read/Write Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Address 0 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. Address 7 Address 8 Address 9 Chip Select Data Out Data In VCC Ground o-! Al~ A2~ A3~ A402 DIN o!..! R/Wo1- CisoE PART IDENTIFICATION DOUT0.!3 TYPE A5 AS A7 AS A9 PACKAGE OP. TEMP. RANGE lJ1s 500ns 0-700 C 0-700 C 16-Pin Ceramic DIP lJ1s 16-Pin Ceramic DIP 500ns 0-700 C 0-700 C 2602B 16-Pin Plastic DIP 2602-1 B 16-Pin Plastic DIP 12602 I 2602-11 TA 7·159 SILICON GATE MOS. 2602/2602-1 MAXIMUM GUARANTEED RATINGS: o oOe to +70 e Operating Ambient Temperature o Storage Temperature; All Input, Output, and Supply Voltages with respect to VSS -65°e to +150 e Package Power Dissipation "8" Pkg. 640mW "I" Pkg. 800mW -0.5 V to +12 V DC AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS: = oOe to +70o e, TA Vee = +5V ±5%, Vss = OV unless otherwise noted. UNITS III 500 nA VIN ILO Output Leakage 500 nA VOUT VIH Input High Level Voltage (All Inputs) 2.2 5.25 V VIL Input Low Level Voltage (All Inputs) -0.3 0.65 V VOL Output Low Voltage 0 0.4 V IOL VOH Output High Voltage 2.4 VCC V IOH Output Open MIN TEST TYP CONDITIONS MAX Input Leakage SYMBOL ICC Supply Current 35 50 mA CIN I nput Capacitance (Any Input) 5 10 pF COUT Output Capacitance 5 10 pF TYP MAX = 5.25V = 5.25V = 1.6 mA = -1001LA AC CHARACTERISTICS: TA = oOe to +70o e, Vee = +5V ±5%, VSS = OV unless otherwise noted. SYMBOL MIN TEST UNITS CONDITIONS READ CYCLE tRC tAC Read Cycle 2602 1.0 2602-1 0.5 Address to Chip Select Delay 2602 Access Time ILS 0.4 0.2 ILS At Minimum ILS Read Cycle 2602 1.0 ILS 2602-1 0.5 ILS 2602-1 tA ILS WRITE CYCLE tw Write Cycle 1ILs ILS tAC Address to Chip Select Delay ILS ILS tWD Address to Write Pulse Delay 0.05 0.4 twp Write Pulse Width 0.5 tDW Data Set-up Time 0.25 ILS tDH Data Hold Time 0.1 ILS tcw Chip Select Pulse Width 0.3 ns tcs Access Time Through Chip Select Input 0.2 IL-S tCD Chip Deselect Time 0.2 ILS tR/WS Read/~Set-Up Time ILS CHIP SELECT AND DESELECT 7-160 0.5 ILS SI L ICON GATE MOS. 2602/2602-1 TIMING DIAGRAMS READ CYCLE WRITE CYCLE _.--.~tRC ----~a ADDRESS __ J1 . . . ._________r I ::..:J _ . I,'.'V;-----t /11--1- - - wp ..,....tR/WS, DATA OUT _--~tA---_IIo_1 DATA IN CH~P SELECT AND DESELECT "",:y: ------------~~.-------------- ~-T-------,~I r: DATA OUT _ _ _ _ _ _-J I- L ___ ...J NO.E: Timing measured from 50% points. 7·161 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION COMPANY _______________________________ 2410 ADDRESS _______________________________ CITY_____________ STATE ________ ZI P_____ TEL. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ___________ A2 A. A, A5 At BASIC PRODUCT TYPE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ DATE ________________~----------------- B2 A, B. CE VGG CUSTOMER PRINT OR 1.0. NUMBER _________ PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER ______________ Vss 2410 Series- 1024 bit read-only memory organized as 256 words of 4 bits in a 16 pin dip. 2420 . BASIC INFORMATION 0 D • DEVICE TYPE N24 • NUMBER OF CHIP SELECTS • CHIP SELECT CODE • OUTPUT DEVICE D D 0 CE3 1 0 0 CE2 3 0 CE1 MOS RESISTOR TTL (Bare Drain) • ORGANIZATION o 0 8 X 128 • PACKAGE 0 D 0 8 X 256 0 4 X 512 4 X 256 16 PIN D 24 PIN • LOGIC "1" MORE NEGATIVE VOLTAGE lOGIC "0" MORE POSITIVE VOLTAGE • INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING TRUTH TABLE (Required only if computer punch cards are not used) FOR 8 X 256 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS- OUTPUTS B1-B8 FOR 8 X 128 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS- OUTPUTS B1-B8 FOR 4 X 256 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS WORDS 0-127, OUTPUTS B1-B4; COLUMN II ADDRESS WORDS 128-255, OUTPUTS B5-B8 FOR 4 X 512 USE COLUMN I ADDRESS WORDS 0-255, OUTPUTS B1-84; COLUMN III ADDRESS WORDS 256-511, OUTPUTS B5-B8 ORGANIZATION The Signetics 2400 Series is a family of read-only memories. The 2410, 2420, and 2430 Series are offered with the following organizations. 7-162 2420 Series- 1024 bit read-only memory organized a 128 words by 8 bits or 256 words by 4 bits If the 256 words by 40rgimization is specified outputs will appear on pins 4, 6, 8, and 10. 2430 CE, CE, B, A. A5 B, AS B. A, B5 AS B6 VGG B, Me Be CE 2430 Series- 2048 bit read-on~y memory organized as 256 words by 8 bits or 512 words by 4 bits. If the 512 word by 4 organization is specified outputs will appear on pins 4, 6,8, and 10. 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ROM SEL.ECTION· CHART TYPE ORGANIZATION PACKAGE OUTPUTS CHIP SELECT CONTROLS N2410I 256 x 4 16-Pin Ceramic DIP MOS Pull-up 1 N24111 256 x 4 16-Pin Ceramic DIP Bare Drain 1 N2420Y 128 x 8. 256 x 4 24-Pin Ceramic DIP MOS Pull-up 1 N2421Y 128 x 8. 256 x 4 24-Pin Ceramic DIP Bare Drain 1 N2425Y 128 x 8. 256 x 4 24-Pin Ceramic DIP MOS Pull-up 3 (binary coded) * N2426Y 128 x 8. 256 x 4 24-Pin Ceramic DIP Bare Drain 3 (binary coded) * N2430Y 512 x 4. 256 x 8 24-Pin Ceramic DIP MOS Pull-up N2431Y 512x4.256x8 24-Pin Ceramic DIP Bare Drain N2435Y 512 x 4. 256 x 8 24-Pin Ceramic DIP MOS Pull-up 3 (binary coded) * N2436Y 512x4.256x8 24-Pin Ceramic DIP Bare Drain 3 (binary coded) * 1 1 'Mask Programmable CIRCUIT OPTION The following circuit options are available for the user's particular needs: Input definition: A 1 is the least significant input address A8 is the most significant input address OUTPUT BUFFER For all series the user has the option of MOS or TTL outputs. This must be specified by the user. • MOS output- an output having an MOS resistor connected to VOD. This allows interfacing with other • MOS devices. TTL output- an output having no MOS resistor connected to VDD. Commonly called a "bare drain" output; this allows direct interfacing with TTL circuits and external "wired AND" capability. CHIP SELECT • • • • "Single" ROM- one which has only one chip select. A logical "0" on the chip select line places all outputs in the "1" state (or open-circuited in the case of a"TTL" output). "Coded" ROM- one which has a three digit binary code chip select. This allows paralleling up to eight devices without external chip select logic thereby allowing the user to save the cost of extra packages and PC board space. 2410 Series may only be ordered as a "single" ROM (one chip select). 2420 and 2430 Series may be ordered as "single" or "coded" ROM's (one chip select or three chip selects). DEFINITIONS Logic definition: All logic is assumed negative "0" is the more positive voltage "1" is the more negative voltage INPUT FORMAT Programming information for Signetics' 2400 Series should be transmitted to Signetics in the form of computer punched cards accompanied by information on the various circuit options desired. Upon receipt of each deck and the circuit option desired for that deck a computer generated truth table will be made and a copy of this truth table returned to the customer. This minimizes the possibility of error and allows the best possible delivery (normally 4 weeks after receipt of card deck). Upon receipt of the computer generated truth table check it carefully and if any errors are discovered notify Signetics immediately. The Signetics' 2400 Series Read-Only Memory can be programmed so that for any binary input A 1 through A8 the outputs B 1 through B8 are uniquely determined. Each deck of cards sent to Signetics must contain a card describing the options desired (card 1), the unique outputs for each word in memory (cards 2 through 129 or 257, depending on organization), and cards specifying the address to which the computer generated truth table should be sent. Cards should be punched according to the format on the following pages. If it is not feasible to use computer punched cards, the user should describe the circuit option desired and complete the truth table. Upon receipt of pages Signetics will punch the Gomputer cards and return a copy of the computer generated truth table, (the user can real ize a substantial savings associated with the coding charge by using computer cards). 7·163 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION CARD 1 CARDS 2 THROUGH 257 (4 X 512 Organization only) COLUMN DATA 1-8 Starting at column 1- punch "coded" or "single" 9-11 * If "coded", punch the binary code chip select (i.e., 101), if "single" leave blank 12 13-17 Leave blank Each card specifies the output of two 4-bit columns 1 through 8. words in The decimal equivalent of the bi- nary coded input address is punched in columns 78. 79, and 80. Punch the ROM organization desired (i.e., COLUMN DATA 8 X 256, 4 X 512), etc. 1-4 Punch output for words 0-255 Punch output for words 256-511 18 Leave blank 5-8 19-21 Punch MOS for an MOS output. Punch TTL 9-77 Leave blank for a TTL output (bare drain) 78-8 Punch decimal equivalent of binary coded 22-27 Leave blank (For CM No.) input address of the word corresponding to 28-33 Punch the basic device type desired (i.e., the outputs punched in Columns 1-4 34-80 Comments punched here will appear as the Column 78- Hundreds Digit title on the truth table. This should include Column 79- Tens Digit customer part identification Column 80- Units Digit N2410 I, N2420Y), etc. *CE3, CE2 and CE 1 respectively CARD 2 THROUGH 129 (8 X 128 Organization) 2 THROUGH 257 (8 X 256 Organization) Each card specifies the output of one 8-bit CARDS 2 THROUGH 129 (4 X 256 Organization only) word in columns 1 through 8. The decimal equivalent of the binary Each card specifies the output of two 4-bit coded input address for that word is punched in columns columns 1 through 8. The decimal equivalent of the binary words in 78, 79, and 80. coded input address is punched in columns 78, 79, and 80. COLUMN DATA COLUMN DATA 1-8 Punch outputs 81 through 88 in columns 1-4 Punch output for words 0-127 Punch output for words 128-255 one through eight respectively 5-8 9-77 Leave blank 9-77 Leave blank 78-80 Punch decimal equivalent of binary coded 78-80 Punch decimal equivalent of binary coded 7-164 input address which corresponds to the input address corresponding to the outputs outputs punched in Columns 1-8 punched in Columns 1-4 Column 78- Hundreds Digit Column 78-Hundreds Digit Column 79- Tens Digit Column 79- Tens Digit Column 80- Units Digit Column 80- Units Digit 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION EXAMPLE CARDS: ADDRESS CARDS AT'I'N: THE PERSON'S NAME WHO WILL REVIEW THE TRUTH TABLE I I II I I I I STATE I I C I I II II I II I ZIP CODE I II I STREET ADDRESS I II III I C YOUR COMPANY'S NAME I I I I I III I I I I I 00101000000001 0100000000000000000000000000000000000000OOoooooonOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO , r3 • S , I I I "" '213141~ il °1 Illtl91I.I: ,'liIS 2521 ztH lOJI 123330DI1I II 394b II 424HUSfl.,.14hOI 1 nSHHS IUHtsHUII IZ;!~li;"6"U"O" 12 I! lOS Ii " " II. 111111111111111' 1111' I "" I.,' 1 " " " " ' " 1"'" 1"""'" I""""'" j-", 1111111 CARD 1 CODED 101 8X256 TTL N2436Y SIGNETICS HAS THE FASTEST R.O.M.'. II I II II I III II II I I I I I I I I I I I 88000000010001000011000000000001101000010010001010000011011000000001100008810001 I ! I ' \ S I I I II" ;/llte /111" /1/11021 II 111HH521 212111 3' J2333USKJI1I1UUI U.UUHUI.~usa51 SUJMSS5ISllIst . . . .UJlUS." .... "" "'UO"""I". 1111111 '11111' 1'1" '11' 111' 1" 111'" 11' 1" l' 11111' 1" 11111111' 1111111' 1111111111 The above specifies a "coded" ROM with the binary coded chip select "101" organized 8 X 256 with TTL outputs (bare drain). The basic device type is a N2436Y ("Y" in- dicates a 24-pin ceramic DIP. range: -25°C- +70°C). N indicates temperature CARDS 2·129 AND CARDS 2·257 ?01111111 ~01010101 ~10101010 11100100 801.1011100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000111 1 I J • 5 , , I t i l " 1113141, II 1I111t2l11121ltU5~hl2lItll31323JIHSlI31 lilt •• ' .1.UUS4.. ,q(ISlSI5253.4Si5l5HHUOII lzeUUH,.,'Ullln IHUH"'" lilt. 111111111111111111111111' l' 1111111111111111111111111111111' 111111111111111111111 • Outputs 8 1 through 88 are in columns 1 through 8 respectively • Decimal equivalent of binary coded input address is in columns 78, 79, and 80 • For 8 X 128 and 8 X 256 organizations- outputs are 81 through 88 respectively • For 4 X 512 organization: Data card Data card a 10 Word 000 outputs 81 through 84 respectively Word 256 outputs 85 through 88 respectively Word 010 outputs 81 through 84 • respectively Word 266 outputs 85 through 88 respectively For 4 X 256 Organization: Data card a Data card 10 Word 000 respectively Word 128 respectively Word 010 respectively Word 138 respectively outputs 81 through 84 outputs 85 through 88 outputs 81 through 84 outputs 85 through 88 7·165 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION - - ADDRESS INPUT GATE DECIMAL AODRESS I II III a a a a a 1 a 1 a a 1 1 1 a a 1 a 1 1 1 a 000 128 256 005 133 261 006 134 262 1 1 007 135 263 a a a a a 1 a 1 a a 1 1 1 a a 1 a 1 1 1 a 008 136 264 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a '0 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a 7-166 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a 1 1 a a a a a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OUTPUT DATA 1 001 129 257 002 130 258 003 131 259 004 132 260 009 137 265 010 138 266 011 139 140 267 013 141 269 014 142 270 1 1 015 143 271 a a a a a a a 1 a (;) 1 a a a 1 1 a 1 a a a 1 a 1 a 1 1 a a 1 1 1 1 a a a 1 a a 1 1 a 1 a 1 a 1 1 1 1 a a 1 1 a 1 1 1 1 a 016 144 272 017 145 273 018 146 274 275 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a a a a a 1 1 a a a a a 1 a 1 a a 1 1 1 a a 012 268 019 147 020 021 148 276 149 277 022 150 278 023 151 279 024 152 280 025 026 153 154 281 027 155 028 156 157 283 284 029 282 285 030 031 158 286 159 287 032 160 288 033 161 289 034 162 163 290 291 164 292 035 036 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 USER'S CHARACTER 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ADDRESS INPUT GATE ! DECIMAL ADDRESS I II III 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 037 165 293 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 038 166 294 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 039 167 295 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 040 168 296 0 0 1 0 1, 0 0 1 041 169 297 0 0, 1 0 1 1 0 042 170 298 A8 A7 A6 AS A4 A3 A2 A 1 OUTPUT DATA 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 USER'S CHARACTER --- --- 0 ----- 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 043 171 299 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 044 172 300 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 045 173 301 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 046 174 302 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 047 175 303 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 048 176 304 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 049 177 305 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 050 178 306 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 051 179 307 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 052 180 308 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 053 181 309 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 054 182 310 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 055 183 311 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 056 184 312 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 057 185 313 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 058 186 314 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 059 187 315 0 '0 1 1 1 1 0 0 060 188 316 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 061 189 317 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 062 190 318 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 063 191 319 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 064 192 320 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 065 193 321 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 066 194 322 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 067 195 323 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 068 196 324 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 069 197 325 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 070 198 326 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 071 199 327 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 072 200 328 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 073 201 329 ---'-- ~-- 1-------- ---- -- -- --- --- -- ------ --- - --------- I --- ----------- ---------- ----- --'"- -- ---- -- 7-167 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION DECIMAL ADDRESS ADDRESS INPUT GATE A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 I II III 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 074 202 330 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 075 203 331 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 076 204 332 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 077 205 333 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 078 206 334 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 079 207 335 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 080 208 336 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 081 209 337 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 082 210 338 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 083 211 339 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 084 212 340 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 085 213 341 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 086 214 342 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 087 215 343 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 088 216 344 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 089 217 345 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 090 218 346 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 091 219 347 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 092 220 348 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 093 221 349 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 094 222 350 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 095 223 351 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 096 224 352 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 097 225 353 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 098 226 354 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 099 227 355 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 100 228 356 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 101 229 357 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 102 230 358 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 103 231 359 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 104 232 360 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 105 233 361 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 106 234 362 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 107 235 363 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 108 236 364 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 109 237 365 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 110 238 366 7·168 OUTPUT DATA B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 USER'S CHAR· ACTER - 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION DECIMAL ADDRESS ADDRESS INPUT GATE A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A 1 I II III 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 111 239 367 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112 240 368 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 113 241 369 OUTPUT DATA 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 USER'S CHARACTER -- 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 114 242 370 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 115 243 371 -------- ~~-- 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116 244 372 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 117 245 373 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 118 246 374 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 119 247 375 - .. - -- --- ----------- --- ------ 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 120 248 376 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 121 249 377 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 122 250 378 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 123 251 379 -- -- -- - --------- -_._.---- - - ------ .._-- --~-- --- 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 124 252 380 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 125 253 381 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 126 254 382 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 255 383 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 128 384 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 129 385 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 130 386 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 131 387 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 132 388 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 133 389 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 134 390 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 135 391 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 136 392 1 137 393 394 ------- ---- ---------- 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 138 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 139 395 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 140 396 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 141 397 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 142 398 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 143 399 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144 400 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 145 401 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 146 402 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 147 403 \ --- ----- ---1------- ------------ -- 7-169 I 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ADDRESS 'INPUT GATE DECIMAL .ADDRESS A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 I II III 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 148 404 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 149 405 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 150 406 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 151 407 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 152 408 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 153 409 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 -0 154 410 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 155 411 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 156 412 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 157 413 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 158 414 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 159 415 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 160 416 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 161 417 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 162 418 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 163 419 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 164 420 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 165 421 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 166 422 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 167 423 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 168 424 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 169 425 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 170 426 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 171 427 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 172 428 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 173 429 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 174 430 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 175 431 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 176 432 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 177 433 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 178 434 1 0 1 1 .0 0 1 1 179 435 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 180 436 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 181 437 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 182 438 1 0 1 .1 0 1 1 1 183 439 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 184 440 OUTPUT DATA 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 USER'S CHARACTER -- -- ----- f - - - - - - - -- -- -- -- 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ADDRESS INPUT GATE DECIMAL ADDRESS A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 I II USER'S CHARACTER OUTPUT DATA III 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 185 441 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 186 442 81 82 83 84 85 87 86 88 ----. --l------- - 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 187 443 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 188 444 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 189 445 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 190 446 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 191 447 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 448 -~-- .. --- --- --- - 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 193 449 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 194 450 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 195 451 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 196 452 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 197 453 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 198 454 -f- --- -- --- ---- --~--- .----- --- ---_. --- - -- -- - ---- --- r -- ---t-- -- --~--. - --- ---- -- --f--. 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 199 455 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 200 456 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 201 457 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 202 458 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 203 459 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 204 460 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 205 461 1 1 0 0' 1 1 1 0 206 462 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 207 463 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 208 464 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 209 465 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 210 466 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 211 467 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 212 468 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 213 469 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 214 470 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 215 471 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 216 472 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 217 473 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 218 474 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 219 475 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 220 476 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 221 477 -- r-- ----- -- ----- - - f----- 1--- ----- - --- r------- 1------- --- -- -- f------- - 1-- __ - r -- - - t--------- - -- - f------ ----- -- ------------ - -_.- 1------- - -~----- ----"--- w _ _ • __ -- -- - ---- --- I---- ---------- -- ----_._- 1------- ------------ - - -- 1 - - - - - - - - --- - --------- _.. - -------- 1-------- -- ---.-- t--------- - ---"--------"--- ---- - -------- -- 1---------- r- ---- - ------------- -----~- ------"-- 7-171 2400 SERIES CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION DECIMAL ADDRESS ADDRESS INPUT GATE A8 A7 A6 AS A4 A3 A2 A 1 I II III 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 222 478 1 1 223 479 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 224 480 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 225 481 1 1 1 0 0 0 ~ 0 226 482 1 1 1 1 1 227 483 0 0 228 484 1 OUTPUT DATA B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B7 B6 B8 USER'S CHARACTER --~----- 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 229 485 1 1 0 230 486 1 1 231 487 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 _1 0 0 0 232 488 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 233 489 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 234 490 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 235 491 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 236 492 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 237 493 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 238 494 1 - - - - - - ------ -- ----t----- ~-~-- --f-----f---------- t----- - - - - - - - -~ - - - - I----~ --- -~-- -- -----~--- ---~- -- -------- ---------- t-------- - - - - - - --~ 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 239 495 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 240 496 1 1 1 241 497 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 242 498 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 243 499 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 244 500 1 1 1 0 1 0 245 501 f----~-- 1-------- --- --- --~-- --r---~- --~-- -- f-- 1 1 0 0 '-- -- 1 0 r--- 1 ---- - - r-----~-- --- 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 246 502 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 247 503 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 248 504 1 -- -- 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 249 505 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 250 506 1 1 1 251 507 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 252 253 508 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 254 510 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 255 511 4'72 I---~ r-----~-- 1 1 1 1 ---- 509 -- 2513 STATIC CHARACTER GENERATOR. CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION COMPANY ______________________________ CHARACTER FORMAT ADDRESS ,_________ STATE _____ ZIP _ _ CITY. TELEPHONE ____________________________ AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ______________ DATE ________________________________ ROW ADDRESS ROW ADDRESS A3 A2 A1 CUSTOMER PRINT OR ID NO. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PURC'HASE ORDER NUMBER _______________ 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 DEVICE TYPE _______ 2513,____________ 0 1 0 ~1~ 0 0 0 ,..:"'! ~ 0 1 1 ~1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 CUSTOM PATTERN NUMBER (TO BE ENTERED BY SIGNETICS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 ... 1 1 0 (1) 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 "'1 1 0 EXAMPLE 'S' INTRODUCTION The Signetics 2513 is a high speed silicon gate MOS 2560-Bit read-only memory whose organization is specially suited for 64 X 8 X 5 raster scan character generation. FIGURE 1 CHARACTER ADDRESS COLUMN ADDRESS MAJOR FEATURES OF THE 2513 • • • • • • • ACCESS TIME 450n5 TYPICALLY STATIC OPERATION TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE TRI-STATE OUTPUTS (HIGH-LOW-DISCONNECTED) FOR POWERFUL BUSSING CAPABILITY +5, -5, -12V POWER SUPPLIES 24-PIN SIGNETICS SILICONE DIP SIGNETICS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY FOR PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY FIGURE 2 ORGANIZATION AS READ-ONLY MEMORY For a straight 512 X 5 read-only memory, the five outputs will display anyone of 512 5-bit stored words corresponding to a 9-bit address applied to A1 through Ag. ORGANIZATION AS CHARACTER GENERATOR A six-bit binary address (A4 through Ag) selects 1-of-64 matrix characters arranged 5 dots horizontally and 8 dots vertically. A three bit binary address code (A1 through A3) selects 1 of 8 rows. Five outputs display a complete row of the character matrix. See Figure 1. The devices may also be used in pairs to provide 9 X 7 and 10 X 8 vertical scan formats. STANDARD PATTERN A standard ASCII character font is available for the 2513. This device (2513NX/CM2140) may be used for ASCII character generation or for device evaluation. 7-173 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION PIN CONFIGURATION (Top View) CUSTOM DEVICES For unique custom memory patterns, this form should be used to transmit coding instructions. The nomenclature for a custom device will consist of the basic product type followed by a unique CM number assigned by Signetics. For example, "2513NX/CM2141" 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. VGG NC NC Out 1 Out 2 Out 3 Out 4 Out 5 NC NC Chip Enable VOO 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. NC Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4 Address 5 Address 6 Address 7 Address 8 Address 9 NC VCC • PROGRAMMING WITH PUNCHED CARDS For maximum accuracy and minimum cost and turnaround time, the truth table should be transmitted to Signetics in the form of punched cards according to the format indicated on the following pages. • PROGRAMMING WITH WRITTEN TRUTH TABLE When punched data cards cannot be suppl ied, the truth table may be transmitted in written form using the attached blank truth table. VERIFICATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1'1. VGG NC NC Out 1 Out 2 Out 3 Out 4 Out 5 NC Chip Enable V OO2 12. VOO 7-174 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. NC Address Address Address Address Address Address Address Address Address NC VCC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Upon receipt of either punched card or written truth table information, Signetics will prepare a computer tabulation of the instructions and return to the address indicated. If errors are detected, they should be transmitted to Signetics as quickly as possible. LOGIC CONVENTION Logic" 1"s or blackened squares in the truth table will result in "high" output from the indicated output terminal (i.e. 3.2V m!nimum). Similarly, a "1" address input level is interpreted as 3.2V minimum. 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION IDENTIF~CATION CARDS LEAVE COLS. 22,23,24,25 BLANK FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS INDICATES "COMMENT" CARD . CUSTOMER PIN IDENTIFICATION ACME MEMORIES P/N 135216-1 I II I I II I I III I I I I OOIUJlOIOOIOOOOOOIIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOIOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOO0000000000000000000100001 Irl(~~"'~""U"~U"qqnnDUUftHnnn.~u»MH.n •• ~~uu~U~UUUW"""~~MUH"M~"""~""""Q"nnunnnnQ. I 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 1'111111111 1111 111111111111111 22122222221212222222222222222222222222122222222122i222 222222t2222222222222222222 PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING SIGNETICS COMPUTER GENERATED TRUTH TABLE ATTN. J.Q. ENGINEER, MEMORY PROD. I I I I I I II II MGR. I II I I I III III I I I I I I I I OOOIIOOOOOOOOOOOOGOOOIOOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO0000000000000000000080'0.' IrJ4SI7'1~""""~U"qq~nDUUftnUnn •• unMH.n •• ~~uu~U.U~U~"H"M~HUH""~"""u""""nnn"unnnnQ. 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 .22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222~22222 STREET ADDRESS 8000 ELECTRONICS LANE I II II I I I III I I I 00011100000100000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ••• IrI4sI71.q""U"~U"""nnDHUHnnnn~~u»MH.n •• ~~uu~U~U~UW"""M~MUWW.~"""H."."Q"nnunQnQ". 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2222222222222222212222222222222222222222222222222}222222222222222222222222222222 CITY STATE ZIP SUNNYVALE, CALIrORNIA 94086 I I II II II II I I III 00110011000100000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 IrI4SI71'~""""~""""nnDHUHnnnD.~U»MH.n •• ~~uu~U~UUUW"H»M~MUW".~a""""""QQnn~unnnnQ. 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 22122222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 COMPANY NAME . ACME MEMORIES INC. I II III I I III I 00000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 I 11451'1."""""~""""nnUHUHnnnD.~»»MH.n •• u~uu~U~U~UH"H~M~HUH""~a"U""u""nnnnun""nn. 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2 22 22 22222 222 212 222 22222222 22 222 22 2222 222222 2222 2222 2222 22222 222 222H 2 2222 22ZZ2Z 7-175 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION DATA CARDS CHARACTER NUMBER (DATA CARD NUMBER) OUTPUTS 05 THROUGH 01 RESPECTIVELY 0000 01110 10001 00001 00010 00100 00000 00100 11111010001001110011110011101011011011111011011000000000000000000000000000000100 lIJ4""'M"U""~K»K"n~UUUnKnHH.~»»~».U.H_~UU«U"U"U~~U»~»HUU"~~n~«n"u""n"nn~nn"nn. 1 111 11111111111111111111111111 11111 111 111 1 1 111 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 i 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444441 5555555555555555555555555.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 555 66666&666666666J666666666666666611111'&6&666665666666666666666666666666666666616 7 77 77 1 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 71 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 17 7 7 77 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 ROW ADDRESS. \ \ 000 001 \ \ 010 011 \ 100 \ 101 \ 110 \ 111 10000 01110 10001 10111 10101 10111 10000 01110 001l 11111010001001110001000001010001000001111010001000000000000000000000000000000110 lZ1451"IK"U""nK»K"H~nnUHHnHH~~»»M».» •• "~UU«U"U"U~~U»~»HUU"~~n~«n"N""~nnn~nn"n"M 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111IIII I II 111 I 11 I II I II II II 22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222227722222222222222222222 33333333333333333333333333333333 3 3 3 3 33333333333333333333333333333333 3 3 3 3 3 3 333 333 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 44444444444444444444"4 4 44 44 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5S 5 5 5 5 6666 ti 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 66 66 6 6 '6 &&, 1 ,& 6 6 6 6666666666666666666666666666666666 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1·7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 1 7 1 7 7 7 1 7 111111 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 11 7 1 7 7 111111 7 7 11 7 7 1 BASIC DEVICE TYPE lEAVE COlS. 10,11,12,13 BLANK FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS I 00000110000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 lIJ451"'M"U""nK»K"H~nUUHHnHH.~»»MH.» ••• ~UU«U"U"U~~U»~»MUU"~~n~«n"u""~"nn~nn"n". 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 It 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33313331333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 414 4 4 4 4 4 4 4444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 515 515 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 S5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 66666666666666666666666666666666&&&&&6666666666666666666666666666666666666666666 17177171771711711111111777711171177171171711117177 717 7171717 7 7 77 717 7 71117 7771717 NOTE: "Character" number is in columns of coding . . 176 ~8, 79, and 80. Note that each group of eight 5-bit words Is treatad as a character for convenience 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ..1m ADDRESS AB ABA7 AlAS A4A3 A2A1 ia: ~§ OUTPUT DATA 05 04, 03 02 01 ADDRESS ..1m ABABA7 A6ASA4A3A2A1 28 oce {/Jei ffi~ !u ia: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 032 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 001 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 033 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 002 0 0 0 1 0 0 o 1 0 034 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 003 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 035 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 004 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 036 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 o 1 005 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 o 1 037 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 006 0 o 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 038 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 007 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 039 o 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 008 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 040 0 Q 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 009 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 041 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 010 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 042 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 011 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 043 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 044 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 , 012 0 013 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 046 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 014 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 046 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 015 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 047 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 016 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 048 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 017 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 049 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 018 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 060 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 01~ 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 051 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 020 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 052 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 021 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 063 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 022 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 054 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 023 0 0 0 1 ,. 0 0 0 1 1 1 066 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 024 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 056 0 0 1 026 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 067 026 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 068 o 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 027 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 059 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 028 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 060 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 029 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 061 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 030 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 062 031 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 063 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 OUTPUT DATA 05 04 03 02 01, a: a: {/J. !g 7-177 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION -II ADDRESS ABABA7 ABA6A4A3A2A1 ~:;! ~8 COO( OUTPUT DATA a: a: woo( 05 04 03 02 01 !!l5 0 0 0 064 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 065 0 0 1 1 0 0 066 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 097 0 098 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 096 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 067 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 099 1 000 1 0 0 068 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 100 1 0 0 1 0 1 101 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 069 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 070 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 102 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 103 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 071 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 072 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 104 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 073 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 105 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 074 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 106 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 075 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 107 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 076 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 108 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 077 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 109 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 110 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 078 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 079 0 0 1 1 0 1 1,1 1 111 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 080 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 112 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 081 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 113 o 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 082 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 114 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 083 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 115 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 084 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 116 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 085 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 117 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 086 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 118 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 087 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 119 o 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 088 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 120 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 089 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 121 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 090 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 122 o 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 091 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 123 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 092 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 124 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 125 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 093 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 094 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 126 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 095 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 7·178 OUTPUT DATA :Ea: ~8 .05 I 04 1 03 ABABA7 A6A6A4A3A2A1 Coo( 0 0 -II OO(W ADDRESS (I). {I'. a: a: woo( 1 ~2 \ Q! !!liS 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION .... i ADDRESS iU~w ABA8A7 A6 A6A4A3 A2 A1 wO 04( OUTPUT DAl'A ADDRESS {I). a: a: ~5\ 04\ 03\ 02\ 01 !i5 ~m OUTPUT DATA {I). fdo 04( 05\ 04\ 031 02\ 01 !i5 !~ w4( ABA8A7 A6A6A4A3A2A'l 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 128 u 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 160 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 129 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 161 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 130 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 162 a: a: w4( -.,--- 131 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 163 0 132 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 164 1 133 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 j65 1 0 134 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 166 1 1 1 135 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 167 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 168 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 r--' 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 136 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 '0 0 1 137 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 169 0 1 0 0 0 ) 0 1 0 138 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 170 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 139 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 171 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 140 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 172 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 141 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 173 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 142 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 174 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 143 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 175 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 144 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 176 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 145 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 177 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 146 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 178 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 147 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 179 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 148 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 180 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 149 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 181 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 150 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 182 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 151 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 ~ 183 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 152 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 184 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 153 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 185 0 154 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 186 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 155 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 187 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 156 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 188 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 157 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 189 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 158 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 190 159 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 191 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 7·179 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ..qg ~~ -0 ADDRESS ABABA7 A8A5A4A3A2A1 ~~ OUTPUT DATA 05 04 03 02 01 £no a:: a:: we( !a .... lI ~w ADDRESS ABABA7 A8A5A4A3A2A1 u~ ~~ 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 224 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 193 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 225 0 1 1 o 0 0 0 1 0 194 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 226 0 1 1 o 0 0 0 1 1 195 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 227 1 1 1 o 0 1 0 0 228 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 196 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 197 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 229 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 230 0 1 1 o 0 0 1 1 0 198 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 199 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 231 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 200 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 232 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 201 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 233 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 202 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 234 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 203 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 235 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 204 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 236 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 205 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 237 0 1 '1 0 0 1 1 1 0 206 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 238 207 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 239 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 208 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 240 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 209 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 241 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 210 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 242 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 211 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 243 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 212 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 244 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 213 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 245 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 214 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 246 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 215 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 247 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 216 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 248 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 249 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 217 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 218 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 260 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 219 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 261 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 220 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 o 0 252 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 221 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 263 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 222 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 254 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 223 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 266 7-180 OUTPUT DATA 05 04 03 02 o~ £no a:: a:: we( !a 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ADDRESS il I!I _a: NlNJA7 NJAlMA3A2A1 OUTPUT DATA 06 04 03 02 Q~ !~ "'S ADDRESS ~a: l!i NlMA7 AlAlMA3A2A1 !~ 1 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 0 268 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 288 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 257 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 289 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 O· 258 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 290 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 269 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 291 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 260 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 292 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 261 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 293 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 262 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 294 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 263 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 296 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 264 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 296 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 265 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 297 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 266 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 298 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 267 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 299 OUTP,UT DATA 06 04 03 02 .01 [no a: a: !~ "----- 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 268 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 300 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 269 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 301 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 270 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 302 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 271 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 303 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 272 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 304 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 273 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 305 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 274 1 o 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 306 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 276 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 307 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 276 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 308 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 277 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 309 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 278 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 310 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 279 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 311 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 280 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 312 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 281 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 313 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 282 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 314 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 283 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 315 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 284 1 o 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 316 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 285 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 317 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 286 1 o 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 318 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 287 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 319 7·181 .2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ~B ADDRESS OUTPUT DATA Ia: ~~ a: a: 05 !Q4 03 02 01 !Ui AB A8 A7 AS AS A4 A3 A2 A1 o· 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 320 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 ·321 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 322 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 323 1 0 1 1 0 0 324 1 0 1 1 325 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 i_a: ~I lll IIIC -0 ABA8A7 ASASA4A3A2A1 ~. ADDRESS 1". 0 362 0 1 353 1 0 354 1 1 355 0 0 356 0 1 357 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 326 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 358 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 327 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 359 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 328 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 360 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 329 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 361 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 330 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 362 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 331 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 363 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 332 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 364 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 333 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 365 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 334 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 366 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 335 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 367 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 336 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 368 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 337 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 369 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 338 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 370 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 339 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 371 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 340 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 372 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 341 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 373 1 0 1 1 0 374 0 1 1 1 375 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 342 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 343 1 0 1 1 ,. 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 344 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 376 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 345 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 377 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 346 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 378 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 347 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 379 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 348 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 380 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 349 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 381 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 350 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 382 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 351 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 383 7-182 OUTPUT DATA ~m: IIIC 05! 04 03. 02 . 01' !li 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ~IJ ADDRESS ABABA7 A6A6A4A3A2A1 ~w OUTPUT DATA Qe( 05 04 03 02 01 u!i wQ ADDRESS ABABA7 A6A6A4A3A2A1 ..IIJ e(w OUTPUT DATA [no Qe( 05 04 03 02 01 !o :Ea: ~g 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 384 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 385 1 1 0 1 o 0 0 0 1 417 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 386 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 418 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 387 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 419 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 388 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 420 a: a: we( 416 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 389 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 421 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 390 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 422 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 391 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 423 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 392 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 424 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 393 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 425 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 394 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 426 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 395 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 427 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 396 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 428 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 397 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 429 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 398 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 430 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 399 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 431 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 400 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 432 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 401 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 433 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 402 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 434 1 1 0 () 1 0 0 1 1 403 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 4,35 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 404 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 4,36 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 405 1 'I 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 4137 ----- 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 406 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 4138 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 407 1 'I 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 4139 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 408 1 'I 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 4140 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 409 1 'I 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 4141 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 410 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 4142 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 411 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 443 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 412 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 ~144 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 413 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 ~145 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 414 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 ~146 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 415 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 ~147 7-183 2513 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION ...I1a ADDRESS ~w _a: ABABA7 A6A5A4A3A2A1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 ~8 001( OUTPUT DATA ...I1a ADDRESS ~a: ~w wol( 05 04 03 02 01 !i5 (j~ ABABA7 A6A5A4A3A2A1 wO Q!? 001( 448 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 480 1 449 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 481 0 450 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 482 1 451 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 483 0 452 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 484 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 453 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 485 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 454 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 486 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 455 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 487 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 456 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 488 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 457 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 489 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 458 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 490 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 459 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 491 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 460 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 492 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 461 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 493 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 462 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 494 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 495 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 463 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 464 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 496 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 465 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 497 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 466 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 498 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 467 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 499 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 468 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 500 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 469 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 501 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 470 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 502 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 471 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 503 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 472 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 504 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 473 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 505 1 1 1 (, 1 1 0 1 0 474 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 506 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 475 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 507 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 476 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 508 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 477 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 509 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 478 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 510 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 479 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 511 7·184 OUTPUT DATA 04 03 02 01 en il::a: wol( !i5 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION COMPANV _______________________________ PIN CONFIGURATION ADDRESS _______________________________ ,_________ STATE _ _ _ _ ZIP_ CITY TELEPHONE ______________________________ 24 AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE ___________ 23 22 DATE CUSTOMER PRINT OR 10 NO. _________________ 20 PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I. I' CUSTOM PATTERN NUMBER (TO BE ENTERED BY 17 SIGNETICS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _'--_ _ _ _ _ __ l' IS 14 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Chip Enable NC Output 8 Output 7 Output 6 Output 5 Output 4 Output 3 Output 2 Output 1 Ground 24. 23. 22. 21. 20. 19. 18. 17. 16. 15. 14. 13. Voo VCC VGG Address Address Address Address Address Address Address Address Address NC 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 INTRODUCTION The Signetics 2516 is a high speed silicon gate MOS readonly memories whose organization is specially suited for 64 X 6 X 8 vertical scan character generation. CHARACTER FORMAT ROW ADDRESS MAJOR FEATURES OF THE 2516 • • • • • • 64 X 6 X 8 CHARACTER MATRIX COLUMN OUTPUT ACCESS TIME 450n5 TYPICALLY STATIC OPERATION TTL/DTL COMPATIBLE TRI-STATE OUTPUTS (HIGH-LOWDISCONNECTED) FOR POWERFUL BUSSING CAPABILITY • +5, -5, -12V POWER SUPPLIES • 24-PIN SIGNETICS SILICONE DIP • SIGNETICS SILICON GATE PROCESS TECHNOLOGY FOR PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY A3 0 COLUMN ADDRESS A2 0 A, 0 ,, ,, , , , 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 o..!. 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 EXAMPLE "s" FIGURE 1 CHARACTER ADDRESS ORGANIZATION AS CHARACTER GENERATOR A six-bit binary address (A4 through Ag) selects 1-of-64 matrix characters arranged 6 dots horizontally and 8 dots vertically. A three bit-binary address code (Al through A3) selects 1 or 6 columns. Eight outputs display a complete column of the character matrix. See Figure 1. FIGURE 2 7·185 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION • STANDARD PATTERN A standard ASCII Character Font is available for the 2516. This device (2516NX/CM2150) may be used for ASCII character generation or for device evaluation. Programming with written truth table. When punched data cards cannot be supplied, the truth table may be transmitted in written form using the attached blank truth table. VERIFICATION CUSTOM DEVICES For unique custom memory patterns, this form should be used to transmit coding instructions. The nomenclature for custom device will consist of the basic product type followed by a unique "CM" number assigned by Signetics. For example, "2516NX'CM2151" • Programming with punched cards. For maximum accuracy and minimum cost and turnaround time, the truth table should be transmitted to Signetics in the form of punched cards according to the format indicated on the following pages. Upon receipt of either punched card or written truth table information, Signetics will prepare a computer tabulation of the instructions and return to the address indicated. If errors are detected, they should be transmitted to Signetics as quickly as possible. LOGIC CONVENT10N Logic" 1"s or blackened squares in the truth table will result in "high" output from the indicated output terminal (i.e. +3.6V minimum). Similarly, a "1" address input level is interpreted as +3.2V minimum. Undefined addresses result in "1" level outputs. IDENTIFICATION CARDS INDICATES "COMMENT" CARD LEAVE COLS. 22, 23,24, _25, 26 BLANK FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS CUSTOMER PIN IDENTIFICATION I I ACME MEMORIES P/N .. I I II I I III I I I 00100001001000000110000000000000000000100100000000000000000000000000000000000000 1 23.5'7"M"»~""n"n~MnUnUHHVHH.~n»Mn.U.H"~UU«U.u"u~~nn~~ H~"HH~n"«~"p""~nnn~nnnnn. 111111 i 111111111111111111111111111111111111.1111111 11111 111 I I 11 I I I I I I I I I 11 I 11,11 I I 22122222221212222222222222222222222222122222222122222222222222222222222222222222 7·186 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION IDENTIFICATION .CARDS(Cont'd) PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING SIGNETICS COMPUTER GENERATEDTRUTH TABLE J. Q. ENG I NEER, MEMOR'( PROD. I I I I I I II II I MGR. II ' I I I I I I III III I I OOO.IOOOOOOOOOOOO~OOOIOOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOt I 1345'7"M""""~K"K"~~nH"ftaUan.~~~~H.~.H~~UU«U"U~U~~"~~~H~H""""nUu"uu"~nnn~nn""". 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 22222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 STREET ADDRESS . 8000 ELECTRONICS LANE I I II II I I I III I I 00011100000100000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 11345""K""""~U"K"a~nn"HaUan~~»»~».~ ••• ~uu«u~u~u~~u~~~H~~".""nuu.pu""n~n~nn""". 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2222222222222222212222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Z2 2 2 2 CITY STATE ZIP SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94086 I II I I II II II I III 00110011000100000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 11345'7"M""""~U"""a~nn"ft~UaH.~»»~».~.H.~UU«U~UUU~~U~~~HU~".""nuu"pu""nnn~nn"n". 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2212222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2222222222222222222222 COMPANY NAME ~ ACME MEMORIES INC. I II I I II I II I I III I 00000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 I Il.5""M"""W~K"""a~nn"H~uan.~»»~».n.H.~UU«U.U~U~~U~~»HUH"."UnUu"p.""nnn~nn"n". 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2222222222222212222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2222222222222222222222222 7-187 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION DATA CARDS DECIMAL CHARACTER ADDRESS (DATA CARD NUMBER 001 THRU 064) OUTPUTS Os THROUGH 01 RESPECTIVELY \ \ JOOOOOOO 00110010 01001001 Ol0010Ll 01001001 00100110 (THIS EXAMPLE ILLUSTRATES OUTPUT SEQUENCE) 111111110110011010101101100101101100101101100110110010 00000-000000000000000000101 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 101112131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22232425262728293031 32 33 34 35 36 3738 39 40 41 42434445464748495051 52535455565758596061 6263646566676869707112 7374 75 76 7778 1980 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22222222222212 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44444 55555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555 666666666666666666 6 6~ 6 6 6 6 6 666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666 S 6 0 11177777717711117711717177777777177777771777777777777777777777777777777777777777 COLUMN ADDR ESS (A3.A2,A 1) \ \ 000 001 \ 010 \ 011 \ 100 \ 101 00110010 01001001 0100tOOl 01001001 00100110 (THIS EXAMPLE ILLUSTRATES COLUMN ADDRESS SEQUENCE) 111111110110011010101101100101101100101101100110110010 oooororooooooOOOOoooooolol I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 10 111213141516171819202122232425262128293031323334353637 383940414243 44454647484950515253545556575859 6061626364656667686970 11727374757617781980 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 222222222212 33333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5' 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 666666666666666666 6 6~ 6 6666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666 6 6 6 S 6 0 177 77 7 77 117 77 77 711 71 7 77 1 77 7 77 77 7 7717 7 77 1 7 7 77 77 1 7 7 77 77 77 7 7 7 7 7 77 11 7 7 7 77 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 BASIC DEVICE TYPE LEAVE COLS. 10, 11, 12, 13 BLANK FOR ASSIGNMENT OF CM NO. BY SIGNETICS \ .6H,NX/CM 1 I (HEADER CARD) I o0 0 0 0II 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 101112131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 222324252621 28 29 30 31 31333435363738 39 ~C 41 42434445464148495051 52535455565758596061 62636465666768697011 72/314757611 781980 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 12222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 222 3333333133333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 3 3 3 3 333333333333333333333333 4444444414444444444444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 515515555 5S S 5 SS 5 5 5 5 5 5 S S 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555 6 6 6I 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6, 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 77777177177777711171177717177777777177777717777777777777777171777777777777777777 NOTE "Character" number is in columns 78, 79, and 80. 7·188 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary Address 001 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 000 001 002 003 004 005 002 Character Number Address Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary OOS 009 010 011 012 013 Address 003 Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary 016 017 018 019 020 021 Address 004 024 026 026 027 02S 029 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Output Output Codes Output Codes Output 0, Output 01 Output Codes Output 01 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 0, Os Os Os Os Column Column Decimal Address Binary 032 033 034 035 036 037 006 Character Number ~olumn Column Decimal Address Binary Address 005 Address A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 007 Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary 040 041 042 043 044 045 Address Output Codes 01 02 Character Number 1 Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary 048 049 050 051 052 053 008 Address 056 057 05S 059 060 061 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output 0, 01 01 0, 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 07 Os Os Os Os 0 0 0 Output Codes --1-- 7·189 I 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION Chara.ter Number Column Binary Address 009 Column Decimal Address A, 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 A4 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 Column Decimal Address' Column Binary 064 065 066 067 06S 069 Address 011 Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary 072 073 074 075 076 077 Address 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 0 0 0 0 A6 0 A, 0 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 A4 1 0 0 A5 0 0 A6 0 0 0 012 Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary OSO OS1 082 OS3 OS4 1OS5 1 1 0 010 Character Number Address 088 OS9 090 091 092 093 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 A9 0 0 0 0 0 0 Output Output Codes Output Codes Output Output 0 Output Codes Output 0, 0, 0, 02 02 0;2 02 ~ 03 03 03 0, 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 °5 05 05 05 05 07 cry cry °7 Os Os Os Os 013 Character Number Column Binary Address ~olumn Column Decimal Address Column Decimal Address Binary 096 097 O9S 099 100 101 014 Character Number Address 015 Character Number Column Column Decimal Address Binary 104 105 106 '07 108 109 Address Output Codes Column Decimal Address Column Binary 112 113 114 115 116 117 016 Character Number Address 120, 121 122 123 124 125 At 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 , A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 , 0 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 , , A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 AS 0 0 0 0 0 O· AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 ° 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output 0, 0, 0, 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 0, 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 °7 07 07 Os Os Os Os 7·190 Output Codes 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION Character Number Column Binary Address A, A2 017 Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Decimal Address Column Binary 128 129 130 131 132 133 Address 018 0 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 136 '37 138 139 140 141 1 019 Character Number Address Column Decimal Address Column Binary 144 145 146 147 148 149 020 Character Number Address 152 153 154 155 156 157 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 , 0 1 A3 0 0 0 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 ° 0 A5 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 0 ° 0 0 ° 0 , 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 ° 0 A7 0 ° 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 A8 1 1 1 1 1 A8 , 0 1 , 0 AB , , ., 0 1 1 1 1 1 A8 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 A9 0 0 0 0 0 0 A9 0 0 0 ° 0 0 A9 0 0 0 0 0 Output 0 0 0 Output Codes Output Output Codes 1 Output 1 Output Codes Output 0, 0, 0, 01 02 02 °2 02 03 03 03 03 °4 04 04 °4 °5 °5 05 05 °5 05 05 05 07 07 07 °7 Os 08 Os Os 021 Character Number Column Column Decimal Address Binary Address Column Decimal Address Column Binary 160 161 162 163 164 165 022 Character Number Address Column Column Decimal Address Binary 168 169 170 171 172 173 023 Character Number Address 0 024 Character Number Column Decimal Address Binary Address 1 Output Codes Column 176 177 178 179 180 181 1 1 184 185 186 187 188 189 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 . 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 A7 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 ° 0 0 0 1 , 0 AB 1 1 1 1 A8 1 1 1 1 1 1 A8 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 0 0 0 0 0 0 A9 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 ° 0 0 A9 Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output Output Codes 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A, 0 0 0 0 0 0 A8 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Output 0, 0, 0, 01 02 02 °2 02 03 03 03 D:3 °4 04 °4 °4 °5 05 05 05 °5 °5 05 05 07 07 07 07 Os Os Os 08 Output Codes 7·191 2616 CUSTOM CODING 'INFORMATION Character Number Column Binary Address Character Number 025 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 192 193 194 19S 196 197 A1 0 1 0 1 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 A3 0 0 0 0 A4 0 0 0 0 Addres, Character Number 026 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 200 201 202 203 204 20S Binary Address 216 1217 218 1219 220 221 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 Column 208 209 210 211 212 213 028 Column Decimal Address A1 A, 1 Address Character Number 027 Column Decimal Address AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 , 0 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Output Output Codes Output Codes Output Output 1 Output Codes Output 01 0, 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 Os 05 05 05 Os 05 05 Os 07 0, 07 0, Os Os Os Os Character Number Column Binary Address 030 Character Number 029 Column Decimal Address Column Decimal Address Column Binary 224 22S 226 227 22S 229 Address Column Decimal Address Binary 232 233 234 235 236 237 Address Character Number 031 Character Number Column 240 241 242 243 Output Codes Column Binary 1244 245 Address 032 Column Decimal Address 248 249 250 251 252 253 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 "1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 , 0 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS , 1 AS - A7 1 1 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 0 0 0 Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output - Output Codes Output 01 01 0, 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 07 Os Os Os Os 0, 7·192 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 Output Codes 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary Address Character Number 033 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 256 257 258 259 260 261 Address Character Number 034 Column 272 273 274 275 276 217 Address Binary Address Character Number Column Decimal Address Column 264 265 266 267 26S 269 036 036 Column Decimal Address Binary 280 281 282 1283 284 285 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 O. 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 0 .0. 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 ·0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output Output Codes Output Output Codes 01 Output 01 1 Output Codes Output 01 02 02 02 02 OJ 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 try 07 07 Os Os Os Os Character Numb!!r Column Column Decimal Address Binary Address 038 Character Number 037 Binary 2SS 2S9 290 291 292 293 Address Character Number Column Decimal Address fcolumn Column Column Decimal Address Binary 296 297 29S 299 300 301 Address Character Number 039 Binary 304 305 306 307 308 309 Address 312 313 314 31E 316 317 0 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 ,() 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 A2 '1 1 040 Column Decimal Address Column 1 A1 Output Codes 01 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 P 0 0 0 0 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output Output Codes Output 1 Output Codes 1 Output Output Codes Output 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 -07 07 07 07 Os Os Os Os Output Codes 7·193 I 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION Character Number Column Binary Address Character Number 041 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 320 321 322 323 324 325 Address 042 Column Decimal Address Character Number Binary 32S 329 330 331 332 333 Address 043 Column Decimal Address Column Character Number Column Binary 336 337 :33S 339 340 341 Address 044 Column Decimal Address 344 345 346 347 348 349 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 , A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output 1 Output Codes Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output 0, 0, 0, 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 OJ Os 07 07 Os Os Character Number Column Column Decimal Address Binary Address Character Number 045 Column Decimal Address icolumn Binary 352 353 354 355 356 357 Address 047 Character Number 046 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 1360 361 362 363 364 365 Address 0 Output Codes 0, 05 Os 0 Character Number Binary 36S 369 370 371 372 373 Address 048 Column Decimal Address Column 376 377 37S ;379 3S0 3S1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ag 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output 0 1 0 1 0 1 Output Codes Output 1 0 Output Codes Output Output Codes Output 0, 0, 0, 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 07 Os Os Os Os 7·194 0, 02 Output Codes 1 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary Address Character Number 049 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 384 385 386 387 388 389 Address Character Number 050 Column Decimal Column Address Binary 1400 401 402 403 404 405 Address 052 Column Decimal Address Column Address Binary 392 393 394 395 396 397 Character Number 051 408 409 410 411 412 413 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 A8 1 1 1 ... 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 A8 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 qutput Output Codes Output Output Codes Output Output Codes Output 01 01 01 0, 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 07 07 07 07 Os Os Os Os 053 Character Number Column Column Decimal Address Sinary Address Binary 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 0 0 Column Address 432 433 434 435 436 437 Address Column Decimal Address Binary 440 441 442 443 444 445 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, ° 1 0 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 ° 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 A6 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 0 0 ° AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 A7 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output Codes 0 Column Decimal Address Binary Address 424 425 426 427 42S 429 A1 Output Column Output 056 Character Number 055 Character Number Column Decimal Address Column 416 417 418 419 420 421 054 Character Number Output Codes Output Codes Output 1 1 1 Output Codes 1 Output 01 01 01 0, 02 °2 02 °2 03 03 03 03 °4 04 04 °4 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 °7 07 07 °7 Os Os Os Os 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output Codes 7·195 2516 CUSTOM CODING INFORMATION Character Number Column Decimal Address Column Binary Address Character Number 057 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 44B 449 450 451 452 453 Address Character Number 058 Column Decimal Address Column Binary 456 467 46S 459 460 461 Address Character Number 059 Binary 464 465 466 467 46S 469 Address 060 Column Decimal Address Column 472 473 474 475 476 477 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 ° 1 1 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3t"' 0 0 0 0 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 ° 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 .1 1 A5 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 A6 0 0 0 0 0 0 A6 0 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 Output Output Codes 0 0 0 0 AS 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 ° 0 0 A6 0 ° ° 0 0 0 A6 0 0 ° 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output Codes Output 0, ° ° 1 Output 0, Output Codes Output 0, 02 °2 02 02 03 03 03 04 °4 °4 °4 °5 °5 °5 °5 °5 05 05 °5 07 0, 0, °7 Os Os Os Os 061 Column Address Column 488 489 490 491 492 493 Address Binary 480 481 482 483 484 485 Address 0 , 0 1 A1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 ° 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 0 ° 0 0 A4 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 A5 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 A7 1 1 1 1 A7 1 AS 1 1 1 1 " 1 1 1 AS Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 A, 0 1 A2 0 0 A3 0 A4 0 A5 A6 Output Output Codes Output 063 Character Number Column Decimal Address ~olumn Column Decimal Address Binary 062 Character Number Character Number Column Decimal Address Binary Binary 496 497 498 499 500 501 064 Column Decimal Address Column Address 504 505 506 607 608 609 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 A, 0 1 0 1 0 1 ° 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 A2 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 A3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 A4 0 0 0 0 0 0 A4 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 A5 1 1 1 1 1 A5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 A6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 A7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ag 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output Codes Output 1 Output Codes Output 0, 0, 0, 0, 02 °2 02 °2 03 03 03 03 04 04 °4 04 05 °5 °5 °5 05 °5 °5 05 °7 °7 °7 07 °B Os Os °8 7·196 Output Codes 0, 03 Character Number 1 ° Output Codes 2526'/30 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION 2530 HIGH SPEED 512 X 8 STATIC READ ONLY MEMORY PUNCHED CARD INPUT Header Card Card No. Data Cards: Information Column 1 1-8 9-14 15-19 20 21 22 23 24-71 72 73-80 Card No. "2530N/CM" Blank Column 1 Information 1-3 "CODED" Blank Logic state of Output Enable #2, (CS2) - Most §.ignificant ~it. Logic state of Output Enable #1. Blank Customer company name. Blank Date Decimal address (blank, blank, 0.) 4 Blank 5-12 8-digit binary output 13-20 Blank 21-33 Decimal address, (blank, bla'nk, 1.) 24 25-32 Blank 8-Digit binary output 33-40 Blank (MSB-Ieft) (MSB-Ieft) 41-43 De<:.[mal address, (Blank, blank, 2.) I.D./Comment Cards: Card No. Column 1 1 2 3-80 2 3 44 45-52 Information I'C" Blank Person responsible for reviewing Signetics truth table and Company Name. 61-63 Blank 8-digit binary output (MSB-Ieft) 53-60 Blank Decimal address, (Blank, blank, 3.) 64 Blank 1 2 3-80 "c" 65-72 8-digit binary output Blank Customer Street Address 73-80 Blank 1 2 3-80 Blank Customer City, State, Zip. (MSB-Ieft) "c" 2 128 Same format as data card #1. .--- NOTE: MSB = 09 EXAMPLES: Header Card 2530 CM3530 CODED 00 ASCII TO EBCDIC AND EBCDIC TO ASCII CODE CONV I I I III I III I 111111 I I 111111' I I I III I II I I I 02/02/72 II DOOIOOOOOOOOIOOOOOOOIIOOOIOOOOIOOO~OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOIOO01000000000000100010110100 I I 3 4 S a I •• 1I111l131'411111711 1IHII 1!IH4HIt,'1 Hlt JOlllllf)4J1I1II JI 31 4041 ItZ 4f414S 4641 41 U IO"II"SI II 14 SS·S"'51S1 IUD" 61 5H461""""'D Ii ii 71 14 Ii ,,1/ " " . First Data Card' o 00000000 1 00000001 2 00000010 3 00000011 08101111111100000000000011111110000000000000111111010000000000001111110000000000 I I 3 4 S 1 , •• 1111 IlII 14 1111171111 II II n U 241 H H lIlt It JO 31 1231)4 IS II !7 JI 314141 41 4J U 4HS, 41414' \0 II l25lSHHUIIISUO" 521154 6111""" ID 71 12 11147S " 1/ " III!1 Last Data Card 508 00000000 509 00000000 510 00000000 511 00000000 0100111111110000000001001111111100000000001011111111.0000000000001111111100000000 I i 34 I i i • • 11111(11 1411" 1711 1IHII n\n 14!S 15 17 it 2')(1.11 lZ\n )4 nil II Jl3I4I414241U4HI41 II 4;\1 III/ ,IISlII \611\11""1 6liH'II5U'"'' 10 1111/1 1411" 1/ II IU~ . 7-197 2530/2526 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION TRUTH TABLE INPUT: A truth table may be submitted at a greater non-recurring cost to the customer. A format similar to the one shown below is satisfactory. INPUT ADDRESS DECIMAL ADDRESS OUTPUT 08 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 001 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 510 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 511 07 06 05 04 03 O2 01 Plus Output Enable 1 and 2 coding. 2526 HIGH SPEED 64 X 9 X 9 CHARACTER GENERATOR PUNCHED CARD INPUT Comment/LD. Cards: Card No. 1 Column 1 2 3-17 18-26 27-71 72 73-80 2 3 4 7·198 Information "C" Blank "SIGNETICS 2526N/CM" Blank Customer I.D. (Company, Project, Part No., etc.) Blank Date 1 2 3-80 "C" Blank Person responsible for reviewing Signetics truth table. 1 2 3-80 "C" Blank Customer Street Address 1 2 3-80 "C" Blank Customer City, State, Zip. Card No. Column 5 1 2 3-80 Information "C" Blank Name Data Cards: Card No. 1 Column 1-9 10 11-19 20 21-29 Information Binary outputs of rows 9 through 1, (MSB at 9), first column, first character, (first character is "000"). Logic "1" is high output (3.2V, min.) Blank Binary outputs of second column, first character. Blan.k Third column 2526 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION Data Cards (Continued) Card No. 1 (Cont'd) 30 31-39 40 41-49 50 51-59 60 61-69 70·71 72 73 74-76 77 78-80 2 Information Card No. Column Blank Fourth column Blank Fifth column Blank Sixth column Blank Seventh column Blank Data card number of first character, ("1"). Blank Anything - customer option. Blank Decimal character number, ("000") 2 (Cont'd) 11-19 20-70 71 72 Eight column Blank 128 Column 1-9 10 73 74-76 77 78-80 3 1-9 (Etc., as Card 1) 4 (Etc., as Card 2) 78-80 Note: MSB EXAMPLES: Information Ninth column Anything - customer option. Blank Data card number of first character, ("2"). Blank Customer option Blank Decimal character number ("000"). First column, second character, rows 9 through 1 (MSB at 9). Second character is "001". Decimal character number, ("063"). = 09 1.0. Card C. CM3400 VERTICAL SCAN CHAR GEN WITH BCDIe AND BAUDOT TO ASCII CONVERSION I I III II III II I I 11111 I I II I I III I I I II I II I I I I I I I I I OOOOOOOOOOOllOIOOIOOOOOIOOOOOOOOOOOOOlulOOOOOOOOOOOOOO10010100010000000100109000 I Z 3 4 S I 1 I I 1111 II 1114 IS 1II11111lO 211123 242H121 !l2UII 31 32 U J43S Ii 113UI411 41 4Z 434/11 1& 4141 IHO II 11SlS1SSlSSl SI5NIIII 1153 &161 51 61" n 10 11 lH31HS " II III1N First Data Card - First Character 010100000 000000000 011111100 100000010 101100010 101010010 101001010 1 0 1010111110111111111010000001100111111010010011101001010110100101101010000000000. I 2 3 4 5 I 1 I t II II 111111 IS 111111 It lI21 n 2321lSlI 21 !I n lOll llll J4l1.m. 3t It 1111 U II 45 4141.", II II 11IHI I~ Ii 5111 IUO 1112 6H161 66 61 61 il 10 11 l1ll II 15 16 11111110 Second Data Card - First Character 2 01111100 000000000 o IICOOOOIIOIIIIIIIIIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO00000000000000000000000001 1 I J 4 5 • , I I 1111 II 1114 IS 11171111 lO 2122 U lHUI21 lIlt.31 lll3 J41S Ii II .114141 414I4/1S41414141' ~ II S1SlSISSlII1 IIIHII5II21HHHU"Ut ro 11-72 1314 1S1511 11 liN First Data Card - Last Character ~10001101 I 011111111 000000010 000000001 110100001 000010001 000001001 1 63 000000001111111010111111110000101111 00111101110011111011000000000001 101110010010 I I J 4 5 I , I I 11 11 111114 15 111111 It 20 21 21 U lH5 lI21 lilt. II Ill3 J4 35 Ii 31 .314141 4Z 41 4/1S4141 4141 II 12SlSl ISlSS111S1 11111 I21HHHUlSUt7D II 72 1111 15 151111 liN ~ Second Data Card - Last Character 00000110 000000000 2 63 11111100101111111110000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 , I 2 I 4 5 I 1 I I II II 111111 i~ III; 111. ,lI21 n U 21lS 15 21 !I n lOll llli J4l1.31 .3141 11111)4/45 4111" I' II il 1113 SI II IHI I1II III 51 116HI6I" 6161 il 10 11 l11l 141116 111111111 7·199 2526 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION TRUTH TABLE INPUT: A truth table may be submitted at a greater non-recurring cost to the customer. A format similar to the one shown below is satisfactory _ DECIMAL ADDRESS ADDRESS A10 Ag AS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 Al 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CHARACTER OUTPUT DATA Og Os 0 7 06 0 5 0 4 03 O2 0 1 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 001 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 002 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 003 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 004' 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 005 0 0 0 0 0 0 .0 1 1 0 006 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 007 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 OOS 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 009 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 010 FIRST CHARACTER 1 -- Etc. 503 504 -- 505 506 LAST 507 50S CHARACTER -- 509 510 511 -- 7·200 APPLICATIONS MEMO !ii!lBOlie!i MOS DEVICES 2526 READ-ONLY MEMORY INTRODUCTION OUTPUT CIRCUITS The 2526 is a high speed 5,184-bit Static Read-Only Memory. It may be organized as 64 x 9 x 9 for use as a character generator in dot matrix displays, or as a 512 x 9 ROM for general purpose use. It features TTL compatible inputs, three-state TTL compatible outputs, two standard supply voltages (+5, -12), output data latches, and less than 700ns access time. The 2526 is fabricated using Signetics P-MOS silicon gate process and is packaged in a 24-pin silicone dual in-line package. The outputs from the 2526 use a three-state push-pull configuration that allows wired-OR connection of several circuits for expanded capacity. The push-pull circuitry provides low impedance outputs for both high and low output voltages. See Figure 2. For a low output voltage 02 is turned ON and 01 is turned OFF with 03 and 04 kept OFF by a high Output Enable voltage. For a high output voltage 01 is turned ON and 02 is turned OFF while 03 and 04 are OFF. When the Output Enable voltage goes low, however, both 03 and 04 are turned ON, keeping 01 and 02 both OFF for any condition the output latch assumes. In this state the output of the 2526 is essentially floating,allowing other circuits to dominate the output line. INPUT CIRCUITS The inputs to the 2526 use a configuration similar to that used in most of the other 2500 series products. Interface requirements with TTL circuitry are described in detail in the Signetics MOS Handbook. In general, a standard TTL gate driving only the 2526 does not require any interfacing resistors. See Figure 1. If another TTL gate is driven in addition to the 2526, a 10k ohm pull-up resistor will improve the input noise margins. INPUT INTERFACE + TTL -D 0 I~ Figure 3 shows one way to make use of this three-state output. Two 2526 Character Generators are tied together at their outputs and fed to the receiving logic c;rcuitry, e.g., a parallel to serial converter. One 2526 can contain the dot matrix information for upper case characters and the other can contain the lower case information, thus providing a full 128 character set. A I I inputs for the two generators are tied in parallel except the Output Enables which serve as A11 address inputs. One 2526 receives the A 11 signal and the other receives A1T. In this way only one set of outputs at a time will activate the output lines. If the system configuration requires periods where neither output is active, that fact can be gated with A 11 to turn off both Output Enable signals. To reduce power dissipation, the A 11 information can be gated with the READ signals to avoid turning on the unused 2526. OUTPUT CIRCUITRY +5V + OUTPUT ENABLE + TTL TTL ~ D- OUTPUT DATA FROM LATCH +5V 1L---_9~Q4 OUTPUT GND FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 7-201 2526 APPLICATIONS MEMO SCAN DECODING CAPACITY EXPANSION INPUT CODES A4 0 0 o 0 0 A3 0 0 0 0 1 A2 0 0 1 1 0 A1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 ! I I I I I I I II OUTPUT', •• ••• ••• • •• •• ••• ••• FIGURE 3 EXCESS CODES LOGIC 0 < 0.8 VOL T5 LOGIC 1 > 3.2 VOL T5 9X9MATRIX FIGURE 5 ADDRESS DECODING The Signetics 2526 Character Generator is organized to provide 64 character locations with each location described by a 9 x 9 matrix of bits. The block diagram in Figure 4 shows the address assignments for the character and scan functions. The six address inputs A5 through A 10 are decoded directly to provide a 1-of-64 character selection. The four address inputs A 1 through A4 are decoded to provide a 1-of-9 selection of scans within each character. Since four address lines can generate 16 scan selections instead of only 9, there are seven excess codes. See Figure 5. The 1-of-9 scan decoder forces the excess input codes to generate all logic "l's" at the output latches. The address decoding circuits are only activated during a READ operation in order to save power when the memory is not being used. TIMING The timing diagram in Figure 6 shows how the READ signal controls the operation of the memory. The address inputs propagate through the decoders and the bit matrix when READ goes low. The output data are strobed into the latches when READ goes high. The state of the OUTPUT ENABLE signal determines whether or not the latched data are transferred to the outputs. With OUTPUT ENABLE high, the worst case access time from stable addresses to valid output data is 700ns. Notice that addresses must be stable for only a short period of time so that address changes may be made in parallel with the access operations. Once the data are set into the latches, they remain stable for a full READ cycle until the next cycle's data are available. BLOCK DIAGRAM TIMING DIAGRAM _-tA2-_ ADDRESSES MAY CHANGE FIGURE 4 7-202 ADDRESSES MAY ,--C;,...H;,...AN;,.;;G_E_ _ FIGURE 6 +-_ 2526 APPLICATIONS MEMO MEMORY ORGANIZATION CHARACTER ORGANIZATION The 2526 is intended primarily for use as a 7 x 9 dot matrix character generator, and the address decoding scheme reflects this purpose. Address lines A 1 through A4 (see Figure 5) generate the required nine scan selects plus seven excess codes. Thus, an attempt to use the 2526 with all ten address lines in a 1024 x 9 configuration would fail because there are only 5,184 bits in the memory and the excess input address codes would not be able to generate relevant output data. However, if address input A4 is tied to a logic "0", the excess codes are eliminated. The remaining nine address lines may then be used to address a 512 x 9 ROM. The ninth scan in each character is ignored along with the excess codes and a subset of 4,608 bits is used to provide the 512 x 9 capacity. When used as a 7 x 9 dot matrix character generator, the 9 x 9 dot configuration of each character allows the 2526 to be used with either vertical or horizontal scanning techniques. Figure 5 shows a 7 x 9 configuration for the letter K that is oriented for use with a horizontal scan. As each horizontal slice through the character is extracted from the ROM, the two extra bits may be ignored and the seven remaining bits serially shifted to control the dot formation. Other organizations are possible, of course, as long as the total memory capacity is not exceeded. 576 x 9 is the real capacity of the memory (576 x 9 = 5,184). The extra ~4 x 9 (576 x 9 - ~)12 x 9 = 64 x 9) can be accessed by careful use of address A4. See Figure 7. The critical condition is stated in the figure: when A4 is logical "1", AO, A2, and A 1 should be logical "a's". When A4 is logical "0", any code is allowed in the remaining nine bits. When some form of counter is used to generate the address inputs, it will often be convenient to assign the most significant bit (MSB) to A4 and the six least significant bits to A5 through A10. In this way, the highest allowed bit configuration will correspond to a binary count of 575 and the forced zero states of A3, A2, and A1 will be easier to implement. 576 x 9 ROM ADDRESSING IT'I ,'I r MSB I LSB ,,1,01 .. 1,,1,· INPUT ADDRESS BITS Figure 8 shows the letter K oriented within the 9 x 9 matrix for use with a vertical scan. Each vertical slice through the character is extracted from the ROM and then serially shifted to control the dot formation. Two complete scans are not used for dots and may supply blank spaces between characters or may be ignored. Alternatively, those extra scan positions may be put to good use for translating character codes. When a code translation is desired, the column address (A 1 through A4) is set to the appropriate translate scan instead of one of the dot matrix scans, and the code to be translated forms the row address (A5 through A 10). The dot matrix contents of that character location are not related to the input code, but the output from the translate scan provides the desired new code. Assume that the dot matrix letter K in Figure 8 is placed In the character array at an address corresponding to the ASCII-6 code for K (001011). Then the dots for K can only be retrieved by using the proper ASCII code as an address. The same code pattern in EBCDIC, however, stands for the period. To perform an EBCDIC to ASCII translation it is only necessary to insert the ASCII code for the period (101110) in the translate scan of the K character position. This code can then be used directly for any purpose or it can, in turn, be applied as an input to select the dot matrix for the period. MSB = MOST SIGNIFICANT BIT LSB = LEAST SIGNI FICANT BIT A4 A3 112 Al Al0 A9 A8 A7 A6 AS WHEN M - 1. A3 AND A2 AND Al SHOULD BE O. FIGURE 7 INPUT ADDRESS ASSIGNMENTS The spare bits in the 9 x 9 matrix of each character are most convenient to use for translations when the matrix is arranged for vertical scans. In that way a single read operation can perform the translation. A 7 x 9 vertical matrix leaves two spare scans for translations so that a two-way translation between two codes is possible, or two source codes can be translated into a single target code. The spare bits in the horizontal scan case are only available two at a time, so are more awkward to use for translations. In either case, the spare bits can be used to expand the character dot matrix from 7 x 9 to 9 x 9. Several special characters can be constructed (e.g., arrows) and some augmented standard characters (e.g., %) can be more legible. 7-203 2526 APPLICATIONS MEMO VERTICAL SCAN MATRIX •• •• ••.Ie ••• • •• •• •• I. 1 0 1 1 1 0 X X X t 001011 IN EBCDIC STANDS FOR PERIOD INSTEAD OF K. THE ASCII CODE FOR PERIOD (1011101 MAY BE OBTAINED FROM A TRANSLATE SCAN. FIGURE 8 7·204 INPUT ADDRESS 001 011 SELECTS THIS CHARACTER BLOCK APPLICATION AREAS There are many places where a nine bit wide ROM can be useful. A nine bit output from a function look-up table can provide an extra degree of accuracy. A sine function table, for example, could supply an added bit of resolution in the result. For arithmetic tables with 8-bit operands, the ninth output bit can be used as a sign bit or a carry bit for increased flexibility. Many byte-plus-parity systems are organized around 9-bit data paths and some of their memory requirements can only be satisfied with a 9-bit ROM. 9-bit or 18-bit minicomputers often need Read Only instruction storage for bootstrap loaders and other non-volatile routines. The added sophistication of new CRT terminal designs is making 7 x 9 characters more and more popular. Increased legibility, decreased errors and better lower case characters are the immediate advantages. The 2526 provides an economical, easy-to-use approach for implementing 7 x 9 character graphics. smAoties APPLICATIONS MEMO 2602 MOS DEVICES STATIC MEMORY INTRODUCTION The Signetics 2602 is a 1024-bit Random Access Read/ Write Memory. It is fabricated with Signetics N-Channel Silicon Gate technology. FEATURES • • • • • • • • • • 1024 x 1 ORGANIZATION COMPLETELY STATIC OPERATION +5 VOLT POWER SUPPLY ONLY TTL COMPATIBLE INPUTS THREE-STATE TTL OUTPUT 16-PIN DIP PACKAGE 200mW DISSIPATION N-CHANNE L SI LICON GATE NO CLOCKS, NO REFRESHING, NO SENSING DOWN TO 500ns ACCESS/CYCLE TIME GUARANTEED In addition to the refresh hardware costs imposed by dynamic memories, there is also a performance price to pay. Each refresh cycle ties up the memory and makes it unavailable for normal data operations. There are several interesting approaches to minimizing the performance impact of the refresh cycles, but each involves an even greater investment in support logic. Both the hardware and performance penalties of dynamic memory refreshing are eliminated by the 2602 since no refreshing of any kind is required by the device. In the 2602 the on-chip support circuits, as well as the memory cells, are static. Thus no clocks are required for any part of the memory operation. Memory clocks for dynamic memories have proven to be very difficult to drive, distribute, and time properly so that their complete elimination saves design and debug expenses, and reduces support logic and distribution circuitry costs. SUPPORT CIRCUITRY The dominant system design characteristic for the 2602 is ease of use. This is a result of several unusual features, with fully static operation as perhaps the most important. Since the static memory cell does not depend on stored charge for its data retention, it does not need periodic refreshing. Thus, the memory does not require external circuitry to generate and control refresh cycling and refresh addresses. The on-chip support logic can also be simplified. See the block diagram in Figure 1. The output of the 2602 is a three-state, push-pull circuit that can drive a TTL data bus. For increased capacity several chips may be directly wire-ORed, taking advantage of the three-state output. No sense amplifiers or chip buffers are required. The problems associated with the distribution of low level sense lines and with coupled sense noise are eliminated. Figure 2 shows the output buffer circuit. BLOCK DIAGRAM With 5 pF of typical input capacitance on any signal input and no pull-up resistors required to achieve a reliable highlevel input voltage, any simple TTL logic can be used to drive arrays of the 2602 memory devices. With no high voltage, high current, or low level interface signals, noise and crosstalk problems are practically non-existent. Vee FIGURE 1 The net result of all these features is a dramatic decrease in the external support electronics required to implement a memory system. With greatly simplified driving, no clocks, no refreshing, and no sensing, the 2602 has eliminated all the major headaches associated with semiconductor memory system design. The cost of support electronics is also dramatically decreased. The result is that memory system costs per bit relative to dynamic memories are very attractive for 2602 memory systems of less than about 100K bits. 7-205 2602 APPLICATIONS MEMO OUTPUT CIRCUITRY CHIP SELECT The Chip Select signal on the 2602 performs three interrelated functions. It controls the status of the three-state output signal, it acts as the decimal address input for memories of more than 1024 words, and it enables and disables the write circuitry. +5V OUTPUT ENABLE For a 1 K word memory where the outputs share a data bus with other logic subsystems, the Chip ~elect signals can be tied together and used simply to connect or disconnect the output data from the data bus. A 2K word version of such a memory (see Figure 3) could then gate the bus connect information with the 11th address bit to form two Chip Select signals. The output data lines from the first 1 K words are wire-ORed with the output data lines from the second 1 K words. The two Chip Select signals will then connect the first 1 K or connect the second 1 K or disconnect both from the output data bus. Notice that the Read/Write lines need not be gated with the 11th address bit since an unselected chip automatically has the write circuit disabled. +5V OUTPUT OATA 1'---_9~04 OUTPUT GNO FIGURE 2 POWER The 2602 contributes in other ways to decreased memory system costs. Only one standard supply voltage, +5V ±5%, is required. Not only are multiple supply costs eliminated, but power distribution and decoupling problems are minimized. The low average power of less than 200mW typical and the important absence of peak currents both contribute to ease of use and lower costs. The power dissipated by the support circuits in a dynamic memory system - even a small one can be a large percentage of the system power demands. With the 2602 static memory, the support dissipation is practically eliminated and the memory cell dissipation is very low. Power and cooling costs are, therefore, much less of a factor in the total memory system economics. READ OPERATIONS The Read Cycle for the 2602 is very easy to execute. See the timing diagram in Figure 4. With the chip selected and in the read state, simply input an address. The data will be valid at the output after the access time has elapsed. Because there are no clocks to define the Read Cycle, it is measured as the time addresses are required to be stable. This interval is from the latest arriving address to the earliest departing address. For the same reason the access time should be measured from the latest address input. Care should be taken to make sure that the Read/Write line is fully in the Read state before any cycle starts. Notice that one of the memory cells is being addressed at all times; CHIP SELECT GATING 10 AODRESS LINES PLUS READ/WRITE 11TH ---..., ••• _ ::~{ ••• 11TH _D--------'C...;.HI.;..PS:.;:E.=,:LE:..:..CT.:...,..... lK ADDRESS _ _ _ _01 DATA OUT DATA BUSS FIGURE 3 7-206 2602 APPLICATIONS MEMO TIMING DIAGRAM READ CYCLE ADDRESS UJ \-~~. \ '---- --~l I I CHIP SELECT R/W --=i\--t I -/ i- AC - -; : Lu L -_______________ I ;o100n. -1i DATA OUT r-------"\ ---tw- ---tRC--I WRITE CYCLE - ,---------.\ - - - - r-= --------, \ DATA IN ADDRESS ~L_-_-_-_-__-_-_-_-_-_-_-_J"-tcw--~ -\tcslDATA OUT ~ tcDI- -------.Ir- _~lL ___ ~L FIGURE 4 there is no quiescent state for the memory array. Thus, any time the Chip Select and Read/Write lines are both low, something will be written somewhere. The Read/Write line should be considered normally high with a negative-going write pulse allowed only under strict conditions. The Chip Select signal may arrive as late as 200ns after the start of a Read cycte (for the 2602-1) without impacting the access time. This will often come in handy when there are extra levels of address gating involved with generating the Chip Select signal. WRITE OPERATIONS The write cycle is also measured by the required stable address time. Since the Chip Select signal gates the write circuitry, it must arrive earlier than in a read cycle so that the write pulse can propagate properly into the cell array. Notice that the stable addresses must overlap both the start and finish of the write pulse. It is important that the desired cell, and only the desired cell, be fully selected before the write pulse arrives and that the write pulse is 'fully gone before the addresses begin to change at the cell. The propagation path for the write pulse into the cell is shorter than the address path through the decoders. For a minimum write cycte the timing of the write pulse is important. Notice in the timing diagram that tWD plus twp is 400ns minimum, which leaves 100ns as the required minimum Read level before the beginning of the next cycte. A longer write cycle would allow more flexibility. in the write pulse timing. The minimum write pulse width is the most critical parameter and should be maintained even if the write pulse window within the write cycle is adjusted slight!y. WAVEFORMS The waveform picture in Figure 5 shows the 2602 in action. The test pattern being run is a simple one designed to check the general operation of every cell. The memory had previously had zeroes stored in all 1024 cells. Then a pattern of Read-Write-Read is executed at every cell location. The first Read at each cell is useo to check for the previously written zero. The Write cycle then writes a one in the addressed cell and the second Read confirms that a one was in fact stored. The address then changes and the three operations are repeated on the next sequential cell. Notice that in situations like the one pictured in Figure 5 where multiple cyctes are executed at one address, there is no obvious, well-defined start of each cycte. Simple external time delays (not shown in the picture) serve to mark the transitions from cycte to cycle. The first change in the Data Out signal following the AO address change reflects the zero being read at the newly addressed location. During the succeeding Write cycte, the Data Out line indicates the polarity of the data being written in the cell. At the end of the Write cycle, the same cell is read again and the Data Out signal shows that a one was successfully stored. When the addresses change again, this sequence is repeated. 7-207 2602 APPLICATIONS MEMO MEMORY CELL WAVEFORM +5 t 32 CELLS PER COLUMN t .....E...COLUMNS BIT LINE BIT LINE ~ WORO LiNE 1/-ls/DIV. FIGURE 5 BIT SELECT r STORAGE CELL Figure 6 is a schematic ofthe memory bit cell in the 2602. It is a standard six device cell configuration, using two crosscoupled devices (01, 02) with active pull-ups (03,04).05 and 06 are used to connect the cell to the bit lines. FIGURE 6 The cells are arranged in a two-dimensional array of 32 by 32 for a total of 1024 cells. Address lines 0 through 4 are decoded to select 1-of-32 word lines. Each word line drives 32 cells, connecting them to 32 pairs of bit lines. Addresses 5 through 9 are decoded to select 1-of-32 bit line pairs. Thus, the 10 address lines select one cell out of 1024 for reading or writing. The bit lines are ORed together and the selected pair drive the output data amplifier. When writing, the bit lines are driven by the write amplifiers to force the selected cell in one direction or the other. Because the bit lines are being actively driven instead of passively sensed, the write cycle can always be executed in 500ns or less even when the read cycle is longer. MEMORY SYSTEMS For those designers who have worked with dynamic memory systems, the dominant theme with the 2602 is the things that do not have to be done. With no clocks, no refreshing and no sensing, the designer can center his work on optimizing the TTL/MaS interfaces and the system packaging. 7-208 Because of the lack of support circuitry around the 2602, the propagation paths to and from the memory chip are much shorter than is the case with dynamic memories. This fact will help to compensate for the somewhat longer access times of the 2602, although there are large numbers of applications where the 2602 offers more than sufficient speed. The lack of support circuits makes it easy to gain performance from the static memory by interleaving. The expensive dynamic support circuitry does not have to be duplicated for a two-way interleave. The lack of power surge currents, high voltage transitions, low level sense currents, and multiple power supplies simplifies memory system designs in several ways. One significant result is that many systems will work very well on two-sided printed circuit boards, with consequent savings in design and production costs. With less board area devoted to supporting the memory chips, the board bit density can be increased. SIGNETICS STANDARD ROM CODES STANDARD ROM CODES CODE CONVERTERS PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION CMOOOO EBCDIC-ASCII 2430 CM2810 ASCII to Selectric 2430 CM3421 ASCII-Selectric, Selectric-ASCII 2431 CM3480 EBCDIC to Packed Hollerith 2431 CM3501 Quick Brown Fox Generator (MM522DF) 2420 CM3511 Quick Brown Fox Generator (MM522DZ) 2420 CM3530 ASCII-EBCDIC; EBCDIC-ASCII 2530 CHARACTER GENERATORS PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION CM2140 ASCII Alphanumeric, 7x5, Row Output 2513 CM2143 Katakana, 7x5, Row Output (Obsolete, See (CM4800) 2513 CM2170 ASCII with yen sign, 7x5, Row Output CM3001/3010 Upper case ASCII, 10x7, Row Output 2513 (set of 2) 2516 CM3021 Lower case ASCII, 7x5, Row Output 2513 CM3030 Upper case ASCII, 7x5, Row Output 2513 CM3041 Lower case ASCII, 10x7, Row Output (split character) 2516 CM3410 Upper case ASCII, 9x7, Row Output 2526 CM3400 Upper case ASCII, 7x9, with EBCDIC-ASCII and BAUDOT-ASCII in spare left columns, CM3940 Same as CM3400 but Row Output Vert. Output CM2150 ASCII Alphanumeric, 5x7, Column Output CM3970 12x8 ASCII A thru_ 1st half CM3980 12x8 ASCII null thru ? 2nd half CM4800 Katakana 7x5 2526 2526 2516 (set of 2)- ~2516 2516 2513 NOTE: Customer shall ask for and approve a copy of our truth table for any of those ROMs. We do not guarantee the suitability of the contained truth table for any particular application. 7·209 ~tG IIUI~~ SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS SECTIONS PACKAGE INFO RELIABILITY INFO INDUSTRY CROSS· REFERENCE GUIDE SECTIONS (\ r ('\TI" 1\1 (\ SIGNETICS PACKAGES A PACIKAGE ------r .252(6.401 .245 feT2i NOTES, 1. LEAD MATERIAL, ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. 2. BODY MATERIAL, PLASTIC TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. 14J SIGNETICSSYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. [5~ LEAD SPACINlJ SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-j Ja' .16 C/mW. (-j Jc' .OB'C/mW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) [3J B PACKAGE -t .1!?(.!.1.Q.l 245(6.221 L....r-r--,--,-~...--r-r-r-r~ _1 NOTES, 1. LEAO MATERIAL, ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. 2. BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAQ NO.1. ~ LEAD SPACINlJ SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZQNE. 6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) J ••. 1e C/mW. Jc' .OB'C/mW. B. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) i3J !4.J '-j 8-1 SIGNETICS PACKAGES DAPACKAGE r ·0.875122.231 MAX. OIA'I 1I ~~:~~NG 450 111.431 '1" '635'1-._ _ t 31117·93IMIN ~~~: J ---..~-----lI-1 IIU t ' 3 6 ,3.'3' MAX .- 18814.781 R. MAX. 440(11.18) 420 (10.671 2 MOUNTING L____--".;;:---____._ HOLES.16l (4.091 ."'1'51 ii84i D1A• PIN 1 -INPUT PIN 2 - OUTPUT CASE - GROUND - 2 PINS .043(1.09) :o38iii9f1 CIA. NOTES: 1. LEAO MATERIAL: NO. 52 ALLOY GOLO PLATEO. 2. BOOY MATERIAL: 1010 STEEL GOLD PLATED. 3. LID MATERIAL: STEEL NICKEL PLATED, WELD SEAL. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) DB PACKAGE ~ r II 370 (9.401 35619.021 ~ ~:m:DIA ~ I 1111,651r 701 , , 1- 4 ~" .. t-~· 020 1m r'" 0 0 0_:rMIN r 100(2.541 t NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED GLASS BODY. 3. 4. 8-2 LID MATERIAL: NICKEL, WELD SEAL. ALL OIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) SIGNETICS PACKAGES F PACKAGE LEAD NO.1 ill -t III L---r--""T"1r--T""T'"--r--r--""T"1r--""""--r--r---.-....J ~ MAX -r "'1 .100(2.541 moO.78 1 NOTES: 1. LEAO MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATEO. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL. [1J TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. [!] SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. (!] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. THERMAL RESISTANCE: 0 Ja = .065'C/mW, 0 Jc = .020'C/mW. 7. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) FPACKAGE -r III L-,--rr-'T""T----,,..,.--rr-'T""T----,,..,.--rT""""l....J ~ll '1t1 MAX 2 0W6 l:::::r--.:::r-----o=::r--=-----",...--,:::r---,:::::r--.=r-=/ 'IMIN I-rll-- rrn Il1..I .023 (0.58) msrD.38i ~t I -- t 130lJ301M1N ~r' .110 (2,79) .050 11.271 :09012.29) WID.3S) A 200t.oaIMA ~t-- ! 1--Wo-g~;:=;1 I -.iOO t 09012291 ~~ --"",,""""'-008(020) l_m_ I'0031_1 .325(8.26) NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL. [IJ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. @] SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. [!] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. THERMAL RESISTANCE: 0 Ja' .090'C/mW, 0 Jc = .023'C/mW. 7. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) 8-3 SIGNETICS PACKAGES F PACKAGE f+-------~~~-gg~:------------ F rrt=====~i -.l '810115'491 0201D.S1JMIN. 590~(1".99)------ ______....,! 00 .10012.541 014 lO.38I-008(0.201 ~ r 11012.791 090/2.291 NOTES: 1. LEAO MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATED. 2. BOOY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL. II] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. [!) SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. @J LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. THERMAL RESISTANCE: B J.' .055"C/mW, B.k· .012°C/mW. 7. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) I PACKAGE 1~[~~~jJ] \. .786_119.841 .880 (17.631 NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. 3. LID MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. ALLOY SEAL. [!) TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. ~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. [[J LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja' .065"C/mW." Jc' .020·C/mW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) 8·4 I 11.87) i1.iTi ~~.650_(16.51J _ _ _ _.,.1 600(15.241 SIGNETICS PACk.. I PACKAGE I ~[~~~~J~j]~: I.. .830 .740 (21.08J (18.801 • I .060(1.521 .030 10.76) .120 (3.05) [:080(2.03) ~~ .020(0.51) ] I----~- ~--------~ lID --'--.,.--- II----~I NOTES: 1. LEAO MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVA~ENT. 3. LID MPHRIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. ALLOY SEAL. @] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. SIGNETICS SYMBOL OENOTES LEAO NO.1. LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja = .062'ClmW. (-) Jc = .018'ClmW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) ffiJ IE I PACKAGE [J~~~~~Ij"~'~ I, r- .930 123.621 890 (22.611 ~,470 1_ I 111.941------1 :m-i1Q.61i ~ _____ 1 .012 (0.31) :00810.201 .320(8,13) ;m'i7.371 NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. 3. LID MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLO PLATED. ALLOY SEAL. TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. [!] SIGNETICS SYMBOL OENOTES LEAO NO.1. @] LEAO SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) J••. 060'ClmW. (-) Jc = .016°ClmW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) m 8·5 SIGNETICS PACKAGES I PACKAGE ~_L-.- __lID I~ __________ .01210.31) + :ooa ..!.1Q.~ .10012·"'1 t 420 (lO.67) ,390-( NOTES, 1. LEAD MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR eaUIVALENT. 3. LID MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. ALLOY SEAL. ~ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. [[J SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. II] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-) Ja = .055"C/mW, (~Jc' .012°C/mW. B. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) I PACKAGE III 1 J~ NOTES, 1. LEAD MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED 2. BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. 3. LID MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED, ALLOY SEAL. @] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. ~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. ~ LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja' .050"C/mW,(-) Jc' .010°C/mW. B. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) 8-6 10.201 ' 9.901 ~I ~~IP;A~C;K~A~G~E;-------------------------------------------SIGNETICSPACKAGES rI _.___ .490 (12.45) ,470 ("11.94)-- 1 1 J 1---_ _ .620 (15.74) 590 (14.98) - - - - - I PACKAGE r ~(!!J.,,® _,Ol<> "",;, 1,. ~ ~ .~ ~' ~' ~~ n, • _" unnnrnJ4WMNVWr--~O~i-) . VUV''~.h.d:~~~·]. I----:;~ ~ ~:~ ; j~ I -1 U U Ulili ., u U ' _ 7 "" "'" ~ .015 (0.38)--tH ~- .065 (1.65) ~: 3. ! 1111 f.4-- --r-- t ,'~ ,,:-~, """ '0,,", I ' (...._ .060 (1.52) .045 iT.i4j =~ .110 .090 ---1 1 .• rr __--;; .. 0:;-;:;-;12(=0.31"'--) .100 (2.54) - - --- - - - - _.620 (15.74) ! ~~~~ I~:~::~~i: ~:;:~~: !~UiValent. Gold Plated. Lid Material: Kovar or EqU~:a~e~var or Equivalent. ~ Tol"ances Non Cumulative. ~ ~':an:tics ~ymbol Denotes Lead No.1, t. Gold Plated. Alloy Seal. 7: Thern~:a~l;s~s~:~!~~~_)M;::u~~;~~: 'hr~s Zo~e, All Dtmensions Shown in Parentheses::~ ~~~r~c·~:~i;~~n~~. 0 (Millimeters) 8-7 SIGNETICS PACKAGES K PACKAGE 1-- ~~};OIA. --I T~ j_ I 03010.761 .020(0.51) 255/8.481 23515.971 ! O~. ~ ~ 0 370(9.40) ... 155 {[em 240(6.101 r- DIAl .04511.141 t ~-f·' ~E:~DIA - 562 (1-4.2B) 500('01 .220ls:5oi Jrn ",m ,".",", OIA. - ----... t 160(4,061 120tool .-/ /' .(M0(1.021 02910.741 NOTES, 1. LEAD MATERIAL KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL, EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED, GLASS BODY 3. LID MATERIAL NICKEL, WELD SEAL. 4. THERMAL RESISTANCE FROM JUNCTION TO CASE, 1-' Ja= .150 ClmW, 1-, Jc· .025 ClmW, 5. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EOUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERSI L PACKAGE T_~I-~:~DIA __ -I [~:%.i~i .18514.701 illi"i.T91 -. r. _L_ tl : t .~~~~ _.04511.14) :DiS (0.381 (IT .~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r·t-- ~E:=DIA -~~OIA.--- //~ Y Z.034 :028(0.711 / NOTES: 1, LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. 2, BODY MATERIAL, EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED, GLASS BODY. 3, LID MATERIAL, NICKEL, WELD SEAL. 4, THERMAL RESISTANCE FROM JUCTION TO CASE, 1-) J ••. lSOoClmW, 1-) Jc' ,02SoC/mW. 5, ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS, (MILLIMETERSI 8·8 040 {I 021 (0.6!I~M9(0.741 INSULATOR SIGNETICS PACKAGES N PACKAGE rLEADNO.l m 1 L-~~~~~~~~-r~~~~~-r~~~~~~-~[~ li~.2~~ Ir= ~J15'491_'-~1 .590iT4.§91 075(1.911 ])Il5[U51 ~--------------------------~-.~ ~ ~(3.941 ~8) --:;}:31 L .120~ ~~ ----~_(17.,5J-·-~1 ~~~l .62Sns:a8l .06511.661 NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. 2. BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC TOLEflANCES NON CUMULATiVE. [!J SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. f!] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: ,., Ja = .12"C/mW, ,., Jc = .05'C/mW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERSI m NX PACKAGE r .405(10.29) 395M.Ol! ._.L ~~: I" r,030IQ.7611 F================t +~".-; . 126 . (3.1SII ~_~._'~lr ~.43) "'2013li51 - -~- r-I.~~ .065(1.651 1_ 2!2'~' ---------I , 525(13.34) NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. 2. BODY MATERIAL; PLASTIC 3J TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. If) SIGNETiCS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. I]] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja '" .12' C/mW. H Jc::: ,05"C/mW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) 8·9 SIGNETICS PACKAGES o PACKAGE =====1=1 D I====I J 351_~'60 18.601~ b~.~5Q_______ 1;': .. .... 230 15.841 .240/6.101 }~- :~:::""~:'------1 .,60116.601 I T40 ]'" 101 t. l.~~.:~ 038 10.971 1lf2 !O.31J 0 l~1 I ~ 1-.03010.761 MI~ 075(1.911 0s0 i1T71 ill NOTES. 1. LEAD MATERIAL KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS. 3. LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC. GLASS SEAL. @] TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. [[] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. ~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO. 1. [[J RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND. B. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja = .170"C/mW. (-) Jc = .060"C/mW. [9l MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB. LID SKEW. OR FRIT SQUEEZE OUT IS .D10. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) o PACKAGE ===11 9 ~---- 250_.fl?~~ I,. '.60_f6.601 f5.84I~ l6lOl---iI 230 -1 240 1-~301O.761 NOTES 1. LEAD MATERIAL: KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT. GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS. 3. LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC. GLASS SEAL. I!l TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. [[] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO. I. ID MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB, LID SKEW OR FRIT SQUEEZE OUT .DIO. B. THERMAL RESISTANCE: e Ja' .160"C/mW. e Jc' .060"C/mW. 9. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS). 8·10 t .9 J! 28 .LO-2!!. 012 (0.311 .~~ ::::~:------__1 + 03lfO.791 028 10.661 ! 0750·91) 050 (t.2f1 SIGNETICS PACKAGES QPACKAGE ~I ======::::~I ern .020 10.'" i ~~~~-~IilL04011.02),i. ~(1"2)1 I f..--,37019.401------1---. 27• 16.99) ,. . .940 1,-_ __:330 ._-_'8_.38_)----~:i7:.--:::.:~)~ =-c ~::~: 01910.481 .I I -----j rrn 004 "0.,0) 1 I I TVP ]"i5(O.38) ~r " t .028(0.71) OTOio."25J rn:B8j-------~ .006(0.15) t ± .0301=0.76) ____~----~ 031(0.79) 020 (o~ NOTES, 1. LEAO MATERIAL, ~OVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS. 3. LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL. !~. TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. "jJ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND. 8. THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-) J. =.150°C/mW, (-) Jc =.050·C/mW. ~ MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB, LID SKEW, OR FRIT SQUEEZE OUT IS .010. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) 00 Ll QPACKAGE 020(0.• 11- ~rn If ~IID II jl~~~"1 ~ --.l :J =:J II II 960(24.38) 940 (23.881 1 LiID .395 4,221 (10.~;~ 3":72l (1 t3il9.40) .01910.461 015(0.381 :::J :::J c37019~~~27'_'6~_ .330(8.361 .245(6.22) I ),., .~ II ----j rn 1:=.030 10.76) J ==tl=~:===={I:=:=:=:=::::.=:=:=:oiri~~r--~~~~~~~---=i--t-------=.08012.03) I -----.=--.r---'r:05° [006 (0.1') j 004(0.10) 1T.27i .03110.79) .02010.511 NOTES, 1. 2. 3. [4.] lil \61 1Il 8. [!] 10. LEAD MATERIAL, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. BODY MATERIAL, CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS. LID MATERIAL, CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL. TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN TH.IS ZONE. SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1. RECOMMENDEO MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND. THERMAL RESISTANCE, (-) Ja = .150°C/mW, (-) Jc = .050·C/mW. MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB. LID SKEW, OR·FRIT SQUEEZE OUT IS .010. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) 8-11 SIGNETICS PACKAGES T PACKAGE 1- 32"828' I NiBoiii O'A -- I T-"~ '85.".4.'701 .'65!'4.'9' t~ ::~.~~: i .OJOCOI., f020 '0.511 __ j --- . -. 0 U0 __ 00 f ~ :-Hi: INSULATOR ",,-,019(0.461 .01610ATi orA 31O/9.40! --- 3SSi9.02J0 1A . - ' " \ _45)' 2' TVP NOTES: 1. LEAD MATER'AL' KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED 2. BODY MATERIAL: EYELET, KOVAR OR EQUIVALENT, GOLD PLATED. GLASS BODY. 3. LID MATERIAL: NICKEL, WELD SEAL. 4. THERMAL RESISTANCE FROM JUNCTION TO CASE,") J.' .150 C/mW,") Jc' .025 C/mW. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) V PACKAGE d'j~: ~~-~---I rr~'~--I . ,...------..., - - . ~~ j .125,(3.17) --III .1151(2.92) .12013.DBi E!r:;'31 L..J ~:~ dW:O'~ ~!! 10.38) , ~I .1101r,;-! .09012.Bf [II iO.51l I ~~046(1.14) j[26J :o25iG.641 NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. 2. BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC ~ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. @] SIGNETICSSYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: 1-) J•• . 16'C/mW, (-) Jc' .0S-C/mW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) ffiJ 8·12 :t 11=020 'oro L.'!Z!.19.631 .326tnm I -l SIGNETICS PACKAGES W PACKAGE ",t- rOO LEAD NO.1 - I .055(1.40) ff141 ~ .045 .020 10.511 f---- I-I:==~=- H -- -----frtI [] .260(6.601 I==~=--~~~Ug: +1--,o,3ms I _~_'6~--1--.2.g_~--I r230 f6.841 ['0IlIl1OJ!! 004 (O.10) .750_U!l:,Q5!~ .240 (6.101 ~ ===1=1100 .240 (6lOl (0.38) ,_.'_30_'_'8.54_'_,=i----.-l JI .040ll.0"] :020 (0.611 ~{I].030(O.761 .06012.03IJ .0501T.2fi NOTES: 1. LEAO MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. TIN PLATEO. 2. BOOY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEAOS. 3. LlO MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL. TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. :!;I LEAO SPACING SHALL BE MEASUREO WITHIN THIS ZONE. ~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT OENOTES LEAD NO.1. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND. MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB .010. 9. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-) Ja = .220°C/mW, (-, Jc = .0BSoC/mW. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) m m :II WPACKAGE (ID I!l~LEADiNOl ~O." 0 11 055(1.401 ~{.'" t 1 02 ___ '- _ _ 1--------.--"+ , I- ;~~:~~:..I.... ;:~ ::~~: ..I :::~ ~~~3~41 1- .J~ T .305(7.751 350(8.691 .29511.491330(8.38) ~~4j I I - g ; g :~;;: = 1 = = l_t ===-~=f=11-=1!l=8. I t L~ :~:~: __ ~II__ m NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 QR EQUIVALENT, TIN PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS. 3. LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL. ~ TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. ~ LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. ~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1. [LJ RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND. [[1 MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB .010. 9. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-, Ja = .200"C/mW, 'el Jc = .0BSoC/mW. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) 8-13 SIGNETICS PACKAGES WPACKAGE iii 1---'.'02010.611 r~(1.401 (1.141 1.045 ~=-----1 t .350 ± .0.10 1 ,395 (10.031 {,,~:T'r~ 01510.381 .960 {24.3BI ----.94ijl231i8', 1i1 ' '-10.641.02_~ (0.251.010 I 1 r-- ~ L~==~~I ~~~~~~~~~±~ l~(O.'51 ~ ~7 + l 00410.101 _ ,040_~J .030(0.781 ,020(0.511 NOTES: 1. LEAD MATERIAL: A~LOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. TIN PLATED. 2. BODY MATERIAL: CERAMIC WITH GLASS SEAL AT LEADS. 3. LID MATERIAL: CERAMIC, GLASS SEAL. TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. [[] LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. ~ SIGNETICS SYMBOL OR ANGLE CUT DENOTES LEAD NO.1. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM OFFSET BEFORE LEAD BEND. ~ MAXIMUM GLASS CLIMB .010. 9. THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-J Ja = .200"C/mW, (-J Jc = .OS5'C/mW. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. IMILLIMETERSI III III XA PACKAGE r-LEADNO.l :::::::::(:I~ ------:~::::::~ NOTES: 1. 2. TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE. @ SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. 00 8-14 LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT. BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC ~ LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NQT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH. 7. THERMAL RESISTANCE: 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) e JA - .16oC/mW, e JC • .0SoC/mW. .oooll:Q;J] 06011.271 SIGNETICS PACKAGES XC PACKAGE LEAD NO. 1 [!J .155 . (3.94) ~ (3.68 Ir'~(!!J!!I) .015 (0.38) (0.53) .Q!!!! (!,g) (D.38) .040 (1.02) (1.32) CU2) .110 .090 (2.79) (2.29) .015 .010 :g:~:c--JLL .490 .440 (12.45) (f[17)- NOTES' LEAD MATERIAL: ALLOY 42 OR EQUIVALENT 2. BODY MATERIAL: PLASTIC TOLERANCES NON CUMULATIVE SIGNETICS SYMBOL DENOTES LEAD NO.1. LEAD SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED WITHIN THIS ZONE. 6. BODY DIMENSIONS DO NOT INCLUDE MOLDING FLASH 7 THERMAL RESISTANCE: (-lJil = .125 C/mW. <-JJc = .055 C/mW. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS ARE METRIC EQUIVALENTS. (MILLIMETERS) ill 1.41 rnl 8·15 8·16 SIGNETICS • SUPR DIP PROGRAM INTRODUCTION • Preseal Visual Inspection, MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B Criteria Increasingly, users are demanding ultra high quality and reliability commercial temperature range ICs for their use in certain electronic systems. This trend toward a "Zero Defects" philosophy has been prompted by the inability of previously available "one or two percent" defective device lots to meet board rework cost requirements and system reliability goals. The need for nearly perfect, but low cost, devices is being met by the industry with varying degrees of success. Several IC manufactures have programs which partially meet these requirements, and many users have implemented specifications designed to accomplish this goal. Signetics has been supplying devices to these general requirements for some time, but only now, and for the first time in the industry, has a fully evaluated and comprehensive program been instituted. We call it SUPR DIP. 100% Thermal Shock, MIL-STD-883, Method 1011, Condition A Criteria • 100% Production Electrical Testing • 100% High Temperature Functional Testing for elimination of functional rejects and temperature sensitive (intermittent) bonds • Outgoing Lot Quality Acceptance Testing including 0.15% AQL for functionality and 0.15% to 1.0% for other electrical and mechanical criteria BENEFITS The above processing steps are efficiently performed in volume, and users realize the following benefits at both DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS STEPS (see Page 7) LOW INITIAL COST and LOW EVENTUAL COST: SUPR DIP utilizes the best provisions of various user specifications and adds a few of our own. SUPR DIP i,s a COMPREHENSIVE program which results in the HIGHEST QUALITY and RELIABILITY commercial products AVAILABLE IN THE INDUSTRY. Other suppliers' user specifications offer SOME of the advantages of our program, but only SUPR DIP gives ALL of the following provisions: • • Visual Die Sort Inspection, MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B Criteria • Eliminates need for 100% incoming electrical testing and mechanical inspection • No need for additional preconditioning prior to board assembly • Significantly reduces requirement for board rework (page 8) • Reduction in system field failures • Permits the following Signetics GUARANTEES: GUARANTEES TEST CONDITIONS AQL Electrically 25°C 0.15% Functional 100°C 0.15% 25°C DC AC Mechanic;~1 1.0% 25°C 1.0% Minor NOTES 0.15% 1 .65% At Temperatures Major CUMULATIVE .25% 1.0% 2.5% 1.0% 2 NOTE 1; The functional test not only checks for opens and shorts but also performs an operating test where the device is driven from standard outputs and drives Inputs under full load. NOTE 2: MAJOR DEFECTS: those that make the circuit Inoperable such as miSSing pin, wrong symbol, no solder, shorted pins, holes in package. MINOR DEFECTS: physical dlmenslons,llleglble type, solderability to MIL-S-202C-20BB. 8-17 SIGNETICS • SUPR DIP PROGRAM WHAT FLOW AND GUARANTEES DO I GET WITH SUPR? masking errors and lots that exhibit potential high yield losses. Critical random defects which constitute reliability problems and which may not be detected at final test are inspected to a 1.0% AOL. These include: 1. scratches 2. smears 3. glassivated bonding pads NOTE 2: O.C. Lot Acceptance of Preseal Parts From the above study an analysis was completed on parts prior to encapsulation. The same inspection at this point is being performed in accordance with MI L-STD-883, 2010-B to a 2.5% AOL, and with critical defects to a 0.65% AOL. Critical defects include: PROCESS FLOW a.c. LOT ACCEPT NOTE 1 1. scratches caused by assembly operators 2. contamination 3. smeared ball bonds on bonding pads decreasing the aluminum SUPR DIE ATTACH WIRE BOND VISUAL a.c. LOT ACCEPT NOTE 2 SUPR THERMAL SHOCK NOTE 3 FINISH PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE SYMBOLIZE HIGH TEMP FUNCTIONAL TEST NOTE 4 PACK OUTGOING aUALITY CONTROL NOTE 5 .----..&...----.... NOTE 3: Preconditioning Various types of preconditioning were examined including thermal shock, temperature cycle, and high temperature storage. Thermal shock (M I L-STD-883, 1011, A) was selected as the most effective method of removing potential package problems that could not be detected by other processing screens. This processing weakens loose bonds so that they may be tested out at temperature without degrading the quality of good bonds. Other tests have either no effect on quality and reliability or significantly degraded the good parts during the preconditioning period. Some users, attempting to incorporate tighter screening, have instituted various preconditioning steps before testing or board assembly. Many of these steps create problems which would not occur if preconditioning was performed prior to shipment. Examples of a few of these problems are opens at high temperature due to extremes of thermal shock or temperature cycles, symbolization coming off after exposure to liquids used for shock testing, handling loss and mechanical damage, solderability problems due to contamination within ovens. NOTE 4: High Functional Temperature Test Analysis of user incoming quality and system failure reports has yielded four significant results: PROCESS NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS NOTE 1: O.C. Lot Acceptance of Die From reports covering all reported 1971 failures an analysis was compiled to determine the need for improved inspection at die sort. The inspection derived from this study was to lot accept to a 4.0% AOL to MIL-STD-883, 2010B. This is statistically adequate to reject all lots with repetitive type 8-18 A. Due to supplier processing and handling from final test to shipment, parts may become mixed to a low percent defective. B. Some decives, due to internal differential expansion coefficients, become non-functional when operated in a system in which the ambient is above room temperature and the junctions receive continuous power. This is normally due to weak bonds. These parts create considerable system detection problems since they test good at room temperature and may also become system life test failures. SIGNETICS • SUPR DIP PROGRAM C. Most customers building boards of 40 or more units complexity perform 100% parts testing upon receipt of a shipment. This is to obtain a low percentage board rework. This is normally performed at room temperature using a large test system. These testers have the potential for destroying or degrading units due to faulty relay controls which force excessive currents into devices. In an ordinary electronic system, parts are never subjected to these conditions. In many cases, this type of inspection results in a greater percent lot defective than was received and can result in additional board rework. 100% testing normally only reduces percent defective to a .28% AQL level. (see Page 8) AQL LEVELS VS. BOARD REWORKS 1. One sample is selected to check functionality, using a tester which has no potential for degrading units. No relay switching or current forcing modules should be used. 2. From this sample another sample is tested for AC and DC conformance to specifications. Only devices which have a marginal AC or high temp quality history need be tested. 3. In most cases skip lot testing can be instituted immediately. In this manner a great savings can be realized in incoming control and board rework costs. A TYPICAL IC USER'S ASSEMBLY FLOW AND SOME INDUSTRY AVERAGE COSTS 90 80 70 I---+---+---+~.-c+ " a; ~ 60 ~50 I---+--~~-+--+-~r_~ Cl ~ 40 ~ r 0. o 20 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 DEVICES/BOARD Costs added to parts because of quality problems (based on current industry averages) D. Most integrated circuits will never be used in a circuit that requires all worst case load and threshold conditions. If a part will function under load at 100 degrees C ambient, it will consistently work in a system. Signetics has addressed to all these problems by designing a test system that repetitively tests devices functionally at a temperature in excess of 100 degrees C. This testing circuit is the same electrical environment as in a computer. NOTE 5: Outgoing Quality Control The task of this function is to ensure that parts have been processed to the required flow and that the tightened inspection criteria are being met. An additional sample will be selected to assure electrical specification conformance. Each shipment will be sealed by Quality Assurance personnel. RECOMMENDED INCOMING TEST Signetics recommends that parts from this program be sampled at incoming inspection by using the following technique: Incoming inspection (sampling, 100% test, preconditioning) labor and material only. Outside labs were kept separate since they tend to distort this number. Present average cost for outside lab usage is $.08 per part. .02 Find and repair defective parts in boards and systems. This includes location of defects, scrapped parts, replacement of bad parts, engineering support during system burn-in. Labor and material only. .03 Field service support. Labor, material, travel, revenue lost dLle to equipment being down. Calculated only on first year expenses. No customer ill will, lost accounts, maintenance, organization overhead is included. .01 Administration and overhead. Test equipment for parts and systems (depreciation, only) support costs of this equipment, inventory of parts and systems necessary because of delays due to quality problem~. No additional hidden costs such as added supervision, field service overhead, quality and reliability overhead is included. .02 TOTAL (not including outside labs) .08 SUPR DIP WAS ENGINEERED TO CUT THIS EXPENSE BY ONE ORDER OF MAGNITUDE 8,19 SIGNETICS SURE 883 PROGRAM FOR DIGITAL DEVICES. BULLETIN 5001A The Signetics SU R E· /883 Program consists of a combination of 100 percent and statistical sample tests designed to assure specified performance, continuing uniformity, and long term reliability of Signetics products. These tests are made regularly at no extra cost to the user and are performed in addition to the 40 quality assurance inspections and tests to which every circuit is subjected before final seal. The tests, tabulated below for the specifier's convenience, are performed in accordance with the following conditions, sequence, and schedules on equipment calibrated to meet all requirements of MI L-Q-9858A and MI L-C-45662A. All of the applicable Electrical Parameters of Table IliA are performed at pretest on the Table II I C samples. This provides the MI L-STD-883 electrical parameter and design verification Group A tests. These tests are performed on representative circuit types from every die process family type in manufacturing during this period. Table I II B consists of the package oriented qualification environmental stress tests of MI L-STD-883, Groups Band C. Representative samples from each package product family type are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these tests. A common device is used as the die type for these package and assembly qualification tests. Every circuit of every lot is processed to the environmental screens shown in Table I. These screens are performed in production and include 100% final production electrical tests. Any unit failing either the environmental screens or the final production electrical tests is rejected and removed from the lot. Table "IC consists of the die process oriented qualification electrical stress or operational tests at high temperature per MI L-STD-883, Groups Band C. Representative devices from each die process family are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these tests. The package type is randomly selected as applicable. After completion of Table I tests, each manufacturing lot is sampled and tested by Quality Assurance for conformance to the requirements of Table II. The unsampled portion of the lot is held pending acceptance of the lot sample. Detailed electrical tbSt limits and conditions applicable to each subgroup are shown in the Electrical Characteristics table of the individual part type data sheets_ An additional screening series is available at extra cost. Details are given in Table V, MI L-STD-883, method 5004, high reliability screening. Table I - 100% Production Screen Tests CONDITIONS TEST Tables IliA, II 18, and II I C provide a complete process qualification and verification program in accordance with the conditions of MI L-STD-883, Group A, Band C tests. These tests are performed once in every 90 day manufacturing period, on representative devices from each standard production die process family and on each production package family. The representative circuits and packages selected are changed routinely, and the tests performed monitor and qualify all structurally similar devices produced by the same process and production during that period. A summary of these test results is available on request at the time of order placement. Preseal Visual High Power - Thermal Shock Liquid to Liquid, 5 Cycles 60 Seconds at OoC, 60 Seconds at 100 C, transfer time 5 Seconds. (See Note 1.) Centrifuge Y1 Axis; 30,000 g minimum, 1 minute. (See Note 1.) Hermeticity Gross leak test (Bubble Test). (See Note 1.) Low Power e Production Electrical Tests • Systematic' Uniformity and Reliability Evaluation Table II - Signetics Acceptance Tests (See Notes 2 and 3) SIGNETICS SUBGROUP TEST CONDITIONS AQL MIL·STD·105 INSPECTION LEVEL A-1 Visual and Mechanical Inspection MI L-STD-883 Method 2009 1.0% :IT A-2 DC Parameters T A = +25 C 0 1.0% IT A-3 DC Parameters TA = +25 C 0 1.0% II: A-4 DC Parameters TA=+125OC 1.0% IT A-5 DC Parameters T A = -55°C 1.0% II: 1.0% ]I A-6 8·20 AC Parameters 0 T A = +25 C TABLE IliA. MIL-STD-883 GROUP A ELECTRICAL TESTS MI L-STD-883 GROUP A SUBGROUP SIGNETICS SUBGROUP Al A-2, A-3 A2 A-4 A3 A-5 A4 TEST DESCRIPTION Static tests at 25°C Static tests at maximum rated operating temperature. Static test. at minimum rated operating temperature. A-6 Dynamic tests at 25°C, A5 C-2. when applicable A6 C·2. when applicable rated operating temperature. A-4. A-5 and minimum rated A7 A8 Dynamic tests at maximum rated operating temperature. Dynamic tests at minimum Functional tests at 25°C. Functibnal tests at ma)(imum operating temperatures. A9 A-6 Switching tests at 25°C. Al0 C-2. when applicable Switching tests at maximum Al.l C-2, when applicable Switching tests at minimum rated operating temperature, rated operating temperature. TABLE IIIB. MIL-STD-883 GROUPS BAND C ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS MIL-STD-883 GROUPBllrC SUBGROUP TEST DESCRIPTION MI L·STD-883 METHOD LTPD CONDITIONS Physical DImensions 2008 Test Condition A 15 Marking Permanency Visual and Mechanical 2008 2008 Test Condition 6. Para. 3,2,1 Test Condition 6 4 devices/no lailure 1 device/no faIlure ~________~~~60~n~dccS~t~re~ng~t~h__________~__~2~01~1____~~T~es~t~C~0~n~di~ti~on~D__~~~~~~~15~___________ _ ~__~6~3__~~~So~ld~e~ra~b~il~it~y____________~__~2~00~3~__~~S~0~1d~er~T~e~m~p~e~ra~tu~r~e~26~0~o~C~±~I~Oo~IC~1-~15~________._ 64 Lead Fatigue Hermeticity B. Fine b. 2004 1014 Gross Test Condition 62 See Note 4 Test Condition A or B 15 Test Condition C ~--~~--~~~~~~~~--------~------~--~~~~~~~~--------1---------------- Cl Pre-Test Electrical Signetics Subgroup A-3 Parameters Thermal Shock 1,011 Temperature Cycle 1010 Harmel1citv 1014 15 Cycles. Test Condition C, + 150°C to _65°C 10 Cycles. Test CondItion C. 150°C to -65°C See Note 4 1004 Test Condition A or B Test Condition C Omit initial conditioning. a. b, Fine Gross Moisture Resistance 15 End Point Electrical Parameters Signetics Subgroup A-3 ReIer to Table IV. FAILURE CRITERIA C2 Pre-Test Electrical Parameters Mechanical Shock Signetics Subgroup A-3 2002 Test Condition B 2007 2001 Test Condition A 15 Vibration Variable Frequency Constant Acceleration End Point Electrical Parameters FAILURE CRITERIA Test Condition E Signetics Subgroup A·3 Refer to Table IV. r----rC~3----1--S~a~lt~AA.t~m=0~sp~h=e=re~--------~--~INOOM9~---r~T~e=st~C~o~n~di7,ti~on~A~_~O~m-'it~------4--------------initial conditioning. C4 15 Pre-Test Electrical Parameters High Temperature Storage Signetics Subgroup A-3 1008 TA = + 150°C. t = 1000 hours ~ = 15 End Point Electrical Parameters Signetics Subgroup A-3 ReIer to Table IV. FAILURE CRITERIA TABLE IIIC. MIL-STD-883 GROUPS BAND C HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING LIFE TESTS :~~~~':i~ TEST DESCRIPTION MIL-8TD-883 CONDITIONS L TPD ~~SU~B~G~R~O~U~P~~~~__~____________~__M_E_T_H_O_D__~~______________________~____________.__ Pre-Test ai.d Design Verification Electrical Table lilA 8S applicable. data sheet groups A & C. Parameters C5 High Temperature Operating Life End Point Electrical Parameters FAILURE CRITERIA 1005 Test Condition D or E as applicable. T A • + 125°C or +85 0 C. per Part Data Sheet. t = 1000 hours. ----------~ = 10 Signetics Subgroup A-3 Refer to Table IV. • Slgn.tics p'erforms a truth table test. 8-21 Signetics Failure Criteria Table IV TEST " ' " Input Current LIMITS "0" Input Current " ' " Output Voltage Expansion Node Current "0" Output Voltage D&ta Sheet Lim its and: Data Sheet Limits and: Data Sheet Limits Data Sheet Limits and: Data Sheet Limits and 'OX Initial Value for DTL ±20% Initial Value ±20% Initial Value ±O., V ±20% Initial Value 5X Initial Value for TTL Optional High Reliability Screening Notes: To maximize reliability in critical application, the Optional High Reliability Screening of Table V provides for three levels of '00% screening per M I L·STD·883, Method 5004 at extra cost. This series eliminates the necessity for special specification, minimizes cost and provides the shortest possible ·delivery time. This series is applied after the normal Group A acceptance test. Circuits subjected to this Preconditioning Series are clearly distinguishable from standard products in the following ways: ,. Individual serial number on each circuit (Class A only). 2. The first letters of a part number are either RA, RB, or RC. RA = Class A RB = Class B RC = Class C i.e., RA8880J 3. = 1. Not applicable to solid molded packaged devices. 2. All test equipment calibrated MI L·Q·9858A and MI L·C·45662A. 3. Detailed tests, conditions, and limits applicable to each subgroup are given in the Signetics data sheet ELECTRICAL CHARAC· TERISTICS table. See Table IliA for the corresponding Group A tests of MI L·STD·883. 4. The Hermeticity packages. 5. Class B and Class C may be subjectlld to thermal shock as an alternate. 6. The test sequence of fine and gross leak may be reversed when fluorocarbons are utilized for gross leak. 7. The individual MI L·STD·883 Test Methods are, in many cases designed to "stand alone" as a sole screen or sole Group B environmental sampling test. But since 5004 specifies a screening series or flow, some of the measurements, etc., specified in an individual Test Method are not intended to be applicable in the screening series. '00% screening of Table V, Class A. Individual device variables parametric test data is supplied with each shipment (Class A only). Consult your local representative for price information. Device types should be specified with the appropriate letter prefixes. TABLE V - tests are not to meet employed requirements of for solid molded MIL-STD-883 METHOD 5004, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING MIL·STD·883 TEST CLASS A CLASSB CLARIFICATIONS CLASSC lSeeNoto7} METHOD Internal Visual (prese.1) 2010.1 Condo A Cond, B Condo B Test Condition A, Paragraph 3.1.1.7, ., delete the Stabilization Bake 1008 (24 hours) Condo C Condo C Condo C ::~td~~~n go(~ :~o~ ~2a~O t~) .u~~;.t:~~ze~:~~ words "and paramete,". I metallization system, No electrical me.,urements at this point. Thermal Shock 1011 Cond C Not required. Not required. Condo C (150°C) max. for ,u/.1 ."etelliution system. Condo 0 (200°C) max. for al/al met· allization system. No electrical mea.urementl, no external visual Inspection at thil point. Temperatur. Cvcling 1010 Condo C Condo C Condo C (150 0 C) max. for au/al metallization system. Condo 0 (200°C) max. for allal metallization sYltem. No electrical mea.urementl, no external visual Inspection, no harmeticity teltl at this point. No electrical me.surementl at this point. Mechanical Shock 2002. Y 1 plane only Centrifuge 2001 Hermlticlty A. Fine Leak B. Gross Leak 1014, Note 6 (Hermetic deVICes only) Not Aequlred Not Required Condo E V2 then Y 1 plane Condo E Yl plane Condo E Y 1 plane Condo A or B Condo C Condo A or B Condo C Condo A or B Condo C Critical Electrical Parameterl Signetics Subgroup A 3 Read and Record Not Required Not Required Burn In Test 1015, TA -' .q2SoC 240 hours Condo 0 or E (as applicable) 168 hours Cond .. D or E (as applicable) Not Required Critical Electrical Parameters Signetics Subgroup A 3 Read and Record Not ReqUired Not ReqUired Table I V Not Required Not Required Not Requl,'ed Not Requited Sign.tics FAILURE CRITERIA Reverse Bias Burn In 1015, TA t 150°C t - 72 houn ReqUIred only when specified in the .pplicable procurement document_ Slgnetics standard burn In (above) includes reverM bias of unused junctions r-.------------------~---------------r_-------------r_-----------~------------~----------------------------- Flnsl Electrical Test Porforrn go no go measurements of Slgn.tlcs Subgroup A Parameters Signetics Subgroups A 2. A 4. A 5, A 6, Functional tests, truth lable when applIcable Signetlcs Subgroups A 2,A 3. FunctIOnal tests, Iruth lable when applICable SlgnltlCS Subgroups A 2. A 3 Functional tests, truth table when applicable NOI ReqUired Nol ReqUired - - - - - - -- ---------- ----4-----------------------------1 RadiographIC Inspection f-------------------External VISual 8-22 2012 ~--------- 2009 Ve-s --- f--Ve. SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM SIGNETICS QUALIFICATION AND SCREENING PROGRAM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIL-STD883, METHOD 5004 & 5005 The Signetics SU R E * /883 Program consists of a combination of 100 percent and statistical sample tests designed to assure specified performance, continuing uniformity, and long term reliability of Signetics products. These tests are made regularly at no extra cost to the user and are performed in addition to the 40 quality assurance inspections and tests to which every circuit is subjected before final seal. The tests, tabulated below for the specifier's convenience, are performed in accordance with the following conditions, sequence, and schedules on equipment calibrated to meet all requirements of M I L-Q-9858A and MIL-C-45662A. Every circuit of every lot is processed to the environmental screens shown in Table I. These screens are performed in production and include 100% final production electrical test. Any unit failing either the environmental screens or the final production electrical tests is rejected and removed from the lot. After completion of Table I tests, each manufacturing lot is sampled and tested by Quality Assurance for conformance to the requirements of Table II. The unsampled portion of the lot is held pending acceptance of the lot sample. Detailed electrical test limits and conditions applicable to each subgroup are shown in the Electrical Characteristics table of the individual part type data sheets. Tables IliA, IIIB, and IIIC provide a complete process qualification and verification program in accordance with the conditions of MI L-STD-883, Group A, Band C tests. These tests are performed once in every 90 day manufacturing period, on representative devices from each standard production die process family and on each production package family. The representative circuits and packages selected are changed routinely, and the tests performed monitor and qualify all structurally similar devices produced by the sam(~ process and production during that period. A summary of these test results is available on request at the time of order placement. Table III B consists of the package oriented qualification environmental stress tests of M I L-STD-883, Groups Band C. Representative samples from each package product family type are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these tests. A common device is used as the die type for these packages and assembly qualification tests. Table IIIC consists of the die process oriented qualification electrical stress or operational tests at high temperature per MI L-STD-883, Groups Band C. Representative devices from each die process family are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these tests. The package type is randomly selected as applicable. An additional screening series is available at extra cost. Details are given in Table V, MIL-STD-883, Method 5004, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING. TABLE I - SIGNETICS 100% PRODUCTION SCREEN TESTS TEST CONDITIONS r---------------~---------~----------- ~---- Preseal Visual Thermal Shock High Power-Low Power Liquid to Liquid, 5 Cycles, 60 Seconds at O°C, 60 Seconds at 100°C, transfer time 5 seconds. (Note 1) Centrifuge Y 1 Axis; 30,000 g minimum, 1 minute. (Note 1) Hermeticity Gross leak test (Bubble Test) (Note 1) Production Electrical Tests ~--------------~---------~------------------- All of the applicable Electrical Parameters of Table lilA are performed at pretest on the Table IIIC samples. This provides the MI L-STD-883 electrical parameter design verification Group A tests. These tests are performed on representative circuit types from every die process family type in manufacturing during this period. NOTE: 1. Not applicable to solid molded packaged devices. 'Systematic Uniformity and Reliability Evaluation 8-23 SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM TABLE 11- SIGNETICS ACCEPTANCE TESTS SIGNETICS SUBGROUP TEST (Notes 2,3) CONDITIONS AQL MIL-STD-105 INSPECTION LEVEL A-1 Visual and Mechanical Inspection MI L-STD-883 Method 2009 1.0% II A-2 DC Parameters TA = +25°C 1.0% II II A-7 DC End Point* TA=+25°C 1.0% A-4 DC Parameters T A = +125°C 1.0% II A-5 DC Parameters TA = -55°C 1.0% II A-6 AC Parameters TA=+25°C 1.0% II ·Applies to Data Sheets Published After 6/11/70 NOTES: 2. All test equipment calibrated to meet requ irements of M I L-Q-9858A and M I L-C-45662A. 3. Detailed tests, conditions, and limits applicable to each subgroup are given in the Signetics data sheet ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS table. See Table lilA for the Corresponding Group A tests of MIL-STD-883. TABLE IliA - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883 GROUP A ELECTRICAL TESTS MI L-STD-883 GROUP A SUBGROUP TEST DESCRIPTION A1 A-2,A-7 A2 A-4 Static tests at maximum rated operating temperature A3 A-5 Static tests at minimum rated operating temperature A4 A-7 Dynamic tests at 25°C A5 A4 Dynamic tests at maximum rated operating temperature A6 A5 Dynamic tests at minimum rated operating temperature Static tests at 25°C A7 Functional tests at 25°C A8 Functional tests at maximum and minimum rated operating temperature A9 8-24 SIGNETICS SUBGROUP A-6 Switching tests at 25°C A10 Switching tests at maximum rated operating temperature A11 Switching tests at minimum rated operating temperature SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM TABLE IIiB - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883 GROUPS BAND C ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS MIL-STD-883 GROUP B & C SUBGROUP TEST DESCRIPTION MI L-STD-883 METHOD CONDITIONS LTPD B1 Physical Dimensions 2008 Test Condition A 15 B2 Marking Permanency 2008 Test Condition B, Para. 3, 2, 1 Visual and Mechanical 2008 Test Condition B 4 devices/no failures 1 device/no failure 15 Bond Strength 2011 Test Condition D, Para. 3, 7 B3 Solderability 2003 Solder Temperature 260°C ±lO°C 15 B4 Lead Fatigue Hermeticity a. Fine b. Gross 2004 1014 Test Condition B2 Note 4 Test Condition A or B Test Condition C 15 Cl Pre-Test Electrical Parameters Thermal Shock 1011 Temperature Cycle 1010 Hermeticity a. Fine b. Gross 1014 Moisture Resistance End Point Electrical Parameters FAILURE CRITERIA 1004 C2 M Pre-Test Electrical Parameters Mechanical Shock Vibration Variable Frequency Constant Acceleration End Point Electrical Parameters FAILURE CRITERIA C3 Salt Atmosphere C4 Pre-Test Electrical Parameters High Temperature Storage End Point Electrical Parameters FAILURE CRITERIA 2002 2007 2001 Table IV as applicable 15 Cycles. Test Condition C, +150°C to -65°C 10 Cycles. Test Condition C, +150°C to -65°C Note 4 Test Condition A or B Test Condition C 15 Omit vibration and initial conditioning Table IV as applicable Refer to Table IV Table IV as applicable Test Condition B Test Condition A 15 Table IV as applicable Refer to Table IV 1009 1008 Test Condition A. Omit initial conditioning Table IV as applicable T A = +150°C, t = 1000 hours Table IV as applicable Refer to Table IV 15 15 NOTE: 4. The Hermeticity tests are not employed for solid molded packages. TABLE IIIC - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883 GROUPS B & C HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING LI FE TESTS MI L-STD-883 GROUP B & C SUBGROUP TEST DESCRIPTION MI L-STD-883 METHOD Pre-Test and Design Verification Electrical Parameters B5&C5 High Temperature Operating Life End Point Electrical Parameters FAILURE CRITERIA CONDITIONS LTPD Table lilA, as applicable, data sheet groups A & C 1005 Test Condition B, T A = +125°C or +85°C, per Part Data Sheet t = 1008 hours Table IV as applicable Refer to Table IV 10 8-25 I SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM TABLE IV - SIGNETICS FAILURE CRITERIA FUNCTION Operational Amplifier Comparators I (Note 5) DEL TA LIMITS PARAMETER I nput Offset Voltage ±1mV Data Sheet Limits Open Loop Voltage Gain (Note 6) ±20% I nput Offset Voltage ±1mV Data Sheet Limits Open Loop Gain Input Threshold Voltage ±1 mV Data Sheet Limits Input Bias Current ±30% Video Amplifiers Voltage Gain ±20% Data Sheet Limits Voltage Regulators Quiescent Current ±15% RF/IF Amplifiers Voltage Gain ±15% Data Sheet Limits Phase Lock Loop Center Frequency of Oscillation ±10% Initial Value Sense Amplifiers NOTES: 5. For limits of specific devices, consult Signetics Product Marketing 6. For 5709 only OPTIONAL HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING To maximize reliability in critical applications, the Optional High Reliability Screening of Table V provides for three levels of 100% screening of MIL-STD-883, Method 5004 at extra cost. This series eliminates the necessity for special specifications, minimizes cost and provides the shortest possible delivery time. This series is applied after the normal Group A acceptance test. Circuits subjected to this Pre· conditioning Series are clearly distinguishible from standard products in the following ways: (1) 8·26 Individual serial number on each circuit (Class A only) (2) (3) The first letters of a part number are either RA, RB, or RC RA = Class A RB = Class B RC = Class C i.e., RA5709G - 100% screening of Table V, Class A. Individual device variables parametric test data is sup· plied with each shipment (Class A only). Consult your local representative for price information. Device types should be specified with the appropriate letter prefixes. SIGNETICS LINEAR SURE 883 PROGRAM TABLE V - SIGNETICS MIL-STD-883, METHOD 5004, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENING TEST MI L-STD-883 METHOD CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C CLARIFICATIONS (Notes 7, 8, 9) Internal Visual (pre-seal) 2010.1 Condo A Condo B Condo B Test Condo A, Para. 3.1.1.7 delete the words "and parameter" Stabilization Bake ·1008 (24 hrs.) Cond.C Cond.C Cond.C Condo C (150°C) max. for au/al metallization system. Condo D (200°C) max. for al/al metallization system. No electriGal measurements, at this point. Thermal Shock 1011 Condo A Not. Req'd Not Req'd Condo C (150°C) max. for au/al metallization system. Condo D (200°C) max. for al/al metallization system. No electrical measurements, no external visual inspection at this point. Temperature Cycling 1010 Cond.C Cond.C Note 7 Cond.C Note 7 (150° C) max. for au/al metallization Condo D (200°C) max. for al/al metallization system. No electrical measurement, no external visual inspection, no hermeticity tests at this point. Mechanical Shock 200, Y1 plane only Condo B Not Req'd Not Req'd No electrical measurements at this point. Centrifu~le 2001 Condo E Y2 then Y1 plane Condo E Y1 plane Condo E Y1 plane Hermeticity a. Fine Leak 1014, Note 6 (Hermetic devices only) Condo A or B Cond.C Condo A or B Cond.C Cond.A or B Cond.C b. Gross Leak Critical Electrical Parameters Table IV as applicable Read & Record Not Req'd Not Req'd Burn-In Test 1015, TA = +125°C 240 hrs. Condo B 168 hrs. Condo B Not Req'd Critical Electrical Parameters Table IV as applicable Read & Record Not Req'd Not Req'd Table IV Not Req'd Not Req'd Signetics F A I LU R E CRITERIA Reverse Bias Burn-In 1005, TA = +150°C t = 72° hours Cond.A or C Not Req'd Not Req'd Final Electrical Test Perform go-no-go measurements of Signetics sub Group A Parameters Signetics Sub Groups A-2,A-4 A-5, A-6 Signetics Sub Groups A-2,A-7 Signetics Sub Groups A-2, A-7 Radiographic Inspection 2012 Yes Req'd Not Req'd External Visual 2009 Yes Yes Yes I Not required unless specified on Purchase Order NOTES: 7. Class B and Class C may be subjected to thermal shock as an alternate. 8. The test sequence of fine and gross leak may be reversed when fluorocarbons are utilized for gross leak. 9. The individual M I L-STO-883 Test Methods are, in many cases designed to "stand alone" as a sole screen or sole Group B environmental sampling test. But since 5004 specifies a screening series or flow, some of the measurements, etc., specified in an individual Test Method are not intended to be applicable in the screening series. 8-27 SIGNETICS MOS 883 SURE PROGRAM QUALIFICATION AND SCREENING PROGRAM FOR MOS DEVICES similar devices produced by the same process and production during that period. The Signetics SURE* /883 Program consists of a combination of 100 percent and statistical sample tests designed to assure specified performance, continuing uniformity, and long term reliability of Signetics products. These tests are made regularly at no extra cost to the user and are performed in addition to the 40 quality assurance inspections and tests to which every circuit is subjected before final seal. The tests, tabulated below the specifier's convenience, are performed in accordance with the following conditions, sequence, and schedules on equipment calibrated to meet all requirements of M I L-Q-9858A and MI L-C-45662A. Every circuit of every lot is processed to the environmental screens shown in Table I. These screens are performed in production and include 100% final production electrical te~ . Any unit failing either the environmental screens or tl' : final production electrical tests is rejected and removed from the lot. After completion of Table I tests, each manufacturing lot is sampled and tested by Quality Assurance for conformance to the requirements of Table II. The unsampled portion of the lot is held pending acceptance of the lot sample. Detailed test limits and conditions applicable to test group are shown in the Electrical Characteristics table of the individual part type data sheets. Tables III, and IV provide a complete process qualification and verification program. These tests are performed once in every 90 day manufacturing period, on representative devices from each standard production die process family and on each production package family. The representative circuits and packages selected are changed routinely, and the tests performed monitor and qualify all structurally All of the applicable Electrical Parameters on the data sheets are performed at pretest on the Table I V samples. These tests are performed on representative circuit types from every die process family type in manufacturing during this period. Table III consists of the Package oriented qual ification environmental stress tests of MI L-STD-883, Groups Band C. Representative samples from each package product family type are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these tests. A common device is used as the die type for these package and assembly qualification tests. Table IV consists of the die process oriented qualification electrical stress or operational tests at high temperature. Representative devices from each die process are monitored and qualified every 90 day period by these tests. The package type is randomly selected as applicable. TABLE I - 100% PRODUCTION SCREEN TESTS TEST CONDITIONS Preseal Visual High Power Low Power Liquid to Liquid Thermal Shock 5 Cycles; 60 Seconds at O°C, 60 Seconds at 100°C, Transfer Time 5 Seconds. Note 1. Centrifuge Y1 Axis; 30,000 G Minimum 1 Minute. Note 1. Hermeticity Gross Leak Test (Bubble Test) Note 1. Production Electrical Tests AC and DC, TA = 25°C NOTE: 1. Not applicable to solid molded packaged devices. TABLE II - SIGNETICS ACCEPTANCE TESTS (See Notes 2 and 3) CONDITIONS AQL MIL-STD-105 INSPECTION LEVEL Visual and Mechanical Inspection MI L-STD-883 Method 2009 1.0% II TEST GROUP DC Parameters TA=+25°C 1.0% II DC Parameters TA = 70°C 1.0% II DC Parameters TA = O°C 1.0% II AC Parameters TA = +25°C 1.0% II .. NOTES: 2. 3. ·Systematic Uniformity and Reliability Evaluation All test equ ipment calibrated to meet requ irements of M I L-Q-9858A and M I L-C-45662A. Detailed tests, conditions, and limits applicable to each test group are given in the Signetics data sheet ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS table. 8-28 SIGNETICS MOS 883 SURE PROGRAM TABLE III - MIL-STD-833 GROUPS BAND C ENVIRONMENTAL TESTS TEST DESCRIPTION MI L-STD-833 METHOD CONDITIONS LTPD Physical Dimensions 2008 Test Condition A 15 Marking Permanency Visual and Mechanical Bond Strength 2008 2008 2011 Test Condition B, Para. 3.2.1 Test Condition B TestCondition 0, Para. 3.7 4 devices/no failures 1 device/no failures 15 Solderability 2003 Solder Temperature 260°C ±lOoC 15 Lead Fatigue Hermeticity a. Fine b. Gross 2004 1014 Pre-Test Electrical Parameters Test Condition B2 Note 4 Test Condition A or B Test Condition C Table V as Applicable 15 Cycles. Test Condition C, o +150 C to -65°C Thermal Shock 1011 Temperature Cycle 1010 Hermeticity a. Fine b. Gross 1014 10 Cycles. Test Condition C, +150°C to -65°C Note 4 Test Condition A or B Test Condition C 1004 Omit Vibration and Initial Conditioning Moisture Resistance End Point Electrical Parameters Table V as Applicable FAIL.URE CRITERIA Refer to Table V Pre-Test Electrical Parameters 2002 Test Condition B Vibration Variable Frequency 2007 Test Condition A Constant Acceleration 2001 End Point Electrical Parameters Table Vas Applicable FAILURE CRITERIA Refer to Table V 1009 Pre-Test Electical Parameters High Temperature Storage 15 Table Vas Applicable Mechanical Shock Salt Atmosphere 15 15 Test Condition A. Omit Initial Conditioning. I Table V as Applicable 1008 TA = +150°C, t = 1000 hours End Point Electrical Parameters Table V as Applicable FAILURE CRITERIA Refer to Table V 15 NOTE: 4. The hermeticlty tests are not employed for solid moldad packages. 8-29 SIGNETICS MOS 883 SURE PROGRAM TABLE IV - HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING LIFE TESTS LTPD CONDITIONS TEST DESCRIPTION Pre-Test Electrical Parameters Refer to Table V Operating Life TA = 70° C; t = 1000 hours 10 Shift Registers Logic 1's Clocked Through Register ROMs, RAMs Addresses Being Counted Through in a Binary Fashion TABLE V - SIGNETICS FAILURE CRITERIA SHIFT REGISTERS TEST Delta Limit INPUT LEAKAGE 5X or 100nA whichever is greater tACCESS "1" LEVELS "0" LEVELS Data Sheet Limits 20% 20% CLOCK LEAKAGE 100 "1"LEVELS 5X or 100nA whichever is greater 20% 100 20% ROMs TEST Delta Limit INPUT LEAKAGE 5X or 100nA whichever is greater 20% "0" LEVELS 20% RAMs TEST INPUT LEAKAGE Data Limit 5X or 100nA whichever is greater • For dynamic memories. 8-30 tACCESS Data Sheet Limit tREFESH* Data Sheet Limits "1" LEVELS 20% "0" LEVELS 20% ::i1l:i1'\lt:111.0) AMD n l ,",nv,",,", , .... , ........... " .... _ _ _ • __ SIGNETICS PAGE FAIRCHILD SIGNETICS PAGE FAIRCHILD SIGNETICS PAGE LM202 LM101H 6-169 9N02 S5402A/F 2-6 9H08 S54H08A/F 2-191 LM101A LM101AH 6-164 9N02 N7402A/F 2-6 N74H08A/F 2-191 LM201 LM201H 6-169 9N03 S5403A/F 2-8 S54H10A/F 2-193 LH201D LM201N 6-164 9N03 N7403A/F 2-8 N74H10A/F 2-193 LM301A LM301AH 6-164 9N04 S5404A/F 2-10 LM301AD LM301AV 6-164 9N04 N7404A/F 2-10 9N05 S5405A/F 2-12 N7405A/F 2-12 9N06 S5406A/F 2-14 N7406A/F 2-14 9N07 S5407A/F 2-16 N7407A/F 2-16 S5408A/F 2-18 N7408A/F 2-18 9N09 N7409A/F 2-20 9N10 S5410A/F 2-22 9N11 S5411A/F 2-24 N7411A/F 2-24 S5420A/F 2-28 N7420A/F 2-28 9N26 S5426A/F 2-32 9N30 S5430A/F 2-34 N7430A/F 2-34 S5440A/F 2-38 N7440A/F 2-38 9N50 S5450A/F 2-58 N7450A/F 2-58 9N51 S5451A/F 2-58 N7451A/F 2-58 9N53 S5453A/F 2-60 N7453A/F 2-60 S5454A/F 2-60 N7454A/F 2-60 9N60 S5460A/F 2-62 N7460A/F 2-62 9N70 S5470A/F 2-66 N7470A/F 2-66 7-57 9N72 S5472A/F 2-68 N7472A/F 2-68 7-57 9N73 S5473A/F 2-70 N7473A/F 2-70 S5474A/F 2-72 N7474A/F 2-72 9N76 S54768/F N74768/F 2-77 2-77 9N86 S54868/F 2-88 N7486A/F 2-88 S54107A/F 2-110 N74107A/F 2-110 S54HOOA/F 9352 N74HOOA/F 2"183 2-183 S54H01A/F 2-185 9353 N74H01A/F 2-185 S54H04A/F 2-187 N74H04A/F 2-187 S54H05A/F 2-189 N74H05A/F 2-189 LM307 LM307H 6-175 AM1101A 25018 7-45 AM1402A 25028 7-57 AM1403A 2503TA 7-57 AM1404A 2504TA 7-57 AM1506 2506T 7-68 AM1507 2517T 7-68 ANALOG SIGNETICS PAGE DEVICES AD101AH LM101AH 6-164 AD201H LM201AH 6-164 AD301AH LM301AH 6-164 AD710CH j.LA71 OCT 6-99 AD710CN j.LA710CA 6-99 AD710H j.LA710T 6-99 AD711CH j.LA711CK 6-101 AD711CN j.LA711CA 6-101 AD711H j.LA711K 6-101 AD741CH j.LA741CT 6-115 AD741CN j.LA741CA 6-115 AD741H j.LA741T 6-115 CMI SIGNETICS PAGE CM1101/ 25018/P 7-45 11011 1101A1 CM1103 1103XA/ CM1402 25028/ 1103-1XA 7-15 9N08 9N20 9N40 9N54 7-21 7-57 1402A CM1403 2503TA/ 1403A CM1404 2504TA/ 1404A CM251:.! 2512K 7-62 CM4500 2525V 7-108 CM7601 N24101 7-32 CM7602 N2420Y 7-32 CM7603 N2430Y 7-32 9N74 9N107 FAIRCHILD SIGNETICS PAGE 6-97 * II~UU;:)I *j.LA71 0 j.LA71 0 6-99 *j.LA711 j.LA711 6-101 *j.LA741 j.LA741 6-115 *j.LA748 j.LA748 6-124 9NOO S5400A/F 2-2 9NOO N7400A/F 2-2 9N01 S5401A/F 2-4 9N01 N7401A/F 2-4 = Requires definition of Temp. 9HOO 9H01 9H04 9H05 9H10 9H11 9H20 S54H11A/F 2-195 N74H11A/F 2-195 S54H20A/F 2-197 N74H20A/F 2-197 9H22 S54H22A/F 2-201 N74H22A/F 2-201 9H30 S54H30A/F 2-203 N74H30A/F 2-203 S54H40A/F 2-205 N74H40A/F 2-205 S54H50A/F 2-206 N74H50A/F 2-206 S54H51A/F 2-207 N74H51A/F 2-207 9H40 9H50 9H51 9H61 9H62 9H71 9H72 9H73 9H74 9H76 9H101 9H102 9H106 9H108 9341 S54H61A/F 2-219 N74H61A/F 2-219 S54H62A/F 2-221 N74H62A/F 2-223 S54H71A/F 2-225 N74H71A 2-225 S54H72A/F 2-227 N74H72A/F 2-227 S54H73A/F 2-229 N74H73A/F 2-229 S54H74A/F 2-231 N74H74A/F 2-231 S54H768/F 2-233 N74H768/F 2-233 S54H101F 2-235 N74H101A/F 2-235 S54H102F 2-237 N74H102A/F 2-237 S54H1068/F 2-241 N74H1068/F 2-241 S54H108F 2.244 N74H108A/F 2-244 N741418 2-119 S54181F 2-281 N74181N 2-281 9342 S541828/F 2-164 N741828/F 2-164 9345 S5445F 2-48 N74458/F 2-48 S54180A/F 2-158 N74180N/F 2-158 S54428/F 2-42 N74428/F 2-42 9349 S54438/F 2-44 N74438/F 2-44 S54448/F 2-46 N74448/F 2-46 9357A N74468/F 2-50 93578 N74478/F 2-50 9358 N74488/F 2-54 9354 Range and Pkg. 8-31 I FAIRCHILD SIGNETICS PAGE FAIRCHILD SIGNETICS PAGE FAIRCHILD SIGNETICS PAGE 9360 S74192B/F 2-166 U5E7796393 p,5596K 6·147 U6A743059X N7430A/F 2-34 N74192B/F 2-166 U5F7711312 p,A711K 6-101 USA 744059X N7440A/F 2-38 554192B/F 2-166 U5E7711393 p,A711CK 6-101 U6A745059X N7450A/F 2-58 N74192B/F 2-166 U5F7733312 ",A733K 6-108 USA745159X N7451A/F 2-58 9375 57475B/F 2-75 U5F7733393 /JA733CK 6-108 U6A745359X N4753A/F 2-60 N7475B/F 2-75 U5R7723312 /JA723L 6-103 U6A745459X N7454A/F 2-60 9380 S5480A/F 2-81 U5R7723393 /JA723CL 6-103 U6A746059X N7460A/F N7480A/F 2-81 U6A7733312 p,A733F 6-108 U6A747059X N7470A/F 2-64 2-66 S5483B/F 2-85 U9T7741393 /JA741CV 6-115 U6A747259X N7472A/F N7483B/F 2-85 U9T7748393 p,A748CV 6-124 U6A747359X N7473A/F 2.-68 2-70 55490A/F 2-94 U6A54oo51 X 55400A/F 2-2 U6A747459X N7474A/F 2-72 N7490A/F 2-94 U6A540151X S5401A/F 2-4 U6A748059X N7480A/F 2-81 S5491A/F 2-96 U6A540251X S5402A/F 2-6 U6A748259X N7483A/F 2-85 N7491A/F 2-96 U6A540351X S5403A/F 2-8 U6A748659X N7486A/F 2-88 9392 55492A/F 2-98 U6A540551 X S5405A/F 2-12 U6A 749059X N7490A/F 2-94 N7492A/F 2-98 U6A540851 X S5408A/F 2-18 U6A749159X N7491A/F 2-96 9393 S5493A/F 2-100 U6A541051X S5410A/F 2-22 U6A749259X N7492A/F 2-98 N7493A/F 2-100 U6A541151X S5411A/F 2-24 U6A749359X N7493A/F 2-100 N7495A/F 9366 9383 9390 9391 55494F 2-102 U6A542051 X S5420A/F 2-28 U6A749559X N7494B/F 2-102 U6A543051X S5430A/F 2-34 U6A74H0059X N74HOOA/F 2-183 55495A/F 2-104 U6A544051 X S5440A/F 2-38 U6A74H0159X N74H01A/F 2-185 N7495A/F 2-104 U6A545051X S5450A/F 2-58 U6A74H0459X N74H04A/F 2-187 55496B/F 2-106 U6A545151 X S5451 A/F 2-58 U6A74H0559X N74H05A/F 2-189 N7496F/F 2-106 U6A545351 X S5453A/F 2-60 U6A74Hl059X N74H10A/F 2-193 554198F 2-178 U6A545451X S5454A/F 2-60 U6A74H2059X N74H20A/F 2-197 N74198N 2-178 U6A546051 X S5460A/F 2-62 U6A74H3059X N74H30A/F 2-203 554121A/F 2-112 U6A547051X S5470A/F 2-66 U6A74H4059X N74H40A/F 2-205 N74121A/F 2-112 U6A547251X S5472A/F 2-68 U6A74H7359X N74H73A/F 2-229 9500 N74SOOA 2-247 U6A547351X S5473A/F 2-70 U6A74H7659X N74H76B/E 2-233 9503 N74503A 2-247 U6A547451X S5474A/F 2-72 U6A 7723393 p,A 723A/F 6-103 9504 N74504A 2-249 U6A548051X 55480A/F 2-81 U6A 7733393 p,A 733A/F 6-108 9505 N74505A 2-249 U6A548251X S5483A/F 2-85 U6A 7741393 p,A 741 A/F 6-115 9520 N74520A 2-254 U6A548651 X S5486A/F 2-88 U6A7748393 p,A748A/F 6-124 9522 N74522A 2-256 U6A549051X S5490A/F 2-94 U6A960159X N8T22A/F 3-159 9S40 N74S40A 2-258 U6A549151X S5491A/F 2-96 U6B547551X 55475B/E 2-75 9564 N74564A 2-260 U6A549251X S5492A/F 2-98 U6B547651X 55476B/E 2-77 9565 N74565A 2-260 U6A549351 X S5493A/F 2-100 U6B548351X S5483B/E 2-85 95140 N745140A 2-258 U6A549551 X S5495A/F 2-104 U6B744159X N7441B/E 2-40 U5B101A312 LM101AH U6A54H0051X 554HOOA/F 2-183 U6B747559X N7475B/E 2-75 U5B301A393 LM301A 6-164 6-164 U6A54H0151 X 554H01 A/F 2-185 U6B748359X N7483B/E 2-85 9394 9395 9396 93198 9603 2-104 U5B770939X p,A 7041 T 6-97 U6A54H0451 X S54H04A/F 2-187 U6B7414159X N74141B/E 2-119 U5B7710312 6-99 U6A54H0551X S54H05A/F 2-189 U6E7709393 p,A709CA/CF 6-97 U5B7710393 p,A710T p,A710LT 6-99 U6A54H1051X S54Hl0A/F 2-193 U6E771 0393 p,A710CA/CF 6-99 U5B7101312 LM101H 6-164 U6A54H2051X S54H20A/F 2-197 U6E7711393 p,A711CA/CF 6-101 U5B7101333 LM201H 6-164 U6A54H3051 X 554H30A/F 2-203 U6E7723393 p,A723CA/CF 6-103 U5B7740312 5E536T 6-32 U6A54H4051 X S54H40A/F 2-205 U6E7733393 p,A733CA/CF 6-108 U5B7740393 NE536T 6-32 U6A54H7351X S54H73A/F 2-229 UG E7741393 p,A741 CA/CF 6-115 U5B7709393 p,A709CT 6-97 U6A54H7651 X S54H76B/E 2-233 U6E7748393 p,A748CA/CF 6-124 U5B7709312 p,A709T 6-97 U6A740059X N74ooA/F U6M7520393 N7520B 6-149 U5B7740312 p,A740T 6-113 U6A740159X N7401A/F 2-2 2-4 U6M7521393 N7521B 6-149 U5B7740393 p,A740CT p,A741T 6-113 U6A740259X N7402A/F 2-6 U6M7522393 N7522B 6-149 U5B7741312 6-115 U6A740359X N7403A/F 2-8 U6M7523393 N7523B 6-149 U5B7741393 p,A741CT 6-115 U6A740459X N7404A/F 2-10 U6M7424393 N7524B 6-149 U5B7748312 p,A748T 6-124 U6A740559X N7405A/F 2-12 U6M7525393 N7525B 6-149 U5B7748393 p.A748CT 6-124 U6A740859X N7408A/F 2-18 U6T7741393 p,A 741 CV 6-115 U5B7710312 p,A710T 6-99 U6A741059X N7410A/F 2-22 U6T7748393 p,A 748CV 6-124 U5B771 0392 p,A71 OCT N7411A/F 2-24 U7B544251X 55442B/E 2-42 55596K 6-99 6-147 U6A741159X U5E7796312 U6A742059X N7420A/F 2-28 U7B544351 X 55443B/E 2-44 NOTE: Fairchild 54/74 Dual-in-line is available ONLY in Cerdip. Signetics Dual-in-line is 8-32 avail~le in BOTH Silicone and Cerdip. SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE SIGNETICS PAGE FAIRCHILD SIGNETICS PAGE INTEL SIGNETICS PAGE MIL U7B544451X S5444B/E 2-46 1506 2506T/ 7-68 MF1506 2506T/1506 7-68 U7B549451X S5494B/E 2-102 MF1507 2517T/1507 7-68 U7B549651X S5496B/E 2-106 U7B541925'IX S54192B/E 2-166 U7B5419351 X S54193B/E 2-170 MM SIGNETICS PAGE U7B744259X N7442B/E 2-42 MM3402 2502B/1402A 7-57 MM3403 2503TA/ 7 -57 1506 1507 2517T/ P21Q2 2602B/ 7-68 1507 7-158 26021B U7B744395X N7443B/E 2-44 3101 N8225B 4-15 U7B744459X N7444B/E 2-46 3101A N8225B 4-15 U7B744759X N7447B/E 2-50 3016 N82S061 4-20 U7B745859X N7448B/E 2-54 1307 N82S071 4-20 U7B749459X N7494B/E 2-102 3301 N82S26F 4-30 U7B749659X N7496B/E 2-106 3601 N82S26F 4-30 U7B7419259X N74192B/E 2-166 U7B7419359X N74193B/E 2-170 U7B9034A9B N8224B/E 4-11 U7B930159X N8252B/E 3-39 U7B931259X N8230B/E 3-22 U7B931599X N7441B/E 2-40 U7B932859X N8277B/E 3-88 GI SIGNETICS PAGE *INTEL uses Prefix P for Plastic, C for Ceramic. INTERSIL SIGNETICS PAGE IM7051 2501B/ 7-45 P1101A1 25361 7-139 RA91101/ 2501B/ 7-45 RA91101A-1 RA91103 P1101A1 1103XA/ 7-15 4-15 4-30 1024A N82S26F 4-30 1024B N828S26F 4-30 8256 N8223B 4-8 MC201G SE101K* MC202F SE102G* MC202G SE102K* MC203F SE105G* 2503TA/ 7-57 1403A IM7703CPA 2503V 7-57 IM7704CTA 2504TA/ 7-57 SE150G* 7-57 MC205G SE150K* 2506T/1506 7-68 MC206F SE115G* 2517T/1507 7-68 MC206G SE115K* IM7712CTB 2512K 7-62 MC206G SE115K* IM7722CPA 2525V 7-108 MC207F CS700G* 5501 N8225B 4-15 MC207G CS700K* 5503 N82S071 4-20 MC208F CS701G* 5523 N82S061 4-20 MC208G CS701 K* 5533 N82S071 4-20 MC209F SE124G* 5600 N8223B 4-8 MC209G SE124K* 5603 N82S26F 4-30 MC210F CS704G* 5610 N82S123B 4-27 MC210G CS704K* MC215F CS705G* PAGE C1101A/ 25011/ 7-45 MF1101A/ 2501 B/ 7-45 1101A1 MF1101A/ P1101A 2501 B/ P1101A1 P1101A1 1101A1 MF1103/ 1103-1K/ 7-21 1103-11K 7-21 P1103 1103XA/ 7-15 Mf1103-1 MF1103/ MF1103-1 P1101A1 25011/ 1103XA/ 1103-1XA 1103-1K/ 1103-11K MC252G NE102K* 7-21 MC253F NE105G* 7-21 MC253G NE105K* 7-21 MC254F NE110G* MC254G NE110K* MC255F NE150G* MC255G NE150K* 7-57 MF1402A 2502B/1402A 7-57 1403A 2503TA/ 7-57 MF1403A 2503TA/ 7-57 1403A 1404A 2505K/ MF1403A 2503V 7-57 MC256F NE115G* MF1404A 2504TA/ 7-57 MC256G NEl15K* 1404A 2504V MC257F NS700G* MF1404A 7-57 MC257G NS700K 7-62 1405A CS709K* NE101G* 7-15 7-21 1405A MC217G MC251F NE101 K* 1103-1 XA 7-57 CS709G* NE102G* 2502B/1402A 2504TA/ CS705K* MC217F MC252F 1402A 1403A MC215G MC251G 7-45 C1101A1 P11031 1404A SE110G* SE110K* SIGNETICS C1103 SE105K* MC204F MC204G MIL C11031 MC203G MC205F 1404A PAGE 7-45 5-23 7-57 SIGNETICS C1101A1 PAGE 7-32 INTEL C1101A1 SIGNETICS 2502B/ IM7707 N82S29F MOTOROLA N2430Y IM7706 N8225B 7-62 IM7702 7-57 1024 2512K IM7603 2503TA/ 0064 MM3412 N1068B DL91403A PAGE 7-68 SE101G* 2504V SIGNETICS 2517T/1507 MC201F IM7704CPA HARRIS 7-68 MM3407 MC1068P 7-57 7-57 2506T/1506 7-32 2502B/1402A 1404A 2504V MM3406 7-32 DL91402A 2504TA/ MM3405 N24101 IM7703CTA 7-57 1404A N2420Y 7-21 DL91404A 2504TA/ IM7602 1103-1XA 1403A MM3404 IM7601 1402A AY51012 1403A 7-57 I * Data sheet available upon request from Signetics. 8-33 \)IUI~t: I I\';:) II~UU:S I HY GHUSS REFERENCE GUIDE MOTOROLA SIGNETICS PAGE MOTOROLA SIGNETICS PAGE MOTOROLA SIGNETICS PAGE 2-60 MC258F NS701G MC3020P N74H50A 2-206 MC5454F 55454J MC258G N5701K MC3023P N74H51A 2-207 MC5454L S5454F 2-60 MC1004P N1004A MC3024P N74H40A 2-205 MC5454P 55454A 2-60 5·11 MC1005P N1005A 5·11 MC303P N74H60A 2-215 MC5460F 55460J 2-62 MC1006P N1006A 5·11 MC3031P N74H52A 2-209 MC5460L S5460F 2-62 MC1010P N1010A 5·11 MC3032P N74H53A 2-211 MC5460P 55460A 2-62 MC1011P N1011A 5·11 MC3033P N74H54A 2-211 MC5470L 55470F 2-66 MC1012P N1012A 5·11 MC3034P N74H55A 2-213 MC5470P 55470A 2-66 MC1013P N1013A 5·11 MC3055P N74H72A 2-227 MC5472F 55472J 2-68 MC1014P N1014A 5·11 MC3063P N74H73A 2-229 MC5472L 55472F 2-68 MC1015P N1015A 5·11 MC3065P N74H76B 2-233 MC5472P 55472A 2-68 2·70 MC1016P N1016A 5·11 MC5400F 55400J 2-2 MC5473F 55473J MC1017P N1017A 5·11 MC5400L 55400F 2·2 MC5473L S5473F 2·70 MC1024P N1024A 5·11 MC5400P 55400A 2-2 MC5473P 55473A 2·70 MC1025P N1025A 5·11 MC5401F 55401J 2-4 MC5475L 55475E 2·75 MC1027P N1027A 5·11 MC5401L 55401F 2-4 MC5475P 55475B 2·75 MC1033P N1033A 5·11 MC5401P 55401A 2-4 MC5476L 55476E MC1039P N1039B 5·11 MC5402F 554020 2-6 MC5476P 55476B 2·772·77 MC1160G 52004K/ 7·26 MC5402F 554020 2-6 MC5480L 55480F 2·81 MC5402L 55402F 2-6 MC5480P 55480A 2·81 MC5402P 55402A 2-6 MC5483L 55483E 2·85 MC5403L 55403F 2-8 MC5483P 55483B 2·85 TM53002LR MC1161G 52005K/ 7·26 TM3003LR/ 7·29 MC5403P 55403A 2-8 MC5490F 554900 2·94 MC1456G N5556T 6~42 MC5404F 554040 2-10 MC5490L 55490F 2·94 MC1458G N5558T 6·145 MC5404L 55404F 2-10 MC5490P 55490A 2·94 MC1458L N55581 6·145 MC5404P 55404A 2-10 MC5491AL 55491F 2·96 MC1458P N5558V 6·145 MC5405L 55405F 2·12 MC5491AP 55491 A 2·96 MC1556G 55556T 6·147 MC5405P 55405A 2-12 MC5492L 55492F 2·98 2·98 N2010K/ MC1558G 55558T 6·145 MC5410F 55410J 2·22 MC5492P 55492A MC1558L 555581 6·145 MC5410L 55410F 2-22 MC5493L 55493F 2·100 MC1596G 55596K 6·147 MC5410P 55410A 2-22 MC5493P 55493A 2·100 MC1709CP /.LA 709CA 6·97 MC5420F 55420J 2-28 MC5495L 55495F 2·104 MC1709CG /.LA 709CT 6·97 MC5420L 55420F 2-28 MC5495P 55495A 2·104 MC1709F /.LA7090 6·97 MC5420P 55420A 2-28 MC7400F N7400J 2·2 MC1709G /.LA709T 6·97 MC5430F 55430J 2-34 MC7400L N7400F 2·2 MC1710CP /.LA 71 OCA 6·99 MC5430L 55430F 2-34 MC7400P N7400A 2·2 2-4 MC1710CG /.LA 71 OCT 6·99 MC5430P 55430A 2-34 MC7401F N74010 MC1710F /.LA71 00 6·99 MC5440F 554400 2-38 MC7401L N7401F 2-4 MC1710G /.LA710T 6·99 MC5440L 55440F 2-38 MC7401P N7401A 2-4 MC1711CP /lA711CA 6·101 MC5440P 55440A 2-38 MC7402F N7402Q 2-6 MC17115G /lA711CK 6·101 MC542L 55442E 2-42 MC7402L N7402F 2-6 MC1711G /lA711K 6·101 MC5442P 55442B 2-42 MC7402P N7402A 2-6 MC1741CP /lA741CA 6·115 MC5443L 55443E 2-44 MC7403L N7403F 2-8 MC1741CG /lA741CT 6·115 MC5443P 55443B 2-44 MC7403P N7403A 2-8 MC1741G /lA741T 6·115 MC5444L 55444E 2-46 MC7404F N7404Q 2-10 MC3000P N74HOOA 2·183 MC5444P 55444B 2-46 MC7404L N7404F 2-10 MC3004P N74H01A 2·185 MC5445L 55445E 2-48 MC7404P N7404A 2-10 MC3005P N74H10A 2·193 MC5445P 55445B 2-48 MC7405L N7405F 2-12 MC3006P N74H11A 2·195 MC5450F 55450J 2-58 MC7405P N7405A 2-12 MC3008P N74H04A 2·187 MC5450L 55450F 2-58 MC7410F N7410J 2-22 MC3009P N74H05A 2·189 MC5450P 55450A 2-58 MC7410L N7410F 2-22 MC3010P N74H20A 2·197 MC5451F 55451J 2-58 MC7410P N7410A 2-22 MC3011P N74H21A 2·199 MC5451L S5451F 2-58 MC7420F N7420J 2-28 MC3012P N74H22A 2·201 MC5451P 55451 A 2-58 MC7420L N7420F 2-28 MC3016P N74H30A 2·203 MC5453F S5453J 2-60 MC7420P N7420A 2-28 MC3018P N74H62A 2·223 MC5453L S5453F 2-60 MC7430F N7430J 2-34 MC3019P N74H61A 2·219 MC5453P 55453A 2-60 MC7430L N7430F 2-34 8·34 SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE MOTOROLA SIGNETICS PAGE MOTOROLA SIGNETICS PAGE NATIONAL SIGNETICS PAGE MC7430P N7430A 2-34 MC7493L N7493F 2-100 DM5400N S5400A 2-2 MC7440F N7440Q 2-38 MC7493P N7493A 2-100 DM5401N S5401A 2-4 MC7440L N7440F 2-38 MC7495L N7495F 2-104 DM5402N S5402A 2-6 MC7440P N7440A 2-38 MC7495P N7495A 2-104 DM5403N S5403A 2-8 MC7441AL N7441E 2-40 MC7520P SN7520N 6-149 DM5404N S5404A 2-10 MC7441AP N7441B 2-40 MC7521P SN7521N 6-149 DM5405N S5405A 2-12 MC7442L N7442E 2-42 MC7522P SN7522N 6-149 DM5408N S5408A 2-18 MC7442P N7442B 2-42 MC7523P SN7523N 6-149 DM5409N S5409A 2-20 MC7443L N7443E 2-44 MC7524P SI\J7524N 6-149 DM5410N S5410A 2-22 MC7443P N7443B 2-44 MC7525P SN7525N 6-149 DM5411N S5411A 2-24 MC7444L N7444E 2-46 MC7241P N8241 A 3-31 DM5420N S5420A 2-28 MC7444P N7444B 2-46 MC7242P N8242A 3-31 DM5430N S5430A 2-34 MC7445L N7445E 2-48 MC7250P N8250A 3-39 DM5440N S5440A 2-38 2-58 MC7445P N7445B 2-48 MC7251P N8251B 3-39 DM5450N S5450A MC7446L N7446E 2-50 MC7261P N8261A 3-49 DM5451N S5451 A 2-58 MC7446P N7446B 2-50 MC8312P N8230B 3-22 DM5453N S5453A 2-60 MC7447L N7447E 2-50 MC8328P N8217B 3-88 DM5454N S5454A 2-60 MC7447P N7447B 2-50 MC8301 N8252B 3-39 DM5460N S5460A 2-62 MC7448L N7448E 2-54 MC8601 N8T22A 3-159 DM5472N S5472A 2-68 MC7448P N7448B 2-54 MC8241P S8241A 3-31 DM5473N S5473A 2-70 MC7450F N7450J 2-58 MC8242P S8242A 3-31 DM5474N S5474A 2-72 MC7450L N7450F 2-58 MC8250P S8250A 3-39 DM5475N S5475B 2-75 MC7450P N7450A 2-58 MC8251P S8251B 3-39 DM5476N S5476B 2-76 MC7451F N7451J 2-58 MC8261P S8261 A 3-49 DM5486N S5486A 2-88 MC7451L N7451F 2-58 MC9312P S8230B 3-22 DM5490N S5490A 2-94 MC7451P N7451A 2-58 MC9228P MC9328P 3-88 DM5492N S5492A 2-98 MC7453F N7453J 2-60 MC9601P 8T22A 3-159 DM5493N S5493A 2-100 MC7453L N7453F 2-60 MC10101L 10101F 5-26 DM54107N S54107A 2-110 MC7453P N7453A 2-60 MC10102L 10102F 5-28 DM7400N N7400A 2-2 MC7454F N7454J 2-60 MC10105L 10105F 5-30 DM7401N N7401A 2-4 MC7454L N7454F 2-60 MC10106L 10106F 5-32 DM7402N N7402A 2-6 MC7454P N7454A 2-60 MC10107L 10107F 5-34 DM7403N N7403A 2-8 MC7460F N7460J 2-64 MC10109L 10109F 5-36 DM7404N N7404A 2-10 MC7460L N7460F 2-64 MC10110L 10110F 5-38 DM7405N N7405A 2-12 MC7460P N7460A 2-64 MC10111L 10111F 5-40 DM7408N N7408A 2-18 MC7470L N7470F 2-66 MC10115L 10115F 5-46 DM7409N N7409A 2-20 MC7470P N7470A 2-66 Mciol16L 10116F 5-48 DM7410N N7410A 2-22 MC7472F N7472J 2-68 MC10117L 10117F 5-50 DM4711N N7411A 2-24 MC7472L N7472F 2-68 MC10118L 10118F 5-52 DM7420N N7420A 2-28 MC7472P N7472A 2-68 MC10119L 10119F 5-54 DM7426N N7426A 2-32 MC7473F N7473J 2-70 MC10121L 10121F 5-56 DM7430N N7430A 2-34 MC7473L N7473F 2-70 MC10124L 10124F 5-58 DM7440N N7440A 2-38 MC7473P N7473A 2-70 MC10125L 10125F 5-59 DM7441AN N7441B 2-40 MC7475L N7475E 2-75 MC10130L 10130F 5-60 DM7442N N7442B 2-42 MC7475P N7475B 2-75 MC10131 L 10131F 5-63 DM7446N N7443B 2-44 MC7476L N7476E 2-77 MC10132L 10132F 5-67 DM7447N N7447B 2-50 MC7476P N7476B 2-77 MC10133L 10133F 5-69 DM7448N N7448B 2-54 MC7480L N7480F 2-81 MC10134L 10134F 5-71 DM7450N N7450A 2-58 MC7480P N7480A 2-81 MC10136L 10136F 5-73 DM7451N N7451A 2-58 MC7483L N7483E 2-85 MC10137L 10137F 5-73 DM7453N N7453A 2-60 MC7483P N7483B 2-85 MC10160L 10160F 5-75 DM7454N N7454A 2-60 MC7490F N7490Q 2-94 MC10161L 10161F 5-76 DM7460N N7460A 2-64 MC7490L N7490F 2-94 MC10162L 10162F 5-78 DM7472N N7472A 2-68 MC7490P N7490A 2-94 MC10164L 10164F 5-80 DM7473N N7473A 2-70 MC7491A N7491F 2-96 MC10173L 10173F 5-87 DM7475N N7475B 2-75 MC7491AP N7A91 A MC10174L 10174F 5-89 DM7476N N7476B 2-77 MC7492L N7492F 2-96 2-98 DM7483N N7483B 2-85 MC7492P N7492A 2-98 DM7486N N7486A 2-88 8·35 I SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE NATIONAL SIGNETICS PAGE NATIONAL SIGNETICS PAGE NATIONAL SIGNETICS PAGE 2517/1507 7-6S DM7490N N7490A 2-94 DM8601N N8T22A 3-159 MM507 DM7492N N7492A 2-98 DM8680N NS280A 3-90 MM5210 N25101 7-73 DM7493N N7493A 2-100 DM8681N N82S1A 3-90 MM1101A! 2501B6 DM7495N N7495A 2-104 DM8688N NS288A 3-100 MM1101A-1 P1101A1 7-45 7-15 DM7496N N7496B 2-'106 DM8840N N7441B 2-40 MM1103 1103XA/ 7-15 DM74107N N74107A DM8842N N7442B 2-42 DM8S50N N8T22A 3-159 DM88SON DMS880N 6-161 11031XA DM74153N N74153B 2-110 "'2-128 DM74154N N74154N 2-130 DM74HOON N74HOOA 2-183 LH740ACH #lA740CT 6-113 DM74H01N N74H01A 2-185 LH740AH #lA740T 6-113 DM74H04N N74H04A 2-187 LM101AH LM101AH 6-164 DM74H05N N74H05A 2-189 LM101H LM101H 6-169 DM74HOSN N74H08A 2-191 LM101AF LM101AF 6-164 MM5013H 2512K 7-62 DM74H10N N74H10A 2-193 LM101AD LM101AD 6-164 MM5013N 2525V 7-10S DM74H11N N74H11A 2-195 LM107H LM107H 6-169 MM5220 N2420Y 7-32 DM74H20N N74H20A 2-197 LM107F LM107F 6-175 MM5230 N2430Y 7-32 DM74H21N N74H21A 2-199 LM107D LM107D 6-175 MM5221 N2451 1 7-39 DM74H22N N74H22A 2-201 LM109H S5109T 6-179 MM5231 N2461 1 7-39 DM74H30N N74H30A 2-203 LM201AH LM201AH 6-164 MM1402A 2502B/ 7-57 1402A MM1403A 2503TA/ 7-57 1403A MM1404A 2504TA! 7-57 1404A DM74H40N N74H40A 2-205 LM201D LM201D 6-169 DM74H50N N74H50A 2-206 LM201H LM201H 6-169 RAYTHEON SIGNETICS PAGE DM74H51N N74H51A 2-207 LM201N LM201N 6-169 RC101AT LM301AH 6-164 DM74H53N N74H53A 2-211 LM201AH LM201AH 6-164 RC101T LM201H 6-169 DM74H54N N74H54A 2-211 LM201AF LM201AF 6-164 RC107T LM307H 6-175 DM74H55N N74H55A 2-213 LM301AH LM301AH 6-164 . RC709T #lA709CT 6-97 DM74H60N N74H60A 2-217 LM301AN LM301AN 6-164 RC710T #lA71 OCT 6-99 DM74H62N N74H62A 2-223 LM307H LM307H 6-175 RC711T #lA711CK 6-101 DMSOOON N7400A 2-2 LM307N LM307N 6-175 RC733T #lA733CK 6-10S DMS001N N7410A LM309H LM309H 6-179 RC741T #lA741CT 6-115 DMS050N N7450A DMS051N N7451 A 2-22 2-6 2-8 2-10 2-22 2-28 2-34 2-38 2-58 2-58 DMS053N N7453A 2-60 LM711CN #lA711CA 6-101 RC8250 8250 3-39 DMS054N N7454A 2-60 LM711H #lA711K 6-101 RC8251 8251 3-39 DMS060N N7450A 2-58 LM723CH #lA723CL 6-103 RC8252 8252 3-39 DMS086N N7486A LM723CN #lA723CA 6-103 RCS260 8260 3-43 DMS200N N8269A LM723H #lA723L 6-103 RCS261 8261 3-49 DMS213N N74154N LM741CH #lA741CT 6-115 RC8263 8263 3-57 DmS2S0N N8280A LM741CN #lA741CV 6-115 RC8264 8264 3-57 LM741H #lA741T 6-115 RC8266 8266 3-63 LM748CH #lA74SCT 6-124 RCS267 8267 3-63 DMS002N N7402A DMSOO3N N7403A DMSOO4N N7404A DMS010N N7410A DMS020N N7420A DMS030N N7430A DMS040N N7440A LM309K LM309K 6-179 RC8200 8200 3-16 LM709CH #lA709CA 6-97 RC8021 8201 3-16 LM709F #lA709G 6-97 RC8202 S202 3-16 LM709H #lA709T 6-97 RC8203 8203 3-16 LM710CN #lA710CA 6-99 RC8233 8233 3-26 LM710CH #lA71 OCT 6-99 RC8234 S234 3-26 LM710F #lA710G 6-99 RC8241 8241 3-31 LM710H #lA710T 6-99 RCS242 S242 3-31 LM711CH #lA711CK 6-101 RC8243 8243 3-35 DMS2S1N N8281 A DM8288N N8288A 2-88 3-71 2-130 3-90 3-90 . 3-100 DM82S3N N7483B 2-85 LM748H #lA748T 6-124 RC8270 8270 3-73 DMS500N N7476B LM1458H N5558T 6-145 RC8271 8271 3-73 DM8501N N7473A LM1458N N555aV 6-145 RCS273 8273 3-79 DM8510N N7474A LM155SH S5558T 6-145 RC8274 8274 3-S0 DMS530N N7490A LM7520N SN7520N 6-149 RC82S0 82S0 3-90 DM8532N N7492A LM7521N Sn7521N 6-149 RC8281 82S1 3-90 DM8533N N7493A LM7522N SN7522N 6-149 RCS290 8290 3-106 DM8550N N7475B 2-77 2-70 2-72 2-94 2-98 2-100 2-75 2-166 2-170 2-104 LM7523N SN7523N 6-149 RC8291 8291 3-106 LM7524N SN7524N 6-149 RCST09 8T09 3-132 LM7525N SN7525N 2506T/1506 6-149 RC8T10 8T10 3-136 7-68 RC8T13 8T13 3-140 DM8560N N74192B DM8563N N74193B DMS580N N7495A 8·36 MM506 SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE RAYTHEON SIGNETICS PAGE T.I. SIGNETICS PAGE T.I. SIGNETICS PAGE RC8T14 8T14 3·143 SN52558L S5558T 6·145 SN5440S S5440J 2·38 RC8T23 8T23 3·l61 SN72709F p.A7090 6·97 SN5442J S5442E 2-42 RC8T24 8T24 3~165 SN52709L J.LA709T 6·97 SN5442N S5442B 2-42 RL709T p.A709CT 6·97 SN52710F p.A71 00 6·99 SN5443J S5443E 2-44 RL711T p.A711K 6·101 SN52710L p.A710T 6·99 SN5443N S5443B 2-44 RL733T p.A733CK 6·108 SN52711L p.A711K 6·101 SN5444J S5444E 2-46 RL101T LM201H 6·169 SN52741L p.A741T 6·115 SN5444N S5444B 2-46 RM7090 p.A7090 6·97 SN5400J S5400F 2·2 SN5445N S5445E 2-48 RM709T p.A709T 6·97 SN5400N S5400A 2·2 SN5450J S5450F 2·58 RM711T p.A711K 6·101 SN5400S S5400J 2·2 SN5450N S5450A 2·58 RM733T p.A733K 6·108 SN5401J S5401F 2-4 SN5451J S5451F 2·58 RM741T p.A741T 6·115 SN5401N S5401A 2-4 SN5451N S5451 A 2·58 RM101T LM101H 6·169 SN5401S S5401J 2-4 SN5453J S5453F 2-60 SG710CN p.A710CA 6·99 SN5402J S5402F 2-6 SN5453N S5453A 2-60 SG710CT p.A71 OCT 6·99 SN5402N S5402A 2-6 SN5453S S5453R 2-60 SG710T p.A710T 6·99 SN5402S S5402J 2-6 SN5454J S5454F 2-60 SN5403J S5403F 2·8 SN5454N S5454A 2-60 SN5403N S5403A 2·8 SN5454S S5454R 2-60 SILICON GEN'L SIGNETICS PAGE SN5403S S5403J 2·8 SN5460J S5460F 2-62 SG101AT LM101AH 6·164 SN5404J S5404F 2·10 SN5460N S5460A 2-62 SG101T LM101H 6·169 SN5404N S5404A 2·10 SN5460S S5460R 2-62 SG107T LM107H 6·175 SN5404S S5404J 2·10 SN5470J S5470F 2-66 SG201AT LM201AH 6·164 SN5405J S5405F 2·12 SN5470N S5470A 2-66 SG201N LM201D 6·169 SN5405N S5405A 2·12 SN5470S S5470R 2-66 SG201T LM201H 6·169 SN5405S S5405J 2'12 SN5472J S5472 2-68 SG301AN LM301AV 6·164 SN5406J S5406F 2·14 SN5472N S5472 2-68 SG301AT SG301AH 6·164 SN5406N S5406A 2·14 SN5473J S5473F 2·70 SG307T LM307H 6·175 SN5406S S5406J 2·14 SN5473N S5473A 2·70 SG709CN J.LA709CA 6·97 SN5407J S5407F 2·16 SN5473S S5473R 2·70 SG709CT p.A709CT 6·97 SN5407N S5407A 2·16 SN5474J S5474F 2·72 SG709T p.A709T 6·97 SN5407S S5407J 2·16 SN5474N S5474A 2·72 SG710CN p.A710CA 6·99 SN5408J S5408F 2·18 SN5474S S5474R 2·72 SG710CT p.A71 OCT 6·99 SN5408N S5408A 2·18 SN5475J S5475E 2·75 SG710T p.A710T 6·99 SN5408S S5408J 2·18 SN5475N S5475B 2·75 SG711CN p.A711CA 6·101 SN5409J S5409F 2·20 SN5476J S5476E 2·77 SG711CT p.A711CK 6·101 SN5409N S5409A 2·20 SN5476N S5476B 2·77 SG711T p.A711K 6·101 SN5409S S5409J 2·20 SN5477J S5477 2·79 SG723CN p.A723CA 6·103 SN5410J S5410F 2·22 SN5477N S5477 2·79 SG723CT p.A723CL 6·103 SN5410N S5410A 2·22 SN5480J S5480F 2·81 SG723T J.LA723L 6·103 SN5410S S5410J 2·22 SN5480N S5480A 2·81 SG733CN p.A733CA 6·108 SN5416J S5416F 2·14 SN5480S S5480J 2·81 SG733CT p.A733CK 6·108 SN5416N S5416A 2·14 SN5483J S5483E 2·85 SG733T p.A733K 6·108 SN5416S S5416J 2·14 SN5483N S5483B 2·85 2·85 SG741CN p.A741CA 6·115 SN5417J S5417F 2·16 SN5483S S5483R SG741CT p.A741CT 6·115 SN5417N S5417A 2·16 SN5486J S5486F 2·88 SG741T p.A741T 6·115 SN5417S S5417J 2·16 SN5486N S5486A 2·88 SG748CT p.A748CT 6·124 SN5420J S5420F 2·28 SN5486S S5486J 2·88 SG748T p.A748T 6·124 SN5420N S5420A 2·28 SN5488N S8224B 4·11 SG1496N S55961 6·147 SN5420S S5420J 2·28 SN5488S S8224R 4·11 SG1496T N5596K 6·147 SN5426J S5426F 2·32 SN5489N S8225B 4·15 SG1596T S5596K 6·147 SN5426N S5426A 2·32 SN5489S S8225R 4·15 SG7520N SN7520N 6·149 SN5430J S5430F 2·34 SN5490J S5490F 2·94 SG7521N SN7521N 6·149 SN5430N S5430A 2·34 SN5490N S5490A 2·94 SG7522N SN7522N 6·149 SN5430S S5430J 2·34 SN5490S S5490J 2·94 SG7523N SN7523N 6·149 SN5438J S5438 2·36 SN5491AJ S5491F 2·96 SG7524N SN7524N 6·149 SN5438 S5438 2·36 SN5491AN S5491 A 2·96 SG7525N SN7525N 6·149 SN5440J S5440F 2·38 SN5491AS S5491 0 2·96 SN5440N S5440A 2·38 SN5492J S5492F 2·98 8-37 I SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE SIGNETICS PAGE T." SIGNETICS PAGE' T." SIGNETICS PAGE SN5492N S5492A 2-98 SN54H01S S54H01Q 2-185 SN54H71J S54H71 2-225 SN5492S S5492J 2-98 SN54H04J S54H04F 2-187 SN54H71N S54H71 2-225 SN5493J S5493F 2-100 SN54H04N S54H04A 2-187 SN54H72J S54H72F 2-227 T.I. SN5493N S5493A 2-100 SN54H04S S54H04Q 2-187 SN54H72N S54H72A 2-227 SN5493S S5493J 2-100 SN54H05J S54H05F 2-189 SN54H72S S54H72Q 2-227 SN5494J S5494E 2-102 SN54H05N S54H05A 2-189 SN54H73J S54H73F 2-229 SN5494N S54948 2-102 SN54H05S S54H05Q 2-189 SN54H73N S54H73A 2-229 SN5495J S5495F 2-104 SN54H08J S54H08F 2-191 SN54H73S S54H7SQ 2-229 SN5495N S5495A 2-104 SN54H08N S54H08A 2-191 SN54H74J S54H74F 2-231 SN5495S S5495J 2-104 SN54H08S S54H08Q 2-191 SN54H74N S54H74A 2-231 S5496J S5496E 2-106 SN54H10J S54H10F 2-193 SN54H74S S54H74Q 2-231 SN5496N S54968 2-106 SN54H10N S54H10A 2-193 SN54H76J S54H76E 2-233 SN54101J S54101F 2-22 SN54H10S S54H10Q 2-193 SN54H76N S54H768 2-233 SN54101N S54101A 2-22 SN54H11J S54H11 F 2-195 SN72558P N5558V 6-145 SN54107N S54107A 2-22 SN54H11N S54H11A 2-195 SN72709L J,LA709CT 6-97 SN54121J S54121 F 2-112 SN54H11S S54H11Q 2-195 SN72709N J,LA709CA 6-97 SN54121N S54121A 2-112 SN54H20J S54H20F 2-197 SN72710L J,LA71 OCT 6-99 SN54123J S54123 2-116 SN54H20N S54H20A 2-197 SN72710N J,LA710CA 6-99 SN54123N S54123 2-116 SN54H20S S54H20Q 2-197 SN72711L J,LA711CK 6-101 SN54145N S541458 2-48 SN54H21J S54H21 F 2-199 SN72722N J,LA711CA 6-101 SN54150N S54150N 2-121 SN54H21N S54H21A 2-199 SN72741 L J,LA741CT 6-115 SN54151N S541518 2-123 SN54H21S S54H21Q 2-199 SN72741 L J,LA741T 6-115 SN54151S S54151R 2-123 SN54H22J S54H22F 2-201 SN72741N J,LA741CA 6-115 SN54152N S54152A 2-125 SN54H22N S54H22A 2-201 SN72741P J,LA741CV 6-115 SN54153N S541538 2-128 SN54H22S S54H22Q 2-201 SN7400J N7400F 2-2 SN54154N S54154N 2-130 SN54H30J S54H30F 2-203 SN7400N N7400A 2-2 SN54157N S541578 2-136 SN54H30N S54H30A 2-203 SN7400S N7400J 2-2 SN54164J S54164 2-144 SN54H30S S54H30J 2-203 SN7401J N7401F 2-4 SN54164N S54164 2-144 SN54H40J S54H40F 2-205 SN7401N N7401A 2-4 SN54166N S541668 2-149 SN54H40N S54H40A 2-205 SN7401S N7401J 2-4 SN54176J S8280F 3-90 SN54H40S S54H40Q 2-205 SN7402J N7402F 2-6 SN54176N S8280A 3-90 SN54H50J S54H50F 2-206 SN7402N N7402A 2-6 SN54176S N8280Q 3-90 SN54H50N S54H50A 2-206 SN7402S N7402J 2-6 SN54177J S8281F 3-91 SN54H50S S54H50Q 2-206 SN7403J N7403F 2-8 SN54177N S8281 A 3-91 SN54H51J S54H51F 2-207 SN7403N N7403A 2-8 SN54177S S8281Q 3-91 SN54H51N S54H51 A 2-207 SN7403S N7403J 2-8 SN54178J S8270F 3-73 SN54H51S S54H51Q 2-207 SN7404J N7404F 2-10 SN54178N S8270A 3-73 SN54H52J S54H52F 2-209 SN7404N N7404A 2-10 SN54179J S8271E 3-73 SN54H52N S54H52A 2-209 SN7404S N7404J 2-10 SN54179N S82718 3-73 SN54H52S S54H52Q 2-209 SN7405J N7405F 2-12 SN54180J S54180F 2-158 SN54H53J S54H53F 2-211 SN7405N N7405A 2-12 SN54180N S54180A 2-158 SN54H53N S54H53A 2-211 SN7405S N7405J 2-12 SN54181N S54181N 2-160 SN54H53S S54H53J 2-211 SN7406J N7406F 2-14 SN54182N S541828 2-164 SN54H54J S54H54F 2-211 SN7406N N7406A 2-14 SN54192J S54192E 2-166 SN54H54N S54H54A 2-211 SN7406S N7406J 2-14 SN54192N S541928 2-166 SN54H54S S54H54J 2-211 SN7407J N7407F 2-16 SN54193J S54193E 2-170 SN54H55J S54H55F 2-213 SN7407N N7407A 2-16 SN54193N S541938 2-170 SN54H55N S54H55A 2-213 SN7407S N7407J 2-16 SN54195N S541958 2-176 SN54H55S S54H55J 2-213 SN7408J N7408F 2-18 SN54196N S8290A 3-106 SN54H60J S54H60F 2-215 SN7408N N7408A 2-18 SN54197N S8291A 3-106 SN.54H60N S54H60A 2-215 SN7408S N7408J 2-18 SN54198N S541988 2-178 SN54H60S S54H60J 2-215 SN7409J N7409F 2-20 SN54199N S541998 2-180 SN54H61J S54H61F 2-219 SN7409N N7409A 2-20 SN54HOOJ S54HOOF 2-183 SN54H61N S54H61 A 2-219 SN7409S N7409J 2-20 SN54HOON S54HOOA 2-183 SN54H61S S54H61J 2-219 SN7410J N7410F 2-22 SN54HOOS S54HOOQ 2-183 SN54H62J S54H62F 2-221 SN7410N N4710A 2-22 SN54H01J SN54H01N S54H01F S54H01A 2-185 2-185 SN54H62N S54H62A 2-221 SN7410S N7410J 2-22 SN54H62S S54H62J 2-221 SN7416J N4716F 2-14 13-38 SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE T. I. SIGNETICS PAGE T.!. SIGNETICS PAGE T.1. SN7416N N7416A 2·14 SN7476J N7476F 2·76 SN7416S N7416J 2·14 SN7476N N7476B 2·76 SN7417J N7417F 2·16 SN7480J N7480F SN7417N N7417A 2·16 SN7480N SN7417S N7417J 2·16 SN7420J N7420F SN7420N SIGNETICS PAGE SN74176S N8280Q 3·90 SN74177J N8281F 3·90 2·81 SN74177N N8281A 3·90 N7480A 2·81 SN74177S N8281Q 3·90 SN7480S N7480J 2·81 SN74178J N8270F 3·73 2·28 SN7483J N7483E 2·85 SN74178N N8270A 3·73 N7420A 2·28 SN7483N N7483B 2·85 SN74179J N8271 E 3·73 SN7420S N7420J 2·28 SN7483S N7483R 2·85 SN74179N N8271B 3·73 SN7426J N4726F 2·32 SN7486J N7486F 2·88 SN74180J N74180F 2·158 SN7426N N7426A 2·32 SN7486N N7486A 2·88 SN74180N N74180A 2·158 SN7430J N7430F 2·34 SN7486S N7486J 2·88 SN74181N N74181 N 2·160 SN7437N N7437A 2·36 SN7488N N8224B 4·11 SN74182N N74182B 2·164 SN7438N N7438A 2·36 SN7488S N8224R 4·11 SN74192J N74192E 2·166 SN7430N N7430A 2·34 SN7489N N8225B 4·15 SN74192N N74192B 2·166 SN7430S N7430J 2·34 SN7489S N8225R 4·15 SN74193J N74193E 2·170 SN7440J N7440F 2·38 SN7490J N7490F 2·94 SN74193N N74193B 2·170 SN7440N N7440A 2·38 SN7490N N7490A 2·94 SN74194N N74194A 2·174 SN7440S N7440J 2·38 SN7490S N7490J 2·94 SN74H71N N74H71A 2·225 SN7441AJ N7441E 2-40 SN7491AJ N7491F 2·96 SN74195N N74195B 2·176 SN7441AN N7441B 2-40 SN7491AN N7491A 2·96 SN74196N N8290A 3·106 SN7442J N7442E 2·42 SN7491AS N7491Q 2·96 SN74197N N8291A 3·106 SN7442N N7442B 2-42 SN7492J N7492F 2·98 SN74198N N74198N 2·178 SN7443J N7443E 2-44 SN7492N N7492A 2·98 SN74199N N74199N 2·180 SN7443N N7443B 2-44 SN7492S N7492J 2·98 SN74HOOJ N74HOOF 2·183 SN7444J N7444E 2-46 SN7493J N7493F 2·100 SN74HOON N74HOOA 2·183 SN7444N N7444B 2-46 SN7493N N7493A 2·100 SN74HOOS N74HOOQ 2·183 SN7445N N7445B 2-48 SN7493S N7493J 2·100 SN74H01J N74H01F 2·185 SN7446N N7446B 2·50 SN7494J N7494E 2·102 SN74H01N N74H01A 2·185 SN7447J N7447E 2·50 SN7494N N7494B 2·102 SN74H01S N74H01Q 2·185 SN7447N N7447B 2·50 SN7495J N7495F 2·104 SN74H04J N74H04F 2·187 SN7448J N7448E 2·54 SN7495N N7495A 2·104 SN74H04N N74H04A 2·187 SN7448N N7448B 2·54 SN7496J N7496E 2·106 SN74H04S N74H04Q 2·187 SN7450J N7450F 2·58 SN7496N N7496B 2·106 SN74H05J N74H05F 2·189 SN7450N N7450A 2·58 SN74100J N74100F 2·108 SN74H05N N74H05A 2·189 SN7451J N7451F 2·58 SN74100N N74100A 2·108 SN74H05S N74H05Q 2·189 SN7451N N7451A 2·58 SN74107N N74107A 2·110 SN74H08J N74H08F 2·191 SN7453J N7453F 2-60 SN74121J N74121F 2·112 SN74H08N N74H08A 2·191 SN7453N N7453A 2-60 SN74121N N74121A 2·112 SN74H08S N74H08Q 2·191 SN7453S N7453R 2-60 SN74122J N74122F 2·116 SN74H10J N74H10F 2·193 SN7454J N7454F 2-60 SN74122N N74122A 2·116 SN74H10N N74H10A 2·193 SN7454N N7454A 2-60 SN74123J N74123F 2·116 SN74H10S N74H10Q 2·193 SN7454S N7454R 2-60 SN74123N N74123A 2·116 SN74H11J N74H11F 2·195 SN7460J N7460F 2-64 SN74141J N47141E 2·119 SN74H11N N74H11A 2·195 SN7460N N7460A 2-64 SN74141N N74141B 2·119 SN74H11S N74H11Q 2·195 SN7460S N7460R 2-64 SN74145N N74145B 2-48 SN74H20J N74H20F 2·197 SN7470J N7470F 2-66 SN74150N N74150N 2·121 SN74H20N N74H20A 2·197 SN7470N N7470A 2-66 SN74151N N74151B 2·123 SN74H20S N74H20Q 2·197 SN7470S N7470R 2-66 SN74151S N74151R 2·123 SN74H21J N74H21 F 2·199 SN7472J N7472F 2-68 SN74152N N74152A SN47H21N N74H21A 2·199 SN7472N N7472A 2-68 SN74153N N74153B 2·128 SN74H21S N74H21Q 2·199 SN7472S N7472R 2-68 SN74154N N74154N 2·130 SN74H22J N74H22F 2·201 SN7473T N7473F 2·70 SN74157N N74157B 2·136 SN74H22N N74H22A 2·201 SN7473N N7473A 2·70 SN74164J N74164F 2·144 SN74H228 N74H22Q 2·201 SN7474J N7474F 2·72 SN74164N N74164A 2·144 SN74H30J N74H30F 2·230 SN7474N N7474A 2·72 SN74165N N74165B 2·147 SN74H30N N74H30A 2·203 SN7474S N7474R 2·72 SN74166N N74166B 2·149 SN74H30S N74H30J 2·203 SN7475J N7475E 2·75 SN74176J N8280F 3·90 SN74H40J N74H40F 2·205 SN7475N N7475B 2·75 SN74176N N8280A 3·90 SN74H40N N74H40A 2·205 8·39 SIGNETICS INDUSTRY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE T.I. SIGNETICS PAGE T.I. SIGNETICS PAGE SN74H40S N74H40Q 2-205 SN74S65N N74S65A 2-260 SN74H50J N74H50F 2-206 SN74S140N N74S140A 2-258 SN74H50N N74H50A 2-206 SN74S151N N74S151B 2-270 SN74H50S N74H50Q 2-206 SN74S~53N N74S153B 2-273 SN74H51J N74H51F 2-207 SN74S157N N74S157B 2-276 SN74H51N N74H51A 2-207 SN74S158 N74S158B 2-276 SN74H51S N74H51Q 2-207 SN74S174N N74S174B 2-278 SN74H52J N74H52F 2-209 SN74S175N N74S175B 2-278 SN74H52N N74H52A 2-209 SN74S181N N74S181N 2-281 .SN74H52S N74H52Q 2-209 SN74S194N N74S194B 2-284 SN74H53J N74H53F 2-211 SN7520N N7520N 6-149 SN74H53N N74H53A 2-211 SN7521N N7521N 6-149 SN74H53S N74H53J 2-211 SN7522N N7522N 6-149 SN74H54J N74H54F 2-211 SN7523N N7523N 6-149 SN74H54N N74H54A 2-211 SN7524N N7524N 6-149 SN74H54S N74H54J 2-211 SN7525N N7525N 6-149 SN74H55J N74H55F 2-213 TMS2600 N2430Y 7-196 SN74H55N N74H55A 2-213 TMS2800JC, NC N24101 7-32 SN74H55S N74H55J 2-213 TMS1103JC 1103-IK/ SN74H60J N74H60F 2-217 1103-11K TMSll03NC 1103XA/ 7-15 7-21 7-15 SN74H60N N74H60A 2-217 SN74H60S N74H60J 2·217 SN74H61J N74H61F 2-219 TMS300LR S2002K SN74H61N N74H61A 2-219 TMS3001LR S2003K 7-26 SN74H61S N74H61J 2-219 TMS3002LR S2004K 7-26 SN74H62J N74H62F 2-223 TMS3003LR S2005K 7-26 SN74H62N N74H62A 2-223 TMS3406LM S2505T 7-62 SN74H62S N74H62J 2-223 TMS3407LM S2517T 7-68 SN74H72J N7472F 2-68 TMS3409JC, NC S2532B 7-127 SN74H72N N74H72A 2-227 TMS3412NC S2502B 7-57 SN74H72S N74H72Q 2-227 TMS3413LC S2503TA 7-57 SN74H73J N74H73F 2-229 TMS3414LC S2504TA 7-57 SN74H73N N74H73A 2-229 SN75324 N75324 1103-1XA 7-21 7-26 SN74H73S N74H73Q 2-229 SN75450N N75450N 6-157 SN74H74J N74H74F 2-231 SN75450AN N75450AN 6-157 SN74H74N N74H74A 2-231 SN75451N N75451N 6-159 SN74H74S N74H74Q 2-231 SN75451AN N75451AN 6-159 SN74H76J N74H76E 2-233 SN74H76N N74H76B 2-233 SN74Hl01N N74Hl01 2-235 SN74Hl02N N74H102B 2-237 SN74Hl03N N74Hl03B 2-239 SN74Hl06N N74Hl06B 2-241 SN74Hl08N N74Hl08B 2-244 SN74S00N N74S00A 2-247 SN74S03N N74S03A 2-247 SN74S04N N74S04A 2-249 SN74S05N N74S05A 2-249 SN74S10N N74S10A 2-251 SN74S11N N74S11A 2-253 SN74S112N N74S112B 2-264 SN74S113N N74S113B 2-266 2-266 SN745114N N74S114B SN74S15N N74S15A 2-253 SN74S20N N74S20A 2-254 SN74S22N N74S22A 2-256 SN74S40N N74S40A 2-258 SN74S65N N74S64A 2-260 8-40 SIGNETICS~ 811 EAST ARQUES AVENUE SUNNYVALE, CALIF. 94086 TEL: (408) 739-7700 TWX: (910) 339-9283


  • Source Exif Data:
    File Type                       : PDF
    File Type Extension             : pdf
    MIME Type                       : application/pdf
    PDF Version                     : 1.3
    Linearized                      : No
    XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
    Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.31 Paper Capture Plug-in
    Modify Date                     : 2010:03:24 23:38:57-08:00
    Create Date                     : 2010:03:24 23:38:57-08:00
    Metadata Date                   : 2010:03:24 23:38:57-08:00
    Format                          : application/pdf
    Document ID                     : uuid:f0247036-58e9-4efb-8adb-93cf141901d9
    Instance ID                     : uuid:0ea42d4e-378f-4262-a940-827c73b27718
    Page Layout                     : SinglePage
    Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
    Page Count                      : 1123
    
    EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

    Navigation menu